BOOK I. PREFACE. Concerning the plan and argument of the work undertaken. The most glorious City of God—whether in this present course of time, while she journeys as a pilgrim among the ungodly, living by faith, or in that fixed estate of the eternal seat which she now awaits with patience, until righteousness be turned into judgment, and which she shall then obtain by excellence in final victory and perfect peace—I have undertaken in this work, established for you and owed by my promise to you, to defend against those who prefer their own gods to her Founder, dearest son Marcellinus: a great and arduous work, but God is our helper. For I know with what strength there is need.
that it may be brought home to the proud how great is the power of humility, by which it comes about that the loftiness which is given by divine grace—not usurped by human arrogance—surpasses all earthly summits that totter with temporal instability. For the King and Founder of this City, of which we have undertaken to speak, has in the Scripture of His people revealed the verdict of the divine law, in which it is said: 'God resists the proud, but to the humble He gives grace.' But this, which belongs to God, the puffed-up spirit of a proud soul also affects, and loves to have said of itself in its praises: 'To spare the subjected and to subdue the proud.'
Wherefore also concerning the earthly city—which, when it seeks to dominate, even though peoples serve it, is itself dominated by its very lust for domination—nothing is to be passed over in silence of whatever the plan of this undertaken work demands to be said and the capacity permits. CHAPTER I. Concerning the adversaries of the name of Christ, whom in the devastation of the City the barbarians spared on account of Christ. For from this city arise the enemies against whom the City of God is to be defended; yet many of them, correcting the error of their impiety, become citizens within her quite fit for the purpose;
but many indeed blaze up against her with such great fires of hatred, and are so ungrateful for the manifest benefits of her Redeemer, that today they would not be moving their tongues against her, had they not, fleeing the enemy's sword, found in her sacred places that life of which they boast. Are not even those Romans hostile to the name of Christ whom the barbarians spared on account of Christ? The shrines of the martyrs and the basilicas of the apostles bear witness to this, which in that devastation of the City received those who fled to them, both their own people and strangers.
Up to this point the bloodthirsty enemy raged; there the fury of the slaughterer received its limit; thither were they led by enemies showing mercy—enemies who had spared, even outside those places, those whom they might otherwise have attacked, lest they fall upon men who showed no like mercy. Yet these same men, who elsewhere were savage and raging in hostile fashion, after they came to those places where what would have been lawful elsewhere by the law of war had been forbidden, restrained all the cruelty of striking and broke off their lust for taking captives. Thus many escaped who now disparage Christian times and impute to Christ the evils which that city endured; but the good things which were done to them, that they might live, for the honor of Christ.
they impute not to our Christ but to their own fate, whereas they ought rather, if they had any right understanding, to ascribe those harsh and hard things which they suffered from the enemy to that divine providence which is wont by wars to amend and grind down the corrupted morals of men, and likewise to exercise by such afflictions the just and praiseworthy life of mortals, and, when it has been proved, either to transfer it to better things or to detain it still on these earths for other uses:
But this—that even amid such things, on account of the name of Christ, or in places most consecrated to the name of Christ and most spacious, and chosen for the sake of a more abundant mercy to hold the capacity of the multitude, the truculent barbarians, contrary to the custom of war, spared them—this they ought to ascribe to Christian times, hence to give thanks to God, hence truly to flee to His name, that they might escape the penalties of eternal fire, which name many of them falsely usurped, that they might escape the penalties of present destruction. For among those whom you see wantonly and insolently insulting the servants of Christ, there are very many who would not have escaped that ruin and slaughter, had they not feigned themselves to be servants of Christ.
And now with ungrateful pride and most impious madness they resist His name with a perverse heart, that they may be punished with everlasting darkness—His name, to which they fled with mouth, even though deceitful, that they might enjoy the temporal light. CHAPTER II. That no wars were ever so waged that the victors, on account of the gods of those whom they had conquered, spared the conquered. So many wars have been waged and recorded, whether before the founding of Rome or from its rise and dominion: let them read and bring forward that any city was so captured by foreigners, that the enemies who had taken it spared those whom they found to have fled to the temples of their gods; or that any leader of barbarians commanded that, when a town was stormed, none should be struck who had been found in this or that temple.
Did not Aeneas see 'Priam at the altars, defiling with blood the fires which he himself had hallowed'? Did not 'Diomedes and Ulysses, having slain the guards of the topmost citadel, snatch the sacred image, and with bloody hands dare to touch the virgin fillets of the goddess'? Yet what follows is not true: 'From that time the hope of the Greeks ebbed and, slipping back, was carried away.' For afterward they conquered, afterward they destroyed Troy with sword and fire, afterward they cut down Priam as he fled to the altar. Nor did Troy perish because she lost Minerva. For what had Minerva herself first lost, that she should perish? Was it perhaps her own guardians? This indeed is true; for once they were slain, she could be carried off. For it was not the men who were kept safe by the image, but the image by the men.
How then was she worshiped, that she might guard the homeland and the citizens, she who could not guard her own guards? CHAPTER III. How imprudently the Romans believed that the household gods (penates), who had not been able to guard Troy, would profit them. Behold, in what gods the Romans rejoiced to have committed the City to be preserved! O too pitiable an error! And they are indignant with us when we say such things about their gods; nor are they indignant with their own authors, to whom they paid a fee to learn them, and whom they besides counted most worthy both of a public salary and of honors.
Indeed in Virgil, whom little children read for this very reason—that the great poet, the most renowned and best of all, being imbibed by tender minds, may not easily be effaced by forgetfulness, according to that saying of Horace: 'The jar will long keep the scent with which, when new, it was once steeped'—in this Virgil, then, Juno is brought in, hostile to the Trojans, saying to Aeolus, king of the winds, to incite him against them: 'A race hateful to me sails the Tyrrhenian sea, carrying Ilium into Italy and the conquered penates.' Was it then to these conquered penates that prudent men ought to have entrusted Rome, that she might not be conquered? But Juno said these things like an angry woman, not knowing what she was saying. What of Aeneas himself, so often called 'pious'—does he not narrate thus:
'Panthus, son of Othrys, priest of the citadel and of Phoebus, himself drags with his hand the sacred things and the conquered gods and his little grandson, and frantically in his course makes for the threshold'? Does he not declare that the gods themselves—whom he does not hesitate to call conquered—were entrusted to him rather than himself to them, when it is said to him: 'To you Troy commends her sacred things and her penates'? If therefore Virgil says that such gods were both conquered and, that even when conquered they might somehow escape, were commended to a man: what madness it is to think that Rome was wisely committed to such guardians, and that, unless it had lost them, it could not have been laid waste! Nay rather, to worship conquered gods as guardians and defenders—what else is it than to hold not good deities, but bad names?
For how much more wisely is it believed, not that Rome would not have come to that calamity unless they had first perished, but rather that they would long ago have perished, had not Rome preserved them as far as it could! For who, when he considers it, does not see with how great vanity it was presumed that they could not be conquered under conquered defenders, and that they perished because they lost their guardian gods, when the only possible cause of perishing could have been the will to have guardians that were going to perish? Therefore, when those things about the conquered gods were being written and sung, it was not that it pleased the poets to lie, but truth compelled men of sense to confess. But these matters are to be treated more diligently and copiously in another place, more opportunely:
Now let me, as I can, briefly dispatch what I had set out to say about the ungrateful men, who, blaspheming, impute to Christ those evils which they deservedly suffer for the perversity of their morals; but that they are spared, even such men, on account of Christ, they do not even deign to attend to, and they exercise those tongues against His name with the madness of a sacrilegious perversity—those very tongues with which they falsely usurped that very name, that they might live, or which tongues they suppressed in fear in the places consecrated to Him, that, being there safe and protected, where on His account they were unharmed by the enemy, they might thence leap out against Him with hostile curses. CHAPTER IV.
Concerning the asylum of Juno in Troy, which freed no one from the Greeks, and the basilicas of the apostles, which defended from the barbarians all who fled to them. Troy herself, as I said, the mother of the Roman people, could not protect her citizens, in the consecrated places of her gods, from the fires and sword of the Greeks, who worshiped those same gods; nay even 'in the asylum of Juno the chosen guards, Phoenix and dire Ulysses, were keeping watch over the spoil; hither from every side the treasure of Troy, snatched from the burning shrines, and the tables of the gods and bowls of solid gold and captive raiment are heaped up. Boys and trembling mothers in a long line stand round about.' A place consecrated to so great a goddess was chosen, forsooth—not one from which it was not permitted to lead out captives, but where it pleased them to shut captives in.
Compare now that asylum, not of any common god of the rabble or of the throng of the populace, but of Jupiter himself's sister and wife and queen of all the gods, with the memorial shrines of our apostles. Thither were carried the spoils snatched from the burnt temples and the gods—not to be given to the conquered, but to be divided among the conquerors; but hither, what was found elsewhere to belong to those places was carried back with honor and most religious reverence. There liberty was lost, here preserved; there captivity was shut in, here forbidden; there men were pressed into captivity to be possessed by domineering enemies, hither they were led to be set free by enemies showing mercy:
Finally, that temple of Juno the avarice and pride of the frivolous little Greeks had chosen for themselves; these basilicas of Christ the mercy and humility of even the savage barbarians chose. Unless perhaps the Greeks indeed, in that victory of theirs, spared the temples of the gods they had in common, and did not dare to strike or take captive the wretched and conquered Trojans who fled thither, but Virgil, after the manner of poets, lied about those things. Nay rather, he described the manner of enemies overthrowing cities. CHAPTER V. Concerning the general custom of enemies overthrowing conquered cities, what Cato thought. This custom even Cato, as Sallust writes—a historian of ennobled truthfulness—does not omit to recall in his opinion which he delivered in the senate concerning the conspirators:
'That maidens and boys are ravished, children torn from the embrace of their parents, matrons subjected to whatever pleased the victors, temples and houses despoiled, slaughter and conflagration carried out: in short, that all things are filled with arms, corpses, blood, and mourning.' Here, if he had passed over the temples in silence, we might suppose that enemies are wont to spare the abodes of the gods. And these things the Roman temples feared not from foreign enemies, but from Catiline and his associates, most noble senators and Roman citizens. But these, of course, were lost men and parricides of their fatherland. CHAPTER VI. That not even the Romans ever so captured any cities that in their temples they spared the conquered.
Why then should our discourse range through the many nations which waged wars among themselves and nowhere spared the conquered in the seats of their gods? Let us look at the Romans themselves, the very ones, I say; let us recall and regard the Romans, of whose chief praise it was said: 'To spare the subjected and to subdue the proud,' and that, when injury was received, they preferred to pardon rather than to pursue: when they stormed, captured, and overthrew so many and so great cities, that they might rule far and wide, let there be read to us which temples they were wont to exempt, so that whoever fled to them might be set free. Or did they so act, and did the writers of those same deeds keep silent about this?
But would those who especially sought out things to praise pass over these most illustrious tokens of piety, as they reckoned them? The distinguished man of the Roman name, Marcus Marcellus, who took Syracuse, a most adorned city, is reported first to have wept over it as it was about to fall, and to have shed his own tears for it before its blood. He took care also that chastity should be preserved even in the enemy. For before the victor had ordered the town to be invaded, he established by edict that no one should violate a free body. Yet the city was overthrown after the manner of wars, nor is it anywhere read that it was commanded by so chaste and clement a commander, that whoever fled to this or that temple should be held unharmed.
This would by no means have been passed over, since neither his weeping nor what he had decreed concerning chastity being in no wise violated could be kept silent. Fabius, the overthrower of the city of Tarentum, is praised for having abstained from the plunder of the images. For when his scribe suggested to him what he ordered to be done about the statues of the gods, of which many had been captured, he seasoned his self-restraint even with a jest. For he asked of what sort they were, and when it was reported to him that there were not only many great ones, but even armed ones, 'Let us leave,' he said, 'the angry gods to the Tarentines.' Since therefore the writers of Roman deeds could not keep silent either about that man's weeping or this man's laughter, neither about that man's restrained mercy nor this man's witty self-restraint: when would it have been passed over.
if they had so spared any men in honor of some one of their gods, that they forbade slaughter or captivity to take place in any temple? CHAPTER VII. That in the overthrow of the City, the things which were done harshly happened according to the custom of war; but the things which were done clemently proceeded from the power of the name of Christ. Whatever, then, of devastation, slaughter, plundering, burning, and affliction was committed in that most recent Roman calamity, the custom of wars did this;
but what was done after a new manner—that with an unwonted aspect of things the barbarous savagery appeared so mild, that the most spacious basilicas were chosen and decreed to be filled with the people who were to be spared, where no one was to be struck, whence no one was to be carried off, whither many were to be led by enemies showing mercy to be set free, whence none were to be carried into captivity even by cruel enemies: whoever does not see that this is to be ascribed to the name of Christ, to the Christian time, is blind; whoever sees it and does not praise, is ungrateful; whoever resists him who praises, is insane. Far be it that any prudent man should impute this to the ferocity of the barbarians. The most truculent and savage minds He terrified, He bridled, He wondrously tempered, who long beforehand said through the prophet:
'I will visit their iniquities with a rod, and their sins with scourges; but my mercy I will not scatter away from them.' CHAPTER VIII. Concerning the advantages and disadvantages which are for the most part common to the good and the bad. Someone will say: 'Why then did that divine mercy come even to the impious and ungrateful?' Why do we suppose, unless because He bestowed it who daily makes His sun to rise upon the good and the bad, and rains upon the just and the unjust?
For although some of them, considering these things, by repenting correct themselves from their impiety, while others indeed, as the apostle says, despising the riches of God's goodness and longsuffering, after their hardness of heart and impenitent heart, treasure up for themselves wrath in the day of wrath and of the revelation of the just judgment of God, who will render to every man according to his works: nevertheless the patience of God invites the wicked to repentance, as the scourge of God instructs the good unto patience; and likewise the mercy of God embraces the good to cherish them, as the severity of God seizes the wicked to punish them. For it has pleased divine providence to prepare for the future good things for the just, which the unjust shall not enjoy, and evil things for the impious, with which the good shall not be tormented;
but these temporal goods and evils He willed to be common to both, that neither might the goods be too greedily desired, which the wicked also are seen to possess, nor the evils shamefully shunned, with which the good also are for the most part afflicted. But it makes the greatest difference of what sort is the use either of those things which are prosperous, or of those which are called adverse. For the good man is neither exalted by temporal goods nor broken by evils; but the bad man is for this reason punished by this kind of unhappiness, because he is corrupted by happiness. Yet God often shows His operation more evidently even in the distribution of these. For if now every sin were punished with manifest penalty, nothing would be thought to be reserved for the last judgment;
again, if the divinity now openly punished no sin, it would be believed that there is no divine providence. Likewise in prosperous matters, if God did not grant them with most evident bounty to certain who ask, we should say that these things do not pertain to Him; and likewise if He gave them to all who ask, we should judge that He is to be served only for the sake of such rewards, nor would such service make us pious, but rather greedy and avaricious. Since these things are so, whoever, good and bad alike, were afflicted, are not therefore not distinguished, because that which both suffered was not distinct. For the dissimilarity of the sufferers remains even in the similarity of the sufferings, and although they are under the same torment, the virtue and the vice are not the same.
For as under one fire gold gleams red and chaff smokes, and under the same threshing-sledge the stalks are crushed and the grain is cleansed, nor is the dross mingled with the oil because it is pressed out by the same weight of the press: so one and the same force, rushing in, proves, purifies, refines the good, but condemns, devastates, exterminates the bad. Whence in the same affliction the bad detest and blaspheme God, but the good pray and praise. So great is the difference—not what sort of things, but of what sort each one suffers them. For when stirred by the same motion, the mire exhales a horrible stench and the ointment fragrantly gives off a sweet scent. CHAPTER IX. Concerning the causes of correction, for which both the good and the bad are scourged alike.
What then did the Christians suffer in that devastation of things, which would not rather, to those faithfully considering these matters, avail unto their advancement? First, that, humbly considering the very sins on account of which God, being indignant, filled the world with such great calamities, although they are far from the wicked, the disgraceful, and the impious, yet they do not so reckon themselves alien from offenses, that they should judge themselves unworthy to suffer temporal evils for them.
For—setting aside the fact that each one, however praiseworthily he lives, yields in certain things to carnal concupiscence, even if not unto the enormity of crimes and the gulf of disgraceful deeds and the abomination of impiety, yet to some sins, whether rare or so much the more frequent as they are smaller—this then being set aside, who at last is easily found, who would so regard, as they ought to be regarded, those very men on account of whose horrendous pride and luxury and avarice and execrable iniquities and impieties God, as He foretold with threatening, grinds down the lands? Who would so live with them as one ought to live with such men?
For most often the duty of teaching, admonishing, and at times even rebuking and correcting them is wrongly neglected, whether because the labor is irksome, or because we are ashamed to offend their countenance, or because we shun enmities, lest they hinder and harm us in these temporal matters—whether those which our cupidity still strives to acquire, or those which our weakness dreads to lose; so that, although the life of the wicked displeases the good, and therefore they do not fall with them into that damnation which is prepared for such after this life, nevertheless, because for that reason they spare their damnable sins while they fear them in their own (albeit slight and venial) matters, they are justly scourged with them in temporal things, although they are by no means punished in eternity; justly they feel this life bitter when they are afflicted by God along with them—this life whose sweetness, by loving, they were unwilling should be bitter to those sinning.
For if anyone spares those who do evil from rebuking and correcting them because he seeks a more opportune time, or fears for those very persons, lest they be made worse by it, or lest they hinder others, weak ones who need to be instructed unto a good and pious life, and oppress them and turn them from the faith: this seems to be not an occasion of cupidity, but a counsel of charity. That is blameworthy, when those who live differently and shrink from the deeds of the wicked nevertheless spare the sins of others, which they ought to unteach or rebuke, while they guard against their offenses, lest these harm them in those things which the good use lawfully and innocently, but more greedily than was fitting for those who sojourn in this world and bear before themselves the hope of the heavenly fatherland.
For not only the weaker, leading a married life, having children or seeking to have them, possessing houses and households (whom the apostle addresses in the churches, teaching and admonishing how they ought to live—both wives with husbands and husbands with wives, and children with parents and parents with children, and servants with masters and masters with servants), willingly acquire many temporal, many earthly things and lose them with grief, on account of which they do not dare to offend men whose most contaminated and most wicked life displeases them; but even those who hold a higher grade of life and are not entangled in marriage bonds and use
scanty food and clothing, for the most part, while they fear the snares and assaults of the wicked against their reputation and safety, abstain from reproving them; and although they do not so fear them as to yield to perpetrating like deeds at any of their threats and wickednesses, yet those very deeds which they do not perpetrate with them, they nevertheless for the most part are unwilling to rebuke, when perhaps by rebuking they might correct some, lest, if they should not be able, their own safety and reputation come into peril and ruin—not from that consideration by which they see their reputation and safety to be necessary for the benefit of men to be instructed, but rather from that weakness by which the flattering tongue and human favor delight, and the judgment of the crowd is dreaded, and the torture of the flesh or its loss is feared; that is, on account of certain bonds of cupidity, not on account of the offices of charity.
It does not therefore seem to me a small reason why, when the wicked are scourged, the good are scourged along with them, whenever it pleases God to punish corrupt morals even with the affliction of temporal penalties. For they are scourged together, not because they lead an evil life together, but because together they love the temporal life — not equally, indeed, yet together — a life which the good ought to despise, so that the wicked, being rebuked and corrected, might attain the eternal life. And if these latter were unwilling to be companions in attaining it, they should be borne with and loved even as enemies; for as long as they live it is always uncertain whether they will change their will for the better. In this matter the good have not merely an equal but a far weightier cause, those to whom it is said through the prophet:
He indeed shall die in his own sin, but his blood will I require at the watchman's hand. For to this end watchmen — that is, the rulers set over the peoples — are appointed in the churches, that they should not spare to rebuke sins. Nor yet is anyone entirely free from this kind of guilt who, though he be not a ruler, nevertheless knows of many things needing admonition or reproof in those to whom he is joined by the necessity of this life, and yet neglects them, avoiding their displeasure on account of those things which in this life he uses not improperly, but in which he takes more delight than he ought. Then the good have another reason why they are afflicted with temporal evils, such as Job had:
that the human soul might be tested and made known to itself, with how great a strength of piety it loves God freely, for nothing in return. CHAPTER X. That to the saints nothing is lost in the loss of temporal things. When these things are rightly considered and clearly perceived, mark well whether any evil has befallen the faithful and the godly which was not turned to their good — unless perchance we are to suppose that apostolic sentence to be void where he says: We know that to those who love God all things work together for good. They lost all they possessed. Their faith? Their godliness? The goods of the inner man, who is rich before God? These are the riches of Christians, with which the Apostle, being wealthy, said: But godliness with contentment is great gain.
For we brought nothing into this world, and neither can we carry anything out. But having food and covering, with these let us be content. For those who wish to become rich fall into temptation and a snare and many foolish and hurtful desires, which plunge men into ruin and perdition. For the love of money is the root of all evils, which some coveting have strayed from the faith and have entangled themselves in many sorrows. Those, therefore, whose earthly riches perished in that devastation, if they so possessed them — as they had heard from that man who was poor without and rich within — that is, if they used the world as not using it, were able to say what that man, sorely tried and in no way overcome, said:
Naked came I out of my mother's womb, and naked shall I return into the earth. The Lord gave, the Lord has taken away; as it pleased the Lord, so it is done; blessed be the name of the Lord. Thus the good servant counted his great possessions to be the very will of his Lord, to whom, following close in mind, he grew rich; nor was he grieved while living to be left without those things which, dying, he was soon to leave behind. But those weaker ones, who, though they did not prefer these earthly goods to Christ, yet clung to them with some measure of desire, felt by losing them how much they had sinned by loving them. For they grieved just as much as they had entangled themselves in sorrows, as I recalled above that the Apostle said.
For it was necessary that there should be added to them also the discipline of experience, of which the discipline of words had so long been neglected by them. For when the Apostle said: Those who wish to become rich fall into temptation, and the rest, he assuredly reproved covetousness in riches, not the possession of them, since elsewhere he gave this command, saying: Charge the rich of this world not to be high-minded, nor to trust in the uncertainty of riches, but in the living God, who gives us all things richly to enjoy; that they do good, be rich in good works, give readily, share, lay up for themselves a good foundation for the time to come, that they may lay hold on the true life.
Those who did these things with their riches were comforted for light losses by great gains, and rejoiced more over those things which by readily giving they more safely kept, than they grieved over those things which by timidly retaining they more easily lost. For this could perish on earth — that which they were loath to transfer thence. For those who took the counsel of their Lord, who says: Lay not up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust consume, and where thieves dig through and steal; but lay up for yourselves treasure in heaven, where no thief approaches and no moth corrupts —
for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also — these proved in the time of tribulation how rightly they had judged in not despising that most truthful Teacher and the most faithful and most unconquerable Guardian of their treasure. For if many rejoiced that they had their riches there where it happened that the enemy did not reach, how much more surely and securely could those rejoice who at their God's admonition had migrated their treasure thither, where the enemy could by no means reach at all! Hence our Paulinus, bishop of Nola, from a most opulent rich man become by his own will most poor and abundantly holy, when the barbarians laid waste Nola itself, being held captive by them, prayed thus in his heart, as we afterwards learned from him: Lord, let me not be tormented for gold and silver;
for where all my goods are, you know.' For there he had all his goods, where He had shown him to store up and treasure them, who had foretold these evils to come upon the world. And so those who had obeyed their Lord admonishing them where and in what manner they ought to lay up treasure, did not lose even those earthly riches when the barbarians broke in. But those who repented of not having obeyed learned what was to be done with such things, if not by foregoing wisdom, then certainly by following experience. But, they say, some good Christians too were tortured, that they might surrender their goods to the enemy. Yet they could neither surrender nor lose the good by which they themselves were good. But if they preferred to be tortured rather than surrender the mammon of iniquity, they were not good.
But those who suffered so much for gold ought to have been admonished how much was to be endured for Christ, so that they might rather learn to love Him who would enrich with eternal felicity those who suffered for Him, and not the gold and silver for which it was most wretched to suffer — whether it was hidden by lying or surrendered by telling the truth. For amid the torments no one lost Christ by confessing Him, no one saved his gold except by denying it. Wherefore the torments were perhaps more useful, which taught that the incorruptible good is to be loved, than those goods which, without any useful fruit, tormented their owners by their very love. But some too, who had nothing to surrender, were tortured because they were not believed. And these perhaps desired to have it, and were not poor by holy will;
to such it had to be shown that not their possessions but their very desires were worthy of such torments. But if they did not have gold and silver hidden away with a purpose of a better life, I do not indeed know whether it ever happened to any such that he was tortured while believed to possess it; yet even if it did happen, assuredly he who amid those torments confessed holy poverty was confessing Christ. Wherefore, even if he did not deserve to be believed by the enemy, yet the confessor of holy poverty could not be tortured without a heavenly reward. Many Christians too, they say, were laid waste by long-lasting famine. This also the good faithful turned to their own use by enduring it piously. For those whom famine slew, it snatched away from the evils of this life, just as bodily sickness does;
but those whom it did not slay, it taught to live more sparingly, it taught to fast more enduringly. CHAPTER XI. On the end of the temporal life, whether longer or shorter. But indeed many Christians too were slain, many consumed by the foul variety of many deaths. If this is to be borne with grief, it is at any rate common to all who have been brought forth into this life. This I know, that no one has died who was not at some time going to die. But the end of life makes the long life and the short life equal in this respect. For neither is one thing better and another worse, nor one greater and another shorter, which now alike is not. And what does it matter by what kind of death this life is ended, when he for whom it is ended is not compelled to die again?
Now since to each mortal, under the daily mishaps of this life, innumerable deaths in a manner threaten, so long as it is uncertain which of them is to come, I ask whether it is better to suffer one by dying, or to fear them all by living. Nor am I ignorant how much more readily one chooses to live long under the fear of so many deaths, than by dying once to dread none thereafter. But one thing is what the weakly fearful sense of the flesh shrinks from, another what the reason of the mind, carefully sifted, proves. That death is not to be deemed evil which a good life has preceded. For nothing makes a death evil but what follows death. Therefore those who must of necessity die need not be much concerned by what chance it comes that they die, but whither, by dying, they are compelled to go.
Since therefore Christians know that the death of the religious poor man, amid the licking tongues of dogs, was far better than that of the impious rich man in purple and fine linen, what harm did those horrible kinds of death do to the dead who lived well? CHAPTER XII. On the burial of human bodies, which, even if denied to Christians, takes nothing from them. But indeed in such slaughter of corpses they could not even be buried. Neither does godly faith dread this overmuch, holding to what was foretold: that not even devouring beasts shall harm bodies that are to rise again, of which not a hair of the head shall perish. The Truth would in no way say:
Fear not those who kill the body, but cannot kill the soul, if anything that enemies might wish to do with the bodies of the slain could harm the life to come. Unless perchance someone is so absurd as to contend that those who kill the body ought not to be feared before death, lest they kill the body, and ought to be feared after death, lest they suffer the slain body not to be buried. False then is what Christ says: Those who kill the body, and afterwards have no more that they can do, if they have so much that they can do to corpses. Far be it that what the Truth has said should be false. For something is said to be done by them when they kill, because there is sensation in the body in being killed;
but afterwards they have nothing they can do, because there is no sensation in a body that has been slain. And so the earth covered not many bodies of Christians; but no one separated any of them from heaven and earth, which the presence of Him fills wholly, who knows whence to raise up what He created. It is indeed said in the psalm: They have set the dead bodies of your servants as food for the birds of heaven, the flesh of your saints for the beasts of the earth; they have poured out their blood like water round about Jerusalem, and there was none to bury them — but this rather to exaggerate the cruelty of those who did these things, not to mark the unhappiness of those who suffered them.
For although these things seem hard and dreadful in the sight of men, yet precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints. Accordingly all these things — that is, the care of the funeral, the manner of burial, the pomp of the obsequies — are rather the consolations of the living than aids to the dead. If costly burial profits the impious in any way, then cheap burial, or none, will harm the godly. The throng of servants exhibited splendid obsequies in the sight of men to that purple-clad rich man; but far more glorious in the sight of the Lord did the ministry of angels render to that ulcerous poor man, who did not carry him forth into a marble tomb, but bore him up into Abraham's bosom. Those against whom we have undertaken to defend the City of God laugh at these things.
Yet even their own philosophers have despised the care of burial. And often whole armies, while they died for an earthly fatherland, took no thought where afterwards they might lie or to what beasts they might become food; and on this subject the poets were permitted to say, to applause: He is covered by heaven, who has no urn. How much less ought they to insult Christians over unburied bodies, to whom the refashioning of the very flesh and of all its members is promised to be restored and made whole again in a moment of time — not only from the earth, but even from the most secret bosom of the other elements, into which the dissolved corpses have withdrawn. CHAPTER XIII. What is the reason for burying the bodies of the saints.
Nor yet are the bodies of the departed to be despised and cast away, and most of all of the righteous and faithful, which the Spirit used as instruments and vessels for every good work in holiness. For if a father's garment and ring, and whatever is of this kind, is the dearer to descendants the greater their affection toward their parents, by no means are the bodies themselves to be spurned, which assuredly we wear far more intimately and conjoined than any garments. For these belong not to ornament or aid applied from without, but to the very nature of man.
Hence the funerals of the ancient righteous were tended with dutiful piety, their obsequies celebrated, and burial provided; and they themselves, while they lived, gave charge to their sons concerning the burying, or even the transferring, of their bodies; and Tobit is commended, on the angel's testimony, as having merited God's favour by burying the dead. The Lord Himself too, who was to rise again on the third day, proclaims, and commends to be proclaimed, the good work of the devout woman, who poured precious ointment over His members and did this toward His burial. And those are praised in the Gospel who received His body from the cross and took diligent and honourable care to cover and bury it.
But these authorities do not admonish us that there is any sensation in corpses; rather they signify that the bodies of the dead also pertain to God's providence, to whom even such offices of piety are pleasing, for the sake of establishing faith in the resurrection. Here too that wholesome lesson is learned, how great may be the reward for the alms which we bestow on the living and the sentient, if not even this perishes with God which is rendered in office and diligence to the lifeless members of men. There are indeed other things also which the holy patriarchs wished to be understood as said in a prophetic spirit concerning the storing or transferring of their bodies; but this is not the place to treat of them, since those things suffice which we have said.
But if those things which are necessary for sustaining the living — such as food and clothing — though they be lacking with grievous affliction, do not break in the good the virtue of bearing and enduring, nor root out piety from the soul, but rather make it more fruitful by being exercised: how much more, when those things are lacking which are wont to be applied to the tending of funerals and the laying out of the bodies of the dead, do they not make wretched those who are already at rest in the hidden abodes of the godly! And through this, when these things were lacking to the corpses of Christians in that devastation of the great city, or even of other towns, it is neither the fault of the living, who could not provide them, nor the punishment of the dead, who cannot feel them. CHAPTER XIV.
On the captivity of the saints, to whom divine consolations were never lacking. But many Christians too, they say, were led away captive. This indeed is most wretched, if they could be led anywhere where they did not find their God. There are in the holy Scriptures great consolations even for this calamity. There were in captivity the three young men, there was Daniel, there were other prophets; and God the Consoler was not lacking. Thus then He did not desert His faithful ones under the dominion of a nation, barbarous indeed yet human, who did not desert the prophet even in the belly of the beast.
These things too those with whom we are dealing prefer to deride rather than to believe, who nevertheless in their own writings believe that Arion of Methymna, the most noble harper, when he had been cast from the ship, was received on a dolphin's back and carried to land. But that account of ours concerning the prophet Jonah is more incredible. Plainly more incredible because more wonderful, and more wonderful because of a greater power. CHAPTER XV. On Regulus, in whom there stands an example of captivity to be endured even willingly for religion's sake, which nevertheless could not profit him as a worshipper of the gods. Yet these men have, even among their own illustrious men, a most noble example of captivity to be borne even willingly for religion's sake. Marcus Regulus, a general of the Roman people, was a captive among the Carthaginians.
Since the Carthaginians preferred to have their own men restored to them by the Romans rather than to hold the Romans' captives, to obtain this they sent to Rome especially this same Regulus along with their envoys, having first bound him by an oath that, if he had failed to accomplish what they wished, he would return to Carthage. He went, and in the senate urged the contrary, since he did not judge it useful for the Roman commonwealth to exchange captives. Nor after this persuasion was he compelled by his own people to return to the enemy; but because he had sworn, he fulfilled it of his own accord. But they put him to death with devised and dreadful tortures.
For having enclosed him in a narrow wooden frame, where he would be forced to stand, and fixed on every side with the sharpest nails, so that he could not lean to any part of it without most atrocious pains, they destroyed him even by depriving him of sleep. Deservedly indeed they praise a virtue greater than so great a misfortune. And he had sworn by those gods, by the prohibition of whose worship these men suppose such calamities to be inflicted on the human race. If, then, those who were worshipped for this very end — that they might render this life prosperous — either willed or permitted such penalties to be inflicted on a man who swore truly, what worse could they have done in their wrath to a perjurer? But why do I not rather conclude my reasoning so as to cover both cases?
He certainly so worshipped the gods that, for the sake of the fidelity of his oath, he neither remained in his fatherland nor went anywhere else, but did not in the least hesitate to return to his most ferocious enemies. If he reckoned this useful for this life, of which he earned so dreadful an end, beyond doubt he was deceived. By his own example indeed he taught that the gods profit their worshippers nothing toward this temporal felicity, since that man, devoted to their worship, was both conquered and led away captive, and, because he was unwilling to act otherwise than as he had sworn by them, was tortured to death by a new and previously unheard-of and exceedingly horrible kind of punishment.
But if the worship of the gods renders felicity as a reward after this life, why do they slander the Christian times, saying that that calamity befell the City because it ceased to worship its gods, when even one worshipping them most diligently could become as unhappy as that Regulus was? Unless perchance someone strives against the most manifest truth with such madness of marvellous blindness as to dare to contend that a whole city worshipping the gods cannot be unhappy, but a single man can — namely, that the power of their gods is fitter to preserve many rather than single individuals, although a multitude is composed of individuals. But if they say that Marcus
Regulus, even in that captivity and those bodily torments, could be happy by the virtue of his soul, then let true virtue rather be sought, by which even a city can be happy. For a city is happy from no other source than a man, since a city is nothing other than a concordant multitude of men. Wherefore I do not for now dispute what kind of virtue there was in Regulus; it suffices for the present that by this most noble example they are compelled to confess that the gods are not to be worshipped for the sake of bodily goods or of those things which befall a man from without, since that man preferred to lack all these rather than to offend the gods by whom he had sworn. But what shall we do with men who boast that they had such a citizen, the like of whom they fear to have as a city?
But if they do not fear it, then let them confess that something such as befell Regulus could also befall a city that worships the gods as diligently as he did, and let them not slander the Christian times.
But since the question has arisen about those Christians who were also taken captive, let those who shamelessly and imprudently mock at the most wholesome religion on this account consider this and be silent: that if it was no reproach to their gods that their most attentive worshipper, while he kept faith with his oath toward them, was deprived of his fatherland — having no other — and as a captive among enemies was slain by a lingering death in the punishment of a new cruelty, then much less is the Christian name to be charged with crime in the captivity of its consecrated ones, who, awaiting the heavenly fatherland with truthful faith, knew themselves to be pilgrims even in their own homes. CHAPTER XVI.
Whether the virtue of the soul could be contaminated, without the consent of the will, by the defilements which the captivity even of consecrated virgins perchance suffered. They think indeed that they bring a grave charge against Christians when, exaggerating their captivity, they add also the violations committed — not only upon others' wives and maidens about to be married, but even upon certain consecrated women. Here, however, it is not faith, not piety, not that very virtue which is called chastity, but rather our discussion, that is straitened within certain narrow bounds between modesty and reason. Nor do we here so much take care to render an answer to others as to render consolation to our own.
Let it therefore first be laid down and established that the virtue by which one lives rightly commands the members of the body from the seat of the soul, and that the body is made holy by the use of a holy will; and that, while this remains unshaken and stable, whatever another may do with the body or in the body, which cannot be avoided without one's own sin, is free from the guilt of the one who suffers it. But because not only what pertains to pain, but also what pertains to lust, can be perpetrated in another's body, whatever of this kind shall have been done, even though it does not shake out the chastity held with most constant mind, yet it strikes in shame, lest it be believed to have been done with the will of the mind also, which perchance could not be done without some pleasure of the flesh. CHAPTER XVII.
On voluntary death for fear of punishment or of disgrace. And through this, both as to those women who killed themselves lest they should suffer anything of this kind — what human feeling would refuse to pardon them? — and as to those who were unwilling to kill themselves, lest by their own crime they might avoid another's outrage, whoever shall lay this to their charge as a crime will not himself escape the crime of folly. For if it is by no means lawful by private authority to kill a man, even a guilty one, whose killing no law grants license for, then assuredly he who kills himself also is a homicide, and becomes the more guilty in killing himself the more innocent he was in that cause for which he thought he ought to kill himself.
For if we rightly detest the deed of Judas, and Truth judges that when he hanged himself with a noose he rather increased than expiated the guilt of that wicked betrayal, since by despairing of God's mercy he, fatally repentant, left himself no place for wholesome penitence — how much more ought he to abstain from his own slaying who has nothing in himself which he might punish by such a penalty! For Judas, when he killed himself, killed a wicked man, and yet he ended this life guilty not only of Christ's death but also of his own, because, although it was on account of his own crime, he was slain by another crime of his own.
But why should a man who has done no evil do harm to himself, and by killing himself slay an innocent man, lest he suffer another guilty one, and perpetrate upon himself his own sin, lest another's sin be perpetrated upon him? CHAPTER XVIII. On another's violent lust, which the unwilling mind endures in the oppressed body. But indeed, it is feared lest another's lust, even though another's, should pollute. It will not pollute, if it is another's; but if it pollutes, it is not another's. But since chastity is a virtue of the soul, and has fortitude for its companion, by which it determines to endure any evils whatsoever rather than to consent to evil, and since no one magnanimous and chaste has in his power what may be done with his flesh, but only what he may assent to or refuse with the mind:
who in that same sound mind would suppose himself to lose chastity, if perchance in his seized and oppressed flesh a lust not his own should be exercised and satisfied? For if chastity perishes in this way, then assuredly chastity will not be a virtue of the soul, nor will it pertain to those goods by which one lives well, but it will be numbered among the goods of the body, such as are strength, beauty, sound health, and whatever is of this kind; which goods, even if they are diminished, do not at all diminish a good and just life. But if chastity is something of this kind, why is there toil, even at the body's peril, on its behalf, lest it be lost? But if it is a good of the soul, it is not lost even when the body is oppressed.
Nay rather, when the good of holy continence does not yield to the uncleanness of carnal concupiscences, the body itself too is sanctified; and therefore, when it persists with unshaken intention in not yielding to them, the sanctity does not perish even from the body itself, because the will to use it holily perseveres and, as far as is in the body's own power, the ability too. For the body is not holy because its members are intact, nor because they are touched by no contact, since by diverse mishaps they can even, being wounded, suffer violence, and physicians sometimes, while bringing aid to health, do there things which the sight shrinks from. A midwife, examining as it were with her hand the integrity of a certain virgin, whether by malevolence or by unskillfulness or by chance, destroyed it while she inspected.
I do not think anyone is so foolishly wise as to suppose that this woman lost anything even of her body's own sanctity, although the integrity of that member was now destroyed. Wherefore, while the soul's purpose remains, through which the body too merited to be sanctified, the violence of another's lust does not take away sanctity even from the body itself, which the perseverance of her own continence preserves. But, on the other hand, if some woman, corrupted in mind and her purpose violated which she had vowed to God, goes forth to be defiled to her deceiver, do we call her, as she goes to this, holy even in body, when the sanctity of soul, through which the body was being sanctified, is lost and destroyed?
Far be this error, and let us rather be admonished hereby that the sanctity of the body is so not lost while the sanctity of the soul remains, even though the body be oppressed, just as the sanctity of the body too is lost when the sanctity of the soul is violated, even though the body be untouched. Wherefore a woman violently oppressed and assailed by another's sin without any consent of her own has nothing in herself which she should punish by a voluntary death; how much less before this is done! lest a certain homicide be committed, while the very outrage, though another's, still hangs uncertain. CHAPTER XIX. On Lucretia, who slew herself on account of the rape inflicted upon her.
Or will those against whom we defend not only the minds but even the sacred bodies of Christian women violated in captivity dare, perhaps, to contradict this clear principle, by which we say that, when the body is overpowered yet the resolve of chastity remains unaltered by any consent to evil, the disgrace belongs only to him who overpowered her and lay with her, and not to her who, having been overpowered, in no way consented in will to the one lying with her? Lucretia, to be sure, that noble matron of ancient Rome, they extol with great praises of her chastity.
When the son of King Tarquin had lustfully overpowered her body by violence and taken his pleasure, she made known the crime of that most wicked young man to her husband Collatinus and to her kinsman Brutus—men most illustrious and most valiant—and bound them to avenge it. Then, sick at heart and unable to bear the foul deed committed against her, she destroyed herself. What shall we say? Is she to be judged an adulteress or chaste? Who would think there is any difficulty to labor over in this dispute? One man, declaiming excellently and truly on this matter, says: 「Wondrous to tell, there were two, yet only one committed adultery.」 Splendidly and most truly spoken.
For, looking upon the most defiled lust of the one and the most chaste will of the other in the union of two bodies, and attending not to what was done by the joining of limbs but to what was at work in the diversity of their souls, he says: 「There were two, yet only one committed adultery.」 But what is this, that a heavier punishment is exacted upon her who did not commit adultery? For he was driven from his country together with his father, while she was struck down with the supreme penalty. If that is not unchastity by which one unwilling is overpowered, then this is not justice by which the chaste is punished. I appeal to you, O laws and judges of Rome. After crimes were perpetrated, you surely did not wish even a guilty man to be slain with impunity uncondemned.
If, then, anyone should bring this charge before your tribunal, and it were proven to you that a woman had been slain who was not only uncondemned but also chaste and innocent, would you not punish the one who had done it with fitting severity? This is what that Lucretia did; that—that—so-celebrated Lucretia slew the innocent, chaste Lucretia who had suffered violence. Pronounce your sentence. But if you cannot do so for this reason, that she is not present whom you might punish, why do you praise with such great acclaim the slayer of an innocent and chaste woman? Whom certainly you can by no means defend before those judges of the underworld even of the sort that are sung in the songs of your poets—she being set, namely, among those
who with their own hand wrought death for themselves, guiltless, and loathing the light cast away their souls; for whom, though they long to return to the world above, the divine law stands in the way, and the dismal swamp of the loathsome flood binds them fast. Or is she perhaps not there for this reason, that she slew herself not as innocent, but conscious of evil within herself? For what if (a thing she alone could know) she, though the youth rushed upon her by violence, was herself also enticed by her own desire and consented, and, punishing this in herself, so grieved that she thought it must be expiated by death? And yet not even thus ought she to have killed herself, if she could have performed a fruitful repentance before the false gods.
Nevertheless, if perchance it is thus, and that saying is false—that there were two and only one committed adultery—but rather both committed adultery, the one by manifest invasion, the other by hidden consent, then she did not slay herself innocent, and therefore it can be said by her literary defenders that she is not among those in the underworld who 「with their own hand wrought death for themselves, guiltless.」 But this case is so pressed on both sides that, if the homicide is extenuated, the adultery is confirmed; if the adultery is purged away, the homicide is heaped up; nor is any way out found at all, when it is asked: If she was an adulteress, why is she praised;
if she was chaste, why was she slain? Yet for us, in order to refute these men who insult Christian women violated in captivity, men estranged from every thought of holiness, this noble woman's example suffices, in that it was said amid her illustrious praises: 「There were two, yet only one committed adultery.」 For Lucretia was the more believed by them to be one who could not stain herself by any consent to adultery. That she therefore killed herself—herself, not an adulteress—because she had endured an adulterer, is not love of chastity but weakness of shame.
For she was ashamed of another's foulness committed against her, even though not with her, and, being a Roman woman too greedy of praise, she feared lest it be thought that, what she had suffered by violence while she lived, she had suffered willingly if she lived on. Therefore she thought that punishment must be brought before the eyes of men as a witness of her mind, since she could not display her conscience to them. For she blushed to be believed an accomplice in the deed, if she should patiently bear what another had foully done in her. Christian women did not do this, who, having suffered similar things, yet live and did not avenge upon themselves another's crime, lest they should add their own to the crimes of others—if, because the enemy by lusting had committed defilements upon them, they should out of shame commit homicides upon themselves.
For they have within them the glory of chastity, the testimony of conscience; and they have it before the eyes of their God, and they seek no more, where they have nothing further that they may rightly do, lest they swerve from the authority of the divine law while they wrongly avoid the offense of human suspicion. CHAPTER XX. That there is no authority which grants to Christians, in any cause whatever, the right of voluntary death. For not in vain can it be found that nowhere in the holy canonical books has it been divinely commanded or permitted to us that, for the sake either of attaining immortality itself or of avoiding or escaping any evil, we should inflict death upon ourselves. For we are to understand that we are forbidden this also where the law says: Thou shalt not kill—especially since it did not add:
「thy neighbor」, as when it forbade false witness it said: Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor. Nor, however, should anyone, if he bear false witness against himself, think himself free of this crime, because the lover received from himself the rule of loving his neighbor, since indeed it is written: Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. Moreover, if one who confesses what is false about himself is no less guilty of false witness than if he did this against his neighbor—since in that precept by which false witness is forbidden, it is forbidden against one's neighbor, and it could seem to those not rightly understanding that it is not forbidden for anyone to stand as a false witness against himself—
how much more is it to be understood that it is not lawful for a man to kill himself, since in that which is written, Thou shalt not kill, with nothing thereafter added, no one—not even the very one to whom the command is given—is to be understood as excepted! Hence some try to extend this precept even to beasts and cattle, so that on this account it should not be lawful to kill any of them either. Why then not also herbs and whatever is nourished and fixed in the soil by its roots? For this kind of thing too, although it does not feel, is said to live, and through this can also die, and accordingly, when force is applied, can be killed. Hence the Apostle too, when he was speaking of seeds of this sort, says: Thou, that which thou sowest is not quickened, except it die; and in the Psalm it is written: He killed their vines with hail.
Shall we then, on this account, when we hear 「Thou shalt not kill」, count it a sin to pluck a shrub, and most madly acquiesce in the error of the Manichaeans? With these ravings, then, set aside, when we read 「Thou shalt not kill」, if we do not take this saying to be about bushes, because they have no sensation, nor about irrational animals—flying, swimming, walking, creeping—because they are associated with us by no reason, which has not been given them to share in common with us (whence by the most just ordinance of the Creator both their life and death are subjected to our uses): it remains that we understand it to have been said about man, 「Thou shalt not kill」—therefore neither another nor thyself. For indeed he who kills himself kills nothing other than a man. CHAPTER XXI.
On the killings of men that are excepted from the crime of homicide. But certain exceptions that same divine authority itself has made, so that a man may not be killed. But with these excepted, whom God commands to be killed, whether by a law given or by an express command for a time addressed to a particular person (yet he himself does not kill who owes his service to the one commanding, as a sword is an aid to the one using it; and therefore they in no way acted against this precept by which it was said, Thou shalt not kill, who waged wars with God as their author, or who, bearing the person of public power, punished criminals with death according to its laws, that is, according to the command of most just reason);
and Abraham was not only not blamed for the crime of cruelty, but was even praised under the name of piety, because he was willing to kill his son not wickedly but obediently; and it is rightly asked whether it is to be reckoned as done by God's command, that Jephthah killed his daughter, who met her father, since he had vowed that he would sacrifice to God whatever should first meet him as he returned victorious from battle;
nor is Samson otherwise excused, that he crushed himself together with his enemies by the ruin of the house, except that the Spirit, which through him worked miracles, had secretly commanded this)—with these, then, excepted, whom either a just law generally, or God the very fountain of justice specially, commands to be killed, whoever kills a man—whether himself, or anyone at all—is entangled in the crime of homicide. CHAPTER XXII. Whether voluntary death can ever pertain to greatness of soul. And whoever have perpetrated this upon themselves are perhaps to be wondered at for greatness of soul, but not to be praised for soundness of wisdom.
And yet, if you consult reason more carefully, not even that greatness of soul itself will rightly be so named, where anyone, through inability to bear either harsh things or others' sins, has slain himself. For a feeble mind is rather detected, which cannot bear either the hard servitude of its own body or the foolish opinion of the crowd; and that soul is deservedly to be called greater, which can bear a life of toil rather than flee it, and which, in the light and purity of conscience, despises human judgment—and especially the judgment of the common crowd, which is for the most part wrapped in the darkness of error.
Wherefore, if it is to be thought done with greatness of soul when a man inflicts death upon himself, then rather is that Cleombrotus found to possess this greatness of soul, who, they say, having read the book of Plato in which he discoursed on the immortality of the soul, threw himself headlong from a wall and so departed from this life to that which he believed to be better. For nothing pressed him, neither calamity nor crime, true or false, that he should take himself off through inability to bear it; but greatness of soul alone was present for seizing death and breaking the sweet bonds of this life.
Yet that this was done greatly rather than well, Plato himself, whom he had read, could be a witness to him; for surely he would above all and most especially have done it, or even have prescribed it, had he not, by that mind with which he beheld the immortality of the soul, judged that it must by no means be done—nay rather, that it must be forbidden. But, you say, many slew themselves lest they should fall into the hands of enemies. We do not merely ask whether it was done, but whether it ought to have been done. For sound reason is to be preferred even to examples; and indeed examples too accord with it—but those which are so much the more worthy of imitation as they are the more excellent in piety.
The patriarchs did not do it, the prophets did not, the apostles did not; for the Lord Christ himself, when he admonished them, if they should suffer persecution, to flee from city to city, could have admonished them to lay hands upon themselves, lest they fall into the hands of their persecutors. But if he neither commanded nor advised that they should depart from this life in that manner—they for whose departure he promised to prepare eternal mansions—then whatever examples the nations who know not God may set forth, it is manifest that this is not lawful for those who worship the one true God. CHAPTER XXIII. What sort of example is that of Cato, who, unable to bear the victory of Caesar, slew himself.
But even they, besides Lucretia—about whom we have said above [enough of] what seemed fit—do not easily find anyone on whose authority they may rely, except that Cato who killed himself at Utica; not because he alone did it, but because he was held to be a learned and upright man, so that it is deservedly thought that what he did could even rightly be done, or could be done. Of his deed, what should I best say, except that certain of his friends, learned men too, who more prudently dissuaded this from being done, judged it to be the deed of a weaker rather than a stronger soul, by which was shown not honor guarding against base things, but weakness not enduring adversities? This Cato himself judged also in the case of his most beloved son.
For if it was base to live under Caesar's victory, why was he the author of this baseness to his son, whom he charged to hope all things from Caesar's kindness? Why did he not force him too to die along with himself? For if Torquatus laudably slew his son, who had fought against the enemy contrary to command, even though victorious, why did the vanquished Cato spare his vanquished son, when he did not spare himself? Was it more base to be a victor against command than to bear a victor against honor? By no means, then, did Cato judge it base to live under the victor Caesar; otherwise he would have freed his son from this baseness by his paternal sword.
What then is it, except that as much as he loved his son, for whom he both hoped and willed that Caesar should spare him, so much did he envy Caesar's own glory—lest by him he too should be spared (as Caesar himself is reported to have said)—or, to put it somewhat more mildly, he blushed? CHAPTER XXIV. That in the very virtue by which Regulus was more excellent than Cato, Christians shine forth far more.
But these men, against whom we are arguing, do not wish that we should prefer to Cato the holy man Job, who chose rather to endure such horrible evils in his own flesh than, by death inflicted on himself, to be rid of all torments, or other holy men from our writings—writings of the loftiest authority and most worthy of faith—who chose rather to bear the captivity and domination of enemies than to inflict death upon themselves; but from their own writings I will prefer to that same M. Cato none other than Regulus. For Cato had never conquered Caesar, to whom, being conquered, he disdained to be subjected, and, lest he be subjected, chose to be slain by his own hand; but Regulus had already conquered the Carthaginians, and as a Roman commander had carried back to the Roman empire a victory not to be lamented from fellow citizens, but to be praised over enemies;
yet afterward, conquered by them, he chose rather to bear them by serving than to take himself away from them by dying. Accordingly he preserved both patience under the domination of the Carthaginians and constancy in his love for the Romans, neither withdrawing his conquered body from the enemies nor his unconquered soul from his fellow citizens. And that he was unwilling to kill himself, he did not do from love of this life. He proved this when, for the sake of his promise and his oath, he returned without any hesitation to those same enemies whom he had offended more grievously by words in the senate than by arms in war. Therefore so great a despiser of this life, when he chose rather to end it through whatever punishments at the hands of raging enemies than to destroy himself, beyond doubt judged that it is a great crime if a man should destroy himself.
Among all their praiseworthy men, illustrious for the marks of virtue, the Romans put forward none better, whom neither prosperity had corrupted—for in so great a victory he remained most poor—nor adversity had broken—for to such destructions he returned undaunted. Moreover, if the most valiant and most renowned men, defenders of an earthly fatherland and worshippers—of gods, though false, yet not themselves deceitful, but most truthful even as swearers of oaths—who could strike down conquered enemies by the custom and law of war, these, when conquered by enemies, were unwilling to strike themselves down, and, though they feared death not at all, yet chose rather to bear their conquering masters than to inflict it upon themselves:
how much more shall Christians, who worship the true God and sigh after the heavenly fatherland, refrain from this deed, if the divine arrangement has for a time subjected them, to be either proved or amended, to enemies—those whom in that humiliation he does not forsake, who for their sake came so humbly, though the Most High—especially those whom the laws of no military power, or of such warfare, constrain to strike even a conquered enemy. What error, then, so evil creeps in, that a man should kill himself, either because he has sinned against him, or lest an enemy sin against him, when he dares not kill that enemy himself, whether the one who has sinned or the one about to sin? CHAPTER XXV. That sin ought not to be avoided by means of sin.
But, they say, it is to be feared and guarded against, lest the body subjected to lust, by its most enticing pleasure, allure the soul to consent to sin. Accordingly, they say, not now on account of another's sin, but on account of one's own, before anyone commits this, he ought to kill himself. By no means indeed will the soul do this—that it consent to the lust of its own flesh, stirred up by another's lust—the soul that is subject rather to God and his wisdom than to the body and its concupiscence. Yet if it is a detestable deed and a damnable crime even for a man to kill himself, as manifest truth proclaims, who would be so senseless as to say: 「Let us now perpetrate homicide, lest afterward perhaps we fall into adultery」?
Is it not, if iniquity so prevails that not innocence but rather sins are to be chosen, better to have an uncertain adultery in the future than a certain homicide in the present? Is it not better to commit a disgrace that may be healed by repentance than such a crime where no room is left for wholesome repentance? These things I have said on account of those, men or women, who think that violence, by which they may die, is to be inflicted on themselves—not for the sake of avoiding another's sin, but their own—lest, being themselves perhaps aroused under another's lust, they consent to their own. But far be it from a Christian mind, which trusts in its God and, with hope placed in him, leans upon his help—far be it, I say, that such a mind should yield to any pleasures of the flesh whatever, so as to consent to baseness.
But if that concupiscent disobedience, which still dwells in our dying members, is moved against the law of our will as it were by a law of its own, how much more is it without fault in the body of one not consenting, if it is without fault in the body of one sleeping! CHAPTER XXVI. Concerning those things which it is not lawful to do, when they are known to have been done by the saints, by what reasoning they are to be believed to have been done. But, they say, certain holy women in time of persecution, in order to escape those who pursued their chastity, threw themselves into a river that would seize and slay them, and in that manner perished, and their martyrdoms are celebrated with most renowned veneration in the Catholic Church. Of these I dare judge nothing rashly.
For whether the divine authority persuaded the Church by certain trustworthy testimonies thus to honor their memory, I know not; and it may be that it is so. For what if they did this, not deceived by human counsel, but commanded by God, and not erring, but obeying?—as concerning Samson it is not lawful for us to believe otherwise. But when God commands and intimates that he commands without any ambiguities, who would call obedience into the reckoning of crime? Who would accuse the dutifulness of piety? But not for that reason does anyone act without crime, whoever has resolved to sacrifice his son to God, because Abraham did this even laudably. For a soldier too, when, obedient to authority under which he is lawfully placed, he kills a man, by no
law of his own city is he guilty of homicide; nay rather, unless he does it, he is guilty of deserting and despising the command; but if he had done it of his own accord and on his own authority, he would have incurred the crime of shedding human blood. And so, from the same source whence he is punished if he does it uncommanded, thence he will be punished if he does not do it when commanded. But if this is so when the emperor commands, how much more when the Creator commands! Whoever, then, hears that it is not lawful for him to kill himself, let him do it, if he has commanded whose commands it is not lawful to despise; only let him see whether the divine command wavers with no uncertainty. We approach the conscience by the ear; we do not usurp to ourselves the judgment of hidden things. No one knows what is done in a man except the spirit of man which is in him.
This we say, this we assert, this we approve in every way: that no one ought to inflict voluntary death upon himself as if to flee temporal troubles, lest he fall into eternal ones; nor on account of another's sins, lest he himself begin to have as his own most grievous sin that which another's did not pollute him with; nor on account of his own past sins, on account of which this life is the more needed, that they may be healed by repentance; nor as if from desire of a better life, which is hoped for after death, because a better life after death does not receive those guilty of their own death. CHAPTER XXVII. Whether voluntary death is to be sought for the sake of avoiding sin.
There remains one cause, of which I had begun to speak, by which it is thought useful that anyone should kill himself, namely, lest he rush into sin either through alluring pleasure or through raging pain. If we should be willing to admit this cause, it will go so far as to reach the point that men are to be exhorted then rather to slay themselves, when, washed in the laver of holy regeneration, they have received remission of all their sins. For then is the time for guarding against all future sins, when all past ones are blotted out. But if this is rightly done by voluntary death, why is it not done then most of all? Why does each one baptized spare himself?
Why does he again thrust his liberated head into so many perils of this life, when it is in his most easy power, by death inflicted upon himself, to avoid them all, and when it is written: He that loveth danger shall fall into it? Why, then, are so many and so great perils loved—or at least, even if they are not loved, why are they undertaken—while he remains in this life, from which it is permitted to depart? Or does so insipid a perversity overturn the heart and turn it away from the consideration of truth, that, if anyone ought to kill himself lest he fall into sin under the domination of a single captor, he should think he must live so as to endure this very world, full at every hour of temptations—both such as are feared under one master, and innumerable others, without which this life is not led?
What reason, then, is there why we should spend our time in those exhortations by which, in addressing the baptized, we strive to kindle them either to virginal integrity, or to widowed continence, or to the very fidelity of the marriage bed, when we have better and easier short-cuts, removed from all perils of sinning—namely, that whomever, after the most recent remission of sins, we could persuade to seize death and inflict it upon themselves, we should send them to the Lord sounder and purer? Moreover, if whoever thinks this is to be undertaken and urged is—I will not say foolish, but—mad: with what face, pray, does he say to a man:
「Kill thyself, lest to thy small sins thou add a graver one while thou livest under a master of barbarous and unchaste manners」—he who cannot but most wickedly say: 「Kill thyself, now that all thy sins are absolved, lest thou again commit such things or even worse, while thou livest too long in a world enticing with so many impure pleasures, raging with so many unspeakable cruelties, hostile with so many errors and terrors」? Since it is wicked to say this, it is assuredly wicked to kill oneself. For if any just cause for doing this of one's own accord could exist, beyond doubt there would be none more just than this. But since not even this is just, therefore there is none. CHAPTER XXVIII. By what judgment of God hostile lust was permitted to sin against the bodies of the continent.
Therefore let not your life, O ye faithful of Christ, be a weariness to you, if your chastity has been a mockery to enemies. You have a great and true consolation, if you retain a faithful conscience that you did not consent to the sins of those who were permitted to sin against you. But if perhaps you ask why they were permitted, deep indeed is the providence of the Creator and Ruler of the world, and unsearchable are his judgments and his ways past tracing out; yet nevertheless question your souls faithfully, lest perhaps over this good of integrity and continence or chastity you exalted yourselves too proudly, and, delighting in human praises, you even envied others in this respect.
I do not accuse what I do not know, nor do I hear what your hearts, when questioned, answer to you. Yet if they have answered that it is so, do not wonder that you have lost that whereby you were eager to please men, and that there has remained to you that which cannot be displayed to men. If you did not consent to the sinners, divine help came to divine grace, that it might not be lost; human reproach succeeded human glory, that it might not be loved. In both be consoled, O ye fainthearted—on the one hand proved, on the other chastened; on the one hand justified, on the other amended.
But as for those whose hearts, when questioned, answer that they never were proud over the good of virginity, or of widowhood, or of conjugal chastity, but, consenting to the humble, exulted with trembling over God's gift, and envied no one the equal excellence of holiness and chastity, but, setting aside human praise (which is wont to be paid the more abundantly, the rarer the good is that demands praise), wished rather that a greater number of them might exist than that they themselves should stand out the more in their fewness: let not even these, such as they are, if any of them too was violated by barbarian lust, complain that this was permitted, nor on that account believe that God neglects these things, because he permits what no one commits with impunity.
For certain burdens, as it were, of evil desires are both relaxed through the hidden present divine judgment, and reserved for the manifest last one. But perhaps those women, who are well aware to themselves that they did not exalt their heart, puffed up over this good of chastity, and yet suffered hostile violence in the flesh, had something of latent infirmity, which might have been raised up into the pride of arrogance, had they escaped this humiliation in that devastation. Just as, therefore, some were snatched away by death, lest wickedness should alter their understanding, so something was snatched from these women by violence, lest prosperity should alter their modesty.
From both groups, therefore — from those who were already growing proud over their flesh because it had endured no shameful contact, or who perhaps might have grown proud had it not been violated by the enemy's force — chastity was not taken away, but humility was instilled. The swelling pride of the first was relieved before it overflowed; the threatening pride of the second was met before it advanced. And yet this too must not be passed over in silence: to certain women who suffered these outrages it might have seemed that the good of continence is to be counted among bodily goods, and that it then remains only if the body is touched by no one's lust — as though it did not rest in the strength of a will divinely aided, so that both body and spirit may be holy, and as though it were the kind of good that can be taken away against the mind's consent.
And perhaps this error has been removed from them. For when they consider with what conscience they served God, and with unshaken faith do not believe of Him that He could in any way forsake those who so serve Him and call upon Him, and cannot doubt how greatly chastity pleases Him, they see it to follow that He would by no means have permitted these things to befall His holy ones, if in such a way the holiness could perish which He bestowed upon them and loves in them. CHAPTER 29. What the family of Christ ought to answer to unbelievers when they reproach it, saying that Christ did not deliver it from the fury of the enemy.
The whole family of the most high and true God therefore has its own consolation — a consolation not deceptive, nor founded on the hope of tottering or fleeting things — and a temporal life itself in no way to be regretted, in which it is schooled for the eternal life; it uses earthly goods as a pilgrim and is not captivated by them, while by evils it is either tested or amended. But those who insult its uprightness and say to it, when perchance it has fallen into some temporal evils, 'Where is your God?' — let them themselves say where their gods are when they suffer the like, for the avoiding of which they either worship them or contend that they ought to be worshipped. For our family answers thus: My God is everywhere present, everywhere wholly, nowhere enclosed; He can be present unseen, and absent without moving;
when He harasses me with adversities, He either examines my merits or chastises my sins, and reserves for me an eternal reward for the temporal evils piously endured. But who are you, with whom it is worthwhile even to speak of your gods, much less of my God, who is terrible above all gods? For the gods of the nations are demons, but the Lord made the heavens. CHAPTER 30. With what shameful prosperity those wish to abound who complain of Christian times. If that Scipio Nasica of yours, once high priest, were now living — whom, when under the terror of the Punic war the best man was being sought to receive the Phrygian rites, the whole senate chose — whose countenance you would perhaps not dare to look upon, he himself would restrain you from this shamelessness.
For why, when afflicted by adversities, do you complain of Christian times, except because you desire to have your luxury secure, and to wallow in your utterly depraved morals with all harshness of trouble removed? For you do not desire to have peace and to abound in every kind of plenty in order to use these goods honourably — that is, with moderation, sobriety, temperance, and piety — but in order that an endless variety of pleasures may be sought out in mad extravagances, and that, when things go well, those evils may spring up in your morals which are worse than raging enemies.
But that Scipio, your supreme pontiff — he whom by the judgment of the whole senate was deemed the best man — fearing this very calamity for you, did not wish Carthage, then the rival of the Roman empire, to be destroyed, and contradicted Cato, who decreed that it should be razed; he feared security for weak minds, seeing that terror was necessary as a fitting guardian for the citizens, as for wards. Nor did his judgment deceive him: the event itself proved how truly he spoke.
For when Carthage was destroyed, and that great terror of the Roman commonwealth was removed and extinguished, such great evils sprang from prosperity and immediately followed, that concord, first corrupted and shattered by savage and bloody seditions, then soon by a chain of evil causes giving rise even to civil wars, brought forth such slaughters, such shedding of blood, that the monstrous cruelty of proscriptions and plunders raged with such greed, that those Romans who, in a more upright life, feared evils from enemies, now, with the integrity of their life lost, suffered crueler things at the hands of their own fellow citizens;
and that very lust of domination, which among the other vices of the human race was present in a more unmixed form in the whole Roman people, after it had conquered in a few of the more powerful, crushed and wearied the rest and oppressed them also with the yoke of servitude. CHAPTER 31. By what degrees of vices the desire of ruling was increased in the Romans. For when would that lust ever rest in the proudest minds, until by continued honours it should reach the kingly power? But the means of continuing honours would not exist, unless ambition prevailed. And ambition would by no means prevail, except in a people corrupted by avarice and luxury.
But the people became avaricious and luxurious through prosperity, which that Nasica most providently judged ought to be guarded against, when he was unwilling that the greatest, strongest, and richest city of the enemy should be destroyed, so that lust might be restrained by fear, and lust thus restrained might not run riot, and luxury thus held in check, neither might avarice run rampant; so that, with these vices barred out, virtue useful to the city might flourish and grow, and a liberty befitting that virtue might endure.
It was from this, and out of this most provident love of his country, that the same supreme pontiff of yours — chosen by the senate of that time (a thing which must often be repeated) without any disagreement of votes as the best man — checked from this design and desire the senate, which was striving to construct an enclosure for a theatre, and persuaded it by a most weighty speech not to allow Greek luxury to creep in upon the manly customs of the fatherland, nor to consent to foreign wickedness so as to undermine and enervate Roman virtue; and he prevailed so greatly by his authority, that, the senatorial foresight being moved by his words, it thereafter forbade even the benches to be set up, which, hastily heaped together for the hour at the spectacle of the games, the city had already begun to use.
With what zeal would this man have removed the very scenic games from the city of Rome, if he had dared to resist the authority of those whom he thought gods — not understanding them to be noxious demons, or, if he did understand, judging that even he himself should rather appease than despise them! For not yet had the heavenly doctrine been made known to the nations, which by faith, cleansing the heart, would change the human affection with humble piety to lay hold of heavenly or super-heavenly things, and free it from the dominion of proud demons. CHAPTER 32. On the institution of the scenic games. But know nevertheless, you who are ignorant of these things, and take heed, you who pretend not to know them, you who murmur against the Deliverer from such lords:
the scenic games, the spectacles of foulness and the licence of vanities, were instituted at Rome not by the vices of men, but by the commands of your gods. It would have been more tolerable for you to confer divine honours upon that Scipio than to worship gods of this sort. For those gods were no better than their own pontiff. Lo, attend, if a mind so long drunk with the draughts of error permits you to think anything sound! The gods, in order to allay a pestilence of bodies, ordered scenic games to be exhibited to them; but the pontiff, in order to guard against a pestilence of souls, forbade the stage itself to be set up. If by any light of mind you set the soul before the body, choose whom you will worship!
For that pestilence of bodies did not subside because the delicate madness of scenic games entered in upon a warlike people, formerly accustomed only to the games of the circus; rather, the cunning of unspeakable spirits, foreseeing that that pestilence would now cease at its due end, took care from this occasion to send in another far graver one — in which it rejoices most — not upon bodies, but upon morals; a pestilence which blinded the souls of the wretched with such great darkness, and defiled them with such great deformity, that even now (a thing which will perhaps seem incredible if it be heard by our posterity), when the city of Rome had been laid waste, those whom this pestilence possessed, and who were able to flee thence and reach Carthage, raved daily in the theatres, vying with one another on behalf of the actors.
CHAPTER 33. On the vices of the Romans, whom the overthrow of their country did not correct. O senseless minds! What is this so great — not error, but frenzy — that, while (as we have heard) the eastern peoples bewailed your destruction, and the greatest cities in the most remote lands held public mourning and grief, you would seek out theatres, enter them, fill them, and do things far madder than they had been before? This stain and plague of souls, this overthrow of uprightness and honour, that Scipio feared for you when he forbade theatres to be built, when he discerned that by prosperity you could easily be corrupted and overthrown, when he did not wish you to be secure from the terror of the enemy.
For he did not judge a commonwealth happy while its walls stood and its morals fell. But in you there prevailed more what impious demons seduced than what provident men forewarned. Hence it is that you are unwilling that the evils which you do should be imputed to you, but the evils which you suffer you impute to Christian times. For in your security you seek not a peaceful commonwealth, but unpunished luxury — you who, depraved by prosperity, could not even be corrected by adversity. That Scipio wished you to be terrified by the enemy, lest you should melt away into luxury; yet, not crushed by the enemy, you did not repress your luxury, you lost the usefulness of calamity, and you became most wretched and remained most wicked. CHAPTER 34.
On the clemency of God, which tempered the destruction of the City. And yet, that you live is of God, who, by sparing you, admonishes you to be corrected by repentance; who, even to you who are ungrateful, granted that, whether under the name of His servants or in the places of His martyrs, you might escape the hands of the enemy. Romulus and Remus are said to have established an asylum, to which whoever fled should be free from all harm, seeking to increase the multitude of the city to be founded. A more wonderful example came to pass in honour of Christ. The destroyers of the City established what its founders had established before. But what is great if they did this so that the number of their citizens might be filled up, while these did it so that the multitude of their enemies might be preserved? CHAPTER 35.
On the sons of the Church hidden among the impious, and on false Christians within the Church. These things, and such things — and any more copiously and fittingly that it can — let the redeemed family of the Lord Christ, and the pilgrim city of King Christ, answer to its enemies. But let it remember well that among those very enemies there lie hidden future citizens, lest it think it fruitless, even among them, that, until it reaches those who confess, it bears with those who are hostile;
just as, from the number of those enemies, the city of God too has joined to itself, as long as it sojourns in the world, men united by the communion of the sacraments, yet not destined to be with it in the eternal lot of the saints — some in secret, some in the open — who do not hesitate, even together with those enemies, to murmur against God, whose sacrament they bear, now filling the theatres with them, now the churches with us. But concerning the correction of certain even of such, there is far less reason to despair, if among the most open adversaries there lie hidden predestined friends, as yet unknown even to themselves. For these two cities are intertwined and mutually mingled in this age, until they shall be separated at the last judgment;
concerning whose origin and progress and due ends, what I judge ought to be said, I shall set forth, as far as I shall be divinely aided, for the glory of the city of God, which, when compared with its opposite, will shine forth the more clearly. CHAPTER 36. On the matters to be discussed in the following discourse. But there are still certain things I must say against those who refer the disasters of the Roman commonwealth to our religion, by which they are forbidden to sacrifice to their gods. For there must be recalled what and how great evils — such as may seem sufficient — could befall that city, or the provinces belonging to its empire, before their sacrifices had been forbidden;
all of which, without doubt, they would attribute to us, if our religion had then already become known to them, or had in like manner forbidden them their sacrilegious rites. Then it must be shown what morals of theirs, and for what cause, the true God — in whose power are all kingdoms — deigned to aid for the increase of their empire, and how those whom they think gods aided them in nothing, but rather how much they harmed them by deceiving and deluding. Lastly, it shall be said against those who, refuted and convicted by the most manifest proofs, attempt to assert that the gods are to be worshipped not for the advantage of the present life, but for that which is to be after death.
This question, unless I am mistaken, will be far more laborious and worthy of a subtler disputation, in such a way that in it there must be argued even against the philosophers — not any whatsoever, but those who among them are renowned with the most excellent glory, and who agree with us in many things, both concerning the immortality of the soul, and that the true God created the world, and concerning His providence, by which He governs the universe that He created. But since they too must be refuted in those things in which they hold opinions against us, we ought not to fail in this duty, that, having refuted impious contradictions with such strength as God shall impart, we may assert the city of God, and true piety, and the worship of God, in which alone everlasting blessedness is truly promised.
Let this, then, be the limit of this volume, so that thereafter we may take up the matters thus arranged from a fresh beginning. CHAPTER 1. On the measure to be applied to the necessity of disputation. If the weak sense of human custom did not dare to resist the reason of manifest truth, but submitted its languor to wholesome doctrine as to medicine, until by divine aid, the faith of piety obtaining it, it should be healed, no great discourse would be needed to convince anyone of the error of his vain opinion, for those who think rightly and explain their thoughts in sufficient words.
But now, since there is that greater and more loathsome disease of foolish minds, whereby they defend their irrational impulses — even after reason has been fully rendered, as much as is owed by one man to another — whether through excessive blindness, by which not even open things are perceived, or through most obstinate stubbornness, by which even the things that are perceived are not endured, as though defending reason and truth themselves: there arises a necessity of speaking more copiously, very often offering clear matters as though to be gazed upon by those who do not look, but in a certain manner to be touched and handled by those who grope and close their eyes. And yet what end of debating, what measure of speaking, will there be, if we always reckon that we must answer those who answer back?
For those who either cannot understand what is said, or are so hardened by perversity of mind that, even if they have understood, they do not obey — they answer back, as it is written, and speak iniquity, and are untiringly vain. If we should wish to refute their contrary sayings as often as they should resolve, with stubborn brow, not to consider what they say, provided that in any way whatever they contradict our arguments — you see how endless and toilsome and fruitless this would be. Wherefore I would not have you yourself, my son Marcellinus, nor others to whom this our labour is usefully and freely devoted in the love of Christ, be such judges of my writings as always to desire a response,
whenever, in the things which they read, they hear something contradicted — lest they become like those little women whom the apostle mentions, always learning and never coming to the knowledge of the truth. CHAPTER 2. On the things which were dealt with in the first volume.
In the preceding book, therefore, when I had set out to speak of the city of God — from which this whole work, by His aid, was undertaken — it occurred to me that I must first resist those who attribute these wars, by which this world is worn down, and especially the recent devastation of the city of Rome by the barbarians, to the Christian religion, by which they are forbidden to serve demons with unspeakable sacrifices; whereas they ought rather to attribute this to Christ, that for the sake of His name, contrary to the established custom of wars, the barbarians offered them — to which they might flee — religious and most spacious places, free of harm; and that in many cases they so honoured a service devoted to Christ, not only true but even feigned out of fear, that they judged unlawful for themselves what by the law of war it would have been permitted to do against them.
Thence arose the question, why these divine benefits reached even to the impious and ungrateful, and why likewise those hardships, which were done in hostile fashion, afflicted the pious together with the impious alike. To resolve this question — diffused through many particulars (for in all daily matters, whether of God's gifts or of men's disasters, both of which often befall the good and the bad in mixed and indiscriminate fashion, it is wont to trouble many) — according to the necessity of the work undertaken, I lingered somewhat, chiefly to console the holy and piously chaste women, in whom something was perpetrated by the enemy that brought the pain of shame, even though it did not take away the firmness of their chastity, lest they should regret their life, who have no ground on which they could repent of wickedness.
Then I said a few things against those who, with most shameless effrontery, harass the Christians afflicted by those adversities, and especially the modesty of women humbled though chaste and holy — men who are most worthless and most irreverent, far degenerate from those very Romans whose many illustrious deeds are praised and celebrated in the memory of letters, nay rather vehemently opposed to the glory of those Romans. For Rome, brought forth and increased by the labours of the ancients, they had made fouler standing than falling; since in its fall stones and timbers fell, but in the life of these men there fell all the defences and ornaments not of walls, but of morals, while their hearts burned with more deadly lusts than the fires with which the roofs of that city blazed.
With these things said, I first ended the book. Thereafter, then, I set out to tell what evils that city endured from its origin, whether within itself or in the provinces already subject to it — all of which they would attribute to the Christian religion, if even then the evangelical doctrine had resounded with most free testimony against their false and deceitful gods. CHAPTER 3. On the history to be taken up, by which it may be shown what evils befell the Romans while they worshipped the gods, before the Christian religion grew up. But remember that in recalling these things I am still dealing against the unlearned, from whose ignorance there also sprang that vulgar proverb: 'The rain is lacking — the Christians are the cause.'
For those who, instructed in liberal studies, love history, know these things most easily; but in order to render the throngs of the unlearned most hostile to us, they pretend not to know them, and strive to confirm among the common people that the disasters, by which at fixed intervals of place and time the human race must be afflicted, befall by reason of the Christian name, which is spread abroad against their gods through all the world with mighty renown and most illustrious celebrity.
Let them therefore recall along with us, before Christ had come in the flesh, before His name had become known to the peoples with that glory which they vainly envy, by what calamities the Roman affairs were manifoldly and variously crushed; and in these let them defend their gods, if they can, if they are worshipped for this reason — that their worshippers should not suffer these evils; for if they have now suffered anything of the kind, they contend that it is to be imputed to us. For why did those gods permit the things which I am about to tell to befall their worshippers, before the manifested name of Christ offended them and forbade their sacrifices? CHAPTER 4. That the worshippers of the gods never received any precepts of uprightness from their gods, and celebrated all manner of foul things in their rites.
First, why were their gods unwilling to take care that they should not have the worst morals? For the true God justly neglected those by whom He was not worshipped; but why did those gods, from whose worship most ungrateful men complain that they are forbidden, by no laws help their worshippers to live well? Surely it was fitting that, just as these men took care of their rites, so those gods should take care of these men's deeds. But it is answered that each man is wicked by his own will. Who would deny this? Yet still it belonged to the gods, as counsellors, not to conceal the precepts of a good life from the peoples that worshipped them, but to set them forth in clear preaching, and through prophets to meet and rebuke sinners, and openly to threaten punishments to evil-doers,
and to promise rewards to those who live rightly. What such thing ever rang out with prompt and lofty voice in the temples of those gods? We too in our youth used to come at times to the spectacles and mockeries of their sacrileges; we used to watch the possessed, to hear the choristers, and were delighted by the most shameful games which were exhibited to the gods and goddesses — to the heavenly Virgin and to Berecynthia, mother of all, before whose litter, on the solemn day of her washing, such things were chanted through the public places by the most worthless players as were unfitting to be heard — I do not say by the mother of the gods, but by the mother of any senators whatever, or of any honourable men whatever; nay rather, such as it would not befit even the mother of the players themselves to hear.
For human modesty has something towards parents which not even wickedness itself can take away. Accordingly, that foulness of obscene words and deeds, the players themselves would be ashamed to rehearse at home in the presence of their own mothers by way of practice — yet they performed it in public, while the mother of the gods looked on and listened, before a most crowded multitude of both sexes. If she, drawn by alluring curiosity, could be present surrounded by the throng, at least, her chastity offended, she ought to have departed in confusion. What are sacrileges, if those are sacred rites? Or what is defilement, if that is a washing? And these were called 'courses,' as though a banquet were being celebrated, at which, as with their own feasts, the unclean demons might be fed.
For who would not perceive what kind of spirits delight in such obscenities — unless either one who is ignorant whether there are at all any unclean spirits deceiving under the name of gods, or one leading such a life that he both wishes these to be propitious to him, rather than the true God, and dreads them when angered? CHAPTER 5. On the obscenities by which the mother of the gods was honoured by her worshippers. By no means would I wish those who study to take delight in the vices of a most disgraceful custom rather than to strive against them, but that very Nasica Scipio himself, who was chosen by the senate as the best man, by whose hands the image of that same demon was received and conveyed into the City, to have as judge in this matter.
He would tell us whether he would wish his own mother to deserve so well of the commonwealth that divine honours should be decreed to her — just as it is well known that the Greeks and Romans and other nations decreed such to certain mortals whose benefits towards them they had highly valued, and believed them made immortal and received into the number of the gods. Assuredly he would wish so great a felicity for his mother, if it could be done. But further, if we then asked him whether he would wish those foul things to be celebrated among her divine honours — would he not cry out that he would rather his mother lay dead without any feeling, than that she should live as a goddess to this end, that she might gladly hear such things?
Far be it that a senator of the Roman people, endowed with that mind by which he forbade a theatre to be built in the city of brave men, should wish his own mother to be so worshipped that she should be propitiated as a goddess with such rites as would offend a matron with their words. Nor would he in any way believe that the modesty of a praiseworthy woman could be so changed into its contrary by divinity, that her worshippers should invoke her with such honours as, were such reproaches hurled at anyone while she lived among men, unless she stopped her ears and withdrew herself, her kinsmen and husband and children would blush on her behalf.
Accordingly such a mother of the gods — such as it would shame even the worst of men to have for a mother — about to seize the minds of the Romans, sought the best man, not one whom she might make so by admonishing and aiding, but one whom she might cheat by deceiving; like to her of whom it is written: 'But the woman snatches the precious souls of men' — so that that mind of great natural gifts, exalted as it were by this divine testimony, and truly esteeming itself the best, should not seek true piety and religion, without which every disposition, however praiseworthy, vanishes and falls through pride. How then, except insidiously, did that goddess seek the best man, when she seeks in her own rites such things as the best men shrink from admitting to their banquets? CHAPTER 6.
That the gods of the pagans never ordained any doctrine of living well. Hence it is that those deities took no care for the life and morals of the cities and peoples by whom they were worshipped, so that they permitted them to be filled with such horrible and detestable evils, and to become utterly base — not in field and vines, not in house and money, nor finally in the body itself, which is subject to the mind, but in the mind itself, in the very ruler of the flesh, the soul — without any terrible prohibition of theirs. Or if they did prohibit, let this rather be shown, let this be proved. And let them not boast to us of certain whispers, breathed into the ears of a very few and handed down as by a secret religion, by which uprightness and chastity of life is supposedly taught;
but let there be pointed out or recalled places at some time consecrated to such assemblies — not where games were performed with the obscene voices and movements of actors, nor where the Fugalia were celebrated with all licence of foulnesses poured forth (and truly 'Fugalia,' but of modesty and honour put to flight); but where the peoples might hear what the gods commanded concerning the restraining of avarice, the breaking of ambition, the curbing of luxury — where the wretched might learn what Persius rebukes as needing to be learned, saying:
'Learn, O wretched ones, and know the causes of things: what we are, and to what end we are born to live; what order is appointed us, or by what gentle turning the goal must be rounded and from what point; what limit there should be to wealth; what it is right to wish for; what good the harsh-minted coin holds; how much it is fitting to bestow upon one's country and dear kinsfolk; what God has commanded you to be, and in what place you have been set within human affairs.' Let it be told in what places these precepts of the teaching gods used to be recited, and frequently heard by the peoples who worshipped them, just as we have shown that churches have been established for this purpose wherever the Christian religion is spread abroad. CHAPTER VII.
That philosophical discoveries are useless without divine authority, where each man, being already prone to vice, is moved more by what the gods did than by what men argued. Or will they perhaps remind us of the schools and disputations of the philosophers? In the first place, these are not Roman but Greek; or if they are now Roman because Greece too became a Roman province, they are not the precepts of gods but the inventions of men, who, endowed with the keenest of minds, strove as best they could by reasoning to trace out what might lie hidden in the nature of things, what in conduct was to be sought after and what to be shunned, what in the very rules of reasoning was drawn out by sure connection, or what did not follow or even contradicted.
And some of them, in so far as they were divinely assisted, discovered certain great truths; but in so far as they were hindered by their human condition, they erred—most of all because divine providence justly resisted their pride, that it might display, even by comparison with such men, the way of piety rising from humility into the heights. Of this we shall have a place hereafter to inquire and discourse, by the will of the true God and Lord. Yet for all that, if the philosophers discovered anything that might suffice for leading a good life and attaining a blessed one, how much more justly would divine honours be decreed to such men!
How much better and more honourable it would be that in the temple of Plato his books should be read, than that in the temples of demons the Galli should mutilate themselves, the effeminate be consecrated, the mad gash themselves, and whatever else, cruel or shameful, basely cruel or cruelly base, is wont to be celebrated in the rites of such gods! How much more fitting it would have been, for the instruction of youth in justice, that the laws of the gods should be publicly recited, rather than that the laws and institutions of the forefathers should be vainly praised! For all the worshippers of such gods, as soon as lust drives them on—'steeped in seething venom,' as Persius says—look rather to what Jupiter did than to what Plato taught or Cato judged.
Hence in Terence the licentious young man gazes upon a certain picture painted on a wall, in which was this scene: how Jupiter, they say, once sent down a shower of gold into the lap of Danaë; and from so great an authority he draws a patronage for his own foulness, boasting that in it he imitates a god. 'And what a god!' he says; 'one who shakes the temples of heaven with his loftiest thunder. Should I, a mere manikin, not do the like? I have indeed done it, and gladly.' CHAPTER VIII. On the theatrical games, in which the gods are not offended by the display of their own shameful deeds, but are appeased. But, it is said, these things are not delivered in the rites of the gods, but in the fables of the poets. I will not say that those mystical things are fouler than these theatrical ones;
this I do say—and history convicts those who deny it—that those very games, in which the figments of the poets hold sway, were brought in by the Romans not through some ignorant deference to the rites of their gods, but the gods themselves, by harshly commanding and in a manner extorting it, brought it about that these games should be solemnly performed for them and consecrated to their honour; a thing which I touched upon briefly in passing in the first book. For when a pestilence was growing severe, theatrical games were first established at Rome by the authority of the pontiffs. Who then, in the conduct of his life, would not rather judge those things worthy to be pursued which are repeatedly enacted in games established by divine authority, than those things which are repeatedly written down in laws promulgated by human counsel?
If the poets falsely represented Jupiter as an adulterer, the gods, being surely chaste, ought to have been angry and to have taken vengeance because so great a wickedness was fabricated about them through human plays—not because it was neglected. And these are the more tolerable of the theatrical games, namely comedies and tragedies—that is, the fables of the poets to be acted in the public shows—composed with much foulness of subject-matter, yet at least, unlike many other plays, with no obscenity of words; which boys are even compelled by their elders to read and learn among those studies that are called honourable and liberal. CHAPTER IX. What the ancient Romans thought concerning the restraining of poetic license, which the Greeks, following the judgment of their gods, wished to be unrestricted.
But what the ancient Romans thought of this, Cicero bears witness in the books which he wrote On the Republic, where Scipio, in his discourse, says: 'Comedies could never have won approval for their disgraceful matter in the theatres, had not the custom of life permitted it.' And the older Greeks indeed preserved a certain consistency with their faulty opinion, since among them it was even granted by law that comedy might say whatever it pleased, of whom it pleased, by name. And so, as Africanus speaks in the same books: 'Whom did it not touch? or rather, whom did it not harass? whom did it spare? Granted, it injured mischievous men of the people, men seditious in the commonwealth—Cleon, Cleophon, Hyperbolus.'
'Let us endure this,' he says, 'although it were better for such citizens to be censured by a censor than by a poet. But that Pericles—when with the greatest authority he had for very many years presided over his city, both in peace and in war, at home and abroad—should be assailed in verses, and that these should be acted on the stage, was no more fitting than if our Plautus,' he says, 'or Naevius had wished to revile Publius and Gnaeus Scipio, or Caecilius Marcus Cato.' Then a little later: 'Our Twelve Tables,' he says, 'on the contrary, though they sanctioned with death only very few matters, yet thought that this also ought to be among them so sanctioned: if anyone had chanted, or composed a song, that brought infamy or disgrace upon another. Excellently!'
'For we ought to have our manner of life subject to the judgments of magistrates and to lawful inquiries, not to the wit of poets; nor to hear any reproach except under such a law that it be permitted to answer and to defend oneself in court.' These passages I have thought it right to excerpt word for word from the fourth book of Cicero's On the Republic, with some things either omitted or slightly altered for the sake of easier understanding. For it bears greatly upon the matter which I am labouring to explain, if I can. He then says other things, and so concludes this passage, that he may show how it displeased the ancient Romans that any living man should either be praised on the stage or reviled.
But, as I have said, the Greeks, though more shamelessly, yet more consistently, wished this to be permitted, since they saw that reproaches were acceptable and pleasing to their gods—not only those against men, but those against the very gods themselves—in the theatrical fables, whether those things were fabricated by the poets, or their true disgraceful deeds were recounted and acted in the theatres, and were deemed by their worshippers worthy—would that of mere laughter, and not also of imitation! For it was too proud a thing to spare the reputation of the leading men of the state and of its citizens, when the deities were unwilling that their own reputation should be spared. CHAPTER X. By what art of doing harm the demons wish either false or true crimes to be told concerning themselves.
For as to what is alleged in defence—that those things are not told truly about the gods, but are false and fabricated—this very thing is more wicked, if you consider the piety of religion; but if you consider the malice of the demons, what is craftier and more cunning for deceiving? For when a reproach is cast upon a good and useful ruler of one's country, is it not the more unworthy the further it is removed from the truth and the more alien it is to his life? What punishments, then, are sufficient, when an injury so impious, so signal, is done to a god?
But the malignant spirits, whom these men think to be gods, wish even disgraceful deeds which they did not commit to be told concerning themselves—provided only that they may entangle human minds with these opinions as if with nets, and drag them down with themselves to their predestined punishment: whether men actually committed these deeds—men whom they rejoice to have held as gods (they who rejoice in human errors), and on whose behalf they thrust themselves forward to be worshipped by a thousand arts of harming and deceiving; or even though those crimes be not true of any men, which nevertheless the most deceitful spirits gladly accept as feigned about the deities, so that an authority might seem sufficient, as though brought down from heaven itself to earth, for perpetrating wicked and shameful things.
Since therefore the Greeks felt themselves to be the slaves of such deities, they thought by no means that they themselves should be spared by the poets amid so many and so great theatrical reproaches of those gods—either desiring to be made like their gods even in this, or fearing lest, by seeking for themselves a more honourable reputation and by thus preferring themselves to the gods, they should provoke them to anger. CHAPTER XI. On the stage-players received among the Greeks into the administration of the commonwealth, because it was unjust that the appeasers of the gods should be despised by men.
To this consistency it belongs, that they judged even the stage-actors of these same fables worthy of no small honour from the city—since indeed, as is recorded in that same book On the Republic, Aeschines the Athenian, a most eloquent man, after he had as a young man repeatedly acted tragedies, took up public affairs; and the Athenians often sent Aristodemus, likewise a tragic actor, as an envoy to Philip on the greatest matters of peace and war. For it was not thought consistent, when they saw these same arts and these same theatrical games to be acceptable even to their gods, to reckon those through whom they were performed in the place and number of the infamous.
These things the Greeks did indeed disgracefully, but assuredly in full conformity with their gods; for they did not dare to withdraw the life of their citizens from being torn by the tongues of poets and players, by whom they saw the life of the gods being carped at, with those very gods willing and well pleased; and they thought that the very men through whom these things were enacted in the theatres—things which they had learned to be pleasing to the deities to whom they were subject—were not only by no means to be despised in the city, but even to be most highly honoured. For what cause could they find why they should honour the priests, because through them they offered victims acceptable to the gods, and yet hold the stage-players disgraceful, through whom they had learned, by the very admonition of the gods, that that pleasure or honour was rendered to the gods who demanded it and were angered if it were not done?
Especially since Labeo, whom they proclaim to be most skilled in matters of this kind, distinguishes good deities from evil deities even by this diversity of worship: he asserts that the evil gods are to be propitiated by slaughters and mournful supplications, but the good ones by glad and joyful observances, such as are—as he himself says—games, banquets, and the spreading of couches for the gods. Of what sort all this is, we shall, if God help us, discuss more carefully hereafter.
Now, as concerns the present matter: whether all things be assigned to all the gods indiscriminately, as though they were good (for it is not fitting that there be evil gods, since rather these beings, because they are unclean spirits, are all evil), or whether, by a definite distinction, as it seemed to Labeo, those observances be allotted to these and these to those—most consistently do the Greeks hold both in honour, both the priests through whom the victims are administered, and the stage-players through whom the games are exhibited; lest they be convicted of doing injury either to all their gods, if the games are pleasing to all, or—what is more unworthy—to those whom they think good, if the games are loved by them alone. CHAPTER XII.
That the Romans, in taking away from the poets the liberty against men which they granted them against the gods, thought better of themselves than of their gods. But the Romans, as Scipio boasts in that discussion On the Republic, were unwilling to have their life and reputation subject to the reproaches and injuries of the poets, sanctioning even with death if anyone should dare to compose such a song. As regards themselves indeed they ordained this honourably enough, but towards their gods proudly and irreligiously; for though they knew them not only patiently but even gladly to be torn by the reproaches and revilings of the poets, they judged themselves rather than the gods unworthy of injuries of this kind, and fortified themselves against the poets even by law, while they mingled these very reproaches against the gods in their sacred solemnities.
So then, Scipio, do you praise this license being denied to the Roman poets, that they might fasten reproach upon any of the Romans, when you see that they spared none of your gods? Is the esteem of your senate-house to be held by you of more value than the Capitol—nay, of Rome alone more than of all heaven—so that the poets were forbidden even by law to exercise their reviling tongue against your fellow-citizens, yet against your gods they hurled such great insults in security, with no senator, no censor, no leading man, no pontiff forbidding it? It was, forsooth, unworthy that Plautus or Naevius should revile Gnaeus Scipio, or Caecilius Marcus Cato; but it was worthy that your own Terence should kindle the wantonness of young men by the disgraceful deed of Jupiter the Best and Greatest? CHAPTER XIII.
That the Romans ought to have understood that their gods, who demanded to be worshipped with disgraceful games, were unworthy of divine honour. But he would perhaps answer me, if he were alive: How could we wish those things to go unpunished which the gods themselves willed to be sacred, since they both introduced into Roman customs the theatrical games, where such things are celebrated, repeatedly spoken, and repeatedly acted, and commanded them to be dedicated and exhibited in their own honour? Why, then, were not the gods themselves rather understood from this not to be true gods, nor at all worthy that that commonwealth should render divine honours to them?
For those whom it would be by no means fitting nor proper to worship, if they demanded games to be performed with revilings of the Romans—how, I ask, were they thought worthy to be worshipped? How were they not understood to be spirits to be detested, who, out of a lust for deceiving, demanded that their own crimes be celebrated amid their own honours?
And likewise the Romans, although they were already weighed down by a noxious superstition, so that they worshipped those gods whom they saw to have wished theatrical foulnesses consecrated to themselves, were nevertheless mindful of their own dignity and modesty, and by no means honoured the actors of such fables after the manner of the Greeks; but, as the same Scipio says in Cicero, 'since they reckoned the art of acting and the whole stage to be a matter of disgrace, they willed that this class of men should not only lack the honour of the other citizens, but should even be removed from their tribe by the censor's mark.' A truly splendid prudence, and to be reckoned among the praises of the Romans; but I could wish that it had followed itself and imitated itself.
For behold how rightly: whoever among the Roman citizens chose to be a stage-player was not only given no place for honour, but was even by the censor's mark in no way permitted to retain his own tribe. O spirit of the city, eager for praise and truly Roman! But let answer be made to me: by what consistent reasoning are stage-players driven from all honour, and yet the stage-games are mingled with the honours of the gods? Roman virtue did not for a long time know those theatrical arts, which, had they been sought for the delight of human pleasure, would have crept in through a fault of human morals. The gods demanded that they be exhibited to themselves. How, then, is the stage-player cast out, through whom a god is worshipped? And with what face is the actor branded for that theatrical foulness, if the exactor of it is adored?
In this controversy let the Greeks and Romans contend. The Greeks think they rightly honour stage-players, because they worship the gods who demand the stage-games; but the Romans suffer not stage-players to disgrace even the plebeian tribe, much less the senatorial curia. In this dispute, reasoning of this kind resolves the whole question. The Greeks propose: If such gods are to be worshipped, then assuredly such men also are to be honoured. The Romans assume: But by no means are such men to be honoured. The Christians conclude: Therefore by no means are such gods to be worshipped. CHAPTER XIV. That Plato, who gave no place to poets in a well-ordered city, was better than these gods, who wished to be honoured with stage-games.
Next we ask: the poets themselves, the composers of such fables, who are forbidden by the law of the Twelve Tables to injure the reputation of citizens, yet hurl such disgraceful insults against the gods—why are they not, like the stage-players, held to be dishonourable? By what reasoning is it right that the actors of poetic figments and of inglorious gods should be made infamous, while their authors are honoured? Or is the palm perhaps rather to be given to the Greek Plato, who, when by reason he was forming what kind of city a state ought to be, judged that the poets, as adversaries of the truth, should be expelled from the city? He indeed both bore with indignation the injuries done to the gods, and was unwilling that the minds of citizens should be falsely coloured and corrupted by figments.
Now compare Plato's humanity, expelling the poets from the city lest they deceive the citizens, with the divinity of the gods, demanding stage-games for their own honour. Plato, that such things might not even be written, although he did not persuade by his disputing, nevertheless gave counsel to the levity and wantonness of the Greeks; these gods, that such things might even be acted, extorted them by command from the gravity and modesty of the Romans. Nor did they wish only that these things be acted, but that they be dedicated to themselves, consecrated to themselves, solemnly exhibited to themselves. To whom, after all, would a state more honourably decree divine honours? to Plato, who forbade these foul and impious things, or to the demons who rejoiced in this deception of men, to whom Plato could not persuade the truth?
This Plato, Labeo thought ought to be commemorated among the demigods, like Hercules, like Romulus. Now he sets demigods above heroes; but he places both among the deities. Yet I do not doubt that this man, whom he calls a demigod, is to be preferred not only to heroes, but even to the gods themselves. Moreover, the laws of the Romans approach the disputations of Plato, since he condemns all poetic figments, while they at least take from the poets the license of reviling men; he removes the poets from the very habitation of the city, they at least remove the actors of poetic fables from the society of the state; and if they had dared anything against the gods, the demanders of stage-games, perhaps they would have removed them from everywhere.
By no means, therefore, could the Romans receive or hope for, from their own gods, laws for establishing good morals or correcting bad ones—gods whom they surpass and convict by their own laws. For those gods demand stage-games for their own honour, but these Romans drive stage-players from all honours; those gods command that the disgraces of the gods be celebrated for them by poetic figments, but these Romans deter the shamelessness of the poets from the reproaches of men. But that demigod Plato both withstood the lust of such gods, and showed, from the natural disposition of the Romans, what ought to be brought to perfection: he willed that the poets themselves—whether lying at their own pleasure, or setting before wretched men, as if for imitation, the basest deeds of the gods—should by no means dwell within a well-ordered city.
We indeed declare Plato to be neither a god nor a demigod, nor do we compare him to any holy angel of the Most High God, nor to any truthful prophet, nor to any apostle, nor to any martyr of Christ, nor to any Christian man whatsoever; the reason of which our opinion shall, with God's favour, be set forth in its own place. But him nevertheless—since they themselves are willing that he was a demigod—we judge to be preferred, if not to Romulus and Hercules (although no historian or poet has ever said or feigned that this man killed his brother or perpetrated any disgraceful deed), at any rate to Priapus, or to some Cynocephalus, or finally to Fever, deities whom the Romans partly received from foreign sources, partly consecrated as their own.
How, then, could such gods, by good precepts and laws, either forbid those great evils of mind and morals when they threatened, or take care that those implanted should be rooted out—gods who took care even to sow and to increase disgraceful deeds, desiring that such deeds, whether their own or as if their own, should become known to the peoples through theatrical celebrations, so that, as though by divine authority, the most wicked human lust might of its own accord be kindled—while Cicero cried out in vain against this, who, when he was treating of the poets, said: 'When to these there is added the shout and approbation of the people, as of some great and wise master, what darkness do they spread, what fears do they bring in, what desires do they inflame!' CHAPTER XV. That the Romans set up certain gods for themselves not by reason, but by flattery.
But what reason—and not rather flattery—is there in the choosing there even of their own false gods? when they thought this Plato, whom they would have to be a demigod, labouring with such great disputations lest human morals be corrupted by the evils of the mind, which above all are to be guarded against, worthy of no sacred shrine, and preferred their own Romulus to many gods—although their more secret doctrine commends him too as a demigod rather than a god. For they even appointed a flamen for him, which kind of priesthood so excelled in the Roman rites, as the apex bears witness, that they had only three flamens appointed to three deities: the Dialis to Jupiter, the Martialis to Mars, the Quirinalis to Romulus.
For through the goodwill of the citizens, Romulus, as if received into heaven, was afterwards named Quirinus. And by this very thing Romulus was preferred in this honour even to Neptune and Pluto, the brothers of Jupiter, and to Saturn himself, their father; so that the priesthood which they had assigned to Jupiter, as a great thing, they assigned this also to him, and to Mars, as if to his father, perhaps for his own sake. CHAPTER XVI. That, if the gods had any care for justice, the Romans ought to have received precepts of living from them, rather than to have borrowed laws from other men.
But if the Romans had been able to receive laws of living from their own gods, they would not, some years after the founding of Rome, have borrowed the laws of Solon from the Athenians—which, nevertheless, they did not keep as they received them, but strove to make better and more amended; although Lycurgus falsely pretended that he had established laws for the Lacedaemonians by the authority of Apollo, a thing which the Romans prudently were unwilling to believe, and therefore did not receive their laws thence. Numa Pompilius, who succeeded Romulus in the kingship, is reported to have composed certain laws which by no means sufficed for governing the state, and who established for them many sacred rites as well; yet he is not said to have received those same laws from the deities.
The evils of mind, therefore, the evils of life, the evils of morals—which are so great that their own most learned men affirm that commonwealths perish by them even while the cities stand—their gods took no care at all should not befall their own worshippers (nay rather, as was argued above, they took care in every way that they should be increased). CHAPTER XVII. On the rape of the Sabine women and other iniquities which flourished in the Roman state even in times that are praised. Or was it perhaps for this reason that laws were not appointed for the Roman people by the deities, because, as Sallust says, 'right and good prevailed among them not more by laws than by nature'? From this right and good, I suppose, the Sabine women were seized.
For what is more just and better than that other men's daughters, lured by the deceit of a public show, should not be received from their parents, but carried off by force, as each man was able? For if the Sabines did wrongly in refusing them when sought, how much more wrong was it to seize them when not given? A juster war could have been waged with that people which had refused its daughters in marriage when sought by its neighbours and borderers, than with that which sought back the women carried away. Rather, then, should the former have happened; there Mars would have helped his son in the fight, that he might avenge by arms the injury of the marriages denied, and by that means reach the women he had desired. For perhaps by some right of war the victor might justly carry off those unjustly denied;
but by no right of peace did he seize those not given, and waged an unjust war with their parents, who were justly incensed. This, indeed, turned out more profitably and happily, that, although for a memorial of that deceit the spectacle of the circus games remained, nevertheless the example of the deed found no favour in that city and empire; and the Romans more readily erred in this, that after that iniquity they consecrated Romulus as a god for themselves, than that they permitted, by any law or custom, his deed in seizing women to be imitated. From this right and good, after King Tarquin was expelled along with his children—whose son had violently oppressed Lucretia with rape—Junius Brutus the consul.
compelled Lucius Tarquinius Collatinus, the husband of that same Lucretia, his own colleague, a good and innocent man, on account of his name and his kinship with the Tarquins, to abdicate his magistracy, nor did he permit him to live in the city. This crime he committed with the people favouring or permitting it—the people from whom that same Collatinus, just as Brutus himself, had received the consulship. From this right and good, Marcus.
Camillus, an outstanding man of that age, who had most easily overcome the Veientines, the gravest enemies of the Roman people, after a ten years' war in which the Roman army, by so often fighting badly, had been grievously afflicted—Rome itself now doubting and trembling for its safety—and had taken their most opulent city, was made a defendant through the envy of the disparagers of his virtue and the insolence of the tribunes of the plebs; and he found that city which he had freed as ungrateful as he had freed it, so that, most certain of his own condemnation, he departed of his own accord into exile, and was even, in his absence, condemned to a fine of ten thousand asses—soon to be again the avenger of his ungrateful country against the Gauls.
It now wearies me to recall the many foul and unjust things by which that city was agitated, when the powerful strove to subject the plebs to themselves and the plebs refused to be subjected to them, and the defenders of either party acted more from partisan zeal and the love of conquering than took thought for anything fair and good. CHAPTER XVIII. What things concerning the morals of the Romans, whether restrained by fear or loosed by security, the history of Sallust sets forth. And so I will keep within measure, and rather call Sallust himself as witness, who, when he had said in praise of the Romans (whence this discourse of ours arose):
'Right and good prevailed among them not so much by laws as by nature' — and while he proclaims that age in which, once the kings had been expelled, the state grew incredibly much in a short span of time, the same Sallust nonetheless confesses, in the first book of his history and at its very opening, that even then, when the commonwealth had been transferred from kings to consuls, after a brief interval there occurred the injustices of the more powerful, and on account of them the withdrawal of the common people from the senators, and other dissensions in the City.
For when he had recorded that the Roman people, between the second and the last Punic war, had conducted itself with the best morals and the greatest concord, and had said that the cause of this good was not the love of justice but, while Carthage stood, the fear of an untrustworthy peace (whence also that famous Nasica, in order to restrain wickedness and to preserve these excellent morals — so that vices might be curbed by fear — was unwilling that Carthage be destroyed): immediately the same Sallust added and said: 'But discord and avarice and ambition and the other evils wont to arise in prosperity were chiefly increased after the destruction of Carthage' — so that we might understand that even before they were accustomed to arise and to grow. And then, attaching the reason why he said this:
'For the injustices,' he says, 'of the more powerful, and on account of them the secession of the common people from the senators, and other dissensions at home, existed from the very beginning; nor was the state administered with fair and moderate justice for any longer than while the kings had been driven out, so long as the fear of Tarquin and the grievous war with Etruria weighed upon them.' You see in what manner, even in that brief time after the kings had been driven out — that is, cast out — things were conducted with some measure of fair and moderate justice; he said that fear was the cause, since the war was feared which King Tarquin, expelled from his kingdom and the City and allied with the Etruscans, was waging against the Romans. Attend, therefore, to what he weaves on next:
'Thereafter,' he says, 'the senators treated the common people with servile rule, decided over their life and back in the manner of kings, drove them from their land, and, while the rest were excluded, held power in their own hands alone. Oppressed by these cruelties, and chiefly by usury, when the common people endured at once tribute and military service amid continual wars, they armed themselves and occupied the Sacred Mount and the Aventine, and then procured for themselves tribunes of the plebs and other rights. The end of the discords and of the struggle on both sides was the Second Punic War.' You discern from what time — that is, a short interval after the kings were driven out — what sort of men the Romans were, of whom he says:
'Right and good prevailed among them not so much by laws as by nature.' Now if those times are found to be such — times in which the Roman commonwealth is proclaimed to have been most beautiful and best — what then ought we to judge must be said or thought of the age that followed, when (to use the words of the same historian) 'being gradually changed, from most beautiful and best it became most base and most disgraceful,' namely after the destruction of Carthage, as he recorded? How those times are briefly reviewed and described by Sallust himself can be read in his history; he shows by how great evils of morals, which sprang up in prosperity, men came at length even to civil wars.
'From which time,' as he says, 'the morals of their forefathers were precipitated headlong, not gradually as before, but like a torrent; to such a degree was the youth corrupted by luxury and avarice that men were rightly said to have been born who could neither themselves keep their family estates nor suffer others to do so.' Sallust then says many things about the vices of Sulla and about the rest of the foulness of the commonwealth, and other writers agree with this, though in far inferior eloquence. Yet you discern, as I suppose — and whoever attends will most easily perceive — into what filth of the most depraved morals that state had slid before the coming of our heavenly King. For these things were done not only before Christ, present in the flesh, had begun to teach, but even before He had been born of the Virgin.
Since therefore they dare not impute to their own gods the many and great evils of those times — whether the more tolerable ones earlier, or the intolerable and horrible ones after Carthage was overthrown — though it was malignant cunning that implanted in human minds those opinions from which such vices ran wild: why do they impute present evils to Christ, who by His most wholesome teaching forbids the worship of false and deceiving gods, and who, detesting and condemning by divine authority these noxious and disgraceful lusts of men, gradually everywhere withdraws His own household from this world that is rotting and slipping away in these evils, that He may found out of it an eternal and most glorious City — not by the applause of vanity, but by the judgment of truth? CHAPTER XIX.
On the corruption of the Roman commonwealth before Christ took away the worship of the gods. Behold, the Roman commonwealth (which I am not the first to say, but their own authors, from whom we learned these things at a price, said so long before, before the coming of Christ) 'being gradually changed, from most beautiful and best became most base and most disgraceful.' Behold, before the coming of Christ, after Carthage was destroyed, 'the morals of their forefathers were precipitated headlong, not gradually as before, but like a torrent, so far was the youth corrupted by luxury and avarice.' Let them read out to us the precepts of their gods against luxury and avarice given to the Roman people;
to whom would that they had at least kept silent about chaste and modest things, rather than also demanding from that people shameful and ignominious acts, by which, through a false divinity, they procured for themselves a pernicious authority. Let them read our writings — through the prophets, through the holy Gospel, through the apostolic Acts, through the Epistles — so many things against avarice and luxury, addressed everywhere to the peoples gathered together for this end; how excellently, how divinely, not as if to clatter from the disputes of philosophers, but as if to thunder from oracles and from the clouds of God. And yet they do not impute to their gods that, by luxury and avarice and savage and base morals, the commonwealth was made most base and most disgraceful before the coming of Christ;
yet whatever affliction of it their pride and pleasures have suffered in this present time, they reproach upon the Christian religion. But if the kings of the earth and all peoples, princes and all judges of the earth, young men and maidens, old men with the younger, every capable age and either sex — and those whom John the Baptist addresses, the very tax-gatherers and soldiers — would together hear and heed its precepts concerning just and upright morals: then the commonwealth would adorn even the lands of the present life with its felicity, and would mount most blessedly to the summit of eternal life, there to reign. But because the one heeds and the other despises, and more men are friends to vices that flatter them basely than to the profitable harshness of the virtues:
the servants of Christ are bidden to bear with it — whether they be kings or princes or judges, whether soldiers or provincials, whether rich or poor, whether free or slave, of either sex — to bear even with a most base, if it be so necessary, and most disgraceful commonwealth, and even by this very endurance to prepare for themselves a most illustrious place in that holy and most august court of the angels, and in that heavenly commonwealth where the will of God is law. CHAPTER XX. With what kind of felicity they wish to rejoice, and by what morals they wish to live, who blame the times of the Christian religion.
But such worshippers and lovers of those gods — they who even rejoice to be imitators of them in crimes and disgraceful deeds — in no way care that the commonwealth be not most base and most disgraceful. Only let it stand, they say, only let it flourish, filled with abundance, glorious in victories, or — what is yet more fortunate — let it be secure in peace. And what is that to us? Nay rather, this concerns us more: that each one increase his riches forever, riches that may supply his daily extravagances, and through which each more powerful man may subject to himself even the weaker. Let the poor obey the rich for the sake of being filled, and that under their patronage they may enjoy a quiet idleness; let the rich abuse the poor as their dependents and for the service of their pride.
Let the peoples applaud, not those who consult their true interests, but those who lavish pleasures upon them. Let no hard things be commanded, let no impure things be forbidden. Let kings care not how good, but how submissive a people they rule. Let the provinces serve their kings not as directors of morals, but as masters of their possessions and as providers of their pleasures, and let them honor them not sincerely, but slavishly fear them. Let the laws look to what harm each man does to another's vineyard rather than to his own life. Let no one be brought before a judge except him who has been troublesome or noxious to another's property, house, safety, or to any unwilling person; but for the rest, let each man do as he pleases with his own, or with his own people, or with whomever consents.
Let public harlots abound, either for the sake of all who wish to enjoy them, or chiefly for the sake of those who cannot keep private ones. Let most spacious and most ornate houses be built, let sumptuous banquets be frequented, where, whenever and however anyone pleases, by day and by night let men play, drink, vomit, and dissolve themselves. Let dances resound on every side, let theaters seethe with the cries of dishonest mirth and with every kind of pleasure, whether most cruel or most shameful. Let that man be held a public enemy to whom this felicity is displeasing; whoever shall attempt to change or take it away, let the free multitude turn him away from their ears, overturn him from his seats, take him away from the living.
Let those be held the true gods who have procured this felicity for the peoples to attain, and, once attained, have preserved it. Let them be worshipped as they will, let them demand such games as they will, which they may have with or from their worshippers: only let them bring it about that nothing be feared from any enemy, nothing from any plague, nothing from any disaster, against such felicity. — What sound man would compare this commonwealth, I will not say to the Roman Empire, but to the house of Sardanapalus? — who was once a king so given over to pleasures that he caused to be written upon his tomb that he possessed in death only those things which his lust, even while he lived, had consumed by indulgence.
If these people had such a king, indulgent to them in such matters and opposing no one in them with any severity, they would more gladly consecrate a temple and a flamen to him than the old Romans did to Romulus. CHAPTER XXI. What was Cicero's opinion concerning the Roman commonwealth. But if he is despised who called the Roman commonwealth most base and most disgraceful, and these men care not by how great a stain and disgrace of the most base and most disgraceful morals it be filled, but only that it stand and remain: let them hear that it became not, as Sallust relates, most base and most disgraceful, but, as Cicero argues, had even then utterly perished, and that no commonwealth at all remained.
For he introduces Scipio — that very man who had destroyed Carthage — disputing about the commonwealth, at a time when there was a foreboding that, through the corruption which Sallust describes, it was even then on the very point of perishing. For the discussion takes place at that time when one of the Gracchi had already been slain, from whom Sallust writes that grievous seditions began. For mention of his death is made in those same books. Now when Scipio, at the end of the second book, had said that, just as in lyres or flutes and in song itself and in voices a certain harmony must be maintained out of distinct sounds, which, if altered or discordant, trained ears cannot endure, and this harmony, out of the regulation of most dissimilar voices, is nevertheless rendered concordant and fitting:
so, out of the highest and lowest and the middle orders interposed between them, as out of sounds, by a regulated proportion, a city sounds together in harmony by the consent of the most dissimilar elements; and that which is called harmony by musicians in song, this in a city is concord, the closest and best bond of safety in every commonwealth, and that this can in no way exist without justice. And then, when he had discoursed somewhat more broadly and fully on how much justice profits a city and how much it harms it if it be absent, Philus — one of those who were present at the discussion — took up the matter, and demanded that this very question be treated more diligently and that more be said concerning justice, on account of that which was now commonly bruited about, that the commonwealth cannot be governed without injustice.
Scipio accordingly agreed that this question must be discussed and unravelled, and answered that nothing of what had hitherto been said about the commonwealth seemed to him such that they could proceed further, unless it were established not only that that saying — 'it cannot exist without injustice' — was false, but that this was most true: that the commonwealth cannot be governed without the highest justice. And when the unfolding of this question had been deferred to the following day, in the third book the matter was carried out with great contention.
For Philus himself took up the case of those who held that the commonwealth cannot be carried on without injustice, expressly clearing himself, lest he be thought to hold this view himself, and he pleaded diligently for injustice against justice, endeavouring as it were to show, by plausible reasonings and examples, that the former is useful to the commonwealth, but the latter useless.
Then Laelius, at the request of all, undertook to defend justice and affirmed, as far as he could, that nothing is so hostile to a city as injustice, and that a commonwealth cannot be carried on or stand at all except by great justice. When this question had been treated as fully as seemed sufficient, Scipio returned to what had been interrupted and recalled and commended his own brief definition of the commonwealth, by which he had said it to be 'the affair of the people' (res populi). But he determines a people to be not every assembly of a multitude, but an assembly associated by a consent of law and a community of interest.
He then teaches how great is the usefulness of definition in disputing, and from those his definitions he concludes that there is then a commonwealth — that is, the affair of the people — when it is administered well and justly, whether by one king, or by a few aristocrats, or by the whole people. But when the king is unjust (whom in the Greek manner he called a tyrant), or the aristocrats unjust (whose consent he said was a faction), or the people itself unjust (for whom he could find no customary name, except that he should call it too a tyrant):
then there is no longer a vicious commonwealth, as had been argued the day before, but — as the reasoning connected from those definitions had taught — there is no commonwealth at all, since it would not be the affair of the people, when a tyrant or a faction seized it; nor would the people itself be any longer a people, if it were unjust, since it would not be a multitude associated by a consent of law and a community of interest, as the people had been defined. When therefore the Roman commonwealth was such as Sallust describes it, it was not now most base and most disgraceful, as he himself says, but, according to this reasoning, was no commonwealth at all, which the discussion about the commonwealth, held among its great leaders of that time, made plain.
So also Tullius himself, speaking not in the person of Scipio nor of any other, but in his own discourse at the beginning of the fifth book, having first recalled that verse of the poet Ennius in which he had said: 'On ancient morals and on men the Roman state stands fast' — 'which verse,' he says, 'whether for its brevity or its truth, seems to me to have been uttered as if from some oracle. For neither would the men, unless the city had been so charactered, nor the morals, unless these men had presided, have been able either to found or so long to maintain a commonwealth so great and ruling so justly far and wide. And so, before our memory, both the ancestral custom itself furnished excellent men, and excellent men retained the old custom and the institutions of their forefathers.'
'But our age, having received the commonwealth like an outstanding picture, yet fading with age, has not only neglected to renew it with the same colors that it had, but has not even taken care to preserve at least its form and, as it were, its outermost outlines. For what remains of those ancient morals, on which he said the Roman state stood fast — which we see so worn away by oblivion that they are not only not cultivated, but are now even unknown? And what shall I say of the men? For the morals themselves have perished through a dearth of men; of which so great an evil not only must the account be rendered by us, but a defense must also in a manner be pleaded by us, as if we were defendants on a capital charge.
For it is by our own vices, not by any chance, that we retain the commonwealth in word, while in very fact we have long since lost it.' These things Cicero confessed — far indeed after the death of Africanus, whom in his books he made to dispute about the commonwealth, yet still before the coming of Christ. If these things were perceived and spoken when the Christian religion was being slandered and prevailing, who of these men would not judge that they must be imputed to the Christians? Wherefore, why did their gods not take care that that commonwealth might not then perish and be lost — the commonwealth which Cicero, long before Christ had come in the flesh, so mournfully laments as lost?
Let its praisers see what sort it was even with those ancient men and morals — whether true justice flourished in it, or perhaps even then it was not alive in its morals but painted in colors; which Cicero himself, unawares, expressed even while he was preferring it. But of this, if God shall will, we shall see elsewhere. For I shall strive in its own place to show, according to the very definitions of Cicero — by which, with Scipio speaking, he briefly set forth what a commonwealth is and what a people is (with many opinions attesting it, whether his own or those of the men whom he made to speak in that same discussion) — that it was never a commonwealth, because true justice was never in it.
But according to more probable definitions, it was, after a certain manner of its own, a commonwealth, and was better administered by the more ancient Romans than by the later ones; yet true justice does not exist except in that commonwealth whose founder and ruler is Christ — if indeed it pleases us to call it a commonwealth, since we cannot deny it to be the affair of a people. But if this name, which is elsewhere and otherwise commonly used, is perhaps too remote from our manner of speech, certainly in that city there is true justice, of which the holy Scripture says: 'Glorious things are spoken of thee, O City of God.' CHAPTER XXII. That the Romans' gods never had any care lest the commonwealth should perish through evil morals.
But as concerns the present question, however praiseworthy they may say that commonwealth was or is, according to their own most learned authors it had already, long before the coming of Christ, become most base and most disgraceful; nay rather, it was no commonwealth at all and had utterly perished through its most ruined morals. Therefore, that it might not perish, its guardian gods ought above all to have given precepts of life and morals to the people that worshipped them — by whom they were worshipped with so many temples, so many priests and kinds of sacrifices, with so manifold and various rites, with so many festal solemnities, with so many celebrations of so great games;
wherein the demons did nothing except their own business, not caring how those people lived — nay, caring that they should even live in ruin, provided only that, subjected by fear, they ministered all those things to the demons' honor. Or if the gods did give such precepts, let it be produced, let it be shown, let it be read: what laws of the gods, given to that city, did the Gracchi despise, that they should throw everything into confusion by seditions; what laws did Marius and Cinna and Carbo despise, that they should even advance to civil wars undertaken on most iniquitous grounds and waged cruelly and ended more cruelly still; what laws, finally, did Sulla himself despise, whose life, morals, and deeds, as described by Sallust and other historians, who would not shudder at? Who would not confess that that commonwealth had then perished?
Perhaps, on account of citizens of this sort of morals, they will dare to set against us, as they are wont, in defense of their gods, that Vergilian sentence: 'All the gods departed, leaving the shrines and altars, by whom this empire had stood'? First, if it be so, they have no cause to complain of the Christian religion, that, offended by it, their gods deserted them — since indeed their own forefathers, by their morals, had long since driven from the City's altars so many petty gods, like flies. But yet, where was this throng of deities, when, long before the ancient morals were corrupted, Rome was captured and burned by the Gauls? Were they perhaps present, but asleep?
For at that time, when the whole City had been reduced into the power of the enemy, the Capitoline hill alone remained, which would even itself have been captured, had not at least the geese kept watch while the gods slept. Whence Rome had nearly fallen into the superstition of the Egyptians, who worship beasts and birds, when they celebrated solemnities to a goose. But concerning these adventitious evils, evils rather of the body than of the soul, which befall either from enemies or from some other disaster, I do not yet for the moment dispute: now I treat of the ruin of morals, by which — first gradually losing their color, then precipitated like a torrent — so great a ruin of the commonwealth was wrought, even with roofs and walls intact, that their own great authors do not hesitate to say that it was then lost.
Rightly, then, had all the gods departed — leaving the shrines and altars — that it might be lost, if that city had despised their precepts concerning a good life and justice. But now, I ask, what sort of gods were they, if they were unwilling to live with the people that worshipped them — a people whom, while it lived wickedly, they had not taught to live well? CHAPTER XXIII. That the variations of temporal affairs depend not on the favor or assault of demons, but on the judgment of the true God.
What of the fact that they even seem to have assisted in fulfilling the lusts of these men, and are shown not to have presided over restraining them? For they helped Marius — a new man and base-born, a most bloody author and prosecutor of civil wars — that he might be made consul seven times, and that in his seventh consulship he might die an old man and not rush into the hands of Sulla, who was soon to be victor. If indeed their gods did not help him to these things, it is no small admission that they confess that even without their gods being propitious, such great temporal felicity (which they love too much) can befall a man, and that men, such as Marius was, can be heaped with safety, strength, wealth, honors, dignity, and length of days, and enjoy them, though the gods are angry;
and that men also, such as Regulus was, can be tortured and die — by captivity, slavery, want, sleepless nights, and pains — though the gods are friendly. But if they grant that this is so, they confess in sum that the gods profit nothing and are worshipped to no purpose. For if they have rather urged upon the people what is contrary to the virtues of the soul and to uprightness of life (whose rewards are to be hoped for after death); if also in these transitory and temporal goods they neither harm those whom they hate nor profit those whom they love — why are they worshipped, why are they sought to be worshipped with such great zeal? Why, in laborious and gloomy times, is there muttering, as though they had departed offended, and on their account is the Christian religion wounded with most unworthy reproaches?
But if they have power in these matters either of benefit or of harm, why were they present to that most evil man Marius and absent from the most excellent Regulus? Or are they thereby understood to be most unjust and most evil? But if for that reason they are thought all the more to be feared and worshipped, let them not be thought so either; for Regulus is found to have worshipped them no less than Marius. Nor on that account does a most wicked life seem to be one we ought to choose, because the gods are reckoned to have favored Marius more than Regulus.
For Metellus, the most praised of the Romans, who had five sons of consular rank, was also fortunate in temporal affairs; and Catiline, a most evil man, oppressed by want and laid low in the war of his own crime, was unfortunate; and the good who worship God prevail with a truest and most certain felicity, which can be conferred by Him alone. Therefore, when that commonwealth was perishing through evil morals, its gods did nothing toward directing or correcting those morals, that it might not perish; nay rather, they added to depraving and corrupting those morals, that it might perish. Nor let them feign themselves good, as though they had departed offended by the iniquity of the citizens. Plainly they were there; they are betrayed, they are convicted; they could neither help by precept nor lie hidden by keeping silent.
I pass over the fact that Marius was commended by the compassionate people of Minturnae to the goddess Marica in her grove, that she might prosper all things for him; and, returning unharmed from the depths of despair, the cruel man led a cruel army into the City — where how bloody, how uncivil, and more monstrous than that of an enemy his victory was, let those who wish read those who have written of it.
But this, as I said, I pass over, nor do I attribute to some Marica (I know not who) the bloody felicity of Marius, but rather to the hidden providence of God, in order to close the mouths of these men and to deliver from error those who consider these things prudently, not out of partisan zeal: namely, that even if the demons can do something in these matters, they can do only as much as they are permitted by the secret arbitration of the Almighty — that we may neither greatly prize earthly felicity, which, as to Marius, is for the most part granted even to the wicked, nor again judge it to be evil, since we see that many even pious and good worshippers of the one true God have, against the demons' will, prevailed in it; nor think that these most unclean spirits are to be propitiated or feared on account of these very earthly goods or evils — because, just as evil men themselves on earth, so also those spirits cannot do all the things they wish, except insofar as it is permitted by the ordinance of Him whose judgments no one fully comprehends, and whom no one justly reproaches.
CHAPTER XXIV. On the deeds of Sulla, in which the demons showed themselves to be his helpers. Sulla himself certainly — whose times were such that the earlier ones, of which he seemed to be the avenger, came to be sought after by comparison with his — when he first moved his camp toward the City against Marius, Livy writes that the entrails were so favorable to him as he sacrificed, that Postumius the soothsayer wished to be kept under guard, ready to undergo capital punishment unless Sulla, with the gods aiding him, accomplished those things which he had in mind. Behold, the gods had not departed, leaving the shrines and altars, when they foretold the outcome of events and cared nothing about the correction of Sulla himself. By their presaging they promised great felicity, and did not break his evil desire by any threatening.
Next, while he was in Asia waging the Mithridatic War, a message was sent to him from Jupiter through Lucius Titius, that he would overcome Mithridates; and so it came to pass. And afterward, when he was endeavoring to return to the City and to avenge with civil bloodshed the wrongs done to himself and his friends, a message was again sent to him by the same Jupiter through a certain soldier of the sixth legion, saying that He had earlier foretold the victory over Mithridates, and now promised to grant him the power by which he might recover the commonwealth from his enemies, not without much bloodshed. Then Sulla, having inquired what the appearance of the soldier had been, when the man described it, recalled it as the very same which he had earlier heard from the one who had brought him the earlier instructions from the same god concerning the Mithridatic victory.
What can be answered here, as to why these gods took care to announce such seemingly fortunate things, yet none of them took care to correct Sulla by warning him that he would commit such great evils by his wicked civil arms—evils that would not merely defile but utterly destroy the commonwealth? Surely these are understood to be demons, as I have often said and as is known to us in the sacred Scriptures, and as the facts themselves sufficiently indicate, pursuing their own business: that they may be held as gods and worshiped, that those things may be rendered to them by which those who render them are made partners with them in one most wicked cause at the judgment of God. Then, when Sulla had come to Tarentum and had sacrificed there, he saw on the head of the liver of a calf the likeness of a golden crown.
Then that soothsayer Postumius replied that it signified an illustrious victory, and bade him alone partake of those entrails. Shortly afterward the slave of a certain Lucius Pontius cried out in prophesying: 'I come as a messenger from Bellona; the victory is yours, Sulla.' Then he added that the Capitol would be burned. When he had said this, going forth at once from the camp, he returned the next day more frenzied, and cried out that the Capitol had been burned. And in fact the Capitol had burned. This indeed the demon could both easily foresee and most swiftly announce. But mark this well, which pertains most to the point: under what sort of gods do those wish to be who blaspheme the Savior who frees the wills of the faithful from the dominion of demons. The man cried out in prophesying:
'The victory is yours, Sulla'; and so that it might be believed that he cried this out by a divine spirit, he announced also something both near at hand in the future and soon fulfilled, far removed from where the one through whom that spirit spoke was; yet he did not cry out: 'Spare yourself from crimes, Sulla'—those most horrible deeds which there as victor he committed, he to whom the golden crown, that most illustrious sign of victory itself, appeared in the calf's liver. If just gods were wont to give such signs, and not impious demons, surely those entrails would rather have portended wicked deeds, and evils gravely harmful to Sulla himself. For that victory did not so much profit his dignity as it harmed his greed;
by which it came about that, gaping after immoderate things and lifted up and cast down by prosperity, he himself perished more in his character than he destroyed his enemies in their bodies. These things, truly sad and truly to be lamented, those gods foretold to him neither by entrails, nor by auguries, nor by anyone's dream or prophecy. For they feared more lest he be corrected than lest he be conquered. Nay, they took sufficient pains that, as a glorious conqueror of his fellow citizens, he should himself be conquered and made captive by abominable vices, and through these be subjected far more tightly to the very demons themselves. CHAPTER XXV. How greatly the malign spirits incite men to crimes, when in the committing of wickedness they interpose, as it were, the divine authority of their own example.
From this, indeed, who would not understand, who would not see—except one who has chosen rather to imitate such gods than to be separated from their fellowship by divine grace—how greatly these malign spirits strive to lend, by their own example, a kind of divine authority to crimes? This was so even on a certain broad plain of Campania, where not long afterward civil battle-lines clashed in unspeakable combat: there they themselves were first seen fighting among themselves. For there at first vast crashes were heard, and presently many reported that they had seen two battle-lines fighting for several days. And when that combat ceased, they found also traces, as it were, of men and horses, as great as could be impressed by such a struggle.
If, then, the divinities truly fought among themselves, civil wars among men are thereby excused; yet let it be considered what the malice or the misery of such gods may be. But if they only pretended to fight, what else did they accomplish but that the Romans, by waging war among fellow citizens, might seem to commit no crime, as though following the example of the gods? For civil wars had already begun, and the execrable slaughter of several unspeakable battles had preceded. It had already moved many that a certain soldier, while stripping the spoils from a man he had slain, recognized his brother in the stripped corpse, and, cursing civil wars, slew himself there and joined himself to his brother's body.
Therefore, lest there should be the least weariness at so great an evil, but rather lest the ardor for criminal arms should grow more and more, the noxious demons—whom those men, thinking them gods, judged worthy to be worshiped and venerated—willed to appear to men fighting among themselves, so that the civic affection might not tremble to imitate such battles, but rather human wickedness might be excused by a divine example. By this cunning the malign spirits also commanded scenic shows—about which I have already said much—to be dedicated and consecrated to themselves, where such great enormities of the gods, celebrated in theatrical songs and in the performances of fables, would be imitated without scruple, both by whoever believed they had done them and by whoever did not believe it, yet saw that they themselves most gladly had such things displayed to them.
And so, lest anyone should suppose that the poets had written things insulting to the gods rather than worthy of them, wherever the poets recorded that they had fought among themselves, the gods themselves, to deceive men, confirmed the poets' songs, displaying their battles to human eyes not only through stage-players in the theater, but even by themselves in the field. We have been compelled to say these things, because the authors of those men have by no means hesitated to say and write that the Roman commonwealth had already before been ruined by the most wicked morals of its citizens, and that nothing of it had remained before the coming of Christ Jesus our Lord. This ruin they do not impute to their own gods, who impute to our Christ the transitory evils by which the good cannot perish, whether they live or die:
whereas our Christ continually inculcates so many precepts for the best morals against corrupt ones; but their own gods did nothing with such precepts for the people that worshiped them, on behalf of that commonwealth, that it might not perish; nay rather, by corrupting those very morals as it were by their own examples with noxious authority, they brought it about rather that it should perish. That it did not perish then for this reason—because, as I think, no one will now dare to say it, that 'all the gods departed, leaving their shrines and altars,' as though friends of virtues, offended by the vices of men—is shown by the fact that by so many signs of entrails, auguries, prophecies, by which they were eager to boast and commend themselves as foreknowers of the future and helpers in battles, they are convicted of having been present;
and had they truly departed, the Romans would have been kindled to civil wars more mildly by their own desires than by the instigations of those gods. CHAPTER XXVI. Concerning the secret admonitions of demons that pertained to good morals, while in their sacred rites all wickedness was openly taught. Since these things are so—since openly and plainly basenesses mingled with cruelties, the disgraces and crimes of the deities, whether published or fabricated, were, at their own demand and with their anger if it were not done, consecrated and dedicated to them at fixed and appointed solemnities, and were set before the eyes of all to be imitated, and brought forth to be watched—
what is it that these same demons, who by pleasures of this kind confess themselves to be unclean spirits, who by their own enormities and crimes—whether revealed or feigned—and by the celebration of them, sought from the shameless and extorted from the modest, attest themselves to be authors of a wicked and unclean life, are nevertheless reported to give, in their shrines and secret inner sanctuaries, certain good precepts concerning morals to certain, as it were, chosen ones consecrated to them? If this is so, by this very thing the malice of these noxious spirits must be detected and convicted as the more cunning.
For so great is the power of probity and chastity, that all, or nearly all, of human nature is moved by their praise, nor is it so far depraved by baseness as to have lost all sense of honor. Accordingly, the malignity of the demons, unless somewhere—as we know it is written in our Scriptures—it transforms itself into angels of light, does not accomplish its business of deception. And so abroad among the peoples, with most crowded uproar, impure impiety resounds all around, while within, to a few, a feigned chastity scarcely makes a sound; what should be hidden is laid open, and what should be praised is kept secret; honor lies hidden and dishonor lies exposed; the evil that is done summons all spectators, the good that is spoken scarcely finds any hearers, as though honorable things were to be blushed at and dishonorable things to be gloried in.
But where does this happen except in the temples of demons? where except in the lodging-houses of deceit? For the one is done that the more honorable, who are few, may be ensnared; the other, lest the many, who are most base, should be corrected. Where and when those consecrated to Caelestis heard precepts of chastity, we do not know; yet before that very shrine, where we beheld that idol placed, we, all flowing together from every side and standing wherever each could, watched with the keenest attention the games that were performed, gazing with alternating glances on this side at the harlot's parade, on that at the virgin goddess: that one adored with supplication, before that one shameful things celebrated; there we saw no bashful mimes, no more modest stage-woman; all the offices of obscenity were being fulfilled.
It was known what pleased the virginal deity, and what was displayed was such as the more learned matron might carry home from the temple to her house. Some more modest women turned their faces away from the impure motions of the players, and yet learned the art of debauchery by a furtive attention. For they were ashamed before men, lest they should dare to behold the lewd gestures with an open face; but far less did they dare, with chaste heart, to condemn the sacred rites of her whom they venerated. Yet this was offered to be learned openly in the temple, while at least secrecy was sought in the home for its perpetration—the shame of mortals being exceedingly astonished, if any was there at all, that men did not freely commit the human enormities which they were even learning religiously in the presence of the gods, who, they were sure, would be angry unless they took care also to perform them.
For what other spirit is it that, stirring the basest minds by a hidden instinct, both urges to the committing of adulteries and feeds upon the deeds done, except the one who also delights in such sacred rites—setting up in the temples images of demons, loving in the games images of vices, whispering in secret words of justice to deceive even the few who are good, frequenting in the open the enticements to wickedness to possess the innumerable wicked? CHAPTER XXVII. With how great an overthrow of public discipline the Romans consecrated the obscene things of the games to appease their gods. That grave man and would-be philosopher Tully, when about to be aedile, proclaims in the ears of the city that, among the other duties of his magistracy, Flora the mother is to be appeased by him through the celebration of games;
and these games are wont to be celebrated all the more devoutly, the more basely. He says in another place, now as consul, in the extreme dangers of the city, that games were held for ten days, and that no measure pertaining to the appeasing of the gods was omitted; as though it were not better to provoke such gods by temperance than to appease them by luxury, and to call them to enmity by honorable conduct rather than to soothe them by so great a deformity. For the men on whose account they were being appeased could not have done harm, by however cruel a savagery, more grievously than they themselves did harm, when they were being appeased by the foulest viciousness.
Since indeed, in order that what was feared from the enemy might be averted from men's bodies, the gods were reconciled in such a way that virtue might be vanquished in men's minds—gods who would not be set as defenders against the assailants of the walls, unless they were first made stormers of good morals.
This appeasement of such deities—most wanton, most impure, most shameless, most wicked, most unclean, whose performers the praiseworthy temper of Roman virtue deprived of honor, expelled from the tribe, recognized as base, and made infamous—this appeasement, I say, shameful and to be shunned and detested by true religion, these fables alluring and criminal against the gods, these ignominious deeds of the gods, whether wickedly and basely done or yet more wickedly and basely fabricated, the whole city learned with public eyes and ears, and perceived that these things committed were pleasing to the deities, and therefore believed that they were not only to be displayed to them, but also to be imitated by itself—not that I-know-not-what supposed good and honorable thing, which was spoken to so few and so secretly (if indeed it was spoken at all), so that it was feared rather lest it become known than lest it not be done.
That men are rescued through the name of Christ from the hellish yoke and penal fellowship of those most unclean powers, and are transferred into the light of most wholesome piety from that night of most pernicious impiety—the wicked and ungrateful complain and murmur at this, those more deeply and tightly possessed by that abominable spirit, because the peoples flow together to the church in chaste assembly, with honorable distinction of both sexes, where they may hear how well they ought to live here for a time, that after this life they may be worthy to live blessedly and forever; where the holy Scripture and the doctrine of righteousness resound from a higher place in the sight of all, and both those who do it hear it unto reward, and those who do not do it hear it unto judgment.
And though some scoffers at such precepts do come there, all their wantonness is either laid aside by a sudden change, or restrained by fear or shame. For nothing base and disgraceful is set before them to be watched and imitated, where the precepts of the true God are imparted, or his miracles narrated, or his gifts praised, or his benefits sought. CHAPTER XXIX. An exhortation to the Romans to cast off the worship of the gods. Desire rather these things, O praiseworthy Roman temper, O offspring of the Reguli, the Scaevolae, the Scipios, the Fabricii; desire rather these things, distinguish these from that most base vanity and most deceitful malignity of demons.
If anything praiseworthy stands out in you naturally, it is purified and perfected only by true piety, but by impiety it is utterly ruined and punished. Now then choose what you will follow, that you may be praised not in yourself, but in the true God, without any error. For then popular glory attended you, but by the hidden judgment of divine providence the true religion which you might choose was lacking to you. Awake, it is day, as you have awakened in certain ones of whose perfected virtue, and for the true faith even by their sufferings, we glory—who, contending everywhere against the most hostile powers and conquering them by bravely dying, have brought forth this fatherland for us by their own blood.
To this fatherland we invite and exhort you, that you may be added to the number of its citizens, whose asylum, in a certain manner, is the true remission of sins. Do not listen to your own degenerate sons who disparage Christ and Christians and accuse, as it were, the times as evil, when they are seeking times in which life may not be peaceful, but rather wickedness may be secure. These things have never pleased you, not even for your earthly fatherland. Now then lay hold of the heavenly one, for which you shall labor very little, and in it you shall truly and forever reign. For there it is not the Vestal hearth, not the Capitoline stone, but the one and true God who sets neither bounds to things nor times—'He will give empire without end.' Do not seek false and deceitful gods; rather cast them off and despise them, leaping forth into true liberty.
They are not gods; they are malign spirits, to whom your eternal felicity is a torment. Not so much does Juno seem to have begrudged the Roman citadels to the Trojans, from whom you draw your carnal origin, as do these demons—whom you still think gods—begrudge everlasting abodes to the whole race of men. And you yourself have, in no small part, passed judgment on such spirits, when you appeased them with games, and through the men by whom you held those same games, you willed that they should be infamous. Suffer your liberty to be asserted against the unclean spirits, who had laid upon your necks their own disgrace, to be consecrated and celebrated to them. You removed the performers of divine crimes from your honors:
now supplicate the true God, that he may remove from you those gods who delight in their own crimes, whether true (which is most ignominious) or false (which is most malicious). It is well that of your own accord you were unwilling to open the fellowship of the city to actors and stage-players; awaken more fully! In no way is the divine majesty appeased by those arts by which human dignity is defiled. By what compact, then, do you suppose that gods who delight in such services are to be held in the number of the holy heavenly powers, when you have judged that men, through whom those same services are performed, are not to be held in the number of citizens of Rome of any kind whatsoever? Incomparably more glorious is the city on high, where the victory is truth, where dignity is holiness, where peace is felicity, where life is eternity.
Much less does it have such gods in its fellowship, if you have blushed to have such men in yours. Accordingly, if you desire to attain to the blessed city, shun the fellowship of demons. Unworthily are they worshiped by the honorable, who are appeased by the base. So let these be removed from your piety by Christian purification, in the same way as those were removed from your dignity by the censorial mark.
But concerning carnal goods, which alone the wicked wish to enjoy, and concerning carnal evils, which alone they refuse to endure, that these demons do not have even in these the power which they are thought to have (although, even if they had it, we ought rather to despise these very things than to worship them for the sake of these things, and by worshiping them to be unable to attain to those things which they begrudge us)—yet that not even in these things they prevail to this extent which those think, who contend that they ought to be worshiped on account of these, we shall see in what follows, so that this may be the limit of this volume. CHAPTER I. On the adversities, which alone the wicked fear, and which the world has always suffered, while it worshiped the gods.
I think enough has now been said about the evils of morals and of minds, which are chiefly to be guarded against—that the false gods took no care to come to the aid of their worshiping people, that they might be less crushed under the heap of those evils, but rather acted that they might be crushed all the more. Now I see that I must speak of those evils which alone these men refuse to endure, such as famine, disease, war, plunder, captivity, slaughter, and any like things which we have already mentioned in the first book. For these alone the wicked reckon as evils, which do not make men evil; nor do they blush, amid the goods they praise, themselves to be evil who praise them, and they are more vexed if they have a bad farm than if they have a bad life—as though this were a man's greatest good, to have all goods except his own self.
But not even such evils, which these men alone dread, did their gods, when they were freely worshiped by them, hinder from befalling them. For while at various times throughout diverse regions, before the coming of our Redeemer, the human race was being ground down by innumerable and some even incredible disasters, what other gods did the world worship than these, except for the one Hebrew people and certain individuals outside that people, wherever any were worthy of divine grace by the most hidden and most just judgment of God? But, lest I make it too lengthy, I will be silent about the most grievous evils of other nations everywhere:
as far as it pertains to Rome and the Roman empire, I will speak only of this much—that is, of the city itself properly, and of whatever lands were joined to it either by alliance or subjected by condition—what things they endured before the coming of Christ, when they already belonged, as it were, to the body of that commonwealth. CHAPTER II. Whether the gods, who were similarly worshiped by both Romans and Greeks, had reasons for which they suffered Ilium to be destroyed. First, Troy itself, or Ilium, whence is the origin of the Roman people (for it must not be passed over or dissembled, which I touched upon in the first book), having and worshiping the same gods—why was it conquered, captured, and destroyed by the Greeks? 'To Priam,' they say, 'were repaid the ancestral perjuries of Laomedon.'
Is it then true that Apollo and Neptune served that same Laomedon by hired labors? For they are said to have promised him a wage and to have falsely sworn it. I marvel that Apollo, named a diviner, labored in so great a work, not knowing that Laomedon would deny what had been promised. Although neither did it befit Neptune himself, his uncle, the brother of Jove, the king of the sea, to be ignorant of the future.
For Homer represents him—from the stock of Aeneas, from whose posterity Rome was founded, since the same poet is said to have lived before that city was founded—as divining something great; whom also he snatched away in a cloud, as he says, lest he be slain by Achilles, though he desired to overturn from their foundation, as he confesses in Virgil, 'the walls of perjured Troy built by his own hands.' Ignorant therefore, those great gods, Neptune and Apollo, that Laomedon would deny them their wage, were builders of the Trojan walls for nothing and unthanked. Let them see whether it be not graver to believe in such gods than to perjure oneself to such gods.
For not even Homer himself easily believed this, who makes Neptune indeed fight against the Trojans, but Apollo fight for the Trojans, although the fable narrates that both were offended by that perjury. If, then, they believe the fables, let them blush to worship such deities; if they do not believe the fables, let them not put forward the Trojan perjuries, or let them marvel that the gods punished Trojan perjuries but loved the Roman ones. For whence, in so great and so corrupt a city, did the conspiracy of Catiline have so great an abundance of those whose hand and tongue were fed by perjury or by civil bloodshed? For what else were the senators, so often corrupted in judgments, the people so often corrupted in their votes or in whatever causes were transacted before them in assemblies, doing, but also sinning by perjury?
For amid the most corrupt morals, the ancient custom of swearing was preserved to this end—not that men might be deterred from crimes by the fear of religion, but that perjuries too might be added to their other crimes. CHAPTER III. That the gods could not have been offended by the adultery of Paris, which is reported to have been a frequent practice among themselves. There is therefore no reason why the gods, on whom, as they say, that empire rested, when they are proved to have been conquered by the prevailing Greeks, should be feigned to be angry at the perjuring Trojans. Nor were they incensed at the adultery of Paris—as they are again defended by some—so as to desert Troy. For they are wont to be the authors and teachers of sins, not the avengers.
'The city of Rome,' says Sallust, 'as I have received it, the Trojans founded and held at the beginning, who, with Aeneas as their leader, wandered as fugitives in uncertain dwellings.' If, then, the deities judged that the adultery of Paris was to be avenged, it should have been punished either more so in the Romans, or at least also in the Romans, because Aeneas's mother did this very thing. But how did they hate that enormity in him, who did not hate—to omit other things—in their own associate Venus, what she had committed with Anchises, by whom she had borne Aeneas? Was it because the one was done with Menelaus indignant, but the other with Vulcan consenting? For the gods, I suppose, are not jealous of their wives to such a degree as to deign even to share them with men.
Perhaps I am thought to be deriding the fables, and not to be treating a cause of so great weight gravely. Let us then, if it please, not believe that Aeneas is the son of Venus: behold, I concede it, if also Romulus is not the son of Mars. But if the one, why not also the other? Or is it lawful for gods to mingle with human women, but wicked for male humans to mingle with goddesses? A harsh, or rather an incredible, condition, that what by the right of Venus was permitted to Mars in intercourse, this should not be permitted to Venus herself in her own right. But both have been confirmed by Roman authority. For the later Caesar believed Venus to be his grandmother no less than the more ancient Romulus believed Mars to be his father. CHAPTER IV. On the opinion of Varro, by which he said it was useful for men to feign themselves born of the gods. Someone may say: Do you then believe these things?
I, for my part, do not believe these things. For even their most learned man, Varro, almost confesses—though not boldly nor confidently—that these things are false. But he says it is useful for cities that brave men should believe themselves, even if it be false, to be born of the gods, so that in that way the human mind, bearing as it were the confidence of a divine stock, may more boldly presume to undertake great enterprises, may act more vigorously, and on this account may, by that very security, accomplish them more happily. This opinion of Varro, expressed as I could in my own words, you perceive how wide a place it opens to falsehood, where we understand that many things now sacred and as it were religious could have been invented, where lies were thought to profit citizens even concerning the gods themselves. CHAPTER V.
That it cannot be approved that the gods punished the adultery of Paris, which they did not avenge in the mother of Romulus. But whether Venus could from intercourse with Anchises bear Aeneas, or Mars from intercourse with the daughter of Numitor beget Romulus, let us leave undecided. For nearly such a question arises also from our own Scriptures, in which it is asked whether the transgressing angels lay with the daughters of men, from whom, when giants were born—that is, exceedingly great and strong men—the earth was then filled. Accordingly, let our discussion for the present be referred to both cases. For if those things are true which are read among them concerning the mother of Aeneas and the father of Romulus, how can the adulteries of men displease the gods, which they bear in concord among themselves?
But if they are false, neither so can they be angry at true human adulteries, who delight even in their own false ones. To this is added that, since—if that concerning Mars is not believed, so that this concerning Venus also is not believed—then, with no pretext of divine intercourse, the cause of Romulus's mother is left undefended. Now she was a Vestal priestess, and therefore the gods ought rather to have avenged that sacrilegious enormity in the Romans than the adultery of Paris in the Trojans. For the ancient Romans themselves used even to bury alive the priestesses of Vesta caught in defilement, but adulterous women, though with some condemnation, they punished with no death at all—to such a degree did they avenge more grievously what they thought to be divine sanctuaries than human bedchambers. CHAPTER VI.
On the murder of Romulus' brother, which the gods did not avenge. I add a further point. If the sins of men were displeasing to those deities, so that, offended by the deed of Paris, they handed over abandoned Troy to sword and fire, then the slaying of Romulus' brother ought to have moved them against the Romans far more than the mockery inflicted upon a Greek husband moved them against the Trojans; the parricide of a city at its birth ought to have provoked them more than the adultery of a city at the height of its reign. And it does not matter, for the case we are now pleading, whether Romulus ordered this to be done or did it himself, which many deny out of shamelessness, many doubt out of modesty, and many gloss over out of grief. Let us therefore not delay over investigating that matter too carefully through the weighed testimonies of many writers.
It is openly established that Romulus' brother was slain, not by enemies, not by strangers. If Romulus either perpetrated or commanded this, he himself was more the head of the Romans than Paris was of the Trojans. Why then did that ravisher of another man's wife provoke the wrath of the gods against the Trojans, while this destroyer of his own brother invited the protection of those same gods upon the Romans? But if that crime was foreign to the deed and command of Romulus, then since it surely ought to have been avenged, that whole city committed it, in that the whole city overlooked it; and so it slew not now a brother, but a father, which is worse. For each was a founder, since the one, carried off by crime, was not permitted to be a ruler.
There is no reason, I think, to ask what evil Troy deserved that the gods should abandon it so that it might be destroyed, and what good Rome deserved that the gods should dwell in it so that it might be enlarged—unless it be that, conquered, they fled from there and betook themselves to these people, whom they would deceive in like manner; nay rather, they remained there too, to deceive after their custom those who would again inhabit those same lands, while here they gloried in greater honours by plying the same arts of their deceit even more vigorously. CHAPTER VII. On the destruction of Ilium, which Fimbria, the general of Marius, overthrew. For surely, when the civil wars were already raging, what wretched offence had Ilium committed, that it should be overthrown by Fimbria, a most wicked man of the Marian faction, far more savagely and cruelly than once by the Greeks?
For at that earlier time many fled from there, and many at least, though taken captive, lived on in slavery; but Fimbria first issued an edict that no one should be spared, and burned the whole city and all the men in it with fire. This Ilium deserved, not from the Greeks whom it had provoked by its own iniquity, but from the Romans whom it had propagated by its own calamity—while those gods, common to both, gave no help whatever to ward off these things, or, what is the truth, had no power to do so. Did not even then 'all the gods, leaving the shrines and altars deserted, depart'—the gods by whom that town had stood, restored after the ancient fires and ruins of the Greeks? But if they had departed, I seek the reason; and the more I find the cause of the townsmen better, the more I find that of the gods worse.
For they had shut their gates against Fimbria, in order to keep the city intact for Sulla; whereupon, enraged, he burned them, or rather utterly destroyed them. Now up to that point Sulla was the leader of the better side in the civil strife; up to that point he was striving by arms to recover the commonwealth; he had not yet had the evil outcomes of these good beginnings. What better thing, then, could the citizens of that city have done, what more honourable, what more faithful, what more worthy of their Roman kinship, than to keep their city for the better cause of the Romans and to shut their gates against the parricide of the Roman commonwealth? Yet let the defenders of the gods mark to how great a destruction this turned for them. Suppose the gods abandoned the adulterers and left Ilium to the flames of the Greeks, so that from its ashes a chaster Rome might be born:
why did they afterward also abandon that same city, kin to the Romans—a noble daughter not rebelling against Rome, but keeping the most constant and most dutiful loyalty to the juster side of Rome—and leave it to be destroyed, not by valiant Greek men, but by a most filthy man of the Romans? Or if the cause of the Sullan party was displeasing to the gods, the party for which those wretches had shut their gates in keeping the city, why did they promise and foretell such great goods to that same Sulla? Or are they here recognized as flatterers of the fortunate rather than as defenders of the unfortunate? Therefore Ilium was not overthrown even then, when it was abandoned by them. For the demons, ever most vigilant for deceiving, did what they could.
For when, along with the town, all the images had been overthrown and burned, only that of Minerva, beneath the great ruin of her temple, is reported—as Livy writes—to have stood unharmed; not so that it might be said, to the gods' praise, 'The fatherland's gods, beneath whose divine power Troy ever stands,' but rather so that it might not be said, in their defence, 'All the gods departed, leaving the shrines and altars deserted.' For they were permitted to do that much, not whereby they might be proved powerful, but whereby they might be convicted of being present. CHAPTER VIII. Whether Rome ought to have been entrusted to the gods of Ilium. With what prudence, then, after the very lesson of Troy itself, was Rome entrusted to be guarded to the gods of Ilium? Someone may say that they were already accustomed to dwell at Rome when Ilium fell to the assault of Fimbria. Whence, then, did the image of Minerva stand?
Furthermore, if they were at Rome when Fimbria destroyed Ilium, perhaps they were at Ilium when Rome herself was captured and burned by the Gauls; but since they are most keen of hearing and most swift of movement, at the cry of the goose they quickly returned, so as at least to guard the Capitoline hill, which had remained; yet to defend the other parts they were warned to return too late. CHAPTER IX. Whether it should be believed that the gods bestowed that peace which existed under the reign of Numa. These same gods are also believed to have aided Numa Pompilius, the successor of Romulus, so that throughout the whole time of his reign he might have peace and might close the gates of Janus, which are wont to lie open in wartime—by this merit, namely, that he established many sacred rites for the Romans.
That man was indeed to be congratulated on so great a leisure, if only he had known how to spend it on wholesome pursuits, and, having put aside his most pernicious curiosity, to seek out the true God with true piety. But as it was, the gods did not confer that leisure upon him; rather, they would perhaps have deceived him less, had they found him by no means at leisure. For the less occupied they found him, the more they themselves occupied him. For what he contrived, and by what arts he was able to associate such gods with himself or with that city, Varro relates—a matter which, if it please the Lord, shall be discussed more carefully in its own place. For now, since the question concerns their benefits:
peace is a great benefit, but it is a benefit of the true God, like the sun, like the rain and other supports of life, which He bestows for the most part even upon the ungrateful and the worthless. But if those gods conferred this so great good upon Rome or upon Pompilius, why did they never afterward grant it to the Roman empire throughout those praiseworthy times? Were the sacred rites more useful when they were being instituted than when, once instituted, they were being celebrated? But at that time they did not yet exist, but were being added in order that they might exist; afterward, however, they already existed, and were being preserved in order that they might profit.
What, then, is the explanation that those forty-three years—or, as others would have it, thirty-nine—were passed in such long peace while Numa reigned, and yet afterward, when the sacred rites had been instituted and the gods themselves, who had been invited by those very rites, were already presiding and acting as guardians, scarcely after so many years, from the founding of the City down to Augustus, is one single year commemorated as a great miracle—after the first Punic war—in which the Romans were able to close the gates of war? CHAPTER X. Whether it ought to have been desired that the Roman empire should be enlarged amid so great a madness of wars, when, with the zeal employed under Numa, it might have been both quiet and safe.
Do they reply that, unless by continual wars succeeding one another without break, the Roman empire could not have been enlarged so far and wide and spread abroad with such immense glory? A fitting cause indeed! In order that the empire might be great, why ought it to have been restless? Is it not better, in the bodies of men, to have a moderate stature with health than to attain to some gigantic bulk through perpetual afflictions, and, when you have attained it, not to find rest, but, the larger the limbs, to be troubled by the greater the evils? What evil, indeed—nay rather, what abundance of good—would there have been, had those times endured which Sallust touched upon when he says:
'Therefore in the beginning the kings (for upon earth this was the first name of dominion) were diverse: some exercised the mind, others the body; even then the life of men was passed without covetousness, and each was sufficiently content with his own.' Was it, then, in order that the empire might be enlarged so greatly, that what Virgil detests should come to pass, when he says: 'Until little by little an age worse and degenerate, and the madness of war, and the love of having, succeeded'? But surely, for so many wars undertaken and waged, the just defence of the Romans is this: that not the greed of acquiring human praise, but the necessity of protecting their safety and liberty, compelled them to resist enemies importunately rushing upon them. So be it, plainly.
For after their affairs, as Sallust himself writes, had been increased by laws, by morals, and by lands, and seemed sufficiently prosperous and sufficiently powerful—as most things of mortals are held—envy arose out of their wealth. 'Therefore neighbouring kings and peoples made trial of them in war; few of their friends were of help, for the rest, smitten with fear, kept away from the dangers. But the Romans, intent at home and in the field, hastened, made ready, exhorted one another, went out to meet the enemy, and protected with arms their liberty, their fatherland, and their parents. Afterward, when by valour they had repelled the dangers, they bore aid to their allies and friends, and procured friendships rather by giving than by receiving benefits.' By such arts Rome fittingly grew.
But while Numa reigned, in order that there might be such long peace, did wicked men rush in and make trial by war, or did none of these things happen, so that that peace could persist? For if even then Rome was being harassed by wars and arms were not borne to meet arms, then by whatever means it was brought about that the enemies, overcome by no battle, terrified by no warlike onset, were quieted—by those same means it might always have been brought about, and Rome might always have reigned in peace with the gates of Janus shut. But if this was not within their power, then Rome did not have peace so long as their gods, but so long as the neighbouring men round about, willed it—men who provoked her by no war; unless perhaps such gods would even dare to sell to one man that which another man either willed or did not will.
It does indeed concern us, by reason of their own vice, to ask to what extent these demons are permitted either to terrify or to stir up evil minds; but if they could always do this, and nothing were often done otherwise, against their endeavour, by a more secret and higher power, they would always have in their power both peaces and warlike victories, which nearly always come about through the movements of human minds—victories which, nevertheless, are for the most part brought about against their will, as not only the fables, lying much and scarcely either indicating or signifying anything true, but Roman history itself confesses. CHAPTER XI. On the image of the Cumaean Apollo, whose weeping was believed to have indicated the disaster of the Greeks, whom he was not able to help.
For from no other source was that Cumaean Apollo reported, when war was being waged against the Achaeans and King Aristonicus, to have wept for four days; at which prodigy the soothsayers were terrified, and when they had supposed that the image ought to be cast into the sea, the elders of Cumae intervened and recounted that such a prodigy had appeared in the same figure both in the war of Antiochus and of Perses, and that, because it had turned out favourably for the Romans, gifts had been sent by decree of the senate to their Apollo—so they testified. Then soothsayers, summoned as though more skilled, replied that the weeping of the image of Apollo was therefore prosperous for the Romans, because the Cumaean colony was Greek, and that Apollo, by weeping, had signified mourning and disaster to his own lands, whence he had been summoned—that is, to Greece itself.
Then soon afterward it was announced that King Aristonicus had been conquered and captured—he whom Apollo by all means did not wish to be conquered, and grieved over, and indicated this even by the tears of his own stone. Hence not at all incongruously, in verses that, though fabulous, are nevertheless like the truth, the characters of the demons are described by the poems of the poets. For in Virgil Diana grieved for Camilla, and Hercules wept for Pallas, who was about to die.
Hence perhaps Numa Pompilius too, abounding in peace—but not knowing by whose gift, nor inquiring—when in his leisure he pondered to what gods he might commit the safeguarding of the Roman welfare and the kingdom, and did not suppose that the true and almighty most high God cared for these earthly things, and recalled that the Trojan gods, whom Aeneas had brought over, had been able to preserve for long neither the Trojan kingdom nor the Lavinian kingdom founded by Aeneas himself—he judged that other gods must be provided for, whom he might set, over those earlier ones (who either had already passed over with Romulus to Rome, or were destined at some time to pass over when Alba was overthrown), as guardians, as it were, over fugitives, or as helpers over the feeble. CHAPTER XII.
How many gods, beyond Numa's institution, the Romans added to themselves, whose multitude profited them nothing. Yet not even with these rites was Rome content to remain satisfied, the many rites which Pompilius had there instituted. For it did not yet have the chief temple of Jupiter himself; King Tarquinius, indeed, built the Capitol there; Aesculapius, moreover, journeyed round from Epidaurus to Rome, that, as a most skilled physician, he might more gloriously ply his art in a most noble city; the Mother of the gods, too, I know not whence, from Pessinus. For it was unworthy that, while her son was already presiding over the Capitoline hill, she herself should still lie hidden in an ignoble place.
Yet she, if she is the mother of all the gods, not only followed certain of her sons to Rome, but even preceded others who were also to follow. I marvel indeed, if she gave birth to Cynocephalus, who came long afterward out of Egypt. Whether the goddess Fever too was born of her, let Aesculapius, her great-grandson, see to it; but from whatever source she was born, they will not, I think, dare to call her an ignoble goddess—those foreign gods—she who is a Roman citizen.
Under the protection of so many gods (who can count them, native and foreign, of the heavens, of the earth, of the underworld, of the sea, of springs, of rivers, and, as Varro says, certain and uncertain, and in all the kinds of gods, as among animals, males and females?)—under this protection, then, of so many gods, Rome, once constituted, ought not to have been agitated and afflicted with such great and horrible disasters, of which out of many I shall recall a few. For it had assembled all too many gods for its protection, with its mighty smoke as though a signal given; toward whom, by instituting and furnishing temples, altars, sacrifices, and priests, it gave offence to the supreme true God, to whom alone these rites duly performed are owed.
And indeed it lived more happily with fewer gods; but the greater it became, the more it thought ought to be brought in—just as a ship thinks it needs more sailors. I believe it despaired of those fewer gods, under whom it had lived better in comparison with its worse life, as not sufficing to aid its greatness. For first, under the kings themselves—except for Numa Pompilius, of whom I have already spoken above—how great an evil of discordant strife there was, which compelled the brother of Romulus to be slain! CHAPTER XIII. By what right, by what covenant the Romans obtained their first marriages.
How is it that neither Juno, who together with her Jove was already cherishing the Romans, the lords of the world and the toga-clad nation, nor Venus herself was able to aid her own descendants of Aeneas, so that they might obtain marriages by good and equitable custom? Rather, so great a disaster of this want rushed in, that they seized them by guile and were soon compelled to fight with their fathers-in-law, so that the wretched women, not yet reconciled to their husbands after the injury, were already dowered with the blood of their parents. But indeed the Romans conquered their neighbours in this conflict. With how many and how great wounds and deaths, on both sides, of kinsmen so near and of neighbours, did these victories cost them!
Because of a single Caesar, the father-in-law, and a single Pompey, his son-in-law—Caesar's daughter, Pompey's wife, being now dead—with how great and how just a goad of grief does Lucan cry out: 'Wars more than civil over the Emathian plains, and right granted to crime, we sing.' The Romans, then, conquered, so that from the slaughter of fathers-in-law they might wrench, with bloody hands, the pitiable embraces from those men's daughters—nor did those women dare to weep for their slain fathers, lest they offend their victorious husbands; and while these were still fighting, the women did not know for whom to make their vows. Upon such nuptials it was not Venus, but Bellona, who bestowed the Roman people; or perhaps that infernal Fury Allecto, with Juno now favouring them, had more license against them than when, at her prayers, she had been roused against Aeneas.
Andromache was more happily taken captive than those Roman wedlocks were married. Though servile, yet after her embraces Pyrrhus slew none of the Trojans; but the Romans were slaying their fathers-in-law in battle, whose daughters they were already embracing in the bridal chamber. She, subjected to the victor, could only grieve, not fear, the death of her own; but those women, joined to the warriors, feared the deaths of their parents as their husbands went forth, and grieved over them as they returned, having neither a free fear nor a free grief. For on account of the death of citizens, of kinsmen, of brothers, of parents, they were either dutifully tormented, or cruelly rejoiced at the victories of their husbands.
To this was added that, as the fortunes of wars are alternating, some women lost their husbands by their parents' sword, some both their parents and their husbands by the sword of both sides. For not even among the Romans were those crises small, since indeed it came even to the siege of the city, and with the gates shut they defended themselves; and when these had been opened by guile and the enemy admitted within the walls, in the very forum a wicked and all too atrocious battle was joined between sons-in-law and fathers-in-law; and those ravishers were even being overcome, and, frequently fleeing among their own houses, more grievously befouled their former—though even those shameful and lamentable—victories. Yet here Romulus, now despairing of the valour of his own men, prayed Jupiter that they might stand firm; and from this occasion that god found the name of Stator (the Stayer);
nor would there have been an end to so great an evil, had not those ravished women, with torn hair, rushed forth and, falling prostrate before their parents, calmed their most just wrath, not with victorious arms, but with suppliant devotion. Then Romulus was compelled to endure Titus Tatius, king of the Sabines, as partner in his reign—he who was impatient of a brother sharing his rule. But how could he long tolerate even this man, who did not endure a brother and a twin? Hence, having killed him too, that he might be the greater god, he obtained the kingdom alone. What are these rights of marriage, these incitements of wars, these covenants of brotherhood, of kinship, of fellowship, of divinity? What, finally, was the life of the city under so many guardian gods?
You see how much and how many things could be said about this, were our attention not occupied with what remains, and our discourse not hastening on to other matters. CHAPTER XIV. On the impiety of the war which the Romans waged against the Albans, and on the victory obtained by lust for dominion. What, then, after Numa, under the other kings? With how great an evil, not only their own but also the Romans', were the Albans provoked into war—because, forsooth, the long peace of Numa had grown cheap! How frequent were the slaughters of the Roman and Alban armies, and the diminishing of both cities!
For that Alba, which Ascanius, the son of Aeneas, created—a mother nearer to Rome than Troy itself—being provoked by King Tullus Hostilius, came to blows; and in fighting both afflicted and was afflicted, until both sides grew weary of contests with equal exhaustion. Then it was decided to test the outcome of the war by means of triplet brothers from this side and that; from the Romans three Horatii came forth, from the Albans three Curiatii; by the three Curiatii two Horatii were overcome, but by one Horatius the three Curiatii were vanquished and destroyed. Thus Rome emerged victorious by that slaughter even in the final contest, so that of six men one returned home. To whom was the loss on both sides, to whom the mourning, if not to the stock of Aeneas, to the posterity of Ascanius, to the offspring of Venus, to the grandsons of Jupiter?
For this too was more than a civil war, since a daughter city fought with its mother city. To this last battle of the triplets there was added another atrocious and horrible evil. For as both peoples had previously been friends (being neighbours, indeed, and kinsmen), the sister of the Horatii had been betrothed to one of the Curiatii; and after she beheld the spoils of her betrothed upon her victorious brother, she was slain by that same brother because she wept. More human, it seems to me, was the affection of this single woman than that of the whole Roman people. She, I think, did not weep blameworthily—grieving for the man whom she already held by a pledge of fidelity, or perhaps for that very brother who had killed the man to whom he had promised his sister.
For whence is it that in Virgil the pious Aeneas commendably grieves over an enemy slain even by his own hand? Whence did Marcellus, recalling the city of Syracuse, and considering that its height and glory of a little while before had suddenly fallen beneath his own hands, pity it with weeping, reflecting on the common condition of mankind? I ask that we may obtain from human affection this much: that a woman might without crime weep for her betrothed slain by her brother, if men wept—even with praise—for enemies vanquished by themselves. Therefore, while that woman was weeping for the death inflicted on her betrothed by her brother, then Rome rejoiced that it had warred against its mother city with so great a slaughter, and had conquered with so great an effusion, on this side and that, of kindred blood. What is held out to me—the name of praise and the name of victory?
When the obstacles of insane opinion are removed, let the deeds be discerned naked, weighed naked, judged naked. Let the cause of Alba be stated, just as the adultery of Troy used to be stated. No such, no similar cause is found—only that 'Tullus might rouse to arms men grown idle and ranks now unaccustomed to triumphs.' By that vice, therefore, was so great a crime of a war social and kindred perpetrated—a vice which Sallust touches upon, great as it is, in passing. For when, in brief praise, he had recalled the more ancient times, when the life of men was passed without covetousness and each was sufficiently content with his own:
'(But afterward,' he says, 'when in Asia Cyrus, in Greece the Lacedaemonians and Athenians began to subdue cities and nations, to count the lust of dominion as a cause for war, to reckon the greatest glory to lie in the greatest empire,' and the rest which he had set himself to say. For me, let it suffice to have set down his words this far. That lust of dominion harasses and wears down the human race with great evils. By this lust Rome, then conquered, triumphed that it had conquered Alba, and called the praise and glory of its own crime, since, as our Scripture says, 'the sinner is praised in the desires of his soul, and he who does iniquitous things is blessed.' Let the deceitful coverings, then, and the deceptive whitewashings be taken away from things, that they may be examined with a sincere scrutiny. Let no one say to me:
'That man is great, and so is that other, because he fought with that other and conquered.' Gladiators also fight, and they too conquer, and that cruelty has the rewards of praise; but I think it better to pay the penalties of any inactivity whatever than to seek the glory of those arms. And yet, if into the arena there should come gladiators about to fight one another, of whom one was the son, the other the father, who would endure such a spectacle? Who would not take it away? How, then, could the combat of arms between two cities, one the mother, the other the daughter, be glorious?
Or was it for this reason different—that there was no arena there, and the broader fields were filled, not with the bodies of two gladiators, but, in two peoples, with the corpses of many; nor were those contests encircled by an amphitheatre, but, to the whole world and both to the living of that time and to posterity, as far as that fame is extended, an impious spectacle was offered? Yet those gods, presidents of the Roman empire, suffered the constraint of their own zeal as spectators of such contests, as in a theatre, until the sister of the Horatii, on account of the three Curiatii slain, was herself also, as a third from the other side, added by a brother's sword to the two brothers, lest even Rome, which had conquered, should have fewer deaths.
Then, as the fruit of victory, Alba was overthrown—where, after Ilium, which the Greeks destroyed, and after Lavinium, where Aeneas had established a foreign and fugitive kingdom, those Trojan deities had dwelt in the third place. But after their custom, perhaps they had by then already migrated thence; therefore it was destroyed. The gods had departed, no doubt, all of them, leaving the shrines and altars deserted—the gods by whom that empire had stood. They had departed, to be sure—behold, now for the third time—so that a fourth Rome might most providently be entrusted to them. For Alba too had become displeasing, where Amulius had reigned after expelling his brother, and Rome had become pleasing, where Romulus had reigned after killing his brother. But before Alba was demolished, its people, they say, was transfused into Rome, so that from the two one city might be made. Be it so; let it have been done thus;
yet that city, the kingdom of Ascanius and the third dwelling of the Trojan gods, was overthrown as a mother by the daughter city; and in order that the remnants of war should make one people out of two, the blood of both, much of it shed beforehand, was a wretched coagulation. Why should I now relate one by one, under the other kings, the same wars so often renewed—wars which seemed ended by victories, yet were waged through with such great slaughters again and again, and again and again, after treaty and peace, repeated between fathers-in-law and sons-in-law and their stock and posterity? Not a small indication of this calamity was the fact that none of those kings closed the gates of war. None of them, therefore, under so many guardian gods, reigned in peace. CHAPTER XV. What sort of life and end the Roman kings had.
But what were the ends of the kings themselves? As for Romulus, let the fabulous flattery see to it, by which he is reported to have been received into heaven; let certain of their own writers see to it, who said that he was torn to pieces by the senate on account of his ferocity, and that a certain Julius Proculus was suborned, who should say that Romulus had appeared to him and had through him commanded the Roman people that he should be worshipped among the deities—and that in this way the people, which had begun to swell against the senate, was repressed and quieted. For an eclipse of the sun had also occurred, which the ignorant multitude, not knowing that it was brought about by the fixed reckoning of its own course, attributed to the merits of Romulus. As though indeed, if that had been a mourning of the sun, he ought not rather for that reason to be believed slain, and the crime itself indicated even by the turning away of the daily light;
just as in very truth it came to pass when the Lord was crucified by the cruelty and impiety of the Jews. That this darkening of the sun did not occur from the canonical course of the heavenly bodies is sufficiently shown by the fact that it was then the Passover of the Jews; for that is solemnly celebrated at the full moon, whereas a regular eclipse of the sun occurs only at the end of the moon. Cicero too sufficiently signifies that the supposed reception of Romulus among the gods was rather imagined than accomplished, when, even in praising him in his books On the Republic, in the discourse of Scipio, he says: 'He attained to such a height that, when he had suddenly not appeared, the sun being darkened, he was thought to be placed in the number of the gods—an opinion which no mortal could ever attain without exceptional glory of virtue.'
(But when he says that he suddenly vanished from sight, what is surely to be understood there is either the violence of a storm or the concealment of a slaying and a crime; for other writers of theirs add to that eclipse of the sun a sudden storm as well, which surely either furnished the occasion for the wickedness or itself consumed Romulus.) Indeed, concerning Tullus Hostilius too, who was the third king after Romulus, since he likewise was destroyed by a thunderbolt, the same Cicero says in those same books that this man was for that reason not believed to have been received among the gods by such a death, because perhaps what had been accepted in the case of Romulus—that is, what had been believed—the Romans were unwilling to make common, that is, to cheapen, if this were also easily granted to another. He says openly, moreover, in his invectives:
'We by goodwill and report have raised Romulus, who founded this city, to the immortal gods'—so as to show that this was not truly done, but out of goodwill spread abroad and proclaimed on account of the merits of his virtue. But in the dialogue Hortensius, when he was speaking of the regular eclipses of the sun, he says: 'so as to produce the same darkness which it produced by the death of Romulus, which came about by an obscuring of the sun.' Here at least he was by no means afraid to call it the death of a man, because he was rather an arguer than a eulogist. But the rest of the kings of the Roman people, except Numa Pompilius and Ancus Marcius, who died of disease, what dreadful ends they had! Tullus Hostilius, as I said, the conqueror and overthrower of Alba, was burned up by a thunderbolt together with his whole household.
PriscusTarquiniuspersuidecessorisfiliosinteremtusest. SeruiusTulliusgenerisuiTarquiniiSuperbi, quieisuccessitinregnum, nefarioscelereoccisusest. Nec \'discessereadytisarisquerelictisditantoinoptimumilliuspopuliregemparricidioperpetrato, quosdicunt, uthocmiseraeTroiaefacerenteamqueGraecisdiruendamexurendamquerelinquerent, adulterioParidisfuissecommotos; sedinsuperinterfectoasesoceroTarquiniusipsesuccessit.
Priscus Tarquinius was slain by the sons of his predecessor. Servius Tullius was killed by an abominable crime at the hands of his son-in-law Tarquinius Superbus, who succeeded him in the kingdom. Nor did 'the gods withdraw, leaving their shrines and altars,' when so great a parricide had been perpetrated against the best king of that people—the very gods who, men say, in order to do this to wretched Troy and to leave her to be destroyed and burned by the Greeks, had been roused by the adultery of Paris; but on top of this, when his father-in-law had been killed, Tarquinius himself succeeded to the throne.
This abominable parricide of his father-in-law, ruling by that father-in-law's murder, glorying moreover in many wars and victories, and building the Capitol from his spoils—him those gods did not abandon, but, present and abiding, they watched, and they suffered their own king Jupiter to preside and reign for them in that loftiest temple, that is, in the work of a parricide. For he did not first build the Capitol while still innocent and afterward, for his evil deeds, get driven from the City; rather, he came to that very throne, in which he might build the Capitol, by the perpetration of a most monstrous crime. But that the Romans afterward drove him from the kingdom and shut him out from the walls of the city—this was not on account of his own deed regarding the violation of Lucretia, but the sin of his son, committed while he himself not only knew nothing of it but was even absent.
At that time he was besieging the city of Ardea, waging war on behalf of the Roman people: we do not know what he would have done if the outrage of his son had been brought to his notice; and yet, with his verdict unexplored and untried, the people took away his command from him, and, when the army by which he had been ordered to be deserted was recalled, they then shut the gates and did not allow him to enter as he returned.
But he, after most grievous wars by which he wore down these same Romans, having stirred up their neighbors, after that, when, deserted by those on whose aid he relied, he was unable to recover the kingdom, lived a private and quiet life in the town of Tusculum near Rome for fourteen years, as is reported, and grew old together with his wife—with a more enviable end, perhaps, than his father-in-law, who was destroyed by the deed of his own son-in-law, and that not without the daughter's knowledge, as the story goes. And yet the Romans did not call this Tarquinius cruel or wicked, but proud—perhaps because they could not endure his royal arrogance with that other pride of theirs. For the crime of his having slain his father-in-law, their own best king, they despised to such a degree that they made him their king;
and here I marvel if they did not, by a graver crime, render so great a reward to so great a crime. Nor did 'the gods withdraw, leaving their shrines and altars.' Unless perhaps someone should defend those gods thus, saying that they remained at Rome for this reason—that they might be more able to punish the Romans with torments than to help them with benefits, leading them astray with empty victories and grinding them down with most grievous wars. Such was the life of the Romans under the kings, during that praiseworthy period of that commonwealth, up to the expulsion of Tarquinius Superbus, for nearly two hundred and forty-three years, while all those victories, purchased with so much blood and such great calamities, scarcely extended that dominion to within twenty miles of the City;
how far this distance falls short of being compared even with the territory of some Gaetulian city of the present day! CHAPTER XVI. Concerning the first consuls among the Romans, of whom one drove the other from the fatherland, and soon himself, after most atrocious parricides, died, wounded by a wounded enemy. To this period let us add also that time up to which Sallust says affairs were conducted with fair and moderate justice, while fear of Tarquinius and the grave war with Etruria lasted. For as long as the Etruscans aided Tarquinius in his attempt to return to the kingdom, Rome was shaken by a grievous war. That is why he says the commonwealth was conducted with fair and moderate justice—fear pressing, not justice persuading.
In this very brief period, how deadly was that year in which the first consuls were created, the royal power having been expelled! Indeed, they did not complete their year. For Junius Brutus, having stripped his colleague Lucius Tarquinius Collatinus of honor, cast him out of the City; then soon he himself fell in battle by wounds exchanged with the enemy, having first killed his own sons and his wife's brothers, because he had learned that they had conspired for the restoration of Tarquinius. This deed Virgil, after he had praiseworthily commemorated it, immediately shuddered at with compassion. For when he had said, 'And the father will summon to punishment his sons stirring up new wars, for the sake of fair liberty,' soon afterward he cried out and said, 'Unhappy man, however posterity shall bear these deeds.'
'However,' he says, 'posterity may bear these deeds'—that is, prefer and extol them—'he who killed his sons is unhappy.' And as though to console the unhappy man, he adds: 'Love of country prevails, and the boundless desire for praise.' Is it not the case that in this Brutus—who both killed his sons and, struck by Tarquinius's son whom he had himself struck, could not survive, but rather Tarquinius himself survived him—the innocence of his colleague Collatinus seems to be vindicated, who as a good citizen suffered the same thing when this Tarquinius was expelled as the tyrant Tarquinius himself? For this same Brutus too is reported to have been a kinsman of Tarquinius; but it was, plainly, the likeness of name that bore down upon Collatinus, because he too was called Tarquinius. He would have been compelled, then, to change his name, not his fatherland;
in short, in his name this appellation could have been dropped, and he could simply have been called L. Collatinus. But he did not lose that which he could have lost without any harm; rather he was ordered to be deprived both of his honor as first consul and of his citizenship as a good citizen. Is this too glory—the detestable iniquity of Junius Brutus, of no use whatever to the commonwealth? Did 'love of country and the boundless desire for praise' triumph even for the perpetrating of this? When the tyrant Tarquinius had assuredly already been expelled, Lucretia's husband, L. Tarquinius Collatinus, was created consul together with Brutus. How justly the people attended to the citizen's character, not his name! How impiously Brutus, when he could—if this offended him—have deprived his colleague in that first and new power of his name only, deprived him both of his fatherland and of his honor!
These evil deeds were done, these adversities befell, while in that commonwealth 'affairs were conducted with fair and moderate justice.' Lucretius too, who had been substituted in Brutus's place, was carried off by disease before that same year was ended. Thus Publius Valerius, who had succeeded Collatinus, and Marcus Horatius, who had been appointed in place of the deceased Lucretius, completed that funereal and tartarean year, which had five consuls—the year in which the Roman commonwealth inaugurated the new honor and power of the consulship itself. CHAPTER XVII. By what evils the Roman commonwealth was harassed after the beginnings of consular government, while the gods whom it worshiped gave no aid.
'Then, fear being now somewhat diminished—not because the wars had subsided, but because they did not press with so heavy a weight—the time, that is, being now ended in which affairs were managed with fair and moderate justice, there followed those things which the same Sallust briefly sets forth: 'Then the senators began to exercise the plebs with servile command, to deal with their life and back after the manner of kings, to drive them from the land, and, with the rest excluded, to act alone in power. The plebs, oppressed by these cruelties and especially by usury, while at the same time enduring tribute and military service amid constant wars, took up arms and occupied the Sacred Mount and the Aventine, and then procured for itself tribunes of the plebs and other rights.
The end of these discords and of strife on both sides was the Second Punic War.') Why, then, should I endure such delays either in writing, or bring them to my readers? How wretched that commonwealth was—through so long an age, over so many years, right up to the Second Punic War, with wars never ceasing to disturb it from without and discords and civil seditions within—Sallust has briefly indicated. Accordingly, those victories were not the solid joys of the blessed, but the empty consolations of the wretched and alluring incitements, to men by no means at peace, for undergoing other and yet other barren evils. And let not the good and prudent Romans be angry with us because we say this:
although on this matter they need neither be entreated nor admonished, since it is most certain that they will be by no means angry. For we say nothing graver, or anything graver, than their own authors, to whom we are far inferior both in style and in leisure—authors whom they themselves have toiled to learn by heart and compel their own sons to learn. But those who are angry—how would they bear me if I were to say what Sallust says? 'Very many tumults, seditions, and at last civil wars arose, while a few powerful men, into whose favor most had passed, were aiming at domination under the honorable name of senators or of the plebs;
and citizens were called good and bad, not on account of their merits toward the commonwealth—all being equally corrupted—but according as each was most wealthy and stronger in doing injury, because he defended things present, he was reckoned good.' Now if those writers of history judged it to pertain to honorable liberty not to keep silent about the evils of their own city—which in many places they were compelled to praise with great proclamation, since they had no other and truer city, into which eternal citizens are to be chosen—what befits us to do, whose hope, being so much better and more certain in God, ought to make our liberty so much the greater, when men charge present evils against our Christ, in order that weaker and less learned minds may be estranged from that City in which alone we must live forever and in blessedness?
Nor do we say more horrible things against their gods than do their own authors, again and again, whom they read and proclaim, since indeed we have received from those very authors the things we would say, and in no way are we able to say either such things or all of them. Where, then, were those gods who are supposed worthy to be worshiped for the sake of this paltry and deceptive happiness of this world, when the Romans, to whom by most lying cunning they offered themselves to be worshiped, were harassed by such great calamities? Where were they, when the consul Valerius was killed while defending the Capitol, which had been scaled by exiles and slaves, and when he himself could more easily benefit the temple of Jupiter than that crowd of so many divinities, with their greatest and best king, could come to the aid of him whose temple he had freed?
Where were they, when the city, worn out by the most dense evils of seditions, while it was a little quiet awaiting the envoys sent to Athens to borrow laws, was devastated by a grievous famine and pestilence? Where were they, when again the people, while it labored under famine, first created a prefect of the grain supply, and, that famine growing severe, Spurius Maelius, because he distributed grain lavishly to the hungry multitude, incurred the charge of aiming at kingship, and at the insistence of that same prefect was killed by Quintus Servilius, the master of horse, through the dictator L. Quintius, decrepit with age, amid the greatest and most perilous tumult of the city?
Where were they, when, a very great pestilence having arisen, the people, long and greatly worn out by useless gods, thought it must offer new lectisternia, which it had never done before? Now couches were spread in honor of the gods, whence this rite—or rather sacrilege—took its name. Where were they, when, through ten continuous years of fighting badly, the Roman army received frequent and great defeats at Veii, unless at length aid was brought through Furius Camillus, whom afterward the ungrateful city condemned? Where were they, when the Gauls took Rome, plundered, burned, and filled it with slaughter?
Where were they, when that notable pestilence wrought so vast a slaughter, by which that very Furius Camillus too was destroyed—he who had both defended the ungrateful commonwealth from the Veientes before and avenged it upon the Gauls afterward? In that pestilence they brought in the scenic games, another new plague—not upon the bodies of the Romans, but, what is far more pernicious, upon their morals. Where were they, when another grave pestilence was believed to have arisen from the poisons of married women, of whom many, and of noble rank, were detected in conduct beyond belief, conduct graver than any pestilence?
or when, besieged by the Samnites at the Caudine Forks, both consuls together with the army were compelled to make a foul treaty with them, such that six hundred Roman knights were given as hostages, and the rest, having lost their arms and stripped and deprived of their other coverings, were sent under the enemy's yoke in single garments? or when, amid a grievous pestilence with all the rest suffering, many in the army as well perished, struck by lightning?
or when, by yet another unbearable pestilence, Rome was compelled to summon and call in Aesculapius from Epidaurus as a kind of physician-god, since the king of all, Jupiter, who had now long sat in the Capitol, had perhaps not allowed him to learn medicine on account of the many debaucheries to which he had given himself as a youth? or when, the enemy conspiring at one time—the Lucanians, Bruttians, Samnites, Etruscans, and Senonian Gauls—first their envoys were killed by them, then an army with its praetor was overwhelmed, seven tribunes perishing along with him, and thirteen thousand soldiers?
or when, after long and grievous seditions at Rome—by which at last the plebs had seceded to the Janiculum in hostile separation—so dire a calamity of this evil arose that, for the sake of this matter, as was wont to be done in extreme dangers, the dictator Hortensius was created, who, after recalling the plebs, expired in that very magistracy, which had happened to no dictator before, and which was a graver charge against those gods now that Aesculapius was present? Then indeed so many wars grew rife everywhere that, from a shortage of soldiers, those 'proletarii'—who, because they were free for the begetting of offspring and, by reason of poverty, unable to serve, had received this name—were enrolled for military service.
Pyrrhus too, king of Greece, then celebrated with immense glory, having been summoned by the Tarentines, was made an enemy of the Romans. To him, indeed, consulting about the future outcome of affairs, Apollo gave an ambiguous oracle wittily enough, so that, whichever of the two should happen, he himself might be held divine (for he said: 'I say that you, Pyrrhus, the Romans are able to conquer'—or, 'that you can conquer the Romans'); and so, whether Pyrrhus should be conquered by the Romans or the Romans by Pyrrhus, the soothsayer might securely await either outcome. What and how horrible were the slaughters of both armies at that time! In which, nevertheless, Pyrrhus came out superior, so that he might now be able to proclaim Apollo divine according to his own understanding, had not, in the very next battle, the Romans come off superior.
And amid so great a carnage of wars, a grievous pestilence of women too arose. For before they could bring forth their offspring to maturity, the pregnant women were dying. Here, I suppose, Aesculapius excused himself, professing himself a chief physician, not a midwife. The cattle likewise were perishing, so that even the race of animals was believed about to fail. And what of that memorable winter, raging with such incredible savagery that, with the snows remaining at a dreadful depth even in the forum for forty days, the Tiber too was hardened with ice? If this had happened in our times, what and how great things these people would have said! And what of that likewise huge pestilence—how long it raged, how many it destroyed!
When this, in another year, was stretching on far more grievously, with Aesculapius present in vain, recourse was had to the Sibylline books. In which kind of oracles, as Cicero relates in his books on divination, more credit is wont to be given to the interpreters as they can or will, conjecturing doubtful things. Then, therefore, it was said that this was the cause of the pestilence—that many men privately held very many sacred temples that they had occupied: thus, for the time being, Aesculapius was freed from the great charge of ignorance or of sloth. But whence had those temples been occupied by many with no one forbidding,
except that to so great a crowd of divinities supplication had long been made in vain, and so the places were little by little deserted by their worshipers, so that, as if empty, they could be claimed at least for human uses without anyone's offense? For then, having been carefully sought out again and restored as it were to allay the pestilence, unless afterward in the same way, being neglected and usurped, they lay hidden, surely no great expertise would be attributed to Varro for relating, when he writes about the sacred temples, so many things that were unknown. But then, for the time being, an elegant excuse was procured—not of the pestilence's repelling, but of the gods. CHAPTER XVIII. How great the disasters that wore down the Romans in the Punic Wars, the protection of the gods having been sought in vain.
Now indeed in the Punic Wars, when between the two empires victory long hung doubtful and uncertain, and the two most powerful peoples were driving their most valiant and wealthy assaults against each other, how many smaller kingdoms were crushed! What ample and noble cities were destroyed, how many afflicted, how many states ruined! How far and wide were so many regions and lands laid waste! How often were the conquerors conquered, now here, now there! What a multitude of men was consumed, whether of fighting soldiers or of peoples free from arms! What a host of ships, overwhelmed in sea-battles too and sunk by the variety of diverse storms! If we should attempt to relate or commemorate it, we too should be nothing other than writers of history.
Then the Roman state, troubled with great fear, ran to vain and ridiculous remedies. By the authority of the Sibylline books the secular games were restored, whose celebration had been instituted within an interval of a hundred years, and which in happier times had perished through neglectful memory. The pontiffs also renewed the sacred games to the gods below, even these abolished in better years gone by. No wonder, then, that, when they were renewed, the gods below—enriched by so great an abundance of the dying—were delighted even to play, since indeed the wretched men were waging the very mad wars and bloody passions and funereal victories, now here, now there, as great games of the demons and rich banquets of the powers below.
Nothing assuredly more pitiable befell in the First Punic War than that the Romans were so defeated that even that famous Regulus was captured—of whom we made mention in the first and second book—a man plainly great, and formerly the victor and tamer of the Carthaginians, who would even have brought to a close that very First Punic War, had he not, through excessive greed for praise and glory, imposed on the wearied Carthaginians harsher conditions than they could bear. That man's most unexpected captivity and most unworthy servitude, his most faithful oath-keeping and most cruel death—if these do not compel those gods to blush, it is true that they are of bronze and have no blood. Nor were the most grievous evils lacking within the walls at that time.
For with the river Tiber overflowing far beyond its custom, nearly all the level parts of the city were overthrown, some swept away by the rush as of a torrent, others, as by a long-standing pool, soaked through and undermined. Then a more destructive plague of fire followed this, which, having seized whatever was loftier around the forum, did not even spare the temple of Vesta, its most familiar haunt, where the virgins—not so much honored as condemned—had been wont to give it, as it were, perpetual life by the most diligent replenishing of wood. There, however, the fire not only lived but even raged.
Terrified by its onslaught, the virgins, when they could not free those fated sacred objects—which had already pressed upon three cities in which they had been—from that conflagration, Metellus the pontiff, forgetful, as it were, of his own safety, rushing in, half-burned, snatched them away. For neither did the fire even recognize him, nor was there truly any divine power present there, which, even if it had been present, would not have fled. A man, therefore, was able to benefit Vesta's sacred objects rather than they the man. But if they could not ward off fire from their very selves, what could they help the city, whose safety they were thought to guard, against those waters and flames? as indeed the very event made plain that they could avail nothing at all.
These things would by no means be objected by us against them, if they would say that those sacred rites were instituted not for safeguarding these temporal goods, but for signifying eternal ones, and therefore, when it happened that they perished, because they were corporeal and visible, nothing was diminished from those things for which they had been instituted, and they could be restored anew for the same uses. But now, with marvelous blindness, they suppose it could have come about, through those sacred objects which could perish, that the earthly safety and temporal felicity of the city could not perish. Accordingly, when, even with those sacred rites still abiding, either the wreck of safety or unhappiness is shown to have rushed in, they blush to change the opinion they cannot defend. CHAPTER XIX.
Concerning the affliction of the Second Punic War, by which the strength of both parties was consumed. But in the Second Punic War it is too long to recount the disasters of two peoples fighting so far and wide with each other—so much so that, by the admission even of those who set out not so much to narrate the Roman wars as to praise the Roman empire, the one who conquered was more like the conquered. For with Hannibal rising up from Spain, and the Pyrenees mountains surmounted, and Gaul traversed, and the Alps shattered through, his forces increased by so long a circuit, laying waste or subduing everything in the manner of a torrent as he burst through into the gates of Italy—how bloody were the battles waged, how often were the Romans overcome! how many towns went over to the enemy, how many were captured and crushed!
how dire the battles, and how often glorious to Hannibal by a Roman defeat! As for the wonderfully horrible disaster of Cannae, what shall I say, where Hannibal, although he was most cruel, nevertheless, sated by so great a slaughter of his most savage enemies, is reported to have ordered that they be spared? Whence he sent three pecks of golden rings to Carthage, that they might understand how great a Roman dignity had fallen in that battle, so that measure rather than number might more easily comprehend it, and that thence the slaughter of the remaining multitude—so much more numerous as it was lower in rank, which lay without rings—should be thought rather to be guessed at than reported.
Finally, so great a shortage of soldiers ensued that the Romans gathered those guilty of crimes with impunity offered, gave liberty to slaves, and by these the army was not so much supplemented as established—a shameful one. Thus to slaves—nay rather, lest we do them injury, now to freedmen—who were to fight on behalf of the Roman commonwealth, arms were lacking. They were stripped from the temples, as if the Romans were saying to their gods: 'Lay down what you have so long held in vain, lest perchance our chattels be able to make some useful thing from them, from which our divinities could not.'
Then too, when the treasury had failed for the meeting of the soldiers' pay, private wealth came into public use, each man contributing what he had, to such a degree that, except for single rings and single bullae—pitiable insignia of rank—the senate itself, much more the other orders and tribes, left nothing of gold to themselves. Who would endure these men, if in our times they were forced to such poverty?—since we scarcely bear with them now, when, for the sake of superfluous pleasure, more is given to actors than was then contributed to the legions for their utmost safety. CHAPTER XX. Concerning the end of the Saguntines, to whom, perishing on account of their friendship with the Romans, the Roman gods brought no aid.
But in all these evils of the Second Punic War, nothing was more pitiable, or more worthy of a pitiable complaint, than the destruction of the Saguntines. For this city of Spain, most friendly to the Roman people, while it kept faith with that same people, was overthrown. For from here Hannibal, having broken the treaty, sought pretexts by which he might provoke the Romans to war. He was therefore fiercely besieging Saguntum. When this was heard at Rome, envoys were sent to Hannibal to withdraw from its siege. Despised, they proceed to Carthage and lay down their complaint of the broken treaty, and, the matter unaccomplished, return to Rome. While these delays are being transacted, that wretched city, most wealthy, most dear to its own commonwealth and to the Roman, was destroyed by the Carthaginians in the eighth or ninth month.
To read of its destruction—how much more to write of it—is a thing of horror. Yet I will briefly commemorate it; for it pertains much to the matter under discussion. First it wasted away with famine; for it is even reported to have been fed by some on the corpses of their own people. Then, worn out by all things, lest at least it should come captive into Hannibal's hands, it publicly built a huge pyre, into which, as it blazed, they cast themselves and their own—even those slain by the sword. Here let the gluttonous and worthless gods do something, gaping after the fat of sacrifices and deceiving with the fog of lying divinations; here let them do something, let them come to the aid of a city most friendly to the Roman people, let them not allow one perishing through the keeping of faith to perish.
They themselves, surely, presided as mediators, when it was joined to the Roman commonwealth by the interposing of a treaty. Keeping faithfully, therefore, that which it had joined by a covenant under those very gods as guarantors, had bound by faith, had bound fast by an oath, it was besieged, overwhelmed, and consumed by a faithless foe. If those gods afterward terrified Hannibal by storm and thunderbolts when he was very near the Roman walls, and drove him far off, then they should first have done some such thing. For I dare to say that it would have been more honorable for them to be able to rage with a storm on behalf of friends of the Romans then in peril—so that they might not break faith with the Romans, and having then no help—than on behalf of the Romans themselves, who were fighting for themselves and were wealthy against Hannibal.
If, then, they were the guardians of Roman felicity and glory, they would have turned aside from her so grievous a crime as the calamity of Saguntum; but now how foolishly is it believed that, with those gods as defenders, Rome did not perish when Hannibal was victorious — those gods who could not come to the aid of the city of Saguntum, lest it should perish on account of its friendship with Rome! If the people of Saguntum had been Christian, and had suffered something of this kind for the faith of the Gospel — although they would not have destroyed themselves with sword or fire, yet if they had suffered ruin for the faith of the Gospel — they would have suffered it in that hope by which they had believed in Christ, not for the reward of a most brief span of time, but of an endless eternity.
But as for these gods who, it is alleged, are worshipped for this reason and required to be worshipped for this reason — that the felicity of these passing and transitory things may be secure — what answer will their defenders and apologists give us concerning the men of Saguntum who perished, except what they gave concerning Regulus who was put to death? This indeed is the difference: that he was one man, while this was a whole city; yet in both cases the cause of destruction was the keeping of faith. For on account of this Regulus willed to return to the enemy, and Saguntum was unwilling to go over to them. Does faith, then, when kept, provoke the anger of the gods? Or can not only individual men but whole cities perish even when the gods are favourable? Let them choose whichever they will. For if those gods are angry at the keeping of faith, let them look for treacherous men by whom they may be worshipped;
but if, even when they are favourable, men and cities can be afflicted with many grievous torments and perish, then they are worshipped to no profit of this felicity. Let those, therefore, cease to be indignant who think themselves made wretched because the sacred rites of their gods have been lost. For even with those gods remaining, indeed even favouring them, they might not merely murmur about misery as they now do, but, like Regulus and the Saguntines of old, be horribly tortured and even utterly perish. CHAPTER XXI. How ungrateful the Roman state was to Scipio its deliverer, and amid what manners it conducted itself at the very time when Sallust describes it as having been most excellent.
Now, between the second and the last Carthaginian war — when Sallust said that the Romans conducted themselves with the best morals and the greatest concord (for I pass over much, keeping in mind the limits of the work I have undertaken) — in that very period of the best morals and greatest concord, that Scipio, the liberator of Rome and Italy, the illustrious and admirable finisher of that second Punic war which was so dreadful, so destructive, so perilous, the conqueror of Hannibal and subduer of Carthage, whose life from boyhood is described as devoted to the gods and nurtured in the temples — he yielded to the accusations of his enemies, and, deprived of the fatherland which by his own valour he had restored safe and free, lived out and completed the remainder of his life in the town of Liternum; after his distinguished triumph he was seized by no longing for that city, so that he is reported to have given orders that not even after his death should his funeral be held in his ungrateful fatherland.
Then, for the first time, during the proconsulship of Gnaeus Manlius who triumphed over the Gallo-Greeks, Asiatic luxury — worse than any enemy — crept into Rome. For then, it is reported, bronze couches and costly coverlets were first seen; then harp-girls and other licentious wantonness were brought into banquets. But I have undertaken to speak here of those evils which men suffer intolerably, not of those which they do willingly. Hence that point which I recalled about Scipio — that yielding to his enemies he died outside the fatherland which he had freed — pertains more to the present argument: namely, that the Roman deities, from whose temples he turned Hannibal away, gave him no return — those deities who are worshipped solely for the sake of this felicity.
But because Sallust said that at that time morals there were the best, for this reason I thought it worth recalling this matter of Asiatic luxury, so that it may be understood that even that statement was made by Sallust by comparison with other times — times in which, amid the most grievous discords, morals were assuredly worse. For then, that is, between the second and last Carthaginian war, that Voconian law also was passed, that no one should make a woman his heir, not even an only daughter. What law more unjust than this could be spoken or conceived, I do not know. Yet throughout that whole interval of the two Punic wars the unhappiness was more bearable. The army was worn down only by wars abroad, but was consoled by victories;
and at home no discords raged, as at other times. But in the last Punic war, by a single onset of the other Scipio — who on this account himself also gained the surname Africanus — the rival of the Roman empire was destroyed from its root; and thereafter the Roman commonwealth was overwhelmed with such mounds of evils that, through that prosperity and security of affairs by which, with morals exceedingly corrupted, those evils were heaped up, Carthage so quickly overthrown is shown to have done more harm than it had previously done, so long adverse.
During this whole time, down to Caesar Augustus — who is seen to have wrested from the Romans in every way that liberty which, even in their own opinion, was no longer glorious but contentious and ruinous and plainly already enervated and languishing, and to have recalled all things to royal authority, and as it were to have restored and renewed the commonwealth which had collapsed as though from a diseased old age — throughout that whole time, then, I pass over the military disasters arising from one cause after another, and the Numantine treaty stained with horrible disgrace; for the chicks had flown out of the cage and, as they say, had made an evil augury for the consul Mancinus;
as though, throughout so many years in which that tiny city had beset and afflicted the Roman army and had now begun to be a terror to the Roman commonwealth itself, others had advanced against it under another augury. CHAPTER XXII. Concerning the edict of Mithridates, by which he ordered all Roman citizens found within Asia to be slain. But these things, I say, I pass over, although I would by no means be silent about this — that Mithridates, king of Asia, ordered the Roman citizens sojourning everywhere throughout Asia, intent on their own business in an innumerable multitude, to be killed in a single day; and it was done.
How pitiable a sight of things that was — that each man, wherever he was found, in the field, on the road, in the town, in his home, in the village, in the forum, in the temple, in his bed, at a banquet, should be unexpectedly and impiously butchered! What groans of the dying, what tears of the onlookers — perhaps even of those who struck — there were! How harsh the necessity laid upon hosts, not only of seeing those abominable slaughters in their own homes, but even of perpetrating them, their countenances suddenly changed from that gentle courtesy of human kindness to the carrying out of a hostile business in time of peace — wounds, I may well say, that were mutual, since the one struck was wounded in body and the striker in soul! Had all these too despised the auguries?
Did they not have household and public gods to consult, when they set out from their own dwellings for that journey from which there was no return? If this is so, they have no ground for complaining in this matter about our times; the Romans of old despise these vain things. But if they did consult them, let it be answered: what did those gods avail, when by human laws alone, with none forbidding, such things were permitted? CHAPTER XXIII. Concerning the inner evils by which the Roman commonwealth was harassed, preceded by a portent which consisted in the raving of all the animals that serve men. But now let us briefly, so far as we can, recall those evils which, by how much more inward, by so much more wretched they proved to be:
civil — or rather uncivil — discords; and now no longer mere seditions, but the very wars within the city, where so much blood was shed, where party zeal raged against one another no longer in the disputes of assemblies and various clamours, but plainly now with sword and arms; the social wars, the servile wars, the civil wars — how much Roman blood did they pour forth, how great a devastation and desolation of Italy did they bring about!
For before the Latin allies stirred themselves against Rome, all the animals subjected to human uses — dogs, horses, asses, oxen, and whatever other cattle were under the dominion of men — suddenly grew savage and, forgetting their domestic tameness, abandoned their stalls and wandered free, shunning the approach not only of others but even of their own masters, not without destruction or peril to anyone who dared, if anyone pressed upon them from nearby. Of how great an evil was this a sign, if it was a sign — that it was so great an evil; or even if it was not a sign at all! If this had happened in our times, we should suffer those men to be more rabid than their own animals were. CHAPTER XXIV. Concerning the civil discord which the Gracchan seditions stirred up.
Now the beginning of the civil evils was the seditions of the Gracchi, stirred up by the agrarian laws. For they wished to divide among the people the lands which the nobility wrongfully possessed. But to dare to uproot an inveterate iniquity was most perilous — indeed, as the event itself taught, most destructive. What funerals took place when the elder Gracchus was slain! And what others too, when his brother, after no long interval! For not by laws and by the order of the magistracies, but by mobs and the clashes of arms were the noble and the obscure slain alike. After the killing of the other Gracchus, Lucius
Opimius the consul, who had taken up arms against him within the City, and who, after this man and his associates had been crushed and slain, had made an enormous slaughter of citizens — when he held an inquiry, pursuing the rest by judicial investigation, is reported to have put to death three thousand men. From this it can be understood how great a multitude of deaths the turbulent clash of arms could have produced, when even the sifted process of trials produced so great a number. The slayer of Gracchus himself sold the latter's head to the consul for as much weight in gold as it weighed; for this bargain had preceded the slaughter. In this same affair was also slain, together with his children, Marcus Fulvius, a man of consular rank. CHAPTER XXV. Concerning the temple of Concord, built by a decree of the senate in the place of seditions and slaughters.
By a truly elegant decree of the senate, in that very place where that deadly tumult had been committed, where so many citizens of every order had fallen, a temple of Concord was built, so that, as a witness of the Gracchi's punishment, it might strike the eyes of those who harangued and prick their memory. But what else was this than a mockery of the gods — to build a temple to that goddess who, if she were truly in the city, would not have it crumble, torn apart by such great dissensions? Unless perhaps Concord, guilty of this crime because she had deserted the minds of the citizens, deserved to be shut up in that temple as in a prison. For why, if they wished to make it agree with what had been done, did they not rather build there a temple of Discord?
Or is any reason given why Concord should be a goddess and Discord not be a goddess, so that, according to Labeo's distinction, the one is good and the other evil? Nor does he himself seem to have followed anything else than that he noticed that at Rome a temple had been established to Fever as well as to Health. In that way, then, a temple ought to have been established not only to Concord but also to Discord. Perilously, therefore, did the Romans wish to live with so evil a goddess angered, nor did they recall that the destruction of Troy had taken its origin from her offence. For she, because she had not been invited among the gods, contrived the strife of the three goddesses by laying down the golden apple; whence came the quarrel of the deities, and Venus the victor, and Helen carried off, and Troy destroyed.
Wherefore, if perhaps she was indignant because she had merited no temple among the gods in the City, and on that account was now disturbing the city with such great tumults — how much more fiercely could she have been provoked, when in the place of that slaughter, that is, in the place of her own work, she saw a temple set up to her adversary! At these vain things, which we deride, those learned and wise men grow vexed; and yet, worshippers of good and evil deities though they are, they do not get free of this question concerning Concord and Discord: either they have passed over the worship of these goddesses and preferred to them Fever and Bellona, to whom they have built ancient shrines, or they have also worshipped these very ones, since thus, with Concord departing, raging Discord has led them even into civil wars. CHAPTER XXVI.
Concerning the diverse kinds of war which followed after the building of the temple of Concord. As a splendid barrier against sedition, indeed, they thought the temple of Concord — a witness of the slaughter and punishment of the Gracchi — should be set before the haranguers. How much they profited from this, the worse things that followed make plain. For thereafter the demagogues laboured not to avoid the example of the Gracchi, but to surpass their design: Lucius Saturninus, tribune of the plebs, and Gaius Servilius the praetor, and much later Marcus Drusus — by the seditions of all of whom there blazed up, first slaughters already then most grievous, then the social wars, by which Italy was violently afflicted and brought to a wondrous devastation and desolation. Then a servile war succeeded, and civil wars.
What battles were fought, what blood was shed, so that nearly all the Italian peoples, over whom the Roman empire chiefly prevailed, were subdued as though they were a savage barbarism! Now, from the very fewest — that is, fewer than seventy — gladiators, how the servile war was set in motion, to how great a number and to what fierce and savage strength it attained, what commanders of the Roman people that number overcame, what cities and regions, and in what manner, it laid waste — scarcely could even those who have written history sufficiently explain. Nor was that the only servile war, but slaves first ravaged the province of Macedonia, and afterwards Sicily and the seacoast.
How great and how dreadful were the robberies they at first committed, and afterwards the mighty wars of the pirates — who could tell it in a measure equal to the magnitude of these things? CHAPTER XXVII. Concerning the civil war of Marius and Sulla. But when Marius, already stained with civil blood, after many of the opposing party had been slain, was conquered and had fled from the City, and the state had scarcely caught its breath a little — to use the words of Tully — 'afterwards Cinna with Marius prevailed. Then indeed, with the most illustrious men slain, the lights of the state were extinguished.' Sulla afterwards avenged the cruelty of this victory — there is no need even to say with how great a diminution of citizens and how great a calamity to the commonwealth.
For concerning this vengeance, which was more destructive than if the crimes that were being punished had been left unpunished, Lucan too says: 'The remedy exceeded its measure and followed too far the path to which the disease had led its hand. The guilty perished; but only when none but the guilty could survive.' In that war of Marius and Sulla, besides those who fell abroad in the line of battle, in the City itself the streets, the squares, the forums, the theatres, the temples were filled with corpses, so that it was hard to judge when the victors produced more deaths — whether at first, that they might conquer, or afterwards, because they had conquered;
for when first the Marian victory came — when Marius restored himself from exile — besides the slaughters committed everywhere on every side, the head of Octavius the consul was set upon the rostra; the Caesars were butchered in their own houses by Fimbria; the two Crassi, father and son, were slain in each other's sight; Baebius and Numitorius were dragged with hooks and perished with their entrails scattered; Catulus withdrew himself from the hands of his enemies by draining poison; Merula, the priest of Jupiter, his veins cut open, made libation to his own Jupiter even with his own blood. And before the very eyes of Marius were struck down those to whom, when they saluted him, he had refused to extend his right hand. CHAPTER XXVIII. What the Sullan victory was like, the avenger of the Marian cruelty.
But the Sullan victory that followed — the avenger, that is, of this cruelty — after so much citizen blood, by the shedding of which it had been procured, when the war was now ended and only enmities yet lived, raged more cruelly in peace. For after the former and most recent slaughters of the elder Marius, others still more grievous had been added by the younger Marius and by Carbo, of the same Marian party, who, with Sulla pressing upon them and despairing not only of victory but even of their very safety, filled all things with slaughters of their own people. For besides the carnage spread far and wide through divers places, even the senate being besieged, men were brought forth from the senate-house itself, as from a prison, to the sword.
Mucius Scaevola the pontiff — since among the Romans nothing was held more sacred than the temple of Vesta — was slain while embracing the very altar, and almost extinguished with his own blood that fire which by the perpetual care of the virgins was ever burning. Then Sulla the victor entered the City, who in the Villa Publica — now not in war but with peace itself raging — had laid low seven thousand men who had surrendered (and were therefore unarmed), not by fighting but by command. And throughout the whole City each follower of Sulla struck down whomever he wished, so that the funerals could not be numbered at all, until it was suggested to Sulla that some ought to be allowed to live, so that there might be those over whom the victors could rule.
Then at last, when that frenzied license of slaughter — which was being carried hither and thither everywhere — was checked, that famous list was posted with great rejoicing, which contained the names of two thousand men of either splendid order, the equestrian and the senatorial namely, who were to be killed and proscribed. The number saddened, but the limit consoled; nor was there so much grief because so many were falling as there was joy because the rest were not afraid. But in the case of some of those who were ordered to die, even that security of the rest — cruel though it was — groaned at the exquisite kinds of death. For one man the hands of those rending him tore to pieces without a sword — men more savagely tearing a living man than beasts are wont to rend an abandoned carcass.
Another, with his eyes gouged out and his limbs cut off piece by piece, was forced to live long — or rather to die long — amid such great torments. Certain noble cities too were put up for sale as though they were country estates; and one indeed was ordered to be slaughtered entire, just as a single defendant might be ordered to execution. These things were done in peace after the war — not that victory might be hastened in the gaining, but lest, once gained, it should be despised. Peace contended with war in cruelty, and conquered. For war laid low the armed, peace the disarmed. War was such that he who was struck might, if he could, strike back; but peace was such, not that he who had escaped might live, but that the dying might not resist. CHAPTER XXIX.
Concerning the comparison of the Gothic irruption with those disasters which the Romans suffered either from the Gauls or from the authors of the civil wars. What frenzy of foreign nations, what savagery of barbarians can be compared to this victory of citizens over citizens? What did Rome see more deadly, more foul, more bitter — whether the irruption of the Gauls of old and of the Goths a little while ago, or the ferocity of Marius and Sulla and other most illustrious men of their parties, as though her own lights, turned against her own members? The Gauls indeed butchered the senate — whatever of it they could find throughout the whole City, except the Capitoline citadel, which alone was somehow defended;
but to those established on that hill they at least sold life for gold, which though they could not seize by the sword, they might yet wear down by siege; whereas the Goths spared so many senators that it is the more to be wondered at that they slew any. But Sulla, while Marius was still alive, as victor occupied for the decreeing of slaughters the very Capitol which had been safe from the Gauls; and when Marius had slipped away in flight, destined to return fiercer and more bloody, that man on the Capitol deprived many of life and goods, even by a decree of the senate. But on the Marian side, when Sulla was absent, what was sacred that they would spare, when they did not spare even Mucius — a citizen, a senator, a pontiff — clinging in piteous embrace to the very altar where, as they say, the fates of Rome resided?
Moreover that last Sullan list — to pass over the other countless deaths — slew more senators than the Goths were even able to despoil. CHAPTER XXX. Concerning the chain of wars, very many and most grievous, which preceded the coming of Christ. With what brow, then, with what heart, with what shamelessness, with what folly — or rather what madness — do they not impute these things to their own gods, and impute these things to our Christ?
The cruel civil wars — more bitter than all wars against enemies, by the confession even of their own authors, wars by which that commonwealth was judged not merely afflicted but utterly ruined — arose long before the coming of Christ, and by a chaining-together of wicked causes proceeded from the war of Marius and Sulla to the wars of Sertorius and Catiline (of whom the one had been proscribed by Sulla, the other reared by him); thence to the war of Lepidus and Catulus (of whom the one desired to rescind, the other to defend, the deeds of Sulla); thence to the war of Pompey and Caesar (of whom Pompey had been a follower of Sulla and had either equalled or now even surpassed his power; while Caesar could not endure Pompey's power, but only because he did not have it himself,
a power which, however, when Pompey was conquered and slain, he surpassed); and from here they came to the other Caesar, who was afterwards called Augustus, under whose rule Christ was born. For Augustus himself too waged civil wars with many, and in them many most illustrious men perished, among whom was also Cicero, that eloquent master of governing the commonwealth. For Gaius Caesar, the conqueror of Pompey, who exercised his civil victory with clemency and granted to his adversaries life and dignity, was butchered in the very senate-house, as though he were an aspirant to kingship, by a conspiracy of certain noble senators, ostensibly for the liberty of the commonwealth.
HuiusdeindepotentiammultummoribusdisparuitiisqueomnibusinquinatusadquecorruptusadfectareuidebaturAntonius, cuiuehementerproeademillauelutpatriaelibertateCiceroresistebat. TuncemerseratmirabilisindolisadulescensillealiusCaesar, illiusGaiCaesarisfiliusadoptiuus, qui, utdixi, posteaestappellatusAugustus.
After this, his power Antony — far different in character and defiled and corrupted by every vice — was seen to be reaching for; and against him, for that same liberty as it were of the fatherland, Cicero vehemently resisted. At that time there had emerged that other Caesar, a youth of wonderful natural gifts, the adopted son of that Gaius Caesar, who, as I said, was afterwards called Augustus.
Cicero favoured this young Caesar, so that his power against Antony might be nurtured, hoping that, with Antony's domination driven off and crushed, he would restore the liberty of the commonwealth — so blind and improvident of the future was Cicero, that this very youth, whose dignity and power he was fostering, both permitted that same Cicero to be killed by Antony, as by a kind of compact of concord, and subjected to his own sway that very liberty of the commonwealth for which Cicero had so loudly cried out. CHAPTER XXXI. How shamelessly they impute present misfortunes to Christ, since they are not permitted to worship the gods, when such great disasters occurred at the very time when those gods were worshipped.
Let those accuse their own gods of so many evils, who are ungrateful to our Christ for so many goods. Certainly, when those evils were happening, the altars of the deities were warm, they smoked with Sabaean incense and were fragrant with fresh garlands, the priesthoods were renowned, the shrines glittered, sacrifice was offered, games were held, frenzies raged in the temples — at the very time when everywhere so much blood of citizens was poured out by citizens, not only in other places, but even amid the very altars of the gods. Tullius did not choose a temple to which to flee, because Mucius had chosen one in vain. But these men, who insult the Christian times far more unworthily, either fled to places most especially dedicated to Christ, or were even led thither by the barbarians themselves that they might live. This I know, and so does anyone with me who judges without party zeal;
he most easily recognizes (to omit the rest, the many things I have recalled and many others far more numerous which I have thought it tedious to recall): if the human race before the Punic wars had received the Christian discipline, and there had followed so great a devastation of things as that which in those wars crushed Europe and Africa, none of such men as we now endure would have failed to attribute those evils to the Christian religion. But much less would their voices be tolerated, so far as concerns the Romans, if upon the reception and spreading abroad of the Christian religion there had followed either the irruption of the Gauls, or that ravaging by the Tiber's flood and by fire, or — that which surpasses all evils — those civil wars.
There were also other evils which happened so incredibly that they were numbered among portents — had they occurred in Christian times, to whom but to Christian men would they have cast them up as crimes? I pass over indeed those things which were more marvellous than harmful: that oxen spoke; that infants not yet born cried out certain words from their mothers' wombs; that serpents flew; that women and hens were changed into the male sex, and other things of this kind — which in their books, not fabulous but historical, whether true or false, bring upon men not destruction but astonishment.
But when earth rained down, when chalk rained down, when it rained stones — not in the way hail is wont to be called by this name, but stones outright — these things assuredly could even gravely injure. We read in their writings that, when the fires of Etna ran down from the very summit of the mountain to the nearest shore, the sea so boiled that rocks were burned, that the pitch of ships was melted. This surely was no light harm, however incredibly marvellous. Again, by the same burning of fires, they wrote that Sicily was so filled with so great a force of ash that the roofs of the city of Catina were buried and crushed and brought down; moved by which calamity, the Romans mercifully remitted to it the tribute of that same year.
They committed to writing that in Africa too a multitude of locusts, similar to a portent, occurred when it was already a province of the Roman people; for, the fruits and the leaves of the trees being consumed, they say that with a vast and inestimable cloud the locusts were cast down into the sea, and, dying and given back to the shores, and the air thereby corrupted, so great a pestilence arose that in the kingdom of Masinissa alone eight hundred thousand men are reported to have perished, and far more in the lands nearest the shores. Then at Utica, out of thirty thousand young men who were there, they affirm that ten thousand remained. Such vanity, then, as we endure and are compelled to answer — which of these things would it not attribute to the Christian religion, if it saw them in Christian times?
And yet they do not attribute these things to their own gods, whose worship they on this account demand — lest they suffer even lesser evils — when they endured those greater evils from the very gods by whom they were formerly worshipped. CHAPTER I. Concerning those things which were discussed in the first volume. Having begun to speak of the City of God, I thought it right first to answer its enemies, who, pursuing earthly joys and gaping after fleeting things, find fault with the Christian religion — which alone is the wholesome and true religion — for whatever sad thing they suffer in those things, by the mercy of an admonishing God rather than the severity of a punishing one.
And since among them there is also an unlearned crowd, who are stirred up to a more grievous hatred of us as though by the authority of learned men—the ignorant supposing that those things which have happened in unusual fashion in their own times were not wont to happen in other ages gone by, and the learned, who know that this opinion is false, confirming it by feigning ignorance of what they know, so that they may seem to have just grounds of complaint against us:
it was necessary to demonstrate, from the very books which their own authors have committed to memory for the knowledge of the history of past ages, that the matter stands far otherwise than they suppose; and at the same time to teach that the false gods, whom they either worshipped openly or still worship in secret, are most unclean spirits and most malignant and most deceitful demons—so much so that they take delight in crimes, whether true or even feigned, but at any rate their own, which they have willed to be celebrated in their festivals, in order that human weakness might not be recalled from the perpetrating of damnable deeds, while a supposedly divine authority is set forth for the imitating of such things.
These things we have proved not from our own conjecture, but partly from recent memory, since we ourselves also have seen such things presented to such deities, and partly from the writings of those who left these matters recorded for posterity not as a reproach but as an honour to their gods—so much so that Varro, a most learned man among them and of the gravest authority, when he composed his books dividing human matters and divine matters, distributing some to human things and some to divine according to the dignity proper to each, placed the scenic games not even among human things but among divine things; whereas surely, if only good and honourable men were in the city, the scenic games ought not to have been even among human things. This indeed he did not on his own authority, but because, born and bred at Rome, he found them among the divine things.
And since at the end of the first book we briefly set down what should be said next, and have said some of these things in the two following books, we recognize that what remains must be rendered to the expectation of our readers. CHAPTER II. Of those things which are contained in the second and third books. We had therefore promised that we would say certain things against those who refer the disasters of the Roman commonwealth to our religion, and that we would recall whatsoever and however great evils could have occurred, or might seem to suffice, which that city endured, or the provinces belonging to its empire, before their sacrifices had been prohibited;
all of which they would without doubt have attributed to us, if at that time our religion had already shone forth among them, or had thus prohibited them from sacrilegious rites. These things, as far as I judge, we have sufficiently dealt with in the second and third books, treating in the second of the evils of morals, which evils are to be reckoned the only ones, or the greatest; but in the third of those evils which fools alone shudder to suffer, namely of the body and of external things, which for the most part even good men endure; whereas those evils by which men themselves become wicked they hold not patiently but gladly. And how few things I have said about that one city alone and its empire! nor even therein everything down to Caesar Augustus.
What if I had wished to recall and amplify those evils which men do not inflict upon one another in turn—such as the devastations and overthrows of warring peoples—but which befall earthly things from the very elements of the world, which Apuleius briefly touches in one place in that little book he wrote about the world, saying that all earthly things have changes, transformations, and destructions? For (to use his own words) by immoderate tremblings of the earth, he says, the ground has gaped open and cities with their peoples have been engulfed; by sudden downpours whole regions have been washed away; lands too, which had formerly been continents, have been turned into islands by visiting and foreign floods, while others, by the receding of the sea, have been made passable to travel on foot;
that by winds and storms cities have been overthrown; that fires have flashed forth from the clouds, by which the regions of the East have been consumed and perished, while in the tracts of the West certain gushings and overflowings have wrought the same destruction; that thus from the summits of Etna, when its craters once poured forth, rivers of flame ran down the slopes by a divine conflagration, after the manner of a torrent. If I had wished to gather these and suchlike things which history records, from wherever I could, when should I have made an end of those things which befell in those times, before the name of Christ should restrain any of those vanities of theirs that are ruinous to true salvation?
I had also promised that I would demonstrate what their morals were, and for what cause the true God, in whose power are all kingdoms, deigned to help in increasing their empire; and how those whom they reckon gods helped them nothing at all, but rather how greatly they harmed them by deceiving and beguiling. Whence now I see that I must speak, and rather concerning the growth of the Roman empire. For concerning the noxious deceit of the demons whom they worshipped as gods, how much evil it brought into their morals, not a little has already been said, especially in the second book.
But throughout all three completed books, wherever it seemed opportune, we have commended how, even in the very evils of war, God has bestowed upon good and bad alike so much of consolation through the name of Christ—to whom the barbarians showed so much honour, contrary to the custom of wars—in the manner of Him who makes His sun to rise upon the good and the bad, and sends rain upon the just and the unjust. CHAPTER III. Whether the breadth of empire, which is acquired only by wars, is to be reckoned among the goods either of the wise or of the happy. Now therefore let us see what manner of thing it is that they dare to attribute to those gods so great a breadth and long duration of the Roman empire—gods whom they contend they have honourably worshipped even by the services of base games and by the ministry of base men.
Although I should wish first to inquire a little what reason, what prudence there is in this: that, since you cannot show the felicity of men who are ever engaged amid the disasters of war and amid civil or hostile bloodshed—yet human bloodshed—with gloomy fear and bloody greed, so that a glassy joy is gained, brittle in its splendour, for which it is feared more horribly lest it suddenly be shattered—nevertheless you should wish to glory in the breadth and greatness of empire. That this may be more easily judged, let us not melt away, tossed by empty windiness, nor blunt the keen edge of our attention with the high-sounding names of things, when we hear of peoples, kingdoms, provinces;
but let us set up two men (for each single man, as in speech a single letter, so is, as it were, an element of a city and a kingdom, however wide it may be by the occupation of lands), of which two men let us conceive the one to be poor, or rather of middling means, the other exceedingly rich; but the rich man anxious with fears, wasting away with sorrows, burning with greed, never secure, always restless, gasping with the perpetual contentions of enmities, increasing indeed by these miseries his patrimony to an immense degree, but by those increases heaping up also the most bitter cares;
but the other, of middling and modest household means, sufficient unto himself, most dear to his own, rejoicing in sweetest peace with kinsmen, neighbours, and friends, religious in piety, kind in mind, sound in body, frugal in life, chaste in morals, secure in conscience. I know not whether anyone is so out of his senses as to dare to doubt which he would prefer. As therefore in these two men, so in two families, so in two peoples, so in two kingdoms, the rule of equity follows; and if, this being vigilantly applied, our attention be corrected, we shall most easily see where vanity dwells and where felicity. Wherefore, if the true God be worshipped and served with true rites and good morals, it is profitable that good men should reign far and wide and long;
and this is profitable not so much to themselves as to those over whom they reign. For as far as concerns themselves, their piety and probity, which are great gifts of God, suffice them for true felicity, by which both this life is well lived and afterwards the eternal life is attained. In this earthly life, therefore, the reign of good men is bestowed not so much upon themselves as upon human affairs; but the reign of the wicked harms rather the reigning ones themselves, who lay waste their own souls by a greater licence of crimes; while to those who, by serving them, are made subject, it does no harm except their own iniquity. For to the just, whatever of evils is inflicted by unjust masters is not the punishment of crime, but the test of virtue. Accordingly the good man, even though he serve, is free;
but the wicked man, even though he reign, is a slave—and not of one man, but, what is more grievous, of as many masters as he has vices. Concerning which vices the divine Scripture, when it treated of them, says: For by whom anyone is overcome, to him also is he assigned as a slave. CHAPTER IV. How like to robberies kingdoms are without justice. Justice therefore being removed, what are kingdoms but great robberies? for what are robberies themselves but little kingdoms? It too is a band of men, ruled by the command of a chief, bound together by a compact of fellowship, and the booty is divided according to the law of the agreement.
If this evil grows to such a degree by the accession of abandoned men, that it holds places, establishes seats, occupies cities, and subdues peoples, it more openly assumes the name of a kingdom—a name which manifestly confers upon it now, not the removing of greed, but the adding of impunity. For elegantly and truly did a certain captured pirate answer that Alexander the Great. For when the same king asked the man what it seemed to him, that he should infest the sea, he answered with free defiance: 'The same as it seems to you, that you should infest the whole earth; but because I do it with a small ship, I am called a robber; because you do it with a great fleet, you are called an emperor.' CHAPTER V. Of the runaway gladiators, whose power was like to royal dignity.
這禍患若因敗壞之人的加入增長到這種地步,以致它佔據地方、設立據點、奪取城邑、征服民族,它便更明顯地取了「國度」之名——這名所明白賜給它的,如今並非除去貪婪,乃是加上不受懲罰的豁免。因為有一個被擒的海盜曾向那亞歷山大大帝(Alexander the Great)回答得既巧妙又真實。當這王問那人,他以海為患究竟是何居心,那海盜以毫不畏懼的傲然之態回答說:「與你以全地為患的居心相同;只因我用一隻小船去行,就被稱為強盜;你卻用一支大艦隊去行,便被稱為皇帝。」第五章。論那些逃亡的角鬥士,他們的權勢竟與王者的尊嚴相似。
Accordingly I forbear to inquire what sort of men Romulus gathered together, since much consideration was given them, that, by the fellowship of citizenship granted to them out of that former life, they might cease to ponder the penalties due, the fear of which was driving them into greater crimes, so that thereafter they might be more peaceable toward human affairs. This I say: that the Roman empire itself, already great, with many nations subjugated and terrible to the rest, bitterly felt, gravely feared, and with no small effort suppressed in the avoiding of an enormous disaster, when very few gladiators, fleeing from a training-school in Campania, mustered a great army, had three leaders, and laid waste Italy most widely and most cruelly.
Let them say what god helped these men, that from a small and contemptible band of robbers they should arrive at a kingdom to be feared by Roman might and strongholds already so great. Or because they did not last long, shall they on that account be denied to have been divinely helped? As if indeed the very life of any man at all is long-lasting. By this reckoning, then, the gods help no one to reign, since each man dies quickly, nor is that to be counted a benefit which, in each single man—and through him singly, that is to say, in all alike—vanishes in a short time after the manner of vapour. For what does it matter to those who worshipped the gods under Romulus and died long ago, that after their death the Roman empire grew so great, since they plead their own causes among the dead below?
whether good causes or bad, this does not pertain to the matter in hand. But this is to be understood concerning all those who, through that very empire (although it is extended over long stretches of time by the dying and succeeding of mortals), passed swiftly and hastily through the few days of their own life, bearing the burdens of their own deeds. But if even the benefits of a very brief time are to be attributed to the help of the gods, then those gladiators were not a little helped:
they broke the bonds of their servile condition, fled, escaped, gathered a great and most valiant army, and—obedient to the counsels and commands of their kings—being much to be feared by Roman loftiness and unconquerable to several Roman commanders, they took many things, gained very many victories, enjoyed whatever pleasures they wished, did what lust suggested, and at last—until they were conquered, which was done with the greatest difficulty—they lived exalted and reigning. But let us come to greater matters. CHAPTER VI. Of the greed of King Ninus, who, that he might rule more widely, first brought wars upon his neighbours.
Justinus, who, following Trogus Pompeius—a writer in Greek, or rather in a foreign manner—wrote history not only in Latin, as Trogus did, but also briefly, thus begins the work of his books: 'In the beginning of the affairs of races and nations, dominion was in the hands of kings, whom not popular ambition but proven moderation among good men advanced to the height of this majesty. The peoples were bound by no laws [the decisions of princes served as laws]; it was the custom to guard the boundaries of empire rather than to extend them; each man's kingdom was bounded within his own native land. Ninus, king of the Assyrians, was the first of all to change the ancient and, as it were, ancestral custom of the nations by a new greed of empire.
He first brought wars upon his neighbours, and subdued peoples as yet untrained to resist, even to the borders of Libya.' And a little after: 'Ninus,' he says, 'strengthened the greatness of the dominion he had sought by continual possession. The nearest peoples therefore being subdued, when, with the accession of strength, he passed stronger to others, and each victory next at hand was the instrument of the one following, he subjugated the peoples of the whole East.' But with whatever fidelity to facts either this writer or Trogus may have written (for that they have lied in certain things other more trustworthy records show), yet it is established even among other writers that the kingdom of the Assyrians was extended far and wide by King Ninus. And it endured so long that the Roman empire is not yet of its age.
For as those write who have pursued chronological history, this kingdom lasted one thousand two hundred and forty years from the first year in which Ninus began to reign, until it was transferred to the Medes. But to bring wars upon one's neighbours, and to proceed thence against the rest, and to crush and subdue peoples who are not troublesome, by the mere greed of empire—what else is this to be named but grand robbery? CHAPTER VII. Whether earthly kingdoms, amid their advances and declines, are helped or deserted by the aid of the gods. If this kingdom was so great and so prolonged by no aid of the gods, why is the Roman kingdom, ample in places and long-lasting in time, attributed to the Roman gods? For whatever is the cause of the one, the same is also the cause of the other.
But if they contend that this also is to be attributed to the aid of the gods, I ask, of which gods? For the other nations whom Ninus subdued and subjugated did not at that time worship other gods. Or if the Assyrians had their own proper gods, as it were more skilful craftsmen for constructing and preserving empire, did they then die, when they too lost their empire? or, because their wage was not paid them or because a greater was promised, did they prefer to pass over to the Medes, and thence again to the Persians, at the invitation of Cyrus, who promised something more advantageous? Which nation, not within the narrow bounds of the East after the kingdom of Alexander of Macedon—great in places, but very brief in time—still endures even to this day in its own kingdom.
但若他們堅持說這也當歸於諸神的相助,我便要問:是哪些神呢?因為尼努斯所征服、所制伏的別的民族,那時並非敬拜別的神。或者亞述人若有自己專屬的神,彷彿更精巧的工匠,善於建造並保守帝國,那麼當亞述人自己也失去帝國時,這些神就死了嗎?還是因為工資未付給他們,或因有更大的酬報被許諾,他們便寧願轉投瑪代人,又從那裡因古列(Cyrus)的招攬、許諾更有利之物,再轉投波斯人(Persians)?這民族在亞歷山大馬其頓(Alexander of Macedon)的國度之後,雖在地域上廣大、在時間上卻極短,卻不限於東方狹窄的疆界,至今仍在自己的國度中存留。
If this is so, then either the gods are unfaithful, who desert their own and pass over to their enemies (which not even the man Camillus did, when, as victor and stormer of a most hostile city, he found Rome, for which he had conquered, ungrateful, yet afterward, forgetting the injury and mindful of his fatherland, freed her again from the Gauls); or they are not so strong as it befits gods to be strong, who can be conquered by human counsels or forces; or, if when they war among themselves it be not the gods who are conquered by men, but the gods who chance to be conquered by other gods—those who are each the proper gods of their several cities—then they too have enmities among themselves, which each takes up on his own part's behalf. A city ought therefore not to have worshipped its own gods more than those others, by whom its own might be helped.
Finally, in whatever way this passing-over of the gods, or flight, or migration, or failing in battle be understood, not yet in those times and in those parts of the earth had the name of Christ been preached, when those kingdoms were lost and transferred through enormous warlike disasters. For after one thousand two hundred and some odd years, when the kingdom was taken from the Assyrians, if the Christian religion had already there preached another eternal kingdom and forbidden the sacrilegious worship of false gods, what else would the vain men of that nation have said, but that the kingdom which had been preserved so long could have perished from no other cause than that their religions were forsaken and that other received?
In which utterance of vanity, such as it might have been, let these men attend to their own mirror, and blush to complain of like things, if there is any shame in them. And yet the Roman empire has been afflicted rather than changed—which happened to it at other times also, before the name of Christ, and from that affliction it was restored, nor is this to be despaired of in these times. For who knows the will of God concerning this matter? CHAPTER VIII. By the protection of which gods the Romans suppose their empire was increased and preserved, since they believed that to single deities was scarcely to be entrusted the guardianship of single things. Then let us inquire, if it please, out of so great a throng of gods which the Romans worshipped, which one especially, or which gods, they believe to have enlarged and preserved that empire.
For surely in this so illustrious a work, and one most full of dignity, they do not dare to assign any parts to the goddess Cloacina, or to Volupia, who is named from pleasure, or to Lubentina, whose name is from lust, or to Vaticanus, who presides over the wailings of infants, or to Cunina, who administers their cradles. But when can all the names of the gods and goddesses be recorded in one place of this book, which they themselves could scarcely comprehend in huge volumes, distributing to single things the proper offices of the deities? Nor did they think the charge of the fields should be committed to any one god, but they set the goddess Rusina over the country districts, the god Iugatinus over the ridges of mountains; over the hills they placed the goddess Collatina, over the valleys Vallonia.
Nor could they even find a single Segetia of such a kind, to whom they might once for all commend the crops; but the sown grain, as long as it was under the earth, they willed to have the goddess Seia set over it; when now it was above the earth and forming the standing corn, the goddess Segetia; but the grain once gathered and stored away, that it might be kept safe, they set over it the goddess Tutilina. To whom would not that Segetia have seemed to suffice, as long as the standing crop should come from its grassy beginnings even to the dry ears of corn? Yet it was not enough for men who loved a multitude of gods, that the wretched soul should be prostituted to a throng of demons, having disdained the chaste embrace of the one true God.
They therefore set Proserpina over the germinating grain, the god Nodutus over the knots and joints of the stalks, the goddess Volutina over the wrappings of the husks; when the husks open, that the ear may come forth, the goddess Patelana; when the crops are made even with their new ears (since to make the old ones even they called 'hostire'), the goddess Hostilina; over the flowering grain the goddess Flora, over that which is becoming milky the god Lacturnus, over that which is ripening the goddess Matuta; when they are weeded, that is, taken away from the earth, the goddess Runcina. Nor do I recount them all, for it wearies me with what does not shame them.
But these very few things I have said for this reason, that it might be understood that they could in no way dare to say that those deities established, increased, and preserved the Roman empire, who were thus each applied to their own offices, so that nothing universal was entrusted to any single one. When therefore could Segetia have charge of the empire, who was not permitted to have charge of both the crops and the trees at once? When could Cunina have thought of arms, whose office was not allowed to exceed the cradles of little ones? When could Nodutus have helped in war, who pertained not even to the husk of the ear, but only to the knot of the joint? Each man sets one doorkeeper over his house, and, because he is a man, he wholly suffices: these men set up three gods—Forculus over the doors, Cardea over the hinge, Limentinus over the threshold.
Thus Forculus could not at the same time guard both the hinge and the threshold. CHAPTER IX. Whether the magnitude and long duration of the Roman empire was to be ascribed to Jupiter, whom his worshippers suppose to be the supreme god. Setting aside therefore, or for a while suspending, that throng of petty gods, we ought to inquire into the office of the greater gods, by which Rome was made so great as to rule so long over so many nations. Doubtless then this is the work of Jupiter. For they wish him to be the king of all the gods and goddesses: this his sceptre indicates, this the Capitol on the high hill. Concerning this god they cite, most fittingly, what was said by a poet: 'All things are full of Jove.' Him Varro believes to be worshipped even by those who worship one God alone without an image, but called by another name.
But if this is so, why was he so ill-treated at Rome, as indeed among the rest of the nations also, that an image should be made for him? This displeases even Varro himself so much that, although he was pressed by the perverse custom of so great a city, he nevertheless in no wise hesitated to say and write that those who set up images for the peoples both removed fear and added error. CHAPTER X. What opinions they followed who set various gods over various parts of the world. Why also is Juno joined to him as a wife, who is called 'sister and consort'? Because, they say, we receive Jupiter in the ether, Juno in the air, and these two elements are joined together, the one higher, the other lower.
Then he of whom it was said 'All things are full of Jove' is not the one, if Juno too fills some part. Or does each fill both, and are both these consorts present in both these elements, and in each at once? Why then is the ether given to Jupiter, the air to Juno? Finally, these two themselves would be enough: what is the reason that the sea is attributed to Neptune, the earth to Pluto? And lest these too should remain without consorts, Salacia is added to Neptune, Proserpina to Pluto. For as Juno holds the lower part of heaven, that is, the air (they say), so Salacia holds the lower part of the sea, and Proserpina the lower part of the earth. They seek how they may patch up their fables, and find it not.
For if these things were so, their ancients would rather have brought forth that there are three elements of the world, not four, so that single marriages of the gods might be divided among single elements. But now they have in every way affirmed that the ether is one thing, the air another. But water, whether higher or lower, is at any rate water; suppose it be dissimilar: is it on that account so far different as not to be water? And the lower earth, what else can it be than earth, distinguished by however great a diversity? Next, behold, now the corporeal world is completed entire in these four, or three, elements: where will Minerva be? what will she hold? what will she fill? For she is set up together with these in the Capitol, though she is not the daughter of both.
Or if they say that Minerva holds the higher part of the ether, and that on this occasion the poets feign that she was born from the head of Jupiter: why then is she not rather reckoned queen of the gods, since she is higher than Jupiter? Or is it because it was unworthy to set a daughter before her father? Why then was that justice not preserved on Jupiter's own part toward Saturn? Was it because he was conquered? Did they then fight? 'Away with it,' they say; 'that is the chatter of fables.' Lo, let the fables not be believed, and let better things be thought concerning the gods: why then was there not given to Jupiter's father a seat of honour, if not loftier, at least equal? Because Saturn (they say) is the length of time. Time therefore they worship who worship Saturn, and Jupiter the king of the gods is insinuated to have been born from time.
For what unworthy thing is said, when Jupiter and Juno are said to be born of time, if he is heaven and she earth, since heaven and earth at any rate were made? for this too their learned and wise men have in their books. And it was said by Virgil not of poetic fictions, but out of the books of the philosophers: 'Then the almighty father, the ether, with fruitful showers descended into the lap of his joyful consort'—that is, into the lap of the soil or the earth; since here too they wish there to be certain differences, and in the earth itself they suppose one thing to be Terra, another Tellus, another Tellumo, and they hold all these to be gods called by their own names, distinguished by their own offices, venerated with their own altars and rites.
The same earth they also call the mother of the gods, so that the poets now feign more tolerable things, if according to these men's books—not poetic, but sacred—Juno is not only 'sister and consort,' but also the mother of Jupiter. The same earth they would have to be Ceres, the same also Vesta; though more often they affirm Vesta to be nothing but fire pertaining to the hearths, without which a city cannot exist, and that therefore virgins are wont to serve her, because, just as nothing is born from a virgin, so nothing is born from fire. Which whole vanity it certainly behoved to be abolished and extinguished by Him who was born of a Virgin.
For who could endure that, although they have attributed so much honour and, as it were, chastity to fire, they sometimes do not blush even to call Vesta also Venus, so that the venerated virginity should vanish in her handmaids? For if Vesta is Venus, how have virgins rightly served her by abstaining from the works of Venus? Are there two Venuses, one a virgin, the other a woman? Or rather three—one of virgins, who is also Vesta, another of the married, another of harlots? To whom also the Phoenicians used to give a gift from the prostitution of their daughters, before they joined them to husbands. Which of these is the wife of Vulcan? Not the virgin, surely, since she has a husband. But far be it that she be the harlot, lest we seem to do injury to the son of Juno and the fellow-worker of Minerva.
Therefore she is understood to pertain to the married women: but we would not have them imitate her in that which she did with Mars. 'Again,' they say, 'you return to fables.' What justice is this, to be angry with us because we say such things about their gods, and yet not to be angry with themselves, who most willingly behold in the theatres these very crimes of their gods? And—what would be incredible were it not proved by the most attested testimony—these very theatrical crimes of the gods were instituted in honour of those same gods. CHAPTER XI. Of the many gods whom the more learned of the pagans defend to be one and the same Jupiter. Therefore, by however many physical reasonings and disputations they may maintain it:
now let Jupiter be the soul of this corporeal world, who fills and moves all that mass constructed and compacted out of four, or as many as please them, elements; now let him yield his own parts thence to his sister and brothers; now let him be the ether, that he may embrace from above Juno the air spread beneath; now let him together with the air be himself the whole heaven, and let him impregnate the earth, as a consort and the same a mother (because this is not base among divine things), with fruitful showers and seeds; now again (lest it be necessary to run through all) let him be the one God, of whom many suppose it was said by the most noble poet: 'For God goes through all lands and tracts of the sea and the deep heaven.'
He himself is Jupiter in the upper air, he himself Juno in the lower air, he himself Neptune in the sea, and in the lower depths of the sea he himself is Salacia; on land he is Pluto, in the underworld below he is Proserpina; on the household hearths he is Vesta, in the smiths' furnace he is Vulcan; among the heavenly bodies he is sun and moon and stars, among diviners he is Apollo, in trade he is Mercury; in Janus he is the initiator, in Terminus the one who sets bounds; he is Saturn in time, Mars and Bellona in wars, Liber in the vineyards, Ceres in the grain, Diana in the woods, Minerva in talents. He himself is even, at the last, among that crowd of plebeian gods, as it were; he himself presides under the name of Liber over the seed of men and under the name of Libera over the seed of women; he himself is Diespater, who brings the child forth to the light of day.
He himself is the goddess Mena, whom they set over women's monthly courses; he himself is Lucina, who is invoked by women in labour; he himself brings aid to the newborn by receiving them in the lap of the earth, and is called Opis; he himself opens the mouth in the infant's first wail, and is called the god Vaticanus; he himself lifts the child from the ground, and is called the goddess Levana; he himself watches over the cradle, and is called Cunina. He is no other, but he himself is in those goddesses who sing the fates to the newborn and are called the Carmentes; he presides over chance events and is called Fortuna; in the goddess Rumina he milks the breast into the little one, since the ancients called the breast 'ruma'; in the goddess Potina he ministers drink, in the goddess Educa he supplies food; from the dread of infants he is named Paventia, from the hope that comes he is Venilia, from pleasure Volupia, from action Agenoria.
From the goads by which a man is driven to excessive activity he is named the goddess Stimula; he is the goddess Strenia by making men vigorous, Numeria who teaches counting, Camena who teaches singing; he himself is also the god Consus by furnishing counsel, and the goddess Sentia by inspiring opinions; he himself is the goddess Juventas, who at the laying aside of the boy's toga receives the first beginnings of the age of youth; he himself is also bearded Fortune, who clothes the grown men with a beard — and these men they were unwilling to honour, so that they might call this divinity of whatever sort at least a male god, or Barbatus from the beard, as Nodutus from the knots, or at any rate name it not Fortuna but Fortunius, because it has a beard. He himself in the god Jugatinus joins spouses together, and when the girdle of the virgin bride is loosed, he himself is invoked and is called the goddess Virginensis.
He himself is Mutunus or Tutunus, who among the Greeks is Priapus. If they are not ashamed, then let all these things which I have mentioned and whatever I have not mentioned (for I did not think everything ought to be said), let all these gods and goddesses be one Jupiter — whether, as some hold, all these are parts of him, or his powers, as it seems to those who are pleased to make him the soul of the world, an opinion held, as it were, by men great and very learned. If these things are so (though for the moment I do not yet ask of what sort that may be), what would they lose if they worshipped the one God by a wiser shortcut? For what part of him would be despised, when he himself were worshipped? But if it had to be feared lest his parts, passed over or neglected, should grow angry —
then it is not, as they would have it, the case that this whole is the single life of one living being which contains all the gods as, so to speak, its powers or members or parts; rather, each part has its own life separated from the rest, if one part can be angry apart from another, and one be appeased while another is provoked. But if it is said that all together, that is, Jupiter himself as a whole, could be offended if his parts were not also worshipped each one separately and minutely, that is said foolishly. For surely none of them would be passed over, when the one himself, who possessed them all, was worshipped.
For, to pass over other innumerable matters, when they say that all the stars are parts of Jupiter, and that all of them live and possess rational souls, and are therefore beyond dispute gods, they do not see how many they fail to worship, for how many they build no temples and set up no altars — temples and altars which nonetheless they judged ought to be set up for very few of the stars, and to whom sacrifice should be offered individually. If, then, those who are not worshipped individually grow angry, are they not afraid to live, with a few appeased, while the whole heaven is enraged?
But if they worship all the stars for this reason, that they are in Jupiter whom they worship, then by this same shortcut they could supplicate all of them in that one Jupiter (for thus no one would grow angry, since in that one no one would be despised), rather than that, while certain ones are worshipped, a just cause for anger should be furnished to those far more numerous ones who had been passed over — especially when above those shining from their lofty seat was set Priapus, distended in his foul nakedness. CHAPTER XII. On the opinion of those who held that God is the soul of the world and the world the body of God. What —
ought not this to move shrewd men, or men of any sort at all (for no surpassing genius is needed for this), so that, laying aside the zeal for contention, they would attend to it: if the soul of the world is God, and the world is to that soul as a body, so that there is one living being consisting of soul and body, and this God is, as it were, in some bosom of nature containing all things within himself, so that from his own soul, by which this whole mass is given life, the lives and souls of all living things are drawn, each according to the lot of its birth — then nothing at all remains that is not a part of God. But if this is so, who would not see how great an impiety and irreligion follows: that whatever anyone treads upon, he treads upon a part of God, and that in the killing of every living thing a part of God is slaughtered?
I do not wish to say all the things that can occur to those who reflect, but which cannot be said without shame. CHAPTER XIII. On those who assert that only rational living beings are parts of the one God. But if they contend that only rational animals, such as men are, are parts of God, then indeed I do not see, if the whole world is God, in what way they separate the beasts from his parts; but what need is there to struggle over this? Concerning the rational animal itself, that is, man, what more wretched thing can be believed than that a part of God is beaten when a boy is beaten? And as for parts of God becoming wanton, unjust, impious, and altogether damnable — who could bear it, except one who is utterly mad? Finally, why is he angry at those by whom he is not worshipped, when he is not worshipped by his own parts?
It remains, therefore, that they should say that all the gods have their own lives, that each lives for himself, that none of them is a part of any other, but that all are to be worshipped who can be known and worshipped — since they are so many that all of them cannot be. Among these Jupiter presides as king; and so I suppose they think it was he who established or enlarged the Roman kingdom. For if he himself did not do this, what other god would they believe could have undertaken so great a work, since all are occupied with their own offices and works, and none intrudes upon another's? By the king of the gods, then, the kingdom of men could be propagated and enlarged. CHAPTER XIV. That the increase of kingdoms is incongruously ascribed to Jupiter, since, if Victory is a goddess as they would have it, she alone would suffice for this business.
Here first I ask: why is not the kingdom itself also some god? For why should it not be so, if Victory is a goddess? Or what need is there of Jupiter himself in this matter, if Victory be favourable and propitious and always go to those whom she wills to be victors? With this goddess favouring and propitious, even while Jupiter is idle or doing something else, what peoples would remain unsubdued? what kingdoms would not yield? Or perhaps it displeases good men to fight with most iniquitous wickedness, and to provoke quiet neighbours who do no wrong, by an unprovoked war, in order to extend their realm? Plainly, if they think so, I approve and praise it. CHAPTER XV. Whether it befits good men to wish to reign more widely. Let them see, then, lest perhaps it does not pertain to good men to rejoice in the breadth of empire.
For the iniquity of those against whom just wars were waged helped the kingdom to grow, which would certainly have been small if the peace and justice of its neighbours had by no wrong provoked war to be made against it; and thus, with human affairs in a happier state, all kingdoms would be small, rejoicing in concordant neighbourliness, and there would be in the world very many kingdoms of nations, just as there are in a city very many houses of citizens. Accordingly, to wage war and, with nations subdued, to extend one's realm, seems to the wicked to be felicity, but to the good a necessity. Yet because it would be worse for the injurious to lord it over the more just, therefore not incongruously is even this called felicity. But beyond doubt it is a greater felicity to have a good and concordant neighbour than to subjugate a bad one by warring.
It is an evil wish to desire to have someone whom you hate or whom you fear, so that there may be one whom you can conquer. If, then, by waging just wars — not impious, not iniquitous — the Romans were able to acquire so great an empire, surely another's iniquity is not to be worshipped by them as if it were some goddess? For we see that it greatly cooperated toward that breadth of empire — the iniquity which made men injurious, so that there might be those against whom just wars could be waged and the empire enlarged. But why should not iniquity also be a goddess, at least of foreign nations, if Fear and Pallor and Fever deserved to be gods of the Romans?
By these two, then — that is, by another's iniquity and by the goddess Victory — while iniquity stirs up the causes of wars and Victory brings those same wars to a happy end, the empire grew even while Jupiter took his holiday. For what parts would Jupiter have here, when those things which could be reckoned his benefits are held to be gods, are called gods, are worshipped as gods, and are invoked on their own account for their own parts? Yet here he too would have some part, if Kingdom were itself also so named, just as that Victory is named. Or if kingdom is a gift of Jupiter, why is not victory also held to be his gift? — which assuredly it would be held to be, if not a stone in the Capitol, but the true King of kings and Lord of lords were acknowledged and worshipped. CHAPTER XVI.
What the reason was that the Romans, who assigned individual gods to all things and to all movements, wished the temple of Quiet (Rest) to be outside the gates. I marvel exceedingly that, although they assigned individual gods to individual things and to almost individual movements — naming the goddess Agenoria, who would rouse to action; the goddess Stimula, who would stimulate to action beyond measure; the goddess Murcia, who would not move a man beyond measure but make him, as Pomponius says, 'murcidus,' that is, exceedingly slothful and inactive; the goddess Strenia, who would make him vigorous — and although they undertook to perform public rites to all these gods and goddesses, yet calling the goddess Quiet (Rest), who would make a man at rest, although she had a temple outside the Colline gate, they refused to take her up publicly.
Was this a token of a restless mind, or rather was it thus signified that whoever should persist in worshipping that crowd — not, plainly, of gods, but of demons — could not have quiet? To which the true Physician calls, saying: 'Learn of me, for I am meek and humble of heart, and you shall find rest unto your souls.' CHAPTER XVII. Whether, if the supreme power belongs to Jupiter, Victory ought also to have been esteemed a goddess. Or perhaps they say that Jupiter sends the goddess Victory, and that she, as though obeying him as king of the gods, comes to those to whom he has commanded and takes her place on their side?
This is said truly not of that Jupiter whom, according to their own opinion, they fashion as king of the gods, but of that true King of the ages: namely, that he sends not Victory, which is no substance, but his angel, and makes whomever he wills to conquer; whose counsel can be hidden but cannot be unjust. For if victory is a goddess, why is not triumph too a god, and joined to Victory as either husband or brother or son? For such things did these men opine concerning the gods, things which, if poets feigned them and they were assailed by us, these very men would reply are laughable fictions of the poets, not to be attributed to true divinities; and yet they did not laugh at themselves, when they read such ravings not in the poets but worshipped them in the temples.
Let them, then, beseech Jupiter concerning all things, let them supplicate him alone. For if Victory is a goddess and is under that king, then wherever he had sent her, she would not dare to resist him and to do her own will instead. CHAPTER XVIII. On what principle those who think Felicity and Fortune goddesses distinguish them. What of the fact that Felicity also is a goddess? She has received a temple, has merited an altar, and fitting rites have been duly paid. She, then, alone should be worshipped. For where she is present, what good would be lacking? But what does it mean, that Fortune too is thought a goddess and worshipped? Is felicity one thing, fortune another? Because fortune can be even bad; but felicity, if it were bad, would not be felicity.
Surely we ought to esteem all the gods of either sex (if indeed they have a sex) to be none but good. This Plato says, this say other philosophers, this say the excellent rulers of commonwealths and of peoples. How, then, is the goddess Fortune sometimes good, sometimes bad? Or perhaps, when she is bad, she is not a goddess but is suddenly turned into a malignant demon? How many, then, are these goddesses? Assuredly as many as there are fortunate men, that is, men of good fortune. For since there are also very many others at the same time, that is, at one and the same moment, of bad fortune, would she, if she were the goddess herself, be at once both good and bad — to these one thing, to those another? Or is she who is a goddess always good? Then she is Felicity herself: why are different names applied? But this is to be borne with;
for one and the same thing is wont to be called by two names. But why different temples, different altars, different rites? There is a reason, they say, because that is felicity which the good possess through preceding merits; but fortune, which is called good, befalls men, both good and bad, fortuitously, without any examination of merits — whence indeed she is named Fortuna. How, then, is she good, who comes without any judgement both to the good and to the bad? And to what end is she worshipped, who is so blind that, rushing indiscriminately upon whomever she meets, she for the most part passes by her worshippers and clings to her despisers? Or if her worshippers profit anything, so that they are seen and loved by her, then she follows merits and does not come fortuitously. Where is that definition of Fortune?
Where is it that she has received her very name from fortuitous things? For it profits nothing to worship her, if she is fortune. But if she discerns her worshippers, so as to profit them, she is not fortune. Or does Jupiter send even her too wherever he wills? Then let him alone be worshipped; for Fortune cannot resist him when he commands and sends her wherever he wills. Or at any rate let the wicked worship her — those who do not wish to have the merits by which the goddess Felicity might be invited. CHAPTER XIX.
On Womanly Fortune. So much indeed do they attribute to this supposed divinity, whom they call Fortune, that they have committed to memory that her image — which was dedicated by matrons and was called Womanly Fortune (Fortuna Muliebris) — even spoke, and said not once but twice, that the matrons had duly dedicated her. And if this indeed be true, we ought not to marvel. For it is not even so difficult for malignant demons to deceive, whose arts and cunning these people ought rather to have noted from this very thing — that the goddess who spoke was she who befalls by chance, not she who comes by merit.
For Fortune was talkative and Felicity mute — to what end, except that men should not take care to live rightly, having won Fortune over to themselves, who would make them fortunate without any good merits? And surely, if Fortune speaks, let her at least not speak as a woman, but rather as a man, lest the very women who dedicated the image should be thought to have feigned so great a miracle by womanly talkativeness. CHAPTER XX. On Virtue and Faith, whom the pagans honoured with temples and rites, while passing over other goods which ought similarly to have been worshipped, if divinity was rightly attributed to the others. They made Virtue too a goddess; and she indeed, if she were a goddess, would have been to be preferred before many.
And now, since she is not a goddess but a gift of God, let her be obtained from him by whom alone she can be given, and the whole throng of false gods will vanish. But why was Faith too believed to be a goddess, and herself also received a temple and an altar? Whoever wisely acknowledges her makes himself a dwelling-place for her. But whence do those men know what faith is, whose first and greatest office is that one should believe in the true God? But why had not Virtue alone sufficed? Is not Faith there too? Since indeed they saw that virtue is to be distributed into four kinds — prudence, justice, fortitude, temperance;
and since these several kinds also have their own parts, faith is among the parts of justice and holds the chief place with us, whoever we are who know what that means — that 'the just man lives by faith.' But I marvel at those craving a multitude of gods: if Faith is a goddess, why did they do injury to so many other goddesses by passing them over, to whom they could likewise have dedicated temples and altars? Why did Temperance not deserve to be a goddess, when by her name not a few Roman leaders acquired no small glory? Why, finally, is not Fortitude a goddess — who was present to Mucius, when he stretched out his right hand into the flames; who was present to Curtius, when for his fatherland he hurled himself headlong into the gaping earth;
who was present to Decius the father and Decius the son, when they vowed themselves for the army? — if indeed true fortitude was in all these, of which matter we are not now treating. Why have Prudence, why has Wisdom, merited no places among the divinities? Or is it because they are all worshipped under the general name of Virtue herself? In that way, then, one God too could be worshipped, of whom the rest of the gods are thought to be parts. But in that one Virtue both faith and chastity are also contained — which nonetheless merited altars outside, in their own temples. CHAPTER XXI. That, not understanding the one God, they ought at least to have been content with Virtue and Felicity. It is not truth but vanity that makes these goddesses; for these are gifts of the true God, they are not themselves goddesses. Yet nevertheless, where there is virtue and felicity, what else is sought?
What is lacking to him for whom virtue and felicity do not suffice? For virtue embraces all things to be done, felicity all things to be desired. If Jupiter was worshipped in order that he might grant these things, then, since (if the breadth and long duration of a kingdom is anything good) this pertains to that same felicity — why was it not understood that these are gifts of God, not goddesses? But if they were thought to be goddesses, at least so great another throng of gods would not be sought. For when the offices of all the gods and goddesses have been considered — which they feigned according to their own opinion as they pleased — let them find, if they can, anything that could be furnished by any god to a man having virtue, having felicity. What learning would have to be sought either from Mercury or from Minerva, when virtue had all things with itself?
For the very art of living well and rightly was defined by the ancients as virtue. Whence they supposed that the Latins derived the word for 'art' (ars) from that which in Greek is called arete, virtue. But if virtue could come only to one of ability, what need was there of a god Catius the father, who would make men 'cati,' that is, sharp, when felicity could confer this? For to be born of ability belongs to felicity; whence, even if the goddess Felicity could not be worshipped by one not yet born, so that she might grant him this when conciliated, she could confer this upon his parents, her worshippers, that ingenious children might be born to them. What need was there for women in labour to invoke Lucina, when, if Felicity were present, they would not only bear well, but bear good children?
What need was there to commend the newborn to the goddess Opis, the wailing infants to the god Vaticanus, those lying down to the goddess Cunina, those sucking to the goddess Rumina, those standing to the god Statilinus, those coming to the goddess Adeona, those going away to Abeona; to the goddess Mens, that they might have a good mind; to the god Volumnus and the goddess Volumna, that they might will good things; to the nuptial gods, that they might be well wedded; to the rural gods, that they might gather the most abundant fruits, and chiefly to the divine Fructesea herself; to Mars and Bellona, that they might wage war well; to the goddess Victoria, that they might conquer; to the god Honor, that they might be honoured; to the goddess Pecunia, that they might be moneyed; to the god Aesculanus and his son Argentinus, that they might have bronze and silver money?
For they made Aesculanus the father of Argentinus precisely because bronze money first came into use, and afterward silver. But I marvel that Argentinus did not beget Aurinus, since gold money followed too. If these men had such a god, then, just as they set Jupiter above Saturn, so they would set Aurinus above his father Argentinus and his grandfather Aesculanus.
What need, then, was there, on account of these goods — whether of the soul or of the body or external — to worship and invoke so great a throng of gods (whom I have not even all recalled, nor could they themselves, when all human goods had been minutely and individually parcelled out, provide minute and individual gods for them all), when by a great and easy shortcut the one goddess Felicity could confer all things, and not only would no one else be sought for the obtaining of goods, but none for the warding off of evils either? For why should the goddess Fessona be invoked on account of the weary, the goddess Pellonia for the driving off of enemies, on account of the sick a physician, whether Apollo or Aesculapius or both together, when there was great danger? Nor would the god Spiniensis be entreated, that he might root out thorns from the fields;
nor would the goddess Rubigo (Mildew) be entreated, that she might not draw near: with Felicity alone present and protecting, either no evils would arise, or they would be most easily driven off. Finally, since we are treating of these two goddesses, Virtue and Felicity: if felicity is the reward of virtue, it is not a goddess but a gift of God; but if it is a goddess, why should not she herself be said to confer virtue too, since indeed to attain virtue also is a great felicity? CHAPTER XXII. On the science of worshipping the gods, which Varro boasts to have been conferred by himself upon the Romans. What is it, then, that Varro boasts to bestow upon his fellow-citizens as an enormous benefit, because he not only mentions the gods who ought to be worshipped by the Romans, but also says what pertains to each one?
'For,' he says, 'it profits nothing to know the name and figure of some man who is a physician, and to be ignorant that he is a physician': so he says it profits nothing to know that Aesculapius is a god, if you do not know that he helps health, and thus are ignorant why you ought to supplicate him. This he affirms also by another comparison, saying that no one can not only live well, but live at all, if he be ignorant who is the smith, who the baker, who the plasterer, from whom he may seek each utensil, whom he may take as a helper, whom as a guide, whom as a teacher; asserting that in this way it is doubtful to no one that the knowledge of the gods is thus useful, if it be known what power and faculty and authority over each thing each god has.
'For from this,' he says, 'we shall be able to know which god we ought to summon and invoke for the sake of each cause, lest we do as the mimes are wont, and ask water from Liber, wine from the Lymphs.' Great utility indeed! Who would not give him thanks, if he showed true things, and if he taught men to worship the one true God, from whom all good things come? CHAPTER XXIII. On Felicity, whom the Romans, worshippers of many gods, for a long time did not honour with divine worship, although she alone would have sufficed for all. But (whence we now treat) if their books and rites are true and Felicity is a goddess, why was she not herself alone appointed to be worshipped, who could confer all things and by a shortcut make men happy? For who desires anything for any reason other than that he may become happy?
Why, finally, was it so late that, after so many Roman leaders, Lucullus established a temple to this so great goddess? Why did Romulus himself, desiring to found a happy city, not above all build a temple to her, nor supplicate the other gods for anything, since nothing would be lacking if she were present? For he himself would neither first become king, nor afterward, as they suppose, a god, if he did not have this goddess propitious. Why, then, did he establish for the Romans the gods Janus, Jupiter, Mars, Picus, Faunus, Tiberinus, Hercules, and any others? Why did Titus Tatius add Saturn, Ops, Sol, Luna, Vulcan, Lux, and whatever others he added — among whom even the goddess Cloacina — Felicity being neglected? Why did Numa establish so many gods and so many goddesses without her?
Or perhaps he could not see her in so great a throng? King Hostilius certainly would not himself have introduced the new gods Fear and Pallor to be propitiated, if he had known or worshipped that goddess. For with Felicity present, all fear and pallor would depart, not appeased but routed and put to flight. Next, what is this, that already the Roman empire was growing far and wide, and as yet no one worshipped Felicity? Or was the empire therefore larger than it was happier? For how could there be true felicity there, where there was no true piety? For piety is the true worship of the true God, not the worship of so many false gods, as many as there are of demons. But even afterward, when Felicity had now been received into the number of the gods, a great unhappiness of civil wars followed.
Or perhaps Felicity was justly indignant, because she was invited both so late and not unto honour but rather unto contumely, so that along with her were worshipped Priapus and Cloacina and Fear and Pallor and Fever and the rest — not divinities to be worshipped, but crimes of the worshippers? In short, if it seemed that so great a goddess was to be worshipped together with a most unworthy throng, why was she not at least worshipped more illustriously than the rest? For who could endure that Felicity should be set neither among the Consenting gods (whom they say are admitted to Jupiter's council), nor among the gods whom they call Select? Some temple should be made for her that would excel both in loftiness of place and in dignity of work. For why not something better even than for Jupiter himself? For what gave even Jupiter his kingdom, if not Felicity?
— if indeed he was happy while he reigned. And felicity is preferable to a kingdom. For no one doubts that a man may easily be found who fears to be made a king; but no one is found who is unwilling to be happy. The gods themselves, then, if they are thought to be able to be consulted by auguries or in any manner whatsoever, should be consulted on this matter — whether they would be willing to yield place to Felicity, if perchance the place had already been occupied by the temples or altars of others, where a larger and loftier temple might be built for Felicity. Even Jupiter himself would yield, so that Felicity might rather hold the very summit of the Capitoline hill. For no one would resist Felicity, except — what cannot be — one who wished to be unhappy.
In no way at all, if he were consulted, would Jupiter do what three gods did to him — Mars, Terminus, and Juventas — who in no way wished to yield place to their greater one and king. For, as their writings have it, when King Tarquin wished to construct the Capitol, and saw that the place which seemed to him more worthy and fitting was preoccupied by other gods, not daring to do anything against their judgement, and believing that they would by their own will yield to so great a divinity and their prince — because there were many of them in that place where the Capitol was established — he inquired by augury whether they were willing to concede the place to Jupiter; and they all wished to withdraw from it except those whom I mentioned, Mars, Terminus, and Juventas;
and therefore the Capitol was so constructed that even these three were within it, with signs so obscure that scarcely the most learned men knew this. In no way, then, would Jupiter himself despise Felicity, just as he was despised by Terminus, Mars, and Juventas. But these very gods who had not yielded to Jupiter would assuredly yield to Felicity, who had made Jupiter king for them. Or if they would not yield, they would do so not out of contempt for her, but because they would rather be obscure in the house of Felicity than, without her, be eminent in their own places.
Thus, with the goddess Felicity established in the most spacious and lofty place, the citizens would learn whence the help of every good wish must be sought; and so, at nature's own prompting, with the superfluous multitude of the other gods abandoned, Felicity alone would be worshipped, to her alone would supplication be made, her temple alone would be thronged by those citizens who wished to be happy — and there would be none who did not wish it — and thus she herself would be sought from herself, she who was sought by all. For who would wish to receive anything from any god except happiness, or what he judges to pertain to happiness? Accordingly, if Felicity has it in her power with what man she may dwell — and she has it, if she is a goddess — then what folly at last is it to seek her from some other god, whom you might obtain from herself?
This goddess, then, they ought to have honoured above the other gods even by the dignity of her place. For, as is read among them, the ancient Romans worshipped some Summanus or other, to whom they ascribed nocturnal lightnings, more than Jupiter, to whom the daytime lightnings were held to belong. But after a notable and lofty temple had been built for Jupiter, on account of the dignity of the shrine the multitude so flocked to him that scarcely one can be found who remembers that he has at least read the name of Summanus, which he can no longer hear spoken. But if Felicity is not a goddess — since, as is true, she is a gift of God —
then let that God be sought who is able to bestow her, and let the noxious multitude of false gods be forsaken, which the empty multitude of foolish men pursues, making for themselves gods out of the gifts of God, and offending by the stubbornness of a proud will the very One whose gifts these are. For he can no more be free of unhappiness who worships happiness as though a goddess and forsakes God the giver of happiness, than he can be free of hunger who licks a painted loaf and asks nothing of the man who has real bread. CHAPTER XXIV. By what reasoning the pagans defend their worshipping the divine gifts themselves among the gods. But it is worth while to consider their arguments. Is it really to be believed, they say, that our forefathers were so foolish as not to know that these were divine gifts, not gods?
But because they knew that such things are granted to no one save by the bounty of some god, since they could not find the names of those gods, they called the gods by the names of those very things which they perceived to be given by them, inflecting certain words from them: thus from war (bellum) they named her Bellona, not Bellum; thus from cradles (cunae) Cunina, not Cuna; thus from crops (segetes) Segetia, not Seges; from fruits (poma) Pomona, not Pomum; thus from oxen (boves) Bubona, not Bos; or else with no inflection of the word at all, just as the things themselves are named — as Pecunia (Money) was called a goddess who gives money, yet money itself was by no means thought to be the goddess; so Virtus, who gives virtue; Honor, who gives honour; Concordia, who gives concord; Victoria, who gives victory.
Thus, they say, when Felicity is called a goddess, it is not she herself who is given that is regarded, but that divine power by whom felicity is given. CHAPTER XXV. Of worshipping the one and only God, who, though unknown by name, is yet perceived to be the giver of felicity. Now that this account has been rendered to us, we shall perhaps far more easily persuade those whose heart has not grown overly hardened of what we wish. For if human weakness has already perceived that felicity cannot be given save by some god, and this men perceived who worshipped so many gods — among whom was their very king Jupiter —
because they were ignorant of the name of him by whom felicity was given, they therefore chose to call him by the name of the very thing which they believed to be given by him. They sufficiently indicated, then, that felicity could not be given even by Jupiter himself, whom they were already worshipping, but rather by that one whom they judged ought to be worshipped under the name of felicity itself. I affirm beyond all doubt that they believed felicity to be given by a certain god whom they knew not: let him therefore be sought, let him be worshipped, and that suffices. Let the din of innumerable demons be repudiated; let this god not suffice for the man for whom his gift does not suffice. Let God the giver of felicity not suffice for worship, I say, for the man for whom felicity itself does not suffice for receiving.
But for the man to whom it does suffice — for a man has nothing more that he ought to desire — let him serve the one God, the giver of felicity. He is not the one whom they name Jupiter. For if they recognized him as the giver of felicity, they would surely not seek out some other god or goddess, by whom felicity is given, under the name of felicity itself; nor would they think Jupiter himself should be worshipped amid such great outrages. He is called an adulterer of others' wives; he is called the shameless lover and ravisher of a beautiful boy. CHAPTER XXVI. Of the stage-plays which the gods exacted from their worshippers to be performed for them. But — 'Homer was inventing these things,' says Tully, 'and was transferring human qualities to the gods: I would rather he had transferred divine qualities to us.' Rightly did the poet, the fabricator of divine crimes, displease that grave man.
Why then are stage-plays, in which these things are repeatedly recited, chanted, and acted out, presented in honour of the gods, and recorded among sacred matters by the most learned men? Here let Cicero cry out, not against the fictions of the poets, but against the institutions of the forefathers. Or would they too cry out: What have we done! The gods themselves demanded these things to be presented in their honour; they savagely commanded them; they foretold disaster unless it were done; because something was neglected, they avenged it most severely; because that which had been neglected was performed, they showed themselves appeased. Among their virtues and marvellous deeds is recounted what I shall now relate.
To Titus Latinius, a Roman peasant and head of a household, it was said in a dream that he should announce to the senate that the Roman games be renewed, because on the first day of those games a grievous spectacle had displeased the deities — who, it seems, sought merriment from the games — when a certain criminal, condemned to be led to execution while the people looked on, had been put to death. So when the man who had been warned by the dream did not dare to carry out the orders on the following day, on the second night the very same thing was commanded again, more sternly: he lost his son, because he did not do it. On the third night it was told the man that a greater penalty hung over him if he did not act. When even thus he did not dare, he fell into a sharp and horrible disease.
Then indeed, on the advice of his friends, he brought the matter before the magistrates and was carried into the senate in a litter; and when he had related his dream, immediately recovering his health, he departed sound on his own feet. The senate, astounded by so great a miracle, decreed that the games be renewed with fourfold expenditure. Who that is of sound mind would not see that men, made subject to malignant demons — from whose domination none sets free save the grace of God through Jesus Christ our Lord — were driven by force to present to such gods what could by right counsel be judged base? In those games, certainly, the poetic crimes of the deities are frequently rehearsed, those games which, at the demons' compulsion, were by decree of the senate renewed.
In those games the most filthy actors used to sing, act, and win applause portraying Jupiter the corrupter of chastity. If that was being feigned, he ought to have been angry; but if he delighted even in his crimes, though fictitious, then in worshipping him, what was being done but serving the devil? Could such a one found, extend, and preserve the Roman empire — he, more abject than any Roman to whom such things were displeasing? Could he give felicity, who was so unhappily worshipped, and who, unless he were so worshipped, was the more unhappily wrathful? CHAPTER XXVII. Of the three kinds of gods on which the pontiff Scaevola disputed. It is recorded in writings that the most learned pontiff Scaevola disputed that three kinds of gods had been handed down: one by the poets, another by the philosophers, the third by the leading men of the state.
The first kind, he says, is trifling, because many unworthy things are invented about the gods; the second is not suited to states, because it contains some things superfluous, and some things even that it is harmful for the people to know. Concerning the superfluous there is no great problem; for it is a common saying even among jurists: Superfluous things do no harm. But what are those things which, when brought before the multitude, do harm? 'These,' he says: 'that Hercules, Aesculapius, Castor, and Pollux are not gods; for it is reported by the learned that they were men and met their end under the human condition.' What else? 'That states do not have true images of those who are gods, because the true God has neither sex, nor age, nor defined bodily members.' These things the pontiff does not wish the people to know; for he does not think them false.
He thinks it expedient, therefore, that states be deceived in religion. This Varro himself does not hesitate to say even in his books on divine matters. A splendid religion indeed, to which the weak man may flee to be set free, and which, when he seeks the truth by which he may be liberated, holds it expedient that he be deceived! Why Scaevola rejects the poetic kind of gods is not passed over in silence in those same writings: namely because, forsooth, they so disfigure the gods that they cannot be compared even to good men, since they make one of them steal, another commit adultery, and likewise make them say and do something else in a base and absurd manner; that three goddesses contended among themselves for the prize of beauty, and the two who were beaten by Venus overthrew Troy; that Jupiter himself was changed into a bull or a swan, so as to lie with some woman; that a goddess married a man;
that Saturn devoured his own children: in short, that no marvel or vice whatever can be feigned which is not found there and is not far removed from the nature of gods. O Scaevola, chief pontiff, abolish the games, if you can; instruct the peoples not to render such honours to the immortal gods, where it is pleasing to admire the crimes of the gods and gratifying to imitate what can be imitated. But if the people should answer you: It is you pontiffs who brought these things in upon us — then ask the very gods, at whose instigation you ordained these things, not to command such things to be exhibited for themselves. For if these things are evil, and therefore by no means to be believed of the majesty of the gods, the greater is the wrong done to the gods, about whom such things are feigned with impunity. But they do not hear you — they are demons; they teach depravity, they rejoice in base things:
not only do they not count it an injury if such things are feigned about them, but they rather cannot bear the injury, if these things be not performed at their solemn rites. Now indeed, if against them you should appeal to Jupiter — chiefly for this reason, that the greater number of his crimes are acted out in the stage-plays — then, even though you call Jupiter God, by whom this whole world is ruled and administered, is not the greatest injury done to him by you, in that you think he should be worshipped together with these, and assert that he is their king? CHAPTER XXVIII. Whether the worship of the gods profited the Romans toward obtaining and extending their realm.
In no way, therefore, could such gods — who are appeased, or rather accused, by such honours, so that the crime by which they are delighted in falsehoods is greater than if true things were told of them — have been able to increase and preserve the Roman empire. For if they could do this, they would rather have conferred so great a gift upon the Greeks, who worshipped them more honourably and worthily in matters of this divine sort, that is, in stage-plays — seeing that they did not withdraw themselves even from the bites of the poets, by whom they saw the gods torn to pieces, granting them licence to maltreat whatever men they pleased; and they did not judge the actors themselves base, but held them worthy even of distinguished honours.
But just as the Romans were able to have golden money, although they did not worship the god Aurinus, so too they were able to have silver and bronze money, even if they worshipped neither Argentinus nor his father Aesculanus — and so all the things which it is tedious to recount. Thus, therefore, the kingdom itself they could in no way have, the true God being unwilling; but if those false and many gods were either unknown or despised, and the one true God known and worshipped with sincere faith and right conduct, they would both have a better kingdom here, however great it might be, and afterwards would receive one everlasting — whether here they had a kingdom or did not have one. CHAPTER XXIX. Of the falsity of the augury by which the strength and stability of the Roman realm seemed to be signified.
For what kind of thing is that which they said was a most beautiful augury, which I recalled a little earlier — that Mars and Terminus and Youth (Iuventas) were unwilling to yield their place even to Jupiter, the king of the gods? For thus, they say, it was signified that the Martial nation, that is the Roman, would yield to no one the place which it held; that the Roman boundaries too, on account of the god Terminus, no one would dislodge; and that the Roman youth also, on account of the goddess Youth, would yield to no one. Let them see, then, in what manner they hold this king of their gods and giver of their realm, if those auguries set him forth as an adversary, to whom it was deemed glorious not to yield.
Yet even if these things are true, they have nothing whatever to fear. For they will not confess that the gods yielded to Christ, who were unwilling to yield to Jupiter; for, the boundaries of the empire remaining intact, they could yield to Christ, both from the seats of their places and especially from the hearts of believers.
But before Christ had come in the flesh, before, in short, those things were written which we cite from their books — yet after that augury was made under King Tarquin — several times the Roman army was routed, that is, turned to flight, and proved the augury false, by which that Youth had not yielded to Jupiter; the Martial nation was crushed in the City itself by the Gauls who overcame and broke in; and the boundaries of the empire, with many states falling away to Hannibal, had been hemmed into a narrow space. Thus the beauty of the auguries was emptied out, and there remained against Jupiter the defiance, not of gods, but of demons. For it is one thing not to have yielded, another to have returned to the place from which you had yielded.
And yet afterwards too, in the eastern regions, by the will of Hadrian the boundaries of the Roman empire were changed. For he ceded three noble provinces — Armenia, Mesopotamia, and Assyria — to the empire of the Persians, so that that god Terminus, who according to these men guarded the Roman boundaries and through that most beautiful augury had not yielded his place to Jupiter, would seem to have feared Hadrian, the king of men, more than the king of the gods. And when those provinces had been recovered at another time, within almost our own memory Terminus retreated backward, when Julian, given over to the oracles of those gods, with immoderate audacity ordered the ships to be burned in which provisions were carried;
and the army, deprived of supplies by this, when soon he himself too was slain by an enemy's wound, was reduced to such want that no one could have escaped thence, with the enemy assailing on every side a soldiery thrown into confusion by the emperor's death, unless by an agreement of peace the boundaries of the empire had been fixed in that very place where they persist even today — not indeed with so great a loss as Hadrian had conceded, but fastened, nonetheless, by a compromise midway. By an empty augury, therefore, the god Terminus did not yield to Jupiter, who yielded to the will of Hadrian, yielded also to the rashness of Julian and to the necessity of Jovian. The more intelligent and weighty Romans saw these things;
but against the custom of the state, which had been bound to demonic rites, they availed too little, because they themselves, even if they perceived those things to be empty, nevertheless thought that the religious worship which is due to God ought to be rendered to the nature of things established under the rule and command of the one true God — serving, as the apostle says, the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed for ever. There was need of the help of this true God, by whom holy and truly pious men might be sent, who would die for the true religion, so that false religions might be taken away from the living. CHAPTER XXX. What things even the worshippers of the gentile gods confess they feel about them.
Cicero the augur mocks auguries, and mocks men who govern the counsels of life by the voices of the raven and the little crow. But that Academic, who contends that all things are uncertain, is unworthy to have any authority in these matters. There disputes in his work Quintus Lucilius Balbus, in the second book on the nature of the gods; and although he himself inserts superstitions drawn, as it were physical and philosophical, from the nature of things, he is nonetheless indignant at the institution of images and at fabulous opinions, speaking thus: 'Do you see, then, how from things well and usefully discovered by natural philosophy reasoning has been dragged off to fabricated and fictitious gods? This thing has begotten false opinions, turbulent errors, and superstitions almost old-womanish.
For both the forms of the gods are known to us, and their ages, and their clothing and adornment; their lineages besides, their marriages, their kinships, and all things transferred to the likeness of human weakness. For they are even introduced with troubled minds; for we have received accounts of the gods' lusts, sicknesses, and angers. Nor indeed, as the fables relate, were the gods free of wars and battles; nor only, as in Homer, when different gods defended two opposing armies from different sides, but they even waged their own private wars (as with the Titans or with the Giants). These things are both told and believed most foolishly, and are full of vanity and the utmost frivolity.' Behold, meanwhile, what they confess who defend the gods of the nations.
Then, when he says that these things pertain to superstition, but that as for religion — which he himself seems to teach according to the Stoics — he says: 'For not only the philosophers, but our forefathers too, separated superstition from religion; for those who prayed and offered sacrifice whole days long, that their own children might survive them (superstites), were called superstitious.' Who would not understand that he, while fearing the custom of the state, is trying to praise the religion of the forefathers and to wish to sever it from superstition, but does not find how he can do this?
For if those were called superstitious by the forefathers who prayed and sacrificed whole days long, were not those too superstitious who instituted (what this man censures) images of the gods distinguished by different age and dress, and the gods' lineages, marriages, kinships? Surely, since these things are blamed as superstitious, that blame implicates the forefathers who instituted and worshipped such images; it implicates this man himself too, who — however much by his eloquence he might strive to extricate himself into liberty — was bound to venerate these things; nor would he, who in this disputation sounds forth so eloquently, dare to mutter a word in a public assembly of the people.
Let us therefore as Christians give thanks to the Lord our God — not to heaven and earth, as this man disputes, but to him who made heaven and earth — who, through the most lofty humility of Christ, through the preaching of the apostles, through the faith of martyrs dying for the truth and living with the truth, has overthrown these superstitions, which this Balbus, as though stammering (balbutiens), scarcely censures, by the free service of his own people, not only in religious hearts but even in superstitious shrines. CHAPTER XXXI. Of the opinions of Varro, who, having repudiated the popular persuasion, although he did not arrive at the knowledge of the true God, nevertheless judged that one God ought to be worshipped.
What of Varro himself — whom we grieve to have placed stage-plays among divine matters, although not by his own judgment — does he not, while in many places he exhorts, as though religiously, to the worship of the gods, confess thus: that he does not himself follow by his own judgment those things which he records the Roman state to have instituted; so that, if he were establishing that state anew, he does not hesitate to confess that he would rather have dedicated the gods and their names according to the rule of nature? But now, since he found himself among an old people, he says he must hold to the history of names and surnames received from the ancients, just as it was handed down, and writes and investigates those things to this end: that the common folk should rather be willing to worship them than to despise them.
By which words the most acute man sufficiently indicates that he does not disclose everything which would be objects of contempt not only to himself, but would seem deserving of scorn even to the common folk themselves, unless they were kept silent. I might have been thought to be conjecturing these things, had he not evidently said in another place, speaking of religions, that there are many things true which it is not only unprofitable for the common folk to know, but also — even though they are false — it is expedient that the people should think otherwise; and that for this reason the Greeks shut up their initiations and mysteries in silence and within walls. Here certainly he betrayed the whole design of those, as it were wise men, through whom states and peoples were to be governed.
By this deceit, nevertheless, the malignant demons take delight in wondrous ways — they who possess alike both the deceivers and the deceived, and from whose domination none sets free save the grace of God through Jesus Christ our Lord. The same most acute and most learned author says also that those alone seem to him to have noticed what God is,
who believed him to be a soul (anima) governing the world by movement and reason; and through this, although he did not yet hold what the truth holds (for the true God is not a soul, but is the maker and founder even of the soul), nevertheless, if he could have been free against the prejudgments of custom, he would confess and urge that one God ought to be worshipped, governing the world by movement and reason — so that this question alone would remain with him concerning the matter, namely that he called him a soul, and not rather also the creator of the soul. He says also that the ancient Romans for more than a hundred and seventy years worshipped the gods without an image. 'And if this had continued,' he says, 'the gods would be more chastely observed.' To this opinion of his he adduces as a witness, among others, even the Jewish nation;
nor does he hesitate so to conclude that passage as to say that those who first set up images of the gods for the peoples both took away fear from their states and added error, wisely judging that the gods could easily be despised in the stupidity of images. But in that he does not say 'they handed down error,' but 'they added' it, he surely wishes it to be understood that error already existed even without images. Wherefore, since he says that those alone noticed what God is who believed him to be a soul governing the world, and judges that religion is more chastely observed without images, who does not see how near he came to the truth?
For if anything could have prevailed against the antiquity of so great an error, surely he would have judged that the one God, by whom he believed the world to be governed, ought to be worshipped even without an image; and, being found so near, he might perhaps easily have been admonished concerning the mutability of the soul, so as to perceive that the true God is rather an unchangeable nature, which had founded the soul itself. Since these things are so, whatever such men set down in their writings about the mockeries of the many gods, they were compelled to confess them rather by the hidden will of God than to persuade men of them.
If, therefore, any testimonies are brought forward by us from that source, they are brought forward to refute those who refuse to consider from how great and how malignant a power of demons we are set free by the singular sacrifice of so holy a blood poured out and by the gift of the Spirit imparted. CHAPTER XXXII. For what semblance of usefulness the princes of the nations willed that false religions should remain among the peoples subject to them. He says also that, regarding the generations of the gods, the peoples were more inclined toward the poets than toward the natural philosophers; and that for this reason their forefathers, that is, the ancient Romans, believed in both the sex and the generations of the gods, and established their marriages.
This certainly seems to have been done for no other cause than that it was the business of men supposedly prudent and wise to deceive the people in matters of religion, and in that very thing not only to worship but even to imitate the demons, whose greatest desire is to deceive. For just as the demons cannot possess any save those whom they have deceived by deception, so too men who are princes — not indeed righteous, but like the demons — persuaded the peoples, under the name of religion, that those things which they knew to be vain were as though true, in this way binding them more aptly, as it were, to civil society, that they might possess them likewise as their subjects. But who, being weak and unlearned, would escape at once both the deceitful princes of the state and the demons? CHAPTER XXXIII.
That the times of all kings and kingdoms are ordained by the judgment and power of the true God. That God, therefore, the author and giver of felicity — because he alone is the true God — himself gives earthly kingdoms both to the good and to the evil; and this not rashly and as it were by chance, because he is God, not Fortune, but according to the order of things and of times that is hidden from us, most well known to himself. To this order of times, however, he is not subject as a servant, but himself rules it as Lord and disposes it as governor; but felicity he gives only to the good. For this men can both lack and possess while serving, can both lack and possess while reigning; yet it will be full in that life where no one will any longer serve.
And therefore earthly kingdoms are given by him both to the good and to the evil, lest his worshippers, while still little children in the advancement of the soul, should covet these as though they were some great thing among his gifts. And this is the mystery of the Old Testament, where the New lay hidden: that there the promises and gifts are earthly — even to those who, then too, were spiritual, although not yet preaching in open manifestation both what eternity was signified by those temporal things, and in what gifts of God was the true felicity. CHAPTER XXXIV. Of the kingdom of the Jews, which was instituted and preserved by the one and true God, as long as they remained in the true religion.
And so, that it might be known that even those earthly goods — for which alone they gape who cannot think of better things — are placed within the power of that one God, and not of the many false ones whom the Romans formerly believed should be worshipped, he multiplied his own people in Egypt from a very few, and thence delivered them by wondrous signs. Nor did those women invoke Lucina when, that their offspring might be multiplied in wondrous ways and that nation grow incredibly, he himself preserved them from the hands of the Egyptians who pursued them and wished to slay all the infants.
Without the goddess Rumina they suckled; without Cunina they lay in their cradles; without Educa and Potina they took food and drink; without all those childhood gods they were reared; without the conjugal gods they were wedded; without the worship of Priapus they were joined to their spouses; without invocation of Neptune the sea, divided, lay open to them as they crossed, and overwhelmed their pursuing enemies as the waves returned upon them. Nor did they consecrate any goddess Mannia when they took manna from heaven; nor, when the smitten rock poured forth water for the thirsting, did they worship Nymphs and Lymphs. Without the insane rites of Mars and Bellona they waged wars; and without Victory indeed they did not conquer, yet they held her not as a goddess, but as a gift of their God.
Without Segetia they received their crops, without Bubona their cattle, honey without Mellona, fruits without Pomona; and in short, all those things for which the Romans thought so great a throng of false gods had to be supplicated, they received far more happily from the one true God. And had they not sinned against Him by being seduced through impious curiosity, as though by magic arts, slipping away to strange gods and to idols, and finally by killing Christ, they would have remained in the same kingdom—if not a more spacious one, yet a happier one.
And now, that they have been scattered through almost all lands and nations, this is the providence of that one true God; so that, when the images, altars, sacred groves, and temples of the false gods are everywhere overthrown and their sacrifices forbidden, it may be proved from the Jews' own books how long beforehand this had been prophesied—lest perchance, when it were read in our books, it should be thought by us to have been invented. What follows must be considered in the next volume, and here a limit must be set to this length. PREFACE. Since it is certain that the fullness of all things to be desired is happiness, which is not a goddess but a gift of God, and that therefore no god is to be worshipped by men except Him who can make them happy (whence, if happiness were a goddess, she alone would deservedly be said worthy of worship):
Let us now consequently see for what cause God—who is able to bestow even those goods which even those who are not good, and therefore not happy, can possess—willed the Roman empire to be so great and so long-enduring. For that the multitude of false gods which they worshipped did not bring this about, we have already said much, and where it shall seem opportune we shall say more. CHAPTER I. That the cause of the Roman empire and of all kingdoms is neither fortuitous nor consists in the position of the stars.
The cause therefore of the greatness of the Roman empire is neither fortuitous nor fatal according to the view or opinion of those who call those things fortuitous which either have no causes, or causes not proceeding from any rational order, and those things fatal which happen, apart from the will of God and of men, by a necessity of a certain order. Without doubt human kingdoms are established by divine providence. And if anyone on that account ascribes this to fate, because he calls the very will or power of God by the name of fate, let him hold his opinion but correct his tongue. For why does he not say first what he is afterward going to say, when anyone asks him what he meant by 'fate'? For when men hear that word,
according to the customary usage of speech, understand nothing but the force of the position of the stars, such as it is when one is born or conceived; which some sever from the will of God, while others affirm that this too depends upon it. But those who hold the opinion that, without the will of God, the stars determine what we shall do or what goods we shall have or what evils we shall suffer, are to be repelled from the ears of all—not only of those who hold the true religion, but of those who wish to be worshippers of gods of any sort, even false ones. For what else does this opinion effect, but that no god at all should be worshipped or entreated? It is not against these that our disputation is now framed, but against those who, in defence of those whom they think to be gods, oppose the Christian religion.
But those who suspend the position of the stars—which in a certain manner determine what each person is, and what good befalls him or what evil happens to him—from the will of God, if they suppose that those same stars have this power delivered to them by that supreme Power, so that of their own will they decree these things, do a great injury to heaven; in whose senate, as it were most illustrious, and most splendid council-chamber, they imagine that crimes are decreed to be committed—such crimes that, if any earthly city had decreed them, it would have been overthrown by the decree of the human race. What judgment, then, concerning the deeds of men is left to God, to whom a heavenly necessity is applied, since He is Lord both of the stars and of men? Or if they do not say that the stars, having indeed received power from
the supreme God, decree these things by their own judgment, but in imposing such necessities entirely fulfil His commands: is it then to be supposed of God Himself what was judged most unworthy to be supposed of the will of the stars? But if it is said that the stars rather signify these things than cause them, so that that position is, as it were, a kind of speech foretelling things to come, not effecting them (for this was the opinion of men by no means moderately learned): the astrologers are not indeed wont to speak so, as to say, for example, 'Mars thus placed signifies a murderer,' but 'makes a murderer';
nevertheless, granting that they do not speak as they ought, and that they should receive from the philosophers the rule of discourse for foretelling those things which they think they find in the position of the stars: how comes it that they have never been able to say anything as to why, in the life of twins, in their actions, in their outcomes, in their professions, arts, honours, and other things pertaining to human life, and in their very death, there is for the most part so great a diversity, that, as far as these matters are concerned, many strangers are more like them than the twins themselves are like each other—twins separated in birth by a very tiny interval of time, yet sown in conception by a single act of intercourse, in one and the same moment? CHAPTER II. On the similar and dissimilar health of twins.
Cicero says that Hippocrates, the most renowned physician, left it in writing that, when certain brothers had begun to fall ill together, and their disease grew worse at the same time and was relieved at the same time, he suspected them to be twins; whom Posidonius the Stoic, much given to astrology, used to assert had been born under the same constitution of the stars and conceived under the same. Thus what the physician believed pertained to a most similar temperament of health, this the philosopher-astrologer ascribed to the force and constitution of the stars under which they had been conceived and born.
In this matter the medical conjecture is far more acceptable and more credible at first hand, since, as the parents were affected in body when they lay together, so the beginnings of the conceived offspring could be affected, so that, with the prior increments following from the maternal body, they were born of equal health; then, nourished in one house by the same foods—where medicine testifies that the air and the position of the place and the force of the waters have very great power for the body's being well or ill received—and accustomed also to the same exercises, they bore bodies so alike that they were moved to falling ill at one time and from the same causes alike.
But to wish to drag the constitution of the heaven and the stars, which existed when they were conceived or born, to this likeness of falling sick—when so many things of most diverse kind, with most diverse effects and outcomes, could be conceived and born at the same time in the land of one region subject to the same sky—I know not of what presumption this is. We, moreover, have known twins who not only have diverse pursuits and travels, but also undergo unequal illnesses. Of this matter Hippocrates would, as it seems to me, give a most easy account: that by diverse foods and exercises—which come not from the temperament of the body, but from the will of the mind—dissimilar states of health could have befallen them.
Moreover, it would be a wonder if Posidonius, or any other asserter of fatal stars, could here find anything to say, unless he wished to mock the minds of the unskilled in matters they do not know. For what they attempt to bring about from that scanty interval of time which the twins had between them while being born—on account of that little portion of the heaven where the marking of the hour is placed, which they call the horoscope—either is not of such force as the diversity that is found in the wills, acts, manners, and chances of twins, or else is of even greater force than the very lowliness or nobility of birth of the twins, the greatest diversity of which they place in nothing but the hour in which each is born.
And on this account, if one twin is born so swiftly after the other that the same part of the horoscope remains, I demand that all things be equal—which can be found in no twins; but if the slowness of the later-born changes the horoscope, I demand diverse parents—which twins cannot have. CHAPTER III. On the argument which Nigidius the astrologer took from the potter's wheel in the question of twins. In vain, therefore, is that famous device about the potter's wheel brought forward, which Nigidius is said to have given in reply, being perplexed by this question—whence also he was called Figulus ('the Potter'). For while he whirled a potter's wheel with all the force he could, he struck it twice in number with ink, as though in one place of it, with the utmost swiftness while it ran;
then, when the motion ceased, the marks which he had made were found to be at no small interval apart on the rim of that wheel. 'Thus,' he said, 'in so great a rapidity of the heaven, even though one be born after another with such swiftness as I struck the wheel twice, in the space of the heaven it is very much: hence,' he said, 'come whatever things are reported as most dissimilar in the manners and chances of twins.' This figment is more fragile than the vessels which are fashioned by that whirling. For if there is so much difference in the heaven—which cannot be comprehended by the constellations—that to one of the twins an inheritance should fall, and to the other it should not fall:
why do they dare, with respect to others who are not twins, when they have inspected their constellations, to pronounce such things as pertain to that secret which no one can comprehend and note down in the moments of those being born? But if they say such things in the nativities of others because these things pertain to more extended spaces of time, whereas those moments of minute portions, which twins being born can have between them, are assigned to the smallest matters, about which astrologers are not wont to be consulted (for who consults when he is to sit, when to walk, when or what he is to lunch upon?): do we then speak of such things, when we point out in the manners, works, and chances of twins very many and very greatly diverse matters? CHAPTER IV.
On Esau and Jacob, twins very unlike each other in the quality of their manners and actions. Two twins were born in the ancient memory of the fathers (to speak of notable instances), one after the other in such wise that the later held the heel of the prior. So great were the diversities in their life and manners, so great the disparity in their deeds, so great the dissimilarity in their parents' love, that this very distance even made them enemies to each other. Is this said because, while one walked, the other sat, and while one slept, the other kept watch, and while one spoke, the other was silent—which things pertain to those minute matters that cannot be comprehended by those who write down the constitution of the stars under which each is born, whence the astrologers are consulted?
One bore a hireling's servitude, the other served not; one was loved by his mother, the other was not loved; one lost the honour which was held great among them, the other obtained it. What of their wives, what of their children, what of their possessions—how great the diversity! If, then, these things pertain to those minute portions of time which twins have between themselves, and are not ascribed to the constellations: why, when the constellations of others are inspected, are these things said? But if they are said for this reason, that they pertain not to incomprehensible minute moments, but to spaces of time which can be observed and noted: what is that potter's wheel doing here, except that men with hearts of clay may be set spinning in a circle, lest the empty babblings of the astrologers be refuted? CHAPTER V.
By what ways the astrologers are convicted of professing a vain science. What of these very men themselves, whose illness—because it appeared at the same time more grave and more mild in both—Hippocrates, inspecting it medically, suspected to be twins: do they not sufficiently refute those who wish to give to the stars what came from the similar temperament of the bodies? For why did they fall sick at the same time and in like manner—not one before, the other after, as they had been born, since assuredly both could not be born at the same time? Or if it brought no moment of difference, that they should fall sick at diverse times, that they were born at diverse times: why do they contend that the diverse time of birth has force for the diversities of other matters?
Why could they travel at diverse times, take wives at diverse times, beget children at diverse times, and do many other things, for the reason that they were born at diverse times, and yet could not, for the same cause, also fall sick at diverse times? For if the unequal delay of birth changed the horoscope and introduced disparity into the other matters: why did that remain in their illnesses which they had from the equality of the time of conception? Or if the fates of health lie in the conception, but those of other matters are said to lie in the birth, they ought not, after inspecting the constellations of nativity, to say anything about health, since the hour of conception is not given to them to be inspected.
But if they foretell illnesses without the horoscope of conception being inspected, because the moments of birth indicate them: how would they tell either of those twins, from the hour of nativity, when he was going to fall ill, since the other also—who did not have the same hour of nativity—would of necessity fall ill in like manner? Then I ask: if there is so great a distance of time in the nativity of twins that on account of it diverse constellations must be made for them, on account of the diverse horoscope, and on this account all the diverse cardinal points, in which so great force is placed that hence even their fates are diverse: whence could this come to pass, since their conception cannot have a diverse time?
Or if the fates for being born could be unequal for two conceived in one moment of time, why could not the fates for living and dying also be unequal for two born in one moment of time? For if the one moment in which both were conceived did not hinder that one should be born first, the other later: why, if two be born in one moment, does anything hinder that one should die first, the other later? If the conception of one moment permits the twins to have diverse fortunes in the womb, why does the nativity of one moment not also permit any two persons on earth to have diverse fortunes, and thus the inventions of this art—or rather of this vanity—be all done away with? What is this, that those conceived at one time, in one moment,
under one and the same position of the heaven, have diverse fates which bring them to the nativity of diverse hours; and yet two who are born equally of two mothers in one moment of time, under one and the same position of the heaven, cannot have diverse fates which bring them to a diverse necessity of living or dying? Or do those conceived not yet have fates, which they cannot have unless they be born? What then is it that they say, that if the hour of conception be found, many things can be said by them more divinely? Whence also this is reported by some, that a certain wise man chose an hour in which to lie with his wife, that he might beget a wonderful son.
Whence, lastly, this also is what Posidonius—a great astrologer and likewise a philosopher—used to answer concerning those twins who fell ill alike: that it came about because they had been born at the same time and conceived at the same time. For surely he added the conception on this account, lest it should be said to him that those whom it was certain had been conceived altogether at the same time could not without question have been born at the same time; so that, as for their being sick alike and together, he might not derive it from their proximate equal temperament of body, but might bind that very parity of health also to starry connections. If, therefore, there is so great a force in conception toward the equality of fates, the same fates ought not to have been changed in being born.
Or if the fates of twins are changed for this reason, that they are born at diverse times, why do we not rather understand that they had already been changed, so that they should be born at diverse times? Does not, then, the will of the living change the fates of nativity, since the order of those being born changes the fates of conception? CHAPTER VI. On twins of unlike sex. And yet, even in the very conceptions of twins, where assuredly the moments of time are the same for both, how comes it that, under the same fatal constellation, one is conceived male and the other female? We have known twins of diverse sex; both are still living, both still flourish in age;
and although the appearances of their bodies are mutually similar, as far as is possible in a diverse sex, yet in the disposition and purpose of life they are so unlike, that—besides the acts in which feminine ones must of necessity differ from manly ones (for he serves in the office of a count and is almost always travelling away from his own home, while she does not depart from her native soil and her own countryside)—moreover (which is more incredible, if astral fates be believed; but not to be wondered at, if the wills of men and the gifts of God be considered) he is married, she is a consecrated virgin; he has begotten numerous offspring, she has not even married. 'But the force of the horoscope avails very much.' How utterly worthless this is, I have already sufficiently discoursed. But whatever it may be, they say it avails at birth; does it also avail in conception?
For here it is manifest both that there was a single act of intercourse, and that so great is the force of nature that, when a woman has conceived, she cannot thereafter conceive another at all; whence it is necessary that the moments of conception be the same in twins. Or was it perhaps because they were born under a diverse horoscope, that either he, while they were being born, was changed into a male, or she into a female? Whereas, then, it could not be said altogether absurdly that certain starry influences avail only as to the differences of bodies—just as in the approaches and recedings of the sun we see even the seasons of the year itself varied, and by the waxings and wanings of the moon certain kinds of things are increased and diminished, such as sea-urchins and shellfish and the wondrous tides of the ocean;
but that the wills of the mind are not subjected to the positions of the stars: now these men, when they try to bind even our acts thereto, admonish us to inquire whence the reasoning cannot hold good for them even in the very bodies. For what is so pertinent to the body as the body's sex? And yet, under the same position of the stars, twins of diverse sex could be conceived. Whence, what can be said or believed more foolishly than that the position of the stars, which was the same for both at the hour of conception, could not bring it about that he should not have a sex diverse from his brother, with whom he had the same constellation; and that the position of the stars, which existed at the hour of their birth, could bring it about that she should differ from him so greatly in virginal sanctity? CHAPTER VII.
On the choice of the day on which a wife is taken, or on which something is planted or sown in a field. Now who could endure this, that in choosing days men contrive certain new fates for their own acts? That man was not, forsooth, so born that he should have an admirable son, but rather so, that he should beget a contemptible one; and therefore the learned man chose an hour in which to be united with his wife. He therefore made a fate which he did not have, and from his own deed there began to be fated that which had not been in his nativity. O singular folly! A day is chosen that a wife may be taken; I believe for this reason, that one may, unless it be chosen, fall upon a day that is not good, and marry unhappily. Where, then, is that which the stars already decreed to him at his birth?
Or can a man change by the choice of a day that which has already been appointed for him, while that which he himself has appointed in choosing a day cannot be changed by another power? Then, if only men, and not all things which are under heaven, are subject to the constellations, why do they choose some days suited for setting vines or trees or crops, and other days for cattle—whether for taming them or for admitting the males by which the herds of mares or oxen are bred—and other such things? But if chosen days avail for these matters because the position of the stars dominates over all earthly bodies or living things according to the diversities of temporal moments:
let them consider how innumerable are the things which under one point of time are either born, or rise, or are begun, and yet have outcomes so diverse, that they may persuade any boy that these observations are to be laughed at. For who is so witless as to dare to say that all trees, all herbs, all beasts, serpents, birds, fishes, and little worms have severally diverse moments of birth? Yet men are wont, in order to test the skill of the astrologers, to bring to them the constellations of dumb animals, whose births, for the sake of this exploration, they diligently observe at their own homes; and they prefer those astrologers above the rest who, having inspected the constellations, say that it was not a man that was born, but a beast.
They dare even to say what kind of beast—whether fit for wool-bearing, or for carrying, or for the plough, or for guarding the house. For they are tested as to the fates of dogs too, and answer these things amid the great shouts of those who admire them. Thus men play the fool, so as to suppose that, when a man is born, the other births of things are so inhibited that not even a fly is born with him under the same tract of the sky. For if they admit this, the reasoning advances which, by gradual and modest steps of progress, may lead them from flies to camels and elephants.
Nor do they wish to advert to this, that, when a day has been chosen for sowing a field, so many grains come into the earth together, germinate together, and—when the crop has sprung up—together grow into blade, mature, and turn golden; and yet, of the ears coeval with the rest and (so to speak) co-germinal, some are destroyed by blight, some are ravaged by birds, some are plucked up by men. How will they say that these had diverse constellations, which they behold having such diverse outcomes? Or will it repent them to choose days for these matters, and will they deny that these pertain to the heavenly decree, and subject to the stars only men—the only ones on earth to whom God has given free wills?
All these things being considered, it is not without reason believed that, when the astrologers answer many true things wonderfully, this comes about by the hidden instigation of spirits that are not good, whose care it is to insinuate and confirm in human minds these false and noxious opinions about astral fates—not by any art of the horoscope being marked and inspected, which art is none at all. CHAPTER VIII. On those who call by the name of fate, not the position of the stars, but the connection of causes depending on the will of God. But those who call by the name of fate, not the constitution of the stars, such as it is when anything is conceived or born or begun, but the connection and series of all causes, by which comes about everything that comes about:
there is no need to labour much and contend with them about a controversy of the word, since indeed they attribute the very order and a certain connection of causes to the will and power of the most high God, who is most rightly and most truly believed both to know all things before they come to pass and to leave nothing unordered; from whom are all powers, although from Him are not all wills. That it is therefore especially the will of the most high God—whose power is invincibly extended through all things—that they call by the name of fate, is thus proved. These verses are, unless I am mistaken, by Annaeus Seneca: 'Lead me, O supreme Father and Ruler of the lofty pole, wherever it has pleased Thee; there is no delay in obeying. I am present, unwearied: suppose me unwilling, I shall follow groaning, and as a wicked man I shall suffer what I might have done as a good one.'
'The fates lead the willing, the unwilling they drag.' Surely in this last verse he most evidently called by the name of fate that which above he had called the will of the supreme Father; to whom he says he is prepared to obey, that he may be led willing, lest he be dragged unwilling; since, namely, 'The fates lead the unwilling, the unwilling they drag.' Those Homeric verses also favour this opinion, which Cicero turned into Latin: 'Such are the minds of men, as is the day which Father Jupiter himself has brought over the lands with his light.' Nor would a poetic sentiment have authority in this question:
but since he says that the Stoics, in asserting the force of fate, are wont to make use of these verses from Homer, it is not the opinion of that poet, but of those philosophers, that is being treated; since, by these verses which they apply to the disputation they hold concerning fate, it is most openly declared what they hold fate to be, since they call it Jupiter, whom they think to be the supreme god, on whom they say the connection of fates depends. CHAPTER IX. On God's foreknowledge and man's free will, against Cicero's definition. These men Cicero strives to refute in such wise that he supposes he can avail nothing against them unless he abolishes divination.
This he tries to abolish in such a way as to deny that there is a knowledge of things to come, and to contend with all his might that there is no such thing at all, whether in man or in God, and no prediction of things. Thus he both denies God's foreknowledge and tries to overthrow every prophecy, clearer than light, by empty argumentations, and by setting against himself certain oracles which can easily be refuted—which, however, not even these does he refute. But in refuting these conjectures of the astrologers his discourse reigns, because they are truly such as to destroy and refute themselves. Yet much more tolerable are those who establish even starry fates, than this man who takes away the foreknowledge of things to come. For both to confess that God is, and to deny that He is foreknowing of things to come, is the most open madness.
And he himself, when he saw this, even attempted that which is written: 'The fool said in his heart, There is no God'; but not in his own person. For he saw how invidious and troublesome it was, and therefore he made Cotta dispute on this matter against the Stoics in the books On the Nature of the Gods, and preferred to deliver his sentence for Lucilius Balbus, to whom he gave the part of the Stoics to defend, rather than for Cotta, who contends that there is no divine nature. But in the books On Divination he openly impugns, of his own accord, the foreknowledge of things to come. And this he seems to do wholly lest he should consent that fate exists, and lose free will. For he thinks that, foreknowledge of things to come being granted, fate follows so closely that it cannot at all be denied.
But however these most tortuous contentions and disputations of the philosophers may stand, we, as we confess the most high and true God, so confess His will and supreme power and foreknowledge; nor do we fear that we do not by will that which we do by will, because He, whose foreknowledge cannot be deceived, foreknew that we should do it—which Cicero feared, so as to impugn foreknowledge, and the Stoics feared, so as not to say that all things come to pass by necessity, although they contended that all things come to pass by fate. What is it, then, that Cicero feared in the foreknowledge of things to come, so that he strove to undermine it by a detestable disputation? Namely, because, if all things to come are foreknown, they will come in that order in which they were foreknown to be going to come;
and if they come in this order, the order of things is certain to God foreknowing; and if the order of things is certain, the order of causes is certain; for nothing can come to pass which some efficient cause has not preceded; but if the order of causes is certain, by which comes about everything that comes about, then, he says, all things that come to pass come to pass by fate. But if this is so, nothing is in our power, and there is no choice of the will; and if we grant this, he says, all human life is overthrown, in vain are laws given, in vain are reproaches, praises, censures, exhortations applied, and no justice has appointed rewards for the good and punishments for the wicked.
Lest, therefore, these unworthy, absurd, and ruinous consequences should befall human affairs, he is unwilling that there should be any foreknowledge of things to come; and he forces the religious mind into these straits, that it must choose one of two things: either that there is something in our will, or that there is foreknowledge of the future; for he judges that both cannot be true together, but that if the one is affirmed, the other is abolished. If we choose foreknowledge of the future, free choice of the will is taken away; if we choose free choice of the will, foreknowledge of the future is taken away. He therefore, as a great and learned man, and one most prudently and skillfully concerned for human life, chose, of these two, the free choice of the will;
and in order to establish this, he denied the foreknowledge of the future; and thus, while he wished to make men free, he made them sacrilegious. But the religious mind chooses both, confesses both, and by the faith of piety affirms both. How so? he says; for if there is foreknowledge of the future, all those things follow which are linked together, until it comes to this, that there is nothing in our will. But if there is something in our will, by the same steps retraced one arrives at this, that there is no foreknowledge of the future. For through all those steps the regress runs thus: if there is free will, not all things happen by fate; if not all things happen by fate, there is no fixed order of all causes;
if there is no fixed order of causes, neither is there a fixed order of things in the foreknowledge of God, since they cannot come to pass except by preceding and effecting causes; if the order of things in God's foreknowledge is not fixed, then not all things come about as He foreknew that they would come; but if not all things come about as they were foreknown by Him to come, then, he says, there is in God no foreknowledge of all things future. But we, against these sacrilegious and impious presumptions, both affirm that God knows all things before they come to pass, and that we do by our will whatsoever we feel and know is done by us only when we will it. Yet we do not say that all things happen by fate; nay, we say that nothing happens by fate;
for since the name of fate is wont to be employed by speakers in the sense in which it is commonly used, that is, in the configuration of the stars at the moment when anyone is conceived or born, we show that, since the thing itself is asserted in vain, the name avails nothing. But the order of causes, in which the will of God has the greatest power, we neither deny, nor designate by the term fate—unless perhaps we understand 'fate' as derived from 'fari', that is, from speaking; for we cannot deny that it is written in the sacred Scriptures: 'God hath spoken once; these two things have I heard, that power belongeth unto God; and unto Thee, O Lord, belongeth mercy: for Thou renderest to every man according to his works.' For what is said,
'He hath spoken once,' is to be understood as 'immovably,' that is, unchangeably—'He hath spoken,' even as He unchangeably knows all things that are to be and that He Himself will do. In this sense, then, we might call fate from 'speaking', were it not that this name is already wont to be understood in another matter, toward which we do not wish the hearts of men to be inclined. Nor does it follow that, if the whole order of causes is fixed to God, therefore there is nothing in the free choice of our will. For our very wills are in the order of causes, which is fixed to God and is comprised in His foreknowledge, since human wills also are the causes of human deeds.
And thus He who foreknew the causes of all things assuredly could not be ignorant, among those causes, of our wills also, which He foreknew to be the causes of our deeds. For even that which the same Cicero concedes—that nothing happens unless an efficient cause precedes—is enough to refute him in this question. For what does it profit him to say that nothing indeed happens without a cause, yet that not every cause is fatal, because there is a fortuitous cause, a natural cause, a voluntary cause? It suffices that he confesses that everything which happens does not happen save by a preceding cause.
For we say that those causes which are called fortuitous—whence also fortune has received its name—are not nothing, but hidden; and we attribute them either to the will of the true God or to that of any spirits whatever; and the natural causes we by no means sever from the will of Him who is the author and founder of all nature. Now the voluntary causes are either of God, or of angels, or of men, or of any animals—if indeed those motions of souls devoid of reason are to be called wills, by which they do certain things according to their nature, when they either seek or avoid something. But by the wills of angels I mean either those of the good, whom we call angels of God, or those of the evil, whom we call angels of the devil or even demons;
so also the wills of men, both of the good and of the evil. And from this it is gathered that there are no efficient causes of all the things which come to pass except voluntary causes—that is, of that nature which is the spirit of life. For this air or wind is also called 'spirit'; but since it is a body, it is not the spirit of life. The Spirit of life, then, who quickens all things and is the creator of every body and of every created spirit, is Himself God, a Spirit assuredly uncreated. In His will is the supreme power, which aids the good wills of created spirits, judges the evil, orders all, and to some grants powers, to others grants them not. For as He is the creator of all natures, so is He the giver of all powers, but not of wills.
For evil wills are not from Him, since they are contrary to nature, which is from Him. Bodies, therefore, are more subject to wills: some to ours, that is, to those of all mortal living beings, and of men rather than of beasts; some to those of angels; but all are above all subject to the will of God, to whom even all wills are subject, since they have no power save what He grants. The cause of things, therefore, which makes and is not made, is God; but other causes both make and are made, such as are all created spirits, especially the rational. Corporeal causes, however, which are made rather than make, are not to be reckoned among efficient causes, since they can only do that which the wills of spirits do through them.
How then does the order of causes, which is fixed to the foreknowing God, bring it about that there is nothing in our will, when in that very order of causes our wills hold so great a place? Let Cicero then contend with those who call this order of causes fatal, or rather who call it by the very name of fate—which we especially abhor on account of the word, which is not wont to be understood in its true sense. But in that he denies that the order of all causes is most certain and most fully known to the foreknowledge of God, we detest him more than the Stoics do. For either he denies that there is a God—which indeed he attempted to do in his books On the Nature of the Gods, under the person of another;
or, if he confesses that there is a God whom he denies to be foreknowing of the future, even so he says nothing other than what that fool said in his heart: 'There is no God.' For he who does not foreknow all things future is assuredly not God. Wherefore our wills also have just so much power as God willed and foreknew that they should have; and therefore whatever power they have, they have most certainly, and what they are to do, they themselves will most assuredly do, because He whose foreknowledge cannot be deceived foreknew that they would have such power and would do such things.
Wherefore, if it pleased me to apply the name of fate to anything, I would rather say that fate belongs to the weaker, namely the will of the stronger who has him in his power, than that by that order of causes, which the Stoics call fate—not in the usual but in their own manner—the choice of our will is taken away. CHAPTER X. Whether any necessity dominates the wills of men. Hence neither is that necessity to be feared, by fearing which the Stoics labored to distinguish the causes of things in such a way as to withdraw some from necessity and subject others to it; and among those which they wished to be under necessity they placed our wills also, lest, forsooth, they should not be free if they were made subject to necessity.
For if that is to be called our necessity which is not in our power, but which effects what it can even if we are unwilling—as is the necessity of death—it is manifest that our wills, by which we live rightly or wrongly, are not under such a necessity. For we do many things which, if we were unwilling, we should certainly not do. To this belongs, first of all, the very act of willing; for if we will, it is; if we do not will, it is not; for we should not will if we were unwilling. But if that is defined to be necessity according to which we say that it is necessary that a thing be so, or come to pass so, I know not why we should fear it, lest it take from us the liberty of the will.
For neither do we place the life of God and the foreknowledge of God under necessity if we say that it is necessary that God always live and foreknow all things; just as His power is not diminished when it is said that He cannot die or be deceived. For He cannot do this in such a way that, if He could, He would assuredly be of less power. Rightly indeed is He called almighty, who nevertheless cannot die or be deceived. For He is called almighty by doing what He wills, not by suffering what He does not will; and if this should befall Him, He would by no means be almighty. Hence it is that He cannot do certain things, precisely because He is almighty. So also, when we say that it is necessary that, when we will, we will by free choice,
we both speak the truth beyond all doubt, and yet we do not thereby subject free choice itself to a necessity that takes away liberty. There are, therefore, our wills, and they themselves do whatever we do by willing, which would not be done if we were unwilling. But whatever anyone suffers unwillingly through the will of other men, even so the will avails—not indeed his own, yet a man's will; but the power is God's. For if there were only will and it could not do what it willed, it would be hindered by a more powerful will; nor yet would the will be anything but a will, nor another's, but his who willed, even though he could not fulfill what he willed.
Hence, whatever a man suffers contrary to his own will, he ought not to attribute to the wills of men, or of angels, or of any created spirit, but rather to His who gives power to those who will. It is not, therefore, on this account that there is nothing in our will, because God foreknew what would be in our will. For He who foreknew this did not foreknow nothing. But if He who foreknew what would be in our will foreknew not nothing, but indeed something, then assuredly, even with Him foreknowing, there is something in our will. Wherefore we are in no way compelled, either, retaining the foreknowledge of God, to take away the choice of the will, or, retaining the choice of the will, to deny (which is impious) that God is foreknowing of the future;
but we embrace both, both faithfully and truly confess both: the one, that we may believe well; the other, that we may live well. But one lives ill if one does not believe well concerning God. Hence far be it from us to deny His foreknowledge in order that we may will freely—He by whose aid we are free or shall be free. Accordingly, laws, rebukes, exhortations, praises, and reproaches are not in vain, since He foreknew that these also would be; and they avail very greatly, in the measure that He foreknew they would avail; and prayers avail for obtaining those things which He foreknew He would grant to those who pray; and justly have rewards been appointed for good deeds, and punishments for sins. For a man does not therefore sin because God foreknew that he would sin;
nay rather, it is for this reason not doubted that he himself sins when he sins, because He whose foreknowledge cannot be deceived foreknew that not fate, not fortune, not anything else, but he himself would sin. And if he should be unwilling, he assuredly does not sin; but if he should be unwilling to sin, even this He foreknew. CHAPTER XI. On the universal providence of God, by whose laws all things are governed.
God, therefore, the supreme and true, with His Word and the Holy Spirit—which three are one—the one almighty God, creator and maker of every soul and of every body, by partaking of whom they are happy who are happy by truth and not by vanity; who made man a rational animal of soul and body; who, when man sinned, neither suffered him to go unpunished nor abandoned him without mercy; who gave to the good and the evil being even in common with stones, seminal life even in common with trees, sentient life even in common with cattle, intellectual life in common with the angels alone; from whom is every mode, every species, every order; from whom is measure, number, weight;
from whom is whatsoever exists naturally, of whatever kind it is, of whatever estimation it is; from whom are the seeds of forms, the forms of seeds, the motions of seeds and of forms; who gave also to flesh its origin, beauty, health, fecundity of propagation, the disposition of its members, the well-being of concord; who gave also to the irrational soul memory, sense, appetite, but to the rational soul moreover mind, understanding, will; who left not heaven and earth only, nor angel and man only, but not even the entrails of the smallest and most contemptible animal, nor the feather of a bird, nor the little flower of a plant, nor the leaf of a tree, without a harmony of their parts and a kind of peace, as it were:
by no means is He to be believed to have willed that the kingdoms of men and their dominations and servitudes should be alien from the laws of His providence. CHAPTER XII. By what manners the ancient Romans deserved that the true God, although they did not worship Him, should enlarge their empire. Accordingly, let us see what manners of the Romans, and for what cause, the true God—in whose power are also the earthly kingdoms—deigned to aid in the enlarging of their empire.
Now, that we might be able to discuss this more fully, we have written the preceding book also as pertaining to this matter—namely, that in this affair those gods, whom they thought ought to be worshiped even for trifling things, have no power at all; and the earlier parts of the present volume, which we have carried thus far, treat of doing away with the question of fate, lest anyone, to whom it had already been made persuasive that the Roman empire was not propagated and preserved by the worship of those gods, should rather attribute it to some unknown fate than to the most powerful will of the supreme God.
The ancient and earliest Romans, therefore, as far as their history teaches and commends, although—like other nations, except the one people of the Hebrews—they worshiped false gods and sacrificed victims not to God but to demons, nevertheless were 'greedy of praise and liberal of money; they desired immense glory and honorable riches'; this they most ardently loved; for this they wished to live, for this they did not hesitate to die; all other desires they suppressed by this one immense desire. In short, their very fatherland, since to serve seemed inglorious but to rule and command glorious, they desired first with all zeal to be free, and then to be mistress.
Hence it is that, not enduring kingly domination, 'they made for themselves yearly commands and two commanders, who were called consuls from consulting (consulendo), not kings or lords from reigning and dominating (regnando et dominando)'; although kings indeed would seem better named from ruling (regendo), so that kingdom is from kings, but kings, as has been said, from ruling. But kingly pomp was reckoned not the discipline of one ruling, nor the benevolence of one consulting, but the pride of one domineering. So, when King Tarquin had been expelled and consuls instituted, there followed what the same author set down among the praises of the Romans—that 'it is incredible to relate how much the state, once liberty was attained, grew in a short time;
因此,他們既不堪忍受王者的統治,「便為自己設立一年一任的職權和兩位統帥,這兩位因『商議』(consulendo)而被稱為執政官,而非因『治理統管』(regnando et dominando)被稱為王或主」;雖然「王」(reges)按理似乎更宜由「統治」(regendo)得名,正如「王國」由「王」而來,而「王」如前所述由「統治」而來。但王者的威儀,被視為並非統治者的紀律、亦非商議者的仁慈,乃是專橫者的驕傲。於是,塔克文王被逐、執政官設立之後,便有那同一作者列在羅馬人讚譽中的事——「自由一旦得著,國家在短時間內增長之巨,實在難以言述;
so great a desire of glory had come upon them.' This greed of praise, then, and this desire of glory, wrought those many wondrous things—laudable, to be sure, and glorious according to the estimation of men. The same Sallust praises the great and illustrious men of his own times, Marcus Cato and Gaius Caesar, saying that for a long time that republic had no one great in virtue, but that within his own memory there had been those two of immense virtue, of differing characters. But among the praises of Caesar he set down that he longed for himself a great command, an army, a new war, wherein his virtue might shine forth. Thus it came about, in the prayers of men great in virtue, that Bellona should rouse wretched nations to war and lash them with her bloody scourge, that there might be a place where their virtue should shine forth.
This indeed that greed of praise and desire of glory accomplished. Therefore, first from the love of liberty, then also from that of domination and from the desire of praise and glory, they did many great things. To them their own distinguished poet renders testimony of both things; for thence he says: 'Nor less did Porsenna command that the ejected Tarquin be received, and pressed the city with a mighty siege; the sons of Aeneas rushed upon the sword for liberty.' Then, accordingly, it was a great thing for them either bravely to die or to live free. But when liberty had been attained, so great a desire of glory had come upon them, that liberty alone was too little, unless dominion also were sought—while that was held a great thing which the same poet says, as though Jove were speaking:
'Nay, even harsh Juno, who now wearies sea and lands and heaven with fear, shall change her counsels for the better, and shall together with me cherish the Romans, lords of the world and the toga-clad nation. So it is decreed. There shall come an age, as the lustres glide by, when the house of Assaracus shall crush Phthia and famed Mycenae into servitude, and shall lord it over vanquished Argos.' These things indeed Virgil, bringing in Jove as though foretelling things to come, was himself already recalling as done and beholding as present; but for this reason I wished to recall them, that I might show that the Romans so held dominion after liberty, that it was set down among their great praises.
Hence too is that other passage of the same poet, where, when he set before the arts of other nations those very arts proper to the Romans, of reigning and commanding and subduing and warring down peoples, he says: 'Others shall hammer out more softly the breathing bronze (I grant it indeed), shall draw forth living countenances from the marble, shall plead causes better, and shall trace with the rod the courses of the heaven and tell the rising stars: but thou, O Roman, remember to rule the peoples with thy sway (these shall be thine arts), to impose the manner of peace, to spare the subjected and to war down the proud.'
These arts they exercised the more skillfully, the less they gave themselves to pleasures and to the enervation of mind and body in coveting and increasing riches, and through these corrupting their morals—by plundering wretched citizens, by lavishing upon base stage-players. Hence those who already surpassed and abounded in such a stain of morals, when Sallust was writing these things and Virgil was singing, strove after honors and glory not by those arts, but by deceits and frauds. Whence the same author says: 'But at first ambition rather than avarice exercised the minds of men, which vice nevertheless was nearer to virtue. For the good man and the slothful alike desire for themselves glory, honor, command;
but the one,' he says, 'strives by the true way; the other, because good arts are wanting to him, contends by deceits and frauds.' These are those good arts—namely, to arrive at honor and glory and command through virtue, not through fraudulent ambition; which, nevertheless, the good man and the slothful alike desire for themselves; but the one, that is the good man, strives by the true way. The way is virtue, by which he strives as toward the end of possession, that is, toward glory, honor, command. That the Romans had this ingrained, their very temples of the gods among them indicate, which they set up most closely joined—of Virtue and Honor—holding as gods the things which are given by God. Whence it can be understood what end they wished virtue to have, and to what those who were good referred it—namely, to honor;
for the wicked did not have it, although they desired to have honor, which they tried to obtain by evil arts, that is, by deceits and frauds. Cato is the more praised. For of him he says: 'The less he sought glory, the more it followed him.' Since indeed glory, with the desire of which they burned, is the judgment of men thinking well of men; and therefore virtue is better, which is content with no human testimony but that of its own conscience. Whence the apostle says: 'For our glory is this: the testimony of our conscience'; and in another place: 'But let every man prove his own work, and then shall he have glory in himself alone, and not in another.'
Glory, therefore, and honor, and command, which they desired for themselves and to which the good strove to arrive by good arts—virtue ought not to follow these, but these to follow virtue. For neither is there true virtue except that which tends to that end where is the good of man, than which there is none better. Whence even the honors which Cato sought he ought not to have sought, but the state ought to have given them to him for his virtue, without his seeking them. But since in that memory there were two Romans great in virtue, Caesar and Cato, the virtue of Cato seems to have been far nearer to truth than that of Caesar. Accordingly, what manner of state it was at that time, and what it had been before, let us see in Cato's own sentence: 'Do not suppose,' he says, 'that it was by arms that our ancestors made the republic great from small.
If it were so, we should have it far more beautiful. For of allies and citizens, and besides of arms and horses, we have a greater abundance than they had. But there were other things which made them great, which we have none of: at home industry, abroad just rule, a mind free in counsel, subject neither to wrongdoing nor to lust. In place of these we have luxury and avarice, public want, private opulence; we praise riches, we follow sloth; between the good and the bad there is no distinction; ambition possesses all the rewards of virtue. Nor is it any wonder:
when you each separately take counsel for yourselves, when at home you are slaves to pleasures, here to money or favor, the result is that an assault is made upon the defenseless republic.' He who hears these words of Cato or of Sallust thinks that all the ancient Romans who are praised, or the greater part of them, were at that time such as these. It is not so; otherwise the things would not be true which he himself likewise writes—those which I recalled in the second book of this work, where he says that injuries of the more powerful, and on account of them the secession of the plebs from the fathers, and other dissensions, existed at home even from the very beginning, and that men acted with no more equitable and moderate justice than during the time after the kings were expelled, so long as there was fear from Tarquin, until the grave war which had been undertaken on his account against Etruria should be ended;
but afterward the fathers exercised the plebs with servile rule, scourged them after the manner of kings, drove them from their land, and, with the rest excluded, alone held sway in command; and that the end of these discords—while the one party wished to dominate and the other refused to serve—came in the Second Punic War, because again a grave fear began to press, and to restrain restless minds from those disturbances by another greater care, and to recall them to civil concord. But through certain few, who were good after their own measure, great affairs were administered; and, those evils being tolerated and tempered, by the providence of the few good men that state went on growing;
even as the same historian says that, to him reading and hearing of many illustrious deeds which the Roman people had wrought at home and in war, on sea and on land, it pleased him to consider what especially had sustained such great undertakings; since he knew that very often with a small band the Romans had contended against great legions of the enemy, and had learned that with scanty forces wars had been waged against opulent kings; and he said that, after much pondering, it was established to him that the surpassing virtue of a few citizens had accomplished everything, and that thereby it came to pass that poverty overcame riches, and fewness overcame multitude.
'But after the state was corrupted by luxury and sloth,' he says, 'in turn the republic by its own greatness sustained the vices of its commanders and magistrates.' The virtue, then, of the few who strove for glory, honor, and command by the true way—that is, by virtue itself—was praised even by Cato. Hence there was at home that industry which Cato mentioned, so that the treasury might be opulent and private resources slender. Whence, when morals were corrupted, he set down the contrary vice—public want, private opulence. CHAPTER XIII. On the love of praise, which, though it be a vice, is for this reason thought a virtue, because through it greater vices are restrained.
Wherefore, so long as the kingdoms of the East had been illustrious, God willed that a Western one also should come to be, which, though later in time, should be more illustrious in the breadth and greatness of empire; and He granted it especially to such men, for the subduing of the grievous evils of many nations, who for the sake of honor, praise, and glory took counsel for their fatherland, in which they sought that very glory, and did not hesitate to set its safety before their own—suppressing, for that one vice, namely the love of praise, the greed of money and many other vices. For he sees more soundly who recognizes that even the love of praise is a vice—which did not escape the poet Horace, who says: 'Thou swellest with the love of praise: there are sure expiations which, with the booklet thrice read through purely, will be able to restore thee.'
And the same poet, in a lyric song, to repress the lust of domination, thus sang: 'More widely shalt thou reign by taming a greedy spirit, than if thou shouldst join Libya to far-off Gades, and both Carthaginians should serve one master.' Nevertheless, those who do not bridle the baser lusts by the faith of piety, with the Holy Spirit obtained, and by the love of intelligible beauty, are at least better—indeed by the desire of human praise and glory not yet holy, but less base. Even Tully could not dissemble this in those same books which he wrote On the Republic, where he speaks of the establishing of a prince of the state, whom he says ought to be nourished by glory; and consequently he recalls that his ancestors did many wondrous and illustrious things out of desire for glory.
To this vice, therefore, they not only did not resist, but even judged that it ought to be stirred up and kindled, thinking this to be useful to the republic. And yet not even in his books of philosophy does Tully dissemble concerning this plague, where he confesses it more clearly than the light. For when he was speaking of such pursuits as ought assuredly to be followed for the end of the true good, not for the vanity of human praise, he interposed this universal and general sentence: 'Honor nourishes the arts, and all are kindled to studies by glory; and those things always lie neglected which are disapproved by each man.' CHAPTER XIV. On cutting away the love of human praise, since all the glory of the righteous is in God. To this desire, therefore, it is without doubt better to resist than to yield.
For each person is more like God in proportion as he is more cleansed from this impurity. And although in this life this impurity is not utterly rooted out of the heart, since it does not cease to tempt even souls who are making good progress, let the desire for glory at least be overcome by the love of righteousness; so that, if anywhere there lie unnoticed things that are disapproved by some people, provided they are good and upright, even the love of human praise itself may blush and yield to the love of truth. For so hostile is this vice to godly faith, if the desire for glory be greater in the heart than the fear or love of God, that the Lord said: 'How can you believe, you who expect glory from one another, and do not seek the glory that is from God alone?'
Likewise, concerning certain men who had believed in Him but were afraid to confess Him openly, the evangelist says: 'They loved the glory of men more than the glory of God.' This the holy apostles did not do; for when they preached the name of Christ in those places where it was not only disapproved (as he said: 'and those things always lie unregarded which are disapproved by some'), but was even held in the deepest detestation, holding fast to what they had heard from the good Master who was also the physician of minds: 'Whoever shall deny me before men, I will deny him before my Father who is in heaven,' or 'before the angels of God,' amid curses and reproaches, amid the gravest persecutions and cruel punishments, they were not deterred from preaching human salvation by so great a roar of human offence.
And because, while they did and spoke and lived in a divine manner, in a sense subduing hard hearts and bringing in the peace of righteousness, an immense glory followed them in the Church of Christ, they did not rest in that glory as in the end of their own virtue, but referring even this glory itself to the glory of God, by whose grace they were such men, with this very fuel they kindled those whom they counselled to the love of Him by whom they too were made such. For lest they should be good for the sake of human glory, their Master had taught them, saying: 'Take heed not to do your righteousness before men, to be seen by them; otherwise you shall have no reward with your Father who is in heaven.'
But again, lest by misunderstanding this they should be afraid to please men, and so do less good by concealing the fact that they are good, He showed for what end they ought to become known: 'Let your works,' He says, 'shine before men, that they may see your good deeds and glorify your Father who is in heaven.' Therefore not 'to be seen by them,' that is, with this intention, that you should wish them to be turned toward yourselves—since you yourselves are nothing of yourselves—but 'that they may glorify your Father who is in heaven,' toward whom being turned they may become what you are. These the martyrs followed, who surpassed the Scaevolas and Curtiuses and Decii, not by inflicting punishments on themselves, but by enduring those inflicted on them, and by true virtue, since by true godliness, and by an innumerable multitude.
But since those men were in the earthly city, to whom the end of all their services on her behalf was set as her safety and a kingdom not in heaven but on earth; not in eternal life, but in the passing away of those who die and the succession of those about to die: what else should they love but glory, by which they wished even after death to live, as it were, in the mouths of those who praise them? CHAPTER XV. On the temporal reward which God repaid to the good morals of the Romans.
To those, then, to whom God was not going to give eternal life with His holy angels in His heavenly city—to whose fellowship true godliness leads, which renders the service of religion (which the Greeks call latreia) to none but the one true God—if He had not also granted them this earthly glory of a most excellent empire, the reward would not have been repaid for their good arts, that is, for the virtues by which they strove to attain to so great a glory. For concerning such persons, who seem to do something good for this end, that they may be glorified by men, the Lord also says: 'Amen I say to you, they have received their reward.'
Thus these men too despised their private affairs for the common cause, that is, for the republic, and for its treasury; they resisted avarice; they took counsel for their country with free judgment, being subject neither to crime by their own laws nor to lust; by all these arts, as by a true path, they strove toward honors, power, and glory. They were honored among almost all nations; they imposed the laws of their empire upon many nations; and to this day they are glorious in literature and history among nearly all peoples. There is no reason for them to complain of the justice of the supreme and true God; they have received their reward. CHAPTER XVI. On the reward of the holy citizens of the eternal city, to whom the examples of the virtues of the Romans are useful.
But the reward of the saints is far different—of those who even here endure reproaches for the truth of God, which is hateful to the lovers of this world. That city is everlasting; there no one is born, because no one dies; there is true and full felicity—not a goddess, but a gift of God; thence we have received the pledge of faith, so long as on our pilgrimage we sigh for its beauty; there the sun does not rise upon the good and the evil, but the Sun of righteousness protects only the good; there it will be no great labor to enrich a public treasury out of private hardships, where the treasure held in common is truth. Accordingly, the Roman empire was extended to human glory not only that such a reward might be repaid to such men;
but also that the citizens of that eternal city, so long as they here sojourn as pilgrims, may diligently and soberly contemplate those examples, and see how great a love is owed to the heavenly country for the sake of eternal life, if so great a love was bestowed on the earthly country by its own citizens for the sake of human glory. CHAPTER XVII. With what fruit the Romans waged wars, and how much they conferred on those whom they conquered. For as far as concerns this mortal life, which is led and finished in a few days, what does it matter under whose rule a man who is going to die lives, provided that those who rule do not compel him to impious and unjust deeds? Or did the Romans in fact do any harm to the nations whom, when subjugated, they bound by their own laws, except that this was accomplished by an immense slaughter of wars?
But if it had been done with mutual concord, it would have been done with better success; yet there would have been no glory for those who triumph. For neither did the Romans not live under their own laws, which they imposed on the rest. If this had been done without Mars and Bellona, so that Victory too should have no place, no one conquering where no one had fought: would not the condition of the Romans and of the other nations be one and the same? Especially if at once that had been done which afterward was most graciously and most humanely done—that all who belonged to the Roman empire should receive the fellowship of citizenship and be Roman citizens, and thus there should be the property of all what was before the property of a few; only that the common people who had no fields of their own should live from the public funds;
and this their sustenance would have been supplied more graciously by men of one mind through good administrators of the republic than extorted from the conquered. For what difference it makes to safety and good morals, or indeed to the very dignities of men, that some have conquered and others have been conquered, I do not see at all, except that most empty pomp of human glory, in which they have received their reward who burned with an immense desire for it and waged burning wars. Do not their fields pay tribute? Is it permitted to them to learn what is not permitted to others? Are there not many senators in other lands who do not even know Rome by sight? Take away boasting, and what are all men but men?
But if the perversity of the age would allow it, that the better men should also be the more honored: not even thus ought human honor to be reckoned a great thing, for smoke is of no weight. But let us make use, even in these matters, of the kindness of the Lord our God;
let us consider how much those men despised, what things they endured, what desires they subdued for the sake of human glory—men who deserved to receive that glory as it were the reward of such virtues; and let this too avail us to suppress pride, so that, since that city in which it is promised that we shall reign is as far distant from this one as heaven is from earth, eternal life from temporal joy, solid glory from empty praises, the fellowship of angels from the fellowship of mortals, the light of Him who made the sun and moon from the light of the sun and moon, the citizens of so great a country may seem to themselves to have done nothing great, if for the attaining of that country they have done any good work or have endured any evils—
endured some things, when those men did so much, suffered so much, for this earthly country already attained; especially because the remission of sins, which gathers the citizens to the eternal country, has something to which, by a certain shadow, that asylum of Romulus was similar, in which the impunity of crimes of every kind gathered together the multitude by which that city was to be founded. CHAPTER XVIII. How far Christians ought to be from boasting, if they have done anything for love of the eternal country, since the Romans accomplished so great things for human glory and the earthly city.
What great thing, then, is it for the sake of that eternal and heavenly country to despise all the allurements of this world, however pleasant, if for the sake of this temporal and earthly one Brutus was able even to kill his sons—which that country compels no one to do? But surely it is harder to put one's sons to death than what must be done for that country: namely, either to give to the poor those things which seemed must be amassed and preserved for one's sons, or, if a temptation arise which compels this to be done for the sake of faith and righteousness, to lose them. For it is not earthly riches that make us or our sons happy—riches that must either be lost while we live, or, when we are dead, be possessed by those we know not of, or perhaps by those we would not wish; but God makes happy, who is the true wealth of minds.
But concerning Brutus, because he killed his sons, even the poet who praises him bears witness to his unhappiness. For he says: 'And the father shall summon to punishment his sons who stir up new wars, for the sake of fair liberty—unhappy man, however posterity shall report those deeds.' But in the following verse he consoled the unhappy man: 'The love of country conquers, and the boundless desire for praise.' These are those two things, liberty and the desire for human praise, which impelled the Romans to wondrous deeds. If, then, for the sake of the liberty of mortals and for the desire of praises which are sought from mortal men, sons could be slain by a father: what great thing is it, if for the sake of true liberty, which makes us—
—which makes us free from the dominion of iniquity, death, and the devil; and not from desire for human praises, but out of love for the men to be set free; and not from king Tarquin, but from demons and the prince of demons—not the sons are slain, but the poor of Christ are counted among the sons, what great thing is it? If another Roman leader too, surnamed Torquatus, killed his son—not because he had fought against his country, but even for his country, yet because against his own command, that is, against what his father the commander had ordered, having been provoked by the enemy he had fought in youthful ardor, and though he had conquered—lest there should be more evil in the example of a despised command than good in the glory of an enemy slain: to what purpose—
—should those boast, who for the sake of the laws of the immortal country despise all earthly goods, which are loved much less than sons? If Furius Camillus freed from the Gauls even an ungrateful country—from whose neck he had thrust off the yoke of the most fierce enemies, the Veientines, and yet had been condemned by his rivals—a second time, because he had no better place where he might live more gloriously:
why should he exalt himself, as though he had done some great thing, who perhaps in the Church, having suffered from carnal enemies the gravest wrong of dishonor, did not go over to her enemies the heretics, nor himself found any heresy against her, but rather, as far as he was able, defended her from the most pernicious depravity of the heretics—since there is no other, not where one may live in the glory of men, but where life passes to things eternal?
If Mucius, in order that peace might be made with king Porsenna, who was pressing the Romans with a most grievous war—because he could not kill Porsenna himself and, being deceived, killed another in his place—stretched out his right hand into the burning altar before his eyes, saying that many such men as he saw him to be had conspired for his destruction; and Porsenna, shuddering at his fortitude and at the conspiracy of such men, without any hesitation, peace having been made, restrained himself from that war: who shall reckon his own merits to the kingdom of heaven, if for its sake he spends not one hand, nor doing this to himself of his own accord, but suffering it while another persecutes, he gives up his whole body to the flames?
If Curtius, armed, on a spurred horse, cast himself headlong into the gaping chasm of the earth, serving the oracles of his gods—since they had commanded that there should be sent into it whatever the Romans had best, and they could understand nothing else than that they excelled in men and arms; whence evidently it behooved that, by the command of the gods, an armed man should be cast into that destruction: what great thing for the eternal country will he say he has done, who, suffering some enemy of his faith, not casting himself of his own accord into such a death, but sent by that enemy, has died—seeing that from his Lord, who is also the King of his country, he has received a more certain oracle: 'Do not fear those who kill the body, but cannot kill the soul'?
If the Decii, in a certain manner consecrating themselves to be slain with set words, devoted themselves, so that by their falling and by appeasing the wrath of the gods with their own blood the Roman army might be set free: in no way will the holy martyrs be proud, as though they had done anything worthy on behalf of their participation in that country where felicity is eternal and true, if, even to the shedding of their own blood, loving not only their brethren, for whom it was being shed, but also their very enemies, by whom it was being shed, as they were commanded, they have contended with the faith of love and the love of faith?
If Marcus Pulvillus, while dedicating the temple of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, when the death of his son was falsely announced to him by enviers—so that, disturbed by that news, he might withdraw, and thus his colleague might obtain the glory of the dedication—so despised it that he even ordered the son to be cast out unburied (so had the desire for glory conquered the grief of bereavement in his heart): what great thing will he say he has done for the preaching of the holy Gospel, by which the citizens of the country above are set free from various errors and gathered together, to whom the Lord said, when he was anxious about the burial of his father: 'Follow me, and let the dead bury their dead'?
If Marcus Regulus, lest he should deceive his most cruel enemies by his oath, returned to them from Rome itself—since, as he is reported to have replied to the Romans who wished to keep him, after he had been a slave to the Africans he could no longer hold the dignity of an honorable citizen there—and the Carthaginians, because he had pleaded against them in the Roman senate, put him to death with the gravest tortures: are those torments not to be despised for the faith of that country, to whose blessedness faith itself leads? Or what shall be repaid to the Lord for all things which He has repaid, if for the faith that is owed to Him a man shall have suffered such things as Regulus suffered for the faith which he owed to his most pernicious enemies?
How will a Christian dare to exalt himself over his voluntary poverty, that in the pilgrimage of this life he may walk more unencumbered along the way that leads to the country where the true riches is God Himself, when he hears or reads that Lucius Valerius, who died in his consulship, was so poor that his burial was provided for by money collected from the people? Let him hear or read that Quintius Cincinnatus, when he possessed four iugera and tilled them with his own hands, was led from the plough to be made dictator—an honor surely greater than that of consul—and, the enemy having been conquered and immense glory obtained, remained in the same poverty?
Or what great thing will he proclaim himself to have done, who has been lured away by no reward of this world from the fellowship of that eternal country, when he has learned that Fabricius could not be torn away from the Roman state by so great gifts of Pyrrhus, king of the Epirotes, even with a fourth part of the kingdom promised, but chose rather to remain there a private man in his poverty? For as to the fact that the republic—that is, the affairs of the people, the affairs of the country, the common affairs—though they possessed it most opulent and most rich, they themselves were so poor in their own homes that one of them, who had already been twice consul, was expelled from that senate of poor men by the censor's mark, because he was found to have ten pounds of silver in vessels;
so were they themselves poor, by whose triumphs the public treasury was enriched: do not all Christians, who with a more excellent purpose make their riches common, according to what is written in the Acts of the Apostles, that 'distribution was made to each one as anyone had need, and no one said that anything was his own, but all things were common to them'—do they not understand that they ought to be puffed up with no boasting on this account, doing this for the obtaining of the fellowship of angels, when those men did almost some such thing for the preserving of the glory of the Romans?
These things and others, if any such are found in their literature, when would they have become so known, when would they be celebrated by so great fame, had not the Roman empire, extended far and wide, been increased by magnificent successes? Accordingly, through that empire so broad and so long-lasting, and rendered illustrious and glorious by the virtues of such great men, both the reward which they sought has been repaid to their intention, and to us have been set forth examples of necessary admonition: so that, if we have not held, for the most glorious city of God, those virtues to which these of theirs are in some way similar—which they held for the glory of the earthly city—we may be pricked with shame; and if we have held them, we may not be lifted up with pride;
since, as the apostle says, 'the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the future glory which shall be revealed in us.' But for human glory and that of the present time, the life of those men was judged worthy enough.
Whence even the Jews, who slew Christ—since by the New Testament was revealed what in the Old had been veiled, namely, that the one true God is to be worshipped not for earthly and temporal benefits, which divine providence grants indiscriminately to good and evil alike, but for eternal life and perpetual gifts and the fellowship of that city above—were most justly given over to the glory of those men; so that these, who by virtues of whatever kind sought and acquired earthly glory, should conquer those who by great vices slew and spurned the giver of true glory and of the eternal city. CHAPTER XIX. In what respect the desire for glory and the desire for domination differ from one another.
There is indeed a difference between the desire for human glory and the desire for domination. For although it is easy that he who too much delights in human glory should also ardently affect to dominate, nevertheless those who, although it be human, covet the glory of true praises, take pains not to displease those who judge well. For there are many good things in conduct concerning which many judge well, although many do not possess them; through these good things of conduct they strive toward glory and power or domination, of which Sallust says: 'But that man strives by the true path.' But whoever, without the desire for glory—by which a man fears to displease those who judge well—desires to dominate and to command, very often seeks to obtain what he loves even through the most open crimes.
Accordingly, he who covets glory either strives by the true path, or certainly contends by deceits and falsehoods, wishing to seem to be good which he is not. And therefore, for one who has the virtues, it is a great virtue to despise glory, because the contempt of it is in the sight of God, but is not laid open to human judgment. For whatever he shall do before the eyes of men, that he may appear a despiser of glory, if it be believed that he does it for greater praise—that is, for greater glory—there is no means by which he may show to the perceptions of those who suspect that the matter is otherwise than they suspect.
But he who despises the judgments of those who praise, despises also the rashness of those who suspect; whose salvation, nevertheless, if he is truly good, he does not despise, since he who has the virtues from the Spirit of God is of such great righteousness that he loves even his very enemies, and so loves them that he wishes his haters or detractors to be corrected and to have them as companions, not in the earthly country, but in the heavenly; while in those who praise him, although he sets little store by their praising him, yet he does not set little store by their loving him, nor does he wish to deceive them as they praise, lest he beguile them as they love him; and therefore he urges ardently that rather He should be praised from whom a man has whatever in him is rightly praised.
But he who, being a despiser of glory, is greedy for domination, surpasses the beasts either in the vices of cruelty or of luxury. Certain Romans were such. For, the care for their reputation being lost, they did not lack the desire for domination. History reveals that many were such; but the very summit and, as it were, a certain citadel of this vice, Nero Caesar first attained, whose luxury was so great that nothing virile was thought to be feared from him; whose cruelty was so great that, were it not known, he would be believed to have nothing soft about him. Yet even to such men the power of ruling is not given except by the providence of the supreme God, when He judges human affairs worthy of such lords. There is an open divine utterance on this matter, the wisdom of God speaking: 'By me kings reign, and tyrants hold the earth through me.'
But lest tyrants should be thought to mean not the worst and wicked kings, but, by the old name, men called brave (whence Virgil says: 'Part of my peace shall be to have touched the right hand of the tyrant'): it is said most openly in another place concerning God: 'Because He makes a hypocrite to reign, on account of the perversity of the people.' Wherefore, although I have set forth as well as I could the cause for which the one true and just God aided the Romans, who were good according to a certain pattern of the earthly city, to attain the glory of so great an empire:
there may yet be also another, more hidden cause, on account of the diverse merits of the human race, better known to God than to us; provided this stand fast among all who are truly godly, that no one can have true virtue without true godliness, that is, without the true worship of the true God; and that it is not true when it serves human glory; yet that those who are not citizens of the eternal city—which in our sacred writings is called the City of God—are more useful to the earthly city when they have virtue, even such virtue, than if they had not even that. But those who, endowed with true godliness, live well, if they have the knowledge of ruling peoples, nothing is more fortunate for human affairs than that, by God's mercy, they should have power.
But such men attribute their virtues, however great they can have in this life, to nothing but the grace of God, because He has given them to those who will, who believe, who ask; and at the same time they understand how much is lacking to them for the perfection of righteousness, such as is in the fellowship of those holy angels to which they strive to fit themselves. But however much that virtue may be praised and proclaimed, which without true godliness serves the glory of men, it is by no means to be compared to the small beginnings of the saints, whose hope is placed in the grace and in the mercy of the true God. CHAPTER XX. That it is as base for the virtues to serve human glory as bodily pleasure.
The philosophers who place the end of human good in virtue itself are wont, in order to bring shame upon certain philosophers who indeed approve the virtues but measure them by the end of bodily pleasure, and think that pleasure is to be sought for its own sake but these virtues for the sake of pleasure, to paint a certain picture in words, where Pleasure sits like some dainty queen upon a royal throne, and the virtues are made subject to her as her handmaids, watching her nod, that they may do whatever she shall command: who commands Prudence to inquire vigilantly in what way Pleasure may reign and be safe;
she commands Justice to bestow what benefits she can for the procuring of the friendships necessary for bodily comforts, to do injury to no one, lest, the laws being offended, Pleasure cannot live secure; she commands Fortitude, that if any pain befall the body which does not drive on to death, it may hold its mistress, that is, Pleasure, bravely in the thought of the mind, so that through the recollection of its former delights it may soften the stings of the present pain; she commands Temperance to take only so much of foods, even if they delight, as not to disturb the health by some harmful immoderation, and that Pleasure—which the Epicureans place as greatest even in the health of the body—be not gravely offended.
Thus the virtues, with all the dignity of their glory, would serve Pleasure as some imperious and dishonorable little woman. They say there is nothing more ignominious and deformed than this picture, and nothing which the gaze of good men could less endure; and they say truly. But I do not think that the picture would be of sufficient due seemliness, if it were so fashioned that the virtues serve human glory. For although that glory herself is not a dainty woman, yet she is puffed up and has much emptiness. Whence it is not worthy that a certain solidity and firmness of the virtues should serve her, so that Prudence foresee nothing, Justice distribute nothing, Fortitude endure nothing, Temperance moderate nothing, except for the end that men may be pleased and the windy glory be served.
Nor let those defend themselves from this foulness who, while they scorn the judgments of others as despisers of glory, seem wise to themselves and please themselves. For their virtue, if indeed there is any at all, is subjected in some other fashion to human praise; for the very man who pleases himself is not no man. But he who by true piety believes in and hopes in the God whom he loves looks more upon those things in which he is displeasing to himself than upon those things, if any such are in him, which please not so much himself as the truth; nor does he ascribe that which can now please to any source but the mercy of Him whom he fears to displease — giving thanks for the things already healed, and pouring out prayers for those yet to be healed. CHAPTER XXI.
That the Roman kingdom was ordained by the true God, from whom is all power and by whose providence all things are governed. Since these things are so, let us not attribute the power of bestowing kingdom and empire to any but the true God, who grants felicity in the kingdom of heaven to the pious alone, but grants an earthly kingdom both to the pious and to the impious, as it pleases Him to whom nothing pleases unjustly. For although we have said something which He willed to be made plain to us, nevertheless it is too much for us and far exceeds our human powers to scrutinize the hidden things and by clear examination to judge the merits of kingdoms. That one true God, therefore, who deserts not the human race either in judgment or in aid, gave the kingdom to the Romans when He willed and as much as He willed;
who gave it also to the Assyrians, or even to the Persians, who (as their own writings hold) worship only two gods, one good and one evil — to say nothing of the Hebrew people, of whom I have already said as much as seemed sufficient, who worshipped none but the one God even when they reigned. He, then, who gave grain crops to the Persians without the worship of the goddess Segetia, who gave them the other gifts of the earth without the worship of so many gods, whom these people set, one over each single thing, or even several over single things — He likewise gave them a kingdom without the worship of those by whose worship these men believed themselves to have reigned. So too with individual men: He who gave to Marius gave also to Gaius Caesar; He who gave to Augustus gave also to Nero; He who gave to the Vespasians, whether father or son, the most agreeable of emperors, gave also to the most cruel Domitian;
and — that there be no need to go through them one by one — He who gave to the Christian Constantine gave also to the apostate Julian, whose remarkable natural gifts a sacrilegious and detestable curiosity deceived through the love of domination, a curiosity to which he was given over in his devotion to vain oracles; when, relying on the security of victory, he burned the ships that carried the supplies he needed, and then, hotly pressing on with immoderate boldness, was soon slain as the price of his rashness in enemy territory, and left the army destitute, so that there was no escape from there but for the boundaries of the Roman empire to be moved contrary to that omen of the god Terminus, of whom we spoke in the previous book. For the god Terminus yielded to necessity, who had not yielded to Jupiter. These things plainly the one true God rules and governs as it pleases Him;
and if for hidden causes, are they therefore unjust? CHAPTER XXII. That the times and outcomes of wars depend upon the judgment of God. So too the very times of wars: just as it lies within His arbitration and His just judgment and mercy either to grind down or to comfort the human race, so He brings it about that some are ended more swiftly, others more slowly. The war against the pirates was completed by Pompey, the Third Punic War by Scipio, with incredible swiftness and brevity of time. The war of the runaway gladiators too, although many Roman commanders and two consuls were defeated and Italy was horribly crushed and laid waste, was nevertheless brought to an end in the third year, after much had been consumed.
The Picentes, Marsi, and Peligni — peoples not foreign but Italian — after long and most devoted servitude under the Roman yoke, attempted to lift up their head into liberty, when already many nations had been subdued to the Roman empire and Carthage had been destroyed; in which Italian War, though the Romans were very often defeated, where two consuls perished and other most noble senators as well, this evil was nonetheless not protracted over a long time, for the fifth year put an end to it. But the Second Punic War wore down and almost consumed the Roman strength, with the greatest losses and calamity to the commonwealth, over eighteen years; in two battles nearly seventy thousand Romans fell. The First Punic War was carried through over twenty-three years;
the Mithridatic War, forty. And lest anyone suppose that the early efforts of the Romans were stronger for carrying through wars more swiftly, in earlier times much praised in every virtue, the Samnite War was protracted nearly fifty years; in which war the Romans were so defeated that they were even sent under the yoke. But because they loved not glory for the sake of justice, but seemed to love justice for the sake of glory, they broke the peace and treaty that had been made.
I recall these things for this reason: because many who are ignorant of past events — and some too who dissemble their own knowledge — if they see in Christian times any war dragging on a little longer, at once most insolently leap upon our religion, exclaiming that, were it not for it, and were the divinities worshipped by the old rite, then by that Roman virtue which, with Mars and Bellona to aid, completed such great wars so swiftly, this war too would be most speedily ended.
Let those, then, who have read recall how long-drawn-out were the wars, with how varied outcomes, with how grievous disasters, that were waged by the ancient Romans — even as the whole world, like a most stormy sea, is wont to be tossed by the varied tempest of such evils — and let them at last confess what they are unwilling to confess, and not destroy themselves with their mad tongues against God, nor deceive the unlearned. CHAPTER XXIII. Of the war in which Radagaisus, king of the Goths, a worshipper of demons, was conquered in a single day with his immense forces. Yet this thing, which God did marvelously and mercifully in our memory in most recent times, they do not commemorate with thanksgiving, but, so far as in them lies, they strive to bury in the oblivion of all men, if it can be done;
and if this be passed over in silence by us, we shall be ingrate in like manner. When Radagaisus, king of the Goths, with an immense and monstrous host already stationed in the vicinity of the City, was threatening the necks of the Romans, he was in a single day so swiftly conquered that, with not even one Roman — I will not say killed, but even wounded — far more than a hundred thousand of his army were laid low, and he himself, soon captured, was put to death by the punishment he deserved. For if that man, so impious, with forces so great and so impious, had entered Rome, whom would he have spared? To what places would he have shown the honor due to the martyrs? In whose person would he have feared God? Whose blood would he not have wished poured out, whose chastity untouched?
And what cries would these men raise on behalf of their gods? With what mockery would they boast that he had conquered, that he had been able to do such great things, because by daily sacrifices he was appeasing and inviting the gods — which the Christian religion would not allow the Romans to do? For when he was already drawing near to these regions, where he was crushed by the nod of the supreme Majesty, while his fame was everywhere increasing, it was said to us at Carthage that the pagans believed, scattered abroad, and boastfully proclaimed this: that, with his friendly gods protecting and aiding him — to whom he was reported to sacrifice daily — he could not possibly be conquered by those who performed no such rites to the Roman gods nor permitted them to be performed by anyone. And the wretched ones give no thanks for so great a mercy of God, who,
when He had determined to chastise by barbarian incursion the morals of men who deserved to suffer graver things, tempered His indignation with such great gentleness that He first caused that man to be marvelously conquered, lest glory be given to the demons (whom it was agreed he was supplicating) for the overturning of weak minds; and then He brought it about that Rome should be taken by those barbarians who, contrary to all the custom of wars waged before, defended out of reverence for the Christian religion those fleeing to the holy places, and so set themselves against the very demons and the rites of impious sacrifices, on which that man had presumed, in the name of Christ, that they seemed to wage a far more atrocious war against them than against men;
thus the true Lord and Governor of affairs both scourged the Romans with mercy, and, by the supplicators of demons being so incredibly conquered, showed that those sacrifices were not even necessary for the safety of present things — so that by those who contend not obstinately but attend prudently, true religion might not be forsaken on account of present needs, but might rather be held by the most faithful expectation of eternal life. CHAPTER XXIV. What is, and how true is, the felicity of Christian emperors.
For we do not call certain Christian emperors happy because they reigned a longer time, or because, while reigning, they left their sons to succeed them by a peaceful death, or because they subdued the enemies of the commonwealth, or because they were able to guard against and crush hostile citizens rising up against them. These and other rewards or solaces of this toilsome life even certain worshippers of demons have merited to receive, who do not belong to the kingdom of God to which these belong; and this too came about by His mercy, lest those who believe in Him should desire these things from Him as though they were the highest goods. But we call them happy if they rule justly, if amid the tongues of those who exalt them on high and the obsequiousness of those who salute them too humbly they are not lifted up, and remember that they are men;
if they make their power a handmaid to His majesty for the widest possible spreading of the worship of God; if they fear, love, and worship God; if they love more that kingdom where they fear not to have fellow-sharers; if they are slower to avenge, readier to pardon; if they exact that same vengeance for the necessity of governing and protecting the commonwealth, not for sating the hatreds of enmity; if they grant that same indulgence not for the impunity of iniquity, but for the hope of correction; if that which they are for the most part constrained to decree harshly, they compensate by the gentleness of mercy and the bountifulness of benefits; if luxury is the more restrained in them, the more free it might have been;
if they had rather rule over their own depraved desires than over any nations whatever; and if they do all these things not for the ardor of empty glory, but for the love of eternal felicity; if for their own sins they do not neglect to offer to their true God the sacrifice of humility, of compassion, and of prayer. Such Christian emperors we say are happy: for the present in hope, hereafter in the very reality, when that which we await shall have come. CHAPTER XXV. Of the prosperities that God conferred upon the Christian emperor Constantine.
For the good God, lest men who believed He was to be worshipped for the sake of eternal life should suppose that no one could attain these high places and earthly kingdoms unless he supplicated demons — because these spirits had much power in such matters — filled the emperor Constantine, who supplicated not demons but worshipped the true God Himself, with such great earthly gifts as no one would dare even to wish for; to whom He even granted to found a city, an ally to the Roman empire, as it were a daughter of Rome herself, yet without any temple or image of demons. He reigned long, alone as Augustus he held and defended the whole Roman world; in administering and waging wars he was most victorious, in suppressing tyrants he was prospered in all things;
in advanced old age he died of sickness and senility, and left his sons reigning. But again, lest any emperor should become a Christian in order to merit the felicity of Constantine — whereas everyone ought to be a Christian for the sake of eternal life — He took away Jovian much sooner than Julian; He permitted Gratian to be slain by a tyrant's sword, far more gently indeed than the great Pompey, a worshipper as it were of the Roman gods. For that man could not be avenged by Cato, whom he had left, in a manner, heir of the civil war; but this man — although pious souls do not require such consolations — was avenged by Theodosius, whom he had made a partner of his rule when he had a little son and a brother, being more eager for faithful fellowship than for excessive power. CHAPTER XXVI.
Of the faith and piety of Theodosius Augustus. Hence he not only kept toward the living the faith which he owed, but also, after his death, when the little brother Valentinian had been driven out by his murderer Maximus, he received the boy as a Christian into the territories of his own empire, guarded him as a ward with fatherly affection — one whom, stripped of all resources, he could have removed without any trouble, had he blazed more with greed of wider ruling than with charity of doing good; whereupon rather, having taken him up with his imperial dignity preserved, he consoled him by his very humanity and grace.
Then, when that success made Maximus formidable, he did not in the straits of his cares slip into sacrilegious and unlawful curiosities, but sent to John, who dwelt in the Egyptian desert — whom by spreading report he had learned to be a servant of God endowed with the spirit of prophecy — and received from him a most certain message of victory.
Soon the destroyer of the tyrant Maximus restored the boy Valentinian with most merciful reverence to those parts of his empire from which he had been driven; and when that boy was shortly after slain, whether by treachery or by some other compact or chance, he, having again received a prophetic answer, sure in faith, crushed another tyrant, Eugenius, who had been illegitimately substituted into that emperor's place — fighting against his most robust army more by praying than by striking.
The soldiers who were with us reported that whatever they hurled was wrested from their hands, when a violent wind went from the side of Theodosius against the adversaries, and not only snatched away most furiously whatever was cast at them, but even turned their own weapons back upon their bodies. Whence the poet Claudian too, though a stranger to the name of Christ, said nonetheless in his praises: 'O thou too greatly beloved of God, for whom the heaven does battle, and the confederate winds come to the war-trumpets!'
As victor, moreover, just as he had believed and foretold, he took down the images of Jupiter which had been set up in the Alps, consecrated against him by I know not what rites; and their thunderbolts, because they were of gold, he cheerfully and kindly bestowed upon the couriers who were jesting (as that gladness permitted) and saying that they wished to be struck by them. The sons of his enemies, whom the onrush of war — not by his own command — had carried off, even while not yet Christians, fleeing to the church, he willed on this occasion to become Christians and loved with Christian charity, nor deprived them of their goods, but increased them with honors. He permitted private enmities to prevail against no one after the victory.
Civil wars he did not, like Cinna and Marius and Sulla and others of that kind, wish to end even when ended, but rather grieved that they had arisen than wished to harm anyone once they were terminated. Amid all these things, from the very beginning of his empire, he did not cease to come to the aid of the Church laboring under impious men by most just and most merciful laws — the Church which the heretic Valens, favoring the Arians, had vehemently afflicted; and he rejoiced to be a member of that Church more than to reign on earth. He ordered the images of the heathen to be everywhere overthrown, understanding well enough that not even earthly gifts are placed in the power of demons, but in that of the true God.
And what was more marvelous than his religious humility, when, in the matter of the most grievous crime of the Thessalonians — for which, at the intercession of bishops, he had already promised pardon — he was compelled by the tumult of certain men who clung to him to take vengeance, and, being restrained by ecclesiastical discipline, so did penance that the people, praying for him, wept more at seeing the imperial majesty prostrate than they had feared it angered when sinning? These good works, and any like them which it would be long to commemorate, that man bore away with him from this temporal vapor of whatever human height and eminence; of which works the reward is eternal felicity, whose giver is God to the truly pious alone.
But the rest of the heights or supports of this life — like the world itself, light, breezes, lands, waters, fruits, and man's own soul and body, senses, mind, and life — He bestows upon the good and the evil alike; among which is also any greatness of empire whatever, which He dispenses according to the governance of the times. Accordingly, I now see that an answer must be given also to those who, refuted and convicted by the most manifest proofs by which it is shown that for these temporal things — which alone the foolish covet to possess — the multitude of false gods avails nothing, attempt to assert that the gods are to be worshipped not for the usefulness of the present life, but for the sake of that which is to come after death.
For to those who, on account of the friendships of this world, wish to worship vain things and complain that they are not allowed their childish notions, I think enough has been answered in these five books. When I had published the first three of them and they had begun to be in the hands of many, I heard that certain men were preparing, by writing, some reply against them. Then it was brought to me that they had already written, but were seeking a time when they could publish without danger. These I admonish not to wish for what is not expedient for them. For it is easy for anyone to seem to have answered, who has been unwilling to be silent. Or what is more loquacious than vanity? — which cannot do what truth can, because, if it wills, it can even shout more than truth.
But let them consider all things diligently, and if perchance, judging without partisanship, they perceive such things to be such as can rather be stirred up than overthrown by most shameless garrulity and by a levity as it were satirical or mimic, let them restrain their trifles and choose rather to be corrected by the prudent than praised by the shameless. For if they await a time not for the liberty of speaking truth, but for the license of speaking ill, far be it that there befall them what Tully says of a certain man who was called happy through the license of sinning: 'O wretched man, to whom it was permitted to sin!'
Whence whoever he is that thinks himself happy through the license of speaking ill will be far happier if this is not permitted to him at all, since, laying aside the emptiness of boasting, he could even at this time, as though out of zeal for consultation, contradict whatever he wished and, as far as they are able, hear from those whom he consults, by friendly disputation, honorably, gravely, and freely, what he ought to hear. PREFACE. In the five preceding books I seem to myself to have disputed sufficiently against those who hold that the many false gods — which the Christian truth proves to be useless images, or unclean spirits and pernicious demons, or at any rate creatures, not the Creator —
are to be venerated and worshipped, for the usefulness of this mortal life and of earthly things, with that rite and service which in Greek is called latreia and is owed to the one true God. And indeed, who does not know that against such excessive folly or obstinacy neither these five nor any other books, of however great a number, can suffice? — when that is reckoned the glory of vanity, to yield to no powers of truth, to the ruin assuredly of him over whom so monstrous a vice holds dominion. For even against all the industry of the one tending him, it is not by the fault of the physician but of the incurable patient that the disease is unconquered.
But those who weigh the things they read with no obstinacy of their old error, or not with great and excessive obstinacy, having understood and considered them, will more easily judge that we have, within this number of five completed volumes, discussed rather more than the necessity of the question itself demanded than less; and they will not be able to doubt that all the odium which the unlearned attempt to cast upon the Christian religion concerning the disasters of this life and the wearing down and changing of earthly things — with the learned not only dissembling but even favoring it against their own conscience, men whom mad impiety has possessed — is altogether empty of right thinking and reasoning, and full of the most trivial rashness and most pernicious animosity. CHAPTER I.
Concerning those who say that the gods are worshipped by them not for the present life, but for the eternal one. Now therefore, since henceforth, as the promised order requires, those too must be refuted and instructed who contend that the gods of the nations — which the Christian religion destroys — are to be worshipped not for the sake of this life, but for the sake of that which is to be after death: it pleases me to take the beginning of my disputation from the truthful oracle of the holy psalm: 'Blessed is the man whose hope is the Lord his God, and who has not regarded vanities and lying follies.' Nevertheless, in all vanities and lying follies, the philosophers are far more tolerably to be heard, to whom these opinions and errors of the peoples were displeasing,
those peoples who set up images to the divinities, and either fabricated, or believed when fabricated, many false and unworthy things about those whom they call immortal gods, and mingled the things believed with the worship and rites of their sacred things. With these men — who, even if not by freely proclaiming, yet somehow by muttering in disputations, have testified that they disapprove such things — this question is not so unfittingly treated: whether the one God, who made every spiritual and corporeal creature, ought not to be worshipped for the sake of the life that is to be after death, but rather many gods, whom certain of those same philosophers, more excellent and noble than the rest, held to have been made by that one God and sublimely placed on high.
But who would bear it to be said and contended that those gods — some of whom I mentioned in the fourth book, to each of whom single offices over trifling things are distributed — bestow eternal life upon anyone? Or shall those most skilled and most acute men, who glory in having taught in their writings as a great benefit, so that it might be known why each god should be supplicated, what should be sought from each — lest, by a most base absurdity such as is wont to be done jestingly in a mime, water should be sought from Liber and wine from the Lymphs — shall they be authors to any man, supplicating the immortal gods, so that, when he has sought wine from the Lymphs and they have answered him: 'We have water; seek this from Liber,' he may rightly say:
'If you have no wine, at least give me eternal life'? What is more monstrous than this absurdity? Would not those goddesses, cackling (for they are wont to be easily moved to laughter), if they do not aspire to deceive like demons, answer the supplicant: 'O man, do you think we have life in our power, we who you hear have not even a vine?' It is therefore of the most shameless folly to seek or hope for eternal life from such gods, who are asserted to guard the single particles of this most toilsome and most brief life — and of anything that pertains to propping and supporting it — in such a way that, if what is under another's guardianship and power be sought from another, it is so unfitting and absurd as to seem most like the buffoonery of a mime.
And when this is done by mimes who know what they do, they are rightly laughed at in the theater; but when it is done by fools who do not know, they are more worthily mocked in the world. To which god or goddess, and for what, supplication was to be made — as far as concerns those gods whom the cities instituted — was skillfully discovered by the learned and committed to memory: what was to be sought from Liber, for example, what from the Lymphs, what from Vulcan, and so from the rest, whom I have partly mentioned in the fourth book, partly thought should be passed over. Furthermore, if to seek wine from Ceres, bread from Liber, water from Vulcan, fire from the Lymphs is an error, how much greater a madness must it be understood to be, if supplication be made to any one of these for eternal life!
Wherefore, if, when we were inquiring concerning the earthly kingdom — which gods or goddesses it was to be believed could confer it upon men — after all had been discussed, it was shown to be far removed from the truth to suppose that even earthly kingdoms are appointed by any one of those many and false divinities: is it not of the maddest impiety, if eternal life — which is without any doubt or comparison to be preferred to all earthly kingdoms — be believed capable of being given to anyone by any one of these? Nor did such gods seem unable to give even an earthly kingdom because they are great and exalted, while this is something small and abject which they would not deign to care for in such sublimity;
sedquantumlibetconsiderationefragilitatishumanaecaducosapicesterreniregnimeritoquisquecontemnat, illiditalesapparuerunt, utindignissimiuiderentur, quibusdandaadqueseruandadeberentuelistacommitti. Acperhoc, si (utsuperioraproximisduobuslibrispertractatadocuerunt) nullusdeusexillaturbauelquasiplebeiorumuelquasiprocerumdeorumidoneusestregnamortaliamortalibusdare, quantominuspotestinmortalesexmortalibusfacere!
but however much anyone, in consideration of human frailty, may rightly despise the fleeting summits of an earthly kingdom, those gods appeared so unworthy that they seemed most unfit to have even these things committed to be given and preserved by them. And by this, if (as the foregoing, treated in the two preceding books, has taught) no god out of that throng — whether of plebeian gods, as it were, or of noble ones — is fit to give mortal kingdoms to mortals, how much less can he make immortals out of mortals!
To this it is added that, if we are now dealing with those who think the gods are to be worshipped not for the sake of this life, but for the sake of the life that is to be after death, then they are by no means to be worshipped even for the sake of those things which are attributed to the power of such gods as it were apportioned and proper to them — not by reason of truth, but by an opinion of vanity — as those believe who contend that their worship is necessary for the usefulness of this mortal life; against whom I have already disputed sufficiently, as far as I could, in the five preceding volumes. Since these things are so, if the very age of those who worshipped the goddess Juventas (Youth) flourished more notably, while her despisers either died within the years of youth, or grew cold in it as in a senile torpor;
if bearded Fortuna clothed the cheeks of her worshippers more comely and more festively, while those by whom she was scorned we should see smooth-faced or ill-bearded: even so we should most rightly say that these single goddesses can avail only thus far, limited as it were to their own offices, and that therefore eternal life is not to be sought from Juventas, who would not give a beard, nor is any good thing after this life to be hoped for from bearded Fortuna, whose power in this life would be none, that she might at least furnish that same age which is clothed with a beard.
But now, since the worship of these deities is not even necessary for those very things which men suppose to be subject to them — for many who worship the goddess Youth have by no means flourished in that time of life, and many who do not worship her enjoy the strength of youth; and likewise many suppliants of bearded Fortune have attained to no beard at all, or to an ugly one, and if any venerate her for the obtaining of a beard, they are mocked by her bearded despisers — is the human heart then so foolish that, although it recognizes the worship of those gods to be empty and ridiculous even for the sake of these temporal and swiftly passing gifts over which they are individually said to preside, it should yet believe such worship to be fruitful for the sake of life eternal?
That these gods can bestow eternal life, not even those have dared to say who, in order that they might be worshipped by ignorant peoples, assigned to them these temporal works parcelled out minutely — since they thought them far too many, lest any one of them should sit idle. CHAPTER II. What is to be believed concerning Varro's opinion of the gods of the nations, whose kinds and rites he so laid bare that he would have dealt more reverently with them had he kept utter silence about them. Who inquired into these matters more carefully than Marcus Varro? Who discovered them more learnedly? Who considered them more attentively? Who distinguished them more acutely? Who wrote of them more diligently and more fully?
Although he is less pleasing in eloquence, yet he is so replete with learning and judgement that, in all that erudition which we call secular and they call liberal, he instructs the student of facts as much as Cicero delights the student of words. Indeed Cicero himself bears him such testimony that in his Academic books he says he held the discussion there treated with Marcus Varro, 'a man,' he says, 'easily the most acute of all and beyond any doubt the most learned.' He does not say 'the most eloquent' or 'the most fluent,' since in truth in that faculty he is much inferior; but 'easily,' he says, 'the most acute of all'; and in those books —
that is, in the Academic books, where he contends that all things are to be doubted, he added 'beyond any doubt the most learned.' Assuredly he was so certain about this matter that he set aside the doubt which he was wont to bring to bear upon everything, as though, being about to dispute on this one point even on behalf of the Academics' doubt, he had forgotten that he was an Academic. But in the first book, when he was praising the same Varro's literary labours, he says: 'We, wandering and straying as strangers in our own city, were as it were led home by your books, so that we might at last recognize who and where we were. You have revealed the age of our country, the divisions of its periods, the laws of its sacred rites,
the discipline of the priests, the domestic discipline, the public discipline, the seat of regions and places, the names, kinds, functions, and causes of all things divine and human, you have laid open.' This man, then, of such notable and surpassing skill — and as Terentianus too says of him briefly in a most elegant little verse: 'Varro, a man most learned on every side' — who read so much that we marvel he had any leisure to write anything, and wrote so much that we can scarcely believe anyone could have read it all:
this man, I say, so great in genius and so great in learning, had he been an assailant and demolisher of those things which, as it were, divine, of which he writes, and had he declared that they pertained not to religion but to superstition, I know not whether he would have written down in them so many things to be laughed at, despised, and abominated. But seeing that he so worshipped these same gods, and judged them worthy to be worshipped, that in that very work of his writings he says he fears lest they perish, not by hostile assault but through the negligence of the citizens — from which negligence, as from a kind of ruin, he says they are delivered by him, and stored up and preserved in the memory of the good through books of this sort by a more useful care than that by which Metellus is said to have rescued the sacred things of Vesta from the fire, and Aeneas the household gods from the destruction of Troy;
and yet he hands down to the ages, to be read, those very things which by the wise and the foolish alike are rightly judged to be cast away and most hostile to the truth of religion: what then ought we to think, except that he was a most keen-witted and most learned man, yet not free by the Holy Spirit, oppressed by the custom and laws of his city, and yet unwilling, under the pretext of commending religion, to keep silent about those things by which he was moved? CHAPTER III. What is the division of Varro's books, which he composed concerning the antiquities of human and divine things. He wrote forty-one books of antiquities;
these he divided into human and divine affairs, assigning twenty-five to human affairs and sixteen to divine, following in that division this plan: that he should give six books each to four parts of human affairs. For he gave heed to who act, where they act, when they act, what they act. In the first six therefore he wrote concerning men, in the second six concerning places, in the third six concerning times, and in the fourth six and last he treated of deeds. Now four times six make twenty-four. But he set at the head one single book, which should speak in general of all things beforehand. In divine affairs likewise the same form of division was preserved by him, as far as pertains to those things which are to be rendered to the gods.
For sacred rites are rendered by men, in places and at times. These four things which I have mentioned he embraced in three books each: for the first three he wrote concerning men, the following concerning places, the third concerning times, the fourth concerning sacred rites — here too commending by a most subtle distinction those who render them, where they render them, when they render them, what they render. But because it was needful to say, and this was chiefly expected, to whom they render them, he wrote three last books concerning the gods themselves, so that five times three should make fifteen. But they are all, as we have said, sixteen, because at the beginning of these too he set one single book which should speak first concerning all things.
This being completed, he then consequently subdivided, out of that fivefold distribution, the three preceding books which pertain to men, so that the first should be concerning the pontiffs, the second concerning the augurs, the third concerning the quindecimviri of sacred rites; the second three pertaining to places, so that in one of them he should speak concerning the shrines, in another concerning the sacred buildings, in the third concerning religious places; the three further which follow these and pertain to times — that is, to festal days — so that he should make one of them concerning the holidays, another concerning the circus games, the third concerning the stage games; of the fourth three pertaining to sacred rites he gave one to consecrations, another to private rites, the last to public.
This procession, as it were, of services the gods themselves follow last in the three books that remain, on whom all this worship was expended: in the first the certain gods, in the second the uncertain, in the third and last of all the chief and select gods. CHAPTER IV. That from Varro's discussion human affairs are found to be more ancient than divine among the worshippers of the gods. In this whole series of most beautiful and most subtle arrangement and distinction, that eternal life is sought and hoped for in vain, and most shamelessly even longed for, appears most easily — from the things we have already said and those which are next to be said — to any man who has not become his own enemy with an obstinate heart.
For these institutions are either of men or of demons — not such as they call good demons, but, to speak more plainly, of unclean and beyond dispute malignant spirits, who with marvellous and hidden envy implant noxious opinions in the thoughts of the impious — opinions by which the human soul grows more and more vain and cannot be fitted to, or cleave to, the immutable and eternal truth — and sometimes openly thrust them into men's senses and confirm them by whatever deceitful attestation they can. This very Varro testifies that for this reason he wrote first concerning human things and afterward concerning divine, namely because cities existed first, and then these institutions were established by them.
But the true religion was not instituted by any earthly city; rather it itself plainly instituted the heavenly city. And it is the true God, the giver of eternal life, who inspires and teaches it to His true worshippers. The reason, then, of Varro, who confesses that he wrote first of human things and afterward of divine because these divine things were instituted by men, is this: 'Just as,' he says, 'the painter is prior to the painted tablet, and the builder prior to the building, so cities are prior to those things which are instituted by cities.'
But he says that he would have written first concerning the gods, and afterward concerning men, if he were writing of the whole nature of the gods — as though here he writes of some part of it and not of the whole; or as though even some part of the divine nature, though not the whole, ought not to be prior to that of men. For what of the fact that in those three last books, while diligently expounding the certain and uncertain and select gods, he seems to pass over no nature of the gods? What then does he mean when he says: 'If we were writing of the whole nature of gods and men, we should have finished the divine things before we touched upon the human'? For either he writes of the whole nature of the gods, or of some part, or of none at all. If of the whole, it is certainly to be set before human affairs; if of some part, why should not even that part precede human affairs?
Or is some part of the gods unworthy to be set even before the whole nature of men? But if it is too much that some divine part should be set before all human affairs, at least it is worthy to be set before the Roman ones. For he wrote his books of human affairs, not as concerning the whole world, but only as concerning Rome; and yet he said that he rightly preferred these in the order of writing to the books of divine affairs, just as the painter to the painted tablet, just as the builder to the building, confessing most openly that these divine things too, like a painting, like a structure, were instituted by men. It remains that he be understood to have written of no nature of the gods, and to have been unwilling to say this openly, but to have left it to be understood by the intelligent.
For when it is said 'not all,' it is indeed commonly understood as 'some'; but it can also be understood as 'none,' since that which is none is neither all nor some. For, as he himself says, if the nature of the gods of which he was writing were the whole, it ought in the order of writing to be set before human affairs; but as truth cries out even while he is silent, it ought certainly to be set before Roman affairs, even if it were not the whole, but at least some. Yet it is rightly set after; therefore it is none. Thus he did not wish to prefer human things to divine, but he was unwilling to prefer false things to true. For in those things which he wrote of human affairs, he followed the history of deeds done; but in those which he writes of the things he calls divine, what did he follow but the opinions of vain things?
This, no doubt, is what he wished to show by a subtle hint — not only by writing of these things later than of those, but also by giving the reason why he did so. For had he kept silent about it, perhaps this deed of his might have been defended by others in another way. But in that very reason which he gave, he left nothing for others to surmise at their own pleasure, and sufficiently proved that he had set men before the institutions of men, not the nature of men before the nature of the gods. Thus he confessed that he had written his books of divine affairs not concerning the truth which pertains to nature, but concerning the falsehood which pertains to error. This he set down more openly elsewhere, as I recalled in the fourth book: that he would have written according to the rule of nature, if he himself were founding a new city;
but since he had found an old one already in being, he could do nothing but follow its custom. CHAPTER V. Concerning the three kinds of theology according to Varro, that is, one mythical, another natural, and a third civil. Then what is the meaning of this, that he says there are three kinds of theology — that is, of the reason which is set forth concerning the gods — one of which is called mythical, another physical, the third civil? If Latin usage allowed, we should call the kind which he set first 'fabular'; but let us say 'fabulous'; for from the fables (fabulae) it was called mythical, since μῦθος in Greek means a fable. But that the second be called natural, the very custom of speech now allows. The third he himself also expressed in Latin, which is called civil. Then he says:
'The mythical they call that which the poets chiefly use; the physical, that which the philosophers use; the civil, that which the peoples use. The first,' he says, 'which I have mentioned, contains many things feigned contrary to the dignity and nature of the immortals. For in it there is the story that one god was born from the head, another from the thigh, another from drops of blood; in it, that gods committed thefts, that they committed adulteries, that they served a man; in short, in it all things are attributed to the gods which can befall not only a man, but even the most contemptible man.' Here at least, where he could, where he dared, where he thought it would go unpunished, he expressed without any cloud of ambiguity how great an injury was done to the nature of the gods by these most lying fables.
For he was speaking not of natural theology, nor of civil, but of the fabulous, which he thought he might freely censure. Let us see what he says of the other. 'The second kind,' he says, 'is that which I have shown, concerning which the philosophers have left many books; in which is treated: who the gods are, where, of what kind, of what character; whether the gods existed from a certain time or from everlasting; whether they are of fire, as Heraclitus believes, or of numbers, as Pythagoras, or of atoms, as Epicurus says. And so other matters, which ears can more easily bear within the walls in a school than outside in the forum.'
In this kind which they call physical and which pertains to the philosophers, he censured nothing — only that he recalled their controversies among themselves, through whom there was made a multitude of dissenting sects. Yet he removed this kind from the forum, that is, from the peoples, and shut it up in schools and within walls. But that first kind, most lying and most base, he did not remove from the cities. O ye religious popular ears, and among these the Roman too! What the philosophers dispute concerning the immortal gods, you cannot bear; but what the poets sing and the players act, because they are feigned contrary to the dignity and nature of the immortals, because they can befall not only a man but even the most contemptible man, you not only bear, but even gladly hear.
And not only that, but they decree that these things even please the gods themselves, and that by these the gods are to be appeased. Someone may say: Let us distinguish these two kinds, the mythical and the physical — that is, the fabulous and the natural — from this civil one, of which we are now treating, from which he himself also distinguished them, and now let us see how he expounds the civil kind itself. I see indeed why the fabulous ought to be distinguished: because it is false, because it is base, because it is unworthy. But to wish to distinguish the natural from the civil — what else is this than to confess that the civil too is faulty? For if that is natural, what has it of reproach, that it should be excluded? But if this which is called civil is not natural, what has it of merit, that it should be admitted?
This, surely, is the cause why he wrote first of human things and afterward of divine, since in divine matters he followed not nature but the institutions of men. Let us indeed look at the civil theology. 'The third kind,' he says, 'is that which the citizens in the cities, and especially the priests, ought to know and to administer. In it is contained what gods are to be worshipped publicly, what sacred rites and sacrifices it is fitting for each to perform.' Let us further attend to what follows. 'The first theology,' he says, 'is especially suited to the theatre, the second to the world, the third to the city.' Who does not see to which he has given the palm? Surely to the second, which he said above is the philosophers'.
For he testifies that this pertains to the world, than which these men suppose nothing to be more excellent among things. But those two theologies, the first and the third — namely of the theatre and of the city — did he distinguish or join them? For we see that what belongs to the city does not straightway also pertain to the world, although we see that cities exist in the world; for it can come to pass that in a city, according to false opinions, those things be worshipped and those be believed whose nature is nowhere either in the world or beyond the world. But the theatre — where is it but in the city? Who instituted the theatre but the state? For the sake of what did it institute it but for the sake of stage games? Where are the stage games but in those divine matters, concerning which these books are written with so great skill? CHAPTER VI.
Concerning the mythical theology, that is, the fabulous, and the civil, against Varro. O Marcus Varro, since you are a man the most acute of all and beyond any doubt the most learned, yet a man, not God, nor borne up by the Spirit of God to see and announce things divine in truth and freedom — you do indeed discern how greatly things divine are to be separated from human trifles and lies; but you fear to offend the most vicious opinions and customs of the peoples in their public superstitions, which you yourself perceive — when you consider them on every side — to shrink away from the nature of the gods, or even of such beings as the weakness of the human mind surmises among the elements of this world; and all your literature resounds with it round about.
What here does human genius, however excellent, accomplish? What does human learning, however manifold and vast, avail you in these straits? You desire to worship the natural gods, you are compelled to worship the civil ones. You have found others, the fabulous ones, into whom you may more freely vomit forth what you think, whence too, willy-nilly, you sprinkle even these civil ones. For you say indeed that the fabulous are suited to the theatre, the natural to the world, the civil to the city — whereas the world is a divine work, but cities and theatres are works of men; and none other are derided in the theatres than those who are adored in the temples, nor do you exhibit games to any others than those to whom you immolate victims.
How much more freely and subtly would you have made these divisions, by saying that some gods are natural, others instituted by men, but that concerning those instituted ones the writings of the poets have one account, those of the priests another, both nevertheless being so friendly to each other in the partnership of falsehood that both are pleasing to the demons, to whom the teaching of the truth is hostile! Setting aside, then, for a little while the theology which they call natural — of which we must treat afterward — does it at last please you that eternal life should be sought or hoped for from the poetic, theatrical, sportive, scenic gods? God forbid; nay, may the true God avert so monstrous and sacrilegious a madness. What? From those gods to whom these things are pleasing and whom these things appease, since their own crimes are rehearsed there, is eternal life to be demanded?
No one, I think, is so insane as to rush to so great a precipice of the most furious impiety. Therefore by neither the fabulous nor the civil theology does anyone attain everlasting life. For the one sows by feigning base things concerning the gods, the other reaps by favouring them; the one scatters lies, the other gathers them; the one assails things divine with false crimes, the other embraces the games of those crimes among things divine; the one makes the abominable fictions of men concerning the gods to resound in songs, the other consecrates them at the very festivals of the gods themselves; the one sings the misdeeds and outrages of the deities, the other loves them; the one betrays or feigns, the other either attests them as true or takes delight in them as false. Both are base and both are damnable;
but the one, which is theatrical, professes public baseness; the other, which is urban, is adorned by the baseness of the former. Is eternal life then to be hoped for from that whence this brief and temporal life is polluted? Or does the fellowship of wicked men pollute life, if they insinuate themselves into our affections and assents, and does not the society of demons pollute life — demons who are worshipped by means of their own crimes? If by true crimes, how wicked they are! if by false, how wickedly are they worshipped! When we say these things, it can perhaps seem to someone too ignorant of these matters that those things alone are unworthy of divine majesty, and ridiculous and detestable, which are sung in poetic songs and acted in stage games;
but that those sacred rites, which not the players but the priests perform, are purged and free from all dishonour. If this were so, no one would ever have judged that theatrical basenesses ought to be celebrated in their honour, nor would the gods themselves ever have commanded such things to be exhibited to them. But for this reason men are not at all ashamed to perform such things in the theatres for the homage of the gods, because the like are performed in the temples. Finally, when the aforesaid author endeavoured to distinguish the civil theology, as a third kind of its own, from the fabulous and the natural, he wished it to be understood rather as tempered out of both than as separated from both. For he says that the things which the poets write are less than that the peoples ought to follow them; but the things which the philosophers write are more than that it is expedient for the common crowd to scrutinize them.
'Which differ so widely,' he says, 'that nevertheless not a few things from each kind have been taken up into the civil reckonings. Wherefore the things which will be common we shall write down together with the things proper to the civil; of which there ought to be a greater fellowship for us with the philosophers than with the poets.' Therefore none at all with the poets. And yet in another place he says that concerning the generations of the gods the peoples were more inclined toward the poets than toward the natural philosophers. For here he said what ought to be done, there what is done. He said that the natural philosophers wrote for the sake of usefulness, the poets for the sake of delight. And through this, those things which were written by the poets, and which the peoples ought not to follow, are crimes of the gods, which nevertheless delight both the peoples and the gods. For the poets, as he says, write for the sake of delight, not of usefulness;
yet they write those things which the gods desire and the peoples exhibit. CHAPTER VII. Concerning the likeness and concord of the fabulous and civil theology. The fabulous, theatrical, scenic theology, full of unworthiness and baseness, is therefore brought back to the civil theology; and this whole, which is rightly judged to be blamed and rejected, is a part of that which is judged to be worshipped and observed — not, indeed, an incongruous part, as I have undertaken to show, and one foreign to the whole body, unfittingly connected and hung upon it, but altogether consonant, and joined most suitably as a member of the same body. For what else do those images, forms, ages, sexes, attire of the gods show?
Do the poets have a bearded Jupiter, a beardless Mercury, and the pontiffs not have them? Did only the mimes, and not also the priests, make for Priapus those enormous private parts? Does he stand differently to be adored in sacred places than he comes forth to be laughed at in the theatres? Are Saturn the old man and Apollo the youth so the masks of the actors that they are not also the statues of the shrines? Why are Forculus, who presides over doors, and Limentinus, who over the threshold, male gods, while among these Cardea is a female who guards the hinge? Are not those things found in the books of divine affairs which grave poets deemed unworthy of their songs? Does the theatrical Diana carry arms, while the urban one is simply a virgin?
Is the scenic Apollo a citharist, and is the Delphic Apollo free from this art? But these things are more honourable in comparison with baser ones. What did they think of Jupiter himself, who placed his nurse in the Capitol? Did they not bear witness to Euhemerus, who wrote that all such gods had been men and mortals, not by fabulous garrulity but by historical diligence? Those who established banqueting gods, parasites of Jupiter, at his table — what else did they wish than that the sacred rites should be mimic? For if a mime had said that parasites of Jupiter were admitted to his banquet, he would certainly have seemed to be seeking a laugh. Varro said it! and he said this not when he was mocking the gods, but when he was commending them;
the books of divine, not of human affairs, testify that he wrote this, nor where he was setting forth the stage games, but where he was unfolding the Capitoline laws. In short, by such things he is overcome and confesses that, just as they made the gods in human form, so they believed them to be delighted by human pleasures. For neither were the malignant spirits wanting to their own business, that they might confirm these noxious opinions by the mockery of human minds. Hence too is that story, that the keeper of Hercules' temple, idle and at leisure, played at dice with himself, alternating each hand, in one placing Hercules, in the other himself, on this condition: that if he himself won, he should provide himself a supper from the temple offerings and hire a mistress;
but if the victory should fall to Hercules, he would exhibit this same thing out of his own money for the pleasure of Hercules. Then, when he was beaten by himself as if by Hercules, he gave the supper that was due and a most noble courtesan, Larentina, to the god Hercules. But she, when she had slept in the temple, saw in a dream that Hercules had had intercourse with her, and had said to her that, on departing thence, with the first youth she met she would find her reward, which she should believe to have been paid to her by Hercules. And so, as she went away, when the first youth, Tarutius, a most wealthy man, met her, and having loved her had kept her with him for a long while, he died leaving her his heir.
She, having obtained a most ample fortune, lest she should seem ungrateful for the divine reward, wrote the Roman people itself as her heir — which she thought most acceptable to the deities — and, when she had disappeared, the testament was found; by which merits they say she earned even divine honours. If the poets had feigned these things, if the mimes had acted them, they would without doubt be said to pertain to the fabulous theology and would be judged to be separated from the dignity of the civil theology. But when these disgraceful things are brought forth, not by poets but by peoples; not by mimes but by sacred rites; not by theatres but by temples — that is, not of the fabulous but of the civil theology — by so great an author:
it is not in vain that the players, by their sportive arts, feign so great a baseness of the gods, as there truly is; but it is altogether in vain that the priests, as it were by sacred rites, endeavour to feign for the gods such honour as there is none. There are sacred rites of Juno, and these used to be celebrated in her beloved island Samos, where she was given in marriage to Jupiter; there are sacred rites of Ceres, in which Proserpina, snatched away by Pluto, is sought; there are sacred rites of Venus, in which her beloved Adonis, a most beautiful youth, slain by the boar's tusk, is bewailed; there are sacred rites of the Mother of the gods, in which the handsome youth Attis, beloved by her and emasculated through womanish jealousy, is also lamented in the wretchedness of the emasculated men whom they call Galli.
Since these things are more deformed than any scenic foulness, what is the meaning of their striving to separate, as it were, the fabulous fictions of the poets concerning the gods, which evidently pertain to the theatre, from the civil theology, which they wish to pertain to the city — as unworthy and base things from honourable and worthy ones? And so there is rather cause why thanks should be owed to the players, who have spared the eyes of men and have not laid bare in spectacles all those things which are hidden by the walls of the sacred buildings. What good ought to be thought of their sacred rites, which are covered with darkness, when those things which are brought forth into the light are so detestable? And certainly, what they do in secret through the emasculated and the effeminate, let them themselves look to it;
yet they could by no means conceal those same men, unhappily and basely unmanned and corrupted. Let them persuade whom they can that they perform anything holy through such men, whom they cannot deny to be numbered and to dwell among their holy things. We know not what they do, but we know through what manner of men they do it. For we know what things are done on the stage, where never, even into the chorus of harlots, has an emasculated or effeminate man entered; and yet even these base and infamous persons act them; for indeed they ought not to have been acted by honourable men. What then are those sacred rites, for the performing of which sanctity has chosen such men as not even the obscenity of the stage has admitted into itself? CHAPTER VIII. Concerning the interpretations of natural reasons, which the pagan teachers endeavour to show on behalf of their gods.
But these things, they say, have certain physiological meanings, that is, interpretations drawn from natural causes. As though in this discussion we were inquiring into physiology and not theology, that is, an account not of nature but of God. For although He who is the true God is God not by opinion but by nature, yet not every nature is God; for there is assuredly a nature of man and of beast, of tree and of stone, none of which is God. But if the chief point of this interpretation, when the rites of the Mother of the gods are in question, is certainly that the Mother of the gods is the earth, why do we seek further, why do we sift the rest? What more plainly favors those who say that all these gods were once men? For thus they are earth-born, and thus their mother is the earth.
But in true theology the earth is the work of God, not His mother. Yet however they interpret their sacred rites and refer them to the nature of things, for men to suffer what is womanish is not according to nature but against nature. This disease, this crime, this disgrace finds among those sacred rites an open profession, which among the vicious habits of men scarcely finds confession even under torture. Then, if these rites, which are proved to be fouler than the obscenities of the stage, are here excused and cleansed on the ground that they have their own interpretations by which they are shown to signify the nature of things, why are not poetical things likewise excused and cleansed?
For many have interpreted these poetical things too in the same manner, to such a degree that what is told of them as most monstrous and unspeakable—that Saturn devoured his own sons—some interpret to mean that the length of time, which is signified by the name of Saturn, itself consumes whatever it begets; or, as the same Varro holds, that Saturn pertains to the seeds which fall back again into the earth from which they spring. And in like manner others interpret the rest, each in his own way.
And yet this is called fabulous theology, and together with all its interpretations of this kind it is censured, rejected, and disapproved—and that not only by the natural theology, which belongs to the philosophers, but even by this civil theology of which we are treating, which is asserted to pertain to cities and peoples; and because it has fashioned unworthy fables about the gods, it is deservedly judged fit to be repudiated and set apart. And this no doubt with this design: that, since those most acute and most learned men by whom these things were written understood that both were to be disapproved—both the fabulous, that is, and the civil—they yet dared to disapprove the fabulous, but did not dare to disapprove this latter;
they set forth the former as blameworthy, and exhibited this latter as comparable to it as being like it—not that this should be chosen as to be held in preference to the former, but that it should be understood as to be spat out along with the former; and thus, without danger to those who feared to censure the civil theology, both being despised, that which they call natural might find a place in better minds. For both the civil and the fabulous are alike fabulous, and both alike civil: whoever prudently inspects the vanities and obscenities of both will find both fabulous; whoever observes that the scenic plays belonging to the fabulous are present in the festivals of the civil gods and in the divine affairs of cities, will find both civil.
In what way, then, is the power of bestowing eternal life attributed to any of these gods, whom their own images and rites convict of being most evidently like the openly reprobated fabulous gods in forms, ages, sex, attire, marriages, generations, and rites? In all of which it is understood either that they were men, and that sacred and solemn rites were established for them according to the life or death of each, while demons insinuated and confirmed this error; or else assuredly that on some occasion or other most unclean spirits crept in to deceive human minds. CHAPTER IX. Of the offices of the several gods. What of this?
Do not those very offices of the deities, chopped up so cheaply and minutely—on account of which they say one must supplicate them each for his own particular function, of which we have already said not all indeed, but many things—do they not accord rather with the buffoonery of the mime than with the dignity of the divine? If someone were to employ two nurses for an infant, one of whom should give nothing but food and the other nothing but drink—just as these people employed two goddesses for this purpose, Educa and Potina—surely he would seem to be foolish and to be doing in his home something resembling a mime. They will have it that Liber is so named from "liberation," because by his benefit males in copulation are freed by the emission of seed; and that Libera does the same in females (whom they also think to be Venus), because they hold that she too emits seeds;
and on account of these things they set the male part of the body in the temple for Liber, and the female part for Libera. To these they add women assigned to Liber, and wine for the purpose of arousing lust. Thus the Bacchanalia were celebrated with the utmost frenzy; where Varro himself confesses that such things could not have been done by the Bacchants except with a mind deranged. These things, however, afterwards displeased a saner senate, and it ordered them to be done away with. Here at last perhaps they perceived what unclean spirits, while held to be gods, can do in the minds of men. Certainly these things would not be done in the theaters; for there they play, they do not rave—although to have gods who take delight even in such plays is itself a kind of madness.
But what is to be said of this: that, while he distinguishes the religious man from the superstitious by this distinction—that the superstitious man is said to fear the gods, but the religious man only to revere them as parents, not to fear them as enemies, and says that they are all so good that it is easier for them to spare the guilty than to harm any innocent person—yet he relates that for a woman who has just given birth, after the delivery, three guardian gods are employed, lest the god Silvanus should enter by night and trouble her; and that, to signify these guardians, three men by night
go round the thresholds of the house, and first strike the threshold with an axe, then with a pestle, and thirdly sweep it with brooms, so that, by these tokens of cultivation having been given, the god Silvanus might be hindered from entering; because trees are neither felled nor pruned without iron, nor is spelt prepared without a pestle, nor are crops heaped up without brooms; and from these three things three gods were named: Intercidona from the cutting of the axe, Pilumnus from the pestle, Deverra from the brooms; by which guardian gods the newly delivered woman might be preserved against the violence of the god Silvanus. Thus the guardianship of the good would not avail against the cruelty of a harmful god, unless they were many against one, and unless they fought against him—rough, dreadful, and uncultivated, being as it were of the woods—with tokens of cultivation as with things contrary to him.
Is this, then, the innocence of the gods? Is this their concord? Are these the deities salutary to cities—more to be laughed at than the mockeries of the theaters? When male and female are joined, the god Jugatinus is brought in; let this be borne. But she who marries must be led home; the god Domiducus too is brought in; that she may be in the house, the god Domitius is brought in; that she may remain with her husband, the goddess Manturna is added. What more is sought? Let human modesty be spared; let the lust of flesh and blood perform the rest, the secret of shame being provided for. Why is the bedchamber filled with a throng of deities, when even the groomsmen depart from it?
And it is filled for this purpose, not that by the thought of their presence greater care of chastity might be taken, but that the woman, weak in her sex and timid in her novelty, might, with their cooperation, have her virginity taken away without any difficulty. For there are present the goddess Virginiensis, and the god-father Subigus, and the goddess-mother Prema, and the goddess Pertunda, and Venus, and Priapus. What is this? If it was at all needful that the man laboring in that work should be aided by the gods, would not some one god or some one goddess suffice? Would Venus alone not be too little—she who is said to be so named for this very reason, that without force a woman does not cease to be a virgin?
If there is any sense of shame in men which is not in the deities, when married persons believe that so many gods of either sex are present and busy about this work, are they not so affected with shame that the man is less moved and the woman struggles more? And surely, if the goddess Virginiensis is present, that the virgin's girdle may be loosed; if the god Subigus is present, that she may be subdued to the man; if the goddess Prema is present, that, being subdued, she may be pressed down lest she stir herself—what is the goddess Pertunda doing there? Let her blush; let her go outside; let the husband also do something. It is most dishonorable that what she is called from, anyone but he should accomplish. But perhaps she is tolerated because she is said to be a goddess, not a god.
For if a male were believed in and called Pertundus, the husband would demand greater aid against him for his wife's chastity than the woman in childbed against Silvanus. But why should I say this, when Priapus too is there—a male all too male—upon whose huge and most shameful member the newly wedded bride was bidden to sit, by the most honorable and most religious custom of matrons? Let them still go on and, by whatever subtlety they can, attempt as it were to distinguish civil theology from fabulous theology, cities from theaters, temples from stages, the sacred rites of the pontiffs from the songs of the poets—as honorable things from base, truthful from deceitful, weighty from frivolous, serious from ludicrous, desirable from things to be spat out. We understand what they are about;
they know that that theatrical and fabulous theology depends upon this civil one, and is reflected back to it from the songs of the poets as from a mirror; and therefore, this civil one being set forth—which they dare not condemn—they more freely accuse and censure that image of it, so that those who recognize what they mean may detest this very face of which that is the image. Yet the gods themselves, beholding themselves as in the same mirror, so love it that they may the better be seen in both what and what kind they are.
Whence also they have compelled their worshipers by terrible commands to dedicate to themselves the uncleanness of the fabulous theology, to set it in their solemnities, to hold it among divine things; and thus they have both more manifestly shown themselves to be most unclean spirits, and have made that abject and reprobated theatrical theology a member and part of this urban theology, as though it were the chosen and approved one—so that, while the whole is base and deceitful and contains within itself fictitious gods, one part of it is in the writings of the priests, the other in the songs of the poets. Whether it has yet other parts is another question: for the present, on account of Varro's own division, I have sufficiently shown, as I think, that both the urban and the theatrical theology pertain to the one civil theology.
Wherefore, since both are alike in baseness, absurdity, indignity, and falsehood, far be it from true religious men that eternal life should be hoped for from either the one or the other. Finally, Varro himself began to commemorate and enumerate the gods from the conception of man, the number of whom he began from Janus, and carried that series on down to the death of a decrepit man, and closed the gods pertaining to man himself with the goddess Nenia, who is chanted at the funerals of the aged; then he began to set forth other gods, who pertained not to man himself, but to those things which are man's, such as food and clothing and whatever else is necessary to this life, showing in all of them what is each one's office, and for what reason supplication is to be made to each;
yet in all this diligence he pointed out and named no gods from whom eternal life is to be sought—on account of which alone, properly speaking, we are Christians.
Who, then, would be so dull as not to understand that this man, by so diligently expounding and laying open civil theology, and by demonstrating it to be like that fabulous, unworthy, and shameful one, and by teaching plainly enough that the fabulous itself is a part of this—is contriving a place in the minds of men for none other than that natural theology, which he says pertains to the philosophers; doing this with such subtlety that he censures the fabulous, but indeed does not dare to censure the civil, yet by exhibiting it shows it to be censurable; and thus, both being reprobated by the judgment of those who rightly understand, the natural alone remains to be chosen? Of which, in its own place, with the help of the true God, it must be more diligently discoursed. CHAPTER X.
On the liberty of Seneca, who censured civil theology more vehemently than Varro the fabulous. The liberty indeed which was lacking to this man—so that he should not dare openly to censure this urban theology, most like the theatrical, as he censured the fabulous—was not wholly, but in some part, not lacking to Annaeus Seneca, whom we find by certain indications to have flourished in the times of our apostles. For it was present to him as a writer, though lacking to him as a liver. For in that book which he composed against the superstitions, he himself censures this civil and urban theology much more copiously and vehemently than Varro the theatrical and fabulous. For when he was treating of the images, he says:
"They dedicate the sacred, immortal, inviolable gods in the basest and most motionless matter; they clothe them with the forms of men and beasts and fishes, and some even with bodies of mixed sex, of diverse bodies; they call those things deities, which, if they should suddenly meet us having received breath, would be held to be monsters." Then, somewhat later, when, while extolling natural theology, he had set forth the opinions of certain philosophers, he put a question to himself and said: "At this point someone says: Am I to believe that heaven and earth are gods, and that there are some above the moon and some below? Shall I bear either Plato or the Peripatetic Strato, of whom the one made a god without a body, the other a god without a soul?" And, replying to this:
"What then, after all," he says, "do the dreams of Titus Tatius or Romulus or Tullus Hostilius seem to you more true? Tatius dedicated the goddess Cloacina; Romulus, Picus and Tiberinus; Hostilius, Pavor (Fear) and Pallor (Paleness), the most loathsome of all affections—of which the one is a movement of a terrified mind, the other not even a disease, but merely a color of the body. Will you rather believe these to be deities and receive them into heaven?" And how freely did he write of the rites themselves, cruelly base! "This one," he says, "cuts off his male parts; that one slashes his arms. Where do they fear angry gods, who thus deserve them propitious? But the gods ought to be worshiped by no such kind of rite, if they want this."
"So great is the frenzy of a mind disturbed and driven from its seat, that the gods are thus appeased in a manner in which not even the most loathsome men rage, men of a cruelty handed down in fables. Tyrants have mangled the limbs of certain men, but have ordered no one to mangle his own. For the pleasure of royal lust some have been castrated; but no one, at his master's bidding, laid hands on himself that he might cease to be a man. They butcher themselves in the temples; they supplicate with their own wounds and blood. If one has leisure to observe what they do and what they suffer, he will find things so unbecoming to honorable men, so unworthy of free men, so unlike sane men, that no one would have doubted them to be mad, if they raved with fewer companions;
as it is, the multitude of the insane is the protection of their sanity." Now those things which he relates as wont to be done in the Capitol itself, and which he quite fearlessly exposes—who would believe them to be done save by mockers or madmen? For when he had derided how in the Egyptian rites Osiris, lost, is mourned, and presently, found, is the occasion of great joy—since both his loss and his finding are feigned, yet that grief and gladness are truly expressed by those who have lost nothing and found nothing—he says: "Yet to this frenzy a fixed time is appointed. It is tolerable to go mad once a year. Go into the Capitol: you will be ashamed of the madness made public, which empty frenzy has assigned to itself as a duty.
One announces the names to the god; another reports the hours to Jupiter; one is a lector, another an anointer, who with vain movement of the arms imitates one anointing. There are women who arrange the hair of Juno and Minerva (standing far from the temple, not only from the image, they move their fingers in the manner of those who dress the hair); there are women who hold a mirror; there are those who summon the gods to attend their lawsuits; there are those who offer petitions and instruct them in their case. A learned arch-mime, now a decrepit old man, daily played the mime in the Capitol, as though the gods would gladly watch him whom men had ceased to watch. Every kind of artisan there sits idle, employed in the service of the immortal gods." And a little after he says: "These, however, even if they promise the god a use that is superfluous, promise nothing base or infamous.
Certain women sit in the Capitol who think they are loved by Jupiter; nor are they frightened even by the regard of most wrathful Juno, if you are willing to believe the poets." This liberty Varro did not have; he dared only to censure the poetical theology, but did not dare to censure the civil, which this man cut to pieces. But if we attend to the truth, the temples where these things are done are worse than the theaters where they are feigned. Hence in these rites of civil theology Seneca chose rather these parts for the wise man: that he should not hold them in the religion of the soul, but should feign them in his acts. For he says: "All these things the wise man will observe as commanded by laws, not as pleasing to the gods." And a little after: "What of the fact that we even join the gods in marriage, and that not even piously—of brothers and sisters!
We give Bellona to Mars, Venus to Vulcan, Salacia to Neptune. Yet some we leave celibate, as though a match had failed—especially since certain ones are widows, like Populonia or Fulgora and the goddess Rumina; for whom I do not wonder that a suitor was wanting. All that ignoble crowd of gods, which long superstition has heaped up through a long age, we shall so adore," he says, "as to remember that its worship pertains rather to custom than to reality." Neither those laws, then, nor custom in civil theology instituted what was pleasing to the gods or pertained to reality. But this man, whom the philosophers had as it were made free, nevertheless, because he was a senator of the illustrious Roman people, worshiped what he censured, did what he reproached, adored what he blamed;
because, namely, philosophy had taught him something great—that he should not be superstitious in his soul; but on account of the laws of the citizens and the customs of men, he would indeed not act the part of the feigning player in the theater, but would imitate it in the temple: and this the more damnably, in that those things which he did mendaciously, he did in such a way that the people supposed him to be doing them truly; whereas the stage-player, by playing, would rather give delight than deceive by imposture. CHAPTER XI. What Seneca thought concerning the Jews.
Among the other superstitions of civil theology he censures also the sacred observances of the Jews, and most of all the sabbaths, affirming that they act unprofitably, in that by those single days interposed at intervals of seven they lose nearly a seventh part of their life in idleness, and are harmed by not doing many things that are pressing at the time. The Christians, however, who were even then most hostile to the Jews, he did not dare to mention on either side, lest he should either praise them against the ancient custom of his country, or perhaps censure them against his own will. Of those Jews, indeed, when he spoke, he says: "Meanwhile the custom of that most accursed nation has so prevailed that it has now been received throughout all lands: the conquered have given laws to the conquerors."
Saying these things, he marveled at them; and being ignorant of what was being divinely wrought, he added plainly a sentence by which he might signify what he thought concerning the rationale of those sacred observances. For he says: "They, however, know the causes of their rite; the greater part of the people does that which it knows not why it does." But concerning the sacraments of the Jews, both why and how far they were instituted by divine authority, and afterwards by the people of God, to whom the mystery of eternal life was revealed, were by the same authority abolished at the time when it behooved—of these we have spoken elsewhere, especially when we were acting against the Manichaeans, and in this work too there is a more opportune place where it must be said. CHAPTER XII.
That, the vanity of the gods of the nations being uncovered, it cannot be doubted that they can bestow eternal life on no one, since they do not even aid temporal life. Now, on account of the three theologies which the Greeks call mythical, physical, and political, and which in Latin can be called fabulous, natural, and civil—since eternal life is to be hoped for neither from the fabulous, which even the worshipers of many false gods have most freely censured, nor from the civil, of which the fabulous is convicted to be a part, and to which this latter is found to be most like or even worse—if to anyone the things said in this volume are not enough, let him add also those things which in the preceding books, and especially in the fourth, were most fully discussed concerning God the giver of felicity.
For to whom but to felicity alone, on account of eternal life, ought men to consecrate themselves, if felicity were a goddess? But since she is not a goddess but a gift of God, to what god save the giver of felicity ought we to be consecrated—we who with pious love love eternal life, where there is true and full felicity? But that none of these gods, who are worshiped with such great baseness, and who, unless they be so worshiped, grow angry far more basely, and on this very account confess themselves to be most unclean spirits—that none of them is the giver of felicity, I think that, from what has been said, no one ought to doubt. And further, he who does not give felicity, how could he give eternal life? For we call that life eternal in which there is felicity without end.
For if the soul lives in eternal punishments, by which those very unclean spirits also shall be tormented, that is rather eternal death than life. For there is no death greater and worse than where death dies not. But because the nature of the soul, in that it was created immortal, cannot be without some sort of life, its utmost death is alienation from the life of God in the eternity of punishment. Eternal life, therefore—that is, a life happy without any end—He alone gives who gives true felicity. Since those whom this civil theology worships have been convicted of being unable to give it,
not only on account of those temporal and earthly things, which we showed in the preceding five books, but much more on account of eternal life, which is to be after death—which we have treated in this one book, with even those gods themselves cooperating—they are not to be worshiped. But since the force of a sluggish, deep-rooted custom has its roots too deeply in the depths, if to anyone I seem to have discoursed too little concerning the rejecting and shunning of this civil theology, let him direct his mind to another volume, which, by the help of God, is to be joined to this one. PREFACE.
As I strive more diligently to root out and extirpate the depraved and ancient opinions, hostile to the truth of piety, which the long-standing error of the human race has fixed more deeply and more tenaciously in darkened minds, and as, according to my small measure, I cooperate by His help with the grace of Him who, as the true God, is able to do this—those quicker and better minds, for whom the preceding books are more than sufficient for this matter, ought to bear with me patiently and with equanimity, and not to deem superfluous, for the sake of others, what they already feel to be unnecessary for themselves.
A very great matter is being treated, when it is proclaimed that the true and truly holy divinity—although by it the supports necessary even for this frailty which we now bear are afforded to us—is nevertheless to be sought and worshiped, not on account of the transitory vapor of mortal life, but on account of the blessed life, which is none other than eternal. CHAPTER I. Whether, since it has been established that there is no deity in civil theology, it ought to be believed that it can be found in the select gods.
This divinity, or, if I may so speak, this "deity" (for it does not now displease our writers to use this word, that they may more expressly render from the Greek what they call theotes)—this divinity, then, or deity, is not in that theology which they call civil, which has been explained by Marcus Varro in sixteen volumes; that is, one does not attain to the felicity of eternal life by the worship of such gods, and in such manner, as the cities have appointed them to be worshiped. To anyone whom the sixth book, which we have just completed, has not yet persuaded of this, when perhaps he has read this present book, he will have nothing further to desire toward the dispatching of this question.
For it may happen that someone should suppose that at least the select and chief gods, whom Varro embraced in his last volume, of whom we have said little, are to be worshiped on account of the blessed life, which is none other than eternal. In which matter I do not say what Tertullian says, perhaps more wittily than truly: "If gods are chosen like onions, surely the rest are judged reprobate." This I do not say: for I see that even from the select some are selected for something greater and more excellent, as in military service, when recruits have been chosen, from these too some are chosen for some greater work of arms; and when in the church those are chosen who are to be made overseers, the rest are not at all reprobated, since all good faithful are deservedly called the elect.
Corner stones are chosen in a building, the rest not being reprobated, which are assigned to other parts of the structure. Grapes are chosen for eating, nor are others reprobated which we leave for drinking. There is no need to run through many examples, since the matter is plain. Wherefore, not from this, that certain gods have been selected out of many, are either he who wrote, or their worshipers, or the gods themselves to be blamed; but rather it is to be observed who these are, and for what purpose they seem to have been selected. CHAPTER II. Who the select gods are, and whether they are exempted from the offices of the meaner gods. These select gods, certainly, Varro commends by the texture of a single book:
Janus, Jupiter, Saturn, Genius, Mercury, Apollo, Mars, Vulcan, Neptune, Sol, Orcus, Father Liber, Tellus, Ceres, Juno, Luna, Diana, Minerva, Venus, Vesta; in all of which, about twenty, twelve are males and eight are females. Are these deities said to be select on account of their greater administrations in the world, or because they have become more widely known to the peoples and a greater worship has been exhibited to them? If it is because greater works are administered by them in the world, we ought not to have found them among that, as it were, plebeian multitude of deities assigned to petty little tasks.
For Janus himself is the first, when the conception of an offspring is begun—from which all those works take their starting-point, parceled out little by little among petty deities—he opens the entrance to receive the seed. There too is Saturn, on account of the seed itself; there is Liber, who frees the male by the emission of his seed; there is Libera, whom they also call Venus, who confers this same benefit upon the woman, that she too may be freed by the discharge of her seed. All these belong to those who are called the select gods. But there too is the goddess Mena, who presides over the menstrual flows—though a daughter of Jupiter, she is nonetheless of no renown.
And this province of the menstrual flows the same author, in his book on the select gods, assigns to Juno herself, who among the select gods is even queen; and here, as Juno Lucina, together with this same Mena her stepdaughter, she presides over the same blood. There too are two others, I know not whom, most obscure—Vitumnus and Sentinus—of whom the one bestows life, the other the senses, upon the offspring. And no doubt, although they are most ignoble, they furnish far more than all those many nobles and select ones. For surely, without life and sense, what is that whole thing carried in a woman's womb but something most abject, to be compared with mud and dust? CHAPTER III.
How no reason can be shown for the selection of certain gods, since a more excellent administration is assigned to many inferior ones. What cause, then, drove so many select gods to these tiniest of works, where they are surpassed by Vitumnus and Sentinus—whom an obscure fame keeps hidden—in the sharing of this bounty? For the select Janus furnishes the entrance and, as it were, the gate for the seed; the select Saturn furnishes the seed itself; the select Liber furnishes the emission of that same seed in men; the same is furnished by Libera, who is Ceres or Venus, in women; the select Juno furnishes—and this not alone, but together with Mena, daughter of Jupiter—the menstrual flows for the increase of that which has been conceived; and the obscure and ignoble Vitumnus furnishes life;
the obscure and ignoble Sentinus furnishes sense—two things so much more excellent than those others, by as much as they themselves surpass them in understanding and reason. For just as those things which reason and understand are surely superior to those which, without understanding and reason, live and feel like cattle: so too those things which are endowed with life and sense are rightly preferred to those which neither live nor feel. Among the select gods, therefore, Vitumnus the giver of life and Sentinus the giver of sense ought to have been held in higher esteem than Janus the admitter of the seed, and Saturn the giver or sower of the seed, and Liber and Libera the stirrers or emitters of the seeds;
for it is unworthy to think of those seeds at all, unless they have come to life and sense—gifts which are not given by the select gods, but by certain unknown ones, neglected in comparison with the dignity of those others. But if it is answered that Janus has power over all beginnings, and therefore not undeservedly the opening for conception is also attributed to him; and that Saturn has power over all seeds, and therefore the human seeding too cannot be separated from his operation; that Liber and Libera have power over all the emitting of seeds, and therefore preside over these things too which pertain to the propagation of men; that Juno has power over all purgings and birthings, and therefore is not absent from the purgations of women and the births of men:
let them seek what they may answer concerning Vitumnus and Sentinus—whether they wish these also to have power over all things that live and feel. If they grant this, let them mark how much more sublimely they will place them. For to be born from seeds is in the earth and from the earth; but to live and to feel they hold belongs even to the starry gods. But if they say that to Vitumnus and Sentinus only these things are attributed, which quicken in the flesh and serve the senses, why should not that God who makes all things live and feel grant life and sense to the flesh as well, bestowing this gift even upon births by a universal operation? And what need is there of Vitumnus and Sentinus?
But if these fleshly matters, as if outermost and lowest, were committed by Him who universally presides over life and the senses to these as if to servants: were those select gods so destitute of a household that they could not find any to whom they too might commit these things, but were compelled, with all their nobility—for which they seemed worthy of selection—to do the work along with ignoble ones? Juno is select, and queen, and both sister and wife of Jupiter; yet she is Interduca for boys and does her work with the most ignoble goddesses Abeona and Adeona. There too they placed the goddess Mens, who is to give boys a good mind, and among the select gods she is not placed—as if anything greater could be furnished to a man;
yet Juno is placed there, because she is Interduca and Domiduca—as if it profited anything to go on a journey or to be led home, if the mind is not good, the goddess of which gift these selectors by no means placed among the select deities. She certainly ought to have been preferred even to Minerva, to whom by these petty works they assigned the memory of boys. For who would doubt that it is much better to have a good mind than a memory however vast? For no one is wicked who has a good mind; whereas certain most wicked men have a marvelous memory, the worse by so much as they are less able to forget what they wickedly devise. And yet Minerva is among the select gods; but the goddess Mens a base crowd has buried. What shall I say of Virtue? what of Felicity?
about whom we have already said much in the fourth book; though they held these as goddesses, they were unwilling to give them any place among the select gods, where they gave a place to Mars and Orcus, the one the worker of deaths, the other the receiver of them. Since therefore in these petty works, which are parceled out piece by piece among many gods, we see even the select gods working together with the common rabble like a senate alongside the plebs, and we find that by certain gods, who were by no means thought worthy of selection, many greater and better things are administered than by those who are called select: it remains to conclude that they were named select and pre-eminent not on account of more excellent administrations in the world, but because it happened that they became better known to the peoples.
Whence even Varro himself says that ignobility befell certain gods as fathers and goddesses as mothers, just as it does men. If, then, Felicity perhaps for this reason ought not to be among the select gods, because those others attained that nobility not by merit but by chance: at least among them, or rather before them, Fortune should be placed, who they say is a goddess that bestows her gifts on each not by rational arrangement but as it falls out by chance. She ought to have held the summit among the select gods, in whom she most of all showed what she could do; since we see them selected not by pre-eminent virtue, not by rational felicity, but, as their worshippers think of her, by the rash power of Fortune.
For even Sallust, that most eloquent man, perhaps had the gods themselves in view when he said: 'But surely fortune rules in every matter; she makes all things famous or obscure by caprice rather than by truth.' For they cannot find a reason why Venus was made famous and Virtue obscured, since the divine powers of both were consecrated by these men, and their merits are not to be compared. Or if Venus deserved to be ennobled because more people desire her—for more desire Venus than Virtue—why was the goddess Minerva made famous and the goddess Pecunia (Money) obscured?
since in the human race greed allures more people than skill, and even among those who are skilled artificers, you would rarely find a man who does not have his art for sale at a money price; and that for the sake of which something is done is always valued more highly than that which is done for the sake of something else. If, then, this selection of the gods was made by the judgment of the foolish multitude, why was the goddess Pecunia not preferred to Minerva, since on account of money there are many craftsmen? But if this distinction belongs to the few wise, why was Virtue not preferred to Venus, since reason far prefers her?
At least surely, as I said, Fortune herself, who—as those think who attribute most to her—rules in every matter and makes all things famous or obscure by caprice rather than by truth: if she had such power even over the gods that by her rash judgment she made famous whom she would and obscured whom she would, she ought to hold a pre-eminent place among the select gods, since she is of such pre-eminent power even over the gods themselves. Or, in order that she might not be able to be there, is Fortune herself to be thought to have had nothing else than adverse fortune? Therefore she opposed herself, who, while making others noble, was not herself ennobled. CHAPTER IV. That it fared better with the inferior gods, who are defamed by no reproaches, than with the select gods, whose disgraces are so notorious.
Now would any seeker after nobility and renown congratulate these select gods and call them fortunate, if he did not see them selected rather for insults than for honors? For their very ignobility cloaked that lowest rabble, lest it be overwhelmed with reproaches. We laugh indeed when we see them, by the fictions of human opinions, distributed with their works parceled out among themselves, like petty tax-farmers, or like craftsmen in the silversmiths' street, where a single little vessel, that it may come out finished, passes through many craftsmen, when it could be finished by one finished craftsman.
But it was not thought otherwise that provision should be made for the multitude of workers, except that each should learn the single parts of an art quickly and easily, lest all should be forced to become slowly and with difficulty proficient in one whole art. Yet hardly any of the non-select gods is to be found who has drawn an infamous reputation by some crime; while hardly any of the select gods is to be found who has not received upon himself the brand of some notable disgrace. The latter descended to the lowly works of the former; the former did not come into the lofty crimes of the latter. Concerning Janus, indeed, nothing readily occurs to me that pertains to reproach. And perhaps he was such a one—that he lived more innocently and more remote from outrages and crimes. He kindly received Saturn when fleeing;
with his guest he divided the kingdom, so that they even founded separate cities, the one Janiculum, the other Saturnia. But these men, who in the worship of the gods are seekers after every kind of disgrace, defiled with monstrous deformity of his image the one whose life they found less shameful, making him now two-faced, now even four-faced, as it were a twin. Or did they perhaps wish that, since very many of the select gods had lost face by perpetrating shameful deeds, the more innocent this one was, the more full-faced he should appear? CHAPTER V. Concerning the more secret doctrine of the pagans and their physical explanations. But let us rather hear their own physical interpretations, by which they try to color over the foulness of their most wretched error with a semblance, as it were, of a loftier doctrine.
First, Varro commends these interpretations in such a way as to say that the ancients fashioned the images, insignia, and adornments of the gods, so that those who had approached the mysteries of the doctrine might, when they had observed them with their eyes, behold with their mind the soul of the world and its parts, that is, the true gods; and that those who made their images in the form of a man seemed to have followed this consideration, that the mortal mind, which is in the human body, is most like the immortal mind; just as if vessels were set out for the purpose of marking the gods, and in the temple of Liber a wine-jar were placed, which would signify wine, through that which contains it that which is contained;
so by an image, which had the human form, the rational soul is signified, because in that, as in a vessel, this nature is wont to be contained—of which nature they wish God or the gods to be. These are the mysteries of doctrine which that most learned man had penetrated, that he might bring them forth into light. But, O most acute man, have you in these mysteries of doctrine lost that prudence by which it soberly seemed to you that those who first set up images for the peoples both took away fear from their fellow citizens and added error, and that the ancient Romans more chastely observed the gods without images? For these were your authorities, that you dared to say these things against the later Romans.
For if those most ancient men too had worshipped images, perhaps you would have suppressed in the silence of fear that whole sentiment about images not being set up—true for the moment—and you would have proclaimed these mysteries of doctrine more loquaciously and loftily amid such pernicious and empty fictions. Yet your soul, so learned and ingenious (in which we grieve much for you), through these mysteries of doctrine could in no way arrive at its own God—that is, at Him by whom it was made, not with whom it was made; whose portion it is not, but whose creation it is; who is not the soul of all things, but who made every soul; by whose illumination alone the soul becomes blessed, if it is not ungrateful to His grace. But what these mysteries of doctrine are, and how much they are to be valued, the things that follow will show.
Meanwhile this most learned man confesses that the soul of the world and its parts are true gods; whence it is understood that his whole theology—that very natural theology, to which he attributes most—was able to extend itself as far as the nature of the rational soul. For of the natural he prefaces very little in this book, which he wrote last about the select gods; in which we shall see whether through physiological interpretations he can refer this civil theology to the natural. And if he can, the whole will be natural: and what need was there to sunder the civil from it with such care of distinction? But if it is separated by a correct distinction:
since not even that which pleases him as natural is true (for it reaches only as far as the soul, not as far as the true God who made even the soul), how much more abject and false is this civil theology, which is occupied chiefly about the nature of bodies, as its very interpretations—of which it behooves me to recall certain necessary ones—will demonstrate, sought out and unfolded by them with such diligence. CHAPTER VI. Concerning Varro's opinion, by which he judged that God is the soul of the world, which nevertheless has in its parts many souls whose nature is divine. The same Varro says, then, still prefacing concerning natural theology, that he judges God to be the soul of the world, which the Greeks call kosmos, and that this very world is God;
but just as a wise man, though he consists of body and mind, is nevertheless called wise from the mind, so the world is called God from the mind, though it consists of mind and body. Here he seems in some way to confess one God; but in order to introduce many also, he adds that the world is divided into two parts, heaven and earth; and heaven in two ways, into ether and air; and the earth into water and land; of which the highest is the ether, the second the air, the third the water, the lowest the earth; and that all these parts are full of souls—in the ether and air immortal, in the water and earth mortal. From the highest circuit of heaven to the circle of the moon there are ethereal souls, the stars and constellations; and that these heavenly gods are not only understood to be, but also are seen;
but between the moon's orbit and the tops of the clouds and winds there are aerial souls, but these are seen by the mind, not by the eyes, and are called heroes and lares and genii. This, plainly, is the natural theology proposed briefly in that preface, which pleased not only this man but many philosophers; concerning which a more diligent discussion must then be made, when, with the help of the true God, I shall have completed what remains concerning the civil theology, as far as it pertains to the select gods. CHAPTER VII. Whether it was reasonable to separate Janus and Terminus into two deities. Janus, therefore, from whom he took his beginning, I ask who he is. The answer is given: He is the World. This answer is plainly brief and open.
Why, then, are the beginnings of things said to pertain to him, but the ends to another, whom they call Terminus? For on account of beginnings and endings they declare two months dedicated to these two gods, besides those ten in which, up to December, March is the head: January to Janus, February to Terminus. Therefore they say the Terminalia are celebrated in that same month of February, when the purgatorial rite is performed which they call Februm, whence the month took its name. Do, then, the beginnings of things pertain to the world, which is Janus, but not the endings, so that another god should be set over them? Do they not confess that all things which they say come to be in this world are also brought to an end in this same world? What vanity is this, to give him half power in the work, a double face in the image?
Would they not interpret that two-faced figure much more elegantly, if they said that the same one is both Janus and Terminus, and gave one face to beginnings, the other to endings? For he who works ought to attend to both; for in every motion of his action, he who does not look back to the beginning does not look forward to the end. Hence it is necessary that forward-looking intention be connected with backward-looking memory; for he from whose mind has slipped what he began will not find how to finish it. But if they thought that the blessed life is begun in this world and perfected outside the world, and therefore attributed to Janus, that is, to the world, only the power over beginnings: surely they would set Terminus above him and would not alienate him from the select gods.
Although even now, when in these two gods the beginnings and endings of temporal things are treated, more honor ought to have been given to Terminus. For the joy is greater when each thing is completed; whereas beginnings are full of anxiety until they are brought to their end, which he who begins anything most of all desires, intends, awaits, longs for, and does not exult over a thing begun unless it be terminated. CHAPTER VIII. For what cause the worshippers of Janus fashioned his image two-faced, which nevertheless they wish to be seen also as four-faced. But now let the interpretation of the two-faced image be brought forth. They say he has two faces, before and behind, because the gap of our mouth, when we open it, seems like the world;
whence the Greeks call the palate ouranos, and some—he says—Latin poets called the palate 'heaven'; and from this gap of the mouth there is an entrance both outward toward the teeth and inward toward the throat. Behold to what the world has been brought on account of the name of our palate, whether Greek or poetic! But what has this to do with the soul, what with eternal life? For the sake of saliva alone is this god worshipped, in the swallowing of part and the spitting out of part of which, under the heaven of the palate, both doors are laid open. What, moreover, is more absurd than, in the world itself, not to find two doors set opposite each other, through which it may either admit something into itself within, or send something out of itself without—
and yet, from our mouth and throat, the likeness of which the world does not have, to wish to compose an image of the world in Janus on account of the palate alone, the likeness of which Janus does not have? But when they make him four-faced and call him 'Janus geminus,' they interpret this with reference to the four parts of the world, as if the world looks outward, as Janus does through all his faces. Then, if Janus is the world, and the world consists of four parts, the image of the two-faced Janus is false;
or if it is true on this account, because by the name of East and West too the whole world is wont to be understood, surely when we name two other parts, North and South, just as they call that four-faced one 'Janus geminus,' will anyone in like manner call the world 'twin'? They have no means at all whereby they might interpret four doors, which would lie open to those entering and going out, after the likeness of the world, just as in the case of the two-faced one they found at least in a man's mouth something they might allege—unless Neptune perhaps come to the rescue and hold out a fish, which, besides the gap of the mouth and throat, has its gills open on the right and the left. And yet from this vanity, through so many doors, no soul escapes, except the one which hears Truth saying: I am the door. CHAPTER IX.
Concerning the power of Jupiter and his comparison with Janus. But who they wish Jove—who is also called Jupiter—to be understood as, let them expound. 'He is a god,' they say, 'having power over the causes by which anything comes to be in the world.' How great this is, that most noble verse of Virgil testifies: 'Happy he who could come to know the causes of things.' But why is Janus preferred to him? Let that most acute and learned man answer us this. 'Because,' he says, 'with Janus are the first things, with Jove the highest. Deservedly therefore is Jupiter held king of all. For the first things are surpassed by the highest, because, although the first precede in time, the highest excel in dignity.' But this would be rightly said if the first of deeds were distinguished from the highest;
just as the beginning of a deed is to set out, the highest to arrive; the beginning of a deed is the commencement of learning, the highest the attainment of doctrine; and thus in all things the beginnings are first and the ends are highest. But this matter has already been discussed between Janus and Terminus. The causes, however, which are given to Jove, are efficient, not effected; nor can it in any way happen that they should be preceded in time by deeds or by the beginnings of deeds. For always the thing which makes is prior to that which is made. Wherefore, if the beginnings of deeds pertain to Janus, they are not on that account prior to the efficient causes which they attribute to Jove. For just as nothing comes to be, so nothing is begun in order to come to be, which a making cause has not preceded.
This god, indeed, in whose keeping are all the causes of all created natures and natural things, if the peoples call him Jupiter and worship him with such great insults and such wicked accusations, they bind themselves with a fouler sacrilege than if they thought there were no god at all. Whence it would be better for them to call some other one by the name of Jupiter, one worthy of base and shameful honors, with an empty figment substituted which they might rather blaspheme (just as a stone is said to have been substituted to Saturn, which he might devour in place of his son), than to call him a god both thundering and committing adultery, both ruling the whole world and dissolving in so many debaucheries, both having the highest causes of all natural things and natures, and not having his own good causes.
Next I ask what place among the gods they now assign to this Jupiter, if Janus is the world. For he defined the true gods to be the soul of the world and its parts; and by this, whatever is not this, is certainly, according to them, not a true god. Are they then going to say that Jupiter is the soul of the world, so that Janus is its body, that is, this visible world? If they say this, there will be no way in which they can call Janus a god, since the body of the world is not a god even according to them, but the soul of the world and its parts. Whence the same author most plainly says that he judges God to be the soul of the world, and that this very world is God;
but just as a wise man, though he consists of mind and body, is nevertheless called wise from the mind, so the world is called God from the mind, though it consists of mind and body. Thus the body of the world alone is not God, but either its soul alone or both body and mind together, yet in such a way that it is God not from the body but from the mind. If, then, Janus is the world, and Janus is God, are they going to say that Jupiter, in order to be able to be God, is some part of Janus? For they are rather wont to attribute the universe to Jove; whence comes the saying: 'All things are full of Jove.' Therefore Jove also, in order to be a god and especially king of the gods, they can reckon to be none other than the world, so that according to them he reigns over the other gods by their parts.
To this same opinion the same Varro expounds certain verses of Valerius Soranus, in that book which he wrote separately from these, on the worship of the gods; which verses are these: 'Jupiter almighty, begetter of kings and of things and of gods, and begetress of the gods, one god and all.' They are expounded, moreover, in the same book thus: since they reckoned that to be male which emits the seed, and that to be female which receives it, and that Jove is the world and that he emits all seeds from himself and receives them into himself, 'with reason,' he says, 'Soranus wrote: Jupiter begetter and begetress; nor with less reason that one and all are the same; for the world is one, and in that one all things are.' CHAPTER X. Whether the distinction of Janus and Jove is correct.
Since, then, both Janus is the world and Jupiter is the world, and the world is one, why are Janus and Jupiter two gods? Why do they have temples apart, altars apart, different rites, dissimilar images? If for this reason, that the power of first beginnings is one thing, that of causes another, and the one received the name of Janus, the other of Jupiter: surely, if one man had in different matters two powers or two arts, because the power of each is different, would he therefore be called two judges or two craftsmen? So, then, one God too, although He Himself has the power of first beginnings, He Himself of causes, is it therefore necessary to think Him two gods, because first beginnings and causes are two things?
But if they think this just, let them say that Jupiter himself is as many gods as the surnames they have given him on account of his many powers, since all the things from which those surnames were applied are many and diverse, of which I mention a few. CHAPTER XI. Concerning the surnames of Jupiter, which are referred not to many gods, but to one and the same. They called him Victor, Invictus, Opitulus, Impulsor, Stator, Centumpeda, Supinalis, Tigillus, Almus, Ruminus, and others which it would be long to enumerate. These surnames, moreover, they imposed on one god on account of diverse causes and powers, yet they did not on account of so many things compel him to be also so many gods.
because he conquered all things, because he was conquered by none, because he brought help to the needy, because he had the power of impelling, of establishing, of making firm, of laying on the back; because, like a beam (tigillus), he contained and sustained the world; because he nourished all things; because, with the udder (ruma, that is, the teat), he nourished animals. Among these, as we observe, some are great, some trifling; and yet one and the same is said to do both. I think that the causes of things and first beginnings are nearer to each other—on account of which they wished one world to be two gods, Jupiter and Janus—than containing the world and giving the teat to animals; nor yet on account of these two works, so far apart from each other in power and dignity, were they compelled to be two gods;
but it is one Jupiter who is called Tigillus on account of the one, Ruminus on account of the other. I am unwilling to say that to hold out the teat to suckling animals could more befit Juno than Jupiter, especially since there was also the goddess Rumina, who in this work would furnish him aid or service. For I reflect that it can be answered that Juno herself too is nothing other than Jupiter, according to those verses of Valerius Soranus, where it is said: 'Jupiter almighty, begetter of kings and of things and of gods, and begetress of the gods.' Why, then, was he also called Ruminus, when, to those who inquire perhaps more diligently, he himself is found to be also that goddess Rumina?
For if it seemed rightly unworthy of the majesty of the gods that in one ear of grain one should attend to the care of the little knot (joint) and another to that of the husk: how much more unworthy is it that one lowest thing—namely, that animals should be nourished by teats—should be cared for by the power of two gods, of whom one is Jupiter, the very king of all, and that he should do this not even with his consort, but with some ignoble Rumina—unless it be that he himself is also that very Rumina; Ruminus perhaps for the suckling males, Rumina for the females.
I would indeed say that they were unwilling to impose a feminine name upon Jupiter, were it not that in those verses he is called 'begetter and bearer,' and that among his other surnames I read that he was even called Pecunia (Money) — a goddess whom we found among those minor deities of theirs and made mention of in the fourth book. But since both men and women have money, why was he not called both Pecunia and Pecunius, just as Rumina and Ruminus? Let them see to it themselves. CHAPTER XII. That Jupiter is also called Pecunia. But how elegantly they have rendered the reason for this name! He is called Money, they say, he is so called because all things are his. O what a grand reason for a divine name! Nay rather, he whose all things are is most basely and most insultingly called Money.
For in comparison with all things that are contained in heaven and earth, what is money — what among all those things whatsoever that are possessed by men under the name of money? But doubtless it was avarice that imposed this name upon Jupiter, so that whoever loves money might seem to himself to love not some ordinary god, but the very king of all. Far otherwise would it be, however, if he were called Riches. For riches are one thing, money another. For we call those rich who are wise, just, and good, even though they have no money or but little; for they are richer in virtues, through which, even amid the very necessities of bodily things, what they have is enough for them. But the avaricious we call poor, ever gaping and ever in want;
for however great the sums of money they may possess, in whatever abundance of it they cannot but be in want. And the true God Himself we rightly call rich — yet not in money, but in omnipotence. And so the moneyed are called rich, yet inwardly needy if they are greedy; likewise those lacking money are called poor, yet inwardly rich if they are wise. What sort, then, must this theology be in the eyes of a wise man, where the king of their gods has received the name of that thing 'which no wise man has ever coveted'? For how much more easily, if anything that pertained to eternal life were learned wholesomely through this teaching, would the God who rules the world be called by them not Money but Wisdom — the love of which cleanses from the filth of avarice, that is, from the love of money! CHAPTER XIII.
That, when it is explained what Saturn is and what the Genius is, each is taught to be one and the same Jupiter. But what need is there to say more about this Jupiter, to whom perhaps all the rest are to be referred, so that the opinion of a plurality of gods may be left empty, since he himself is all of them — whether when his parts or powers are reckoned, or when that force of soul which they think is diffused through all things has received, from the parts of this mass into which this visible world rises up, and from the manifold administration of nature, as it were the names of many gods? For what too is Saturn?
'He is one of the principal gods,' he says, 'in whose power lies the dominion over all sowings.' Does not the exposition of those verses of Valerius Soranus run thus — that Jupiter is the world, and that he sends forth all seeds out of himself and receives them back into himself? He, then, it is in whose power lies the dominion over all sowings. What is the Genius? 'A god,' he says, 'who is set over and has power over all things to be begotten.' Whom else do they believe to have this power than the world, to which it was said: 'Jupiter, begetter and bearer'? And when in another place he says that the Genius is the rational soul of each individual, and that therefore there are individual genii for individuals, but that such a soul of the world is God: he certainly brings the matter back to the same point, namely that the very soul of the world is believed to be, as it were, the universal Genius.
This, then, is he whom they call Jupiter. For if every Genius is a god, and every man's soul is a genius, it follows that every man's soul is a god; and if the very absurdity of this compels even them to recoil from it, then it remains that they call that one in a singular and surpassing sense the god Genius, whom they call the soul of the world, and thereby Jupiter. CHAPTER XIV. On the offices of Mercury and Mars. As for Mercury and Mars, they could not find how to refer them to any parts of the world and works of God which are in the elements, and so they at least set them over the works of men, as ministers of speaking and of waging war.
Now if Mercury wields power over the speech even of the gods, then he lords it over the very king of the gods, if Jupiter speaks at his pleasure or received from him the faculty of speaking — which is surely absurd. But if it is asserted that to him only the power over human speech has been granted, it is not credible that Jupiter would have wished to come down to suckle at the breast not only boys but even cattle (whence he was surnamed Ruminus), and yet have been unwilling that the care of our speech, by which we surpass the cattle, should pertain to himself; and thus this same one is both Jupiter and Mercury.
But if speech itself is said to be Mercury, as the things which they interpret concerning him show (for that is why Mercury is said to be so named as if 'running in the middle,' because speech runs in the middle between men; that is why he is called Hermes in Greek, because speech, or interpretation, which surely pertains to speech, is called hermeneia; that is why he presides also over merchandise, because between sellers and buyers speech passes in the middle; the wings on his head and feet signify that speech is borne winged through the air; he is called a messenger, because through speech all thoughts are announced) — if, then, Mercury himself is speech, then even by their own confession he is not a god.
But when they make gods for themselves out of those who are not even demons, in supplicating unclean spirits they become possessed by these, who are not gods but demons. Likewise, since they could not find for Mars either any element or part of the world where he might carry on any work whatsoever of nature, they said he was the god of war, which is a work of men, and not one to be wished for. If therefore Felicity were to grant perpetual peace, Mars would have nothing to do. But if war itself is Mars, just as speech is Mercury — would that, as it is manifest that he is not a god, so also there were no war, which is even falsely called a god. CHAPTER XV. On certain stars which the pagans named with the names of their gods. Unless perhaps these gods are those stars which they have called by their names.
For they call a certain star Mercury, and likewise a certain one Mars. But there too is that one which they call Jupiter, and yet to them the world is Jupiter; there is the one they call Saturn, and yet to him besides they assign no small substance, namely that of all seeds; there too is that brightest of all, which is called by them Venus, and yet they will have it that this same Venus is also the Moon; although concerning that most resplendent star Juno and Venus contend among them, as if over a golden apple. For the Morning Star some say belongs to Venus, some to Juno; but, as usually happens, Venus wins. For far more attribute that star to Venus, so that scarcely one of them is to be found who thinks otherwise.
But who would not laugh, when they call Jupiter the king of all, that his star is so far outshone in brightness by the star of Venus? For it ought to have been brighter than the rest in proportion as he himself is more powerful. They answer that it appears so because that one, which is thought dimmer, is higher and far more remote from the earth. If, then, greater dignity merited a higher place, why is Saturn there higher than Jupiter? Or could the vanity of the fable, which makes Jupiter king, not reach as far as the stars, so that what Saturn could not obtain in his kingdom nor on the Capitol he was at least permitted to obtain in heaven? But why did Janus receive no star? If it is because he is the world and all are in him — then Jupiter too is the world, and yet he has a star.
Or did Janus arrange his case as best he could, and in place of the one star which he has not among the heavenly bodies, receive so many faces on earth? Next, if it is solely on account of the stars that they reckon Mercury and Mars to be parts of the world — so that they may be able to count them as gods, since surely speech and war are not parts of the world but acts of men — why for Aries and Taurus and Cancer and Scorpio and the rest of this kind, which they count as celestial signs (and which consist not of single stars but each of several), and which they declare to be set higher than these, in the highest heaven, where a more constant motion grants those bodies their unerring course — why did they make no altars, no sacred rites, no temples for them, nor count them as gods, I will not say among these select ones, but not even among those plebeian ones?
CHAPTER XVI. On Apollo and Diana and the other select gods whom they wished to be parts of the world. Although they would have Apollo to be a diviner and a physician, yet, in order to place him in some part of the world, they also said that he was the sun itself, and Diana his sister to be likewise the moon and the guardian of ways (whence too they will have her to be a virgin, because a road brings forth nothing!); and therefore both have arrows, because those two heavenly bodies stretch their rays from heaven all the way to the earth. Vulcan they would have to be the fire of the world, Neptune the waters of the world, Father Dis — that is, Orcus — the earthen and lowest part of the world. Liber and Ceres they set over the seeds, the former over the male, the latter over the female; or the former over the moisture, the latter over the dryness of seeds.
And all this is referred entirely to the world, that is, to Jupiter, who was on that account called 'begetter and bearer,' because he sends forth all seeds out of himself and receives them back into himself. Since indeed they will have the Great Mother to be the same as Ceres, whom they say to be nothing other than the earth, and they declare her to be also Juno, and therefore assign to her the secondary causes of things — though nevertheless it was said to Jupiter, 'begetter and bearer of the gods,' because according to them the whole world itself is Jupiter. Minerva too, because they set her over human arts and could not find even a star where they might place her, they said to be either the highest ether or even the moon.
Vesta likewise they thought to be the greatest of the goddesses on this account, that she herself is the earth; although they believed there should be assigned to her the gentler fire of the world, which pertains to the easy uses of men, not the more violent fire such as is Vulcan's. And by this means they will have all these select gods to be this world — in some cases the whole, in some cases parts of it; the whole, as in Jupiter, its parts, as in the Genius, as in the Great Mother, as in the Sun, as in the Moon, or rather Apollo and Diana. And sometimes they make one god into several things, sometimes several gods out of one thing. For one god is several things, as is Jupiter himself; for the whole world is held and called Jupiter, and the sky alone is Jupiter, and a single star alone is held and called Jupiter;
and likewise Juno is the mistress of the secondary causes, and Juno is the air, and Juno is the earth, and, if she had conquered Venus, Juno would be a star. Similarly Minerva is the highest ether, and Minerva is likewise the moon, which they suppose to be at the lowest border of the ether. But one thing they make into several gods thus: both Janus is the world and Jupiter is; so too Juno is the earth, and the Great Mother, and Ceres. CHAPTER XVII. That Varro himself declared his opinions concerning the gods to be ambiguous. And just as these matters, which I have recounted by way of example, so too the rest they do not explain but rather entangle; just as the impulse of wandering opinion has driven them, so this way and that, hither and thither, they leap on and leap back, so that Varro himself preferred to doubt about all things rather than affirm anything.
For of the last three books, when he had finished the first about the certain gods, beginning to speak in the second about the uncertain gods, he says: 'When in this little book I shall have set down doubtful opinions about the gods, I ought not to be blamed. For whoever shall think that judgment ought to and can be passed, when he has heard, will do it himself. For my part, I can sooner be brought to recall into doubt the things I said in the first book, than to direct everything I shall write in this one toward some sum total.' Thus he made uncertain not only this book about the uncertain gods, but also that one about the certain ones.
Then in this third book on the select gods, after he had prefaced what he thought should be prefaced from natural theology, being about to enter upon the vanities and lying follies of this civil theology — where not only did the truth of things fail to lead him, but even the authority of his forefathers pressed upon him — he says: 'Concerning the public gods of the Roman people, to whom they have dedicated temples and which they have distinguished by adorning them with many statues, I shall write in this book; but, as Xenophanes of Colophon writes, I shall set down what I think, not what I would maintain. For it is the part of man to hold these opinions, of God to know.' Therefore, trembling, he promises a discourse of matters not comprehended nor most firmly believed, but merely opined and to be doubted, about to speak of things that have been instituted by men.
For not as he knew that the world exists, that heaven and earth exist — heaven gleaming with stars, earth fruitful with seeds, and the rest of this kind — and just as he believed, with a settled steadfastness of mind, that this whole mass and nature is governed and administered by a certain invisible and all-powerful force: not thus could he affirm concerning Janus that he himself was the world, or discover concerning Saturn how he was both the father of Jupiter and made subject to Jupiter when he reigned, and other such things. CHAPTER XVIII. What may be the more credible cause by which the error of paganism grew up.
Concerning these, a more credible account is given when it is asserted that they were men, and that for each of them, by those who, in flattering them, wished them to be gods, sacred and solemn rites were established according to his character, manners, deeds, and fortunes; and that these, little by little, creeping in through the souls of men who are like the demons and greedy for trifling things, were spread far and wide, with the lies of the poets adorning them and with deceitful spirits leading men astray to them. For it could more easily have happened that an impious youth, fearing to be killed even by his impious father and greedy for the kingdom, drove his father from the kingdom, than what this man interprets — namely that Saturn the father was therefore overcome by Jupiter the son, because the cause that pertains to Jupiter is prior to the seed that pertains to Saturn.
For if this were so, Saturn would never have been prior, nor would he be the father of Jupiter. For the cause always precedes the seed, and is never begotten from the seed. But when they try to honor most vain fables, or the deeds of men, with so-called natural interpretations, even the most acute men suffer such straits that we are compelled to grieve over their vanity as well. CHAPTER XIX. On the interpretations by which a reason for the worship of Saturn is contrived. 'They said,' he says, 'that he was wont to devour his offspring' — those things which were born from him — 'because the seeds return back to that whence they sprang.' And the fact that a clod was thrown to him to devour in place of Jupiter signifies, he says,
that, before the usefulness of plowing had been discovered, the fruits that were sown began to be covered over by human hands. Saturn, therefore, ought to have been called the earth itself, not the seeds; for it is the earth that in a certain manner devours what it has produced, when the seeds born from it return to be received back into it. And as for the fact that he is said to have received a clod in place of Jupiter, what bearing does this have on the fact that seed was covered over by a clod through the hands of men? Was it therefore not, like the rest, devoured, because it was covered over by a clod? For it was so stated as though he who put the clod over it had carried off the seed — just as they relate that, by the clod offered to Saturn, Jupiter was carried off; and not rather that the clod, by covering the seed, caused it to be devoured the more diligently. Then in this way Jupiter is the seed, not the cause of the seed, as was said a little before.
But what are men to do who, when they interpret foolish things, find nothing to say wisely? 'He has,' he says, 'Saturn on account of agriculture.' Certainly while he reigned there was as yet no agriculture, and that is why his earlier times are spoken of (as the same man interprets the little fables), because the first men lived on those seeds which the earth produced of its own accord. Or did he take up the sickle when his scepter was lost, so that he who in the earliest times had been an idle king might, when his son reigned, become a toilsome laborer? Then he says that for this reason boys were wont to be sacrificed to him by some, as by the Carthaginians, and even grown men by others, as by the Gauls, because of all seeds the best is the human race. About this most cruel vanity what need is there to say more?
Let us rather take note of this and hold fast to it, that these interpretations are not referred to the true God — the living, incorporeal, and immutable nature, from whom life eternally blessed is to be sought — but that their bounds lie in things corporeal, temporal, mutable, and mortal. 'That Saturn is said in the fables to have castrated his father Heaven,' he says, 'signifies that the divine seed is in the power of Saturn, not in the power of Heaven.' This, so far as it can be understood, is because nothing in heaven is born from seeds. But behold: if Saturn is the son of Heaven, he is the son of Jupiter. For they affirm, countless times and carefully, that Heaven is Jupiter. Thus these things, which do not come from the truth, for the most part overturn themselves even with no one pushing them.
He says that he was called Chronos, which in the Greek word signifies a span of time, without which, he says, the seed cannot be fruitful. These and many other things are said about Saturn, and they are all referred to the seed. But at least let Saturn, with all this great power of his, suffice for the seeds; why are other gods sought after for these matters — especially Liber and Libera, that is, Ceres? Concerning whom again, so far as it pertains to seed, he says as much as if he had said nothing about Saturn. CHAPTER XX. On the rites of the Eleusinian Ceres. But in the rites of Ceres those Eleusinian mysteries are celebrated, which were the most renowned among the Athenians. Concerning these he interprets nothing, except what pertains to the grain which Ceres discovered, and to Proserpina, whom she lost when Orcus carried her off;
and he says that this Proserpina herself signifies the fruitfulness of the seeds; and that when this had at a certain time been lacking, and the earth mourned with that same barrenness, there arose the opinion that the daughter of Ceres — that is, fruitfulness itself, which was called Proserpina from 'creeping forth' — Orcus had carried off and detained among the lower regions; and that when this had been observed with public mourning, because that same fruitfulness returned again, gladness arose at Proserpina being given back, and from this solemn rites were established. He then says that many things are handed down in her mysteries which pertain to nothing but the discovery of the fruits of the field. CHAPTER XXI. On the foulness of the rites which were celebrated in honor of Liber.
Now indeed the rites of Liber — whom they set over the liquid seeds, and thereby not only over the liquids of fruits, of which in a certain manner wine holds the primacy, but also over the seeds of animals — to what degree of foulness they have come, it irks me indeed to tell on account of the length of discourse; but on account of the proud dullness of these men, it does not irk me. Among the rest, which I am compelled to pass over since they are many, he says that at the crossroads of Italy certain rites of Liber were celebrated with such great license of foulness that in his honor the male privy parts were worshipped — not even with somewhat more modest secrecy, but with wickedness exulting openly in public view.
For this shameful member, during the festival days of Liber, was placed with great honor upon little carts and conveyed first through the countryside at the crossroads and afterwards even into the city. But in the town of Lavinium a whole month was assigned to Liber alone, during whose days everyone would use the most shameful words, until that member had been conveyed through the forum and came to rest in its place. Upon that dishonorable member it was necessary that a most honorable matron should publicly place a crown. Thus, it seems, the god Liber had to be appeased for the successful outcome of the seeds; thus the evil eye had to be driven away from the fields, that a matron should be compelled to do in public what not even a harlot, if matrons were looking on, ought to have been permitted to do in the theater.
On account of these things, Saturn alone was believed unable to suffice for the seeds, so that the unclean soul might find occasions for multiplying gods, and — deservedly forsaken of its uncleanness by the one true God, and prostituted through many false ones by the greed for a greater uncleanness — might name these sacrilegious things sacred, and might offer itself to be violated and polluted by the crowds of filthy demons. CHAPTER XXII. On Neptune and Salacia and Venilia. Surely Neptune already had Salacia as his wife, whom they said to be the lower water of the sea: for what purpose was Venilia also joined to him, except that, without any reason of necessary rites, by the mere lust of a prostituted soul, the invitation of the demons might be multiplied?
But let the interpretation of their illustrious theology be brought forth, which might restrain us from this reproach by rendering a reason. 'Venilia,' he says, 'is the wave which comes to the shore; Salacia is that which returns into the deep.' Why, then, are two goddesses made, when it is one wave that comes and returns? Surely it is the very madness of lust, boiling up into many divinities. For although the water is not doubled which goes and returns, yet by occasion of this vanity, with two demons being invited, the soul is the more defiled — the soul which goes and does not return.
I beg you, Varro, or you all, who have read the writings of such learned men and boast that you have learned something great — interpret this, not, I do not wish to say, according to that eternal and immutable nature who alone is God, but at least according to the soul of the world and its parts, which you suppose to be true gods. That you should have made Neptune a god for us out of that part of the soul of the world which pervades the sea, is of a somewhat more tolerable error. But is the wave coming to the shore and returning into the deep two parts of the world, or two parts of the soul of the world? Who among you is so foolish as to be wise after this fashion?
Why, then, did they make two goddesses for you, except because it was provided by your wise forefathers, not that more gods might rule you, but that more demons — which rejoice in these vanities and falsehoods — might possess you? But why did that Salacia, by this interpretation, lose the lower part of the sea, by which she was subjected to her husband? For just now, when you declare her to be the refluent wave, you placed her on the surface. Or was it because he took Venilia as a concubine, that she, in anger, shut her husband out from the upper parts of the sea? CHAPTER XXIII. On the Earth, which Varro confirms to be a goddess, because that soul of the world which he supposes to be God pervades even this lowest part of his own body and imparts to it a divine force.
Surely the earth is one, which indeed we see full of its own living creatures; yet nonetheless, this great body among the elements and the lowest part of the world — why do they wish it to be a goddess? Is it because it is fruitful? Why, then, are not men rather gods, who make it more fruitful by cultivating it — but when they plow, not when they adore? But it is a part of the soul of the world, they say, which pervades it, that makes it a goddess. As though the soul were not more evident in men — about which there is no question whether it exists; and yet men are not held to be gods, and, what is grievously to be lamented, they are subjected, by a marvelous and miserable error, to the worshipping and adoring of those who are not gods and to whom they themselves are superior.
And certainly the same Varro, in the same book on the select gods, affirms that there are three grades of soul in all and the whole of nature: one, which passes through all the parts of the body that live and has no sensation, but only the vital power for living — this force he says permeates in our body into the bones, the nails, the hairs; just as in the world trees are nourished and grow without sensation and live in a certain manner of their own: the second grade of soul, in which there is sensation — this force reaches into the eyes, the ears, the nostrils, the mouth, the sense of touch: the third grade, the highest of soul, which is called mind (animus), in which intelligence is preeminent — of this all mortals except man are devoid. This part of the soul of the world he calls God, but in us he calls it the genius.
And that there are in the world stones and the earth which we see, into which sensation does not permeate, as into the bones and nails of God; but that the sun, the moon, and the stars, which we perceive and by which He Himself perceives, are His senses; and further that the ether is His mind (animus), whose force, which reaches into the heavenly bodies, makes these too gods, and through that which permeates into the earth makes the goddess Tellus; but that which from there permeates into the sea and ocean is the god Neptune. Let him then return from this, which he thinks is natural theology, to which, as if for the sake of resting, wearied by these windings and turnings, he had withdrawn; let him return, I say, let him return to the civil; here I still hold him, and meanwhile I treat of this.
I do not yet say that, if the earth and the stones are like our bones and nails, they likewise do not have intelligence, just as they lack sensation; or that, if our bones and nails are said to have intelligence on this ground — that they are in a man who has intelligence — then he who calls these things in the world gods is as foolish as he is foolish who in us calls the bones and nails men. But these things must perhaps be dealt with among the philosophers; for now, however, I still want this political theologian.
For it can be that, although he seems to have wished to raise his head a little into that, as it were, liberty of natural theology, yet still, while handling this book and thinking himself occupied in it, he looked back even from there to the civil, and said this for that reason — lest his forefathers or other states be believed to have worshipped Tellus and Neptune in vain. But this I say: the part of the world-soul which permeates through the earth, just as the earth is one, why did it not also make one goddess, whom he says to be Tellus? And if it did so, where will Orcus be — the brother of Jupiter and Neptune, whom they call Father Dis? Where his consort Proserpina, who, according to another opinion set down in the same books, is declared to be not the fruitfulness of the earth, but its lower part?
But if they say that the part of the world-soul, when it permeates the upper part of the earth, makes the god Father Dis; but when it permeates the lower part, makes the goddess Proserpina — what then will that Tellus be? For the whole of what she herself was has been so divided into these two parts and gods that it cannot be found what she herself, as a third, may be, or where she may be; unless someone should say that those gods Orcus and Proserpina together are the one goddess Tellus, and that there are no longer three but either one or two; and yet three are spoken of, three are held, three are worshipped at their own altars, their own shrines, with their own rites, images, and priests, and through these also by their own deceiving demons that defile a prostituted soul.
Let it still further be answered: which part of the earth does the part of the world-soul permeate, so as to make the god Tellumo? 'Not so,' he says, 'but one and the same earth has a twofold force, both masculine, in that it produces seeds, and feminine, in that it receives and nourishes them; thence from the force of the female it was called Tellus, from that of the male Tellumo.' Why, then, do the pontiffs, as he himself indicates, with two others also added, perform a divine rite to four gods — to Tellus, Tellumo, Altor, and Rusor? Of Tellus and Tellumo it has already been said. Why Altor? 'Because,' he says, 'from the earth all things that are born are nourished (aluntur).' Why Rusor? 'Because,' he says, 'all things are rolled back (rursus revolvuntur) to the same point.' CHAPTER XXIV.
On the surnames of Tellus and their significations, which, even if they were indicators of many things, ought not to have established the opinions of many gods. The one earth, therefore, on account of that fourfold force, ought to have had four surnames, not to have made four gods; just as by so many surnames there is one Jupiter, and by so many surnames one Juno — in all of which a manifold force is said to be, pertaining to one god or one goddess, the multitude of surnames not also making a multitude of gods. But assuredly, just as sometimes even the basest women grow weary and repent of the crowds of those whom they have sought through lust:
Thus the soul, made worthless and prostituted to unclean spirits, multiplied gods for itself, before whom, to be defiled, it prostrated itself; and just as it pleased it greatly to do so, so at length it also grew weary of it. For Varro himself, as though ashamed of that very crowd, would have Tellus to be one single goddess. 'They call her,' he says, 'the Great Mother as well; that she holds a drum signifies that she is the orb of the earth; that she has towers upon her head signifies cities; that she is fashioned sitting signifies that, while all things move about her, she herself does not move. That they made the Galli serve this goddess signifies that those who lack seed ought to follow the earth, for in it all things are found. That men cast themselves about before her enjoins, he says, that those who till the earth should not sit idle, for there is always something to be done.'
The sound of cymbals signifies the clashing of iron tools and the clatter of hands and of that work which is done in tilling the field; therefore of bronze, because the ancients tilled with bronze before iron was discovered. 'They add,' he says, 'a lion, unbound and tamed, to show that there is no kind of land so remote and fiercely wild that it is not fitting to be subdued and cultivated.' Then he adds and says that, because they have named mother Tellus by many names and surnames, she was reckoned to be several gods. (They think, he says, that Tellus is Ops, because by work she is made better; that she is Mother, because she brings forth very many things; the Great, because she brings forth food; Proserpine, because from her the crops creep forth; Vesta, because she is clothed with herbs.)
'And so,' he says, 'they refer the other goddesses to this one, not without reason.' If, then, there is one goddess—who indeed, when the truth is consulted, is not even a goddess at all—why meanwhile is recourse had to many? Let these be the many names of one being, not so much many goddesses as many names. But the authority of erring forebears bears him down and compels Varro himself, after this opinion, to falter. For he adds and says: 'With these things the opinion of our forebears about these goddesses, namely that they thought them to be several, does not conflict.' How does it not conflict, when it is a very different thing for one goddess to have many names, and for there to be many goddesses? 'But it can come about,' he says, 'that the same thing be both one, and that within it there be several things.' I grant that within one man there are several things; are there for that reason also several men?
Thus within one goddess there are many things; are there for that reason also many goddesses? But let them, as they please, divide, fuse, multiply, refold, and entangle. These are the renowned mysteries of Tellus and of the Great Mother, whence all things are referred back to mortal seeds and to the practice of agriculture. Do these things, then, that are referred to such ends and have this very purpose—the drum, the towers, the Galli, the insane tossing of limbs, the clatter of cymbals, the fiction of lions—promise anyone eternal life? Do the castrated Galli therefore serve this Great goddess, in order to signify that those who lack seed ought to follow the earth?—as though it were not rather that very servitude which makes them lack seed!
For which is it: by following this goddess do they, when they lack seed, acquire it? Or rather, by following this goddess do they, when they have seed, lose it? Is this to interpret, or to abhor? Nor is it noted how greatly the malignant demons have prevailed, who in these rites did not dare to promise their followers anything great, yet were able to exact such cruel things. If the earth were not a goddess, men would lay their hands upon her by working, that they might obtain seeds through her—not also by raging against themselves, that they might lose seed because of her. If she were not a goddess, she would become fruitful by the hands of others, in such a way that she would not compel a man to become barren by his own hands.
Now as for the fact that in the rites of Liber a respectable matron would crown the shameful male organ while a multitude looked on, where—blushing and sweating, if there is any shame at all in men—perhaps even her own husband stood by; and that in the celebration of weddings the new bride was bidden to sit upon the member of Priapus: these things are far more contemptible and trifling compared with that most cruel foulness, or that foulest cruelty, in which by demonic rites both sexes are so mocked that neither perishes by its own wound. There the bewitching of fields is feared; here the amputation of members is not feared. There the modesty of the new bride is so dishonored that not fecundity only, but not even virginity, is taken away; here manhood is so cut off that the man is neither turned into a woman nor left a man.
CHAPTER XXV. What interpretation of the castration of Attis the teaching of the wise Greeks devised. And that Attis himself is not mentioned, nor is any interpretation of him sought by this man—Attis, in memory of whose love a Gallus is castrated. But the learned and wise Greeks by no means kept silent so holy and renowned an explanation. For on account of the springtime aspect of the earth, which is more beautiful than at other seasons, Porphyry, a noble philosopher, declared that Attis signifies flowers, and that he was therefore castrated because the flower falls before the fruit. They compared, then, not the man himself, or the seeming man, who was called Attis, but his male organs, to the flower. For these indeed fell off while he was yet alive;
nay rather, they did not fall off, nor were they plucked, but were plainly torn off; and after that flower was lost, no fruit at all followed afterward, but rather barrenness ensued. What, then, is that which remained, and whatever was left after the castration? what is it said to signify? to what is it referred? what interpretation is drawn from it? Or do they, by laboring at this in vain and finding nothing, persuade us that what should rather be believed is what rumor has spread abroad about a castrated man and committed to writing? Deservedly did our Varro turn away from this, nor would he speak it; for it did not escape so very learned a man. CHAPTER XXVI. On the foulness of the rites of the Great Mother.
Likewise concerning the effeminates consecrated to this same Great Mother against all the modesty of men and women, who up to this very day, with dripping hair and whitened faces, with languid limbs and a womanish gait, would go through the squares and streets of Carthage demanding from the shopkeepers the means by which they might live shamefully—about these Varro would say nothing, nor do I recall having read of it anywhere. Interpretation failed, reasoning blushed, speech fell silent. The Great Mother overcame all the gods her sons, not by the greatness of her divinity, but by the greatness of her crime. To this monster not even the monstrosity of Janus is to be compared. He had in his images mere deformity; she has in her rites deformed cruelty; he had limbs added in stone, she has limbs destroyed in men.
This disgrace not even the many and so great debaucheries of Jupiter himself surpass. He, amid his female corruptions, disgraced heaven with one Ganymede; she, with so many openly professed and public effeminates, both polluted the earth and did injury to heaven. Saturn perhaps we might in this kind of most foul cruelty either compare with her or set above her, who is said to have castrated his father; but in the rites of Saturn men could be slain by others' hands rather than castrated by their own. He devoured his sons, as the poets relate, and the natural philosophers interpret this as they please; but as history records, he slew them; yet the fact that the Phoenicians sacrificed their own sons to him the Romans did not accept.
But this Great Mother of the gods brought even into Roman temples men who had been castrated, and preserved this savagery and custom, being believed to aid the strength of the Romans by the cutting-off of men's manhood. What, compared with this evil, are the thefts of Mercury, the wantonness of Venus, the debaucheries and foulnesses of the rest, which we might bring forward from books—were they not daily sung and danced in the theaters? But what are these compared with so great an evil, the magnitude of which befitted the Great Mother alone? Especially since those things are said by the poets to be fabricated—as if the poets had also feigned that they are pleasing and acceptable to the gods. Granted, then, that it be the audacity or wantonness of the poets that such things were sung or written down;
but that they should be added to divine matters and to the same honors, while the deities themselves command and extort them—what is this but the crime of the gods, nay rather the confession of demons and the deception of wretched men? But that very thing—that by the consecration of the castrated the Mother of the gods deserved to be worshiped—the poets did not invent, but chose rather to shudder at than to sing. Is anyone to be consecrated to these select gods, that after death he may live blessedly—gods to whom he, when consecrated before death, cannot live honorably, being subjected to such foul superstitions and bound to unclean demons? 'But all these things,' he says, 'are referred to the world.' Let him see whether they are rather referred to the unclean. But what cannot be referred to the world, which is shown to exist in the world?
But we for our part seek a soul which, trusting in true religion, does not adore the world as its god, but praises the world as the work of God for God's sake; and which, cleansed from worldly defilements and made clean, may attain to God, who founded the world. CHAPTER XXVII. On the fictions of the natural philosophers, who neither worship the true divinity, nor worship it with that worship by which the true divinity ought to be worshiped. But these select gods we see indeed have become more conspicuously known than the rest—not, however, that their merits might be made illustrious, but that their disgraces might not be hidden; whence it is the more credible that they were men, as not only poetic but also historical writings have handed down. For as Virgil says:
'First from the ethereal heaven came Saturn, fleeing the arms of Jove and an exile from his realms now taken away,' and the things which follow that pertain to this matter—the whole history of this Euhemerus sets forth, which Ennius turned into Latin speech; and since those who before us wrote against errors of this kind, whether in the Greek or the Latin tongue, have set down very much, it has not pleased me to linger upon it. When I consider those very natural-philosophy interpretations by which learned and acute men try to turn these human affairs into divine ones, I see nothing except that things could be brought back to temporal and earthly works and to corporeal nature, or even to a nature which, though invisible, is nevertheless mutable; which in no way is the true God.
But if this at least were done with significations befitting religiosity, it would indeed be a thing to grieve over, that the true God is not announced and proclaimed by them; yet it would be in some way bearable that things so foul and base were neither done nor commanded. But as it is, since in place of the true God—by whom alone, dwelling within it, the soul becomes happy—it is wicked to worship either body or soul, how much more abominable is it to worship these things in such a way that the body or soul of the worshiper obtains neither salvation nor human dignity! Wherefore, if with temple, priest, and sacrifice—which is owed to the true God—some element of the world or some created spirit be worshiped, even if not unclean and evil:
it is evil not because those things by which it is worshiped are evil, but because those things are of such a kind as is owed only to Him alone, to whom such worship and service are due. But if by the stupidity or monstrousness of images, by sacrifices of murders, by the crowning of the shameful male organs, by the wage of debaucheries, by the cutting of members, by the castration of the genitals, by the consecration of effeminates, by the festivals of impure and obscene shows, anyone should contend that he worships the one true God, that is, the creator of every soul and body: he sins not because He whom he worships is not to be worshiped, but because he worships Him who ought to be worshiped, not as He ought to be worshiped.
But he who both worships with such things—that is, foul and wicked things—and worships not the true God, that is, the maker of soul and body, but a creature, however not vicious, whether it be soul or body or soul and body together: he sins twice against God, in that he worships, in place of Him, that which is not He, and worships Him with such things as neither He ought to be worshiped with, nor even that which is not He. But how—that is, how foully and wickedly—these men worshiped, is plain to see; but what, or whom, they worshiped, would be obscure, were not their own history a witness to it—that very history which confesses that things foul and base were rendered to deities terribly demanding them;
whence, with all ambiguities removed, it is established that wicked demons and most unclean spirits were invited by all this civil theology to inhabit dull images and through them to possess even foolish hearts. CHAPTER XXVIII. That Varro's teaching about theology does not agree with itself in any part. What avails it, then, that Varro, a man most learned and most acute, attempts by a kind of subtle disputation to reduce and refer all these gods to heaven and to earth? He cannot; they flow from his hands, they rebound, they slip and fall away. For about to speak of the females, that is, the goddesses, he says: 'Since, as I said in the first book about places, two principles of the gods have been observed, from heaven and from earth, whence some gods are called celestial, some terrestrial:
so as in the foregoing we made a beginning from heaven, when we spoke of Janus, whom some have called heaven, others the world, so concerning the females we make a beginning of our writing from Tellus.' I feel how great a difficulty so great a genius suffers. For he is led by a certain plausible reasoning that heaven is that which acts, earth that which is acted upon, and therefore he attributes to the former the masculine force, to the latter the feminine quality, and does not notice that it is rather He who does these things, who made both. Hence too he interprets in the earlier book the renowned mysteries of the Samothracians in this way, and promises, as it were most religiously, that he will set forth in writing things not even known to his own people, and send them to them.
For he says that he there gathered from many indications that in the images one thing signifies heaven, another earth, another the patterns of things which Plato calls Ideas; he would have heaven understood as Jupiter, earth as Juno, the Ideas as Minerva: heaven, from which something is made; earth, from which it is made; the pattern, according to which it is made. In this matter I forbear to say that Plato declares those Ideas to have such power that not only did heaven not make anything according to them, but heaven itself was made according to them. This I say: that this man, in this book of select gods, has lost that reckoning of the three gods, by whom he had embraced, as it were, all things. For to heaven he attributed the male gods, to earth the females; among whom he placed Minerva, whom he had above set higher than heaven itself.
Then the male god Neptune is in the sea, which pertains rather to earth than to heaven. Finally Father Dis, who in Greek is called Pluto, himself also a male and brother of both, is declared to be an earthly god, holding the upper earth, having in the lower earth Proserpine as his wife. In what manner, then, do they try to refer the gods to heaven, the goddesses to earth? What solid, what consistent, what sober, what definite thing has this disputation? But Tellus is the beginning of the goddesses, namely the Great Mother, with whom the insane foulness of effeminates and of the castrated and of those cutting and tossing themselves about resounds. What is it, then, that is said—that Janus is the head of the gods, Tellus the head of the goddesses? Neither there does error make one head, nor here does madness make a sound one.
Why do they strive in vain to refer these things to the world? For even if they could, no pious man worships the world in place of the true God; and yet open truth convinces them that they cannot do even this. Let them rather refer these things to dead men and to the worst demons, and no question will remain. CHAPTER XXIX. That all things which the natural philosophers referred to the world and its parts, they ought rather to have referred to the one true God. For let us observe in this manner all those things which by them, out of the theology of these gods, are referred as it were by physical reasonings to the world—how, without any scruple of sacrilegious opinion, they ought rather to be attributed to the true God, who made the world, the founder of every soul and every body:
We worship God, not heaven and earth, of which two parts this world consists; nor the soul or souls diffused through whatever living things, but God, who made heaven and earth and all that is in them; who made every soul, whether living in whatever manner and lacking sense and reason, or even perceiving, or even understanding. CHAPTER XXX. With what piety the Creator is to be distinguished from creatures, lest as many gods be worshiped for one as there are works of the one Author. And that I may now begin to run through those works of the one and true God, on account of which these men, while they try, as it were honorably, to interpret most foul and most wicked rites, have made for themselves many false gods:
we worship that God who established for the natures created by Him the beginnings and ends both of subsisting and of moving; who holds, knows, and disposes the causes of things; who founded the power of seeds; who gave the rational soul, which is called mind, to whatever living things He willed; who bestowed the faculty and use of speech; who imparted to such spirits as He pleased the gift of foretelling the future, and through whom He pleases Himself foretells the future, and through whom He pleases drives away ill health; who governs also the beginnings, progress, and ends of wars themselves, when the human race is thus to be amended and chastised; who both created and rules the most vehement and most violent fire of this world according to the tempering of its immense nature;
who is the creator and governor of all the waters; who made the sun, the brightest of corporeal lights, and gave it a fitting power and motion; who does not withdraw His dominion and power even from the lower regions themselves; who supplies the seeds and nourishments of mortals, whether dry or liquid, assigned to their fitting natures; who founds and makes fruitful the earth; who lavishes its fruits upon animals and men; who knows and orders not only the principal causes, but also those which follow after; who appointed to the moon its measure; who provides the heavenly and earthly ways by changes of places; who granted to human minds, which He created, even the sciences of various arts for the helping of life and nature;
who instituted the union of male and female for the help of propagating offspring; who, for the gatherings of men, granted the boon of earthly fire, for easiest uses, which they might apply to hearths and lights. These things assuredly are what that most acute and most learned man Varro, by means of I know not what physical interpretations, labored to distribute among the select gods—whether things he received from elsewhere, or things he himself conjectured. But these things one true God does and performs, yet as God, that is, everywhere whole, enclosed in no places, bound by no chains, divisible into no parts, mutable in no part, filling heaven and earth by His present power, not by a needy nature.
Thus, therefore, He administers all things which He created, in such a way that He also allows them to exert and carry out their own proper motions. For although they can be nothing without Him, they are not what He is. He does many things also through angels; but only from Himself does He beatify the angels. Thus, although for certain causes He sends angels to men, yet He beatifies men not from the angels, but from Himself, just as He beatifies the angels. From this one and true God we hope for eternal life. CHAPTER XXXI. With what benefits, properly speaking—apart from His general bounty—the followers of truth are favored.
For we have from Him, besides benefits of this kind, which out of that administration of nature (concerning which we have said something) He lavishes upon good and evil alike, a great gift, proper to the good, and a token of His great love. For although what we are, that we live, that we behold heaven and earth, that we have mind and reason, by which we may seek out Him very One who founded all these things—although for these we can by no means suffice for the rendering of thanks:
yet that, when we were burdened and overwhelmed by sins, turned away from the contemplation of His light, and blinded by the love of darkness, that is, of iniquity, He did not utterly forsake us, but sent to us His Word, who is His only Son, by whose being born for us in the flesh He had assumed, and by His suffering, we might know how greatly God valued man, and by that singular sacrifice be cleansed from all sins, and, His love being shed abroad in our hearts by His Spirit, all difficulties being overcome, we might come into eternal rest and the unspeakable sweetness of the contemplation of Him—what hearts, how many tongues, would claim to be enough to render Him thanks? CHAPTER XXXII.
That the sacrament of Christ's redemption was lacking in no times of the past, and has always been proclaimed under diverse significations. This mystery of eternal life, from the very beginning of the human race, was proclaimed through angels by means of certain signs and sacraments suited to the times, as was fitting. Then the Hebrew people was gathered into a certain commonwealth, which should enact this sacrament, where, through some who knew and some who did not know, it might be foretold that what is being done from the coming of Christ until now and thereafter was to come; afterward also that same nation was scattered among the nations, for the testimony of the Scriptures, in which it was foretold that eternal salvation in Christ was to come.
For all things—not only the prophecies which are in words, nor only the precepts of life which shape morals and piety and are contained in those writings, but also the holy rites, the priesthoods, the tabernacle or temple, the altars, the sacrifices, the ceremonies, the festal days, and whatever else pertains to that service which is owed to God and is in Greek properly called latreia—all these were signs and foretellings of those things which, on account of the eternal life of the faithful in Christ, we believe both to have been fulfilled, and discern to be fulfilled, and trust to be yet to be fulfilled. CHAPTER XXXIII. That through the Christian religion alone could the deceit of the malignant spirits be made manifest, who rejoice in the error of men.
Through this one and true religion, then, it could be made plain that the gods of the nations are most unclean demons, who, under the occasions of the souls of the dead or under the appearance of worldly creatures, desire to be thought gods, and who, with proud impurity, exult as it were in divine honors and in those same wicked and foul matters, and who begrudge to human souls their conversion to the true God. From whose most monstrous and most impious domination man is set free when he believes in Him who, for rising up, set forth an example of as great humility as that pride by which they fell.
Hence are not only those of whom we have already said much, and others and yet others like them among the rest of the nations and lands, but also these of whom we are now treating, as it were chosen into a senate of the gods; but plainly chosen for the nobility of their crimes, not for the dignity of their virtues. While Varro tries to refer their rites, as it were, to natural reasons, seeking to make honorable things that are base, he cannot find how these may square and harmonize with them, since those are not the causes of those rites which he thinks, or rather wishes to be thought.
For if not only those very causes, but any others whatever of this kind existed, even though they pertained nothing to the true God and to eternal life, which is to be sought in religion, yet by some explanation of the nature of things being given they would somewhat mitigate the offense which some seeming foulness or absurdity, not understood, had caused in the rites; just as he tried to do in certain fables of the theaters or mysteries of the shrines, where he did not acquit the theaters by the likeness of the shrines, but rather condemned the shrines by the likeness of the theaters; yet in whatever way he tried, that the sense, offended by horrible things, might be soothed by an explanation of natural causes being rendered. CHAPTER XXXIV.
On the books of Numa Pompilius, which the senate ordered to be burned, lest the causes of the rites, such as were contained in them, should become known. But on the contrary we find, as that most learned man himself reported, that the causes of the rites set forth from the books of Numa Pompilius could in no way be tolerated, nor were they deemed worthy that they should not only, when read, become known to the religious, but should not even, when written, be stored away in darkness. For I shall now say what in the third book of this work I promised that I would say in its own place.
For, as is read in that same Varro in the book on the worship of the gods: 'A certain Terentius, who had a farm near the Janiculum, when his plowman, driving the plow near the tomb of Numa Pompilius, had dug up out of the ground Numa's books, in which the causes of the instituted rites were written, carried them into the City to the praetor. But he, when he had inspected the opening pages, brought so great a matter to the senate. And there, when the leading men had read certain of the causes why each thing in the rites had been instituted, the senate assented to the dead Numa, and those reverend senators—as religious men—decreed that the praetor should burn those books.' Let each man believe what he thinks;
nay rather, let any distinguished champion of so great an impiety say whatever frenzied contentiousness may suggest should be said. Let it suffice me to point out that the causes of the rites, written down by King Pompilius, the founder of the Roman rites, ought to have become known neither to the people, nor to the senate, nor even to the priests themselves; and that Numa Pompilius himself, by an illicit curiosity, came upon those secrets of the demons, which indeed he wrote down, that he might have whence to be reminded by reading; yet these, though he was king who feared no one in the least, he dared neither to teach to anyone, nor to destroy by erasing or consuming in any way whatever.
Thus that which he wished no one to know, lest he should teach men wicked things, but which he feared to violate, lest he should make the demons angry, he buried where he thought it safe, not believing that a plow could draw near to his tomb. But the senate, since it dreaded to condemn the religious practices of its ancestors and was therefore compelled to assent to Numa, nevertheless judged those books to be so pernicious that it did not order them to be buried again, lest human curiosity should seek much more vehemently the matter now disclosed, but ordered the abominable records to be abolished by flames—so that, since they now thought it necessary to perform those rites, men might err more tolerably with the causes of them unknown, than that the city should be disturbed with them known. CHAPTER XXXV. On the hydromancy by which Numa was deluded by certain images of demons seen.
For Numa himself, to whom no prophet of God, no holy angel was sent, was driven to practice hydromancy, that he might see in the water images of gods, or rather the delusions of demons, from whom he might hear what he ought to institute and observe in the rites. Which kind of divination Varro says was brought from the Persians, and records that Numa himself, and afterward the philosopher Pythagoras, made use of it; where, blood also being applied, he asserts that even the dead below are consulted, and says it is called in Greek necromancy; which, whether it be called hydromancy or necromancy, is that very thing wherein the dead seem to divine. By what arts these things are done, let them see to it themselves.
For I do not wish to say that these arts, even before the coming of our Savior, were wont to be prohibited by the very laws of the states of the nations, and to be punished with the severest penalty. I do not wish, I say, to say this; for perhaps such things were then permitted. Yet by these arts Pompilius learned those rites, the performance of which he made public, but whose causes he buried (so greatly did he himself fear what he had learned); and the books of those causes, when disclosed, the senate burned. Why, then, does Varro interpret for me certain other I-know-not-what causes, as it were physical, of those rites? If those books had contained such causes, they would surely not have been burned; or else the senators would likewise have burned these of Varro's, written and published to Caesar the pontiff.
Because, therefore, Numa Pompilius drew off water, that is, carried it out, in order that he might thereby practise hydromancy, he is on that account said to have had the nymph Egeria as his wife, just as is set forth in the aforementioned book of Varro. For thus are real deeds wont to be turned into fables by a sprinkling of falsehoods. In that hydromancy, then, that most inquisitive Roman king both learned the sacred rites which the pontiffs were to keep in their books, and also their reasons, which he willed no one but himself to know. And so he caused them, written down separately, in a manner to die with him, when he thus took care that they should be withdrawn from the knowledge of men and buried.
Either, then, the so filthy and noxious lusts of demons were there set down in writing, so that from these the whole of that civil theology would appear execrable even among such men, who had taken up so many shameful things in their very sacred rites; or else all those beings were betrayed to be nothing other than dead men, whom, through so long an antiquity of time, almost all the peoples of the nations had believed to be immortal gods—seeing that those very demons took delight in such rites as well, demons who, by certain attestations of deceitful miracles, set themselves up to be worshipped in place of the very dead men whom they had caused to be reckoned as gods.
But by the hidden providence of the true God it came about that, though they were reconciled to Pompilius his friend by those arts whereby the hydromancy could be performed, they were permitted to confess all those things, and yet were not permitted to warn him, who was about to die, rather to burn them than to bury them; and that they might not become known, they were able to resist neither the plough by which they were dug up, nor the pen of Varro, by which the things that were done in this matter have come down to our remembrance. For they cannot effect what they are not allowed to do; and they are allowed it by the deep and just judgment of the most high God, according to the merits of those whom it is just to be by them either only afflicted, or even subjected and deceived.
But how pernicious those writings were judged to be, or how alien from the worship of true divinity, can be understood from this: that the senate preferred to burn those things which Pompilius had hidden, rather than to fear what he feared, who had not dared to do this. Whoever, then, is unwilling even now to have a pious life, let him seek an eternal life by such sacred rites; but whoever is unwilling to have fellowship with malignant demons, let him not dread the noxious superstition by which they are worshipped, but let him acknowledge the true religion by which they are exposed and overcome. BOOK VIII. CHAPTER I. On the question of natural theology, to be discussed with philosophers of more excellent knowledge.
Now we have need of a mind far more intent than was required in the solution of the foregoing questions and the unfolding of the books. For concerning the theology which they call natural, our discussion is to be held, not with any men whatsoever (for it is not the fabulous nor the civil—that is, neither the theatrical nor the urban; of which the one parades the crimes of the gods, the other discloses the still more criminal desires of the gods, and through this belongs rather to malignant demons than to gods), but with the philosophers; whose very name, if we interpret it in Latin, professes a love of wisdom. Further, if wisdom is God, through whom all things were made, as the divine authority and truth has shown, then the true philosopher is a lover of God.
But because the thing itself, of which this is the name, is not in all who glory in this name (for not all who are called philosophers are forthwith lovers of true wisdom): assuredly out of all those whose opinions we have been able to know from their writings, we must choose those with whom this question may not unworthily be treated. For I have not undertaken in this work to refute all the vain opinions of all philosophers, but only those which pertain to theology—by which Greek word we understand to be signified a reasoning or discourse concerning divinity;
nor those of all, but only of those who, while agreeing both that divinity exists and that it cares for human affairs, nevertheless think that the worship of the one unchangeable God does not suffice for attaining a life blessed even after death, but suppose that many, founded indeed and established by that one, are for that reason to be worshipped. These already, by their nearness to truth, surpass even the opinion of Varro; for whereas he was able to extend the whole of natural theology only as far as this world or its soul, these confess God to be above the whole nature of the soul—God who made not only this visible world, which is often called by the name of heaven and earth, but also every soul whatsoever, and who, by participation of His unchangeable and incorporeal light, makes blessed the rational and intellectual soul,
of which kind is the human soul. That these philosophers were called Platonists, the name being derived from Plato their teacher, no one who has heard even slightly of these matters is ignorant. Concerning this Plato, therefore, I shall briefly touch upon what I deem necessary to the present question, first making mention of those who, in the same kind of literature, preceded him in time. CHAPTER II. On the two kinds of philosophers, that is, the Italic and the Ionic, and their founders. For as far as concerns Greek letters—which language is held more illustrious among the rest of the nations—two kinds of philosophers are handed down: one Italic, from that part of Italy which was once called Magna Graecia;
the other Ionic, in those lands where even now it is called Greece. The Italic kind had as its founder Pythagoras of Samos, from whom they say the very name of philosophy arose. For whereas formerly those were called wise men who seemed by a certain manner of praiseworthy life to excel others, when he was asked what he professed, he answered that he was a philosopher, that is, a zealot or lover of wisdom; since to profess oneself wise seemed most arrogant. But the chief of the Ionic kind was Thales of Miletus, one of those seven who were called the wise men. But those six were distinguished by their manner of life and by certain precepts adapted to living well;
but Thales, in order also to propagate successors, having investigated the nature of things and committed his disputations to writing, became eminent and proved most admirable, in that, having grasped the calculations of astronomy, he was even able to foretell eclipses of the sun and moon. He thought, however, that water was the principle of things, and that from it all the elements of the world, and the world itself, and whatever is generated in it, came into being. But he set nothing from a divine mind over this work, which we behold so marvellous when the world is considered. To him succeeded Anaximander, his hearer, who changed the opinion concerning the nature of things. For he thought that the several things were born not from one thing, as Thales from moisture, but from their own proper principles.
These principles of the several things he believed to be infinite, and to generate innumerable worlds and whatever arises in them; and those worlds he reckoned to be now dissolved, now again generated, according to the length of time each could endure; nor did he himself attribute anything to a divine mind in these works of things. He left Anaximenes as his disciple and successor, who assigned all the causes of things to infinite air, and neither denied nor passed over the gods in silence; yet he believed that the air was not made by them, but that they themselves arose from the air.
But Anaxagoras, his hearer, perceived and declared that a divine mind was the maker of all these things which we see, out of an infinite matter consisting of dissimilar particles of all things, the several things being made each out of its own like and proper particles, but with the divine mind acting. Diogenes too, another hearer of Anaximenes, said indeed that air was the matter of things, out of which all came to be; but that it was possessed of divine reason, without which nothing could be made from it. To Anaxagoras succeeded his hearer Archelaus.
He too thought that all things were composed of particles like one another, out of which each several thing was made, yet in such a way that he said there was also a mind present, which by joining together and dispersing those eternal bodies, that is, those particles, governed all things. Socrates is reported to have been his disciple, the teacher of Plato, on whose account I have briefly reviewed all these matters. CHAPTER III. On the Socratic discipline. Socrates, then, is recorded to have been the first to turn the whole of philosophy toward the correcting and ordering of morals, whereas before him all bestowed their greatest labour rather on investigating physical, that is, natural, matters.
But it does not seem to me that it can be gathered with clarity whether Socrates, in order to do this, directed his mind toward discovering something open and certain, out of weariness with obscure and uncertain matters—something that would be necessary to the blessed life, for the sake of which alone the diligence of all philosophers seems to have kept watch and laboured; or rather, as some more benevolently suspect of him, he was unwilling that minds unclean with earthly lusts should strain themselves to attempt divine things. Since indeed he saw that the causes of things were being inquired into by them—causes which he believed to be first and highest in nothing other than the will of the one and supreme God; whence he thought they could not be comprehended save by a purified mind;
and therefore he judged that one must press on toward the purging of life by good morals, so that the mind, unburdened of the depressing lusts, might by its natural vigour raise itself into eternal things, and behold, by the purity of its understanding, the nature of the incorporeal and unchangeable light, where the causes of all created natures abide steadfastly in being. Yet it is established that, even in those very moral questions, to which he seemed to have directed his whole mind, he so dealt with and worked over the folly of the unlearned who supposed they knew something—whether by his confessed ignorance of his own, or by his dissembled knowledge—with a marvellous charm of discoursing and a most keen urbanity. Whence, enmities being stirred up against him, he was condemned by a slanderous accusation and punished with death.
But afterward the city of the Athenians publicly mourned that very thing which it had publicly condemned, the people's indignation being turned upon his two accusers to such a degree that one of them, overwhelmed by the violence of the multitude, perished, while the other escaped a like penalty by voluntary and perpetual exile. With so illustrious a fame, then, both of his life and of his death, Socrates left very many followers of his philosophy, whose zeal it was, vying with one another, to occupy themselves in the discussion of moral questions, wherein it is treated of the supreme good, by which a man can be made blessed. And because in the disputations of Socrates—while he moves, asserts, and demolishes all things—this did not evidently appear, each took from it what pleased him, and where it seemed good to each, there they set the end of good.
Now the end of good is so called, to which when anyone has attained, he is blessed. But the Socratics held opinions concerning this end so diverse among themselves that (what is scarcely credible the followers of one master could have done) some said that the supreme good was pleasure, as Aristippus; others, virtue, as Antisthenes. Thus one after another opined this thing and that, whom it would be tedious to mention. CHAPTER IV. On Plato, foremost among Socrates' disciples, who divided all philosophy into a threefold partition. But among the disciples of Socrates, not undeservedly, Plato shone with a most excellent glory, by which he wholly eclipsed the rest.
Since he was an Athenian, born in an honourable station among his own people, and by his marvellous genius far outstripped his fellow disciples, yet thinking that he himself and the Socratic discipline were too little to suffice for perfecting philosophy, he travelled far and wide, in whatever direction the report of any renowned knowledge to be acquired hurried him. And so both in Egypt he learned whatever great things were there held and taught, and thence, coming into those parts of Italy where the fame of the Pythagoreans was celebrated, he most readily grasped whatever of Italic philosophy then flourished, having heard the more eminent teachers in it.
And because he singularly loved his master Socrates, making him speak in nearly all his dialogues, he tempered even those things which he had either learned from others, or himself perceived with as much understanding as he could, with that man's charm and moral disputations. And so, since the pursuit of wisdom is occupied in action and in contemplation—whence one part of it may be called active, the other contemplative (of which the active pertains to the conduct of life, that is, to the forming of morals, but the contemplative to the beholding of the causes of nature and of the purest truth)—Socrates is recorded to have excelled in the active, but Pythagoras rather to have devoted himself to the contemplative, with what powers of understanding he could.
Accordingly Plato is praised for having perfected philosophy by joining both together, which he distributed into three parts: one moral, which is chiefly occupied in action; another natural, which is assigned to contemplation; the third rational, by which the true is marked off from the false. And although this last is necessary to both, that is, to action and to contemplation, yet it is especially contemplation that claims for itself the discernment of truth. Therefore this tripartite division is not contrary to that distinction by which it is understood that the whole pursuit of wisdom consists in action and in contemplation.
But what Plato felt in these, or concerning each of these parts—that is, where he recognized or believed the end of all actions to be, where the cause of all natures, where the light of all reasonings—I judge it both tedious to explain by discoursing, and I judge it must not be rashly affirmed. For since he affects to preserve the well-known custom of his master Socrates, whom he makes disputing in his volumes, of dissembling his knowledge or his opinion—because that custom pleased him as well—it has come about that even Plato's own opinions concerning great matters cannot easily be discerned.
Nevertheless, out of those things which are read in him, whether what he himself said, or what he related and wrote down as said by others, such as seemed pleasing to him, certain matters ought to be mentioned by us and inserted into this work, either where he supports the true religion which our faith receives and defends, or where he seems to be contrary to it, so far as pertains to that question concerning the one God and the many—on account of the life that is to be after death, truly blessed.
For perhaps those who are praised, with a more celebrated fame, for having understood Plato—far and rightly preferred to the rest of the philosophers of the nations—more keenly and more truly, and for having followed him, feel something of this kind concerning God: that in Him is found both the cause of subsisting, and the reason of understanding, and the order of living; of which three, the one is understood to pertain to the natural part, the second to the rational, the third to the moral. For if man has been so created that, through that which excels in him, he attains to that which excels all things—that is, the one true and best God, without whom no nature subsists, no doctrine instructs, no practice profits—then let Him be sought, where all things are serious to us; let Him be discerned, where all things are certain to us;
let Him be loved, where all things are right to us. CHAPTER V. That theology is to be disputed chiefly with the Platonists, to whose opinion the dogmas of all philosophers are to be postponed. If, then, Plato said that the wise man is the imitator, the knower, the lover of this God, by participation of whom he is blessed, what need is there to examine the rest? None have approached nearer to us than these.
Let there yield to them, therefore, not only that fabulous theology, delighting the minds of the impious with the crimes of the gods, nor only that civil theology too, wherein impure demons, seducing under the name of gods the peoples given over to earthly joys, willed to have human errors as their own divine honours—exciting their worshippers, by most filthy zeal, to the watching of plays of their crimes, as it were to their own worship, and exhibiting to themselves plays more delightful out of the very spectators (where, if anything seemingly honourable is performed in the temples, it is befouled by the obscenity of the theatres joined to it, and whatever shameful things are performed in the theatres are praised by the foulness of the temples compared with them)—and also those things which Varro interpreted out of these sacred rites as referring, so to speak, to heaven and earth and the seeds and acts of mortal things (because not even those things are signified by those rites which he himself attempts to insinuate, and therefore the truth does not follow him as he attempts;
and even if those things were so, yet to the rational soul, those things which by the natural order are established beneath it ought not to be worshipped as its god, nor ought it to set before itself, as gods, those things above which the true God set the soul itself)—and also those things which Numa Pompilius, since they truly pertained to sacred rites of that kind, took care to hide by burying them with himself, and which, dug up by the plough, the senate commanded to be burned.
(Of that kind are also those things—so that we may suspect something milder concerning Numa—which Alexander of Macedon writes were disclosed to him in a letter to his mother by a certain Leon, a high priest of the Egyptian sacred rites; where not Picus and Faunus and Aeneas and Romulus, or even Hercules and Aesculapius, and Liber the son of Semele, and the brothers, the sons of Tyndareus, and any others whom they hold as gods out of mortals, but those very gods of the greater nations, whom Cicero in the Tusculans seems to touch upon under silent names—Jupiter, Juno, Saturn, Vulcan, Vesta, and very many others, whom Varro attempts to transfer to the parts or elements of the world—are betrayed to have been men.
For he too, fearing, as though seeking pardon for mysteries revealed, admonishes Alexander that, when he has communicated these things written down to his mother, he should command them to be consumed by the flames.) Not only, therefore, let those things which the two theologies—the fabulous and the civil—contain yield to the Platonist philosophers, who said that the true God is both the author of things, and the illuminator of truth, and the bestower of blessedness;
but let also those other philosophers, who with minds given over to the body supposed corporeal principles of nature, yield to these so great men, knowers of so great a God—as Thales in moisture, Anaximenes in air, the Stoics in fire, Epicurus in atoms, that is, the most minute little bodies which can neither be divided nor perceived, and whatever others (in whose enumeration it is not necessary to linger) said that bodies—whether simple or compound, whether lacking life or living, but bodies nonetheless—were the cause and principle of things. For some of them believed that living things could be made from things not living, as the Epicureans; but others believed that from a living thing came both living and non-living things, yet from a body bodies.
For the Stoics thought that fire—that is, one body out of those four elements of which this visible world consists—was both living and wise, and the fabricator of the world itself and of all things that are in it, and that this fire was altogether God. These, and others like them, were able to think only that which their hearts, bound to the senses of the flesh, had fabricated together with them. For they had within themselves what they did not see, and imagined within themselves what they had seen without, even when they did not see it but only thought of it. But this, in the sight of such a thought, is now not a body, but the likeness of a body; while that whereby this likeness of a body is seen in the mind is neither a body nor the likeness of a body;
and that whereby it is seen, and whereby it is judged whether it be beautiful or deformed, is assuredly better than that which is judged. This is the mind of man and the nature of the rational soul, which is certainly not a body, if indeed that likeness of a body—when in the mind of one thinking it is beheld and judged—is itself not a body. It is therefore neither earth nor water, neither air nor fire, of which four bodies, called the four elements, we see the corporeal world to be compacted. Further, if our soul is not a body, how is God, the creator of the soul, a body? Let these too, then, yield, as has been said, to the Platonists;
let those also yield who indeed were ashamed to say that God is a body, yet thought our souls to be of the same nature as His is; thus the so great mutability of the soul did not move them—a mutability which it is impious to attribute to the nature of God. But they say: "The nature of the soul is changed by the body, for in itself it is unchangeable." These men could likewise say: "The flesh is wounded by some body, for in itself it is unwoundable." Plainly, that which cannot be changed can be changed by nothing, and through this, that which can be changed by a body can be changed by something, and therefore cannot rightly be called unchangeable. CHAPTER VI. On the view of the Platonists in that part of philosophy which is called physics.
These philosophers, then—whom we see, not undeservedly, preferred to the rest in fame and glory—saw that no body is God, and therefore they transcended all bodies in seeking God. They saw that whatever is mutable is not the supreme God, and therefore they transcended every soul and all mutable spirits in seeking the supreme God. Then they saw that every form in any mutable thing, whereby it is whatever it is, in whatever manner and of whatever nature it is, cannot be except from Him who truly is, because He is unchangeably.
And by this, whether the body of the whole world—its figures, qualities, and ordered motion, and the elements disposed from heaven down to earth, and whatever bodies are in them—or every life, whether that which nourishes and sustains, such as is in trees, or that which both has this and feels, such as is in cattle, or that which has both these and understands, such as is in men, or that which does not need a nourishing support but only sustains, feels, understands, such as is in angels—can be only from Him who simply is; because to Him it is not one thing to be and another to live, as though He could be without living; nor to Him is it one thing to live and another to understand, as though He could live without understanding;
nor to Him is it one thing to understand and another to be blessed, as though He could understand without being blessed; but what to Him is to live, to understand, to be blessed, this to Him is to be. On account of this unchangeableness and simplicity, they understood that He made all these things, and that He Himself could be made by none. For they considered that whatever is, is either body or life, and that life is something better than body; and that the form of body is sensible, that of life intelligible. Accordingly they preferred the intelligible form to the sensible. We call sensible those things which can be perceived by the sight and touch of the body; intelligible, those which can be understood by the contemplation of the mind.
For there is no corporeal beauty, whether in the state of the body, such as is figure, or in motion, such as is melody, concerning which the mind does not judge. Which assuredly it could not do, unless there were in it this better form, without the bulk of mass, without the noise of voice, without the space of either place or time. But there too, unless it were mutable, one would not judge better than another concerning a sensible form; the more ingenious better than the slower, the more skilled better than the less skilled, the more practised better than the less practised; and the same one person, when he advances, judges better afterward than before. But that which admits of more and less is, without doubt, mutable.
Whence ingenious and learned men, practised in these matters, easily concluded that the first form is not in those things in which it is convicted of being mutable. Since, therefore, in their view both body and mind were more or less beautiful, and since, if they could lack all form, they would be nothing at all: they saw that there is something in which the first form is unchangeable, and therefore incomparable; and there they most rightly believed the principle of things to be, which had not been made and from which all things had been made. Thus that which is known of God He Himself manifested to them, when His invisible things were understood and beheld by them through the things that have been made: His everlasting power also and divinity; by whom all visible and temporal things also were created.
Let these things have been said concerning that part which they call physics, that is, natural. CHAPTER VII. How much more excellent than the rest the Platonists are to be held in logic, that is, rational philosophy. But as for that doctrine wherein the other part is occupied, which by them is called logic, that is, rational:
far be it that those should seem comparable to them who placed the judgment of truth in the senses of the body, and thought that all things which are learned must be measured by their unfaithful and deceptive rules—such as the Epicureans, and whatever others of that kind, and even the Stoics themselves, who, although they vehemently loved the cleverness of disputing, which they call dialectic, thought that it must be derived from the senses of the body; hence asserting that the mind conceives the notions—which they call ennoiai—namely, of those things which they explain by defining; and that from this is propagated and connected the whole method of learning and teaching.
Whereupon I am wont to marvel greatly that, since they say none are beautiful save the wise, with what senses of the body they beheld that beauty, with what sort of eyes of the flesh they descried the form and comeliness of wisdom. But these men, whom we deservedly set before the rest, distinguished those things which are beheld by the mind from those which are attained by the senses, neither taking away from the senses what they can do, nor giving to them beyond what they can. And they said that the light of minds for learning all things was that same God, by whom all things were made. CHAPTER VIII. That the Platonists hold the primacy in moral philosophy also.
There remains the moral part, which by a Greek word they call ethics, in which inquiry is made concerning the highest good, to which we refer everything we do, which we seek not for the sake of anything else but for its own sake, and which, once attained, we should seek nothing further beyond it in order to be blessed. For this reason indeed it is also called the end, because for its sake we will all other things, but it we will only for its own sake. This blessing-bestowing good, then, some have said belongs to man from the body, some from the soul, and some from both.
For they saw that man himself consists of soul and body, and therefore they believed that he could fare well from one or other of these two, or from both, by a certain final good, in which they would be blessed, to which they might refer all that they did, and beyond which—since it was the thing to which all else was referred—they would seek nothing further. Hence those who are said to have added a third class of goods, called external—such as honour, glory, money, and anything of this kind—did not add them as being final, that is, to be sought for their own sake, but for the sake of something else; this class of goods being good for the good and evil for the evil. Thus those who sought man's good either from the soul or from the body or from both, supposed that it was to be sought from nothing other than man himself;
but those who sought it from the body sought it from the inferior part of man; those who sought it from the soul, from the better part; and those who sought it from both, from the whole man. Whether, therefore, from any single part or from the whole, they sought it from nothing but man. Nor did these differences, because they are three, on that account make only three sects; rather they produced many disagreements and schools of philosophers, because concerning the good of the body, the good of the soul, and the good of both, different men held different opinions. Let all these, then, yield to those philosophers who said that man is blessed not by enjoying the body or enjoying the soul, but by enjoying God:
not as the soul enjoys the body or its own self, or as friend enjoys friend, but as the eye enjoys light—if any likeness is to be drawn from these to those; and of what sort that likeness is, if God Himself shall help, will appear in another place, so far as we are able to make it appear. For now let it suffice to recall that Plato determined the end of good to be to live according to virtue, and that this can befall him only who has the knowledge and imitation of God, and that there is no other cause of his being blessed; and therefore he does not doubt that to philosophize is to love God, whose nature is incorporeal. Whence it surely follows that the lover of wisdom (for that is what 'philosopher' means) will then be blessed, when he shall have begun to enjoy God.
For although he who enjoys what he loves is not at once blessed (for many, by loving things that ought not to be loved, are wretched, and the more wretched when they enjoy them), yet no one is blessed who does not enjoy what he loves. For even those who love things that ought not to be loved do not think themselves blessed by loving, but by enjoying. Whoever, then, enjoys what he loves, and loves the true and highest good, who but the most wretched would deny that he is blessed? But the true and highest good itself Plato says is God; whence he would have the philosopher be a lover of God, so that, since philosophy aims at the blessed life, he who has loved God shall be blessed in enjoying God. CHAPTER 9. Concerning that philosophy which has come nearer to the truth of the Christian faith.
Whatever philosophers, therefore, have thought such things concerning the highest and true God—that He is the maker of created things, the light by which they are known, and the good for whose sake they are to be done; that from Him come to us both the principle of nature, and the truth of doctrine, and the felicity of life—whether they be more fittingly called Platonists, or impose any other name upon their sect; whether only those of the Ionic race, who were the foremost among them, held these views, as did Plato himself and those who well understood him; or whether also the Italics held them, on account of Pythagoras and the Pythagoreans, and any others perchance of the same opinion from that quarter;
or whether among other nations also there are found some who were held to be wise men or philosophers—Atlantic Libyans, Egyptians, Indians, Persians, Chaldeans, Scythians, Gauls, certain Spaniards—who saw and taught this: all of these we set before the rest, and we confess them to be nearer to ourselves. CHAPTER 10. What excellence the religious Christian has among the philosophic arts. For although a Christian man, instructed only in ecclesiastical letters, may perhaps be ignorant of the name 'Platonists,' and may not know whether two kinds of philosophers existed in the Greek tongue, the Ionic and the Italic, yet he is not so deaf to human affairs as not to know that philosophers profess either the study of wisdom or wisdom itself.
Yet he is on his guard against those who philosophize according to the elements of this world, and not according to God, by whom the world itself was made. For he is admonished by the apostolic precept and faithfully hears what was said: 'Beware lest any man deceive you through philosophy and vain seduction, according to the elements of the world.' Then, lest he should suppose all to be such, he hears the same apostle say concerning certain men: 'Because that which is known of God is manifest in them; for God hath manifested it unto them.'
'For the invisible things of Him, from the creation of the world, are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made; His eternal power also and divinity.' And where, speaking to the Athenians, after he had said a great thing about God—one that could be understood by few—namely, that 'in Him we live and move and have our being,' he added and said: 'As certain also of your own have said.' Indeed, he also knows how to guard against these very men in those points wherein they err; for where it is said that God manifested to them, by the things that are made, His invisible things to be beheld by the understanding, there it is also said that they did not rightly worship God Himself, because they offered divine honours—due to Him alone—to other things also, to which they ought not:
'Because, when they knew God, they glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful, but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of the image of corruptible man, and of birds, and of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things.' Here he gave us to understand the Romans, the Greeks, and the Egyptians, who gloried in the name of wisdom. But concerning this we shall dispute with them hereafter.
But in that wherein they agree with us concerning the one God, author of this universe—who is not only above all bodies, being incorporeal, but also above all souls, being incorruptible; our principle, our light, our good—in this we set them before the rest. Nor, if a Christian who is ignorant of their writings does not use, in disputation, words which he has not learned—so as to call that part in which inquiry is made into the investigation of nature 'natural' in Latin or 'physical' in Greek,
and 'rational' or 'logic' in Greek, in which it is asked in what way truth may be perceived, and 'moral' or 'ethics,' in which there is treatment of morals and of the ends of goods to be sought and of evils to be avoided—he does not on that account fail to know that from the one true and best God we have our nature, by which we are made unto His image, and the doctrine by which we may know Him and ourselves, and the grace by which, cleaving to Him, we may be blessed. This, then, is the reason why we prefer these men to the rest: that, whereas other philosophers have worn out their talents and labours in inquiring into the causes of things, and into what was the manner of learning and of living, these, by knowing God, have found where there is both the cause of the established universe, and the light for perceiving truth, and the fountain for drinking in felicity.
Whether, therefore, these Platonists, or any other philosophers of whatever nations, think these things concerning God, they think with us. But for this reason it has pleased us rather to deal with the Platonists in this matter, because their writings are better known. For the Greeks, whose tongue is preeminent among the nations, celebrated them with great commendation; and the Latins, moved either by their excellence or their glory, learned them the more gladly, and by translating them into our speech made them nobler and more illustrious. CHAPTER 11. Whence Plato could have acquired that understanding by which he approached the Christian knowledge.
But some who are joined to us in the grace of Christ marvel, when they hear or read that Plato held such views concerning God, which they recognize to agree much with the truth of our religion. Hence some have supposed that, when he journeyed into Egypt, he had heard the prophet Jeremiah, or read the prophetic Scriptures during that same sojourn; and indeed I have set down their opinion in certain of my books. But the careful reckoning of times, which is contained in chronological history, indicates that Plato was born nearly a hundred years after the time when Jeremiah prophesied;
and since he lived eighty-one years, from the year of his death until that time when Ptolemy, king of Egypt, requested the prophetic Scriptures of the Hebrew nation from Judea, and took care to have them interpreted and possessed through seventy Hebrew men who also knew the Greek tongue, there are found to be nearly sixty years. Wherefore, in that sojourn of his, Plato could neither have seen Jeremiah, who had died so long before, nor have read those same Scriptures, which had not yet been translated into the Greek tongue, in which he was proficient;
unless perhaps, because he was of most ardent zeal, he learned these Scriptures, as he did the Egyptian ones, through an interpreter—not so as to translate them by writing (which Ptolemy is reported to have earned as an immense benefit, he who, by his royal power, could even inspire fear), but so as to learn by conversation, as far as he could grasp, what they contained. That this should be thought so, certain indications seem to persuade: that the book of Genesis begins thus: 'In the beginning God made heaven and earth. And the earth was invisible and unformed, and darkness was upon the deep, and the Spirit of God was borne above the water.' And in the Timaeus, the book which Plato wrote concerning the constitution of the world, he says that God, in that work, first joined earth and fire.
Now it is manifest that he assigns to fire the place of heaven: this opinion, then, has a certain likeness to that wherein it was said: 'In the beginning God made heaven and earth.' Then he calls those two middle elements—by whose interposition these two extremes might be coupled to one another—water and air; whence he is thought to have so understood what is written: 'The Spirit of God was borne above the water.' For paying too little heed to the manner in which that Scripture is wont to call something 'the Spirit of God'—since air also is called 'spirit'—he may seem to have supposed that the four elements were mentioned in that place. Then, as to what Plato says, that the philosopher is a lover of God, nothing so glows in those sacred letters;
and most of all that point (which also most of all moves me almost to assent that Plato was not unacquainted with those books): that, whereas the words of God are conveyed through an angel to holy Moses in such wise that, to him who asked what was the name of Him who commanded him to go to the Hebrew people to be delivered out of Egypt, the answer is given: 'I am that I am, and thou shalt say to the children of Israel: He who is hath sent me unto you'—as though, in comparison with Him who truly is because He is unchangeable, the things that have been made mutable have no being—this Plato vehemently held and most diligently commended. And I know not whether this be found anywhere in the books of those who lived before Plato, save where it was said: 'I am that I am, and thou shalt say to them: He who is hath sent me unto you.'
CHAPTER 12. That even the Platonists, although they thought rightly concerning the one true God, nevertheless judged that sacred rites should be performed to many gods. But from whatever source he learned these things—whether from the preceding books of the ancients, or rather, as the apostle says, 'because that which is known of God is manifest in them; for God hath manifested it unto them; for the invisible things of Him, from the creation of the world, are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, His eternal power also and divinity':
now I have set forth sufficiently, as I think, that I have chosen the Platonist philosophers, with whom to deal, not without reason: because in that question which we have just now undertaken, which treats of natural theology—namely, whether for the sake of the felicity that is to be after death, sacred rites ought to be performed to one God or to many—I have, as I judge, expounded enough.
For I have especially chosen these for this reason: because, in proportion as they have thought more nobly concerning the one God who made heaven and earth, in that same proportion they are held more glorious and illustrious than the rest, and are by the judgment of posterity so far preferred to others that, although Aristotle, the disciple of Plato—a man of excellent genius, and in eloquence indeed unequal to Plato, but easily surpassing many—had founded the Peripatetic sect (so called because he was wont to dispute while walking about), and, excelling in renowned fame, had gathered very many disciples into his school of thought while his teacher was yet living; and although, after Plato's death, Speusippus, his sister's son, and Xenocrates, his beloved disciple, had succeeded him in his school, which was called the Academy, and on this account they themselves and their successors were called Academics—nevertheless the more recent and most noble philosophers, to whom it seemed good to follow Plato, were unwilling to be called Peripatetics or Academics, but Platonists.
Among these the Greeks Plotinus, Iamblichus, and Porphyry are very greatly ennobled; while in both tongues—that is, both Greek and Latin—Apuleius the African stood forth as a noble Platonist. But all these, and others of this sort, and Plato himself, judged that sacred rites should be performed to very many gods. CHAPTER 13. Concerning the opinion of Plato, by which he defined the gods to be none other than good beings and friends of the virtues. Although, therefore, they dissent from us in many other and great matters, yet in this point which I have just set down—since it is neither a small matter, and there is now a question about it—I first ask of them, to which gods they think this worship is to be exhibited, whether to good, or to evil, or to both good and evil.
But we have Plato's opinion, who says that all the gods are good, and that there is none at all of the gods that is evil. It follows, therefore, that these rites are to be understood as exhibited to the good; for then they are exhibited to gods, since they would not even be gods if they were not good. If this be so (for what else is fitting to believe concerning the gods?), then that opinion is surely emptied out, by which some suppose that evil gods must be appeased by sacred rites lest they harm, but that good ones must be invoked that they may help. For there are no evil gods; and the due honour of sacred rites, as they say, is to be paid to the good. Who, then, are those who love stage plays and demand that they be joined to divine matters and exhibited in their honour? Their power does not show them to be no gods, but this very affection assuredly shows them to be evil.
For what Plato thought concerning stage plays is well known, since he judged that the poets themselves—because they composed songs so unworthy of the majesty and goodness of the gods—must be driven out of the city. Who, then, are those gods who contend with Plato himself concerning stage plays? For he does not suffer the gods to be defamed by false crimes; but these command that their own honours be celebrated by those very crimes. Finally, these gods, when they commanded that those same plays be instituted, demanding base things, did even malicious deeds: taking away the son of Titus Latinius and sending a disease upon him because he had refused their command, and removing that disease when he had fulfilled their orders. But he thought them not even so evil
as to be feared; rather, most constantly retaining the strength of his own opinion, he does not hesitate to remove from a well-ordered people all the sacrilegious trifles of the poets, in which those gods, by their fellowship in uncleanness, take delight. But this same Plato, as I have already mentioned in the second book, Labeo places among the demigods. Now this Labeo thinks that evil deities are appeased by bloody victims and by supplications of this kind, but good ones by plays and such things as pertain, as it were, to gladness. What is it, then, that the demigod Plato dares so constantly to take away these delights—not from demigods, but from gods, and these good ones—because he judges them to be base? These gods truly refute the opinion of Labeo;
for in the case of Latinius they showed themselves not only wanton and given to sport, but even savage and terrible. Let the Platonists, then, explain these things to us—they who judge that all the gods, according to the opinion of their own author, are good and honourable and associates in the virtues of the wise, and who hold it impious to think otherwise concerning any of the gods. 'We do explain it,' they say. Let us, then, listen attentively. CHAPTER 14. Concerning the opinion of those who said that rational souls are of three kinds—that is, in the celestial gods, in the aerial demons, and in earthly men. 'Of all animals,' they say, 'in which there is a rational soul, there is a threefold division: into gods, men, and demons. The gods hold the highest place, men the lowest, demons the middle.'
'For the seat of the gods is in heaven, of men on earth, of demons in the air. As their dignity of places is diverse, so also is that of their natures. Accordingly, the gods are superior to men and demons; but men are placed below gods and demons, as in the order of the elements, so in the difference of merits. The demons, therefore, being in the middle, even as they are to be ranked after the gods, beneath whom they dwell, so are they to be preferred to men, above whom they dwell. For they have in common with the gods the immortality of their bodies, but with men the passions of their souls.'
'Wherefore it is no wonder,' they say, 'if they are delighted even by the obscenities of plays and the fictions of poets, since indeed they are seized by human affections, from which the gods are far removed and in all ways alien.' From which it is gathered that Plato, in detesting and prohibiting the fictions of poetry, deprived not the gods—who are all good and exalted—of the pleasure of stage plays, but the demons.
If these things are so (which, although they may be found in others also, yet Apuleius the Madauran Platonist wrote one book on this subject alone, the title of which he chose to be 'On the God of Socrates,' where he discusses and expounds from what class of deities Socrates had one joined to him and conciliated by a certain friendship, by whom he is reported to have been wont to be admonished to desist from acting whenever what he wished to do was not going to turn out prosperously;
for he says most plainly and asserts most copiously that that being was not a god, but a demon, treating thoroughly, with diligent disputation, that opinion of Plato concerning the sublimity of the gods, the lowliness of men, and the middle state of demons)—if, then, these things are so, in what way did Plato dare, even if not from the gods (whom he removed from all human contagion), yet certainly from the demons themselves, to take away theatrical pleasures by driving the poets from the city, unless because by this means he admonished the human soul—although still placed in these dying members—for the splendour of honourable conduct to despise the impure commands of demons and to detest their uncleanness? For if Plato most honourably censured and prohibited these things, assuredly the demons most basely demanded and commanded them.
Either, therefore, Apuleius is mistaken and Socrates did not have a friend from this class of deities; or Plato holds contradictory views among themselves—now honouring the demons, now removing their delights from a well-mannered city; or the friendship of a demon is not a thing for Socrates to be congratulated upon, of which Apuleius himself was so far ashamed that he entitled his book 'On the God of Socrates,' whereas, according to his own disputation—by which he so diligently and copiously distinguishes the gods from the demons—he ought to have called it not 'On the God,' but 'On the Demon of Socrates.' But he preferred to put this in the disputation itself rather than in the title of the book.
For so, by the sound doctrine which has shone upon human affairs, all or almost all shudder at the name of demons, so that whoever, before the disputation of Apuleius by which the dignity of the demons is commended, should read the title 'On the Demon of Socrates,' would by no means think that that man had been of sound mind. But what did Apuleius himself find to praise in the demons, besides the subtlety and firmness of their bodies and the higher place of their habitation? For concerning their morals, when he spoke of them all in general, he said not only nothing good, but even very much evil.
Finally, when that book has been read, no one at all wonders that they wished to have even stage filthiness in divine matters, and that, while they wish to be thought gods, they could be delighted by the crimes of the gods, and that whatever in their sacred rites is either laughed at for obscene solemnity or shuddered at for base cruelty, agrees with their affections. CHAPTER 15. That neither on account of their aerial bodies nor on account of their higher dwellings do the demons excel men. Wherefore, far be it that a soul truly religious and subject to the true God, considering these things, should think the demons to be better than itself because they have better bodies.
Otherwise, it would have to prefer to itself even many beasts, which surpass us both in keenness of senses, in most easy and most swift motion, in strength of powers, and in long-lived firmness of bodies. What man in seeing will be equalled to eagles and vultures? Who in smelling to dogs? Who in swiftness to hares, to deer, to all birds? Who in great strength to lions and elephants? Who in long living to serpents, which are even said, by laying aside their skin, to lay aside old age and return to youth? But just as we are better than all these by reasoning and understanding, so also ought we to be better than the demons by living well and honourably.
For on this account divine providence has given certain superior gifts of bodies to those over whom it is agreed that we are superior, so that even in this way it might be commended to us that the thing in which we surpass them must be cultivated with much greater care than the body, and that we might learn to despise the very bodily excellence which we knew the demons to have, in comparison with the goodness of life by which we are set above them—we who are also to have immortality of bodies, not such as the eternity of torments may torture, but such as the purity of souls may precede. But now, as to the loftiness of place—that the demons dwell in the air, while we dwell on earth—to be so moved by this that hence we should think them to be preferred to us, is altogether ridiculous.
For by this reasoning we prefer to ourselves all flying creatures also. But indeed flying creatures, when they are wearied by flying, or have a body to be refreshed with food, seek the earth again, either for rest or for pasture—which the demons, they say, do not do. Does it therefore please them that flying creatures excel us, but demons excel even flying creatures? But if it is most senseless to suppose this, there is no reason why we should think the demons worthy, on account of the habitation of a higher element, to whom we ought to subject ourselves with the affection of religion. For just as it could come to pass that the aerial birds should be not only not preferred to us earthly beings, but even subjected, on account of the dignity of the rational soul which is in us:
so it could come to pass that the demons, although they are more aerial, should not therefore be better than us earthly beings because the air is higher than the earth; but men should be preferred to them for this reason, because the hope of pious men is by no means to be compared to the despair of those beings. For even that reasoning of Plato, by which he weaves together and orders the four elements in proportion—thus interposing the two middle ones, air and water, between the two extremes, fire (the most mobile) and earth (the immovable), so that, as much as air is above water and fire above air, so much also the waters are higher than the lands—sufficiently admonishes us not to estimate the merits of living beings according to the degrees of the elements.
For Apuleius himself, with the rest, calls man an earthly animal, who nevertheless is far preferred to aquatic animals, although Plato sets the waters themselves above the lands: so that they may understand that the same order is not to be kept, when it is a question of the merits of souls, which appears to be the order in the degrees of bodies; but that it can come to pass that a better soul should inhabit a lower body, and a worse soul a higher one. CHAPTER 16. What Apuleius the Platonist thought concerning the morals and actions of the demons.
When, therefore, this same Platonist spoke concerning the morals of the demons, he said that they are agitated by the same perturbations of soul as men: provoked by injuries, appeased by services and gifts, rejoicing in honours, delighted by diverse rites of sacred things, and disturbed if anything in these has been neglected. Among other things he also says that there pertain to them the divinations of augurs, soothsayers, seers, and dreams; and that from these also come the miracles of the magicians. But defining them briefly, he says that the demons are, in genus, animals; in soul, passive; in mind, rational; in body, aerial; in time, eternal. Now of these five, the three former they have in common with us, the fourth is their own, and the fifth they have in common with the gods.
But I see that, of the three former, which they have in common with us, two they also have in common with the gods. For he says that the gods too are animals; and, distributing to each its own elements, he placed us among the earthly animals, together with the rest that live and have sense on the earth; among the aquatic, fishes and other swimming things; among the aerial, demons; among the ethereal, gods. And by this—that the demons are, in genus, animals—this is common to them not only with men, but also with gods and beasts; that they are, in mind, rational, this is common with gods and men; that they are, in time, eternal, with the gods alone; that they are, in soul, passive, with men alone; that they are, in body, aerial, this they alone are. Accordingly, that they are, in genus, animals, is no great thing, since the beasts also are this;
What is rational in mind is not above us, for we too are rational; what is eternal in time, what good is it if it be not blessed? For a temporal felicity is better than a wretched eternity. What is passive in soul, how is it above us, since we too are this, and would not be so unless we were wretched? What is aerial in body, of what worth is that to be reckoned, since the nature of the soul, of whatsoever sort, is preferred to every body, and therefore the worship of religion, which is owed from the soul, ought by no means to be owed to that which is inferior to the soul? Moreover, if among those things which he says belong to the demons he had numbered virtue, wisdom, and felicity, and had said that they possess these in common with the gods and as eternal, then assuredly he would be saying something to be longed for and greatly prized;
yet even so, on account of these things, we ought not to worship them as God, but rather Him from whom we should know that they had received these things. How much less, then, are these aerial animals now worthy of divine honour—rational only that they may be capable of misery, passive only that they may be miserable, eternal only that they cannot bring their misery to an end! CHAPTER XVII. Whether it be fitting that those spirits be worshipped by man, from whose vices he ought rather to be delivered. Wherefore, to pass over the rest and to treat this one point alone—that which he said the demons have in common with us, namely the passions of the soul—if all four elements are full of their own living creatures, fire and air with immortal ones, water and earth with mortal, I ask why the souls of demons should be agitated by the disturbances and storms of the passions.
For a perturbation is what in Greek is called πάθος; whence he chose to call them 'passive in soul,' because, were the word πάθος rendered word for word, 'passion' would be a movement of the soul contrary to reason. Why then are these things present in the souls of demons, which are not present in beasts? Because if anything similar appears in a beast, it is not a perturbation, since it is not contrary to reason, of which beasts are destitute. But in men it is folly or misery that produces these perturbations; for we are not yet blessed in that perfection of wisdom which is promised to us, freed from this mortality, at the end. But they say the gods do not suffer these perturbations, because they are not only eternal but also blessed.
For they assert that the gods themselves have these same rational souls, but most pure from every stain and plague. Wherefore, if the gods are not perturbed because they are blessed animals, not miserable, and beasts likewise are not perturbed because they are animals which can be neither blessed nor miserable, it remains that the demons, like men, are perturbed for this reason: that they are animals not blessed, but miserable. By what folly, then, or rather by what madness do we subject ourselves to demons through any religion, when through the true religion we are delivered from that very viciousness in which we resemble them?
For since the demons—as even this Apuleius, though he spares them greatly and judges them worthy of divine honours, is nevertheless compelled to confess—are goaded by anger, the true religion enjoins us not to be goaded by anger, but rather to resist it. Since the demons are enticed by gifts, the true religion enjoins us to show no favour to anyone for the receiving of gifts. Since the demons are soothed by honours, the true religion enjoins us to be in no way moved by such things. Since the demons are haters of some men and lovers of others, not by a prudent and tranquil judgement, but by what he himself calls a 'passive soul,' the true religion enjoins us to love even our enemies.
Lastly, every motion of the heart and surge of the mind, all the disturbances and storms of the soul by which he asserts the demons to seethe and toss to and fro—these the true religion bids us lay aside. What cause is there, then, save folly and a marvellous error, that you should make yourself humble in venerating one to whom you desire to be unlike in living, and that you should worship with religion one whom you are unwilling to imitate, when the very sum of religion is to imitate the one you worship? CHAPTER XVIII. Of what sort that religion is, in which it is taught that men, in order to be commended to the good gods, ought to use demons as advocates.
In vain, therefore, did Apuleius, and whoever holds the same opinion, bestow this honour upon them, placing them midway in the air between the ethereal heaven and the earth, so that—since no god mingles with man, which they affirm Plato to have said—these demons might carry up to the gods the prayers of men and bring down thence to men the things they ask, once obtained. For those who believed these things deemed it unworthy that men should mingle with gods and gods with men; but worthy that demons should mingle both with gods and with men—as those who present from this side the petitions sought, and from that side bring back the things granted;
so that, forsooth, a chaste man, a stranger to the crimes of the magical arts, should employ as his patrons those who love the very things which he, by not loving, becomes the worthier—those whom they ought the more easily and willingly to hear. For those demons love the obscenities of the stage, which chastity does not love; they love in the maleficent deeds of magicians 'the thousand arts of harming,' which innocence does not love. Therefore both chastity and innocence, if they wish to obtain anything from the gods, will not be able to do so by their own merits except through the intervention of their own enemies. There is no ground for this man to attempt to justify the fictions of the poets and the mockeries of the theatre.
We have, against these things, their own master, and one of so great authority among them—Plato—if human modesty deserves so ill of itself that it should not only delight in base things, but even reckon them pleasing to the Deity. CHAPTER XIX. Of the impiety of the magical art, which relies upon the patronage of malign spirits. Moreover, against the magical arts—in which certain men, too unhappy and too impious, even take delight in glorying—shall I not summon as witness the very light of day itself? For why are these things so gravely punished by the severity of the laws, if they are the works of deities to be worshipped? Or perhaps Christians established these laws by which the magical arts are punished?
According to what other meaning, save that there is no doubt these sorceries are ruinous to the human race, does the most renowned poet say: 'I call to witness, dear sister, the gods and you, and your sweet life, that against my will I gird myself to the magic arts'? And that other thing too which he says in another place concerning these arts: 'And I have seen crops transported elsewhere from where they were sown'—because by this pestilent and wicked doctrine the fruits of another's land are said to be transferred to other lands—does not Cicero record that it was written in the Twelve Tables, that is, the most ancient laws of the Romans, and that a punishment was appointed for him who should do this? Finally, was not Apuleius himself accused before Christian judges concerning the magical arts?
For these things being charged against him, if he had known them to be divine and pious and conformable to the works of divine powers, he ought not only to have confessed them, but even to have professed them openly, rather blaming the laws by which these things were prohibited and deemed worthy of condemnation—things which ought to be held marvellous and venerable. For thus he would either have persuaded the judges of his own opinion, or, if they had judged according to those iniquitous laws and condemned him to death for proclaiming and praising such things, the demons would have repaid worthy gifts to his soul, for the proclaiming of whose divine works he would not have feared to have his human life taken from him;
just as our martyrs, when the Christian religion—by which they knew they were made saved and most glorious for ever—was charged against them as a crime, did not choose to escape temporal punishments by denying it, but rather, by confessing, professing, proclaiming, and faithfully and bravely enduring all things for it, and by dying with pious security, they compelled the laws by which it was prohibited to blush and made them be changed. But of this Platonic philosopher there exists a most copious and most eloquent oration, by which he defends himself as innocent of the crime of the magical arts, and is willing to seem innocent in no other way than by denying those things which cannot be committed by an innocent man.
But all the miracles of the magicians—whom he rightly judges to be condemned—are wrought by the doctrines and works of demons, whom let him see why he should think worthy of honour, asserting them to be necessary for conveying our prayers to the gods—those whose works we ought to shun, if we wish our prayers to reach the true God. Next, I ask, what kind of prayers of men does he think are conveyed to the good gods through demons—magical or lawful? If magical, the gods do not want such; if lawful, they do not want them through such intermediaries. But if a penitent sinner pours out prayers—especially if he has committed something magical—does he then at length obtain pardon through the intercession of those very ones by whose impelling or favour he laments to have fallen into the fault?
Or do these demons themselves, in order that they may be able to merit indulgence for the penitent, first do penance because they deceived them? No one has ever said this of demons; for, were it so, they would by no means dare to demand divine honours for themselves, who by repenting would desire to attain the grace of pardon. For there is detestable pride, here is pitiable humility. CHAPTER XX. Whether it is to be believed that the good gods mingle more willingly with demons than with men. But, they say, an urgent and most pressing cause compels the demons to act as intermediaries between gods and men, that they may bring from men the things desired, and bring back from the gods the things obtained. What at last is this cause, and how great the necessity? Because, they say, no god mingles with man.
A splendid sanctity of God, indeed, who does not mingle with the man who supplicates, yet mingles with the arrogant demon; does not mingle with the penitent man, yet mingles with the deceiving demon; does not mingle with the man who flees for refuge to the Deity, yet mingles with the demon who feigns deity; does not mingle with the man who seeks indulgence, yet mingles with the demon who counsels wickedness; does not mingle with the man who, by philosophical books, drives the poets out of a well-ordered state, yet mingles with the demon who, through the rulers and pontiffs of the state, demands the mockeries of the poets by means of stage-plays; does not mingle with the man who forbids the inventing of crimes against the gods, yet mingles with the demon who delights himself in the false crimes of the gods;
does not mingle with the man who punishes the crimes of magicians by just laws, yet mingles with the demon who teaches and fulfils the magical arts; does not mingle with the man who flees the imitation of the demon, yet mingles with the demon who lies in wait to deceive man. CHAPTER XXI. Whether the gods use demons as messengers and interpreters, and either are ignorant that they are deceived by them, or wish to be. But forsooth there is a great necessity for this so great absurdity and indignity—namely, that the ethereal gods, who care for human affairs, would assuredly be ignorant of what the earthly men do, unless the aerial demons announced it; since the ether is far from the earth and suspended on high, while the air is contiguous to both the ether and the earth. O marvellous wisdom!
What else do these men think concerning the gods—whom they will to be all best—save that they both care for human affairs, lest they seem unworthy of worship, and, because of the distance of the elements, are ignorant of human affairs, so that the demons may be believed necessary, and that on this account these demons too may be thought to be worshipped, through whom the gods may both learn what is being done in human affairs and where they ought to come to men's aid? If this is so, then the demon, through the neighbouring body, is better known to those good gods than the man through his good soul. O necessity much to be lamented—or rather, vanity to be laughed at or detested, lest the divinity be vain! For if the gods can see our soul, when the soul is free from the obstacle of the body, they do not need demons as messengers for this; but if it is the bodily signs of souls,
such as speech, countenance, and motion, that the ethereal gods perceive through their own body, and from these gather what the demons announce, then they can also be deceived by the lies of the demons. Furthermore, if the divinity of the gods cannot be deceived by the demons, then by that same divinity what we do cannot be unknown.
But I should wish these men to tell me whether the demons announced to the gods, concerning the crimes of the gods, that the poetic fictions displeased Plato, while concealing from them that they themselves were pleased with them; or whether they hid both, and preferred the gods to be ignorant of this whole matter; or whether they disclosed both—both Plato's religious prudence toward the gods, and their own lust injurious to the gods; or whether they willed Plato's opinion—by which he refused that the gods should be defamed by false crimes through the impious license of the poets—to be unknown to the gods, but were neither ashamed nor afraid to betray their own wickedness, by which they love the stage-plays in which those disgraces of the gods are celebrated. Of these four things
which I have set forth by way of question, let them choose whichever they will, and in whichever of them let them mark how much evil they suppose concerning the good gods. For if they choose the first, they will be confessing that the good gods were not permitted to dwell with the good Plato when he forbade their being injured, and dwelt with the evil demons when these exulted in their injuries—since the good gods knew the good man set far from them only through the evil demons, whom, though neighbours, they could not know. But if they choose the second, and say that both were concealed by the demons, so that the gods were wholly ignorant both of Plato's most religious law and of the demons' sacrilegious delight:
what can the gods usefully know in human affairs through the demon-intermediaries, when they are ignorant of those things which are decreed, in honour of the good gods, by the religion of good men against the lust of the evil demons? But if they choose the third, and answer that not only Plato's opinion forbidding injuries to the gods, but also the wickedness of the demons exulting in injuries to the gods, became known to the gods through those same demon-messengers—is this to announce, or to insult? And do the gods so hear both, and so recognize both, that they not only do not bar from their approach the malign demons who desire and do things contrary to the dignity of the gods and the religion of Plato, but even, through those evil neighbours, transmit gifts to the good Plato who is far off?
For thus, they say, the chain-like series of the elements bound them together, so that they can be joined to those by whom they are accused, but cannot be joined to him by whom they are defended—knowing both, but not having power to transmute the weights of air and earth. Now, as for what remains, if they choose the fourth, it is worse than the rest. For who could bear it, if the demons announced to the gods the criminous fictions of the poets concerning the immortal gods, and the unworthy mockeries of the theatres, and their own most ardent lust and sweetest pleasure in all these things, but were silent about the fact that Plato, with philosophical gravity, judged that all these things should be removed from the best republic;
so that now the good gods are compelled, through such messengers, to know the evils of the worst beings—evils not foreign, but belonging to those very messengers—and are not allowed to know the things contrary to these, the good things of the philosophers, since those former things are to the injury, and these to the honour, of the gods themselves? CHAPTER XXII. Of casting off the worship of demons, against Apuleius. Since, therefore, none of these four things is to be chosen—lest in any of them so ill a thing be supposed concerning the gods—it remains that it is by no means to be believed, what Apuleius strives to persuade, and whatever other philosophers there are of the same opinion, that the demons are intermediaries between gods and men as go-betweens and interpreters, who carry our petitions from this side, and bring back from that side the aid of the gods;
but rather that they are spirits most greedy to do harm, utterly estranged from justice, swollen with pride, livid with envy, crafty in deceit—who dwell indeed in this air, because, cast down from the height of the upper heaven, they have been condemned in advance, by the desert of their irreversible transgression, to this as it were a prison suited to them; nor yet, because the place of the air is above the lands and waters, are they on that account superior in merits to men, who most easily surpass them—not by an earthly body, but by a mind that has chosen the true God as their helper—with a pious mind. But they domineer over many, plainly unworthy of partaking in the true religion, as over captives and subjects, the greatest part of whom they have persuaded that they are gods, by marvellous and deceptive signs, whether of deeds or of predictions.
But to certain others, who looked upon their vices somewhat more attentively and carefully, they could not persuade that they are gods, and so they feigned themselves to be intermediaries between gods and men, and obtainers of benefits—if indeed men should think that at least this honour ought to be paid to them, men who did not believe them to be gods, because they saw them to be evil, yet wished all the gods to be good, and yet did not dare to call them wholly unworthy of divine honour, chiefly lest they offend the peoples, by whom they perceived these beings to be served, through inveterate superstition, by means of so many sacred rites and temples. CHAPTER XXIII. What Hermes Trismegistus thought concerning idolatry, and whence he could know that the Egyptian superstitions were to be done away.
For Hermes the Egyptian, whom they call Trismegistus, thought and wrote differently concerning them. For Apuleius indeed denies that they are gods; but when he says that they so move in a certain middle station between gods and men, that they seem necessary to men in relation to the gods themselves, he does not separate their worship from the religion of the supernal gods. But that Egyptian says that some gods were made by the supreme God, others by men. Whoever hears this, as it has been stated by me, thinks it is said of images, because they are the works of men's hands; but he asserts that the visible and tangible images are as it were the bodies of the gods;
and that there are within them certain invited spirits, which have power either to harm or to fulfil some desires of those by whom divine honours and the homage of worship are paid to them. To couple, therefore, these invisible spirits, by a certain art, to visible things of corporeal matter, so that they may be as it were animated bodies, images dedicated and made subject to those spirits—this, he says, is to make gods; and that men have received this great and marvellous power of making gods. I will set down the words of this Egyptian, as they have been translated into our tongue: 'And since, he says, a discourse is set before us concerning the kinship and fellowship of men and gods, learn, O Asclepius, the power and force of man.
The Lord, he says, and Father, or that which is highest, God, even as He is the maker of the heavenly gods, so is man the fashioner of the gods who are in the temples, content with human proximity.' And a little after: 'Thus humanity, he says, ever mindful of its nature and origin, perseveres in that imitation of divinity, so that, just as the Father and Lord made the gods eternal, that they might be like Himself, so humanity fashions its own gods after the likeness of its own countenance.' Here, when Asclepius, to whom he was chiefly speaking, had answered him and said: 'Do you mean statues, O Trismegistus?'—then he: 'Statues, he says, O Asclepius—you see how far you yourself distrust;
statues animated, full of sense and spirit, and doing such great and such mighty things—statues foreknowing of things to come, and foretelling them by lot, by prophet, by dreams, and by many other things; bringing infirmities upon men and curing them; bestowing sorrow and gladness according to deserts. Or do you not know, O Asclepius, that Egypt is the image of heaven, or, what is more true, the translation or descent of all things which are governed and exercised in heaven? And if it is to be said more truly, our land is the temple of the whole world. And yet, since it befits the prudent man to foreknow all things, it is not lawful for you to be ignorant of this:
There will be a time when it shall appear that the Egyptians have, in vain, with pious mind and diligent religion, preserved the divinity.' Then with many words Hermes pursues this passage, in which he seems to foretell this time, when the Christian religion, by how much it is truer and holier, by so much the more vehemently and freely overthrows all the deceitful fictions, so that by the grace of the most true Saviour it may free man from those gods whom man makes, and may make him subject to that God by whom man was made.
But Hermes, when he predicts these things, speaks as a friend of those same delusions of the demons, and does not clearly express the name of Christ, but, as though those things were to be taken away and abolished—by the observance of which the heavenly likeness was kept in Egypt—he thus bewails these future things, attesting them with a kind of mournful prophecy. For he was of those of whom the apostle says that, knowing God, they did not glorify Him as God, nor give thanks, but became vain in their imaginings, and their foolish heart was darkened; for, professing themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of an image of corruptible man, and the rest, which it were long to recount.
For he says many such things concerning the one true God, the fabricator of the world, such as the truth holds; and I know not how, by that darkening of the heart, he slips down to these things—so that he wishes men always to be subject to the gods whom he confesses to be made by men, and laments that these things are in a future time to be taken away, as though anything could be more unhappy than the man whose own fictions lord it over him; whereas it is easier that a man, by worshipping as gods those whom he has made, should himself not be a man, than that the gods whom man has made should be able to exist by his worship. For it sooner comes to pass that a man, placed in honour, not understanding, is compared to the beasts, than that to the work of God made in His image—that is, to man himself—the work of man should be preferred.
Wherefore man deservedly falls away from Him who made him, when he sets above himself that which he himself has made. These vain, deceptive, ruinous, and sacrilegious things Hermes the Egyptian grieved over, because he knew that the time was coming when they should be taken away; but he grieved as shamelessly as he knew imprudently. For the Holy Spirit had not revealed these things to him, as to the holy prophets, who, foreseeing these things, said with exultation: 'If man shall make gods, behold, they themselves are not gods'; and in another place: 'It shall come to pass in that day, says the Lord, I will exterminate the names of the idols from the earth, and there shall no more be any memory of them'; but properly concerning Egypt, as it pertains to this matter, the holy Isaiah thus prophesies:
'And the things made by hand of Egypt shall be moved at His presence, and their heart shall be overcome within them,' and the rest of this kind. Of which sort were also those who rejoiced that what they knew was to come had come; such as Symeon, such as Anna, who recognized Jesus as soon as He was born; such as Elizabeth, who recognized Him even when conceived, in the Spirit; such as Peter, saying, by the revelation of the Father: 'Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God.' But to this Egyptian those spirits had disclosed the future times of their own perdition—those who, even when the Lord was present in the flesh, said, trembling: 'Why hast Thou come to destroy us before the time?'
either because it was sudden to them, which they indeed supposed to be future, but later; or because they called this very thing their perdition, by which it came to pass that, being known, they were despised, and this was 'before the time,' that is, before the time of judgement, in which they are to be punished with eternal damnation, together with all the men also who are held in their fellowship—as says the religion which neither deceives nor is deceived, not as does this man, who, as it were blown hither and thither by every wind of doctrine, and mingling false things with true, grieves as for a religion about to perish, which he afterward confesses to be error. CHAPTER XXIV. How Hermes confessed the error of his ancestors, which nevertheless he grieved was to be destroyed.
For after many things he returns to this very point, to say again concerning the gods which men have made, speaking thus: 'But of such matters let such things now be enough said. Let us return again, he says, to man and to reason, from which divine gift man was called a rational animal. For the things said of man, though they are marvellous, are less to be marvelled at. For of all marvels this surpassed all wonder, that man was able to discover the divine nature and to produce it. Since, therefore, our forefathers erred much concerning the nature of the gods, being unbelieving and not attending to the worship and divine religion, they invented an art whereby they might make gods.
To this discovered art they joined a power suited from the nature of the world, and mingling these together, since they could not make souls, by calling up the souls of demons or of angels they implanted them in holy images and divine mysteries, through which the idols might have power both of doing good and of doing harm.' I know not whether the demons themselves, when adjured, would confess as this man has confessed. 'Since, he says, our forefathers erred much concerning the nature of the gods, being unbelieving and not attending to the worship and divine religion, they invented an art whereby they might make gods.' Did he say at least that they erred moderately, so that they might invent this art of making gods, or was he content to say: They erred, without adding and saying:
They erred much? This much error, then, and the unbelief of those not attending to the worship and divine religion, invented an art whereby it might make gods. And yet this thing, which much error and unbelief and the soul's aversion from divine worship and religion invented—that man by art should make gods—this the wise man grieves over, as though the divine religion were to be taken away at a certain appointed time to come. See whether he is not compelled both, by a divine power, to betray the past error of his ancestors, and, by a diabolical power, to grieve over the future punishment of the demons. For if their forefathers, erring much concerning the nature of the gods, by unbelief and the soul's aversion from divine worship and religion, invented an art whereby they might make gods:
what wonder is it, if this detestable art—whatever it has wrought, being turned away from divine religion—is taken away by divine religion, when truth amends error, faith refutes unbelief, conversion corrects aversion? For if, suppressing the causes, he had said that his forefathers had invented an art whereby they might make gods, it would surely have been our part—if we had any sense of what is right and pious—to attend and to see that they would by no means have come to this art, whereby man makes gods, if they had not wandered from the truth, if they had believed those things which are worthy of God, if they had turned their mind to divine worship and religion;
and yet, if we ourselves were to state the causes of this art to be the much error of men, and unbelief, and the aversion of the erring and faithless soul from divine religion, the impudence of those resisting the truth would somehow be tolerable. But when this same man himself, who admires above all other things the power of this art in man—whereby it was granted him to make gods—and grieves that a time is to come in which all these fictions of gods, set up by men, shall be commanded by laws even to be taken away, nevertheless confesses and expresses the causes why men came to these things, saying that his forefathers, by much error and unbelief, and by not turning their mind to divine worship and religion, invented this art whereby they might make gods:
What ought we to say, or rather what ought we to do, but render the greatest thanks we can to the Lord our God, who took these things away by causes contrary to those by which they were established? For what the multitude of error established, the way of truth has taken away; what unbelief established, faith has taken away; what aversion from the worship of divine religion established, conversion to the one true and holy God has taken away. And this not in Egypt alone, which alone that spirit of demons bewails in this passage, but in all the earth, which sings to the Lord a new song, just as the truly sacred and truly prophetic Scriptures foretold, where it is written: 'Sing to the Lord a new song; sing to the Lord, all the earth.' For the title of this psalm is this:
'When the house was being built after the captivity.' For a house is built to the Lord — the city of God, which is the holy Church — in all the earth after that captivity in which demons held captive and possessed those men of whom, when they believe in God, the house is built as of living stones. For it was not the case that, because a man made gods, he was therefore not himself possessed by them — he who had made them — when by worshipping he was drawn into their fellowship; I mean the fellowship not of stupid idols, but of cunning demons. For what are idols but that which the same Scripture says: 'They have eyes, and shall not see' — and whatever such thing must be said of materials, however skillfully shaped, yet lacking life and sense?
But unclean spirits, bound to these same images by that wicked art, had wretchedly led captive the souls of their worshippers by drawing them into their fellowship. Whence the apostle says: 'We know that an idol is nothing; but the things which the Gentiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to demons and not to God; I would not that you should be partakers with demons.' After this captivity, therefore, in which men were held by malignant demons, the house of God is built in all the earth; whence that psalm received its title, where it says: 'Sing to the Lord a new song; sing to the Lord, all the earth. Sing to the Lord, bless his name; show forth his salvation from day to day. Declare his glory among the Gentiles, his wonders among all peoples;'
for the Lord is great and greatly to be praised; he is to be feared above all gods. For all the gods of the nations are demons, but the Lord made the heavens.' He, therefore, who grieved that the time would come when the worship of idols and the dominion of demons over those who worshipped them would be taken away, being instigated by an evil spirit, always wished that this captivity should remain, after the passing of which the psalm sings that a house is built in all the earth. Hermes foretold the one with grieving; the prophet foretold the other with rejoicing.
And because the Spirit who sang these things through the holy prophets is victorious, even Hermes himself was compelled in marvellous ways to confess that those things which he did not wish, and grieved, to be taken away had been established not by the prudent and faithful and religious, but by the erring and unbelieving and those turned away from the worship of divine religion. For although he calls them gods, yet when he says they were made by such men as we ought by no means to be, he shows, willing or unwilling, that they are not to be worshipped by those who are not such as were they by whom they were made — that is, by the prudent, the faithful, the religious; and at the same time he demonstrates that those very men who made them brought upon themselves the having as gods those who were not gods. For that prophetic word is true:
'If a man shall make gods, behold, they themselves are not gods.' When, therefore, Hermes had called such gods — gods of such men, made by art by such men — that is, when he called demons bound by I-know-not-what art to idols by the chains of their own desires gods made by men, he yet did not grant them what the Platonist Apuleius did (whereof we have already said enough, and have shown how unfitting and absurd it is): namely, that they should themselves be the interpreters and intercessors between the gods whom God made and the men whom the same God made, bringing prayers from the one and bearing back gifts from the other. For it is too foolish to believe that gods whom men have made avail more before the gods whom God made than do those very men avail whom the same God made.
For a demon, bound to an image by impious art, was made a god by man — but for such a man, not for every man. What sort of god, then, is this, whom no man would make save one erring and unbelieving and turned away from the true God? Moreover, if the demons who are worshipped in temples, set within images — that is, within visible idols — by I-know-not-what art, by those men who by this art made gods while they erred and were turned away from divine worship and religion — if such demons are neither messengers nor interpreters between men and gods, both because of their most wicked and most shameful morals, and because men, though erring and unbelieving and turned away from divine worship and religion, are nevertheless without doubt better than those whom they themselves made gods by art —
it remains that whatever they can do, they do as demons: either by bestowing as it were benefits, the more harmful because the more deceiving, or by doing harm openly (yet neither of these except when they are permitted by the deep and secret providence of God) — but not that, as middle beings between men and gods, they avail much among men through the friendship of the gods. For these demons can in no way be friends to the good gods, whom we call holy angels, and rational creatures of the holy heavenly habitation, whether thrones or dominions or principalities or powers; from whom they are as far removed in the affection of mind as vices are far from virtues and malice from goodness. CHAPTER XXV.
Concerning those things which can be common to the holy angels and to good men. In no way, therefore, is the goodwill or beneficence of the gods, or rather of the good angels, to be sought after through the as it were mediation of demons, but through the likeness of good will, by which we are with them and live with them and worship with them the God whom they worship, even though we cannot see them with bodily eyes. But in so far as we are wretched through unlikeness of will and through the frailty of weakness, in so far we are far from them by the merit of our life, not by the place of our body. For it is not because we dwell on earth in the condition of the flesh, but if by the uncleanness of heart we savour earthly things, that we are not joined to them. But when we are healed, so that we become such as they are,
we draw near to them meanwhile by faith, if we believe — with them also favouring us — that we are made blessed by him by whom they too were made. CHAPTER XXVI. That all the religion of the pagans was bound up with dead men. It is indeed to be carefully noted how this Egyptian, while he grieved that the time was coming when those things would be taken away from Egypt which he confesses were established by men greatly erring and unbelieving and turned away from the worship of divine religion, said among other things: 'Then shall this land, the most holy seat of shrines and temples, be most full of sepulchres and of the dead' — as though, forsooth, if those things were not taken away, men would not be doomed to die, or the dead would have to be laid elsewhere than in the earth;
and surely, the more time and days rolled on, the greater would be the number of sepulchres on account of the greater number of the dead. But this is what he seems to grieve at: that the memorials of our martyrs should succeed to their shrines and temples — so that, namely, those who read these things with a mind averse and perverse toward us might think that gods were worshipped by the pagans in temples, but dead men are worshipped by us in sepulchres. For impious men, with such great blindness, stumble as it were against mountains, and will not see the things that strike their own eyes — so that they do not attend to the fact that in all the writings of the pagans either no gods are found, or scarcely any are found, who were not men, and to whom, when dead, divine honours were paid.
I pass over what Varro says: that all the dead are reckoned by them to be Manes-gods, and he proves it through those sacred rites which are paid to almost all the dead, where he also mentions funeral games — as though this were the greatest token of divinity, that games are not wont to be celebrated save to deities. Hermes himself, of whom we now treat, in that very same book, where as it were foretelling things to come and lamenting he says: 'Then shall this land, the most holy seat of shrines and temples, be most full of sepulchres and of the dead,' bears witness that the gods of Egypt were dead men.
For when he had said that his ancestors, greatly erring concerning the nature of the gods, unbelieving and not giving heed to divine worship and religion, had found out an art by which they might make gods, he says: 'To this invention they joined a power drawn from the nature of the world and suited to it; and mingling these, since they could not make souls, by calling forth the souls of demons or of angels they set them within holy images and divine mysteries, through which the idols might have powers both of doing good and of doing harm.' Then he goes on, as though about to prove this by examples, and says:
'For your grandfather, O Asclepius, the first discoverer of medicine, to whom a temple is consecrated on a mountain of Libya near the shore of the crocodiles, in which lies his earthly man — that is, his body; for the rest of him, or rather the whole of him, if the whole man is in the consciousness of life, has returned, the better part, to heaven, even now affording to sick men all those aids which are wont to be supplied by the art of medicine, by his divine power.' Behold, he said that a dead man was worshipped as a god in that place where he had his sepulchre — being himself deceived and deceiving, when he says that he 'returned to heaven.'
Then adding something else, he says: 'And Hermes, whose ancestral name is mine — does he not, dwelling in his namesake country, aid and preserve all mortals coming from every quarter?' For this elder Hermes, that is, Mercury, whom he says was his grandfather, is reported to be in Hermopolis, that is, in the city of his own name. Behold, he says that two gods were men, Aesculapius and Mercury. But concerning Aesculapius both Greeks and Latins hold this same view; yet many do not think Mercury was mortal, though this man testifies that he was his grandfather. But it is one thing that he is one, another that this is another, though they are called by the same name. I do not greatly contend whether the one be one and this be another; yet this one too —
like Aesculapius, was made a god from a man, according to the testimony of so great a man among his own, this Trismegistus, his own descendant. He still adds and says: 'But Isis, the wife of Osiris — how many good things do we know that she bestows when propitious, how many harms when angry!' Then, in order to show that the gods whom men make by that art are of this kind (whence he gives us to understand that he opines the demons to have come into being from the souls of dead men, whom — through the art which men greatly erring, unbelieving and irreligious found out — he says were set within images, because those who made such gods could by no means make souls), when he had said of Isis what I have mentioned, 'how many harms we know that she does when angry,' he went on and added:
'For earthly and worldly gods are easily provoked to anger, inasmuch as they are made and compounded by men of both natures.' By 'of both natures' he means of soul and body, so that the demon stands for the soul, and the image for the body. 'Whence it has come about,' he says, 'that these holy animals are named by the Egyptians, and that there are worshipped throughout their several cities the souls of those whose souls were consecrated while living, so that they are inhabited under their laws and named by their names.' Where now is that as it were mournful complaint, that the land of Egypt, the most holy seat of shrines and temples, would become most full of sepulchres and of the dead?
Truly the deceitful spirit, by whose prompting Hermes said these things, was compelled through this very man to confess that even then that land was most full of sepulchres and of the dead whom they worshipped as gods. But the grief of the demons spoke through him, who mourned that their future punishments were impending at the memorials of the holy martyrs. For in many such places they are tormented and confess, and are cast out from the bodies of the men they possess. CHAPTER XXVII. Concerning the manner of honour which Christians render to the martyrs. Yet we do not set up for these same martyrs temples, priesthoods, sacred rites and sacrifices, since not they themselves, but their God, is our God.
We do indeed honour their memorials as those of holy men of God, who contended even to the death of their bodies for the truth, that the true religion might be made known, with falsehoods and fictions overthrown — a religion which, even if some perceived it beforehand, they suppressed it through fear. But who among the faithful ever heard a priest standing at the altar — even one built over the holy body of a martyr for the honour and worship of God — say in the prayers:
'I offer to thee a sacrifice, O Peter, or Paul, or Cyprian,' when at their memorials it is offered to God, who made them both men and martyrs and associated them with his holy angels in heavenly honour — so that by that solemnity we may both give thanks to the true God for their victories, and stir ourselves up to the imitation of such crowns and palms, the same God being invoked for help, by the renewal of their memory? Whatever observances of the religious, therefore, are employed in the places of the martyrs are ornaments of memorials, not sacred rites or sacrifices to the dead as to gods.
Whoever, too, bring their feasts thither (which indeed is not done by the better sort of Christians, and in most lands no such custom exists) — yet whoever do this, when they have set them down, pray and take them away, that they may feed upon them or even distribute from them to the needy — they wish them to be sanctified for themselves through the merits of the martyrs in the name of the Lord of the martyrs. But that these are not sacrifices to the martyrs, he knows who knows the one sacrifice of Christians, which is offered even there. We, therefore, worship our martyrs neither with divine honours nor with human crimes, as those people worship their gods; nor do we offer sacrifices to them, nor turn their reproaches into their sacred rites.
For concerning Isis, the wife of Osiris, the Egyptian goddess, and concerning their parents, who are all written to have been kings (to which parents of hers, when she was sacrificing, she found a crop of barley and showed the ears thereof to her royal husband and to his counsellor Mercury, whence they will have her to be also Ceres) — what and how great evils have been committed to memory, not by poets, but by their own mystic writings, as Alexander writes to his mother Olympias, with the priest Leo disclosing them — let those read who will or can, and let those who have read recall them, and let them see to what dead men, or for what deeds of theirs, sacred rites were instituted as to gods.
Far be it that they should dare in any part to compare those whom, although they hold them as gods, with our holy martyrs, whom we nevertheless do not hold as gods! For so we do not appoint priests nor offer sacrifices to our martyrs, because it is incongruous, undue, unlawful, and owed to the one God alone — that we should delight them neither with their own crimes nor with most shameful games, where either these men celebrate the disgraces of their gods, if, being men, they committed such things, or the feigned delights of harmful demons, if they were not men. Of this kind of demons Socrates would not have had a god, if he had a god;
but perhaps to him, a man foreign and innocent of that art of making gods, those who wished to excel in that same art foisted such a god upon him. Why say more? That these spirits are not to be worshipped for the sake of the blessed life which is to come after death, no one even moderately prudent doubts. But perhaps they will say that all the gods indeed are good, but that of the demons some are bad and some good, and they will judge that those through whom we may attain to the life eternally blessed are to be worshipped — those, namely, whom they suppose to be good. Of what sort this opinion is must now be considered in the following volume. BOOK IX. CHAPTER I. To what point the foregoing discussion has come, and what must be discussed concerning the remaining question.
Some have opined that there are both good and bad gods; but some, thinking better things of the gods, attributed so much of honour and praise to them that they dared not believe any of the gods to be evil. But those who said that some gods are good and some bad called the demons also by the name of gods — though the gods too, but more rarely, by the name of demons — so that they confess that Jupiter himself, whom they will have to be the king and chief of the rest, is called a demon by Homer. But those who assert that all the gods are none but good, and far more excellent than those men who are reckoned good, are rightly moved by the deeds of the demons, which they cannot deny;
and reckoning that these can in no way be committed by gods, all of whom they wish to be good, they are compelled to introduce a difference between gods and demons, so that whatever rightly displeases them in evil works or affections, by which the hidden spirits manifest their power, they may believe to be of demons, not of gods. But because they think these same demons are so set as middle beings between men and gods — as though no god mingles with man — that hence they bear up things desired, thence bring back things obtained; and the Platonists, the chief and most noble of the philosophers, hold this opinion, with whom, as with the more excellent, it has pleased us to examine this question, whether the worship of many gods avails for attaining the blessed life which is to come after death:
in the foregoing book we inquired by what means the demons, who delight in such things as good and prudent men shun and condemn — that is, in the sacrilegious, shameful, criminal fictions of the poets, not about any chance man, but about the very gods, and in the wicked and punishable violence of the magic arts — could, as if nearer and more friendly to the good gods, reconcile good men to them; and it has been found that by no reasoning is this possible. CHAPTER II. Whether among the demons, over whom the gods are superior, there is any portion of good ones, by whose protection the human soul may attain to true blessedness.
Accordingly, this book, as we promised at the end of that one, must contain a discussion concerning the difference (if they wish there to be any) — not of the gods among themselves, all of whom they call good, nor of the difference of gods and demons, the former of whom they far and highly separate from men, while they place the latter between gods and men — but concerning the difference of the demons themselves, in so far as it pertains to the present question. For among most people it is customary to say that some demons are good, others bad;
and whether this be the opinion of the Platonists too, or of any others whatever, by no means is its discussion to be neglected, lest anyone should suppose that good demons, as it were, are to be followed by him — through whom, as through middle beings, he affects and strives to be reconciled to the gods, all of whom he believes to be good, that he may as it were be able to be with them after death — and so, ensnared by malignant spirits and deceived by their fallacy, he should wander far from the true God, with whom alone, and in whom alone, and concerning whom alone, the human soul, that is, the rational and intellectual soul, is blessed. CHAPTER III. What Apuleius ascribes to the demons, to whom, while he does not deny reason, he assigns nothing of virtue. What, then, is the difference of good and evil demons?
Since indeed the Platonist Apuleius, discoursing universally concerning these and saying so much about their aerial bodies, was silent about the virtues of their minds, with which they would be endowed if they were good. He was silent, therefore, about the cause of blessedness, but he could not be silent about the token of misery, confessing that their mind, by which he declared them to be rational, was not at least imbued and fortified with virtue so as in no way to yield to the irrational passions of the soul, but that it too, as is the manner of foolish minds, is agitated in a kind of stormy way by tempestuous perturbations. For his words on this matter are these: 'From this number of demons,' he says, 'the poets are wont, not at all far from the truth, to feign certain gods to be haters and lovers of certain men;'
'these they make to prosper and exalt, those, on the contrary, to oppose and afflict; and so to pity and be indignant, to be anguished and to rejoice, and to suffer every aspect of the human mind, to be tossed by a like motion of the heart and surge of mind through all the tides of thought. All which turmoils and tempests are banished far from the tranquillity of the heavenly gods.' Is there in these words any doubt that he said, not some lower parts of their souls, but the very minds of the demons, by which they are rational animals, were troubled as it were by a stormy surge of the tempest of the passions — so that they are not to be compared even with wise men,
who, by perturbations of this kind of the soul, from which human weakness is not immune, even when by the condition of this life they suffer them, resist with an unperturbed mind, not yielding to them so as to approve or perpetrate anything that strays from the path of wisdom and the law of justice; whereas the demons, like to foolish and unjust mortals not in body but in morals (not to say worse, in that they are older and incurable by deserved punishment), float about by the surge, as he called it, of the mind itself, and stand fast in no part of the soul in truth and virtue, by which turbulent and depraved affections are resisted. CHAPTER IV. Concerning the perturbations which befall the soul: what is the opinion of the Peripatetics and the Stoics.
There are two opinions of the philosophers concerning these motions of the soul, which the Greeks call pathe, but among ours some, like Cicero, call perturbations, some affections or affects, and some, like this man more expressly from the Greek, call passions. These perturbations, then, or affections, or passions, some philosophers say fall even upon the wise man, but moderated and made subject to reason, so that the dominion of the mind imposes upon them laws, as it were, by which they are reduced to a necessary measure. Those who hold this are the Platonists or the Aristotelians, since Aristotle, the disciple of Plato, founded the Peripatetic sect. But to others, such as the Stoics, it does not seem good that any passions of this kind at all should fall upon the wise man.
But these, that is, the Stoics, Cicero in his books On the Ends of Goods and Evils convicts of contending against the Platonists or Peripatetics rather in words than in things; since indeed the Stoics will not call good things, but advantages, the goods of the body and external things, on the ground that they will have no good of man besides virtue — as it were the art of living well — which is only in the mind. But these others call these things, simply and from the common usage of speaking, goods; yet in comparison with virtue, by which one lives rightly, small and slight. From which it comes about that, by whichever name they be called by either party, whether goods or advantages, they are nevertheless weighed at an equal estimation, nor are the Stoics in this question delighted save by the novelty of words.
It seems to me, therefore, that even in this — where it is asked whether the passions of the soul befall the wise man, or whether he is wholly a stranger to them — they make a controversy of words rather than of things. For I reckon that they too perceive nothing else herein than the Platonists and Peripatetics, as far as concerns the force of the things, not the sound of the words. To omit other things by which I might show this, lest I be long, let me say one thing that is most evident. In the books entitled Attic Nights, Aulus Gellius, a man of most elegant eloquence and of much knowledge from every quarter, writes that he once sailed with a certain noble Stoic philosopher. That philosopher, as Aulus Gellius narrates more fully and richly, which I shall touch on briefly —
when that vessel was being most perilously tossed under a horrible sky and sea, grew pale with the force of fear. This was noticed by those who were present, though most curiously attentive in the nearness of death, whether the philosopher would be troubled in mind. Then, the storm being over, as soon as security afforded place for conversing or even for chattering, a certain one of those whom that ship carried, a rich and luxurious Asiatic, taunts the philosopher with mockery, because he had been afraid and had grown pale, whereas he himself had remained undaunted in that destruction which threatened.
But the philosopher reported the answer of Aristippus the Socratic, who, when in a like situation he had heard the same words from a like man, replied that the other had rightly not been anxious for the soul of a most worthless rascal, but that he himself had had to fear for the soul of an Aristippus. That rich man being repelled by this reply, Aulus Gellius afterward asked the philosopher, not with a mind to provoke, but to learn, what that reason of his fear had been. And he, that he might teach the man eagerly kindled with the desire of knowing, drew forth at once from his little bag the book of the Stoic Epictetus, in which were written those things which agreed with the decrees of Zeno and Chrysippus, whom we know to have been the chief of the Stoics. In that book Aulus Gellius says he read —
that this pleased the Stoics: that the impressions of the soul, which they call phantasies, and over which it is not in one's power whether and when they fall upon the soul, when they come from terrible and formidable things, must of necessity move even the mind of the wise man, so that for a little while he either is frightened with fear or contracted with sadness, as though these passions forestall the office of the mind and reason; nor yet on that account is there formed in the mind an opinion of evil, nor are these things approved nor consented to. For this they will have to be in one's power, and they judge that herein is the difference between the mind of the wise man and the foolish man — that the mind of the foolish man yields to these same passions and accommodates to them the assent of the mind;
but the wise, although they suffer these passions of necessity, yet retain, concerning the things they ought rationally to desire or to flee, a true and stable judgement with an unshaken mind. These things I have set forth, as I could, not indeed more conveniently than Aulus Gellius, but certainly more briefly and, as I think, more plainly — the things which he records that he read in the book of Epictetus, who, he says, spoke and held them from the decrees of the Stoics. And if these things are so, there is either no difference, or almost none, between the opinion of the Stoics and of other philosophers concerning the passions and perturbations of the soul; for both defend the mind and reason of the wise man from their dominion.
And therefore perhaps the Stoics say that these do not fall upon the wise man, because they in no way becloud with any error or subvert with any blemish his wisdom, by which he is indeed wise. But they befall the mind of the wise man, with the serenity of his wisdom preserved, on account of those things which they call advantages or disadvantages, although they are unwilling to call them goods or evils. For surely, if that philosopher had set no value upon those things which he perceived he would lose by shipwreck — such as is this life and the safety of the body — he would not so have shuddered at that peril as to be betrayed even by the testimony of his pallor.
Yet he could both feel that disturbance and still hold fixed in his mind the judgment that the life and bodily safety, whose loss the violence of the storm was threatening, are not those goods which make good the men in whom they reside, as justice does. As for their saying that these things ought not to be called goods but advantages, that is a matter to be assigned to a contest of words, not to an examination of realities. For what difference does it make whether they are more fittingly called goods or advantages, so long as the Stoic, no less than the Peripatetic, trembles and turns pale lest he be deprived of them — naming them unequally, yet valuing them equally?
Both indeed, if by the perils to these goods or advantages they were driven to disgrace or crime, so that they could not otherwise retain them, declare that they would rather lose these things by which the body's nature is kept safe and whole than commit those deeds by which justice is violated. Thus the mind, where this judgment is fixed, permits no perturbations — even if they arise in the lower parts of the soul — to prevail within it against reason; rather, it itself rules over them, and by not consenting but instead resisting, it exercises the reign of virtue. Such an Aeneas does Virgil also describe, when he says: 'The mind remains unmoved; the tears roll down in vain.' CHAPTER V.
That the passions which affect Christian souls do not drag them into vice, but exercise virtue. There is no need now to show fully and carefully what Divine Scripture, in which Christian instruction is contained, teaches about these passions. For it subjects the mind itself to God to be governed and aided, and the passions it subjects to the mind to be so moderated and bridled that they may be turned to the use of justice. In short, in our discipline it is asked not so much whether a devout soul is angry, but why it is angry; nor whether it is sad, but from what it is sad; nor whether it fears, but what it fears.
For to be angry at one who sins so that he may be corrected, to grieve for one afflicted that he may be set free, to fear for one in peril lest he perish — I know not whether anyone with sound consideration would reprehend these. For it is the Stoics' custom to find fault even with mercy; yet how much more honourably would that Stoic have been perturbed by mercy for a man to be saved than by fear of shipwreck. Far better, more humanely, and more suited to the feelings of the devout did Cicero speak in praise of Caesar, when he said: 'Of your virtues none is more admirable or more pleasing than your mercy.' But what is mercy except a certain compassion of our heart for another's misery, by which indeed, if we can, we are impelled to give aid?
And this movement serves reason when mercy is so shown that justice is preserved — whether when something is bestowed on the needy, or when the penitent is pardoned. This Cicero, that excellent orator, did not hesitate to call a virtue, which the Stoics are not ashamed to number among the vices — though they too, as the book of Epictetus, a most noble Stoic, has taught, following the decrees of Zeno and Chrysippus, who held the first place in this sect, admit passions of this kind into the soul of the wise man, whom they wish to be free of all vices.
Whence it follows that they do not reckon these very things as vices when they so befall the wise man that they can do nothing against the virtue and reason of his mind; and that one and the same opinion belongs to the Peripatetics, or even the Platonists, and to the Stoics themselves — but, as Tully says, a controversy of words has long tormented these little Greeks, who are more eager for contention than for truth. Yet it may still rightly be asked whether it belongs to the weakness of the present life to undergo affections of this kind even amid good offices; whereas the holy angels both punish without anger those whom they receive as appointed for punishment by the eternal law of God, and aid the wretched without the compassion of misery, and succour without fear those in peril whom they love;
and yet the names of these passions are applied even to them in the custom of human speech, by reason of a certain similarity of works, not by reason of any weakness of affection — just as God Himself, according to the Scriptures, is angry, yet is troubled by no passion. For here the word has expressed the effect of vengeance, not the turbulent affection of it. CHAPTER VI. By what passions, according to Apuleius's confession, the demons are agitated — by whose aid he asserts that men are helped before the gods. Setting aside for the present this question about the holy angels, let us see how the Platonists say that the intermediate demons, set between gods and men, are tossed by these surges of the passions.
For if, with their mind free from these passions and ruling over them, they underwent movements of this kind, Apuleius would not say that they are tossed, like men, with a like movement of heart and surge of mind, through every tide of thoughts. Their very mind, then — that is, the higher part of the soul, by which they are rational, in which are virtue and wisdom, if any were in them, by which they would rule and moderate the turbulent passions of the lower parts of the soul — their very mind, I say, as this Platonist confesses, is tossed by the surge of perturbations. The mind of demons, therefore, is subject to the passions of lusts, fears, angers, and the rest of this kind.
What part, then, in them is free and possessed of wisdom, by which they might please the gods and counsel men toward the likeness of good morals, when their mind, subjugated and oppressed by the vices of the passions, directs whatever of reason it naturally has all the more keenly to deceiving and beguiling, the more it is possessed by the lust to do harm? CHAPTER VII. That the Platonists assert the gods are defamed by the fictions of the poets concerning a contest of opposing zeals, whereas these are the affairs of demons, not of gods.
But if anyone says that those whom the poets, not far from the truth, feign to be gods, partisans and lovers of certain men, are not from the number of all demons but only of the evil ones (for these Apuleius said are tossed by the surge of mind through every tide of thoughts): how shall we be able to understand this, when, in saying this, he was describing the intermediate position between gods and men — on account of their airy bodies — not of certain demons, that is the evil, but of all demons?
For he says that the poets feign this: that out of the number of these demons they make gods, and impose on them the names of gods, and by the unpunished license of fictitious verse assign from among them friends and foes to whatever men they please — while he maintains that the gods are removed from these demonic ways, from any earthly place, and in the abundance of their blessedness. This, then, is the fiction of the poets: to call gods those who are not gods, and to make them contend among themselves under the names of gods on account of men, whom they love or hate out of zeal for their respective parties. And he says this fiction is not far from the truth, because, though called by the titles of gods who are not gods, demons are nevertheless described as being such as they really are.
In short, he says that from this source comes that Homeric Minerva, 'who in the midst of the assemblies of the Greeks intervened to restrain Achilles.' That it should have been Minerva, then, he holds to be a poetic fiction; for he reckons Minerva a goddess, and sets her among the gods — whom he believes to be all good and blessed — in a lofty ethereal seat, far from the intercourse of mortals.
But that some demon should have been favouring the Greeks and opposing the Trojans, just as another, an aider of the Trojans against the Greeks, whom the same poet commemorates under the name of Venus or Mars — those whom he, as not doing such things, places in heavenly dwellings — and that these demons should have contended among themselves on behalf of those they loved against those they hated: this, he has confessed, the poets said not far from the truth. For of these they spoke such things, whom he testifies to be tossed, with a like movement of heart and surge of mind, through every tide of thoughts, that they might exercise loves and hatreds not according to justice, but as a populace like them does over hunters and charioteers — for some against others, according to the zeals of their parties.
For the Platonic philosopher seems to have taken care of this: that, when these things were sung by the poets, they should not be believed to be done by the gods themselves — whose names the poets impose in their fiction — but by the intermediate demons. CHAPTER VIII. Concerning the celestial gods and the aerial demons and the earthly men, by the definition of Apuleius the Platonist. What? Is that very definition of demons too little to be considered (in which surely he has embraced them all by his determination), when he says that demons are, in genus, living beings; in soul, passive; in mind, rational; in body, aerial; in time, eternal? In these five things he mentioned, he said nothing at all by which demons might seem to have in common with even good men anything that was not also in the evil.
For when he was embracing men themselves by a somewhat broader description, speaking of them in their place as of the lowest and earthly beings — after he had first spoken of the celestial gods, so that, having commended the two parts at the extremes, from the highest and the lowest, he might in the third place speak of the intermediate demons:
'Therefore,' he says, 'men, renowned for reason, mighty in speech, with immortal souls, with dying members, with fickle and anxious minds, with dull and frail bodies, with dissimilar manners, with similar errors, with obstinate audacity, with persistent hope, with fruitless labour, with fleeting fortune — individually mortal, yet all together perpetual in their universal kind, changeable by the succession of offspring to be supplied in turn, with flying time, slow wisdom, swift death, querulous life — inhabit the earth.' When he was saying here so many things that pertain to most men, did he by any chance also pass over in silence that which he knew to be of few, where he says 'slow wisdom'?
But if he had omitted it, in no way would he rightly have bounded the human race with such intent diligence of this description. But when he was commending the excellence of the gods, he affirmed that very blessedness, to which men wish to attain through wisdom, to be pre-eminent in them. Accordingly, if he had wished any demons to be understood as good, he would have set something also in their description, from which they might be thought to have in common either some part of blessedness with the gods, or some wisdom of whatever kind with men. But now he commemorated no good of theirs by which the good are distinguished from the evil. Although he spared the freer expression even of their malice — not so much lest he offend them, as lest he offend their worshippers, before whom he was speaking:
yet he signified to the prudent what they ought to feel about them, when indeed he separated the gods — whom he wished to be believed all good and blessed — utterly from their passions and, as he himself says, their disturbances, joining those gods to them only by the eternity of bodies; while in soul he most plainly inculcated that the demons are like, not the gods, but men — and this not by the good of wisdom, of which men too can be partakers, but by the perturbation of passions, which dominates the foolish and the wicked, but is so ruled by the wise and good that they would rather not have it than conquer it.
For if he wished demons to be understood as having in common with the gods not the eternity of bodies, but of souls, surely he would not separate men from a share in this matter, since beyond doubt, as a Platonist, he holds that men's souls too are eternal. Therefore, when he described this kind of living being, he said that men are 'with immortal souls, with dying members.' And by this, if for this reason men do not have eternity in common with the gods — because they are mortal in body — then for this reason demons do have it, because they are immortal in body. CHAPTER IX. Whether the friendship of the celestial gods can be procured for man through the intercession of demons.
What kind of mediators, then, are these between men and the gods, through whom men should seek the friendships of the gods, who have this worse in common with men, which is the better thing in a living being, that is, the soul; but have this better in common with the gods, which is the worse thing in a living being, that is, the body? For since a living being — that is, an animal — consists of soul and body, of which two the soul is assuredly better than the body, even if it be vicious and infirm, certainly better than even the soundest and firmest body, since its nature is more excellent and is not, by the stain of vices, set below the body — just as gold, even when soiled, is valued more dearly than silver or lead, however pure:
these mediators of gods and men, through whose interposition divine things are joined to human, have an eternal body in common with the gods, but a vicious soul in common with men: as if the religion by which they wish men to be joined to the gods through demons were situated in the body, not constituted in the soul. What wickedness, then, or what penalty has hung up these false and fallacious mediators, as it were head downward, so that they have the lower part of the living being, that is the body, in common with the higher beings, but the higher part, that is the soul, in common with the lower; and, joined to the celestial gods in their serving part, are wretched with earthly men in their dominant part? For the body is a servant, as Sallust also says:
'We use rather the command of the soul, the servitude of the body.' And he added: 'The one is common to us with the gods, the other with the beasts,' since he was speaking of men, who, like the beasts, have a mortal body. But these, whom the philosophers have provided to us as mediators between us and the gods, can indeed say of soul and body: the one is common to us with the gods, the other with men; but, as I have said, as though perversely bound and hung up, having a servile body in common with the blessed gods, a lordly soul in common with the wretched men, they are exalted in the lower part, cast down in the higher.
Whence, even if anyone supposes for this reason that they have eternity in common with the gods, because their souls are not loosed from the body by any death, as those of earthly animals are: not even thus is their body to be esteemed as the eternal chariot of the honoured, but rather as the eternal chain of the condemned. CHAPTER X. That, according to the opinion of Plotinus, men in a mortal body are less wretched than demons in an eternal one. Plotinus, certainly, of times near our own memory, is praised for having understood Plato more excellently than the rest. When he was treating of human souls:
'The Father,' he says, 'in His mercy, made their bonds mortal.' Thus he judged that this very thing, that men are mortal in body, pertains to the mercy of God the Father, lest they should be held forever by the misery of this life. Of this mercy the iniquity of the demons was judged unworthy, which, in the misery of a passive soul, received not a mortal body, like men, but an eternal one. They would indeed be happier than men, if they had a mortal body in common with them and a blessed soul in common with the gods. And they would be equal to men, if, with a wretched soul, they had at least deserved to have a mortal body in common with them — provided that they acquired some piety, so that they might rest from their toils even in death.
But now, with their wretched soul, they are not only not happier than men, but are even more wretched by the perpetual chain of the body. For he did not wish it to be understood that, by some discipline of piety and wisdom making progress, gods come to be made out of demons, since he most plainly said that the demons are eternal. CHAPTER XI. On the opinion of the Platonists, by which they think that the souls of men become demons after the body. He says, indeed, that the souls of men too are demons, and that out of men become Lares, if they are of good merit; Lemures, if evil, or Larvae; but that Manes are called gods, if it is uncertain whether they be of good or evil merits. In which opinion, how great an abyss they open up for the pursuit of corrupt morals, who would not see, if he but slightly attended?
Since, however wicked men may have been, while they imagine either that they become Larvae, or while they become Manes-gods, they become so much the worse the more eager they are to do harm, so that they suppose themselves to be invited even by certain sacrifices, as by divine honours, after death, in order that they may do harm. For he says that Larvae are noxious demons made out of men. But hence arises another question. Moreover, he reports that the blessed are called in Greek eudaimones, because they are of good soul, that is, good demons — affirming that the souls of men too are demons. CHAPTER XII. On the three pairs of contraries by which, according to the Platonists, the nature of demons and of men is distinguished.
But now we are dealing with those whom, in their proper nature, he described as being, between gods and men: in genus, living beings; in mind, rational; in soul, passive; in body, aerial; in time, eternal. For after he had first separated the gods in the lofty heaven, and men on the lowest earth, distinguished by their places and the dignity of their nature, he thus concluded: 'You have,' he says, 'meanwhile two kinds of living beings:'
'gods, differing very greatly from men by the loftiness of place, the perpetuity of life, the perfection of nature, with no near communication between them, since so great an interval of height separates the highest dwellings from the lowest, and life there is eternal and undefeated, here perishable and intermittent, and those natures are exalted to blessedness, these abased to miseries.' Here I see three contraries mentioned concerning the two extreme parts of nature, that is, the highest and the lowest. For the three praiseworthy things he proposed concerning the gods, these same he repeated — though in other words — so as to render against them three others from the side of men. The three of the gods are these: loftiness of place, perpetuity of life, perfection of nature.
These he repeated in other words, so as to set against them three contraries of the human condition. 'Since,' he says, 'so great an interval of height separates the highest dwellings from the lowest,' because he had said loftiness of place; 'and life,' he says, 'there is eternal and undefeated, here perishable and intermittent,' because he had said perpetuity of life; 'and those natures,' he says, 'are exalted to blessedness, these abased to miseries,' because he had said perfection of nature. Three things, therefore, were posited by him concerning the gods, that is: lofty place, eternity, blessedness; and against these three of men, that is: lowly place, mortality, misery. CHAPTER XIII.
How demons, if they are neither blessed with the gods nor wretched with men, can be intermediate between either part without communion with either. Among these three pairs of gods and men, since he placed demons in the middle, concerning place there is no controversy; for a middle place is most fittingly held and called between the highest and the lowest. The remaining two pairs remain, to which more attentive care must be applied — as to how either they may be shown to be alien from the demons, or, if they be assigned to them, as the middle position seems to demand. But they cannot be alien from them.
For not as we say that a middle place is neither highest nor lowest, can we rightly say that demons — since they are rational living beings — are neither blessed nor wretched, as are shrubs or cattle, which are devoid of sense or reason. For those in whose minds reason is present must necessarily be either wretched or blessed. Likewise we cannot rightly say that demons are neither mortal nor eternal. For all living things either live forever, or end by death what they live. But now he has said that demons are eternal in time. What, then, remains, except that these intermediate beings should have one of the two highest things and one of the two lowest?
For if they have both from the lowest or both from the highest, they will not be intermediate, but either spring up to one part or sink down to the other. Since, therefore, as has been shown, they cannot lack both of these pairs, taking one from each side they will be made intermediate. And by this, because they cannot have eternity from the lowest things, which is not there, they have this one thing from the highest; and therefore there is nothing else to complete their middle state, which they might have from the lowest, except misery. And so, according to the Platonists, the lofty gods have either blessed eternity or eternal blessedness; the lowest men either mortal misery or wretched mortality; the intermediate demons either wretched eternity or eternal misery.
For even by those five things which he posited in the definition of demons, he did not show them to be intermediate, as he was promising; since he said that they have three things in common with us — that in genus they are living beings, that in mind they are rational, that in soul they are passive; but with the gods one thing, that in time they are eternal; and one thing proper to themselves, that in body they are aerial. How, then, are they intermediate, when they have one thing with the highest, three with the lowest? Who would not see how, the middle state being abandoned, they are inclined and pressed down toward the lowest? But plainly even there they can be found to be intermediate, in that they have one thing proper to themselves, which is the aerial body, just as those of the highest and lowest each have something proper — the gods an ethereal body, and men an earthly one;
but two things are common to all, that in genus they are living beings and in mind rational. For he himself, when he was speaking of gods and men, said: 'You have two kinds of living beings,' and these men are not wont to call the gods anything but rational in mind. Two things remain: that in soul they are passive and in time eternal; of which they have one in common with the lowest, the other with the highest, so that, by a proportional reckoning, the balanced middle state is neither lifted up to the heights nor pressed down to the depths. And this very thing is that wretched eternity of the demons, or eternal misery. For he who said 'passive in soul' would have said 'wretched' too, had he not blushed before their worshippers.
Furthermore, since by the providence of the supreme God — as they themselves also confess — the world is not ruled by fortuitous rashness, never would there be that eternal misery of theirs, were there not great malice. If, then, the blessed are rightly called eudaimones, then the demons whom these men placed in the middle between men and gods are not eudaimones. Where, then, is the place of good demons, who above men and below gods might furnish to the former aid, to the latter ministry? For if they are good and eternal, surely they are also blessed. But eternal blessedness does not allow them to be intermediate, because it compares them greatly with the gods and separates them greatly from men.
Whence in vain will these men try to show how good demons, if they are both immortal and blessed, can rightly be constituted intermediate between the immortal and blessed gods and the mortal and wretched men. For since they have both things in common with the gods — namely both blessedness and immortality — but nothing of these in common with men, who are both wretched and mortal: how are they not rather removed from men and joined to the gods, than constituted intermediate between both? For then they would be intermediate, if they themselves too had two things of their own — not in common with both of either side, but in common with one of each side;
just as man is something intermediate, but between the beasts and the angels — so that, since the beast is an irrational and mortal animal, while the angel is rational and immortal, man is intermediate, but lower than the angels, higher than the beasts, having mortality in common with the beasts, reason in common with the angels — a rational, mortal animal. So, then, when we seek a middle between the blessed immortals and the wretched mortals, we ought to find that which is either mortal yet blessed, or immortal yet wretched. CHAPTER XIV. Whether men, since they are mortal, can be happy with true blessedness. Whether a man can be both blessed and mortal is a great question among men.
For some have looked upon their condition more humbly and denied that man can be capable of blessedness so long as he lives mortally. But others have exalted themselves and have dared to say that mortals, when possessed of wisdom, can be blessed. And if this is so, why are not these rather constituted intermediate between the wretched mortals and the blessed immortals — having blessedness in common with the blessed immortals, mortality in common with the wretched mortals? For surely, if they are blessed, they envy no one (for what is more wretched than envy?), and therefore they counsel the wretched mortals, as much as they can, toward attaining blessedness, so that they too may be able to be immortal after death and joined to the immortal and blessed angels. CHAPTER XV.
On the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus. But if — as is argued much more credibly and probably — all men, so long as they are mortal, must also of necessity be wretched, then a mediator must be sought who is not only man, but also God, so that, by the interposition of this Mediator's blessed mortality, He may lead men from mortal misery to blessed immortality; one who ought neither not to become mortal, nor to remain mortal. He was indeed made mortal, not by the weakening of the Word's divinity, but by the taking on of the flesh's weakness; yet He did not remain mortal in that very flesh, which He raised from the dead;
since this is the very fruit of His mediation: that not even those, for whose deliverance He was made a mediator, should remain in the perpetual death even of the flesh. Accordingly, the Mediator between us and God had to have a passing mortality and an abiding blessedness, so that by that which passes He might be in harmony with those who are to die, and by that which abides He might bring them over from the dead. The good angels, therefore, cannot be intermediate between the wretched mortals and the blessed immortals, because they too are both blessed and immortal; but the evil angels can be intermediate, because they are immortal with the former, wretched with the latter.
Opposed to these is the good Mediator, who, against their immortality and misery, willed to be both mortal for a time and able to abide blessed in eternity. And thus, by the humility of His own death and the kindness of His own blessedness, He destroyed in them—those proud immortals and harmful wretches—their power, lest by the boasting of immortality they should seduce men into misery; and cleansing the hearts of these men through faith in Him, He freed them from that most unclean domination. Man, therefore, being mortal and wretched, set far apart from the immortal and blessed beings, what middle term should he choose by which he may be joined to immortality and blessedness? Whatever might delight in the immortality of the demons is wretched; whatever might offend in the mortality of Christ now no longer exists.
There, then, eternal misery is to be guarded against; here, death is not to be feared, since it could not be eternal, and eternal blessedness is to be loved. For the immortal and wretched mediator interposes himself for this end: that he may not permit men to pass over to blessed immortality, since that which hinders—namely misery itself—abides. But the mortal and blessed Mediator interposed Himself for this end: that, mortality once accomplished, He might make immortal those who were mortal—which He showed by rising again in Himself—and blessed those who were wretched, from which blessedness He Himself never departed. There is therefore one evil mediator who separates friends, and another good Mediator who reconciles enemies. And so the mediators who separate are many, because the multitude that is blessed is made blessed by participation in the one God;
while by the privation of that participation the multitude of evil angels is wretched. This multitude sets itself up rather as a hindrance than interposes itself as a help toward blessedness; and by its very multitude it in a certain way clamors against us, lest we be able to attain to that one beatifying good. To be led to which, there was need not of many mediators, but of one—and that the very One by participation in whom we are made blessed, namely the Word of God not made, through whom all things were made. Yet He is not Mediator on this account, that He is the Word; for the Word, being most immortal and most blessed, is far from wretched mortals;
but He is Mediator in that He is man, thereby clearly showing that, in order to reach that good which is not only blessed but also beatific, no other mediators are to be sought through whom we might suppose we must contrive steps of approach—because the blessed and beatific God, by becoming partaker of our humanity, has provided a shortcut to a sharing in His own divinity. For neither does He, in freeing us from mortality and misery, lead us to the immortal and blessed angels in such a way that by participation in them we too should be immortal and blessed; but rather to that Trinity, by participation in which even the angels are blessed. Therefore, when He took on the form of a servant in order to be Mediator, He willed to be below the angels; while in the form of God He remained above the angels;
the same being in the lower regions the way of life, who in the higher is Life. CHAPTER XVI. Whether the Platonists reasonably defined that the celestial gods, shunning earthly contagion, are not mingled with men, on whose behalf the demons act as advocates for friendship with the gods. For it is not true, as that same Platonist says Plato declared: 'No god is mingled with man'; and he says this is the chief mark of their sublimity, that they are defiled by no contact with men. Therefore he admits that the demons are defiled, and on that account those by whom they are defiled they cannot cleanse, and all alike become unclean—both the demons by contact with men, and men by the worship of demons.
But if the demons can be touched and mingled with men, and yet cannot be defiled, then they are surely better than the gods, since the gods, if they were mingled, would be defiled. For this is said to be the chief excellence of the gods, that their sublime separation cannot be defiled by human contact. He affirms that the supreme God, the Creator of all, whom we call the true God, is so proclaimed by Plato to be the one and only Being who cannot be even slightly grasped by any human speech, however poor; but that scarcely to wise men, when they have withdrawn their soul as far as they may from the body by vigor of mind, does the understanding of this God now and then flash forth, like a brilliant white light glittering through the deepest darkness by a most rapid coruscation.
If, then, the truly supreme God, above all things, by a certain intelligible and ineffable presence—though now and then, though as it were a brilliant white light flashing in a most rapid coruscation—is nevertheless present to the minds of the wise, when they have withdrawn themselves as far as they may from the body, and cannot be defiled by them: what reason is there that these gods should be placed far off in a lofty region, lest they be defiled by human contact? As if those ethereal bodies were anything other than what it suffices merely to behold, by whose light the earth, as far as is sufficient, is illuminated. Moreover, if the stars are not defiled when they are seen—which he calls gods, all of them visible—neither are the demons defiled by the sight of men, however near at hand they are seen.
Or perhaps they would be defiled by human voices, who are not defiled by the gaze of eyes, and therefore have demons as intermediaries through whom the voices of men, from whom they are far removed, may be announced to them, that they may remain wholly undefiled? What now shall I say of the other senses? For neither could the gods be defiled by smelling, if they were present, nor can the demons, when they are present, be defiled by the vapors of living human bodies, if they are not defiled by such great cadaverous stenches of sacrifices. As for the sense of taste, they are pressed by no necessity of refreshing their mortality, so as to seek food from men, driven by hunger. And touch is within their own power.
For although contact seems to be named chiefly from that sense, yet to this extent they would, if they wished, be mingled with men, namely that they might see and be seen, hear and be heard. But what necessity is there for touching? For neither would men dare to desire it, when they enjoyed the sight or conversation of the gods or of good demons; and if curiosity should go so far as to wish it, by what means could anyone touch against his will a god or a demon, who cannot touch a sparrow unless it be caught? By seeing, then, and by offering themselves to sight, and by speaking and hearing, the gods could be bodily mingled with men. But if in this manner the demons are mingled, as I have said, and are not defiled, while the gods would be defiled if they were mingled:
then they declare the demons incapable of defilement and the gods capable of defilement. But if even the demons are defiled, what do they confer on men toward a blessed life after death—they who, being defiled, cannot cleanse those whom they would join, as cleansed, to the undefiled gods, among whom and whom they are set as intermediaries? Or if they confer no such benefit upon them, what profit is the friendly mediation of demons to men? Is it that after death men should not pass over to the gods through the demons, but that both should live together defiled, and thereby neither be blessed? Unless perhaps someone should say that, after the manner of sponges or things of this kind, the friendly demons cleanse their friends, so that they themselves become the dirtier the cleaner men become, as if by their wiping.
But if that is so, then the gods mingle with demons more defiled than themselves—demons who, to avoid being defiled, shunned nearness to men and contact with them. Or perhaps the gods can cleanse the demons defiled by men, yet not be defiled by them, and in that manner could not men also be so cleansed? Who would hold such opinions, save one whom the most deceitful demons have deceived? And what of this: if to be seen and to see defiles, the gods are seen by men—those whom he calls visible, 'the brightest lights of the world' and the other stars—and the demons are safer from this human defilement, since they cannot be seen unless they will?
Or if to be seen does not defile, but to see does, then let them deny that men are seen by these brightest lights of the world—which they suppose to be gods—since they stretch their rays even to the lands. Yet those rays of theirs, diffused through all manner of unclean things, are not defiled; and would the gods be defiled if they were mingled with men, even if contact were necessary in coming to their aid? For the earth is touched by the rays of the sun and moon, and does not defile that light. CHAPTER XVII. That to attain the blessed life, which consists in participation in the supreme good, man does not need such a mediator as a demon is, but such as is the one Christ.
But I greatly marvel that men so learned, who have judged that all bodily and sensible things are to be set below the incorporeal and intelligible, should, when treating of the blessed life, make mention of bodily contacts. Where is that saying of Plotinus, where he says: 'We must flee, therefore, to our dearest fatherland, and there is the Father, and there are all things. What, then,' he says, 'is the fleet or the flight? To become like God.' If, then, the more like to God one becomes, the nearer one is, there is no other distance from Him than unlikeness to Him. And the soul of man is the more unlike to that incorporeal, eternal, and unchangeable Being, the more covetous it is of temporal and mutable things.
That this may be healed—since to the immortal purity which is in the highest, those things that are in the lowest, being mortal and unclean, cannot be joined—there is indeed need of a mediator; yet not such a one as has a body indeed immortal and near to the highest, but a soul diseased and like the lowest (by which disease he would rather envy us, lest we be healed, than help us that we be healed); but such a one as, fitted to us who are lowest by the mortality of His body, and by the immortal righteousness of His spirit—through which, not by distance of places but by excellence of likeness, He remained in the highest—may afford us a truly divine help in being cleansed and set free.
Far be it that this truly undefilable God should fear defilement from the man with whom He was clothed, or from the men among whom, in that man, He dwelt. For these two things which He saliently showed by His incarnation are no small matters: that true divinity cannot be defiled by flesh, and that the demons are not therefore to be thought better than ourselves because they have no flesh. This is, as Holy Scripture proclaims Him, the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus; concerning whose divinity, by which He is ever equal to the Father, and humanity, by which He was made like to us, this is not the place to speak fittingly according to our capacity. CHAPTER XVIII.
That the deceit of the demons, while it promises a way to God by their intercession, aims at this: to turn men away from the way of truth. But those false and deceitful mediator-demons, who—though by the uncleanness of their spirit they are wretched and malign, becoming conspicuous by many effects—nevertheless, through intervals of bodily places and through the lightness of their aerial bodies, strive to call us off and turn us away from the advancement of our souls, do not provide a way to God, but hinder, lest the way be held. For even in that very bodily way (which is most false and full of error, by which righteousness does not journey;
since we ought to ascend to God not by bodily height, but by spiritual—that is, incorporeal—likeness)—even in that bodily way which the friends of the demons arrange by gradations of the elements, setting the aerial demons as intermediaries between the ethereal gods and the earthly men, they suppose the gods to have this chief privilege: that on account of this interval of places they are not defiled by human contact. Thus they believe that the demons are defiled by men rather than that men are cleansed by the demons, and that the gods themselves could have been defiled, had they not been fortified by the height of place.
Who is so wretched as to think himself cleansed by this way, where men are proclaimed as defiling, demons as defiled, and gods as defilable—and would not rather choose the way where the defiling demons are the more shunned, and where men are cleansed from defilement by the undefilable God, that they may enter into fellowship with the undefiled angels? CHAPTER XIX. That the name of demons is no longer taken, even among their own worshippers, in the signification of anything good.
But lest we too seem to be contending about words, since some of these (so to speak) demon-worshippers—among whom is Labeo—maintain that the same beings whom they themselves call demons are by others called angels, I now see that I must say something about the good angels, whose existence these men do not deny, but whom they prefer to call good demons rather than angels. We, however, as Scripture speaks—according to which we are Christians—read indeed that there are angels partly good and partly evil, but never of good demons; rather, wherever in those writings this name is found set down, whether they be called demons or demonia, none but malign spirits are signified.
And this usage of speech the peoples have everywhere followed to such a degree that even among those who are called pagans and contend that many gods and demons are to be worshipped, scarcely anyone is so lettered and learned as to dare, in praising even his own slave, to say: 'You have a demon'; but whoever should wish to say this could not doubt that he means nothing other than to curse. What cause, then, compels us—after the offense of so many ears, now almost all, which have grown accustomed to hear this word only in a bad sense—to be forced to expound what we have said, when by employing the name of angels we could avoid that same offense which could arise by the name of demons? CHAPTER XX.
On the quality of knowledge that makes demons proud. Although even the very origin of this name, if we look into the divine books, brings something most worthy of recognition. For demons are so called (since the word is Greek) as being named from knowledge. But the Apostle, speaking by the Holy Spirit, says: 'Knowledge puffs up, but charity edifies'; which is rightly understood in no other way than that knowledge then profits when charity is present, but without it puffs up—that is, exalts into the pride of a most empty, as it were, windiness.
There is therefore in the demons knowledge without charity, and on that account they are so puffed up—that is, so proud—that they have striven to have divine honors and the service of religion, which they know to be due to the true God, displayed toward themselves, and they still do this as much as they can among those whom they can. Now against the pride of the demons, by which the human race was held as their due deserts, what great power the humility of God, which appeared in Christ, possesses, the souls of men, puffed up with the uncleanness of haughty elation, do not know—being like the demons not in knowledge but in pride. CHAPTER XXI. In what manner the Lord willed to be made known to the demons. But the demons themselves know even this so far, that to the same Lord, clothed with the weakness of the flesh, they said: 'What have we to do with You, Jesus of Nazareth?'
'Have You come to destroy us?' It is clear in these words that in them there was indeed so much knowledge, yet no charity. For they dreaded their own punishment from Him; they did not love righteousness in Him. And He became known to them only so far as He willed; but He willed only so far as was fitting. Yet He became known to them not as to the holy angels, who enjoy Him, according to that whereby He is the Word of God, in shared eternity; but as He had to become known to them for their terrifying—from whose tyrannical power, as it were, He was about to set free those predestined to His kingdom and to a glory ever truthful and truthfully everlasting. He became known, therefore, to the demons not through that
which is eternal life and unchangeable light, which illumines the godly, by seeing whom—through the faith which is in Him—hearts are cleansed; but through certain temporal effects of His power and most hidden signs of His presence, which could be perceptible to the angelic senses even of malign spirits, rather than to the weakness of men. Finally, when He judged that these should be a little suppressed and lay hidden somewhat more deeply, the prince of the demons doubted concerning Him and tempted Him, probing whether He were the Christ, so far as He Himself permitted Himself to be tempted, that He might temper the man whom He bore to the example of our imitation.
But after that temptation, when the angels—as it is written—ministered to Him, good ones surely and holy, and thereby to be feared and trembled at by unclean spirits, it became more and more known to the demons how great He was, so that to Him commanding, although in Him the weakness of the flesh might seem contemptible, none dared to resist. CHAPTER XXII. What difference there is between the knowledge of the holy angels and the knowledge of the demons. To these good angels, therefore, all knowledge of corporeal and temporal things, by which the demons are puffed up, is of little worth—not that they are ignorant of them, but because the charity of God, by which they are sanctified, is dear to them, in comparison with whose not only incorporeal but also unchangeable and ineffable beauty
with the holy love of which they are inflamed, all things that are below, and which He is not, they esteem as nothing, and despise even themselves among them, that out of the whole of that whereby they are good they may enjoy that Good from which they are good. And on that account they know even these temporal and mutable things more surely, because they behold their principal causes in the Word of God, through whom the world was made—causes by which some things are approved, some rejected, and all are ordered. But the demons do not contemplate the eternal and, as it were, cardinal causes of times in the wisdom of God, but by a greater experience of certain signs hidden from us they foresee far more things to come than men do; sometimes too they announce beforehand their own dispositions.
Finally, the demons are often deceived, but the angels never at all. For it is one thing to conjecture temporal things by temporal and mutable by mutable, and to insert into them the temporal and mutable mode of one's own will and capacity—which has been permitted to the demons by a fixed plan; but it is another thing to foresee, in the eternal and unchangeable laws of God which live in His wisdom, the changes of times, and to know, by participation in His Spirit, the will of God, which is the most certain as well as the most powerful of all—which has been granted to the holy angels by a right discernment. And so they are not only eternal but also blessed. And the Good by which they are blessed is God, by whom they were created.
For by participation in and contemplation of Him they enjoy unfailing fruition. CHAPTER XXIII. That the name of gods is falsely ascribed to the gods of the nations, which name nevertheless, by the authority of the divine Scriptures, is common to the holy angels and to just men. If the Platonists prefer to call these gods rather than demons and to number them among those gods whom Plato, their author and master, writes were created by the supreme God: let them say what they will; for there is no need to labor with them over a controversy of words. For if they say that they are immortal in such a way as nevertheless to have been made by the supreme God, and blessed not through themselves but by cleaving to Him by whom they were made: they say what we say, by whatever name they call them.
That this is the opinion of the Platonists—whether of all or of the better ones—can be found in their writings. For even concerning the very name by which they call such immortal and blessed creatures 'gods,' there is, on that account, almost no disagreement between us and them, since in our sacred writings also it is read: 'The God of gods, the Lord, has spoken'; and elsewhere: 'Give thanks to the God of gods'; and elsewhere: 'A great King above all gods.' But where it is written: 'He is terrible above all gods,' why this is said is shown next. For it follows: 'Since all the gods of the nations are demons, but the Lord made the heavens.' He said therefore 'above all gods,' but of the nations—that is, those whom the nations hold for gods, which are demons;
therefore He is terrible, under which terror they said to the Lord: 'Have You come to destroy us?' But that passage where it is said: 'The God of gods,' cannot be understood as the God of demons; and 'a great King above all gods'—far be it that it be said 'a great King above all demons.' But the same Scripture also calls men in the people of God 'gods.' 'I said,' it says, 'you are gods, and all sons of the Most High.' It can therefore be understood that the God of these gods is He who is called the God of gods, and the great King above these gods is He who is called the great King above all gods. Yet nevertheless, when it is asked of us:
if men have been called gods because they are in the people of God, whom God addresses through angels or through men, how much more worthy of that name are the immortals who enjoy that blessedness to which men, by worshipping God, desire to attain—what shall we answer, except that it is not in vain that in the Holy Scriptures men have been more expressly named gods than those immortal and blessed beings, to whom we are promised to be made equal in the resurrection? Namely, lest because of their excellence faithless weakness should dare to set up any one of them as a god for us. This is easily avoided in the case of a man. And men more evidently ought to have been called gods in the people of God, that they might become certain and confident that He is their God who is called the God of gods;
because, even though those immortal and blessed ones who are in the heavens are called gods, yet they are not called gods of gods—that is, gods of the men constituted in the people of God, to whom it was said: 'I said, you are gods, and all sons of the Most High.' Hence it is that the Apostle says: 'For even though there be that are called gods, whether in heaven or on earth, as there are gods many and lords many: yet to us there is one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, through whom are all things, and we through Him.' There is therefore no need to dispute much about the name, when the matter itself is so clear as to be free from any scruple of doubt.
But that thing which we say—that out of the number of those immortal and blessed beings, angels have been sent who would announce the will of God to men—does not please them, because they believe that this ministry is performed not through those whom they call gods (that is, the immortal and blessed), but through demons, whom they dare to call only immortal, not also blessed; or at any rate so immortal and blessed that they are nonetheless good demons, not gods loftily placed and set apart from human contact. Although the controversy seems to be about a name, yet the name of demons is so detestable that we ought by all means to remove it from the holy angels.
Now therefore let this book be so concluded that we may know that the immortal and blessed beings—by whatever name they be called—who nevertheless are made and created, are not mediators for leading the wretched mortals over to immortal blessedness, from whom they are separated by both differences. But those who are mediators by sharing immortality with the higher beings and misery with the lower—since by the desert of their malice they are wretched—can rather envy us the blessedness which they do not have than bestow it. Hence the friends of the demons have nothing they may bring forward as worthy, why we should worship them as helpers, whom we ought rather to shun as deceivers.
But as for those whom they think good, and therefore not only immortal but also blessed, and to be worshipped under the name of gods with rites and sacrifices for the sake of attaining the blessed life after death—of whatever sort those beings may be, and worthy of whatever appellation, that they do not wish, through such service of religion, that any but the one God be worshipped, by whom they were created and by participation in whom they are blessed—this, with His own help, we shall discuss more diligently in the following book. BOOK X. CHAPTER I. That even the Platonists have defined that true blessedness is bestowed, whether on angels or on men, through the one God; but whether those whom they think should be worshipped on this very account wish sacrifice to be offered to the one God alone, or also to themselves, is to be inquired.
It is the fixed opinion of all who can in any way use reason that all men wish to be blessed. But while the weakness of mortals inquires who are blessed or whence they become so, many and great controversies have been stirred up, in which the philosophers have worn out their studies and their leisure; to bring these forward and discuss them would be both long and unnecessary. For if he who reads these things recalls what we did in the eighth book concerning the choosing of philosophers with whom this question about the blessed life that is to come after death was to be treated—namely, whether we can attain to it by serving with religion and sacrifices the one true God, who is also the maker of the gods, or many gods:
he will not expect that the same things be here repeated, especially since, by re-reading, if perhaps he has forgotten, he may aid his memory. For we chose the Platonists, deservedly the most renowned of all philosophers, for this reason: because they were able to perceive that the immortal and rational—or intellectual—soul of man cannot be blessed except by sharing in the light of that God by whom both it and the world were made; and thus they deny that anyone will attain that which all men seek, namely the blessed life, who has not cleaved with the purity of chaste love to that one supreme Being, which is the unchangeable God.
But since they themselves also—whether yielding to the vanity and error of the peoples, or, as the Apostle says, becoming vain in their thoughts—supposed, or wished it to be supposed, that many gods are to be worshipped, so that some of them judged that even to the demons divine honors of rites and sacrifices were to be offered (to whom we have already in no small part replied): now it must be seen and discussed, as far as God grants, in what manner the immortal and blessed beings, established in the heavenly seats, in dominations, principalities, powers, whom these men call gods, and out of whom they name some either good demons or, along with us, angels—are to be believed to wish that religion and piety be observed by us;
that is, to speak more plainly, whether it pleases them that we offer rites and sacrifices even to themselves, or only to their God, who is also ours; or that we consecrate by religious rites anything of ours, or our very selves. For this is the worship due to divinity—or, if it must be said more expressly, to deity—on account of which, to signify it by one word (since no Latin term sufficiently apt occurs to me), I introduce, where necessary, the Greek, to convey what I wish to say. Latreia, indeed, wherever it is set down in the Holy Scriptures, our translators have rendered 'service.' But that service which is owed to men—according to which the Apostle commands that servants ought to be subject to their masters—is usually called by another name in Greek;
but latreia, according to the usage of those who composed for us the divine oracles, either always or so frequently as to be almost always, denotes that service which pertains to the worship of God. Accordingly, if mere worship (cultus) alone be spoken of, it does not appear to be owed to God alone. For we are said to 'cultivate' (colere) even men, whom we frequent with honorific remembrance or presence. Nor only those things to which we subject ourselves in religious humility, but also certain things which are subject to us, are said to be 'cultivated.' For from this word both farmers (agricolae) and tillers (coloni) and inhabitants (incolae) are named, and they call the gods themselves 'heaven-dwellers' (caelicolae) for no other reason than that they 'cultivate' heaven—not, of course, by venerating it, but by inhabiting it, as it were certain colonists of heaven;
not in the sense in which tenant farmers (coloni) are so called, who owe service to the soil of their birth on account of the agriculture carried on under the lordship of the proprietors; but rather as a certain great author of Latin eloquence says: 'An ancient city there was, the Tyrian settlers (coloni) held it.' For he called them coloni from inhabiting (colere) the place, not from agriculture. Hence too cities founded by greater cities, as it were by swarms of peoples, are called colonies. And therefore that worship (cultus) is owed to none but God, by a certain proper meaning of this word, is altogether most true; but because the cultivation (cultus) of other things also is spoken of, the worship owed to God cannot for this reason be signified in Latin by a single word.
For even religion (religio) itself, though it may seem more distinctly to signify not just anyone's worship but the worship of God (whence by this name our people have rendered that which in Greek is called θρησκεία), nevertheless, because in the Latin custom of speech, not only of the unlearned but even of the most learned, religion is said to be shown to human kinships and affinities and to all sorts of close relationships, this word does not avoid ambiguity, when the question concerns the worship of the deity, so that we could confidently say that religion is nothing but the worship of God, since this word seems to be wrongly taken away from signifying the observance shown to human relationship. Piety (pietas) too is usually properly understood as the worship of God, which the Greeks call εὐσέβεια.
Yet this too is said to be rendered dutifully toward parents. And in the custom of the common people this word is frequently used even of works of mercy; which I think has come about because God especially commands these to be done, and declares that they please Him either instead of sacrifices or above sacrifices. From this custom of speech it has come about that even God Himself is called pius (godly, dutiful); whom indeed the Greeks, by no usage of their own speech, call εὐσεβής, although the common people among them also use εὐσέβεια for mercy. Whence in certain places of the Scriptures, that a clearer distinction might appear, they preferred to say not εὐσέβεια, which is compounded from good worship, but θεοσέβεια, which resounds as composed from the worship of God. But either of these we cannot express by a single word.
That, then, which in Greek is called λατρεία and is rendered in Latin as servitus (service), but the service by which we worship God; or that which in Greek is θρησκεία, in Latin religio, but the religion which is ours toward God; or that which they call εὐσέβεια, which we cannot express by a single word, but can call the worship of God: this we say is owed to that God alone who is the true God and makes His worshippers gods. Whoever therefore are immortal and blessed in the heavenly dwellings, if they do not love us nor wish us to be blessed, are certainly not to be worshipped. But if they love us and wish us to be blessed, surely they wish it from that same source whence they too are blessed; or are they blessed from one source, and we from another? CHAPTER II. What Plotinus the Platonist thought concerning illumination from on high.
But we have no conflict in this question with these more excellent philosophers. For they saw, and in their writings have in many ways most copiously set down, that those beings become blessed from the same source as we, namely by a certain intelligible light set before them, which is God to them and is other than they, by whom they are illumined, so that they shine and by participation in Him subsist perfected and blessed. Plotinus, expounding the meaning of Plato, often and at length asserts that not even that soul which they believe to be the soul of the universe is blessed from any other source than ours, and that this is a light which it itself is not, but by which it was created, and by whose intelligible illumination it intelligibly shines.
He even draws a likeness for those incorporeal things from these visible and vast heavenly bodies, as though He were the sun and it were the moon. For they think the moon is illumined by the sun being set before it. That great Platonist therefore says that the rational soul—or rather, if it should be called intellectual, of which kind he understands the souls of the immortal and blessed to be also, whom he does not doubt to dwell in the heavenly seats—has above itself no nature except that of God, who fashioned the world, by whom it too was made; nor is the blessed life and the light of the understanding of truth furnished to those beings on high from any other source than that from which it is furnished also to us, in agreement with the Gospel, where it is read: 'There was a man sent from God, whose name was John;'
he came for a testimony, to bear witness of the light, that all might believe through him. He was not that light, but came to bear witness of the light. That was the true light, which lightens every man coming into this world. In this difference it is sufficiently shown that the rational or intellectual soul, such as was in John, cannot be a light to itself, but shines by participation in another true light. This John himself also confesses, where, bearing witness to Him, he says: 'Of His fullness have we all received.' CHAPTER III. Concerning the true worship of God, from which the Platonists, although they understood the Creator of the universe, turned aside by worshipping angels, whether good or evil, with divine honour.
Since these things are so, if the Platonists, or whoever else thought thus, while knowing God, had glorified Him as God and given thanks, and had not become vain in their thoughts, nor in part become authors of the errors of the peoples and in part not dared to resist them: surely they would confess, both for those immortal and blessed beings and for us mortals and wretched ones, that—so that we may be able to be immortal and blessed—the one God of gods is to be worshipped, who is both ours and theirs. To Him we owe that service which in Greek is called λατρεία, whether in any sacred rites or in our very selves. For His temple we all together and each singly are, since He deigns to dwell both in the concord of all and in each one;
not greater in all than in single ones, since He is neither extended by mass nor diminished by division. When our heart is lifted up to Him, it is His altar; we propitiate Him through His Only-begotten as priest; to Him we slay bloody victims, when we contend even unto blood for His truth; to Him we burn the sweetest incense, when in His sight we glow with pious and holy love; to Him we vow and render His own gifts in us, and ourselves; to Him on festal solemnities and appointed days we dedicate and consecrate the memory of His benefits, lest by the rolling of times an ungrateful oblivion creep in; to Him we sacrifice on the altar of the heart the victim of humility and praise, kindled by the fire of charity.
To see Him, as far as He can be seen, and to cleave to Him, we are cleansed from every stain of sins and evil desires, and consecrated in His name. For He Himself is the fountain of our blessedness, He Himself the end of all our longing. Choosing Him, or rather re-choosing Him (for we had lost Him by neglecting)—re-choosing Him therefore, whence religion is said to be named (religere, to re-choose)—we tend toward Him by love, that by reaching Him we may rest, blessed for this reason, because perfected by that End. For our good, concerning whose end there is great contention among philosophers, is nothing else than to cleave to Him, by whose incorporeal embrace alone—if it may be so said—the intellectual soul is filled and made fruitful with true virtues.
We are commanded to love this good with the whole heart, with the whole soul, and with the whole strength; toward this good we ought both to be led by those who love us, and to lead those whom we love. Thus are fulfilled those two precepts, on which hang the whole law and the prophets: 'You shall love the Lord your God with your whole heart and with your whole soul and with your whole mind,' and: 'You shall love your neighbour as yourself.' For that a man might know how to love himself, an end was appointed for him, to which he should refer all that he did, that he might be blessed; for he who loves himself wishes nothing else than to be blessed. But this end is to cleave to God.
Now therefore, to one who knows how to love himself, when he is commanded about loving his neighbour as himself, what else is commanded but that he should, as far as he can, commend to him God to be loved? This is the worship of God, this is true religion, this is right piety, this is the service owed to God alone. Whatever immortal power therefore, endowed with whatever great virtue, if it loves us as itself, wishes us to be subject to that One, that we may be blessed, to whom it too, being subject, is blessed. If then it does not worship God, it is wretched, because it is deprived of God; but if it worships God, it does not wish to be worshipped in God's stead. For it rather supports that divine sentence and favours it with the strength of love, by which it is written: 'He that sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out, save to the Lord alone.' CHAPTER IV.
That sacrifice is owed to the one true God. For—to pass over now other things which pertain to the homage of religion by which God is worshipped—certainly there is no man who would dare to say that sacrifice is owed to any but God. Many things, indeed, drawn from divine worship have been applied to human honours, whether through excessive humility or through pernicious flattery; yet in such a way that those to whom they were rendered were held to be men, who are said to be cultivated and venerated, and, if much is added to them, even adored: but who has judged that sacrifice should be offered to any but Him whom he either knew, or supposed, or imagined to be a god?
Moreover, how ancient is the worship of God by sacrificing, those two brothers Cain and Abel sufficiently indicate, of whom God rejected the sacrifice of the elder, and regarded that of the younger. CHAPTER V. Concerning the sacrifices which God does not require, but willed to be offered for the signifying of those things which He does require. But who would be so foolish as to suppose that those things which are offered in sacrifices are necessary for any uses of God? Since divine Scripture testifies this in many places, lest we make it long, it will suffice to recall that brief saying from the psalm: 'I said to the Lord, You are my God, for You have no need of my goods.'
Not only therefore in cattle or in any other corruptible and earthly thing, but not even in man's very righteousness, is God to be believed to have need; and the whole of what rightly worships God profits man, not God. For no one would say that he had done a service to the fountain if he drank, or to the light if he saw. Nor, as for the fact that other sacrifices in the slaying of cattle were made by the ancient fathers, which now the people of God read of but does not perform, is anything else to be understood than that by those things were signified these things which are wrought in us, to this end, that we may cleave to God and consult our neighbour's good toward the same end. A visible sacrifice therefore is the sacrament, that is, the sacred sign, of an invisible sacrifice.
Whence that penitent in the prophet, or the prophet himself, seeking to have God propitious to his sins, says: 'If You had wished sacrifice, I would surely have given it; in burnt offerings You will not delight. The sacrifice for God is a troubled spirit: a contrite and humbled heart God will not despise.' Let us observe how, where he said God did not wish sacrifice, there he showed that God did wish sacrifice. He does not wish, then, the sacrifice of a slaughtered beast, but He wishes the sacrifice of a contrite heart. By that, therefore, which he said God did not wish, this is signified, which he subjoined that God did wish. Thus then he said God did not wish those things, in the manner in which they are believed by the foolish to be wished, as it were for the sake of His own pleasure. For if He did not wish those sacrifices which He does wish (of which this is one:
a heart contrite and humbled by the sorrow of repentance), He would not have willed them to be signified by those sacrifices which He was supposed to desire as though delightful to Himself: He certainly would not have commanded these to be offered in the old law. And therefore they had to be changed at the opportune and now certain time, lest they should be believed to be desirable to God Himself, or at least acceptable in us, rather than the things which were signified by them. Hence too in another place of another psalm He says: 'If I were hungry, I would not tell you; for the world is mine and the fullness thereof. Shall I eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the blood of goats?' As though He said: Surely if these were necessary to me, I would not ask of you what I have in my own power. Then, adding what those things signify:
'Offer,' He says, 'to God the sacrifice of praise, and pay your vows to the Most High; and call upon me in the day of tribulation, and I will deliver you, and you shall glorify me.' Likewise in another prophet He says: 'Wherewith shall I lay hold of the Lord, take hold of my God most high? Shall I lay hold of Him with burnt offerings, with calves a year old? Will the Lord accept thousands of rams, or tens of thousands of fat goats? Shall I give my firstborn for my ungodliness, the fruit of my womb for the sin of my soul? Has it been declared to you, O man, what is good? Or what does the Lord require of you, but to do judgment, and to love mercy, and to be ready to walk with the Lord your God?'
And in this prophet's words both are distinguished, and it is sufficiently declared that God does not require for their own sake those sacrifices by which are signified these sacrifices which God does require. In the epistle which is inscribed 'To the Hebrews': 'Forget not,' he says, 'to do good and to share; for with such sacrifices God is well pleased.' And by this, where it is written 'I desire mercy rather than sacrifice,' nothing else must be understood than that one sacrifice is preferred to another; since that which is called sacrifice by all is the sign of the true sacrifice. But mercy is the true sacrifice; whence it was said, as I recalled a little before: 'For with such sacrifices God is well pleased.'
Whatever things therefore in the ministry of the tabernacle or of the temple are read to have been divinely prescribed in many ways concerning sacrifices, are referred to the love of God and of neighbour by way of signifying. For on these two precepts, as it is written, hang the whole law and the prophets. CHAPTER VI. Concerning the true and perfect sacrifice. Accordingly, the true sacrifice is every work which is done that we may cleave to God in holy fellowship, referred, that is, to that end of good by which we can be truly blessed. Whence even mercy itself, by which a man is succoured, if it is not done for God's sake, is not a sacrifice. For although it is done or offered by man, yet sacrifice is a divine thing, so that by this name also the old Latins called it.
Whence man himself, consecrated in the name of God and devoted to God, in so far as he dies to the world that he may live to God, is a sacrifice. For this too pertains to the mercy which each one does to himself. Therefore it is written: 'Have mercy on your own soul, pleasing God.' Our body also, when we chastise it with temperance, if we do this, in the manner we ought, for God's sake, so that we present not our members as weapons of unrighteousness unto sin, but as weapons of righteousness unto God, is a sacrifice. Exhorting to which the Apostle says: 'I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercy of God, that you present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, well pleasing to God, your reasonable service.'
If therefore the body, which the soul uses as an inferior, like a servant or like an instrument, when its good and right use is referred to God, is a sacrifice: how much more the soul itself, when it refers itself to God, so that, kindled by the fire of His love, it loses the form of worldly concupiscence and, subjected to Him as to the immutable Form, is re-formed, pleasing to Him from this, that it has received of His beauty, becomes a sacrifice! The same Apostle, consequently adding this, says: 'And be not conformed to this world; but be reformed in the newness of your mind, that you may prove what is the will of God, what is good and well-pleasing and perfect.'
Since therefore the true sacrifices are works of mercy, whether toward ourselves or toward our neighbours, which are referred to God, and works of mercy are done for no other reason than that we may be delivered from misery and thereby be blessed (which does not happen save by that good of which it was said: 'But for me it is good to cleave to God'): surely it follows that the whole redeemed city itself, that is, the congregation and fellowship of the saints, is offered to God as a universal sacrifice through the great Priest, who also offered Himself in His passion for us, that we might be the body of so great a Head, according to the form of a servant. For this He offered, in this He was offered, because according to this He is mediator, in this priest, in this the sacrifice.
When therefore the Apostle had exhorted us to present our bodies a living sacrifice, holy, well pleasing to God, our reasonable service, and not to be conformed to this world, but to be reformed in the newness of our mind, to prove what is the will of God, what is good and well-pleasing and perfect—which whole sacrifice we ourselves are—he says: 'For I say, through the grace of God which is given to me, to all who are among you, not to be more wise than it behoves to be wise, but to be wise unto temperance; as God has dealt to each one the measure of faith. For as in one body we have many members, but all the members have not the same functions: so we, being many, are one body in Christ;'
and individually members one of another, having different gifts according to the grace which is given to us.' This is the sacrifice of Christians: many, one body in Christ. Which the Church also celebrates in the sacrament of the altar, known to the faithful, where it is shown to her that in that thing which she offers, she herself is offered. CHAPTER VII. That the love of the holy angels toward us is such that they wish us to be worshippers, not of themselves, but of the one true God.
Deservedly do those immortal and blessed beings, set in the heavenly seats, who rejoice together in the participation of their Creator, by whose eternity they are firm, by whose truth they are certain, by whose gift they are holy—since they mercifully love us mortals and wretched ones, that we may be immortal and blessed—not wish us to sacrifice to themselves, but to Him whose sacrifice they too, together with us, know themselves to be. For together with them we are one city of God, to which it is said in the psalm: 'Most glorious things are spoken of you, O city of God'; of which one part sojourns as a pilgrim in us, another part renders aid in them. Concerning
that supernal city, where the will of God is the intelligible and immutable law, from that supernal court, as it were (for there indeed care is taken concerning us), that holy Scripture descended to us, ministered through angels, where it is read: 'He that sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out, save to the Lord alone.' To this Scripture, to this law, to such precepts, so great miracles have borne witness, that it is sufficiently apparent to whom those immortal and blessed beings wish us to sacrifice, who wish us to be that which they themselves are. CHAPTER VIII. Concerning the miracles which God, for the strengthening of the faith of the pious, deigned to apply even through the ministry of angels to His promises.
For if I should recall things too ancient, I shall seem to roll back farther than is enough—what miracles were done attesting the promises of God, by which, thousands of years beforehand, He foretold to Abraham that in his seed all nations were to have blessing.
For who would not marvel that to that same Abraham a barren wife bore a son at that time of old age when she could not bear even were she fruitful; and that in the sacrifice of the same Abraham a flame made from heaven ran between the divided victims; and that to the same Abraham the heavenly burning of Sodom was foretold by angels—angels whom he had received as guests in the likeness of men, and through whom he had held God's promises concerning the offspring to come; and that, when the burning already impended, there was the wondrous deliverance from Sodom, through the same angels, of Lot the son of his brother, whose wife, looking back behind her on the way and suddenly turned into salt, admonished by a great sacrament that no one on the way of his own deliverance ought to long for things left behind?
But how great and how many are those things which were wonderfully wrought through Moses for the people of God, to be drawn out of the yoke of bondage in Egypt, where the magicians of Pharaoh, that is, of the king of Egypt, who oppressed that people by domination, were permitted to do certain marvels, that they might the more marvellously be overcome! For they did it by sorceries and magical incantations, to which the evil angels, that is, the demons, are given; but Moses, by so much the more powerfully as he was the more just, in the name of God, who made heaven and earth, with angels serving him, easily overcame them.
Finally, at the third plague, when the magicians failed, ten plagues through Moses were completed by a great ordering of mysteries, by which the hard hearts of Pharaoh and the Egyptians yielded to let the people of God go. And soon he repented, and when they tried to pursue the departing Hebrews, the latter passing through the sea divided into dry land, while the wave returned upon itself from this side and that, they were covered over and overwhelmed. What shall I say of those miracles which, while that same people was led through the desert, abounded by a stupendous divinity: that the waters which could not be drunk, when a piece of wood was cast into them, as God had commanded, lost their bitterness and satisfied the thirsty;
that manna came from heaven to the hungry, and, when a measure had been appointed for those gathering it, whatever anyone had gathered beyond it putrefied with worms arising, but on the day before the Sabbath a double portion was gathered, because on the Sabbath it was not lawful to gather, and was violated by no rottenness; that to those desiring to feed on flesh, which seemed able to suffice for no such great people, the camp was filled with flying birds, and the ardour of their desire was extinguished by the loathing of satiety; that the enemies who met them and forbade their passage and gave battle, while Moses prayed and his hands were stretched out in the figure of a cross, were laid low with none of the Hebrews falling;
that the seditious among the people of God, who divided themselves from the divinely ordained society, were, as a visible example of invisible punishment, swallowed up alive by the earth gaping open; that a rock struck by a rod poured out abundant streams for so great a multitude; that the deadly bites of serpents, a most just punishment of sinners, were healed by a bronze serpent lifted up on wood and looked upon, so that both the afflicted people might be succoured, and death by death destroyed might be signified as it were by the likeness of a crucified death? Which serpent indeed, preserved for the memory of the deed, when afterward the erring people began to worship it as an idol, Hezekiah the king, serving God with religious power, with great praise of piety broke in pieces. CHAPTER IX.
Concerning the unlawful arts in respect to the worship of demons, in which Porphyry the Platonist, approving some things and as it were disapproving others, is engaged. These and many other things of this kind, which it would be too long to recall in full, were done to commend the worship of the one true God, and to forbid that of the many and false ones.
But they were done by simple faith and the trust of piety, not by incantations and verses composed by the art of a wicked curiosity, which they call either magic, or by a more detestable name goetia, or by a more honourable one theurgy—those who, as it were, try to distinguish these arts, and wish some who are given to unlawful arts to be deemed damnable, whom the common people also call sorcerers (for these, they say, pertain to goetia), but others to seem praiseworthy, to whom they assign theurgy; though both are bound by the deceitful rites of demons under the names of angels. For Porphyry too promises a certain purification of the soul, as it were, through theurgy, yet hesitantly and with a disputation somewhat ashamed;
yet he denies that this art affords to anyone a return to God; so that you may see him wavering, with alternating opinions, between the vice of sacrilegious curiosity and the profession of philosophy. For now he warns that this art is to be avoided as deceitful and dangerous in its very practice and prohibited by the laws; but now, yielding as it were to its praisers, he says it is useful for cleansing a part of the soul—not indeed the intellectual part, by which the truth of intelligible things is perceived, things having no likenesses of bodies; but the spiritual part, by which the images of corporeal things are grasped. For this part, he says, is by certain theurgic consecrations, which they call teletae, made fit and apt for the reception of spirits and angels and for the seeing of gods.
Yet from these theurgic rites he would confess that no purification accrues to the intellectual soul, such as would make it fit to see its God and to behold those things which truly are. From which it can be understood of what sort of gods, or of what sort of vision, he says is wrought by theurgic consecrations, in which those things are not seen which truly are. Finally, he says that the rational soul—or, as he prefers to call it, the intellectual—can escape into its own region, even if that which is spiritual in it has been purified by no theurgic art; but moreover that the spiritual is purified by the theurgist only to this extent, that it does not from this attain to immortality and eternity.
Although therefore he distinguishes angels from demons, asserting that the airy regions are of demons, but the ethereal or empyrean regions of angels, and although he admonishes that the friendship of some demon is to be used, by whose carrying anyone may after death be lifted up even a little from the earth, while he declares that there is another way to the supernal fellowships of the angels: yet he testifies, with an expressed confession as it were, that the society of demons is to be avoided, where he says that the soul after death, paying its penalties, shudders at the worship of the demons by whom it was beset; and that theurgy itself,
which he commends as a conciliatrix, as it were, of angels and gods, he could not deny operates among such powers as either themselves envy the purification of the soul, or serve the arts of the envious, expressing a complaint about this matter from some Chaldean or other: 'A good man in Chaldea,' he says, 'complains that his great efforts at purifying a soul were frustrated of success for him, since a man powerful for the same things, touched by envy, had bound the powers, adjured by sacred prayers, that they should not grant what was requested. Therefore both that one bound,' he says, 'and this one did not loose.' By which token he said it appears that theurgy is a discipline both for accomplishing good and evil, both among gods and among men;
and that the gods also suffer, and are brought down to those perturbations and passions which Apuleius attributes in common to demons and to men; yet separating the gods from these by the loftiness of their ethereal seat, and asserting in that distinction the opinion of Plato. CHAPTER X. Concerning theurgy, which promises to souls a false purification by the invocation of demons.
Behold now another Platonist, whom they report to be more learned, namely Porphyry, who through some theurgic discipline declares that even the very gods are bound by passions and disturbances; for they could, he says, be adjured and terrified by sacred prayers so as not to bestow the purification of the soul, and they were so frightened by one who commanded an evil thing that, by another who sought a good thing through the same theurgic art, they could not be released from that fear nor set free to grant the benefit. Who does not see that all these are the fabrications of deceiving demons, unless he be their most wretched slave and a stranger to the grace of the true Deliverer? For if these things were transacted among good gods, surely there the beneficent purifier of the soul would prevail more than the malevolent obstructer.
Or if to the just gods the man, on whose behalf the matter was being transacted, seemed unworthy of purification, then surely they ought not to have been frightened by an envious one, nor (as he himself says) hindered through fear of a more powerful divinity, but should have refused it by free judgement. It is strange, moreover, that that kindly Chaldean, who desired to purify the soul by theurgic rites, found no higher god who might either terrify the terrified gods still more and compel them to do good, or restrain the one who terrified them, so that they might freely do good — if indeed the good theurgist lacked sacred rites by which he might first purify those very gods, whom he invoked as purifiers of the soul, from that plague of fear. For what reason is there why a more powerful god can be employed by whom they are terrified, yet cannot be employed by whom they are purified?
Is there found a god who hearkens to the envious and strikes fear into the gods that they may not do good; and yet no god is found who hearkens to the well-wishing and removes fear from the gods that they may do good? O splendid theurgy! O purification of the soul worthy to be proclaimed, where unclean envy commands more than pure beneficence obtains! Nay rather, the deceit of malignant spirits is to be guarded against and detested, and the saving doctrine to be heeded. For as to the fact that those who perform these filthy purifications by sacrilegious rites behold certain marvellously beautiful forms — whether images of angels or of gods, as this man records — as though seen by a purified spirit (if indeed they see any such thing), this is what the apostle says: 'Satan transforms himself into an angel of light.'
For those phantasms belong to him who, desiring to ensnare the wretched souls of men by the deceiving rites of many false gods, and to turn them away from the true worship of the true God, by which alone they are cleansed and healed — as was said of Proteus — 'turns himself into all shapes,' assailing as an enemy, succouring deceitfully, in both ways doing harm. CHAPTER XI. Concerning the letter of Porphyry to Anebo the Egyptian, in which he asks to be instructed about the diversity of demons. This Porphyry judged more wisely when he writes to Anebo the Egyptian, where, in the guise of one consulting and inquiring, he both betrays the sacrilegious arts and overthrows them.
And there indeed he reprobates all the demons, whom he says, through their want of prudence, draw up humid vapour, and therefore are not in the ether but in the air beneath the moon, and even in the very globe of the moon; yet he does not dare to assign to all demons all the deceits and malices and follies by which he is justly disturbed. For he calls certain ones benign demons, after the manner of others, although he confesses that all in general are imprudent. He marvels, moreover, that not only are the gods enticed by victims, but are even compelled and forced to do what men wish; and if the gods are distinguished from demons by body and incorporeality, how it is to be supposed that the sun and moon and the other visible things in heaven are gods, which he does not doubt to be bodies; and if they are gods,
how some are said to be beneficent and others maleficent; and how, being corporeal, they are joined to incorporeal beings. He inquires also, as one in doubt, whether in those who divine and work certain wonders there are passions of the souls, or whether some spirits come from without through whom they have power to do these things; and he rather conjectures that they come from without, on the ground that by applying stones and herbs they both bind certain persons and open closed doors, or work some such thing marvellously. Whence he says that some are of the opinion that there is a certain kind of being whose property it is to hearken — a nature deceitful, of every form, of manifold guise, simulating gods and demons and the souls of the departed; and that this is what effects all those things which seem to be either good or evil;
but that, concerning the things which are truly good, it gives no help at all — nay rather, does not even know them — but also evilly procures and falsely accuses and sometimes hinders the diligent followers of virtue; and that it is full of rashness and pride, delights in the savour of burnt offerings, is captivated by flatteries, and the rest which is said concerning this kind of deceitful and malignant spirits, who come from without into the soul and delude human senses, whether asleep or awake. Yet he does not confirm these things as matters of which he himself is persuaded, but surmises or doubts so faintly that he represents others as holding this opinion. For it was indeed difficult for so great a philosopher either to know the whole diabolical society or confidently to refute it — which any little Christian old woman does not hesitate to declare exists, and most freely detests.
Unless perchance this man is even ashamed to offend the very one to whom he writes, Anebo, as the most distinguished hierophant of such rites, and others who are admirers of such works as divine and pertaining to the worship of the gods. Yet he goes on, and as if by way of inquiry mentions also those things which, soberly considered, cannot be ascribed except to malignant and deceitful powers. For he asks why, when the better are invoked, it is the worse, as it were, who are commanded, so that they may carry out the unjust commands of a man; why they do not hearken to one who prays after he has handled a thing of Venus, while they themselves do not delay to lead any persons whatever to any incestuous embraces;
why they enjoin that their hierophants must abstain from living creatures, lest forsooth they be polluted by bodily vapours, while they themselves are allured by other vapours and by the savours of the victims; and why, though the inspector is forbidden the touching of a corpse, those rites are for the most part celebrated with corpses; what it means that a man, subject to any vice whatever, directs threats not against a demon or some soul of a departed one, but against the sun and moon themselves or any of the heavenly bodies, and falsely terrifies them, so as to extort the truth from them. For he even threatens to dash the heaven together, and other things impossible to a man, so that those gods, like the most foolish boys, terrified by false and ridiculous threats, may do what is commanded.
He says also that a certain Chaeremon, skilled in such rites — or rather such sacrileges — wrote that the things celebrated by report among the Egyptians, whether concerning Isis or Osiris her husband, have the greatest power of compelling the gods to do what is commanded, when he who compels by incantations threatens to betray or overthrow them, where he terribly declares that he will even scatter the members of Osiris, if they neglect to do what is bidden. That a man should utter these and such-like empty and insane threats against the gods — and not against any whatever, but against the very heavenly ones, shining with starry light — and that not without effect, but compelling them by violent power, and by these terrors bringing them to do what he wished: this Porphyry justly marvels at;
nay rather, under the appearance of one marvelling and seeking the causes of such things, he gives to understand that those spirits do these things, whose kind he above described under the opinion of others — spirits deceitful not, as he himself stated, by nature, but by vice, who simulate gods and the souls of the departed, but who, as he himself says, do not simulate demons, but plainly are demons.
And as for what seems to him — that by herbs and stones and living creatures and certain fixed sounds and voices and figurations and figments, and by certain motions of the stars observed in the revolution of the heaven, powers are fashioned on earth by men, suited to accomplishing various effects — all this pertains to those same demons, mockers of the souls subjected to themselves, and exhibiting to themselves voluptuous sport out of the errors of men. Either therefore Porphyry, truly doubting and inquiring, nevertheless mentions these things, by which they may be convicted and refuted, and shown to pertain not to those powers which favour us for the attaining of the blessed life, but to deceiving demons;
or — that we may suppose better things of the philosopher — he wished in this manner to offend the Egyptian man, given over to such errors and thinking that he knew some great things, not by a proud authority as of a teacher, nor to disturb him by the contention of one openly opposing, but by the humility, as it were, of one inquiring and desiring to learn, to turn him to the consideration of these matters and to show how worthy of contempt and even of avoidance they are. Finally, towards the end of the letter, he asks to be taught by him what the way to blessedness is, out of the Egyptian wisdom.
For the rest, he says that those whose intercourse with the gods was for this purpose — that they might disquiet the divine mind for the finding of a runaway slave, or the procuring of an estate, or on account of a marriage or trade or anything of this sort — seem to have cultivated wisdom in vain; and that even those very divinities with whom they held intercourse, though they foretold true things about other matters, yet, since concerning blessedness they gave no sure nor sufficiently fitting counsel, were not gods, nor benign demons, but either that which is called the deceitful one, or wholly a human contrivance. CHAPTER XII. Concerning the miracles which the true God works through the ministry of the holy angels. But since such and so great things are wrought by these arts as to exceed the whole measure of human capacity:
what remains, except that those things which are wondrously seen to be foretold or done as if by divine power, and yet are not referred to the worship of the one God — to whom simply to cleave is the sole beatific good, as even the Platonists confess and testify by many arguments — be prudently understood to be the mockeries of malignant demons and seductive hindrances, which by true piety are to be guarded against? But moreover, whatever miracles, whether through angels or in whatever manner, are so wrought by divine power as to commend the worship and religion of the one God, in whom alone is the blessed life — these are to be believed to be truly wrought by them, or through them, who love us according to truth and piety, God Himself working in them.
For neither are those to be heeded who deny that the invisible God works visible miracles, since He, even according to them, made the world, which they certainly cannot deny to be visible. Whatever marvel, therefore, is done in this world, is assuredly less than this whole world — that is, than the heaven and the earth and all that is in them, which God certainly made. But as He Himself who made it, so the manner in which He made it, is hidden and incomprehensible to man. Although, therefore, the miracles of visible natures have grown cheap by the constancy of beholding them, yet, when we contemplate them wisely, they are greater than the most unusual and rarest. For man himself is a greater miracle than any miracle that is wrought through man.
Wherefore God, who made the visible heaven and earth, does not disdain to work visible miracles in heaven or on earth, by which He may rouse the soul, still given over to visible things, to worship Him who is invisible; but where and when He does it, the immutable counsel rests with Him, in whose disposition all things that are to come have already been made as to their times. For moving temporal things, He is not moved temporally, nor does He know things to be done otherwise than things already done, nor does He hearken to those who invoke Him otherwise than He sees those who will invoke Him. For even when His angels hearken, He hearkens in them, as in His true temple, not made with hands, just as in His holy men; and His commands, beheld by His eternal law, are temporally fulfilled. CHAPTER XIII.
Concerning the invisible God, who has often shown Himself visible — not according to what He is, but according to what the beholders were able to bear. Nor ought it to disturb us that, though He is invisible, He is recorded often to have appeared visibly to the fathers. For just as the sound by which a thought established in the silence of the understanding is heard is not the same as the thought itself, so also the appearance by which God, established in an invisible nature, was seen, was not the same as He Himself. Yet He Himself was seen in that same corporeal appearance, just as that thought itself is heard in the sound of the voice; nor were they ignorant that they saw the invisible God in a corporeal appearance which He Himself was not. For He even spoke with Moses, who spoke with Him, and yet He said to him:
'If I have found grace before Thee, show me Thyself, that I may see Thee with understanding.' Since therefore it behoved that the law of God should be given terribly in the proclamations of angels, not to one man or to a few wise men, but to a whole nation and an immense people: in the presence of that same people great things were done on the mount, where the law was given through one man, while the multitude beheld the fearful and tremendous things that were being done. For the people Israel did not so believe Moses as the Lacedaemonians their Lycurgus, that he had received from Jove or Apollo the laws which he established.
For when the law was given to the people, by which the one God was commanded to be worshipped, in the sight of that very people — as much as the divine providence judged sufficient — the creature appeared, by marvellous signs and motions of things, to serve the Creator in the giving of that same law. CHAPTER XIV. Concerning the worship of the one God not only for the sake of eternal, but also for the sake of temporal benefits, since all things rest in the power of His providence. But as in the case of one man, so in that of the human race, which pertains to the people of God, the right education advanced through certain articulations of times, as it were of ages, by gradual steps, that there might be a rising from temporal things to the grasping of eternal things, and from visible to invisible things;
yet so indeed that even in that time, when visible rewards were divinely promised, the one God alone was nevertheless commended to be worshipped, lest the human mind, even for the sake of those earthly benefits of this transitory life, should be subjected to any other than the true Creator and Lord of the soul. For whoever denies that all things which either angels or men can bestow upon men are in the power of the one Almighty, is mad. Concerning providence, certainly, the Platonist Plotinus disputes, and proves that it reaches from the most high God, whose intelligible and ineffable beauty it is, even down to these earthly and lowest things, by the beauty of little flowers and leaves;
all of which things, as though cast aside and most swiftly perishing, he affirms could not have the most fitting numbers of their forms, unless they were formed from thence, where the intelligible and immutable form, having all things together, abides. This the Lord Jesus showed there where He says: 'Consider the lilies of the field; they neither toil nor spin. But I say unto you that not even Solomon in all his glory was so arrayed as one of these. But if God so clothes the grass of the field, which today is and tomorrow is cast into the oven: how much more you, O ye of little faith?'
Therefore the human soul, still infirm with earthly desires, does best when it accustoms itself to expect from the one God alone those very things which it temporally desires — the lowest and earthly goods, necessary to this transitory life, and to be despised in comparison with the everlasting benefits of that other life — so that even in desiring them it may not depart from His worship, to whom it attains by the contempt of them and by turning away from them. CHAPTER XV. Concerning the ministry of the holy angels, by which they serve the providence of God. Thus, therefore, it pleased the divine providence so to order the course of the times that, as I have said and as is read in the Acts of the Apostles, the law might be given in the proclamations of angels, concerning the worship of the one true God,
in which both the Person of God Himself appeared visibly — not indeed through His own substance, which always remains invisible to corruptible eyes, but by certain signs through the creature subjected to the Creator — and spoke syllable by syllable, through the transient little delays of times, with the voices of human language: He who in His own nature neither begins nor ceases to speak, not corporeally but spiritually, not sensibly but intelligibly, not temporally but, so to say, eternally; whom His ministers and messengers — who enjoy His immutable truth, immortally blessed — hear more sincerely, not with the ear of the body, but of the mind:
and what they hear is to be done by ineffable means, and to be carried out even into these visible and sensible things, they accomplish without hesitation and without difficulty. But this law was given by the distribution of the times, which first had, as has been said, earthly promises, by which nevertheless eternal things were signified — things which many celebrated by visible sacraments, but few understood. Yet the worship of the one God is there most openly enjoined by the testimony of both words and of all things — not of one out of the throng, but of Him who made heaven and earth and every soul and every spirit, who is not that which He Himself is. For He made, but these were made; and that they may exist and fare well, they have need of Him by whom they were made. CHAPTER XVI.
Whether, for the obtaining of the blessed life, those angels are to be believed who demand to be worshipped with divine honour; or rather those who enjoin that holy religion be rendered not to themselves but to the one God. To which angels, then, do we judge that we ought to believe concerning the blessed and everlasting life? Whether to those who wish themselves to be worshipped with the rites of religion, demanding that sacred things and sacrifices be offered to themselves by mortals; or to those who say that all this worship is owed to the one God, the Creator of all, and enjoin that it be rendered to Him with true piety — by whose contemplation both they themselves are blessed, and they promise that we shall be?
For that vision of God is a vision of such great beauty, and so worthy of supreme love, that without it Plotinus does not hesitate to call most miserable one who is endowed and abounding with any other goods whatsoever. Since therefore some angels by wondrous signs rouse men to worship this one God, while certain others rouse them to worship themselves with the worship of latria — and this in such wise that the former forbid these latter to be worshipped, while the latter dare not forbid Him to be worshipped: whom rather ought we to believe? Let the Platonists answer, let the philosophers of every sort answer, let the theurgists answer — or rather the periurgists; for of these names all those arts are more worthy; finally let men answer, if any sense of their own nature, that they were created rational, in any part lives in them;
let them answer, I say, whether sacrifice ought to be made to those gods or angels who command that sacrifice be made to themselves, or to that one God, to whom those command who forbid it to be made both to themselves and to those others. If neither these nor those wrought any miracles, but only gave commands — the one sort that sacrifice should be made to themselves, the other sort forbidding this, but commanding that it be made to the one God only: piety itself ought to discern sufficiently which of these proceeded from the haughtiness of pride, and which from true religion. I will even say more: if only those who demand sacrifices for themselves moved human souls by marvellous deeds, while those who forbid this and command that sacrifice be made to the one God alone deigned by no means to work these visible miracles:
assuredly their authority would be preferred, not by the sense of the body, but by the reason of the mind. But since God has so acted, for the commending of the eloquence of His truth, that through those immortal messengers, who proclaim not their own haughtiness but His majesty, He has wrought greater, more certain, more illustrious miracles — lest those who demand sacrifices for themselves should the more easily persuade the weak and pious of a false religion, by showing to their senses certain astounding things — who, pray, would take such pleasure in being so foolish as not to choose the true things to follow, where he also finds the greater things to admire?
For those miracles of the gods of the nations which history commends — I do not mean those which, at intervals of times, by hidden causes of the world itself, yet constituted and ordained under divine providence, occur as monstrous things; such as the unusual births of animals, and the unwonted aspect of things in heaven and on earth, whether only terrifying or even harmful, which their most deceitful cunning alleges to be averted and mitigated by demonic rites; but I mean those which appear evidently enough to be done by their force and power, as is the fact that the images of the Penates gods, which Aeneas brought away as he fled from Troy, are recorded to have migrated from place to place; that Tarquinius cut a whetstone with a razor:
that the Epidaurian serpent clung as a companion to Aesculapius sailing to Rome; that the ship which bore the image of the Phrygian Mother, rendered immovable by such great efforts of men and oxen, one little woman, having bound it with her girdle, moved and drew it as a testimony of her chastity; that a Vestal virgin, concerning whose corruption a charge was being raised, took away the controversy by carrying water in a sieve from the Tiber without its flowing through — these, then, and things of this sort, are by no means to be compared in virtue and magnitude with those which we read to have been done among the people of God; how much less those which, even by the laws of those very peoples who worshipped such gods, were judged to be forbidden and to be punished, namely the magical or theurgic arts!
the most part of which deceive the senses of mortals merely in appearance by imaginary mockery — such as 'to draw down the moon,' (until, as Lucanus says, drawing nearer, it foams down upon the herbs set beneath it); whereas certain others, even though they seem in operation to be on a par with some deeds of the pious, the very end by which they are distinguished shows these of ours to excel incomparably. For in the former case, the more these things are demanded, the less are the demanders to be worshipped with sacrifices; but in the latter case, the one God is commended, who shows, both by the testimony of His Scriptures and by the later removal of those same sacrifices, that He needs none of such things. If therefore angels demand sacrifice for themselves, those are to be preferred to them who demand it not for themselves, but for God the Creator of all, whom they serve.
For hence they show with what sincere love they love us, when through sacrifice they wish to subject us, not to themselves, but to Him by whose contemplation they themselves also are blessed, and they wish us to attain unto Him from whom they themselves have not departed. But if angels, who wish sacrifices to be made not to one but to many, wish them made not to themselves but to those gods of whom they are the angels: even so are to be preferred to them those who are angels of the one God of gods, to whom they so command sacrifice to be made as to forbid it to any other, while none of them forbids it to Him to whom these alone command sacrifice to be made. But further, if — as their proud deceit rather indicates — they are angels neither good nor of good gods,
but evil demons, who wish not the one and supreme God, but themselves, to be worshipped with sacrifices: what greater protection is to be chosen against them than that of the one God, whom the good angels serve, who command us to serve with sacrifice not themselves, but Him, whose sacrifice we ourselves ought to be? CHAPTER XVII. Concerning the ark of the covenant and the miracles of signs which were divinely wrought for the commending of the authority of the law and of the promise. Accordingly, the law of God, which was given in the proclamations of the angels, in which the one God of gods was commanded to be worshipped with the religion of sacred rites, while all others whatsoever were forbidden, was placed in the ark, which was called the ark of the testimony.
By which name it is sufficiently signified that the God who was worshipped through all those things is not wont to be enclosed or contained in a place — since His responses and certain signs were given to human senses from the place of that ark — but that the testimonies of His will were borne hence; for the law itself also was inscribed on tablets of stone and placed, as I have said, in the ark, which, in the time of their pilgrimage in the wilderness, the priests bore with due veneration along with the tabernacle, which was likewise called the tabernacle of the testimony; and there was a sign, in that by day a cloud appeared, which shone like fire by night; and when this cloud moved, the camp was moved, and where it stood, the camp was pitched.
But there were rendered to that law testimonies of great miracle, besides those which I have mentioned, and besides the voices which were uttered from the place of that ark. For when, as they entered the land of promise, that same ark passed over, the river Jordan, halting from the upper part and running down from the lower, afforded both to it and to the people a dry place for crossing. Then, when that same ark had been carried around seven times, the walls of the city which first met them as hostile, worshipping after the manner of the nations many gods, suddenly fell, assailed by no hand, struck by no battering-ram. After these things, also, when they were already in the land of promise and that same ark had, because of their sins, been captured by the enemies:
those who had captured it placed it honourably in the temple of their god, whom they worshipped above the rest, and departing, shut the doors; and when they opened them on the next day, they found the image to which they made supplication fallen down and shamefully broken. Then they themselves, driven by portents and the more shamefully punished, restored the ark of the divine testimony to the people from whom they had captured it. But what manner of restoration was it! They placed it upon a wagon, and yoked to it heifers from whom they had drawn away their suckling calves, and let them go where they would, desiring even thereby to test the divine power. But those heifers, without man as leader and driver, persistently treading the way to the Hebrews, nor recalled by the lowings of their hungry offspring, bore back a great mystery to its worshippers.
These things and such-like are small to God, but great for the salutary terrifying and instructing of mortals. For if the philosophers, and especially the Platonists, are praised as having been wiser than the rest, as I mentioned a little before, in that they taught that the divine providence administers even these lowest and earthly things, by the testimony of the numerous beauties which are produced not only in the bodies of animals but even in herbs and in grass: how much more evidently do those things attest divinity which are done at the hour of His proclamation, where that religion is commended which forbids sacrifice to be made to all the heavenly, earthly, and infernal beings, commanding it to the one God alone, who alone, loving and beloved, makes men blessed, and who, prefixing
the appointed times for those sacrifices, and foretelling that they were to be changed for the better through a better Priest, testifies that He does not seek these things for Himself, but signifies through them other and more excellent things — not that He Himself may be exalted by these honours, but that we, kindled by the fire of His love, may be roused to worship Him and cleave to Him, which is a good for us, not for Him. CHAPTER XVIII. Against those who, concerning the miracles by which the people of God was instructed, deny that credit is to be given to the ecclesiastical books. But will anyone say that these miracles are false and were not done, but mendaciously written? Whoever says this, if he denies that any letters at all are to be believed concerning such matters, can also say that no gods care for mortal things.
For they persuaded that they were to be worshipped in no other way than by the effects of marvellous works, of which the history of the nations also is witness, whose gods were able to show themselves marvellous rather than to show themselves useful. Whence in this our work, of which we now have this tenth book in hand, we have not undertaken to refute those who deny that there is any divine power at all, or contend that it does not care for human things, but those who prefer their own gods to our God, the Founder of the holy and most glorious City — not knowing that He Himself is also the invisible and immutable Founder of this visible and mutable world, and the most truthful Bestower of the blessed life, not from those things which He founded, but from Himself. For His most truthful prophet says:
'But for me it is good to cleave to God.' For among the philosophers the question is raised concerning the end of good, toward whose attainment all duties are to be referred. And this man did not say, 'But for me it is good to abound in riches,' or 'to be distinguished by purple and to excel by scepter or diadem,' nor, as some even of the philosophers were not ashamed to say, 'For me the pleasure of the body is good'; nor, as those who seemed somewhat better appeared to say, 'For me the virtue of my soul is good'; but he said, 'But for me it is good to cleave to God.' This he had been taught by Him to whom alone sacrifice is to be offered, as His holy angels admonished him by the very testimony of their miracles.
Whence he himself had become a sacrifice to Him, by whose intelligible fire he was seized and burned, and was borne by holy desire into His ineffable and incorporeal embrace. Furthermore, if the worshippers of many gods (whatever they suppose their gods to be) believe that miracles were wrought by them, whether from the histories of civil affairs or from books of magic or, as they more honorably reckon, from books of theurgy: what reason is there why they should be unwilling to believe that these things were done according to those Scriptures, to which so much the greater faith is owed as He is great above all, to whom alone they command that sacrifice be offered? CHAPTER 19. What is the reason for the visible sacrifice, which true religion teaches is to be offered to the one true and invisible God.
But those who think that these visible sacrifices are fitting for other gods, while to Him as invisible are fitting invisible things, to the greater greater things, to the better better things—such as are the offices of a pure mind and a good will—truly they do not know that these things are signs of those realities, just as spoken words are signs of things. Wherefore, just as when praying and praising we direct to Him significant utterances, while we offer in our heart the very realities which we signify: so when sacrificing let us know that a visible sacrifice is to be offered to no other than to Him whose invisible sacrifice we ourselves ought to be in our hearts.
Then the angels favor us and rejoice with us, and to this very end help us according to their powers—the angels and the higher virtues, themselves more powerful by their very goodness and piety. But if we should wish to render these things to them, they do not gladly accept them; and when they are sent to men in such a way that their presence is perceived, they most plainly forbid it. There are examples in the holy Scriptures. Certain men supposed that the honor due to God ought to be offered to angels by adoring or sacrificing, and they were prohibited by the angels' admonition and bidden to render this to Him to whom alone they knew it was lawful. The holy men of God also imitated the holy angels.
For Paul and Barnabas in Lycaonia, when a certain miracle of healing had been wrought, were thought to be gods, and the Lycaonians wished to sacrifice victims to them; but they, removing this from themselves with humble piety, announced to them the God in whom they should believe. Nor do those deceitful spirits proudly demand this for themselves for any other reason than because they know it is owed to the true God. For not in very truth, as Porphyry and some suppose, do they rejoice in the odors of corpses, but in divine honors. Indeed they have an abundant supply of odors from every side, and if they wished for more, they could provide them for themselves.
Therefore those spirits who arrogate divinity to themselves are delighted not by the smoke of any body, but by the soul of the suppliant, over whom, when deceived and subjected, they may rule, blocking the way to the true God, lest a man should be His sacrifice while he sacrifices to any other than Him. CHAPTER 20. Of the highest and true sacrifice, which He Himself, the Mediator of God and men, became. Hence that true Mediator, inasmuch as by taking the form of a servant He was made the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus, although in the form of God He receives sacrifice together with the Father, with whom He is also one God, yet in the form of a servant He chose rather to be a sacrifice than to receive one, lest by this occasion anyone should suppose that sacrifice ought to be offered to any creature.
Through this He is also priest, Himself the one offering, Himself also the oblation. Of which thing He willed that the daily sacrament should be the Church's sacrifice, which, since she is the body of this Head, learns to offer herself through Him. Of this true sacrifice the ancient sacrifices of the saints were the manifold and varied signs, since this one thing was prefigured through many, just as one reality is uttered by many words, that it might be commended much without weariness. To this highest and true sacrifice all false sacrifices have yielded. CHAPTER 21. Of the measure of power given to the demons for glorifying the saints through the endurance of sufferings, who overcame the aerial spirits not by appeasing them, but by abiding in God.
But within moderated and predetermined times, the power even permitted to the demons—so that, by stirring up the men whom they possess, they may tyrannically exercise enmities against the City of God, and may not only receive sacrifices for themselves from those who offer them and demand them from those who are willing, but may even violently extort them from the unwilling by persecution—this power is not only not pernicious, but is even found useful to the Church, that the number of martyrs may be filled up; whom the City of God holds as so much the more illustrious and honored citizens, as they more bravely contend, even unto blood, against the sin of impiety. These, if the ecclesiastical custom of speaking allowed it, we would much more elegantly call our heroes.
For this name is said to be derived from Juno, because in Greek Juno is called Hēra; and therefore some son of hers, according to the fables of the Greeks, was named Heros—the fable signifying this, as it were, mystically: that the air is assigned to Juno, where they hold that the heroes dwell together with the demons, by which name they call the souls of the deceased who are of some merit.
But on the contrary our martyrs would be called heroes—if, as I said, the usage of ecclesiastical speech admitted it—not because they had any fellowship with the demons in the air, but because they conquered those very demons, that is, the aerial powers, and in them Juno herself, whatever she is thought to signify; for Juno is not altogether unfittingly introduced by the poets as hostile to virtues and envious of the brave men who seek heaven. But again Virgil unhappily succumbs to her and yields, so that, when in his work she says: 'I am conquered by Aeneas,' Helenus admonishes Aeneas himself as if by religious counsel and says: 'Sing willingly the rites made known to Juno, and overcome the powerful mistress with suppliant gifts.'
From which opinion Porphyry—although not from his own judgment, but from that of others—says that a good god or genius does not come into a man unless the evil one has first been appeased; as though the evil deities are stronger among them than the good, since indeed the evil ones hinder the helps of the good, unless, being appeased, they yield place to them, and when the evil ones are unwilling, the good cannot profit; yet the evil ones can harm, while the good are not strong enough to resist them. This is not the way of the true and truly holy religion; not thus do our martyrs conquer Juno, that is, the aerial powers that envy the virtues of the pious. Not at all—if it could be said in customary fashion—do our heroes overcome Hēra by suppliant gifts, but by divine virtues.
For Scipio was more fittingly surnamed Africanus, because he conquered Africa by virtue, than if he had appeased his enemies with gifts that they might spare him. CHAPTER 22. Whence the saints have power against the demons, and whence comes the true purgation of the heart. By true piety the men of God cast out the aerial power that is hostile and contrary to piety, by exorcizing, not by appeasing; and they overcome all the temptations of its adversity by praying, not to it, but to their God against it. For it conquers or subjugates no one except by fellowship in sin.
Therefore it is conquered in His name who assumed manhood and acted without sin, so that in Him as both priest and sacrifice there might be remission of sins—that is, through the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus, through whom, the purgation of sins having been accomplished, we are reconciled to God. For men are separated from God by nothing but sins, the purgation of which in this life is wrought not by our virtue, but by the divine compassion, through His indulgence, not through our power; for even that virtue, however little, which is called ours, has been granted to us by His goodness. We would attribute much to ourselves in this flesh, did we not live under pardon until its laying down.
Therefore grace has been bestowed on us through the Mediator, so that, being defiled by the flesh of sin, we might be cleansed by the likeness of sinful flesh. By this grace of God, in which He has shown His great mercy toward us, we are both governed in this life by faith, and after this life shall be led to the fullest perfection by the very vision of the unchangeable Truth. CHAPTER 23. Of the principles in which the Platonists profess that the purgation of the soul consists. Porphyry also says that it was answered by divine oracles that we are not purified by rites of the moon and of the sun, so that from this it might be shown that a man can be purified by the rites of no gods. For if the rites of the moon and the sun do not purify, whose rites purify, since they hold these to be chief among the celestial gods?
Finally, he says it was expressed by the same oracle that 'principles' can purify—lest perhaps, when it had been said that the rites of the sun and moon do not purify, the rites of some other god from the crowd should be believed to avail for purifying. But what he means by 'principles,' as a Platonist, we know. For he speaks of God the Father and God the Son, whom in Greek he calls 'the paternal intellect' or 'the paternal mind'; but concerning the Holy Spirit he says either nothing or nothing openly; though what other he calls the middle one of these, I do not understand. For if, like Plotinus, where he discusses the three principal substances, he too wished the nature of the soul to be understood as the third, he would certainly not call it the middle one of these, that is, the middle of the Father and the Son.
For Plotinus subordinates the nature of the soul to the paternal intellect; but this man, when he says 'middle,' does not subordinate, but interposes. And doubtless he said this as he could or as he wished—what we call the Holy Spirit, neither of the Father only nor of the Son only, but the Spirit of both. For the philosophers speak with unrestrained words, nor in matters most difficult to understand do they fear to give offense to religious ears. But for us it is right to speak according to a fixed rule, lest by license of words there be begotten an impious opinion even concerning the things which are signified by them. CHAPTER 24. Of the one and true Principle, which alone purifies and renews human nature.
We therefore, when we speak of God, do not in this way say two or three principles, just as it is not lawful for us to say two or three gods—although, when speaking of each one, whether of the Father or of the Son or of the Holy Spirit, we confess that each singly is God, yet we do not say, as the Sabellian heretics do, that the same is the Father who is also the Son, and the same the Holy Spirit who is both the Father and the Son; but that the Father is the Father of the Son, and the Son the Son of the Father, and the Holy Spirit of the Father and of the Son is neither the Father nor the Son. Truly therefore it was said that a man is not purified except by a Principle, although among them principles are spoken of in the plural.
But Porphyry, being subjected to the envious powers—of which he was both ashamed and yet feared to refute them freely—was unwilling to understand that the Lord Christ is the Principle by whose incarnation we are purified. For he despised Him in that very flesh which He assumed for the sake of the sacrifice of our purgation, not understanding, by that pride of his, the great sacrament which the true and kindly Mediator cast down by His humility, showing Himself in that mortality to mortals, which the malignant and deceitful mediators, by not having it, more proudly exalted themselves, and promised to wretched men, as it were as immortals to mortals, a deceptive help.
The good and true Mediator therefore showed that sin is evil, not the substance or nature of flesh, which together with the soul of man could both be assumed without sin, and be possessed, and be laid down by death, and be changed for the better by resurrection; nor that death itself, although it was the penalty of sin—which yet He Himself paid for us without sin—is to be avoided by sinning, but rather, if the means be given, to be endured for the sake of righteousness. For He was able to loose sins by dying for this reason, that He both died, and not for sin. This Mediator that Platonist did not recognize to be the Principle; for he would have recognized Him as the purifying One. For neither flesh is the Principle, nor the human soul, but the Word through whom all things were made.
Therefore flesh does not cleanse by itself, but through the Word by which it was assumed, when the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us. For when He spoke mystically of His flesh being eaten, and those who did not understand withdrew offended, saying, 'This is a hard saying; who can hear it?'—He answered the rest who remained: 'It is the Spirit that gives life, but the flesh profits nothing.' The Principle therefore, having assumed soul and flesh, cleanses both the soul and the flesh of those who believe. Hence, when the Jews asked who He was, He answered that He was the Principle. Which indeed we, being carnal, weak, liable to sins, and wrapped in the darkness of ignorance, could in no way perceive, unless we were cleansed and healed by Him through that which we were and were not.
For we were men, but we were not righteous; whereas in His incarnation there was a human nature, but it was righteous, not sinful. This is the mediation by which a hand was stretched out to the fallen and the prostrate; this is the seed ordained through angels, in whose edicts also the Law was given, by which the one God was commanded to be worshipped and this Mediator who was to come was promised. CHAPTER 25. That all the saints, both under the time of the Law and under the earlier ages, were justified in the sacrament and faith of Christ.
By faith in this sacrament even the righteous of old were able to be cleansed by living piously, not only before the Law was given to the Hebrew people (for neither did God as preacher nor the angels fail them), but also in the very times of the Law, although it seemed to hold carnal promises in figures of spiritual things, on account of which it is called the Old Testament. For there were prophets then also, through whom, as through angels, the same promise was preached; and of their number was he whose so great and divine sentence concerning the end of human good I cited a little before: 'But for me it is good to cleave to God.' In which psalm the distinction of the two testaments, which are called Old and New, is sufficiently declared.
For on account of the carnal and earthly promises, when he saw them abound to the ungodly, he says that his feet were almost moved and his steps well-nigh poured out into a fall, as though he had served God in vain, since he saw the despisers of God flourish with that felicity which he expected from Him; and that he had labored in the inquiry of this matter, wishing to grasp why it was so, until he should enter into the sanctuary of God and understand concerning the last end of those who seemed happy, while he himself was erring. Then he understood that they had been cast down in that very thing in which they exalted themselves, as he says, and had failed and perished on account of their iniquities;
and that the whole height of their temporal felicity was made to them as the dream of one awaking, who suddenly finds himself bereft of the deceptive joys he was dreaming. And since in this earth or in the earthly city they seemed great to themselves, he says: 'Lord, in Thy city Thou wilt bring their image to nothing.' Yet that it was profitable for him to seek even earthly things from none but the one true God, in whose power are all things, he sufficiently shows where he says: 'I am become as a beast before Thee, and I am always with Thee.'
'As a beast,' he said, that is, 'not understanding.' 'For I ought to have desired from Thee those things which cannot be common to me with the ungodly; and seeing that they abounded in these, I thought that I had served Thee in vain, since those also possessed these things who had been unwilling to serve Thee. Yet I am always with Thee, who even in the desire of such things did not seek other gods.' And through this it follows: 'Thou hast held my right hand, and in Thy will Thou hast led me, and with glory Thou hast taken me up'; as though all those things pertain to the left hand, on seeing which abound among the ungodly he was almost overthrown. 'For what have I in heaven, and what have I desired upon earth besides Thee?'
He reproved himself and justly was displeased with himself, because, when he had so great a good in heaven (which he afterward understood), he sought from his God upon earth a transitory thing, a fragile and in a manner muddy felicity. 'My heart and my flesh have failed,' he says, 'O God of my heart'—by that failing, surely a good one, from lower things to higher; whence in another psalm it is said: 'My soul desires and faints for the courts of the Lord'; likewise in another: 'My soul has fainted for Thy salvation.' Yet, when he had spoken of both, that is, of the heart and the flesh failing, he did not add: 'God of my heart and of my flesh,' but 'God of my heart.' For through the heart the flesh is cleansed. Whence the Lord says: 'Cleanse the things that are within, and the things that are without shall be clean.'
Then he calls God Himself his portion, not something from Him, but Himself. 'God,' he says, 'of my heart, and my portion is God for ever'; because, among the many things which are chosen by men, He Himself pleased him as the one to be chosen. 'For behold,' he says, 'those who put themselves far from Thee shall perish; Thou hast destroyed everyone who fornicates away from Thee'—that is, who wishes to be the harlot of many gods. Whence follows that, on account of which the other things from the same psalm also seemed worth saying: 'But for me it is good to cleave to God,' not to go far off, not to fornicate after many. But to cleave to God will then be perfect, when the whole that is to be set free shall have been set free. But now is done that which follows: 'To set my hope in God.' For hope that is seen is not hope;
'for what a man sees, why does he hope for it?' says the apostle. 'But if we hope for what we do not see, we wait for it through patience.' But being now established in this hope, let us do what follows, and let us ourselves also, according to our small measure, be angels of God, that is, His messengers, announcing His will and praising His glory and grace. Whence, when he had said: 'To set my hope in God,' he adds: 'that I may declare all Thy praises in the gates of the daughter of Zion.' This is the most glorious City of God: this knows and worships the one God; this the holy angels have announced, who have invited us to its fellowship and have willed that we be their fellow citizens in it; whom it does not please that we worship them as our gods, but together with them their God and ours;
and that we should not sacrifice to them, but together with them be a sacrifice to God. Therefore, with no one doubting who considers these things laid down with malicious obstinacy, all the immortal blessed ones, who do not envy us (for neither, if they envied, would they be blessed), but rather love us, that we too with them may be blessed, favor us more, help us more, when we worship together with them the one God—the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit—than if we worshipped these very ones by sacrifices. CHAPTER 26. Of the inconstancy of Porphyry, wavering between the confession of the true God and the worship of demons. In some way (as far as it seems to me), Porphyry was ashamed before his theurgist friends.
For he was in some manner discerning these things, but did not freely defend himself against the worship of many gods. And he said that some angels are of one sort, who, descending downward, announce divine things to theurgic men; but others of another sort, who upon earth declare those things which are the Father's, and His height and depth. Are we then to believe that these angels, whose ministry is to declare the will of the Father, wish us to be subject to none but Him whose will they announce to us? Whence this very Platonist also most excellently admonishes that they are rather to be imitated than invoked. We ought not therefore to fear lest we offend the immortal and blessed ones, who are subject to the one God, by not sacrificing to them.
For what they know is owed to none but the one true God—to whom they too, by cleaving, are blessed—without doubt they do not wish to be displayed to themselves, neither through any signifying figure, nor through the very reality which is signified by the sacraments. This is the arrogance of demons proud and wretched, from whom is far different the piety of those subject to God and blessed by cleaving to none other than Him. For the attainment of which good it is fitting that they too favor us with sincere kindness, and not arrogate to themselves that we should be made subject to them, but announce Him under whom we may be joined in peace with them. Why do you still tremble, O philosopher, to have a free voice against the powers that envy both the true virtues and the gifts of the true God?
You have already distinguished the angels who announce the Father's will from those angels who, by I-know-not-what art, are led down to theurgic men. Why do you still honor them, so as to say that they declare divine things? What divine things, pray, do they declare, who do not announce the will of the Father? Surely these are they whom the envious one bound by sacred prayers, lest they should furnish purgation to the soul; nor could they, by the good one who (as you say) desired to purify, be loosed from those bonds and restored to their own power. Do you still doubt that these are malignant demons? Or do you perhaps feign not to know, while you are unwilling to offend the theurgists, by whom, deceived through curiosity, you learned these pernicious and insane things as a great benefit?
Do you dare, having crossed this air, to raise that envious thing—not a power, but a pestilence; and I will not say a mistress, but, as you yourself confess, rather a handmaid of the envious—up into heaven, and to place it among your gods, even the starry ones, or even to defame the very stars with these reproaches? CHAPTER 27. Of the impiety of Porphyry, by which he surpasses even the error of Apuleius. How much more humanely and tolerably did your fellow Platonist Apuleius err, who held that only the demons, ordained from the moon and below, are agitated by the diseases of the passions and the disturbances of the mind—honoring them indeed, but willingly or unwillingly confessing it:
yet the gods of heaven, the higher ones, pertaining to the ethereal spaces—whether visible, which he discerned shining conspicuously, the sun and moon and the other lights in the same region, or invisible, which he supposed to exist—he separated, by as great a disputation as he could, from all stain of those perturbations! But you learned this not from Plato, but from your Chaldean masters, that you might exalt human vices to the ethereal or empyrean heights of the world and to the celestial firmaments, so that your gods might declare divine things to the theurgists; above which divine things, however, you make yourself higher by the intellectual life, so that, forsooth, to you as a philosopher the purgations of the theurgic art may seem in no way necessary;
yet you nevertheless impose them upon others, so as to render this as it were a wage to your masters, in that you seduce to these things those who cannot philosophize—things which you confess to be useless to yourself as one capable of higher matters; so that, namely, whoever are removed from the virtue of philosophy, which is too steep and belongs to few, may, on your authority, seek out theurgic men, by whom they may be purified, not indeed in the intellectual soul, but at least in the spiritual soul; and since the multitude of those who are loath to philosophize is incomparably greater, more may be driven to come to your secret and unlawful masters than to the Platonic schools.
For this is what those most unclean demons, feigning themselves to be ethereal gods—whose preacher and angel you have become—have promised you: that those purified in the spiritual soul by the theurgic art do not indeed return to the Father, but shall dwell above the aerial regions among the ethereal gods. This multitude of men does not hear such things—the men for whose deliverance from the dominion of the demons Christ came. For in Him they have the most merciful purgation of their mind and spirit and body. For this very reason He assumed the whole man without sin, that He might heal from the plague of sins the whole of which man consists.
Would that you also had known Him, and had committed yourself to be healed by Him more safely than to your own virtue, which is human, fragile, and infirm, or to that most pernicious curiosity. For He would not have deceived you, whom your own oracles, as you yourself write, have confessed to be holy and immortal; concerning whom also a most noble poet said—poetically indeed, because under the shadow of another's person, yet truly, if you refer it to Him: 'Under Thy leadership, if any traces of our crime remain, they, made void, shall release the lands from perpetual dread.'
For he said those things which can remain even in those who profit much in the virtue of righteousness, on account of the infirmity of this life—if not crimes, yet traces of crimes—which are healed by none but that Savior of whom this verse was framed. For that Virgil did not say this of himself, he indicates in about the fourth verse of the eclogue itself, where he says: 'The last age of the Cumaean song has now come'; whence it appears without hesitation that this was spoken by the Cumaean Sibyl. But those theurgists, or rather the demons feigning the species and figures of gods, defile rather than purify the human spirit by the falsehood of phantasms and the deceptive mockery of vain forms.
For how should they cleanse the spirit of a man, who have their own unclean? Otherwise they would in no way be bound by the songs of an envious man, and that very empty benefit which they seemed about to furnish, they would either withhold under fear or deny out of like envy. It suffices that you say the intellectual soul, that is, our mind, cannot be purified by theurgic purgation; and even that spiritual one, that is, the part of our soul lower than the mind, which you assert can be purified by such an art, you confess nevertheless cannot be made immortal and eternal by this art. But Christ promises eternal life; whence the world runs together to Him—you indeed being indignant, yet wondering and astonished.
What does it profit that you could not deny that men err by the theurgic discipline and deceive very many through a blind and foolish opinion, and that it is a most certain error to have recourse, by acting and supplicating, to the princes and angels; and yet again, as though lest you should seem to have wasted your labor in learning these things, you send men to the theurgists, that through them the spiritual soul of those may be purified who do not live according to the intellectual soul? CHAPTER 28. By what persuasions Porphyry, being blinded, could not recognize the true Wisdom, which is Christ. You send men therefore into a most certain error, nor are you ashamed of so great an evil, while you profess yourself a lover of virtue and wisdom;
Had you loved her truly and faithfully, you would have come to know Christ, the power of God and the wisdom of God, nor would you, puffed up with the swelling of vain knowledge, have recoiled from His most wholesome humility. Yet you confess that even the spiritual soul can be purged by the virtue of continence, without theurgic arts and without those rites of initiation which you labored to learn in vain. At times you even say that these initiations do not exalt the soul after death, so that they would now appear to be of no benefit even to that soul you call spiritual after the end of this life; and nevertheless you turn these matters over in many ways and repeat them, for no other purpose, as I judge, than to appear as it were expert in such things and to please those who are curious about unlawful arts, or to make them curious about them yourself.
But it is well that you call this art to be feared, whether on account of the perils of the laws or of the very practice of it. And would that the wretched might at least hear this from you, and so withdraw lest they be swallowed up there, or else not approach it at all. You say certainly that ignorance, and the many vices arising from it, are purged by no initiations, but only by the πατρικὸν νοῦν, that is, the paternal mind or understanding, which is conscious of the Father's will. Yet you do not believe that this is Christ; for you despise Him on account of the body received from a woman and on account of the reproach of the cross, fancying yourself, with lofty wisdom, fit to pluck what is highest while spurning and casting aside what is lowest. But He fulfills what the holy prophets truly foretold concerning Him:
'I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and the prudence of the prudent I will reject.' For He does not destroy and reject in them His own wisdom, which He Himself bestowed, but that which they arrogate to themselves who do not possess His. Hence, having recalled this prophetic testimony, the Apostle goes on and says: 'Where is the wise? where is the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? Hath not God made foolish the wisdom of this world? For seeing that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe. For the Jews require signs, and the Greeks seek after wisdom;'
'but we,' he says, 'preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumbling block, and unto the Gentiles foolishness; but unto them that are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God; because the foolishness of God is wiser than men, and the weakness of God is stronger than men.' This which is as it were foolish and weak the wise and strong despise, as though by their own strength. But this is the grace which heals the weak, who do not proudly boast of their false blessedness, but rather humbly confess their true misery. CHAPTER XXIX. On the incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ, which the impiety of the Platonists is ashamed to confess.
You proclaim the Father and His Son, whom you call the paternal intellect or mind, and a mean between these two, whom we suppose you to mean as the Holy Spirit, and after your manner you call them three gods. Here, even though you use undisciplined terms, you nevertheless see in some fashion, and as it were through certain shadowy images of a slender imagination, toward what one must strive; but the incarnation of the immutable Son of God, by which we are saved so that we may come to those things which we believe or in however small a part understand, you are unwilling to acknowledge. And so you see, after a fashion, even if from afar, even if with dimmed sight, the homeland in which one must abide; but you do not hold to the way by which one must travel.
You confess grace nonetheless, since you say that to reach God through the virtue of understanding has been granted to few. For you do not say: 'It pleased few,' or: 'Few willed it'; but when you say it has been granted, you beyond doubt confess God's grace, not man's sufficiency.
You use this word even more openly where, following Plato's opinion, you yourself also do not doubt that in this life a man can in no way attain to the perfection of wisdom, yet that for those living according to the understanding, whatever is lacking can be completed after this life by the providence and grace of God. Oh, if you had known the grace of God through Jesus Christ our Lord, and that very incarnation of His, by which He took up a human soul and body, you might have been able to see that it is the supreme example of grace. But what shall I do? I know I speak in vain to a dead man; yet as far as concerns you:
as for those who hold you in high esteem and who love you, whether through some love of wisdom or through curiosity about the arts which you ought not to have learned, whom rather I address in this address to you, perhaps I do not speak in vain. The grace of God could not have been more graciously commended than that the only-begotten Son of God Himself, remaining immutably in Himself, should be clothed with humanity and give to men the hope of His love through a man as mediator, by whom there might be a coming to Him from men—to Him who was so far removed, immortal from mortals, immutable from the mutable, just from the impious, blessed from the wretched.
And because He naturally implanted in us a desire to be blessed and immortal, remaining blessed and taking up our mortality, that He might grant us what we love, by suffering He taught us to despise what we fear. But that you might be able to acquiesce in this truth, humility was needed, which can with the greatest difficulty be urged upon your neck. For what is said that is incredible, especially to you who know such things, things by which you ought to admonish yourselves to believe this—what, I say, is said to you that is incredible, when it is said that God assumed a human soul and body? You certainly attribute so much to the intellectual soul, which is assuredly the human soul, that you say it can become consubstantial with that paternal mind whom you confess to be the Son of God.
What then is incredible, if some one intellectual soul was assumed in a manner ineffable and singular for the salvation of many? That a body coheres with a soul, so that the man may be whole and complete, we know by the testimony of our very nature. And unless this were most usual, it would assuredly be more incredible; for it is more easily admitted into belief that, even though it be the human with the divine, even though the mutable with the immutable, yet spirit coheres with spirit—or, to use the words you employ, the incorporeal with the incorporeal—than that a body coheres with the incorporeal. Or perhaps the unusual birth of a body from a virgin offends you? Yet neither ought this to offend, but rather it ought to lead you to embrace piety, that One marvelous was marvelously born.
Or is it perhaps that He raised that same body, laid down in death and changed for the better in the resurrection, now incorruptible and no longer mortal, into the heights—this perhaps you refuse to believe, looking to Porphyry in those very books from which I have cited much, which he wrote on the return of the soul, where so frequently he enjoins that every body must be fled, so that the soul may be able to remain blessed with God? But he himself, holding these opinions, ought rather to have been corrected, especially since concerning the soul of this visible world and of so vast a corporeal mass you hold with him things so incredible. For with Plato as your authority you say that the world is an animal, and a most blessed animal, which you also wish to be everlasting.
How then will it never be freed from the body, nor ever lack blessedness, if, in order for the soul to be blessed, every body must be fled? This sun also and the other stars you not only confess in your books to be bodies—which all men along with you do not hesitate both to behold and to declare—but you even, with what you suppose to be deeper learning, assert these to be most blessed animals, and everlasting together with these bodies. What then is the reason that, when the Christian faith is urged upon you, you then forget, or pretend to be ignorant of, what you are accustomed to dispute or to teach? What is the cause why, on account of your own opinions, which you yourselves attack, you are unwilling to be Christians, except that Christ came in humility and you are proud?
Of what sort the bodies of the saints will be in the resurrection may be disputed with somewhat more scrupulous care among those most learned in the Christian scriptures; that they will be everlasting, however, we do not doubt at all, and that they will be such as Christ by His own resurrection demonstrated as an example. But of whatever sort they may be, since they are proclaimed to be utterly incorruptible and immortal and in no way impeding the soul's contemplation by which it is fixed in God—and since you yourselves also say there are in the heavens immortal bodies of the immortally blessed—what is it that you suppose that, in order for us to be blessed, every body must be fled, so that you may seem to flee the Christian faith as it were rationally, except that it is that which I say again: Christ is humble, you are proud?
Or is it perhaps that they are ashamed to be corrected? And this vice belongs to none but the proud. Learned men are ashamed, you see, to become from disciples of Plato disciples of Christ, who taught a fisherman by His Spirit to be wise and to say: 'In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him, and without Him was nothing made that was made. In Him was life, and the life was the light of men, and the light shineth in the darkness, and the darkness comprehended it not.'
This beginning of the holy Gospel, which is named According to John, a certain Platonist—as we used to hear from the holy old man Simplicianus, who afterwards presided as bishop over the church of Milan—used to say ought to be written in letters of gold and set up in the most prominent places throughout all the churches. But for this reason that divine Teacher became worthless to the proud, because 'the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us'; so that it is too little for the wretched that they are sick, unless they also exalt themselves in their very sickness and blush at the medicine by which they might have been healed. For they do this not that they may be raised up, but that by falling they may be more grievously cast down. CHAPTER XXX. How much of the Platonic teaching Porphyry refuted and corrected by dissenting from it.
If it is thought unworthy to amend anything after Plato, why did Porphyry himself amend not a few things, and not small ones? For it is most certain that Plato wrote that the souls of men, after death, are turned back even into the bodies of beasts. Porphyry's teacher Plotinus also held this opinion; yet to Porphyry it rightly displeased. He judged indeed that human souls return into the bodies of men—not their own which they had left, but other new bodies. He was ashamed, forsooth, to believe the former, lest perchance a mother, turned back into a mule, might carry her son; and he was not ashamed to believe the latter, where a mother turned back into a girl might perhaps marry her son.
How much more honorably is it believed—what the holy and truthful angels taught, what the prophets moved by God's Spirit spoke, what He Himself whom the messengers sent before foretold would come as Savior, what the apostles who were sent and filled the round of the earth with the Gospel proclaimed—how much more honorably, I say, is it believed that souls return once to their own bodies, than that they return so many times to diverse ones! Nevertheless, as I said, Porphyry was in great part corrected in this opinion, so that he held at least that human souls can be cast headlong only into men, while he did not in the least hesitate to overthrow the beastly prisons.
He says also that God gave the soul to the world for this purpose, that, coming to know the evils of matter, it might run back to the Father and never again be held bound by the pollution of such contact. Here, even though he is somewhat unsound in his thinking (for it was rather given to the body in order to do good things; for it would not have learned evils if it had not done them), nevertheless in this point he corrected the opinion of the other Platonists, and on no small matter, in that he confessed that the soul, once cleansed from all evils and established with the Father, would never again suffer the evils of this world. By this opinion he assuredly took away what is held to be most especially Platonic: that, as the dead come from the living, so the living come perpetually from the dead.
And he showed to be false what Virgil seems to have said in Platonic fashion, that purged souls are sent into the Elysian fields (by which name the joys of the blessed seem to be signified as it were through a fable) and are summoned to the river Lethe, that is, to the forgetting of things past: 'Forsooth, that, forgetful, they may revisit the vault above, and may again begin to wish to return into bodies.' Rightly did this displease Porphyry, since in very truth it is foolish to believe that from that life, which cannot be most blessed unless it be most certain of its own eternity, souls should desire the defilement of corruptible bodies and return thence to these things, as though the supreme purgation should bring it about that defilement be sought again.
For if the fact that they are perfectly cleansed brings this about, that they forget all evils, and the forgetting of evils produces the desire of bodies, where they may again be entangled in evils: then assuredly the supreme felicity will be the cause of unhappiness, and the perfection of wisdom the cause of folly, and the supreme cleansing the cause of uncleanness. Nor will the soul there be blessed by truth, for however long it shall be there, where it must needs be deceived in order to be blessed. For it will not be blessed unless secure; but in order to be secure, it will falsely suppose that it will always be blessed, since at some time it will also be wretched. To whom, then, falsehood will be the cause of rejoicing, how will it rejoice in the truth? Porphyry saw this, and said that the cleansed soul returns to the Father for this reason, that it may never again be held bound by the pollution of evils.
Falsely, therefore, was that supposedly necessary cycle of departing from the same things and returning to the same things believed by certain Platonists. And even if it were true, what would it profit to know this, unless perhaps from it the Platonists would dare to prefer themselves to us, because we in this life did not yet know what they themselves, in another and better life, most thoroughly cleansed and most wise, were going to be ignorant of, and were going to be blessed by believing what is false? But if it is most absurd and most foolish to say this, then assuredly Porphyry's opinion is to be preferred to those of the men who supposed that blessedness and misery alternate forever in a cycle of souls. And if this is so, behold, a Platonist dissents from Plato for the better;
behold, he saw what the other did not see, nor after so great a master did he shrink from correction, but preferred truth to a man. CHAPTER XXXI. Against the argument of the Platonists, by which they assert the human soul to be coeternal with God. Why then do we not rather believe the divinity concerning those things which we cannot investigate by human ingenuity—the divinity which says that the soul itself also is not coeternal with God, but created, which did not exist before? For that the Platonists might be unwilling to believe this, they seemed to themselves to bring forward this cause as a sufficient one: that what had not always existed before could not thereafter be everlasting;
although concerning both the world and those whom Plato writes to be gods made in the world by God, he says most openly that they began to exist and have a beginning, yet would not have an end, but by the most powerful will of the Creator would remain forever. But they discovered in what manner they understand this: that this is not a beginning of time, forsooth, but of substitution. 'For just as,' they say, 'if a foot had from eternity always been in the dust, there would always be a footprint beneath it, which footprint nevertheless no one would doubt to have been made by the one treading, nor would the one be prior to the other, although the one was made by the other:'
'so,' they say, 'both the world and the gods created in it have always existed, since He who made them always exists, and yet they were made.' Must then, if the soul has always existed, its misery also be said to have always existed? Furthermore, if something in it which was not from eternity began to be from time, why could it not have come about that the soul itself was from time, which previously had not existed? Moreover, its blessedness too, more firm after the experience of evils and destined to remain without end—as this man confesses—beyond doubt began from time, and yet will exist forever, though previously it did not exist. That whole argumentation, therefore, is dissolved, by which it is supposed that nothing can be without an end of time except what has no beginning of time.
For the soul's blessedness has been found, which, though it had a beginning of time, will not have an end of time. Wherefore let human infirmity yield to the divine authority, and let us believe, concerning true religion, those blessed and immortal beings who do not seek honor for themselves, which they know is owed to their God, who is also ours, and do not bid us offer sacrifice except to Him alone, to whom we too, along with them, as I have often said and must often say, ought to be a sacrifice—a sacrifice to be offered through that Priest who, in the man whom He assumed, according to which He also willed to be a Priest, deigned to become even unto death a sacrifice for us. CHAPTER XXXII.
On the universal way of the soul's liberation, which Porphyry, by ill seeking, did not find, and which the Christian grace alone has opened. This is the religion which contains the universal way of the soul's liberation, since by no other than this can it be liberated. For this is, in a certain manner, the royal way, which alone leads to the kingdom—not one tottering with a temporal summit, but secure in the firmness of eternity.
But when Porphyry says, in the first book on the return of the soul, near the end, that no sect has yet been received which contains the universal way of the soul's liberation—whether from some most true philosophy, or from the customs and discipline of the Indians, or from the initiation of the Chaldeans, or from any other way whatever—and that this same way had not yet been brought to his knowledge by historical acquaintance: he beyond doubt confesses that there is some such way, but that it had not yet come into his knowledge. So whatever he had most studiously learned concerning the liberating of the soul, and seemed to himself or rather to others to know and to hold, was not enough for him. For he felt that there was still lacking to him some most excellent authority which it would behoove him to follow in so great a matter.
But when he says that no sect containing the universal way of the soul's liberation has yet come into his knowledge, even from some most true philosophy: he sufficiently shows, as I judge, either that the philosophy in which he himself philosophized is not the most true, or that such a way is not contained in it. And how can that already be the most true, by which this way is not contained? For what other way is there of the universal liberation of the soul, except that by which all souls are liberated, and through which therefore without it no soul is liberated? But when he adds and says:
'or from the customs and discipline of the Indians, or from the initiation of the Chaldeans, or from any other way whatever'—he testifies with a most manifest voice that this universal way of liberating the soul is contained neither in those things which he had learned from the Indians nor in those which he had learned from the Chaldeans; and he could not be silent that he had taken divine oracles from the Chaldeans, of which he makes constant mention. What then does he mean to be understood as the universal way of liberating the soul, not yet received either from some most true philosophy, or from the teachings of those nations which were regarded as great as it were in divine matters—because among them curiosity prevailed more, both about knowing and worshiping certain angels—and not yet brought to his knowledge by historical acquaintance?
What then is this universal way, except that which is not proper to each nation, but was divinely imparted to be common to all nations? That there is such a way this man, endowed with no mean ability, does not doubt. For he does not believe that divine Providence could have left the human race without this universal way of liberating the soul. For he does not say that it does not exist, but only that this so great a good and so great a help had not yet been received, had not yet been brought to his knowledge; and no wonder.
For at that time Porphyry was among human affairs, when this universal way of liberating the soul—which is none other than the Christian religion—was permitted to be assailed by the worshipers of idols and demons and by earthly kings, for the sake of asserting and consecrating the number of the martyrs, that is, of the witnesses of truth, through whom it might be shown that all bodily evils must be endured for the sake of the faith of piety and the commendation of truth.
Porphyry therefore saw these things, and supposed that through persecutions of this kind that way would quickly perish, and therefore that it was not itself the universal way of liberating the soul—not understanding that this very thing which moved him, and which in his choosing he feared to undergo, pertained rather to its confirmation and more robust commendation. This, then, is the universal way of liberating the soul, that is, the way granted by divine compassion to all nations; and to its knowledge, to whomsoever it has now come and to whomsoever it is to come, it neither ought nor will be lawful to say: 'Why now?' and: 'Why so late?'—since the counsel of Him who sends it is not penetrable by human ingenuity.
This too even this man felt, when he said that this gift of God had not yet been received and had not yet been brought to his knowledge. For he did not judge it to be untrue on that account, because it had not yet been received into his faith or had not yet come into his knowledge. This, I say, is the universal way of liberating those who believe, concerning which faithful Abraham received the divine oracle: 'In thy seed shall all nations be blessed.' He was indeed a Chaldean by nation, but that he might receive such promises and that from him might be propagated a seed disposed through angels in the hand of a Mediator, in whom should be this universal way of liberating the soul—that is, the way given to all nations—he was bidden to depart from his land and from his kindred and from his father's house.
Then he himself, first liberated from the superstitions of the Chaldeans, worshiped by following the one true God, in whom, as He made these promises, he faithfully believed. This is the universal way, of which it is said in the holy prophecy: 'May God have mercy on us and bless us; may He cause His countenance to shine upon us and have mercy on us, that we may know Thy way upon earth, Thy salvation among all nations.' Whence, so long afterward, having taken flesh from the seed of Abraham, the Savior Himself says of Himself: 'I am the way, the truth, and the life.' This is the universal way, of which so long beforehand it was foretold:
'It shall come to pass in the last days that the mountain of the house of the Lord shall be made manifest, prepared upon the tops of the mountains, and it shall be exalted above the hills, and all nations shall come to it, and many peoples shall enter in and shall say: Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, and to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will announce to us His way, and we will enter into it. For out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.' This way, therefore, is not of one nation, but of all nations; and the law and the word of the Lord did not remain in Zion and Jerusalem, but went forth thence, that it might diffuse itself throughout all things. Whence the Mediator Himself, after His resurrection, said to His trembling disciples: 'It was necessary that the things which are written in the law and the prophets and the psalms concerning Me should be fulfilled.'
Then He opened their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures, and said to them, that it behoved Christ to suffer and to rise from the dead on the third day, and that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem.
This, therefore, is the universal way of liberating the soul, which the holy angels and the holy prophets first signified, among the few men who, where they could, found the grace of God, and especially in the Hebrew nation—whose very commonwealth was in a certain manner consecrated to the prophecy and foretelling of the city of God that was to be gathered out of all nations—and which they foretold both by tabernacle and temple and priesthood and sacrifices, and by certain manifest utterances, but for the most part by mystical ones:
but present in the flesh, the Mediator Himself and His blessed apostles, now revealing the grace of the new testament, indicated more openly those things which had been somewhat more obscurely signified in former times, according to the distribution of the ages of the human race, as it pleased God in His wisdom to ordain—with signs of marvelous divine works, of which I have already set down a few above, bearing witness.
For not only did angelic visions appear and the words of heavenly ministers alone sound forth, but also—through men acting by the word of God in simple piety—unclean spirits were driven out of the bodies and senses of men, vices and languors of the body were healed, the wild animals of land and waters, the birds of the air, the trees, the elements, the stars obeyed the divine commands, the infernal regions gave way, the dead came back to life: excepting the proper and singular miracles of the Savior Himself, especially of His nativity and resurrection, of which in the one He demonstrated only the mystery of His mother's virginity, while in the other He demonstrated the example also of those who are to rise again at the end.
This way cleanses the whole man, and prepares the mortal for immortality in all the parts of which he consists. For that no other purgation might be sought for that part which Porphyry calls intellectual, another for that which he calls spiritual, and yet another for the body itself: therefore the most truthful and most powerful Cleanser and Savior took up the whole. Apart from this way, which—partly when these future things were being foretold, partly when they are announced as done—was never lacking to the human race, no one has been liberated, no one is liberated, no one will be liberated. But as for Porphyry's saying that the universal way of liberating the soul had not yet been brought to his knowledge by historical acquaintance:
What can be found more illustrious than this history, which has obtained authority over the whole world by so lofty an eminence, or more trustworthy, in which past events are so narrated that things to come are also foretold — many of which we see fulfilled, so that from these we may without doubt hope that those which remain will be fulfilled? For neither Porphyry nor any of the Platonists is able to despise, even on this Way, the divination and prediction of, as it were, earthly matters belonging to this mortal life — a thing which they rightly do in the case of other soothsayings and the divinations of whatever modes or arts. For they deny that such things are to be reckoned the work of great men or of great worth, and rightly so.
For such predictions are made either through a foreknowledge of lower causes — as in the art of medicine very many future conditions of health are foreseen by certain antecedent signs — or unclean demons announce beforehand their own appointed deeds, over which they claim for themselves a certain right, both in leading the minds and lusts of the wicked toward whatever deeds suit them, and in the lowest matter of human frailty. Not such things did holy men, walking in that universal Way of the liberation of souls, take care to prophesy as though they were great, although even these did not escape them and were often foretold by them to win belief in those things which could not be conveyed to mortal senses nor brought to proof with swift ease.
For Christ, indeed, who was to come in the flesh, and the things which in Him were made so clear and perfect and were fulfilled in His name — the repentance of men and the conversion of wills to God, the remission of sins, the grace of righteousness, the faith of the godly, and throughout the whole world the multitude of those believing in the true Godhead, the overthrow of the worship of idols and of demons and the testing by temptations, the purifying of those who make progress and their deliverance from all evil, the day of judgment, the resurrection of the dead, the eternal damnation of the fellowship of the impious, and the eternal kingdom of the most glorious City of God enjoying His presence immortally — these were foretold and promised in the Scriptures of this Way;
of which we behold so many fulfilled that with upright piety we trust that the rest will come to pass. As for the rectitude of this Way, leading even to the seeing of God and to cleaving to Him for ever, in the truth of the Holy Scriptures by which it is proclaimed and affirmed — whoever do not believe, and therefore do not understand, may assail it, but they cannot overthrow it. Wherefore in these ten books, although we have done less than the expectation of some about us looked for, yet, according to the zeal of certain ones, so far as the true God and Lord has deigned to help us, we have given satisfaction by refuting the objections of the impious, who set their own gods before the Founder of the holy City, of which we have undertaken to discourse.
Of these ten books, the first five were written against those who think the gods are to be worshipped for the sake of the goods of this life; the latter five against those who suppose that the worship of the gods is to be maintained for the sake of the life that is to be after death. Therefore next, as I promised in the first book, I shall set forth, so far as I shall be divinely helped, what I judge ought to be said concerning the rise, the course, and the appointed ends of the two cities, which in this age we have said to be intertwined and mingled with one another. BOOK XI. CHAPTER I. Of that part of the work in which the beginnings and ends of the two cities, that is, the heavenly and the earthly, begin to be shown.
We speak of the City of God, to which that Scripture bears witness which, not by the chance movements of minds, but plainly by the disposition of the supreme Providence, has, surpassing by its divine authority all the literatures of all the nations, subjected to itself every kind of human genius. For there it is written: Glorious things are spoken of thee, O City of God; and in another psalm it is read: Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised in the city of our God, in His holy mountain, spreading the rejoicings of the whole earth; and a little after in the same psalm: As we have heard, so also have we seen, in the city of the Lord of hosts, in the city of our God; God hath founded it for ever; likewise in another:
There is a river, the streams whereof make glad the City of God; the Most High hath sanctified His tabernacle. God is in the midst of her, she shall not be moved. By these and like testimonies — to recount which all would be too long — we have learned that there is a certain City of God, whose citizens we long to be with that love which its Founder has inspired in us. To this Founder of the holy City the citizens of the earthly city prefer their own gods, not knowing that He is the God of gods — not of false gods, that is, of impious and proud ones, who, deprived of His unchangeable light common to all, and thereby reduced to a certain needy power, in a manner pursue their own private powers and seek divine honors from their deceived subjects;
but He is the God of the godly and holy gods, who delight rather to subject themselves to the One than to subject many to themselves, and rather to worship God than to be worshipped in God's stead. But to the enemies of this holy City we have replied in the foregoing ten books, as far as we could, with the help of our Lord and King.
But now, recognizing what is awaited of me, and not unmindful of my debt, I shall undertake — relying everywhere on the aid of that same Lord and King of ours — to discourse, so far as I am able, of the rise, the course, and the appointed ends of the two cities, namely the earthly and the heavenly, which, as I said, are in this present age in a certain way intertwined and mingled together. And first I shall tell how the beginnings of these two cities preceded in the diversity of the angels. CHAPTER II. Of the knowing of God, to whose knowledge no man attains except through the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.
It is a great thing, and exceedingly rare, by the effort of the mind to transcend the whole bodily and incorporeal creation, found upon consideration to be mutable, and to attain to the unchangeable substance of God, and there to learn from Him Himself that all nature which is not what He is was not made by any but Himself. For thus God speaks with man not through any bodily creature, sounding in bodily ears so that aerial spaces are beaten between the speaker and the hearer, nor through a spiritual creature of that kind which is shaped with likenesses of bodies, as in dreams or in some other such manner (for even thus He speaks as it were to bodily ears, because He speaks as it were through a body and as it were with an interval of bodily spaces interposed;
for such visions are very like bodies); but He speaks by the truth itself, if anyone be fit to hear with the mind, not with the body. For He speaks to that part of man which in man is better than the rest of which man consists, and than which God Himself alone is better. For since man is most rightly understood — or, if this cannot be, at least is believed — to have been made in the image of God, surely it is by that part of himself that he is nearer to the higher God, by which he surpasses his lower parts, which he has in common even with the beasts.
But because the mind itself, in which reason and intelligence are naturally present, is weakened by certain dark and inveterate vices, not only for cleaving to and enjoying, but even for enduring the unchangeable light, until, renewed and healed from day to day, it becomes capable of so great a felicity, it had first to be imbued and purged by faith. And that it might walk more confidently in faith toward the truth, the Truth itself, God the Son of God, having assumed man — without the consuming of God — established and founded this very faith, that there might be for man a way to man's God through the God-man. For this is the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus. For it is by this that He is Mediator, by which He is man, and by this also He is the Way.
Since, if between him who strives and that toward which he strives there lies a way in between, there is hope of arriving; but if there be no way, or it be unknown by which one must go, what does it profit to know whither one must go? Now the only way most thoroughly fortified against all errors is that the same one should be both God and man — God, the goal whither one goes; man, the way by which one goes. CHAPTER III. Of the authority of the canonical Scripture, established by the divine Spirit. He, having spoken first through the prophets, then through Himself, afterward through the apostles, as far as He judged sufficient, also established the Scripture which is called canonical, of most eminent authority, in which we have faith concerning those things which it is not expedient to be ignorant of, nor are we fit to know by ourselves.
For if those things can be known by us as witnesses which are not removed from our senses, whether inner or outer (whence also they are called 'present,' because we say they are thus before the senses, as things which are at hand are before the eyes): surely those things which are removed from our senses, since we cannot know them by our own testimony, concerning these we require other witnesses and believe them, from whose senses we believe them not to be, or to have been, removed. As, therefore, concerning visible things which we have not seen, we believe those who have seen them, and so likewise concerning the rest which pertain to each one's bodily sense:
so concerning those things which are perceived by the soul and mind (for this too is most rightly called a 'sense,' whence also the word 'sentence' [sententia] took its name), that is, concerning invisible things which are removed from our inner sense, we ought to believe those who have learned these things, set in order in that incorporeal light, or who behold them abiding. CHAPTER IV. Of the creation of the world, which is neither outside of time, nor ordained by a new counsel of God, as though He afterward willed what He before had not willed. Of all visible things the greatest is the world; of all invisible things the greatest is God. But that the world is, we behold; that God is, we believe. But that God made the world, we more safely believe none than God Himself. Where have we heard Him?
Nowhere, meanwhile, better than in the holy Scriptures, where His prophet said: In the beginning God made heaven and earth. Was that prophet present there when God made heaven and earth? No; but there was the Wisdom of God present, through whom all things were made, which, transferring itself also into holy souls, makes them friends of God and prophets, and within, without noise, recounts to them His works. To them also the angels of God speak, who always behold the face of the Father and announce His will to those to whom they ought. Of these was that prophet one, who said and wrote: In the beginning God made heaven and earth.
He is so fitting a witness, through whom God is to be believed, that by the same Spirit of God, by which he knew these things revealed to him, he also foretold so long beforehand this very faith of ours which was to be. But what pleased the eternal God to make then heaven and earth, which He had not made before? Those who say this, if they wish the world to seem eternal, without any beginning, and therefore not even made by God, are too far turned away from the truth and rave with the deadly disease of impiety.
For setting aside the prophetic utterances, the world itself, by its most orderly changeableness and mobility and by the most beautiful appearance of all visible things, proclaims, in a manner silently, both that it was made, and that it could not have been made except by a God ineffably and invisibly great, and ineffably and invisibly beautiful.
But those who confess that the world was indeed made by God, yet wish it to have not a beginning of time but of its creation, so that in some scarcely intelligible way it has been always made, do indeed say something whereby they seem to defend God, as it were, from a fortuitous rashness, lest it be believed that it suddenly came into His mind to make the world — something which had never come before — and that a new will befell Him, although He is in no respect at all changeable. But I do not see how that reasoning can hold for them in other matters, and most of all in the soul, which, if they contend that it is co-eternal with God, by no means will they be able to explain whence befell it that new misery which never before throughout eternity had been.
For if they say that its misery and blessedness have always alternated, they must necessarily say that they will also always alternate; whence this absurdity will follow them, that even when it is called blessed, in this very case it is not blessed, if it foresees its future misery and disgrace; but if it does not foresee, nor reckon that it will be base and miserable, but ever thinks itself blessed, then by a false opinion it is blessed — than which nothing more foolish can be said. But if they think that throughout the infinite ages past the soul's misery has always alternated with blessedness, but that now, henceforth, when it has been set free, it will not return to misery, none the less are they convicted that it was never truly blessed, but begins henceforth to be blessed with a certain new and not deceptive blessedness;
and thereby they will confess that something new befalls it, and that something great and excellent, which throughout eternity past had never befallen. And if they deny that God had the cause of this newness in His eternal counsel, they will at the same time deny that He is the Author of its blessedness, which belongs to unspeakable impiety; but if they say that He too by a new counsel devised that henceforth the soul should be eternally blessed, how will they show Him to be free from that mutability which displeases even them? Further, if they confess that it was created in time, yet will never thereafter perish, like a number — that it has a beginning but has no end — and therefore, having once experienced miseries, if it has been freed from them, will never afterward be miserable:
they will surely not doubt that this comes to pass while the immutability of God's counsel remains. So therefore let them also believe that the world could be made in time, nor yet on that account did God change His eternal counsel and will in making it. CHAPTER V. That we are no more to think of infinite spaces of time before the world than of infinite spaces of place outside the world, since, just as there are no times before it, so there are no places outside it. Next it is to be seen that these men, who agree that God is the Founder of the world and yet ask what we answer concerning the world's time, should answer what they themselves answer concerning the world's place. For it is asked why it was made then rather than before, just as it can be asked why it is here, where it is, rather than elsewhere.
For if they imagine infinite spaces of time before the world, in which it does not seem to them that God could have ceased from work, let them similarly imagine outside the world infinite spaces of places, in which, if anyone say that the Omnipotent could not have been idle, will it not follow that they are compelled to dream of innumerable worlds with Epicurus (with this difference only, that he asserts those worlds to be born and dissolved by the fortuitous movements of atoms, whereas these men will say that they were made by the work of God), if they are unwilling that He should be idle throughout the boundless immensity of places lying open on every side outside the world, and unwilling that those same worlds, as they hold even of this one, can by any cause be dissolved?
For we are dealing with those who, together with us, hold that God is incorporeal and the Creator of all natures which are not what He is; but others it is too unworthy to admit to this discussion of religion, especially because among those who think that the service of sacred rites is to be rendered to many gods, these men have surpassed the rest of the philosophers in nobility and authority, for no other reason than that, although by a long interval, yet they are nearer than the rest to the truth.
Or will they perhaps say that the substance of God — which they neither enclose nor delimit nor extend by place, but confess, as is worthy to think of God, to be present whole everywhere by an incorporeal presence — is absent from those so great spaces of places outside the world, and is occupied in one place only, and, in comparison with that infinity, in so tiny a place, in which the world is? I do not suppose they will advance into such vain talk. Since, therefore, they say that there is one world, of vast bodily mass indeed, yet finite and determined by its own place, and made by the working of God: what they answer concerning the infinite places outside the world — why God should cease from work in them — let them answer this to themselves concerning the infinite times before the world, why in them God should have ceased from work.
And just as it does not follow that God, by chance rather than by divine reason, established the world in no other place but this in which it is — since, with infinite places lying open equally everywhere, this one could not be chosen by any more excellent merit, although no human being can comprehend that same divine reason by which it was done — so it does not follow that we should suppose anything fortuitous to have befallen God, in that He founded the world at that time rather than at an earlier one, since the earlier times had equally passed away through infinite space backward, and there had been no difference whereby one time should be preferred to another in the choosing.
But if they say that the thoughts of men are empty, by which they imagine infinite places, since there is no place except the world, they are answered in this manner: that men think emptily of the past times of God's idleness, since there is no time before the world. CHAPTER VI. That the creation of the world and of times has one and the same beginning, and that the one is not anticipated by the other. For if eternity and time are rightly distinguished — that time is not without some moveable changeableness, while in eternity there is no change:
who does not see that times would not have been unless a creature were made which by some motion should change something — and that, as one thing and another of this motion and change, which cannot exist together, gives place and follows in succession, in shorter or longer intervals of delay, time would ensue? Since therefore God, in whose eternity there is no change at all, is the Creator and Orderer of times, I do not see how it can be said that He created the world after spaces of times, unless it be said that before the world there was already some creature, by whose movements the times might run.
Moreover, if the sacred and most truthful writings say that in the beginning God made heaven and earth in such a way that He is understood to have made nothing before — because this would rather have been said to have been made 'in the beginning' if He had made anything before all the other things which He made — then without doubt the world was not made in time, but together with time. For what is made in time is made both after some time and before some time: after that which is past, before that which is future; but there could be no past, since there was no creature by whose changeable movements it might be carried on.
But the world was made together with time, if in its making a changeable movement was made, as even that order of the first six or seven days seems to have it, in which both morning and evening are named, until all the things which God made in those days are completed on the sixth day, and on the seventh, in a great mystery of God, His rest is commended. Of what kind those days are, it is either exceedingly difficult for us, or even impossible, to think — how much more to tell. CHAPTER VII. Of the nature of the first days, which are recorded to have had evening and morning even before the sun was made. For we see that those days we know have no evening except from the setting of the sun, nor morning except from the rising of the sun;
but the former three of those days were passed without the sun, which is recorded to have been made on the fourth day. And first indeed light was made by the word of God, and God is narrated to have separated between it and the darkness, and to have called that same light Day, and the darkness Night; but of what kind that light was, and by what alternating motion, and what sort of evening and morning it made, is remote from our senses, nor can it be understood by us as it is — which nevertheless is to be believed without any hesitation. For either it is some bodily light, whether in the upper parts of the world far from our sight, or whence the sun was afterward kindled; or by the name of light is signified the holy City in the holy angels and blessed spirits, of which the apostle says:
The Jerusalem which is above is our mother, eternal in the heavens; and indeed he says also in another place: For ye are all children of light and children of the day; we are not of the night nor of darkness; if only we are able to understand the evening also of this day, and the morning, in some fittingly congruent way. Since the knowledge of the creature, in comparison with the knowledge of the Creator, in a manner grows toward evening; and likewise it grows light and morning comes, when it too is referred to the praise and love of the Creator; nor is it turned into night, where the Creator is not forsaken by the love of the creature. Finally, when Scripture enumerated those days in order, it nowhere interposed the word 'night.' For it nowhere says: Night was made; but: Evening was made and morning was made, one day.
So the second day, and the rest. For the cognition of the creature in itself is, so to speak, more faded than when it is known in the Wisdom of God, as in the art by which it was made. Therefore it can more fittingly be called evening than night; which, however, as I said, when it is referred to praising and loving the Creator, recurs into morning. And when it does this in the cognition of itself, it is one day; when in the cognition of the firmament, which between the lower and upper waters was called heaven, the second day; when in the cognition of the earth and sea and of all things that spring forth, which are bound together by roots to the earth, the third day; when in the cognition of the greater and lesser luminaries and of all the stars, the fourth day;
when in the cognition of all the swimming and flying animals from the waters, the fifth day; when in the cognition of all the land animals and of man himself, the sixth day. CHAPTER VIII. What, and of what kind, the rest of God is to be understood to be, by which after the works of six days He rested on the seventh. But when God rests on the seventh day from all His works and sanctifies it, it is by no means to be taken childishly, as though God had labored in working — He who said, and they were made, by an intelligible and everlasting word, not a sounding and temporal one.
But the rest of God signifies the rest of those who rest in God, just as the gladness of a house signifies the gladness of those who rejoice in the house, even if it is not the house itself but some other thing that makes them glad. How much more, if the same house by its own beauty makes its inhabitants glad, so that it is called glad not only in that mode of speaking by which we signify, through that which contains, that which is contained (as theaters applaud, meadows low, when in the one men applaud, in the other oxen low); but also in that by which is signified, through the effecting thing, that which is effected; as a letter is called glad, signifying the gladness of those whom, in reading it, it makes glad.
Most fittingly, therefore, when the prophetic authority relates that God rested, there is signified the rest of those who rest in Him and whom He Himself makes to rest; this also the prophecy promises to the men to whom it speaks and on whose account it was certainly written — that they too, after the good works which God works in them and through them, if they have first in this life in a manner come to Him by faith, shall have in Him everlasting rest. For this also was prefigured by the rest of the Sabbath, by the precept of the law in the ancient people of God, of which I think it ought to be discussed more diligently in its proper place. CHAPTER IX. What is to be thought concerning the creation of the angels according to the divine testimonies.
Now, since I have undertaken to speak of the rise of the holy City, and have thought that first what pertains to the holy angels should be said — which are both a great part of this City and the more blessed in that they have never gone into pilgrimage — I shall, with God's bounty, take care to set forth, so far as shall seem sufficient, what divine testimonies are at hand for this. Where the sacred writings speak of the constitution of the world, it is not clearly said whether, or in what order, the angels were created; but if they were not passed over, they are signified either by the name of heaven, where it is said: In the beginning God made heaven and earth, or rather by that of this light of which I speak.
But that they were not passed over I judge from this, that it is written that God rested on the seventh day from all His works which He made, whereas the book itself thus begins: In the beginning God made heaven and earth, so that before heaven and earth He seems to have made nothing else. Since therefore it began from heaven and earth, and the earth itself, which He first made — as the Scripture consequently states — being invisible and unformed, and light not yet made, darkness was assuredly upon the deep, that is, upon a certain indistinct confusion of earth and water (for where there is no light, there must needs be darkness); then, if all things were set in order by creating, which are narrated to have been completed through six days:
how would the angels be passed over, as though they were not among the works of God from which He rested on the seventh day? But that the angels are a work of God is here, even though not passed over, yet not clearly expressed; but elsewhere holy Scripture testifies this with a most clear voice. For in the hymn of the three men in the furnace, when it had been said beforehand: Bless the Lord, all ye works of the Lord, in the carrying out of those same works the angels too were named: and in the psalm it is sung: Praise the Lord from the heavens, praise Him in the heights; praise Him, all His angels; praise Him, all His hosts; praise Him, sun and moon; praise Him, all ye stars and light;
Praise Him, you heavens of heavens, and let the waters that are above the heavens praise the name of the Lord; for He spoke, and they were made; He commanded, and they were created. Here too it is said by divine authority, most plainly, that the angels were made by God. For when they are mentioned among the other heavenly things, the words are added concerning them all: He spoke, and they were made. Who, moreover, will dare to suppose that the angels were made after all those things which were enumerated over the six days? Yet even if anyone is so foolish, that other Scripture of equal authority refutes such empty notion, where God says: When the stars were made, all my angels praised me with a loud voice. The angels therefore already existed when the stars were made; but the stars were made on the fourth day.
Shall we then say that they were made on the third day? By no means. For it is plain what was made on that day. The earth was assuredly separated from the waters, and these two elements took on the distinct kinds of their own nature, and the earth brought forth whatever clings to it by its roots. Were they made on the second day, then? Not even this. For then was made the firmament between the upper and the lower waters, and it was called heaven; in which firmament the stars were made on the fourth day. Without doubt, therefore, if the angels belong to the works of God of these days, they are that light which received the name of day. That its oneness might be commended, it was not called the first day, but one day. Nor is there a second day, or a third, or the rest distinct from it;
but it is the same one day repeated to fill up the number six or seven, on account of the sixfold or sevenfold knowledge: namely the sixfold knowledge of the works which God made, and the sevenfold knowledge of God's rest. For when God said: Let there be light, and there was light, if in this light the creation of the angels is rightly understood, then surely they were made partakers of the eternal Light, which is the very unchangeable Wisdom of God, through whom all things were made, whom we call the only-begotten Son of God; so that, illumined by that Light by which they were created, they might become light and be called day by participation in the unchangeable Light and Day, which is the Word of God, through whom both they themselves and all things were made.
For the true Light, which enlightens every man that comes into this world, this also enlightens every pure angel, that he may be light not in himself, but in God; and if an angel turns away from Him, he becomes unclean, as are all those who are called unclean spirits, and they are no longer light in the Lord, but darkness in themselves, deprived of participation in the eternal Light. For of evil there is no nature; rather the loss of good has received the name of evil. CHAPTER X. On the simple and unchangeable Trinity of God the Father and God the Son and God the Holy Spirit, one God, in whom quality is not one thing and substance another. There is therefore one good alone that is simple, and for this reason alone unchangeable, which is God.
From this good all good things were created, but not simple, and therefore changeable. Created, I say, that is, made, not begotten. For that which is begotten of the simple Good is likewise simple, and is the very same as that from which it is begotten; these two we call Father and Son; and both these together with their Spirit are one God; which Spirit of the Father and of the Son is called the Holy Spirit by a certain proper meaning of this name in the sacred Scriptures. He is, however, other than the Father and the Son, because He is neither the Father nor the Son; yet I have said 'other' (alius), not 'another thing' (aliud), because He too is equally a simple and equally an unchangeable and co-eternal good. And this Trinity is one God; nor on that account is He not simple, because He is a Trinity.
For we do not call this good nature simple because the Father alone is in it, or the Son alone, or the Holy Spirit alone, or because there is merely this trinity of names without the subsistence of persons, as the Sabellian heretics supposed; rather it is called simple because what it has, that it is, except for what is said of each person in relation to another. For certainly the Father has a Son, and yet He Himself is not the Son [and the Son has a Father, and yet He Himself is not the Father]. In that, therefore, in which He is spoken of in relation to Himself, not to another, this is what He has; just as He is called living in relation to Himself by having life, and that very life He Himself is.
On this account assuredly that nature is called simple to which it does not belong to have anything which it might also be able to lose; or in which the one having is one thing, and what it has another; as a vessel has some liquid, or a body has color, or the air has light or heat, or the soul has wisdom. For none of these is the very thing which it has; for neither is the vessel the liquid, nor the body the color, nor the air the light or heat, nor the soul the wisdom. Hence it is that they can also be deprived of the things they have, and be turned and changed into other states or qualities, so that the vessel may be emptied of the moisture with which it was filled, and the body be discolored, and the air grow dark or cold, and the soul become foolish.
But even if a body be incorruptible, such as is promised to the saints in the resurrection, it has indeed the inseparable quality of that incorruption, yet, while the corporeal substance remains, it is not the very same as the incorruption itself. For that incorruption is wholly present in each several part of the body, and is not greater here and less there; for no part is more incorruptible than another; whereas the body itself is greater in the whole than in a part; and although some part of it is larger and another smaller, the part that is larger is not more incorruptible than the one that is smaller. The body, then, which is not everywhere whole within itself, is one thing; the incorruption, which is everywhere wholly present within it, is another; for every part of the incorruptible body, though unequal to the rest, is equally incorrupt.
For not, by way of example, because the finger is smaller than the whole hand, is the hand therefore more incorruptible than the finger. Thus, though the hand and the finger be unequal, yet the incorruptibility of the hand and of the finger is equal. And by this, although incorruptibility is inseparable from an incorruptible body, yet the substance by which it is called a body is one thing, and the quality of it by which it is named incorruptible is another. And therefore even thus it is not the very thing which it has. The soul too itself, even if it be always wise, as it shall be when it is set free for eternity, will yet be wise by participation in the unchangeable Wisdom, which is not what the soul itself is. For neither, if the air infused with light be never abandoned by it, is the air on that account not one thing and the light by which it is illumined another.
Nor would I so speak as though the air were the soul, as certain men thought who could not conceive of an incorporeal nature. But these things bear, even amid great dissimilarity, a certain likeness to those, so that it may not unfittingly be said that the incorporeal soul is illumined by the incorporeal light of God's simple Wisdom, just as the body of the air is illumined by corporeal light; and just as the air grows dark when deserted by that light (for the darkness of any corporeal places whatsoever, as it is called, is nothing else than air lacking light), so the soul grows dark when deprived of the light of Wisdom.
According to this, then, those things are called simple which are principally and truly divine, because in them quality is not one thing and substance another, nor are they divine, or wise, or blessed by participation in others. But in the holy Scriptures the Spirit of wisdom is called manifold, in that He has many things in Himself; yet the things He has, these He also is, and all of them are one. For there is not many wisdom, but one, in which are certain infinite and yet, to Him, finite treasures of intelligible things, in which are all the invisible and unchangeable reasons of things even visible and changeable, which were made through Him. For God made nothing in ignorance, which cannot rightly be said even of any human craftsman;
moreover, if He made all things knowingly, then assuredly He made those things which He knew. From which there comes to the mind something marvelous, yet nonetheless true: that this world could not be known to us unless it existed; but unless it were known to God, it could not exist. CHAPTER XI. Whether it is to be believed that those spirits who did not stand in the truth also shared in that blessedness which the holy angels have always had from their beginning. Since these things are so, in no way indeed were those spirits whom we call angels darkness prior, according to any interval of time; but as soon as they were made, they were made light; yet they were not so created merely that they should somehow exist and somehow live, but they were also illumined, that they might live wisely and blessedly.
From this illumination certain angels turned away and did not retain the excellence of a wise and blessed life. Such a life, beyond all doubt, is none other than eternal, and is sure and secure of its own eternity; but they have rational life, albeit foolish, in such a way that they cannot lose it, not even if they would. But to what extent, before they sinned, they were partakers of that Wisdom, who can determine? Yet that these were equal in its participation to those who, on that account, are truly and fully blessed—because they are in no way deceived concerning the eternity of their blessedness—how shall we say it? Seeing that, if they had been equal in it, these too would have remained equally blessed in its eternity, because equally certain.
For just as life, however long it last, cannot truly be called eternal life if it is going to have an end—since life is named merely from living, but eternal life from having no end—so too: although not everything that is eternal is forthwith blessed (for even penal fire is called eternal), nevertheless, if a truly and perfectly blessed life is none other than eternal, then such was not the life of those who were one day to cease and on that account not eternal, whether they knew it or, not knowing, supposed otherwise; because, for those who knew, fear, and for those who did not know, error, would not in any case permit them to be blessed.
But if they so did not know this that they put no trust in things false or uncertain, yet were carried with no firm assent to either side—whether their good was everlasting or would one day have an end—then this very wavering about so great a felicity did not possess that fullness of the blessed life which we believe to be in the holy angels. For we do not so contract the term 'blessed life' to certain narrows of meaning as to call God alone blessed; who nevertheless is so truly blessed that no greater blessedness can exist, in comparison with whom, what or how great is it that the angels are blessed with that highest blessedness of their own, as great as can be in angels? CHAPTER XII.
On the comparison of the blessedness of the just, who have not yet obtained the reward of the divine promise, and of the first men in paradise before sin. Nor do we think that these alone—so far as pertains to the rational or intellectual creature—are to be called blessed. For who would dare to deny that those first men in paradise were blessed before sin, although they were uncertain how lasting their blessedness was, or whether it was eternal (and it would have been eternal, had they not sinned)—when even today we not shamelessly call those blessed whom we see leading this life justly and piously, with the hope of future immortality, without crime laying waste the conscience, readily obtaining the divine mercy for the sins of this infirmity?
These, although they be certain of the reward of their perseverance, are nevertheless found uncertain about their perseverance itself. For what man knows that he will persevere to the end in the practice and progress of righteousness, unless by some revelation he be made certain by Him who, concerning this matter, by a just and hidden judgment, does not instruct all, yet deceives no one? As far, therefore, as pertains to the delight of present good, the first man in paradise was more blessed than any just man in this mortal infirmity;
but as far as pertains to the hope of the future, anyone in whatever torments of the body is more blessed, to whom it is manifest, not by opinion but by certain truth, that without end he shall have, free from all trouble, the fellowship of the angels in participation in the most high God, than was that man, uncertain of his own fall, in that great felicity of paradise. CHAPTER XIII. Whether all the angels were so created in one and the same felicity, that neither could those who fell know that they would fall, and after the ruin of the falling ones, those who stood received foreknowledge of their own perseverance.
Wherefore it now readily occurs to anyone that, with both joined together, that blessedness is brought about which the intellectual nature desires with right purpose: that is, both that it should enjoy without any trouble the unchangeable good which is God, and that it should hesitate by no doubt nor be deceived by any error that it will abide therein for eternity. This, by pious faith, we believe the angels of light to have; this, by consequent reasoning, we conclude the sinful angels not to have had even before they fell, who by their own depravity were deprived of that light; yet that they had some blessedness, even if not foreknowing, if they led a life before sin, they are assuredly to be believed to have had.
Or if it seems harsh to believe that, when the angels were made, some were so made that they did not receive foreknowledge either of their perseverance or of their fall, while others were so made that by most certain truth they knew the eternity of their blessedness—but rather that all were created from the beginning in equal felicity, and so they remained until those who are now evil fell by their own will from that light of goodness—then beyond doubt it is far harsher now to suppose the holy angels to be uncertain of their eternal blessedness, and to be ignorant concerning themselves of that which we were able to know about them through the holy Scriptures.
For what catholic Christian is ignorant that no new devil will ever come to be from among the good angels, just as neither will this one ever return into the fellowship of the good angels? For the Truth in the Gospel promises to the holy and faithful that they shall be equal to the angels of God; to whom it is also promised that they shall go into eternal life. Moreover, if we are certain that we shall never fall from that immortal felicity, while they are not certain, then we shall already be superior to them, not equal. But because in no way does the Truth deceive, and we shall be equal to them, then assuredly they too are certain of their eternal felicity.
Of which felicity, because those others were not certain (for theirs was not an eternal felicity of which they could be certain, since it was destined to have an end), it remains that either they were unequal, or, if they were equal, after the ruin of those others a certain knowledge of their everlasting felicity accrued to them. Unless perhaps someone should say that what the Lord says of the devil in the Gospel:
He was a murderer from the beginning and did not stand in the truth—is to be understood thus: that he was not only a murderer from the beginning, that is, from the beginning of the human race, from the time when man was made whom by deceiving he could kill, but also that from the beginning of his own condition he did not stand in the truth, and therefore was never blessed with the holy angels, refusing to be subject to his Creator and rejoicing in his own as it were private power through pride, and on this account false and deceitful, because no one escapes the power of the Omnipotent, and he who through pious subjection refused to hold fast what truly is, affects through proud elation to simulate what is not; so that thus may be understood also what the blessed Apostle John says:
From the beginning the devil sins—that is, from the time he was created he refused righteousness, which a will could not have unless it were pious and subject to God. Whoever acquiesces in this opinion does not hold with those heretics, that is, the Manichaeans, and whatever other pests think likewise, that the devil has a certain nature of evil proper to himself, as if derived from some opposing principle; who rave with such great vanity that, although they have these evangelical words on authority along with us, they do not attend that the Lord did not say: 'He was a stranger to the truth,' but: 'He did not stand in the truth,' where He wished it to be understood as a falling away from the truth, in which truth, had he but stood, he would, made partaker of it, have remained blessed with the holy angels. CHAPTER XIV.
By what manner of speech it was said of the devil that he did not stand in the truth, because the truth is not in him. He added an indication, as though we had asked from what it is shown that he did not stand in the truth, and said: Because the truth is not in him. But it would be in him, if he had stood in it. Yet it was said by a manner of speech less usual. For it seems to sound thus: He did not stand in the truth, because the truth is not in him—as though this were the cause why he did not stand in the truth, namely that the truth is not in him; whereas rather this is the cause why the truth is not in him, namely that he did not stand in the truth. This manner of speech is also in the Psalm: I cried, because you heard me, O God; when it would seem to need to be said: You heard me, O God, because I cried.
But when he had said 'I cried,' as though it were asked of him whence he might show that he had cried, he showed the affection of his cry from the effect of God's hearing it; as though he said: 'Hence I show that I cried, because you heard me.' CHAPTER XV. What is to be thought concerning that which was said: From the beginning the devil sins. That also which John says of the devil—From the beginning the devil sins—they do not understand, if his nature is such, that there is by no means any sin. But what is answered to the prophetic testimonies, whether that which Isaiah says, under the figured person of the prince of Babylon, noting the devil: How is Lucifer fallen, who rose in the morning; or that which Ezekiel says: You were in the delights of the paradise of God, adorned with every precious stone?
Where it is understood that he was at some time without sin. For a little later it is expressly said to him: You walked in your days without fault. If these things cannot more fittingly be understood otherwise, it behooves us also to take that which was said—He did not stand in the truth—thus: that he was in the truth, but did not remain there; and that 'from the beginning the devil sins' is to be thought of not as from the beginning, from the time he was created, but from the beginning of sin, in that sin began to be from his own pride. Nor is that which is written in the book of Job, when the discourse was about the devil—This is the beginning of the Lord's molding, which he made to be mocked by his angels (with which the Psalm too seems to harmonize, where it is read:
This dragon, whom you formed to mock at him)—is to be understood thus: that we should reckon him to have been created from the beginning such that he might be mocked by the angels, but ordained to this punishment after sin. The beginning of him, therefore, is the Lord's molding; for there is no nature, even in the most extreme and lowest little beasts, which He did not constitute, from whom is every measure, every form, every order, without which nothing of things can be found or even conceived; how much more the angelic creature, which surpasses in dignity of nature all the rest of the things that God founded! CHAPTER XVI. On the degrees and differences of creatures, which the use of utility weighs in one way, the order of reason in another.
For among these things which in any way are, and are not what God is by whom they were made, the living are preferred to the non-living, just as those things which have the power of begetting, or even of desiring, to those which lack this motion; and among those that live, the sentient are preferred to the non-sentient, as animals to trees; and among those that have sense, the intelligent are preferred to the non-intelligent, as men to cattle; and among those that understand, the immortal are preferred to the mortal, as angels to men. But these are preferred by the order of nature;
yet there is one mode of estimation and another according to each one's use, by which it comes about that we prefer certain things lacking sense to certain sentient things, to such a degree that, if we had the power, we would wish to remove them altogether from the nature of things, whether ignorant of what place they hold therein, or, even if we know, subordinating them to our own conveniences. For who would not rather have bread in his house than mice, or coins than fleas? But why is it a wonder, when even in the estimation of men themselves, whose nature is assuredly of such great dignity, a horse is often valued more dearly than a slave, a gem than a maidservant?
Thus, in the liberty of judging, the reason of one who considers differs greatly from the necessity of one in need or the pleasure of one desiring, since the former weighs what a thing is worth in itself in the grades of things, whereas necessity thinks what it seeks and for what reason, and reason weighs what truth appears to the light of the mind, but pleasure looks for what pleasant thing may flatter the senses of the body. But there is in rational natures so great a power of a certain weight, as it were, of will and love, that, although by the order of nature angels are preferred to men, yet by the law of justice good men are preferred to evil angels. CHAPTER XVII. That the vice of malice is not nature, but contrary to nature, for whose sinning the Creator is not the cause, but the will.
On account of nature, therefore, not on account of the malice of the devil, we rightly understand it to have been said: This is the beginning of the Lord's molding. For without doubt, where the vice of malice would be, a nature not vitiated went before. But vice is so contrary to nature that it cannot but harm nature. Therefore it would not be a vice to recede from God, unless it rather befitted the nature whose vice it is to be with God. Wherefore even an evil will is a great testimony to a good nature. But God, as He is the best creator of good natures, so is He the most just orderer of evil wills, so that, when those make ill use of good natures, He makes good use even of evil wills.
And so He brought it about that the devil, good by His institution, evil by his own will, ordained in lower things, should be mocked by His angels—that is, that his temptations should profit the saints, whom he desires them to harm. And since God, when He created him, was assuredly not ignorant of his future malignity, and foresaw what good things He Himself would make out of his evil, therefore the Psalm says: This dragon, whom you formed to mock at him; so that in the very fact that He formed him—good indeed through His own goodness—He may be understood to have already prepared, through His foreknowledge, how He would use even an evil one. CHAPTER XVIII. On the beauty of the universe, which through the ordination of God is made more brilliant even by the opposition of contraries.
For God would not create any—I do not say of the angels, but even of men—whom He had foreknown would be evil, unless He likewise knew to what uses of good things He might apply them, and thus adorn the order of the ages, like a most beautiful poem, even by certain antitheses, as it were. For the things called antitheses are among the most becoming ornaments of speech, which in Latin may be called 'opposites,' or, as it is more expressively said, 'set over against' (contraposita). This term is not in customary use among us, although Latin discourse too employs the same ornaments of speech, indeed the languages of all nations do. By these antitheses the Apostle Paul too pleasantly expounds that passage in the second Epistle to the Corinthians, where he says:
By the weapons of righteousness on the right hand and on the left: by glory and dishonor, by evil report and good report; as deceivers and yet truthful, as unknown and yet well known; as dying, and behold we live; as chastened and not killed; as sorrowful, yet always rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and possessing all things. As, therefore, these contraries set over against contraries render the beauty of speech, so by a certain eloquence not of words but of things, the beauty of the world is composed by the opposition of contraries. This is most plainly set forth in the book of Ecclesiasticus in this manner: Against evil is good, and against death is life; so against the godly is the sinner.
And thus look upon all the works of the Most High, two by two, one against one. CHAPTER XIX. What seems to be thought concerning that which is written: God divided between the light and the darkness. Although, therefore, the obscurity of the divine word is even useful for this, that it gives birth to many opinions of truth and brings them forth into the light of knowledge, while one understands it thus and another thus (yet in such a way that what is understood in an obscure place is supported either by the attestation of manifest things or by other passages in no way doubtful; or, when many things are discussed, one arrives also at that which he who wrote it intended; or, if that lies hidden, on the occasion of treating the deep obscurity certain other true things are said):
it does not seem to me an absurd opinion, drawn from the works of God, if, when that first light was made, the angels are understood to have been created, that there was made a distinction between the holy angels and the unclean, where it was said: And God divided between the light and the darkness; and God called the light day, and the darkness He called night. For He alone could discern these, who could also, before they fell, foreknow that they would fall and, deprived of the light of truth, would remain in dark pride. For between this day and night most familiar to us, that is, between this light and these our darknesses, He commanded the heavenly luminaries most familiar to our senses to divide:
Let there be, He said, luminaries in the firmament of heaven, that they may shine upon the earth and divide between the day and the night; and a little after: And God made, He said, two great luminaries, the greater luminary to rule the day, and the lesser luminary to rule the night, and the stars; and God set them in the firmament of heaven to shine upon the earth and to preside over the day and the night and to divide between the light and the darkness. But between that light, which is the holy society of angels intelligibly shining bright with the illumination of truth, and its contrary darkness, that is, the most foul minds of the evil angels turned away from the light of righteousness, He Himself could divide, to whom even the future evil—not of nature, but of will—could not be hidden or uncertain.
CHAPTER XX. Concerning that which, after the distinction of light and darkness, was said: And God saw the light that it was good. Finally, neither is that to be passed over in silence, that, where God said: Let there be light, and there was light, there immediately was subjoined: And God saw the light that it was good; not after He had separated between the light and the darkness and called the light day and the darkness night, lest He should seem to have borne testimony of His approval together with the light to darkness of such a kind. For where the darknesses are blameless, between which and this light visible to these eyes the luminaries of heaven divide, it is added not before but after: And God saw that it was good.
He set them, it says, in the firmament of heaven to shine upon the earth and to preside over the day and the night and to separate between the light and the darkness. And God saw that it was good. Both pleased Him, because both are without sin. But where God said: Let there be light, and there was light; and God saw the light that it was good; and afterward it is added: And God separated between the light and the darkness; and God called the light day and the darkness He called night: in this place it is not added: And God saw that it was good, lest both should be called good, since one of these was evil—by its own vice, not by nature. And therefore there alone the light pleased the Creator; but the angelic darkness, although it had to be ordained, yet did not have to be approved. CHAPTER XXI.
Of the eternal and unchangeable knowledge and will of God, by which all the things He made always pleased Him to be made just as they were made. For what else is to be understood in that which is said of all things, 'God saw that it was good,' except the approval of the work according to the craft by which it was made, which is the wisdom of God? But God is so far from then learning that it was good when it had been made, that none of those things would have been made at all had it been unknown to Him. Therefore, while He sees that it is good—a thing which, unless He had seen it before it was made, would by no means have been made—He teaches that it is good; He does not learn it. And Plato indeed ventured to say something more, namely that God was lifted up with joy at the completion of the universe of the world.
Yet even in this Plato was not so foolish as to think that God was made more blessed by the newness of His work; rather, he wished thus to show that the work now finished pleased its Maker, just as it had pleased Him to be made in the craft—not as though God's knowledge is in any way varied, so that things which do not yet exist produce one thing in it, things which already exist another, and things which have been yet another; for not in our manner does He either foresee what is to come, or behold what is present, or look back upon what is past, but in some other manner far and deeply different from the habit of our thoughts. For He does not, by a thought changed from this to that, but altogether unchangeably, see;
so that those things which come to pass in time—the future not yet being, the present already being, the past being no longer—He Himself comprehends them all in a stable and everlasting present; nor does He see otherwise with His eyes and otherwise with His mind, for He does not consist of soul and body; nor otherwise now and otherwise before and otherwise afterward, since His knowledge is not, like ours, changed by the variety of the three times—namely present, past, and future—for with Him there is no variation, neither shadow of a moment of change. Nor does His attention pass from thought to thought, since in His incorporeal gaze all the things He knows are present together at once;
since He knows times by no temporal notions of His own, in the same way as He moves temporal things by no temporal motions of His own. There, therefore, He saw that what He made was good, where He saw that it was good to make it; nor, because He saw it made, did He double His knowledge or increase it in any part, as though He had been of lesser knowledge before He made what He saw—He who would not work so perfectly if His knowledge were not so perfect, to which nothing is added from His works. Wherefore, if it had only to be made known to us who made the light, it would suffice to say, 'God made the light'; but if not only who made it, but also through what He made it, it would be enough to declare it thus: 'And God said: Let there be light, and there was light';
so that we might know that not only God, but God through the Word, made the light. But because it was fitting that three things especially worth knowing concerning the creature should be intimated to us—who made it, through what He made it, why He made it—'God said,' he says, 'Let there be light, and there was light. And God saw the light, that it was good.' If, then, we ask who made it: it is God; if through what He made it: He said, 'Let it be,' and it was made; if why He made it: because it is good. There is no author more excellent than God, no craft more effectual than the Word of God, no cause better than that something good should be created by the good God. This too Plato declares to be the most just cause for founding the world, that good works should be made by the good God—whether he read this, or perhaps learned it from those who had read it;
or whether by his most acute genius he beheld the invisible things of God, understood through the things that are made, or whether he too learned it from those who had beheld these things. CHAPTER XXII. Concerning those to whom, in the universe of things well founded by the good Creator, certain things are displeasing, and who suppose that there is some evil nature.
Yet this cause—that is, the goodness of God for the creating of good things—this cause, I say, so just and so fitting, which, when diligently considered and piously pondered, puts an end to all the controversies of those who inquire into the origin of the world, certain heretics did not see; for the needy and fragile mortality of this flesh, already coming from a just punishment, when things do not suit it, gives much offense—such as fire, or cold, or a wild beast, or anything of that sort;
and they do not consider how these things flourish in their own places and natures and are arranged in a beautiful order, and how much they contribute, each according to its portion of comeliness, to the universe of things as to a common commonwealth; or what benefits they afford us ourselves, if we use them suitably and knowingly—so that even those very poisons which through unsuitableness are pernicious, when fittingly applied, are turned into wholesome medicines; while on the contrary even those things in which men delight, such as food and drink and this very light, are felt to be harmful when used immoderately and at the wrong time.
Whence divine providence admonishes us not to find fault with things foolishly, but diligently to inquire into their usefulness, and where our own intelligence or weakness fails, to believe it hidden, just as there were certain things which we could scarcely discover; for this very hiding of usefulness is either an exercise of humility or an abrasion of pride, since there is altogether no nature that is evil, and this name 'evil' is nothing but the privation of good. But from earthly things up to heavenly, and from visible up to invisible, some goods are better than others, and unequal for this very purpose—that all might exist; yet God is so great a craftsman in great things that He is not lesser in small ones; which small things are to be measured not by their own greatness (for there is none), but by the wisdom of their craftsman;
as in the appearance of a visible man, if one eyebrow be shaved off, how nearly nothing is taken from the body, and yet how much is taken from its beauty—since beauty consists not in bulk, but in the equality and proportion of the members! Nor indeed is it much to be wondered at that those who think there is some evil nature, sprung up and propagated from a certain contrary principle of its own, are unwilling to accept this cause of the creation of things—that the good God founded good things; believing rather that He was brought by extreme necessity to these worldly endeavors in order to repel an evil rebelling against Him, and that He mingled His own good nature, in coercing and overcoming the evil, with that which He could only with great labor, after it had been most foully polluted and most cruelly captured and oppressed, scarcely cleanse and set free;
yet not the whole of it, but that part of it which could not be purged from that defilement was to be the covering and chain of the conquered and imprisoned enemy. But the Manichaeans would not thus be foolish, or rather rave, if they believed God's nature to be, as it is, unchangeable and altogether incorruptible, which nothing can harm; and if with Christian soundness they perceived the soul—which by its will could be changed for the worse and corrupted by sin, and thus deprived of the light of unchangeable truth—to be not a part of God, nor of that nature which is God's, but created by Him, far unequal to its Creator. CHAPTER XXIII. Concerning the error in which the doctrine of Origen is blamed.
But far more to be wondered at is that even certain men who believe, along with us, that there is one principle of all things, and that no nature which is not what God is can exist except as founded by Him, were nevertheless unwilling to believe well and simply this so good and simple cause of the world's fabrication—namely, that the good God founded good things, and that there should be, after God, things which are not what God is, yet good, things which none but the good God would make;
but they say that souls—not indeed parts of God, but made by God—sinned by withdrawing from their Creator, and that by diverse degrees, according to the diversity of their sins, they merited diverse bodies as chains, from the heavens down to the earth; and that this is the world, and that this was the cause of the world's being made—not that good things might be founded, but that evils might be restrained. Hence Origen is rightly blamed. For in the books which he entitles 'Peri Archon,' that is, 'On Principles,' he thought this and wrote this. Wherein I marvel more than can be said that a man so learned and practiced in ecclesiastical literature did not consider, first, how contrary this was to the intention of this Scripture of such great authority, which, through all the works of God, adds:
'And God saw that it was good,' and, when all was completed, adding, 'And God saw all the things that He had made, and behold, they were very good,' willed that no other cause for making the world be understood than that good things should be made by the good God. Wherein, if no one had sinned, the world would only have been adorned and filled with good natures; and because sin exists, not on that account are all things filled with sins, since by far the greater number of good beings preserve the order of their nature in the heavenly realms; nor did the evil will, because it would not preserve the order of nature, on that account escape the laws of the just God who orders all things well;
for just as a painting with a black color set in its own place, so the universe of things, if one could behold it, is beautiful even with sinners, although, considered in themselves, their own deformity makes them foul. Then Origen ought to have seen, and whoever holds such views, that if this opinion were true—that the world was therefore made so that souls, according to the deserts of their sins, might receive bodies as workhouses in which they should be penally confined, those that sinned less receiving the higher and lighter, but those that sinned more the lower and heavier—then the demons, than whom nothing is worse, ought to have had earthly bodies, than which nothing is lower and heavier, rather than men, even good men.
But as it is, in order that we might understand that the merits of souls are not to be weighed by the qualities of bodies, the worst demon has an aerial body, while man—even now, though evil, of a far lesser and milder malice, and certainly before sin—nevertheless received an earthen body. And what more foolish thing can be said than that the craftsman God consulted not for the comeliness of beauty, nor even for the welfare of corporeal things, in making this sun—that there should be one sun in one world—but that this rather came about because one soul had so sinned that it deserved to be enclosed in such a body? And consequently, if it had happened that not one, but two—nay, not two, but ten or a hundred—had sinned in like and equal manner, would this world have a hundred suns?
That this should not happen was provided for, not by the marvelous foresight of the Maker for the welfare and comeliness of corporeal things, but it rather came about by so great a degree of one soul's sinning that it alone deserved such a body. Plainly it is not the progression of souls—concerning which they know not what they say—but the progression of those very men who hold such views, far astray from the truth, that ought by all means to be restrained.
These three things, then, which I commended above, since they are to be sought in each creature—who made it, through what He made it, why He made it, so that the answer is: God, through the Word, because it is good—whether by a mystical loftiness the Trinity itself is intimated to us, that is, the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, or whether something occurs which forbids that this be so taken in this passage of the Scriptures, is a question of much discourse, nor must we press to unfold everything in one volume. CHAPTER XXIV. Concerning the divine Trinity, which has scattered through all its works the tokens of its own signification.
We believe and hold and faithfully proclaim that the Father begot the Word—that is, Wisdom, through whom all things were made—the only-begotten Son, one begetting one, the eternal coeternal, the supremely good begetting one equally good; and that the Holy Spirit is at once the Spirit of both Father and Son, Himself consubstantial and coeternal with both; and that this whole is both a Trinity by reason of the propriety of the persons, and one God by reason of the inseparable divinity, just as one Almighty by reason of the inseparable omnipotence; yet so that, even when each is inquired of singly, each of them is answered to be both God and almighty; but when of all together, there are not three gods or three almighties, but one God almighty;
so inseparable is the unity there in the three, which willed itself to be thus proclaimed. But whether the Holy Spirit of the good Father and the good Son, because He is common to both, may rightly be called the goodness of both, I do not dare to hurl forth a rash opinion; yet I would more easily venture to call Him the holiness of both—not as a quality of both, but Himself also a substance and the third person in the Trinity. To this I am the more probably led by the fact that, although both the Father is spirit and the Son is spirit, and the Father is holy and the Son is holy, yet He Himself is properly called the Holy Spirit, as the substantial and consubstantial holiness of both.
But if the divine goodness is nothing other than holiness, then surely it is an intelligence of reason, not a boldness of presumption, that in the works of God, by a certain secret manner of speaking by which our attention is exercised, the same Trinity should be understood as intimated to us—who made each creature, through what He made it, on account of what He made it. For the Father is understood as the Father of the Word, who said, 'Let it be made'; and what was made by His saying it was without doubt made through the Word; but in that which is said, 'God saw that it was good,' it is sufficiently signified that God made what was made by no necessity, by no need of any advantage of His own, but by goodness alone—that is, because it is good;
which is therefore said after it had been made, so that the thing which was made might be shown to agree with the goodness for the sake of which it was made. And if this goodness is rightly understood to be the Holy Spirit, then the whole Trinity is intimated to us in its works. Thence comes the origin, the formation, and the blessedness of the holy City, which is on high in the holy angels. For if it be asked whence it is: God founded it; if whence it is wise: it is illumined by God; if whence it is happy: it enjoys God; subsisting, it is given measure; contemplating, it is enlightened; cleaving, it rejoices; it is, it sees, it loves; it flourishes in the eternity of God, it shines in the truth of God, it rejoices in the goodness of God. CHAPTER XXV. Concerning the threefold division of all philosophy.
As far as it is given to understand, hence the philosophers willed the discipline of wisdom to be threefold—nay rather, they were able to observe that it is threefold (for they did not themselves institute that it should be so, but rather discovered that it is so)—of which one part should be called physics, another logic, the third ethics (whose Latin names are now frequented in the writings of many, so that they are called natural, rational, and moral; which we also briefly touched on in the eighth book);
not that it follows that these men thought anything concerning the Trinity according to God in these three parts, although Plato is said to have been the first to discover and commend this distribution—Plato, to whom neither the author of all natures appeared other than God, nor the giver of intelligence, nor the inspirer of the love by which one lives well and blessedly. But certainly, although on the nature of things, and on the method of investigating truth, and on the end of good to which we ought to refer all that we do, different men hold different views, nevertheless in these three great and general questions all their endeavor is engaged.
Thus, although in each of these there is a manifold disagreement of opinions as to what each man should follow, yet no one hesitates to affirm that there is some cause of nature, some form of knowledge, some chief end of life. There are also three things which are regarded in every man who is a craftsman, in order that he may produce something: nature, instruction, practice; nature is to be judged by talent, instruction by knowledge, practice by its fruit. Nor am I ignorant that, properly speaking, fruit belongs to the one enjoying, use to the one using, and that herein the difference seems to lie, that we are said to enjoy that thing which by itself delights us, not to be referred to anything else, but to use that thing which we seek for the sake of something else (whence temporal things are rather to be used than enjoyed, so that we may merit to enjoy the eternal; not like the perverse, who wish to enjoy money but to use God;
since they do not expend money for the sake of God, but worship God for the sake of money); yet according to that manner of speaking which custom has more prevailingly obtained, we both use fruits and enjoy uses; for fruits too are now properly so called of the fields, all of which we certainly use temporally. In this manner, then, I would speak of 'use' in these three things which I have noted as to be regarded in man, which are nature, instruction, practice. From these, for the obtaining of the blessed life, the threefold discipline, as I have said, was discovered by the philosophers: natural on account of nature, rational on account of instruction, moral on account of practice.
If, then, our nature were from ourselves, we should surely also have begotten our own wisdom, nor should we take care to perceive it by instruction—that is, by learning it from elsewhere; and our love, having proceeded from ourselves and referred back to ourselves, would suffice for living blessedly, nor would it need any other good to enjoy. But as it is, because our nature has God as its author that it might exist, without doubt we must have Him as our teacher that we may be truly wise, and Him also as the bestower of inmost sweetness that we may be blessed. CHAPTER XXVI. Concerning the image of the supreme Trinity, which in a certain manner is found in the nature even of man not yet beatified.
And we indeed recognize in ourselves an image of God—that is, of that supreme Trinity—though not an equal one, nay, very far distant, neither coeternal, and, to say the whole more briefly, not of the same substance as God; yet one than which, in the things made by Him, nothing in nature is nearer to God—an image still to be perfected by reformation, that it may be also nearest in likeness. For we both are, and know that we are, and love that being and that knowing. And in these three things which I have mentioned, no falsehood resembling the truth disturbs us.
For we do not touch these by any sense of the body, as we do those things which are outside—as we perceive colors by seeing, sounds by hearing, odors by smelling, flavors by tasting, hard and soft things by handling—of which sensible things we also revolve in thought the images most like them, no longer corporeal, hold them in memory, and through them are stirred into desires of those very things; but without any imagination, deceptive, of phantasies or phantasms, it is most certain to me that I am, and that I know and love this. In these truths I fear none of the arguments of the Academics, who say: 'What if you are deceived?' For if I am deceived, I am. For he who does not exist surely cannot be deceived; and by this very fact I am, if I am deceived.
Since, then, I am if I am deceived, how am I deceived that I exist, when it is certain that I exist, if I am deceived? Since therefore I would be the one deceived, even if I were deceived, without doubt I am not deceived in that which I know—that I exist. And it follows that neither am I deceived in that which I know—that I know. For just as I know that I exist, so I also know this very thing, that I know. And when I love these two, I add the same love also as a certain third thing, of no lesser estimation than those things which I know. Nor am I deceived that I love, since in those things which I love I am not deceived; though even if they were false, it would be true that I love false things. For how could I rightly be reproved and rightly forbidden from the love of false things, if it were false that I love them?
But since those things are both true and certain, who would doubt that, when they are loved, the love itself is also true and certain? Moreover, as there is no one who would not wish to be, so there is no one who would not wish to be blessed. For how can he be blessed, if he be nothing? CHAPTER XXVII. Concerning being and knowledge, and the love of both. So pleasant indeed, by a certain natural force, is being itself, that even those who are wretched do not, for any other reason, wish to perish; and when they feel themselves to be wretched, they wish not that they themselves, but rather their wretchedness, be taken away from things.
Even to those who appear most wretched both to themselves and plainly are so, and who are judged wretched not only by the wise, since they are foolish, but also by those who think themselves blessed, because they are poor and beggars—if anyone were to give them immortality, by which not even their very wretchedness would die, proposing to them that, if they should be unwilling to be ever in the same wretchedness, they would be nothing and nowhere in time to come, but would by all means perish—surely they would exult with joy and would thus ever choose to be rather than not to be at all. The witness of this is their most well-known feeling. For why do they fear to die, and prefer to live in that distress rather than to end it by death, except that it is sufficiently apparent how nature shrinks from not-being?
And therefore, when they know themselves to be about to die, they desire this mercy to be bestowed on them as a great benefit—that they might live somewhat longer in the same wretchedness and die more slowly. Without doubt, then, they indicate with how great thankfulness they would receive immortality, even such as would have no end of beggary. What of this? Do not all animals, even the irrational, to which it is not given to ponder these things, from immense dragons down to tiny little worms, indicate by all the motions they can that they wish to be and on this account flee destruction? What of this?
Do not the shrubs and all the bushes, which have no sense to avoid by manifest motion the destruction that threatens them, nevertheless, in order that they may send forth the safe shoot of their crown into the airs, fix another shoot of their root into the earth, by which to draw nourishment and thus in a certain manner to preserve their own being? Finally, the very bodies which have not only no sense, but not even any seminal life, nevertheless either leap up to the heights, or descend to the depths, or are balanced in the midst, in such a way as to guard their own essence where, according to nature, they are able to be. Now indeed how greatly knowing is loved, and how human nature is unwilling to be deceived, can be understood even from this—that anyone would rather lament in a sound mind than rejoice in madness.
This great and marvelous power belongs to no mortal living things except man, although in some of them the sense of the eyes is much keener than ours for beholding this light; but they cannot touch that incorporeal light by which our mind is in a certain manner irradiated, so that we can rightly judge concerning all these things. For in proportion as we grasp it, in that proportion we are able to do so. Nevertheless, there is in the senses of irrational animals, even if knowledge in no way, yet certainly a certain likeness of knowledge; but other corporeal things have been called sensible not because they perceive, but because they are perceived. Of these, what is similar to the senses in shrubs is that they are nourished and beget.
Nevertheless, both these and all corporeal things have their causes hidden in nature; but they offer their forms, by which the structure of this visible world is shapely, to be perceived by the senses, so that, in place of the fact that they cannot know, they seem as it were to wish to become known. But we so grasp them by the sense of the body that we do not judge of them by the sense of the body. For we have another sense of the inner man, far more excellent than that, by which we perceive things just and unjust—the just through an intelligible form, the unjust through the privation of it. To the office of this sense there comes neither the sharpness of the pupil, nor the opening of the ear, nor the passages of the nostrils, nor the taste of the throat, nor any bodily touch.
There I am certain that I both am and know this, and I love these things, and I am likewise certain that I love. CHAPTER XXVIII. Whether we ought also to love the very love by which we love both to be and to know, so that we may the more approach the image of the divine Trinity. But concerning those two—namely essence and knowledge—how much they are loved in us, and how in the other things also which are below there is found, even if differing, yet some likeness of them, we have said enough, as far as the plan of this work we have undertaken has seemed to demand; but concerning the love by which they are loved, whether the love itself is also loved, it has not been said. But it is loved; and we prove this from the fact that in men who are more rightly loved, the love itself is more loved.
For a man is not called good by merit because he knows what is good, but because he loves it. Why, then, in our very selves, do we not also perceive that we love the very love by which we love whatever good we love? For there is also a love by which that which ought not to be loved is loved, and this love is hated in himself by the one who loves that love by which is loved that which ought to be loved. For both can be in one man, and it is good for a man that, as that love advances by which we live well, this love by which we live ill should fail, until what we live is wholly healed and changed into good. For if we were beasts, we should love the carnal life and what is according to its sense, and this would be our sufficient good, and according to this, when it was well with us, we should seek nothing else.
Likewise, if we were trees, we could indeed love nothing by a perceiving motion, yet we should seem as it were to seek that by which we might be more fruitful and more abundantly productive. If we were stones or waves or wind or flame or anything of that sort, without any sense indeed or life, nevertheless there would not be lacking to us as it were a certain appetite of our own places and order. For the momentum of weights are as it were the loves of bodies, whether they strive downward by gravity or upward by lightness. For the body is borne by its weight, just as the soul by its love, wherever it is borne.
Since, therefore, we are men created after the image of our Creator, whose is true eternity, eternal truth, eternal and true charity, and who is Himself the eternal and true and dear Trinity, neither confused nor separated: in these things indeed which are below us—since they themselves would neither in any way exist, nor be contained in any form, nor either seek or hold any order, had they not been made by Him who supremely is, who is supremely wise, who is supremely good—as we run, as it were, through all the things which He made with marvelous stability, let us gather, as it were, certain traces of His, here more, there less deeply impressed.
But beholding His image within our very selves, like that younger son of the Gospel, let us return to ourselves and rise up and go back to Him from whom by sinning we had withdrawn. There our being shall have no death, there our knowing shall have no error, there our loving shall have no offense. Now, however, though we hold these three things of ours as certain, and do not believe them on the testimony of others but perceive them as present within us and discern them by an inward and most truthful gaze, yet, since by ourselves we cannot know how long they shall endure, or whether they shall never fail, and to what end they shall come if ill, or to what end if well used, of these matters we either seek or possess other witnesses.
Concerning whose trustworthiness, why there ought to be no doubt, is not the place here but later for treating more diligently. In this book, however, concerning the City of God which does not sojourn in the mortality of this life but is forever immortal in the heavens—that is, concerning the holy angels who cleave to God, who never were nor ever shall be deserters, and among whom and those who, forsaking the eternal light, became darkness, God first made division, as we have already said—let us, with His help, set forth what we have begun, as best we can. CHAPTER XXIX. On the knowledge of the holy angels, by which they know the Trinity in its very Godhead, and by which they behold the causes of works in the art of the Worker before beholding them in the works themselves.
For those holy angels learn of God not through sounding words, but through the very presence of immutable truth, that is, His only-begotten Word; and they know the Word itself, and the Father, and their Holy Spirit, and that this is an inseparable Trinity, and that the several Persons in it are each a substance, and yet that all are not three gods but one God—they know these things in such wise that these are more known to them than we ourselves are known to ourselves. The creation itself, too, they know better there—that is, in the wisdom of God, as in the art by which it was made—than in itself; and through this they know themselves better there than in themselves, yet also truly in themselves. For they were made, and are other than He who made them.
There, therefore, they know as in a daytime knowledge, but in themselves as in an evening knowledge, as we have already said above. For it makes a great difference whether a thing is known in that reason according to which it was made, or in itself; just as the straightness of lines or the truth of figures is known in one way when contemplated by the understanding, and in another way when traced in dust; and justice is known in one way in the immutable truth, in another in the soul of a just man. So likewise the rest: as the firmament between the upper and lower waters, which was called heaven; as below, the gathering of the waters and the laying bare of the land and the establishment of grasses and trees; as the making of the sun and moon and stars;
as from the waters the creatures, namely birds and fishes and swimming beasts; as whatever walks and creeps upon the earth, and man himself, who was to excel all things upon the earth. All these things are known by the angels in one way in the Word of God, where they have their causes and reasons—that is, those according to which they were made—remaining immutably, and in another way in themselves: the former by a clearer, the latter by an obscurer knowledge, as of art and of works. Yet these works, when they are referred to the praise and veneration of the Creator Himself, dawn as it were like morning in the minds of those who contemplate. CHAPTER XXX. On the perfection of the number six, which is the first to be completed by the sum of its parts.
Now these things are narrated as having been perfected in six days, the same day being repeated six times, on account of the perfection of the number six—not because any delay of time was necessary to God, as if He could not have created all things at once, which afterwards should pass through their seasons by fitting movements; but because by the number six the perfection of the works is signified. For the number six is the first to be completed by its parts, that is, by its sixth part and its third and its half, which are one and two and three, which brought to a sum make six. But the parts to be understood in this consideration of numbers are those of which it can be said what fraction they are, as a half, a third, a fourth, and so on, named from some number.
For example, although in the number nine four is some part of it, it cannot be said what fraction of it that is; but one can, for it is its ninth; and three can, for it is its third. But these two parts joined together, namely the ninth and the third, that is one and three, are far from its whole sum, which is nine. Likewise in ten, four is some part of it; but what fraction it is cannot be said; one, however, can, for it is its tenth part. It has also a fifth, which is two; and a half, which is five. But these three parts of it, the tenth and the fifth and the half, that is one and two and five, brought together do not make ten; for they are eight.
But the parts of the number twelve, brought to a sum, exceed it; for it has a twelfth, which is one; it has a sixth, which is two; it has a fourth, which is three; it has a third, which is four; it has also a half, which is six; but one and two and three and four and six make not twelve, but more, that is, sixteen. This I have thought worth briefly recalling for commending the perfection of the number six, which, as I said, is the first that is itself perfected by its parts reduced to a sum; in which God perfected His works. Hence the reckoning of number is not to be despised, which in many places of the Holy Scriptures shines forth, to those who diligently attend, as something to be greatly esteemed. Nor was it in vain said in the praises of God:
Thou hast ordered all things in measure and number and weight. CHAPTER XXXI. On the seventh day, in which fullness and rest are commended. But on the seventh day, that is, the same day repeated seven times—which number too is in another way perfect—the rest of God is commended, in which first sanctification is sounded. Thus God willed not to sanctify this day in any of His works, but in His own rest, which has no evening; for there is no creature, such that He should know it otherwise in the Word of God and otherwise in itself, and so make one knowledge as it were of the day, another as it were of the evening. Of the perfection of the number seven much more indeed could be said; but this book is already long,
and I fear lest, having found the occasion, we may seem to wish to flaunt our little learning more lightly than usefully. We must therefore observe a measure of moderation and gravity, lest perchance, while we say much about number, we be judged to neglect measure and weight. Let it therefore suffice to point this out: that the first wholly odd number is three, the first wholly even number is four; of which two the number seven is composed. Therefore it is often put for the universal whole, as in: The just man shall fall seven times, and shall rise again; that is: However often he fall, he shall not perish; which He willed to be understood not of iniquities, but of tribulations leading to humility; and: Seven times a day will I praise Thee; which is elsewhere said in another way: His praise shall be ever in my mouth;
and many things of this sort are found in the divine authorities, in which the number seven, as I said, is wont to be put for the universality of any matter. On this account also the Holy Spirit is often signified by the same number, of whom the Lord says: He shall teach you all truth. There is the rest of God, by which there is rest in God. For in the whole, that is, in full perfection, is rest; but in part is labor. Therefore we labor as long as we know in part, but when that which is perfect shall have come, that which is in part shall be done away. Hence it is that even these Scriptures we search out with labor.
But the holy angels, for whose fellowship and company we sigh in this most laborious pilgrimage, just as they possess the eternity of abiding, so they possess the ease of knowing and the felicity of resting. For they help us without difficulty, since by their pure and free spiritual motions they suffer no labor. CHAPTER XXXII. On the opinion of those who hold that the creation of the angels was prior to that of the world. But lest anyone contend and say that the holy angels were not signified in that which is written, 'Let there be light, and there was light,' but suppose or teach that some corporeal light was then first made;
and that the angels were made not only before the firmament, which between the waters and the waters was made and called heaven, but before that of which it is said: 'In the beginning God made heaven and earth'; and that this 'In the beginning' was not said as though this was made first, since He made the angels before, but because He made all things in wisdom, which is His Word and which Scripture itself named 'the beginning' (just as He Himself, when the Jews asked who He was, answered in the Gospel that He was the beginning): I shall not, on the contrary, raise a contention, especially because this delights me most greatly, that even in the very first opening of the holy book of Genesis the Trinity is commended. For when it is thus said:
'In the beginning God made heaven and earth,' so that the Father is understood to have made in the Son—as the Psalm attests, where it is read: 'How magnified are Thy works, O Lord! Thou hast made all things in wisdom'—most fittingly a little after the Holy Spirit also is commemorated. For when it had been said what kind of earth God first made, or what mass or matter of the future construction of the world He had designated by the name of heaven and earth, by subjoining and adding: 'And the earth was invisible and unformed, and darkness was upon the abyss,' then, that the commemoration of the Trinity might be completed, He says: 'And the Spirit of God moved over the water.'
Accordingly, let each take it as he will, since it is so profound that, for the exercise of readers, it can engender many opinions not at variance with the rule of faith; provided only that no one doubt that the holy angels in the sublime seats, though not indeed co-eternal with God, are yet secure and certain of their everlasting and true felicity. To whose fellowship the Lord, teaching that His little ones belong, said not only this: 'They shall be equal to the angels of God'; but also showed of what contemplation the angels themselves enjoy, where He said: 'See that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, that their angels in heaven always behold the face of My Father, who is in heaven.' CHAPTER XXXIII.
On the two societies of angels, diverse and unequal, which are not unfittingly understood to be designated by the names of light and darkness. That certain angels sinned and were thrust down into the lower parts of this world, which is to them as it were a prison, until the final condemnation at the day of judgment to come, the apostle Peter most plainly shows, saying that God spared not the angels that sinned, but, thrusting them down into the prisons of the gloom of hell, delivered them to be reserved for punishment in judgment. Who then can doubt that God divided between these and those, whether by foreknowledge or by deed? And who can gainsay that those others are rightly called light?
since indeed we who still live in faith, still hoping for equality with them, but assuredly not yet possessing it, are already called light by the apostle: 'For ye were,' he says, 'sometime darkness, but now light in the Lord.' But that those deserters are most aptly named darkness, surely those discern who understand or believe them to be worse than unbelieving men. Wherefore, even if another light is to be understood in that place of this book where we read: 'God said, Let there be light, and there was light,' and other darknesses are signified in that which is written: 'God divided between the light and the darkness': we nevertheless understand these two angelic societies—one enjoying God, the other swollen with pride; one to which it is said:
'Worship Him, all ye His angels'; the other whose prince says: 'All these will I give Thee, if Thou wilt fall down and worship me': the one burning with holy love of God, the other smoking with the unclean love of its own loftiness; and since, as it is written, 'God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace to the humble,' the one dwelling in the heaven of heavens, the other, cast down thence, raging in this lowest airy heaven; the one tranquil in luminous piety, the other turbulent with shadowy desires; the one clemently succoring at God's nod, justly avenging, the other seething with its own pride in the lust of subjugating and harming; the one a minister to God's goodness, that it may aid as much as it wills, the other reined in by God's power, lest it harm as much as it wills;
the one mocking the other, that against its will it should profit by its persecutions, the other envying it when it gathers in its pilgrims—we therefore have understood these two angelic societies, unequal among themselves and contrary, the one both good in nature and right in will, the other indeed good in nature but perverse in will, to be declared by other plainer testimonies of the divine Scriptures, and we have judged that even in this book, whose name is Genesis, they are signified by the words of light and darkness, even if perchance he who wrote it had another meaning in this place; nor has the obscurity of this sentence been treated unprofitably, since, although we could not trace out the intention of the author of this book, we have nonetheless not departed from the rule of faith, which is sufficiently known to the faithful through other sacred writings of the same authority.
For even if the works of God here commemorated are corporeal, they have without doubt some likeness of spiritual things, according to which the apostle says: 'For ye are all sons of light and sons of the day; we are not of the night nor of darkness.' But if he who wrote it also meant this, our intention has reached a more perfect end of the discussion: that a man of God of such surpassing and divine wisdom—nay rather, through him the Spirit of God—in commemorating the works of God, which He said were all perfected on the sixth day, should by no means be believed to have passed over the angels, whether 'in the beginning' because He made them first, or—what is more fittingly understood—'in the beginning' because He made them in the only-begotten Word, when it was written: 'In the beginning God made heaven and earth';
by which names the universal creation is signified, either spiritual and corporeal—which is more credible—or the two great parts of the world, by which all things that have been created are contained, so that He might first set forth the whole, and then follow out its parts according to the mystical number of the days. CHAPTER XXXIV. On the fact that some think that in the constitution of the firmament the angels were signified under the name of the separated waters, and that some hold the waters not to have been created. Although some have thought that under the name of waters were signified in some manner the peoples of the angels, and that this is what was said:
'Let there be a firmament between the water and the water,' so that above the firmament the angels are to be understood, but below either these visible waters or the multitude of evil angels or the nations of all men. But if this is so, it does not there appear where the angels were made, but where they were separated; although some—which is of most perverse and impious vanity—deny that even the waters were made by God, since it is nowhere written: 'God said, Let the waters be.' Which they can with like vanity say also of the earth; for nowhere is it read: 'God said, Let the earth be.' But, they say, it is written: 'In the beginning God made heaven and earth.' There, then, the water also is to be understood; for under one name both are comprehended.
For His is the sea, as is read in the Psalm, and He made it, and His hands formed the dry land. But these, who under the name of the waters which are above the heavens wish the angels to be understood, are moved by the weights of the elements, and therefore think that the fluid and heavy nature of waters could not be established in the upper regions of the world; who, according to their own reasonings, if they themselves could make a man, would not place in his head the phlegm—which in Greek is called phlegma, and holds as it were the place of the waters among the elements of our body.
For there is the seat of the phlegm, according to the work of God most fittingly indeed, but according to the conjecture of these men so absurdly that, if we did not know this, and it were similarly written in this book that God placed a fluid and cold and therefore heavy humor in the part of the human body higher than all the rest, these weighers of the elements would by no means believe it; and if they were subject to the authority of the same Scripture, they would judge that something else must be understood from this.
But since, if we should diligently examine and treat each thing that is written in that divine book concerning the constitution of the world, both much must be said and we must digress far from the purpose of the work undertaken, and since we have now disputed, as far as has seemed sufficient, concerning these two societies of angels diverse and contrary among themselves—in which are certain beginnings of the two cities also in human affairs, of which I have undertaken to speak hereafter—let us at length close this book also. BOOK XII. CHAPTER I. On the one nature of the good and the evil angels. Before I speak of the institution of man, in whom the origin of the two cities, as far as pertains to the race of rational mortals, will appear,
as in the former book it already seems to have appeared in the angels, I see that some things must first be said by me concerning the angels themselves, by which it may be demonstrated, as far as is possible for us, how not unfitting nor incongruous is the fellowship said to exist between men and angels, so that not four (namely two of angels and as many of men), but rather two cities—that is, societies—may rightly be said to exist, one constituted in the good and the other in the evil, not only of angels but also of men.
That the contrary appetites of the good and the evil angels among themselves arose not from diverse natures and origins—since God, the good Author and Maker of all substances, created both—but from wills and desires, it is not lawful to doubt; while some constantly persist in the good common to all, which to them is God Himself, and in His eternity, truth, and love; others, delighting rather in their own power, as if they were their own good to themselves, slipped away from the higher good common to all and beatific, to their own private goods, and, possessing the pomp of elation in place of the most exalted eternity, the cunning of vanity in place of the most certain truth, the zeal of partisanship in place of indivisible love, became proud, deceitful, and envious.
The cause, therefore, of the blessedness of the former is to cleave to God; wherefore the cause of the misery of the latter is to be understood from the contrary, namely, not to cleave to God. For which reason, if, when it is asked why the former are blessed, it is rightly answered, 'Because they cleave to God'; and when it is asked why the latter are miserable, it is rightly answered, 'Because they do not cleave to God': there is no good of the rational or intellectual creature whereby it is blessed, save God. Thus, although not every creature can be blessed (for beasts, wood, stones, and whatever is of this kind do not attain or receive this gift), yet that which can, cannot from itself, since it is created from nothing, but from Him by whom it was created. For having obtained Him it is blessed, having lost Him it is miserable.
But He who is blessed not by another good, but by Himself as His own good, cannot therefore be miserable, because He cannot lose Himself. We say therefore that there is no immutable good save the one true and blessed God; and that the things which He made are indeed good because they are from Him, yet mutable because they are made not of Him but of nothing. Although therefore they are not supreme goods, since God is a greater good than they, yet those mutable goods are great which can cleave, in order to be blessed, to the immutable good, which is so far their good that without it they must necessarily be miserable. Nor on that account are the other things in this universe of creation better, because they cannot be miserable;
for neither must it be said that the other members of our body are better than the eyes because they cannot be blind. But just as a nature that has sensation, even when it suffers pain, is better than a stone which can in no way suffer pain, so a rational nature, even when miserable, is more excellent than that which lacks reason or sensation, and into which therefore misery cannot fall. Since this is so, to this nature, which has been created in such excellence that, although it is itself mutable, yet by cleaving to the immutable good, that is, the supreme God, it attains blessedness, and does not fulfill its want unless it is assuredly blessed, and to fulfill it nothing suffices save God—surely not to cleave to Him is a vice.
But every vice harms the nature, and through this is against nature. Therefore this nature differs from that which cleaves to God not by nature, but by vice; by which vice, nevertheless, the nature itself is shown to be very great and much to be praised. For the vice of that whose vice is rightly blamed is without doubt praised in its nature. For the right blame of a vice is that by it a praiseworthy nature is dishonored. As therefore, when the vice of the eyes is called blindness, this is shown, that sight pertains to the nature of the eyes; and when the vice of the ears is called deafness, hearing is demonstrated to pertain to their nature: so, when the vice of the angelic creature is named, by which it does not cleave to God, hence it is most plainly declared that it befits its nature to cleave to God.
Now how great is the praise of cleaving to God, so as to live for Him, to be wise from Him, to rejoice in Him, and to enjoy so great a good without death, without error, without trouble—who can worthily conceive or express it? Wherefore even by the vice of the evil angels, by which they do not cleave to God, since every vice harms the nature, it is sufficiently manifested that God created their nature so good that it is harmful to it not to be with God. CHAPTER II. That no essence is contrary to God, because from Him who supremely and ever is, that which is not seems to be wholly diverse. Let these things be said, and let no one, when we speak of the apostate angels, think that they could have had another nature as it were from another principle, nor that God is not the Author of their nature.
From the impiety of which error each will be the more readily and easily free, the more keenly he can understand what God said through the angel when He sent Moses to the children of Israel: 'I am that I am.' For since God is the supreme essence, that is, supremely is, and therefore is immutable: to the things which He created from nothing He gave being, but not supremely to be, as He Himself is;
and to some He gave to be more, to others to be less, and thus ordered the natures of essences by degrees (for just as from that which is to be wise wisdom is named, so from that which is to be essence is named, by a new word indeed, which the old authors of the Latin tongue did not use, but now in our times become customary, that there should not be lacking even to our language that which the Greeks call ousia; for this word was expressed word for word, so that it might be said essentia); and through this, to that nature which supremely is, by whose making are whatsoever things are, there is no contrary nature except that which is not. For to that which is, not to be is contrary.
And therefore to God, that is, to the supreme essence and Author of all essences of whatever kind, no essence is contrary. CHAPTER III. On the enemies of God, who are such not by nature but by a contrary will, which, while it harms them, harms a good nature; for a vice, if it does not harm, is not. But those are called in the Scriptures enemies of God who oppose His rule not by nature but by vices, being able to harm Him in nothing, but only themselves. For they are enemies by the will of resisting, not by the power of injuring. For God is immutable and in every way incorruptible. Therefore the vice by which those who are called His enemies resist God is an evil not to God but to themselves, and this for no other reason than that it corrupts in them the good of their nature.
The nature, therefore, is not contrary to God, but the vice, because evil is contrary to good. But who would deny God to be supremely good? The vice, then, is contrary to God, as evil to good. Moreover the nature which it vitiates is also good; whence it is contrary to this good also; but to God only as evil to good, while to the nature which it vitiates it is not only evil but also harmful. For no evils are harmful to God, but to the mutable and corruptible natures, which are nevertheless good even by the testimony of the vices themselves. For if they were not good, the vices could not harm them. For what do the vices do them by harming, save take away integrity, beauty, health, virtue, and whatever good of the nature is wont to be withdrawn or diminished by vice?
But if it should be wholly lacking, it harms not by taking away any good, and through this neither is it a vice. For it cannot be that there should be a vice and that it should not harm. Whence it is gathered that, although a vice cannot harm the immutable good, yet it cannot harm save a good, because it is not present save where it harms. This can also be said in this way: that a vice can be neither in the supreme good nor save in some good. Good things, therefore, can exist somewhere alone, evil things alone nowhere; since even those natures which were vitiated from the beginning of an evil will, in so far as they are vitiated, are evil, but in so far as they are natures, are good. And when a vitiated nature is in punishments, besides the fact that it is a nature, even this is there good, that it is not unpunished.
For this is just, and everything just is without doubt good. For no one pays penalties for natural vices, but for voluntary ones. For even that vice which, strengthened by habit or by too great progress, has grown as it were naturally, took its beginning from the will. For we are now speaking of the vices of that nature in which there is a mind capable of intelligible light, by which the just is discerned from the unjust. CHAPTER IV. On the natures of irrational things or of things lacking life, which in their own kind and order do not depart from the beauty of the universe.
For the rest, to think damnable the vices of beasts and trees and other mutable and mortal things, lacking altogether intellect or sensation or life, by which their dissoluble nature is corrupted, is ridiculous, since these creatures received that mode by the nod of the Creator, so that by yielding and succeeding they might carry out the lowest beauty of the seasons, congruous in its own kind to the parts of this world. For earthly things were not to be made equal to heavenly, nor on that account ought these to be lacking to the universe, because those others are better. When therefore in these places, where such things were fitting to be, some things arising as others fail, and lesser things give way to greater and the conquered are turned into the qualities of the conquerors, this is the order of transient things.
The beauty of which order delights us not, for this reason: that, being woven into a part of it according to the condition of our mortality, we cannot perceive the whole, to which the particulars that offend us aptly and becomingly conform. Whence to us, who are less fit to contemplate it, the providence of the Maker is most rightly enjoined to be believed, lest we dare in any point to reprehend the work of so great an Artificer with the vanity of human rashness. Although even the vices of earthly things, which are neither voluntary nor penal, commend the natures themselves—of which there is none whatsoever whose Author and Maker is not God—if we prudently attend, by the same reasoning, because in them too it displeases us that there is taken away by vice that which pleases us in the nature;
This is simply because to human beings the natures themselves are often displeasing when they become harmful to them—displeasing to those who consider not the natures but their own advantage, like those animals by whose abundance the pride of the Egyptians was scourged. But in this same way men could even find fault with the sun, since certain offenders, or those who do not pay their debts, are by order of the judges set out in the sun. It is therefore not from our convenience or inconvenience, but considered in itself, that a nature gives glory to its Maker. Thus also the nature of the eternal fire is without any doubt praiseworthy, although destined to be a punishment for the condemned and ungodly. For what is more beautiful than fire as it blazes, glows, and shines? What more useful than fire as it warms, heals, and cooks? Yet nothing is more troublesome than it as it burns.
The very same fire, then, when applied otherwise is found destructive, which when fittingly used is found most beneficial. For who is able to set forth in words its uses throughout the whole world? Nor should those be heeded who praise the light in fire but find fault with its heat, doing so, that is, not according to the power of its nature but according to their own convenience or inconvenience. For they wish to see, but do not wish to be burned. Yet they pay too little attention to the fact that that very light, which surely pleases even them, harms weak eyes by its unsuitability, while in that heat, which displeases them, certain animals through its suitability live in good health. CHAPTER V. That in every kind and measure of nature the Creator is praiseworthy.
All natures, therefore, since they exist and on that account have their own measure, their own form, and a certain peace of their own within themselves, are assuredly good; and when they are there where they ought to be according to the order of nature, they preserve their being to the extent they have received it. And those which have not received an everlasting existence are, according to the use and movement of things to which they are subjected by the law of the Creator, changed for the better or the worse, tending by divine providence toward that outcome which the plan of governing the universe embraces; in such a way that not even so great a corruption as carries mutable and mortal natures all the way to destruction so causes what was to cease to be, that there does not consequently arise from it that which ought to be.
Since these things are so, God, who supremely is, and by whom therefore was made every essence that does not supremely exist (because that which was made out of nothing ought not to be equal to Him, nor could it in any way exist if it had not been made by Him), is neither to be blamed for the offence of any vices, and is to be praised in the consideration of all natures. CHAPTER VI. What is the cause of the blessedness of the good angels, and what the cause of the misery of the evil angels. Accordingly the truest cause of the blessedness of the good angels is found to be this: that they cleave to Him who supremely is. But when the cause of the misery of the evil angels is sought, it deservedly occurs to us that, having turned away from Him who supremely is, they turned to themselves, who do not supremely exist;
and this vice—by what other name should it be called than pride? For pride is the beginning of all sin. They were unwilling, therefore, to keep their strength fixed upon Him; and they who would have been greater had they cleaved to Him who supremely is, by preferring themselves preferred that which is less. This was the first defect, the first impoverishment, and the first vice of that nature which was so created that it neither supremely existed and yet, for having blessedness, could enjoy Him who supremely is; from whom, when turned away, it became indeed not nothing, but nonetheless less, and on that account became wretched. Moreover, if the efficient cause of this evil will is sought, nothing is found. For what is it that makes the will evil, when it is the will itself that does the evil work?
And through this, the evil will is the efficient cause of the evil work, but of the evil will there is no efficient cause. For if some thing exists, it either has or has not some will; if it has, it certainly has either a good one or an evil one; if a good one, who would be so foolish as to say that a good will makes the will evil? For then, if so, the good will would be the cause of sin—than which nothing more absurd can be thought. But if that thing which is supposed to make the will evil itself also has an evil will, then I ask, in turn, what thing made that will; and so, that there may be some limit to the inquiry, I inquire after the cause of the first evil will. For that evil will is not the first which was made by an evil will;
but that one is first which no will made. For if something preceded by which it was made, that which made the other is prior. If it is answered that no thing made it, and that therefore it always existed, I ask whether it existed in some nature. For if it existed in no nature, it did not exist at all; but if in some nature, it was vitiating and corrupting it, and was harmful to it, and through this was depriving it of good. And therefore an evil will could not exist in an evil nature, but in a good one—mutable, however—to which this vice could do harm. For if it did no harm, it was assuredly not a vice, and through this it must not be said to have been an evil will. But if it did harm, it certainly did harm by taking away or diminishing good.
Therefore an evil will could not be everlasting in that thing in which a natural good had preceded—a good which the evil will, by harming, could take away. If then it was not everlasting, I ask who made it. It remains to be said that the thing which made the evil will was one in which there was no will. I ask whether this is superior, or inferior, or equal. But the superior is surely better; how then would it be the will of nothing, rather than of a good will? Assuredly this same holds of an equal also. For as long as two are equally of good will, the one does not produce in the other an evil will. It remains that an inferior thing, which has no will, produced the evil will of the angelic nature which first sinned.
But even that thing itself, whatever inferior thing it be, down to the lowest earth—since it is a nature and an essence—is without doubt good, having its own measure and form in its own kind and order. How then is a good thing the efficient cause of an evil will? How, I say, is a good the cause of an evil? For when the will, forsaking the higher, turns itself to lower things, it becomes evil—not because that to which it turns is evil, but because the turning itself is perverse. Therefore it was not the inferior thing that made the will evil, but the will desired the inferior thing in a depraved and disordered way, by the very fact that it was a created thing. For if any two men, equally disposed in mind and body, should behold
the beauty of one body—and at the sight of it one of them is moved to enjoy it unlawfully, while the other remains steadfast in a chaste will—what do we suppose to be the cause, that in the one an evil will arises, in the other it does not arise? What thing produced it in the one in whom it arose? For surely not that beauty of the body; for it did not produce the will in both, since indeed it met the gaze of both alike. Is the flesh of the beholder the cause? Why not also of the other? Or is it the mind? Why not of both? For we have stated beforehand that both were equally disposed in mind and in body. Or must it be said that the one of them was tempted by the hidden suggestion of a malignant spirit—as though he did not, by his own will, consent to that very suggestion and persuasion of whatever kind?
This consent, then—this evil will which he applied to the one persuading evilly—what thing produced it in him, we ask. For that this hindrance too may be removed from the present question: if both are tempted by the same temptation, and one yields and consents to it, while the other remains the same as he had been—what else appears, except that the one was unwilling, and the other willing, to fall away from chastity? And whence, except by his own will, when the disposition of body and mind had been the same in both? The same beauty was seen by the eyes of both alike; the same hidden temptation pressed upon both alike. Therefore, for those wishing to know what thing produced in the one of them his own evil will, if they look well, nothing presents itself.
For if we say that he himself produced it, what was he himself before the evil will, except a good nature, whose author is God, who is the immutable good? He, then, who says of the man that consented to the tempter and persuader (to whom the other did not consent) for the unlawful use of a beautiful body—which was present to be seen by both alike, since before that sight and temptation both were alike in mind and body—that this man made for himself the evil will, since he had certainly been good before the evil will: let him ask why he made it, whether because he is a nature, or because he was made out of nothing; and he will find that the evil will begins to be, not from the fact that he is a nature, but from the fact that the nature was made out of nothing.
For if a nature is the cause of an evil will, what else are we compelled to say, except that evil comes from good, and that good is the cause of evil?—if indeed an evil will arises from a good nature. But how can it come about that a good nature, although mutable, before it has an evil will, should do something evil, that is, the evil will itself? CHAPTER VII. That the efficient cause of an evil will is not to be sought. Let no one, therefore, seek the efficient cause of an evil will; for it is not efficient but deficient, since the will itself is not an effecting but a defecting. For to fall away from that which supremely is, to that which exists in a lesser degree—this is to begin to have an evil will.
But to wish to find the causes of these defections—since they are not, as I have said, efficient but deficient—is as if someone should wish to see darkness or to hear silence; both of which are nonetheless known to us, the one only through the eyes, the other only through the ears, yet not in a form, but in the privation of form. Let no one, then, seek to learn from me what I know that I do not know—unless perhaps in order to learn not to know that which must be known to be impossible to be known. For those things which are known not in a form but in its privation, if they can be spoken or understood, are in a certain manner known by not-knowing, so that by knowing they are not-known. For when the keen edge even of the bodily eye runs through bodily forms, nowhere does it see darkness except where it begins not to see.
So too it pertains not to any other sense, but to the ears alone, to perceive silence, which nonetheless is in no way perceived except by not-hearing. Thus our mind indeed beholds intelligible forms by understanding; but where these are lacking, it learns them by not-knowing. For 'who understands his transgressions?' CHAPTER VIII. On the perverse love by which the will falls away from the immutable good to a mutable good. This I know: that the nature of God can never, nowhere, in no part fail; and that those things can fail which have been made out of nothing. Yet these, in proportion as they more truly exist and do good things (for then they do something), have efficient causes; but in proportion as they fail and from this do evil things (for what then do they do but vanities?)—
they have deficient causes. Likewise I know that in whomsoever an evil will arises, it arises in him in such a way that, if he were unwilling, it would not arise; and therefore not necessary but voluntary defects are followed by a just penalty. For one fails not toward evil things, but evilly—that is, not toward evil natures, but evilly, because contrary to the order of natures, from that which supremely is to that which exists in a lesser degree. For avarice is not a vice of gold, but of the man who perversely loves gold, justice being abandoned, which ought incomparably to have been set above gold; nor is luxury a vice of beautiful and pleasant bodies, but of the soul that perversely loves bodily pleasures, temperance being neglected, by which we are joined to things spiritually more beautiful and incorruptibly more pleasant;
nor is boastfulness a vice of human praise, but of the soul that perversely loves to be praised by men, the testimony of conscience being despised; nor is pride a vice of the one who gives power, or even of power itself, but of the soul that perversely loves its own power, the more just power of a mightier one being scorned. And through this, whoever perversely loves the good of any nature whatsoever, even if he obtains it, himself becomes evil in the good and wretched, being deprived of a better good. CHAPTER IX. Whether the holy angels have the same one as the author of their good will, whom they have as Creator of their nature, through the Holy Spirit, charity being poured out in them.
Since, then, there is no natural or, if it may be so said, essential efficient cause of an evil will (for from the will itself begins the evil of mutable spirits, by which the good of the nature is diminished and depraved, nor does anything but a defection—by which God is forsaken—produce such a will; and the cause even of this defection assuredly fails): if we should say that there is no efficient cause even of a good will, we must beware lest the good will of the good angels be believed not to be made, but to be coeternal with God. Since, then, they themselves were made, how shall it be said that their good will was not made? Moreover, since it was made, was it made together with them, or were they without it first? But if together with them, there is no doubt that it was made by Him by whom they too were made; and as soon as they were made, they cleaved, by love,
cleaved to Him by whom they were made, with whom they were made. And these are separated from the fellowship of those others by this: that they remained in that same good will, while these others, by falling away from it, were changed—changed, that is, by an evil will, by this very fact that they fell away from the good one; from which they would not have fallen away, if at least they had been unwilling. But if the good angels existed first without a good will, and made it in themselves, God not working it, then they were made better by themselves than by Him. God forbid. For what were they, without a good will, except evil? Or if for this reason not evil, because no evil will was in them either (for they had not fallen away from that which they had not yet begun to have), then certainly they were not yet such, not yet so good as they began to be when they had a good will.
But if they could not make themselves better than He had made them—He than whom no one makes anything better—then assuredly they could not have a good will, by which they might be better, except by the working aid of the Creator. And when their good will brought it about that they should turn, not to themselves who existed in a lesser degree, but to Him who supremely is, and by cleaving to Him should exist more fully, and by participation in Him should live wisely and blessedly: what else is shown, except that the will, however good, would have been needy, destined to remain in mere desire, unless He who had made the good nature out of nothing, capable of Himself, should from Himself make it better by filling it—first making it more eager by stirring it up?
For this too must be examined: if the good angels made the good will in themselves, did they make it by some will, or by none? If by none, then assuredly they did not make it at all. If by some will, was it an evil or a good one? If evil, how could an evil will be the maker of a good will? If good, then they already had it. And who had made this, except He who created them with a good will—that is, with the chaste love by which they might cleave to Him—at once both founding their nature for them and bestowing grace? Whence it must be believed that the holy angels never existed without a good will, that is, without the love of God.
But those others, who, although they were created good, are nonetheless evil (evil by their own will, which the good nature did not produce, except when it of its own accord fell away from the good—so that the cause of evil is not the good, but a defection from the good)—either received a lesser grace of divine love than those who persevered in the same, or, if both were created equally good, then, while these fell by an evil will, those others were more abundantly assisted and attained to that fullness of blessedness whereby they became most certain that they would never fall; as we have already treated in the book which this one follows.
It must therefore be confessed, with due praise of the Creator, that what is written—that the charity of God has been poured forth in them through the Holy Spirit who has been given to them—pertains not to holy men alone, but can truly be said of the holy angels also; and that this good belongs not only to men, but primarily and chiefly to the angels: as it is written, 'But for me it is good to cleave to God.' Those to whom this good is common have, both with Him to whom they cleave and among themselves, a holy fellowship, and are one City of God, and likewise His living sacrifice and His living temple. A part of which—
which is to be joined to the immortal angels, and is gathered out of mortal men, and now sojourns mortally on earth, or, in the case of those who have undergone death, rests in the hidden receptacles and abodes of souls—it is now, I see, to be said how this part arose, by the creation of the same God, just as it has been said concerning the angels. For according to the faith of Holy Scripture, the human race took its beginning from one man, whom God first founded. And this Scripture, not undeservedly, has a marvellous authority throughout the whole world and among all the nations which, among other true things it has said, it foretold by true divinity would believe in it. CHAPTER X. On the opinion of those who think that the human race, like the world itself, has always existed.
Let us therefore pass over the conjectures of men who know not what they say concerning the nature or the institution of the human race. For some, just as they believed concerning the world itself, suppose that men have always existed. Whence Apuleius also says, when he was describing this kind of living creatures: 'Individually mortal, yet as a whole, in the entire kind, perpetual.' And when it has been said to them, if the human race has always existed, in what way then does their history speak the truth which narrates who were the inventors of various things, and who were the first founders of the liberal disciplines and of the other arts, or by whom this or that region and part of the lands—
this or that island began to be inhabited by whom—they answer that, through fixed intervals of time, by floods and conflagrations, not indeed all, but most parts of the lands are so devastated that men are reduced to a tiny remnant, from whose progeny the former multitude is again restored; and that thus things are again and again discovered and instituted as though for the first time, when rather they are restored, having been interrupted and extinguished by those excessive devastations; but that a man can in no way at all come into existence except from a man. They say, however, what they suppose, not what they know. CHAPTER XI. On the falsity of that history which assigns many thousands of years to past times.
Certain most lying writings also deceive them, which they allege contain in their history of the times many thousands of years, whereas from the sacred letters we reckon that not yet six thousand years have been completed since the institution of man. Wherefore, not to argue at length how the vanity of those writings—in which far more thousands of years are recounted—is refuted, and how no authority suitable to this matter is found in them: that letter of Alexander the Great to his mother Olympias, which he wrote setting forth the narration of a certain Egyptian priest, which he had drawn from writings held sacred among them, contains also kingdoms which Greek history likewise knows;
in which the kingdom of the Assyrians, in that same letter of Alexander, exceeds five thousand years; but in Greek history it has nearly one thousand three hundred from the very rule of Belus, whom that Egyptian also places as king at the beginning of that same kingdom. The empire of the Persians and Macedonians, moreover, down to Alexander himself, to whom he was speaking, that man sets at more than eight thousand years, whereas among the Greeks, the Macedonians down to the death of Alexander are reckoned at four hundred and eighty-five, and the Persians, until they were brought to an end by Alexander's own victory, are reckoned at two hundred and thirty-three. These numbers of years, therefore, are far less than those Egyptian ones; nor would they equal them, even if they were reckoned three times as much.
For the Egyptians are reported once to have had years so short that they were completed in four months each; whence a fuller and truer year, such as now is both ours and theirs, embraced three of their ancient years. But not even so, as I have said, does Greek history agree in the number of times with the Egyptian. And therefore credit is rather to be given to the Greek, because it does not exceed the truth of the years which are contained in our letters, which are truly sacred. Moreover, if this letter of Alexander, which has become especially well known, departs greatly in the spans of times from a credible faith concerning things, how much less is credit to be given to those writings which—
they have wished to bring forth full of fabulous, as it were, antiquities, against the authority of the most well-known and divine books, which foretold that the whole world would believe in it, and in which the whole world, just as was foretold by it, has believed; which has shown that it narrated true things that are past, by those things which it foretold as future, since they are fulfilled with such great truth. CHAPTER XII. On those who think this world indeed not everlasting, but suppose either that there are innumerable worlds, or that this same one world is always being born and dissolved by a fixed succession of ages. But others, who do not think this world everlasting, whether they suppose that not it alone exists, but innumerable worlds,
or whether they suppose it indeed to be alone, but that it innumerably rises and sets at fixed intervals of ages, must of necessity confess that the human race existed at some time before there were men to beget them. For they cannot, as in the case of floods and conflagrations of the lands—which they do not think befall the whole globe entirely, and therefore contend that a few men always remain, from whom the former multitude is restored—they cannot, I say, in the same way suppose that some of mankind is left in the world while the world is perishing; but just as they think the world itself is reborn out of its own matter, so they think the human race in it springs up out of its elements, and then the offspring of mortals sprouts from parents, as do that of the other animals. CHAPTER XIII.
What is to be answered to those who object that the creation of man was too late. But that which we answered, when the question concerning the origin of the world was being debated, to those who are unwilling to believe that it did not always exist, but began to exist, just as even Plato most openly confesses (although by some he is believed to have thought the contrary to what he says): this same thing I would answer also concerning the first creation of man, on account of those who are similarly disturbed as to why man was not created throughout the innumerable and infinite times gone by, and was created so late that less than six thousand years are found, since in the sacred letters he is found to have begun to exist.
For if the brevity of time offends them, because so few years seem to them to have passed since man was instituted, as is read in our authorities, let them consider that nothing is long-lasting in which there is some end, and that all the spans of the ages, if compared to boundless eternity, are to be esteemed not small, but nothing at all. And through this, if not five or six, but even sixty thousand, or six hundred thousand, or sixty times, or six hundred times, or six hundred thousand times the number of years were named, since God made man, or if this sum were likewise multiplied through as many times as many, where we would no longer have any name for the number: in the same way it could be asked why He did not make him before.
For God's cessation, going backward from the creation of man, is so eternal, without beginning, that, if there be compared to it any number of times, however great and unspeakable—which is nonetheless terminated, enclosed within the end of a fixed span—it ought not even to seem so much as if we should compare a tiniest drop of moisture to the whole sea, even as much as the ocean flows around the world; since of these two, the one is exceedingly small, the other incomparably great, yet both are finite. But that span of time which proceeds from some beginning and is confined by some end—however great a magnitude it be stretched to—compared to that which has no beginning, I know not whether it is to be reckoned as the least, or rather as nothing.
For if, from the end, even the briefest moments are taken away one by one—with the number decreasing, however vast it be, so that it finds no name—by returning backward (as if you should subtract the days of a man from that in which he now lives back to that in which he was born), the subtraction will at some point be brought to the beginning.
But if, going backward in a span which began from no commencement, there be taken away—I do not say one by one the minute moments, or the quantities of hours or days or months or even years, but spans as great as that whole sum of years comprehends, which can no longer be expressed by any reckoners whatsoever, yet which is consumed by the gradual subtraction of moments—and if these so-great spans be taken away not once and again and more often, but always: what comes of it, what is brought about, when one never arrives at a beginning which is utterly none at all? Wherefore, that which we now inquire after five thousand and odd years, posterity too could inquire with the same curiosity even after six hundred thousand years,
if this mortality of men should so far continue in arising and dying away, and its untaught infirmity should persevere. Those too who were before us could, in the very recent times of created man, raise this question. The first man himself, in fact, either on the next day, or on the same day after he was made, could have inquired why he was not made before; and at whatever earlier time he had been made, this controversy about the beginning of temporal things would find then no other forces than now or even afterward. CHAPTER XIV. On the revolution of the ages, by which, when they are concluded within a fixed end, certain philosophers believed all things would always return into the same order and the same form.
But the philosophers of this world thought that this could and ought not to be resolved otherwise than by introducing cycles of times, by which they asserted that the same things had always been renewed and repeated in the nature of things, and that thus they would continue to be henceforth without cessation, the rolling courses of ages coming and passing away; whether these cycles took place in a world that remains, or whether a world rising and setting at fixed intervals should always exhibit, as though new, the same things which have passed away and are to come. From which mockery they cannot at all free the immortal soul, even when it has attained wisdom—a soul going without cessation to a false blessedness and returning without cessation to a true misery.
For how is that a true blessedness, of whose eternity there is never any confidence, while the soul either most ignorantly does not know, in truth, the coming misery, or most unhappily, in blessedness, dreads it? But if, never to return again to miseries, it passes from these to blessedness, then something new comes to be in time, which has no end of time. Why then not the world also? Why not also man, made in the world?—so that those, I know not what, false cycles, discovered by false and deceitful sages, may be avoided, on the sound path of the right way, in sound doctrine. For some wish also that which is read in the book of Solomon, who is called Ecclesiastes: 'What is it that has been? The same that shall be. And what is it that has been done? The same that shall be done;'
'and there is no new thing whatever under the sun. Who shall speak and say: Behold, this is new? It has already been in the ages which were before us'—they wish this to be understood on account of those cycles returning into the same things and recalling all things into the same. But he said this either concerning those matters of which he was speaking above, that is, concerning some generations going and others coming, concerning the windings of the sun, concerning the gliding of torrents; or assuredly concerning the kinds of all things which arise and set. For there were men before us, there are also with us, there will be also after us: so likewise any living creatures or shrubs.
Those very monstrosities also, which are born in unwonted shapes, although they differ among themselves and some of them are recounted as having occurred only once, nevertheless, according to that whereby they are in general miracles and monstrosities, they certainly both have been and will be. Nor is it a recent or novel thing that a monstrosity should be born under the sun. Although some have so understood these words, as though that wise man wished it to be understood that all things had already been done in the predestination of God, and that therefore nothing is recent under the sun.
But far be it from the right faith that we should believe those cycles to be signified by these words of Solomon, by which those men suppose that the same revolutions of times and of temporal things are so repeated, that, for example, just as in this present age the philosopher Plato taught his disciples in the city of Athens and in that school which was called the Academy, so through countless ages past, at intervals indeed very long, yet fixed, the same Plato and the same city and the same school and the same disciples have been repeated, and through countless ages to come are to be repeated. Far be it, I say, that we should believe these things. For Christ died once for our sins; but rising from the dead He dies no more, and death shall no longer have dominion over Him;
and we, after the resurrection, shall be ever with the Lord, to whom we even now say what the sacred psalm admonishes: Thou, O Lord, shalt keep us and preserve us from this generation and for ever. Now I think that what follows agrees well enough with these men: The wicked walk in a circle; not because their life is to return through the cycles which they imagine, but because such is now the way of their error, that is, false doctrine. CHAPTER XV. Of the temporal condition of the human race, which God instituted neither by a new counsel nor by a mutable will. But what wonder is it, if, wandering in these cycles, they find neither entrance nor exit? Since they know not by what beginning the human race and this our mortality began, nor by what end it is brought to a close;
since indeed they cannot penetrate the depth of God, whereby, although He Himself is eternal and without beginning, He nevertheless began times from some beginning, and made man in time, whom He had never made before — yet not by a new and sudden, but by an unchangeable and eternal counsel. Who can investigate this unsearchable depth, and scrutinize the inscrutable, according to which God made temporal man, before whom no man ever was, not by a mutable will, in time, and multiplied the human race out of one man? Since indeed the psalm itself, when it had premised and said:
Thou, O Lord, shalt keep us and preserve us from this generation and for ever, and then had struck down those in whose foolish and impious doctrine no eternity of the soul's liberation and blessedness is preserved, immediately subjoining: The wicked walk in a circle: as though it were said to Him: 'What then dost thou believe, feel, understand? Is it to be supposed that it suddenly pleased God to make man, whom through the infinite eternity stretching back He had never made before, to whom nothing new can happen, in whom there is nothing mutable?' — it immediately answered, speaking to God Himself: According to Thy depth Thou hast multiplied the sons of men. Let men, it says, perceive what they think, and let them hold and dispute what pleases them:
According to Thy depth, which no man can know, Thou hast multiplied the sons of men. For it is something very deep, both that He has ever been, and that He willed first to make man, whom He had never made, from some particular time, and yet did not change His counsel and will. CHAPTER XVI. Whether, in order that God may be understood to have ever been also Lord, it is to be believed that there was never wanting a creature over which He might be Lord, and in what way that may be called ever created which cannot be called co-eternal. I indeed, just as I dare not say that the Lord God was at some time not Lord, so I ought not to doubt that man never existed before, and that the first man was created from a certain time.
But when I consider of what thing He was ever Lord, if a creature did not ever exist, I am afraid to affirm anything, because I both regard myself and recall that it is written: Who of men can know the counsel of God, or who can think what the Lord willeth? For the thoughts of mortals are timid, and our devices uncertain. For the corruptible body weigheth down the soul, and the earthly habitation depresseth the mind that museth upon many things. From these many things, then, which I ponder in this earthly habitation (and many indeed, for this reason, because I cannot find that one thing which, out of them or beside them — which perhaps I do not ponder — is true), if I should say that there was ever a creature of which He was Lord,
He who is ever Lord and never was not Lord; but now this one, now another, through one and another space of times, lest we should say any creature to be co-eternal with the Creator, which sound faith and reason condemns: it must be guarded against, lest it be absurd and alien from the light of truth, that a mortal creature should indeed ever have existed through the successions of times, one departing, another succeeding; but that the immortal creature should not have begun to be, except when our age was reached, when the angels also were created, if that first-made light rightly signifies them, or rather that heaven of which it was said:
In the beginning God made heaven and earth, since nevertheless they did not exist before they were made, lest the immortals, if they are said to have ever existed, should be believed to be co-eternal with God. But if I should say that the angels were not created in time, but that they too existed before all times, of whom God was Lord, who never was anything but Lord: it will be asked of me also, if they were made before all times, whether those who were made could have existed always. Here perhaps it would seem one must answer: How not always, since that which exists at every time may not unfittingly be said to exist always? But these existed at every time to such a degree that they were even made before all times; if indeed times began from heaven, and these already were before heaven.
But if time was not from heaven, but existed even before heaven; not indeed in hours and days and months and years (for these measurements of temporal spaces, which are usually and properly called times, it is plain began from the motion of the stars; whence God also, when He instituted these, said: And let them be for signs and for seasons and for days and for years), but in some changeable motion, of which one part passes before, another after, in that they cannot exist together; — if then before heaven there was some such thing in angelic motions, and therefore time already existed, and the angels, from the time they were made, were moved temporally: even thus they existed at every time, since indeed times were made together with them. But who would say:
That did not always exist, which existed at every time? But if I shall answer this, it will be said to me: How then are they not co-eternal with the Creator, if He was always, they always were? How also are they to be said to be created, if they are understood to have always existed? To this what shall be answered? Must it be said that they both always existed, since they existed at every time — they who were made together with time, or with whom times were made — and yet were created? For neither shall we deny that times themselves were created, although no one doubts that time existed at every time. For if time did not exist at every time, then there was time when there was no time. Who, however foolish, would say this? For we can rightly say: There was a time when Rome did not exist;
there was a time when Jerusalem did not exist; there was a time when Abraham did not exist; there was a time when man did not exist, and the like; finally, if the world was made not with the beginning of time, but after some time, we can say: There was a time when the world did not exist; but truly: There was a time when there was no time, we say as unfittingly as if anyone should say: There was a man when there was no man, or: This world existed when this world did not exist. For if it be understood of one thing and another, it can in some way be said, that is: There was another man when this man did not exist; so therefore: There was another time when this time did not exist, we can rightly say; but truly:
There was a time when there was no time — who, even the most foolish, would say this? Just as therefore we say that time was created, while it is nevertheless said to have always existed, because at every time there was time: so it does not follow that, if the angels always existed, they were therefore not created; so that they are said to have always existed for this reason, because they existed at every time, and they existed at every time for this reason, because in no way could the very times exist without them. For where there is no creature by whose changeable motions times are carried on, times cannot exist at all; and therefore, even if they always existed, they were created, nor, if they always existed, are they on that account co-eternal with the Creator. For He always existed in unchangeable eternity; but these were made;
but they are said to have always existed for this reason, because they existed at every time, without which times could in no way exist; but time, since it runs by through mutability, cannot be co-eternal with unchangeable eternity. And by this, even if the immortality of the angels does not pass away in time, nor is it past as though now it were not, nor future as though it were not yet: nevertheless their motions, by which times are carried on, pass from the future into the past, and therefore they cannot be co-eternal with the Creator, in whose motion it is not to be said either that there was anything which now is not, or that there will be anything which is not yet. Wherefore, if God was always Lord, He always had a creature serving His dominion;
yet not begotten of Himself, but made by Him out of nothing, nor co-eternal with Him; for He was before it, although at no time without it — preceding it not by a passing interval, but by an abiding perpetuity. But if I should answer this to those who ask how He was always Creator, always Lord, if the serving creature did not always exist; or how it was created and not rather co-eternal with the Creator, if it always existed: I fear lest I be more easily judged to affirm what I know not, than to teach what I know. I return therefore to that which our Creator willed us to know; but as for those things which He has either permitted to the wiser in this life to know, or has reserved to be known by the wholly perfect in the other life, I confess to be beyond my powers.
But I have thought these things should be treated without affirmation, so that those who read these things may see from what perils of questions they ought to refrain, and may not judge themselves fit for all things, but rather may understand how much the Apostle is to be obeyed, who wholesomely commands where he says: But I say, through the grace of God which is given to me, to all who are among you, not to be more wise than it behoveth to be wise, but to be wise unto temperance, to every one as God hath imparted the measure of faith. For if the infant be nourished according to its own strength, it will come to pass that by growing it may take in more; but if it exceed the strength of its own capacity, it will fail before it grows. CHAPTER XVII. In what way the eternal life promised to man by God before eternal times is to be understood.
What ages passed before the human race was instituted, I confess I am ignorant; yet I do not doubt that no creature at all is co-eternal with the Creator. The Apostle also speaks of eternal times, and not as future, but — what is more to be wondered at — as past. For thus he says: In hope of eternal life, which God, who lieth not, promised before eternal times; but hath manifested in His own times His word. Behold, he has said in retrospect that there were eternal times, which nevertheless were not co-eternal with God, since indeed He, before eternal times, not only existed, but also promised eternal life, which He manifested in His own, that is, in fitting times — what else than His Word? For this is eternal life.
But in what way did He promise, since He certainly promised to men, who did not yet exist before eternal times, unless because in His eternity and in His very Word, co-eternal with Him, it was already fixed by predestination, which was to be in its own time? CHAPTER XVIII. What sound faith defends concerning the unchangeable counsel and will of God against the reasonings of those who maintain that the works of God return, repeated from eternity, through ever the same cycles of the ages. That also I do not doubt, that before the first man was created, there never was any man; nor that same man revolved through I know not what cycles I know not how often, nor any other man like him in nature.
Nor do the arguments of the philosophers deter me from this faith, of which that is thought the most acute which they advance, that no infinite things can be comprehended by any knowledge; and by this, they say, God has with Himself all the finite reasons of all the finite things which He makes; but His goodness is not to be believed ever to have been idle, lest His operation be temporal, of which there was previously eternal cessation, as though He repented of His former leisure without beginning, and on that account undertook the beginning of His work;
and therefore, they say, it is necessary that the same things be always repeated and that the things ever to be repeated should run their course, either while the world abides in a changeable manner — which, though it never was not, yet was made without a beginning of time — or by the world's own rising and setting being always repeated through those cycles and ever to be repeated; lest, namely, if God's works are said to have at some time first begun, He be believed to have in some way condemned His former cessation without beginning as inert and slothful and therefore displeasing to Himself, and on that account to have changed it;
but if He be reported to have always indeed wrought temporal things, yet one set and another, and so at some time to have come even to the making of man, whom He had never made before, He would seem to have done what He did not by knowledge — by which they think that whatever things are infinite cannot be comprehended — but as if for the hour, just as it came into His mind, by a certain fortuitous inconstancy. Further, if those cycles be admitted, they say, by which, either while the world abides, or while the world itself too inserts its revolving risings and settings into those same cycles, the same temporal things are repeated, then neither is slothful idleness — especially of so long a duration without beginning — attributed to God, nor improvident rashness of His works;
since, if the same things be not repeated, they cannot, varied by infinite diversity, be comprehended by any knowledge or foreknowledge of His. These argumentations, by which the impious try to turn aside our simple piety from the right way, that we may walk with them in a circle, if reason could not refute them, faith ought to deride. To this is added, that with the help of the Lord our God, reason made manifest shatters those rolling circles which opinion fabricates.
For from this especially do these men err, so that they prefer to walk in a false circle rather than by the true and straight path, because they measure the divine mind — which is wholly unchangeable, capable of any infinity whatsoever, and numbering all things innumerable without any alternation of thought — by their own human, mutable, and narrow mind; and that happens to them which the Apostle says: For comparing themselves with themselves, they understand not. For because, whenever anything new to be done comes into their mind, they do it by a new counsel (for they bear mutable minds): assuredly, thinking not of God, whom they cannot conceive, but of themselves in His stead, they compare not Him, but themselves, and not to Him, but to themselves. But for us it is not lawful to believe that God is affected in one way when He is at rest, in another when He works;
because He is not even to be said to be affected, as though something should come to be in His nature which was not there before. For he suffers who is affected, and everything is mutable that suffers anything. Let not therefore in His rest sluggishness, sloth, inactivity be thought; just as neither in His work labour, effort, industry. He knows how to act while resting and to rest while acting. He can apply to a new work not a new, but an eternal counsel; nor did He begin to do what He had not done out of repentance, because He had previously ceased. But even if He previously ceased and afterwards wrought (which I know not how it can be understood by man): this without doubt, which is called previously and afterwards, was in things previously not existing and afterwards existing;
but in Him no following will changed or took away a preceding one; rather by one and the same eternal and unchangeable will He brought it about, regarding the things which He founded, both that they should formerly not exist, so long as they did not exist, and that they should afterwards exist, when they began to be — thereby perhaps wondrously showing, to those who can behold such things, how He did not need them, but founded them out of gratuitous goodness, since without them, from eternity without a beginning, He remained in no less blessedness. CHAPTER XIX. Against those who say that the things which are infinite cannot be comprehended even by the knowledge of God. But that other thing which they say, that not even by the knowledge of God can the things which are infinite be comprehended:
it remains for them to dare to say, and to plunge themselves into this deep abyss of impiety, that God does not know all numbers. That these are infinite is most certain; since at whatever number you may think an end is to be made, that same number, I say not merely can be increased by adding one, but, however great it be and however vast a multitude it contain, in the very principle and science of numbers can not only be doubled but even multiplied. Yet each number is so bounded by its own properties, that none of them can be equal to any other whatsoever. Therefore they are both unequal among themselves and diverse, and each single one is finite, and all are infinite.
Does God then, on account of their infinity, not know all numbers, and does the knowledge of God reach up to a certain sum of numbers, while He is ignorant of the rest? Who, even the most demented, would say this? Nor will these men dare to despise numbers and to say that they do not pertain to the knowledge of God, among whom Plato with great authority commends God as fashioning the world by numbers. And among us it is read to have been said to God: Thou hast ordered all things in measure and number and weight; of whom also the prophet says: Who bringeth forth the world by number; and the Saviour in the Gospel: The hairs, He says, of you all are numbered. Far be it therefore that we should doubt that every number is known to Him, of whose understanding, as is sung in the psalm, there is no number.
The infinity of number, therefore, although there is no number of infinite numbers, is nevertheless not incomprehensible to Him of whose understanding there is no number. Wherefore, if whatever is comprehended by knowledge is bounded by the comprehension of the one knowing: assuredly all infinity also is in some ineffable way finite to God, because it is not incomprehensible to His knowledge. Wherefore, if the infinity of numbers cannot be infinite to the knowledge of God by which it is comprehended: who at last are we poor little men, that we should presume to fix limits to His knowledge, saying that, unless the same temporal things be repeated through the same cycles of times, God cannot either foreknow all the things which He makes in order to make them, or know them when He has made them?
whose wisdom, simply manifold and uniformly multiform, comprehends all incomprehensible things with so incomprehensible a comprehension, that, whatever new and dissimilar consequent things following upon antecedent ones He should ever wish to make, He could not have them disordered and unforeseen, nor would He foresee them from the time near at hand, but would contain them in His eternal foreknowledge. CHAPTER XX. Of the ages of ages. Whether He so acts, and whether those things which are called the ages of ages are coupled in a continuous connection joined to one another, yet running on in one and another ordered dissimilarity, while those at least who are freed from misery remain without end in their blessed immortality;
or whether they are so called the ages of ages, that there be understood ages abiding with unshaken stability in the wisdom of God, as the efficient causes of those ages which pass away with time — I do not dare to define. For perhaps that may be called an age which are the ages, so that nothing else be alleged to be the age of an age than the ages of ages, just as nothing else is called the heaven of heaven than the heavens of heavens. For God called the firmament heaven, above which are the waters; and yet the psalm says: And let the waters which are above the heavens praise the name of the Lord.
Which therefore of these two it is, or whether besides these two something else can be understood of the ages of ages, is a most profound question, nor does it hinder what we are now treating, if it be meanwhile deferred undiscussed; whether we may be able to define something in it, or whether the more diligent treatment itself may make us more cautious, lest in so great an obscurity of things we should dare rashly to affirm anything. For now we dispute against the opinion by which those cycles are asserted, by which the same things are thought necessarily to be repeated at intervals of times. But whichever of those sentences concerning the ages of ages be true, it pertains nothing to these cycles;
since, whether the ages of ages be not the same things repeated, but one running on from another in a most ordered connection, while the blessedness of the freed remains most certain without any recurrence of miseries, or whether the ages of ages be eternal, as it were ruling over the temporal subjects — those cycles which roll round the same things have no place, which the eternal life of the saints especially refutes. CHAPTER XXI. Of the impiety of those who assert that souls partaking of the highest and true blessedness are to return again and again, through the cycles of times, to the same miseries and toils.
For whose pious ears could endure that, after a life passed through so many and so great calamities (if indeed this is to be called a life, which is rather a death, so grievous that the death which frees from it is feared out of love of this death), after such great and so many and horrible evils at length at some time expiated and ended through true religion and wisdom, one should so come to the sight of God and so become blessed by the contemplation of the incorporeal light through participation in His unchangeable immortality, for the obtaining of which we burn with love, that it must at some time necessarily be forsaken, and that those who forsake it, cast down from that eternity, truth, and felicity, should be entangled in infernal mortality, in foul folly, in execrable miseries, where God is lost, where truth is held in hatred, where blessedness is sought through unclean wickednesses; and this likewise again and again, without any end of former and later, done and to be done at fixed intervals and measures of ages;
and this for the reason, that God may, through cycles defined as ever going and returning, be able to have His own works known to Him through our false blessednesses and true miseries — alternately indeed, but with an unceasing revolution, everlastingly — since He can neither rest from making nor by knowing track down the things which are infinite? Who would hear these things? who would believe them? who would endure them? If they were true, they would not only be more prudently kept silent, but also (that I may say what I will in whatever way I can) be more learnedly left unknown. For if we shall not have these things in memory there, and therefore shall be blessed, why is our misery here weighed down the more by the knowledge of them?
But if we are necessarily going to know these things there, let us at least here be ignorant of them, so that here the expectation may be happier than there the attainment of the highest good; since here eternal life is awaited as to be obtained, but there a life blessed indeed, yet not eternal, is known as one day to be lost. But if they say that no one can attain to that blessedness, unless in the schooling of this life he has come to know those cycles in which blessedness and misery alternate by turns: how then do they confess that, the more anyone has loved God, the more easily he will attain to blessedness — they who teach the very things by which love itself grows torpid?
For who would not love more remissly and tepidly Him whom he thinks he must necessarily forsake, and feel contrary to His truth and wisdom, and this when he shall have attained, according to his capacity, to the full knowledge of His blessedness in perfection? For no one can even faithfully love a man as friend, whom he knows he is to be an enemy to. But far be it that those things be true which threaten us with a true misery never to be ended, but often and endlessly to be broken by the interpositions of a false blessedness. For what is more false and more deceitful than that blessedness, where either, in so great a light of truth, we should be ignorant that we are to be miserable, or, in the highest citadel of felicity, we should fear it?
For if we are going to be ignorant of the coming calamity, our present misery here is the more knowing, where we know the coming blessedness; but if the impending disaster will not lie hidden from us there, the miserable soul passes more blessedly the times which, when ended, it is raised up to blessedness, than the blessed soul passes those which, when ended, it is rolled back into misery. And thus the hope of our unhappiness is happy, and that of our happiness unhappy. Whence it comes to pass that, because here we suffer present evils, there we fear impending ones, we can more truly be always miserable than at some time blessed.
But since these things are false, with piety crying out and truth convicting (for to us is truly promised that true felicity, whose certain security is to be retained for ever and to be broken by no unhappiness): following the right way, which is Christ for us, with Him as guide and Saviour let us turn away the journey of faith and our mind from the vain and foolish cycle of the impious.
SienimdeistiscircuitibusetsinecessationealternantibusitionibusetreditionibusanimarumPorphyriusPlatonicussuorumopinionemsequinoluit, siueipsiusreiuanitatepermotussiueiamtemporaChristianareueritus, et, quodinlibrodecimocommemoraui, diceremaluitanimamproptercognoscendamalatraditammundo, utabeisliberataadquepurgata, cumadPatremredierit, nihilulteriustalepatiatur: quantomagisnosistaminimicamChristianaefideifalsitatemdetestariacdeuitaredebemus!
For if concerning these cycles and the ceaselessly alternating goings and returnings of souls, Porphyry the Platonist was unwilling to follow the opinion of his own school — whether moved by the very vanity of the thing or already standing in awe of Christian times — and (as I mentioned in the tenth book) preferred to say that the soul was given to the world for the sake of knowing evils, so that, freed and purged from them, when it has returned to the Father, it may suffer nothing further of the kind: how much more ought we to detest and shun that falsehood, hostile to the Christian faith!
But these cycles having been emptied out and frustrated, no necessity compels us therefore to suppose that the human race, from when it began to be, has no beginning of time, on the ground that through I know not what cycles there is nothing new in things which has not both before existed at fixed intervals of times and afterwards is to be in the future. For if the soul is freed, not to return to miseries, as it was never freed before, there comes to be in it something which never before came to pass, and this indeed very great, namely an eternal felicity which shall never cease. But if in an immortal nature there comes to be so great a novelty, repeated by no cycle, to be repeated by no cycle, why is it contended that it cannot come to pass in mortal things?
If they say that no newness of blessedness comes to be in the soul, because it returns to that state in which it always was, yet surely the liberation itself comes to be as something new, since the soul is freed from a misery in which it never was; and this very newness of misery came to be in the soul which had never been in it before. But if this newness does not enter into the order of things which are governed by divine providence, but rather happens by chance, where then are those fixed and measured cycles in which nothing new comes to be, but the same things that were are merely repeated? If, however, this newness too is not excluded from the ordering of providence, whether the soul was given or whether it fell, then new things can come to be which were neither done before nor yet are foreign to the order of things.
And if the soul could, through imprudence, make for itself a new misery which was not unforeseen by divine providence—so that providence both included this within the order of things and not unprovidently freed the soul from it—by what rashness of human vanity do we then dare to deny that the Godhead can make things new, not to itself but to the world, things which it neither made before nor ever held as unforeseen? But if they say that the souls once freed will indeed not return to misery, yet that when this happens nothing new comes to be in things, since always some souls and others have been, are being, and will be freed: this at least they concede, if it be so, that new souls come into being, for which there is both a new misery and a new liberation.
For if they say these souls are ancient and eternal in the backward direction, and that from them new men are daily made—men from whose bodies, if they have lived wisely, they are so freed as never to be rolled back into misery—then they will be obliged consequently to say that the souls are infinite in number. For however great a finite number of souls there might have been, it could not suffice for the infinite ages of the past, so that from it men should always be made whose souls were always to be freed from this mortal state and never thereafter to return to it. Nor will they by any means explain how, in things which they wish to be finite so that they may be known to God, the number of souls can be infinite.
Wherefore, since those cycles have now been exploded—the cycles by which the soul was thought necessarily to return to the same miseries—what remains more fitting to piety than to believe that it is not impossible for God both to make new the things which He never made, and yet, in His unspeakable foreknowledge, to have no changeable will? As for whether the number of souls that have been freed and will never again return to misery can always be increased, let those see to it who dispute so subtly about the restraining of infinity; but we, for our part, bound our reasoning on either side.
For if it can be increased, what reason is there to deny that what was never created before could be created, if the number of freed souls, which never before existed, was not only made once, but will never cease to be made? But if it is necessary that there be some fixed number of freed souls who will never return to misery, and that this number be not further increased: then this very number too, whatever it shall be, certainly never existed before; and it surely could not grow and arrive at the limit of its own quantity without some beginning; which beginning in that manner never existed before. That this might exist, therefore, man was created, before whom there was none. CHAPTER 22. On the condition of the one first man, and in him of the human race.
This most difficult question having been explained, as far as we could, concerning the eternity of God who creates new things without any newness of will, it is not hard to see that it was far better that what was done should be done—namely, that from one man, whom He first founded, He should multiply the human race—than if He had begun it from several. For while He established some living creatures as solitary and in a manner wandering alone, that is, such as rather seek solitude—as are eagles, kites, lions, wolves, and whatever are of that sort—and others as gregarious, which prefer to live gathered together and in flocks, as are doves, starlings, deer, roe-deer and the rest of this kind: yet neither kind did He propagate from single individuals, but bade many to exist at once.
But man, whose nature He was founding in a manner intermediate between the angels and the beasts—so that, if he should remain subject to his Creator as to his true Lord and keep His precept with pious obedience, he would pass over into angelic fellowship, attaining a blessed immortality without end and without the intervention of death;
but if, using his free will proudly and disobediently, he should offend the Lord his God, he would, being consigned to death, live like a beast, a slave to lust and destined after death to eternal punishment—man He created one and single, not indeed to be left alone without human society, but that in this way the unity of that very society and the bond of concord might be more strongly commended to him, if men were bound together not only by the likeness of nature among themselves, but also by the affection of kinship; since it pleased Him not even to create the woman herself, to be joined to the man, as He created the man himself, but from the man himself, that altogether the human race might be spread out from one man. CHAPTER 23.
That God foreknew that the man whom He first founded would sin, and at the same time foresaw how great a people of the godly He would, by His grace, transfer from that man's race into angelic fellowship. Nor was God ignorant that man would sin and, being now subject to death, would beget those who would die, and that mortals would advance to such monstrousness of sinning that the beasts of their own kind—devoid of rational will, whose more numerous origin sprang from the waters and the earth—would live more safely and peaceably among themselves than men, whose race was propagated from one in order to commend concord. For never have lions among themselves, nor dragons among themselves, waged such wars as men do.
But He also foresaw by His grace the people of the godly, to be called into adoption, and, their sins being remitted, to be justified by the Holy Spirit and joined to the holy angels in eternal peace, the last enemy, death, being destroyed; to which people the consideration of this matter would be profitable, namely, that God had established the human race from one man, in order to commend to men how pleasing to Him is unity even in the many. CHAPTER 24. On the nature of the human soul created in the image of God. God therefore made man in His own image. For He created for him such a soul that by reason and understanding he should be more excellent than all the animals of the earth, the waters, and the air, which did not have a mind of this kind.
And when He had formed the man from the dust of the earth, and had given him, by breathing, such a soul as I have spoken of—whether one He had already made, or rather had made by the very breathing—and had willed that breath, which He made by breathing (for what else is it to breathe than to make a breath?), to be the soul of the man, He also, as God, made him a wife from his side, a bone being drawn out, as a helper for begetting. For these things are not to be conceived after the manner of the flesh, as we are accustomed to see craftsmen fashioning bodily members out of any earthly material whatever, whatever the industry of their art could effect. The hand of God is the power of God, who works even visible things invisibly.
But those who measure the virtue and wisdom of God—by which He both knows and is able even without seeds to make seeds themselves—by these usual and daily works, think these things fabulous rather than true; and the things which were first instituted, because they do not know them, they faithlessly regard; as though these very things which they do know about human conceptions and births, if they were narrated to the inexperienced, would not seem more incredible; although most men assign even these very things rather to the corporeal causes of nature than to the works of the divine mind. CHAPTER 25. Whether the angels can be called the creators of any creature, even the least. But with those who do not believe that the divine mind makes or cares for these things, we have no business in these books.
But those who believe their Plato, that not by that supreme God who fashioned the world, but by other lesser gods—whom indeed He Himself created—all mortal animals were made, by His permission or command, among which man held the chief place and one akin to those gods themselves: if they be free from the superstition by which they seek some ground whereby they may seem justly to offer sacred rites and sacrifices as to their founders, they will easily be free also from the error of this opinion. For it is not lawful to believe or to say that anyone is the creator of any nature, however least and mortal, except God; and before this can even be understood.
But the angels, whom those men more readily call gods, even if they apply their operation, whether bidden or permitted, to the things that are born in the world, we no more call them the creators of living things than we call farmers the creators of crops and trees. CHAPTER 26. That every nature and every form of the whole creation is made and shaped by no other than the work of God. For whereas there is one kind of form which is applied from without to any bodily material whatever—as potters and smiths and craftsmen of that sort work, who also paint and fashion forms resembling the bodies of animals;
but there is another kind, which has its efficient causes from within, from the secret and hidden will of a nature that lives and understands, which makes—while it itself is not made—not only the natural forms of bodies, but also the very souls of living creatures: let that form first mentioned be attributed to any craftsmen whatever; but this other kind to none save the one Craftsman, the Creator and Founder, God, who made the world itself and the angels without any world and without any angels. For by what divine and, so to speak, effective power—which does not know how to be made, but to make—did the roundness of the heavens and the roundness of the sun receive their form, when the world came into being?
By the same divine and effective power—which does not know how to be made, but to make—the roundness of the eye and the roundness of the apple, and the rest of the natural figures which we see in all things that are born, received their form, applied not from without, but by the inmost power of the Creator, who said: 'I fill heaven and earth,' and whose wisdom it is that 'reaches mightily from end to end and orders all things sweetly.' Therefore what manner of ministry the angels, first made, furnished to the Creator as He made the rest, I do not know; nor do I dare to attribute to them what perhaps they cannot do, nor ought I to deny them what they can.
Nevertheless the creation and founding of all natures, by which it comes about that natures exist at all, I attribute—even with the angels themselves favoring it—to that God, to whom they themselves know, with the giving of thanks, that they owe their very being. We therefore not only do not call farmers the creators of any fruits, since we read: 'Neither he that planteth is anything, nor he that watereth, but God that giveth the increase'; but we do not call even the earth itself the creator, although it seems the fruitful mother of all things, which promotes the things that burst forth in shoots and holds firm what is fixed by roots, since likewise we read: 'God giveth it a body as He hath willed, and to each of the seeds its own body.' So neither ought we to call the woman the creatress of her own offspring, but rather Him who said to a certain servant of His:
'Before I formed thee in the womb, I knew thee.' And although the soul of a pregnant woman, being affected in this way or that, may avail to clothe the fetus, as it were, with certain qualities—as Jacob did with the parti-colored rods, so that the cattle were born of varied color—yet the nature itself which is begotten, she no more made than she made herself. Whatever corporeal or seminal causes, therefore, are applied to the begetting of things—whether by the operations of angels, or of men, or of any animals, or by the minglings of males and females; whatever desires also or movements of the mother's soul may avail to sprinkle some traces of features or colors upon the tender and soft conceptions:
the natures themselves altogether, which are thus or thus affected in their own kind, none makes save the supreme God, whose hidden power, penetrating all things by an undefilable presence, makes everything that in any way is, to be, in so far as it is; for unless He made it, it would not be of such or such a kind, but could not exist at all. Wherefore, if in that form which craftsmen impose from without upon bodily things, we say that the city of Rome and the city of Alexandria had as their founders not the smiths and architects, but the kings by whose will, counsel, and command they were built—the one, Romulus; the other, Alexander:
how much more ought we to call none save God the founder of natures, who neither makes anything out of any material which He Himself has not made, nor has any workmen save those whom He Himself has created; and if He were to withdraw His, so to speak, fabricating power from things, they would no more be than they were not before they came to be. But I say 'before' in respect of eternity, not of time. For who else is the creator of times, save He who made those things by whose motions the times run their course? CHAPTER 27. On the opinion of the Platonists, by which they thought that the angels indeed were founded by God, but that they themselves are the makers of human bodies.
Indeed Plato held that the lesser gods, made by the supreme God, were the makers of the other animals, in such a way that they took the immortal part from Him, while they themselves added on the mortal part. Accordingly he was unwilling that they should be the creators of our souls, but of our bodies. Hence, since Porphyry, for the sake of the soul's purgation, says that every body is to be fled, and at the same time, along with his Plato and other Platonists, holds that those who have lived immoderately and dishonorably return, for the paying of penalties, to mortal bodies—Plato indeed even to the bodies of beasts, but Porphyry only to those of men:
it follows for them that they must say that those gods—whom they wish to be worshipped by us as our parents and founders—are nothing else than the forgers of our fetters and prisons, and not our establishers, but our shutters-up and binders into wretched workhouses and most heavy chains. Either, therefore, let the Platonists cease to threaten penalties of souls from these bodies, or let them not proclaim to us as gods to be worshipped those whose operation in us they exhort us to flee and escape, as far as we can—though both are utterly false. For neither do souls thus pay penalties when they are rolled back again into this life, and of all living things, whether in heaven or on earth, there is no founder save Him by whom heaven and earth were made.
For if there is no cause for living in this body except for the paying of punishments, how does the same Plato say that the world could not otherwise have been made most beautiful and best, unless it were filled with the kinds of all animals, that is, both immortal and mortal? But if our establishment, by which we were founded even as mortals, is a divine gift, how is it a punishment to return to these bodies, that is, to divine benefits? And if God, as Plato constantly recalls, contained in His eternal intelligence the species of the whole world, and likewise of all animals, how did He not Himself found them all? Or would He be unwilling to be the craftsman of some, the art of producing which His unspeakable and unspeakably praiseworthy mind possessed? CHAPTER 28.
That in the first man arose all the fullness of the human race, in which God foresaw which part was to be honored with reward and which to be condemned with punishment. Deservedly, therefore, does true religion acknowledge and proclaim as the founder of the whole universe Him whom it acknowledges as the founder also of all animals, that is, of both souls and bodies. Among which earthly creatures, the chief one, made by Him in His own image, for that cause which I have stated and perhaps for some other greater cause that lies hidden, man was made one, but was not left alone. For nothing is so discordant by vice, nor so social by nature, as this race.
Nor could human nature speak more aptly against the vice of discord—whether for guarding against its arising, or for healing it once it had arisen—than by the recollection of that one parent, whom God therefore willed to create as one, that from him a multitude might be propagated, so that by this admonition a concordant unity might be preserved even among the many. And as for the fact that the woman was made for him from his side, here too it is sufficiently signified how dear the conjunction of husband and wife ought to be. These works of God are unusual precisely because they are the first. But those who do not believe these things ought to believe that no miracles were ever done; for not even these, if they were begotten by the usual course of nature, would be called miracles.
But what, under so great a governance of divine providence—although the cause of it may lie hidden—is begotten in vain? A certain sacred psalm says: 'Come and see the works of the Lord, what wonders He hath set upon the earth.' Why, then, the woman was made from the man's side, and what this, as it were the first wonder, prefigured, will be told in another place, as far as God shall aid me. Now, since this book is to be closed, let us reckon that in this first man, who was first made, there had already arisen in the human race—not indeed according to evidence, yet according to God's foreknowledge—societies as it were of two cities.
For from him there were to be men, some to be associated with the evil angels in punishment, others with the good angels in reward, by the hidden, yet nevertheless just, judgment of God. For since it is written: 'All the ways of the Lord are mercy and truth,' neither can His grace be unjust, nor His justice cruel. BOOK 13. CHAPTER 1. On the fall of the first men, through which mortality was contracted. The most difficult questions concerning the rise of our world and the beginning of the human race having been dispatched, now the order of matters demands the discussion we have undertaken concerning the fall of the first man—nay rather, of the first men—and concerning the origin and propagation of human death.
For God had not founded men in the manner in which He founded the angels, so that even if they sinned they could by no means die; but in such a way that, when they had discharged the office of obedience, angelic immortality and blessed eternity would follow without the intervention of death; while, on the other hand, death would strike the disobedient by a most just condemnation—as we have already said in the previous book. CHAPTER 2. On that death which can befall the soul that will in some manner always live, and on that to which the body is liable. But concerning the very kind of death I see that I must discuss a little more diligently. For although the human soul is truly said to be immortal, yet it too has a certain death of its own. For it is therefore called immortal because in some slight manner it does not cease to live and to perceive;
but the body is therefore mortal, because it can be deserted by all life, nor does it of itself live in any degree. The death of the soul, then, occurs when God deserts it, as the death of the body occurs when the soul deserts it. Therefore the death of both, that is, of the whole man, occurs when the soul, deserted by God, deserts the body. For thus neither does it itself live from God, nor the body from it. And this death of the whole man is followed by that which the authority of the divine oracles calls the second death. This the Savior signified, where He says: 'Fear Him who has power to destroy both body and soul in hell.' And since this does not happen until the soul has been so coupled to the body that they are separated by no severance:
it can seem strange in what way the body is said to be slain by that death by which the soul is not deserted, but the animated and sentient body is tormented. For in that last and everlasting punishment, of which a more diligent discussion must be made in its own place, the death of the soul is rightly so called, because it does not live from God; but in what manner is it the death of the body, since the body lives from the soul? For not otherwise can the body itself perceive the bodily torments which are to be after the resurrection. Or is it because life of whatever sort is some good, while pain is an evil, that therefore the body is not even to be said to live, in which the soul is the cause not of living but of grieving? The soul, then, lives from God when it lives well; for it cannot live well unless God works in it that which is good;
but the body lives from the soul when the soul lives in the body, whether the soul itself live or not live from God. For the life in the bodies of the ungodly is the life not of their souls but of their bodies; which life their souls, even though dead—that is, by God's deserting them—can confer upon them, while their own life, however slight, by which they are also immortal, does not cease. But in that last condemnation, although man does not cease to perceive, yet, because the perception itself is neither sweet with pleasure nor wholesome with rest, but penal with pain, it is not undeservedly called death rather than life. And it is called the second death because it is after that first one, by which the severance of cohering natures is effected, whether of God and the soul, or of the soul and the body.
Of the first death, then, the death of the body, it can be said that it is good to the good, evil to the evil; but the second is without doubt, as it is the death of no good men, so good to none. CHAPTER 3. Whether death, which through the sin of the first men passed upon all men, is also in the saints a punishment of sin. But a question not to be dissembled arises: whether in very truth death, by which the soul and body are separated, is good to the good; for if it is so, how can it be maintained that it is also itself a punishment of sin? For the first men, had they not sinned, would assuredly not have suffered it. How, then, can that be good to the good which could not befall any save the evil? And again, if it could befall none save the evil, it ought not to be good to the good, but rather no death at all.
For why should there be any punishment where there is nothing to be punished? Wherefore it must be confessed that the first men were indeed so constituted that, if they had not sinned, they would have experienced no kind of death; but that those same first sinners were so chastised with death, that whatever sprang from their stock should also be held liable to the same punishment. For nothing else was born of them than what they themselves had been. For, by reason of the greatness of that fault, condemnation changed the nature for the worse, so that what preceded as a punishment in the first sinning men should follow also by nature in the rest who were born. For man is not from man as man is from dust. For dust was the material for making man; man,
however, is the parent for begetting man. Accordingly, what earth is, that flesh is not, although flesh was made from earth; but what the parent man is, that also the offspring man is. In the first man, therefore, through the woman, the whole human race that was to pass into posterity existed, when that conjugal pair received the divine sentence of their condemnation; and what man became—not when he was created, but when he sinned and was punished—this he begat, at least so far as pertains to the origin of sin and death. For he was not reduced by sin or punishment to that infantile dullness and weakness of mind and body which we see in little ones (which God willed to be as it were the beginnings of whelps, whose parents He had cast down into a bestial life and death;
for as it is written: 'Man, being in honor, did not understand; he was compared to the senseless beasts, and was made like unto them'; except that we discern infants to be even weaker in the use and movement of their members and in the sense of seeking and avoiding than are the tenderest young of other animals; as though the power of man raises itself so much the more excellently above the rest of living creatures, the more it has, as it were, deferred its onset—like an arrow when the bow is drawn—by being pulled back). Not, therefore, to these infantile rudiments was the first man cast down or driven by unlawful presumption and just condemnation;
but human nature was vitiated and changed in him to this extent: that he suffered in his members a reluctant disobedience of lust, and was bound by the necessity of dying, and so begat children liable to sin and death—that very thing which he had become by vice and punishment. And if infants are loosed from this bond of sin through the grace of Christ the Mediator, they can suffer only this death, which separates the soul from the body; but, being freed from the obligation of sin, they do not pass over into that second death, penal without end. CHAPTER 4. Why death, that is, the punishment of sin, is not taken away from those who through the grace of regeneration have been absolved from sin.
But if anyone is moved as to why they suffer even this very death, if it too is a punishment of sin, when their guilt is abolished through grace: this question has already been treated and resolved in another of our works, which we wrote on the baptism of little ones; where it was said that the experiencing of separation from the body is left to the soul for this reason, that, even though the bond of crime has now been removed, if immortality of the body immediately followed the sacrament of regeneration, faith itself would be enervated, which is then faith when that is awaited in hope which is not yet seen in fact. And by the strength and struggle of faith—at least in the more mature ages—even the fear of death had to be overcome, which shone forth most especially in the holy martyrs;
of which struggle there would assuredly be no victory, no glory (because there could be no struggle at all), if after the laver of regeneration the saints could no longer suffer bodily death. But who, in the case of little ones to be baptized, would not rather run to the grace of Christ for this very reason, that they might not be loosed from the body? And thus faith would not be proved by an invisible reward, but would no longer even be faith, seeking and taking forthwith the recompense of its own work. But now, by the greater and more marvelous grace of the Savior, the punishment of sin has been converted into the uses of righteousness. For then it was said to man: 'Thou shalt die, if thou sin'; now it is said to the martyr: 'Die, lest thou sin.' Then it was said: 'If ye transgress the commandment, ye shall die the death'; now it is said:
'If ye refuse death, ye shall transgress the commandment.' What then was to be feared, that one might not sin, is now to be undertaken, lest one sin. Thus, through the unspeakable mercy of God, even the punishment of vices passes over into the arms of virtue, and the very penalty of the sinner becomes the merit of the righteous. For then death was acquired by sinning; now righteousness is fulfilled by dying. But this is so in the case of the holy martyrs, to whom one of two things is set before them by the persecutor: either to forsake the faith or to suffer death. For the righteous prefer, by believing, to suffer what the first unrighteous suffered by not believing. For unless those had sinned, they would not have died; but these will sin, unless they die. Those, then, died because they sinned; these do not sin, because they die.
It was brought about through the fault of the former that punishment should come; it is brought about through the punishment of the latter that fault should not come—not because death has become some good, which before was an evil; but God bestowed so great a grace upon faith, that death, which is agreed to be the contrary of life, became the instrument through which one might pass over to life. CHAPTER 5. That, just as the unrighteous use the law badly, which is good, so the righteous use death well, which is evil. When the Apostle wished to show how greatly sin, with grace not coming to aid, would avail to do harm, he did not hesitate to call even the very law, by which sin is forbidden, the strength of sin. 'The sting of death,' he says, 'is sin, but the strength of sin is the law.' Most truly indeed.
For the prohibition increases the desire for the forbidden deed, when righteousness is not loved in such a way that the craving to sin is overcome by delight in it. But that true righteousness should be loved and delight us, nothing but divine grace can bring it about. Yet lest the law should on this account be thought an evil, because it was called the strength of sin, the same Apostle, dealing with a question of this kind in another place, says: 'Therefore the law indeed is holy, and the commandment holy and just and good. Was then that which is good made death unto me? God forbid. But sin, that it might appear sin, worked death in me through that which is good, that the sinner, or sin, might become exceeding sinful through the commandment.'
He said 'exceeding' because transgression is also added, when, the lust for sinning having grown, even the law itself is despised. Why have we thought this worth recalling? Because, namely, just as the law is not an evil when it increases the concupiscence of those who sin, so neither is death a good when it increases the glory of those who suffer it: since the one, for the sake of iniquity, is forsaken and makes men transgressors, while the other, for the sake of truth, is undertaken and makes men martyrs. And on this account the law indeed is good, because it is a prohibition of sin; but death is evil, because it is the wages of sin. Yet just as unrighteousness makes a bad use not only of evil things but even of good, so righteousness makes a good use not only of good things but even of evil.
Hence it comes about both that the wicked use the law badly, although the law is a good, and that the good die well, although death is an evil. CHAPTER VI. Of the general evil of death, by which the union of soul and body is dissolved. Wherefore, as regards the death of the body—that is, the separation of the soul from the body—when those who are called dying undergo it, it is good for no one. For it has a harsh sensation, and the very force by which the two are torn apart, which had been joined and bound together in the living being, is contrary to nature, so long as it lingers, until all sensation, which arose from that very embrace of soul and flesh, is taken away. And sometimes a single blow of the body, or a sudden snatching away of the soul, cuts short this whole distress and, by its forestalling swiftness, does not allow it to be felt.
Yet whatever it is in the dying that, with grievous sensation, takes away sensation—when it is borne piously and faithfully, it increases the merit of patience, but does not take away the name of penalty. Thus, since by the perpetuated propagation from the first man death is without doubt the penalty of one being born, nevertheless, if it is paid out for the sake of piety and righteousness, it becomes the glory of one being reborn; and although death is the recompense of sin, sometimes it obtains that nothing be recompensed to sin. CHAPTER VII. Of the death which some of the unregenerate undergo for the confession of Christ. For whoever, even without having received the laver of regeneration, die for the confession of Christ, it avails them as much for the remission of sins as if they had been washed in the sacred font of baptism. For He who said:
'Unless a man be born again of water and the Spirit, he shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven,' by another saying made these men excepted, where He says no less generally: 'Whosoever shall confess Me before men, him will I also confess before My Father who is in heaven'; and in another place: 'He that shall lose his life for My sake, shall find it.' Hence is that which is written: 'Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints.' For what is more precious than that death, by which it comes about both that all sins are forgiven and that merits are more abundantly increased?
For they are not of so great merit, who, when they could not put off death, were baptized and, with all their sins blotted out, departed from this life, as those are who, when they could have put off death, did not put it off, because they preferred to end their life by confessing Christ rather than, by denying Him, to come to His baptism. Yet if they had done so, even this would have been forgiven them in that laver—that out of fear of death they had denied Christ; in which laver even that monstrous crime was forgiven to those who had killed Christ. But how, without the abundance of the Spirit's grace—of that Spirit who breathes where He wills—could they so love Christ as not to be able to deny Him in so great a crisis of life, under so great a hope of pardon?
The death of the saints, therefore, is precious—to whom the death of Christ has been sent before and granted with so great grace that, in order to gain Him, they did not hesitate to expend their own. It has shown that what had formerly been appointed for the penalty of sin has been turned to those uses, that from it a richer fruit of righteousness might be born. Death therefore ought not on this account to be thought a good, because it has been converted to so great a usefulness, not by its own power, but by divine help—so that what was then set forth as a thing to be feared, lest sin be committed, is now set forth as a thing to be undertaken, that sin may not be committed, and what was committed may be blotted out, and the palm of righteousness due to a great victory may be rendered. CHAPTER VIII. That in the saints the undertaking of the first death for the truth is the abolition of the second death.
For if we consider more carefully, even when anyone dies faithfully and laudably for the truth, death is guarded against. For some part of it is undertaken precisely so that the whole may not befall, and the second besides—which is never ended—may not be added. For the separation of the soul from the body is undertaken, lest, with God separated from the soul, the soul too be separated from the body, and so, the first death of the whole man being completed, the second, everlasting one should follow. Wherefore death indeed, as I said, when the dying suffer it and when it makes them die, is good for no one, but is laudably endured for the holding or attaining of a good; but when men are in that state who are now called dead, it is not absurdly said to be both bad to the bad and good to the good.
For the souls of the pious, separated from the body, are at rest, but those of the impious pay their penalties, until the bodies of the former revive unto eternal life, and those of the latter unto eternal death, which is called the second. CHAPTER IX. Whether the time of death, at which the sensation of life is taken away, ought to be said to be in the dying or in the dead. But that time, at which souls separated from the body are either among good things or among evil, ought it to be said to be after death rather than in death? For if it is after death, then it is no longer death itself, which is past and gone, but the present life of the soul, good or bad, after it. But death was then evil to them when it was, that is, when they were suffering it, when they were dying, since its grievous and distressing sensation was in them;
and the good make good use of this evil. But how is death, once accomplished, either good or evil, seeing that it now no longer is? Furthermore, if we attend still more carefully, it will appear that that is not even death, of which we have said the grievous and distressing sensation is in the dying. For so long as they feel, they certainly still live; and if they still live, they are to be said to be before death rather than in death; because death, when it has come, takes away all sensation of the body, which, as it draws near, is distressing.
And on this account, how we may call those dying who are not yet dead but, with death imminent, are now being tossed about by the final and death-bringing affliction, is difficult to explain—although they are rightly called dying, because, when the death which now impends has arrived, they are called not dying but dead. There is therefore no one dying except one living; since, when a man is in such extremity of life as those are whom we say are giving up the ghost, surely he who has not yet been deprived of soul still lives. The same man, then, is at once both dying and living, but approaching death and departing from life; yet still in life, because the soul is in the body; but not yet in death, because it has not yet departed from the body.
But if, when it has departed, even then he will not be in death but rather after death, when shall anyone say that a man is in death? For neither will anyone be dying, if no one can be at once both dying and living. For so long as the soul is in the body, we cannot deny that the man is living. Or if he is rather to be called dying, in whose body it is now coming about that he die, and no one can be at once both living and dying, then I know not when he is living. CHAPTER X. Whether the life of mortals ought rather to be called death than life. For from the time when anyone has begun to be in this body which is to die, it is never not coming about in it that death should come. For this is what its mutability brings about throughout the whole time of this life (if indeed it ought to be called life), that death should be arrived at.
For there is no one who is not nearer to death after a year than he was before the year, and tomorrow than today, and today than yesterday, and a little later than now, and now than a little before; since whatever of time is lived is taken from the span of living, and daily there becomes less and less of what remains, so that the time of this life is altogether nothing else than a course toward death, in which no one is permitted to stand still even a little, or to go somewhat more slowly; but all are urged on by an equal motion and impelled with no differing advance. For neither did he whose life was shorter pass his day more swiftly than he whose life was longer; but although equal moments were snatched away equally from both, the one had nearer, the other farther, the goal toward which both were running with no unequal speed.
But it is one thing to have traversed a greater length of the road, another to have walked more slowly. He therefore who, up to death, passes more extended spaces of time, does not proceed more slowly, but accomplishes more of the journey. Furthermore, if everyone begins to die—that is, to be in death—from the time when death itself begins to operate in him, that is, the subtraction of life (because, when, by subtracting, it has finished, he will then be after death, not in death): surely, from the time he begins to be in this body, he is in death. For what else is being done in single days, hours, and moments, until death, which was operating, being consumed, is completed, and there begins to be now the time after death which, while life was being subtracted, was in death?
Never therefore is a man in life, from the time when he is in this body that is dying rather than living, if he cannot be at once both in life and in death. Or is he rather at once both in life and in death—in life, namely, in which he lives, until the whole is subtracted; but in death, because he is now dying, while life is being subtracted? For if he is not in life, what is it that is being subtracted, until its complete consumption comes about? But if he is not in death, what is the subtraction of life itself? For it is not in vain that, when life has been wholly subtracted from the body, it is then said to be 'after death,' except because it was death while it was being subtracted. For if, when it has been subtracted, the man is not in death but after death, then when, except while it is being subtracted, will he be in death? CHAPTER XI.
Whether anyone can be at once both living and dead. But if it is absurd that we should say a man is already in death before he arrives at death (for to what does he draw near by passing through the times of his life, if he is already in it?), especially because it is too unusual that he should be said to be at once both living and dying, since one cannot be at once both waking and sleeping: then it must be asked when he will be dying. For before death comes, he is not dying, but living; but when death has come, he will be dead, not dying. The former, then, is still before death; the latter, now after death. When therefore is he in death?
For then he is dying, so that, just as there are three things when we say 'before death, in death, after death,' so three single states may correspond to the three single terms: 'living, dying, and dead.' When, then, he is dying—that is, in death—where he is neither living, which is before death, nor dead, which is after death, but dying, that is, in death—is most difficult to define. For so long as the soul is in the body, especially if sensation also be present, without doubt the man lives, who consists of soul and body, and on this account is to be said to be still before death, not in death; but when the soul has departed and taken away all sensation of the body, he is now declared to be after death and dead. Between the two, then, that by which he might be dying, or in death, perishes;
because if he still lives, he is before death; if he has ceased to live, he is now after death. Never therefore is he found to be dying, that is, in death. So too, in the passing of times, the present is sought and not found, because it is without any span, through which there is passage from the future into the past. Ought we not then to see, lest by this reasoning the death of the body be said to be nothing? For if it is, when is it, in which no one can be, and in which no one can be? Seeing that, if one is living, it is not yet, because this is before death, not in death; but if one has now ceased to live, it is no longer, because this too is after death, not in death. But again, if there is no death, what is it that is said to be before death or after death?
For even this is said in vain, if there is no death. And would that, by living well in paradise, we had brought it about that in truth there were no death. But now not only is there death, but it is even so distressing that it can neither be explained by any speech nor avoided by any reasoning. Let us therefore speak according to custom (for we ought not to do otherwise), and let us say 'before death,' before death befalls; as it is written: 'Praise no man before his death.' Let us also say, when it has befallen: 'After his death or that man's death, this or that was done.' Let us also speak of the present time as we can, as when we thus say: 'That dying man made his will,' and: 'To these and those persons, dying, he left this and that';
although he could by no means do this except as a living man, and rather did this before death, not in death. Let us also speak as divine Scripture speaks, which does not hesitate to say that the dead too are not after death, but in death. For hence is that: 'Since there is none in death who is mindful of Thee.' For until they revive, they are rightly said to be in death, just as anyone is said to be in sleep until he awakes; though we call those placed in sleep 'sleeping,' yet we cannot in that manner call those who are now dead 'dying.' For they are not still dying who, as far as concerns the death of the body, of which we are now discoursing, are already separated from their bodies. But this is what I have said cannot be explained by any speech:
namely, in what way either the dying may be said to live, or those already dead may be said still, even after death, to be in death. For how are they after death, if they are still in death? Especially since we do not even call them dying, as we call those who are in sleep 'sleeping,' and those in languor 'languishing,' and those in pain certainly 'suffering pain,' and those in life 'living'; but the dead, before they rise again, are said to be in death, and yet cannot be called dying. Whence I think it has come about, not inopportunely or incongruously—even if not by human industry, then perhaps by divine judgment—that this verb, which is 'he dies' (moritur), in the Latin tongue not even the grammarians have been able to decline by that rule by which other such verbs are declined.
For from that which is oritur ('he rises'), there is formed the past-tense word ortus est ('he has risen'); and if there are any similar ones, they are declined through the participles of the past tense. But from that which is moritur ('he dies'), if we seek a past-tense word, the answer is usually given mortuus est ('he has died'), with the letter u doubled. For mortuus is said in the same way as fatuus ('foolish'), arduus ('steep'), [carduus ('thistle')], conspicuus ('conspicuous'), and any similar ones, which are not of the past tense but, since they are nouns, are declined without tense. But that one, as if it might be declined, which cannot be declined, is put in place of a participle of the past tense as a noun. Fittingly therefore has it come about that, just as that which it signifies cannot be done by acting, so the very word itself cannot be declined by speaking.
因為從 oritur(「他升起」),構成過去式的詞 ortus est(「他已升起」);若有任何類似的詞,也是藉著過去式的分詞變化。但從 moritur(「他死」),若我們尋求過去式的詞,通常的回答是 mortuus est(「他已死」),其中 u 字母重複。因為 mortuus 的構成方式,與 fatuus(「愚蠢的」)、arduus(「陡峭的」)、carduus(「薊」)、conspicuus(「顯著的」)以及任何類似的詞相同——這些詞不是過去式,乃因它們是名詞,便不帶時態地變化。但這個詞,彷彿為要被變化,雖然無法被變化,卻被當作名詞置於過去式分詞的地位。所以這事的發生甚為恰當:正如它所指的事無法藉行動完成,照樣,這詞本身也無法藉言語變化。
Yet it can be brought about, by the help of the grace of our Redeemer, that we may at least decline (escape) the second death. For that is the more grievous and the worst of all evils, which comes not by the separation of soul and body, but rather by the conjunction of both unto eternal punishment. There, on the contrary, men will not be before death and after death, but always in death; and on this account never living, never dead, but without end dying. For never will it be worse for a man in death than where death itself shall be without death. CHAPTER XII. With what death God had threatened the first men, if they should transgress His commandment.
When therefore it is asked with what death God had threatened the first men, if they should transgress the commandment received from Him and not keep their obedience—whether the death of the soul, or of the body, or of the whole man, or that which is called the second—it must be answered: All. For the first consists of two, the second of all together as a whole. For just as the whole earth consists of many lands, and the whole Church of many churches, so the whole of death consists of all. For the first consists of two: one of the soul, the other of the body; so that there is a first death of the whole man, when the soul, without God and without the body, pays its penalties for a time; but the second, where the soul, without God but with the body, pays eternal penalties.
When therefore God said to that first man, whom He had placed in paradise, concerning the forbidden food: 'On whatever day you eat of it, you shall die the death'—that threat embraced not only the former part of the first death, where the soul is deprived of God, nor only the latter, where the body is deprived of the soul, nor only the whole first death itself, where the soul, separated both from God and from the body, is punished; but whatever of death there is, up to the last, which is called the second, than which there is none later. CHAPTER XIII. What penalty the transgression of the first men first felt. For after the transgression of the precept was committed, immediately, with divine grace forsaking them, they were ashamed at the nakedness of their bodies.
Whence they also covered their shameful parts with fig leaves, which were perhaps the first things found by the perturbed pair; which same members were before, but were not shameful. They felt therefore a new motion of their disobedient flesh, as a reciprocal penalty for their own disobedience. For now the soul, delighting in its own freedom turned to perversity and disdaining to serve God, was deprived of the former service of the body; and because by its own will it had forsaken its higher Lord, it did not hold its lower servant subject to its will, nor did it have the flesh in every way subject, as it could always have had it, if it had itself remained subject to God.
Then therefore the flesh began to lust against the spirit, with which conflict we are born, drawing the origin of death, and bearing in our members and our vitiated nature the contention—or the victory—of that first transgression. CHAPTER XIV. What kind of man was made by God, and into what lot he fell by the choice of his own will. For God created man upright, being the author of natures, not indeed of vices; but, depraved of his own accord and justly condemned, he begot depraved and condemned offspring. For we all were in that one man, when we all were that one, who fell into sin through the woman, who was made from him before the sin. As yet there was not formed and distributed to us individually the form in which we should severally live;
but there was already the seminal nature from which we should be propagated; which nature, namely, being vitiated on account of sin and bound by the chain of death and justly condemned, man could not be born of man in any other condition. And on this account, from the evil use of free will arose the series of this calamity, which, by an origin depraved as if from a corrupted root, leads the human race, through a connected chain of miseries, even to the destruction of the second death, which has no end—those alone excepted who are freed by the grace of God. CHAPTER XV. That Adam, when about to sin, first forsook God himself, before he was forsaken by God; and that the first death of the soul was to have departed from God. Wherefore, even if in that which was said: 'You shall die the death,' since it was not said:
'You shall die deaths,' in the plural) we should understand only that death which occurs when the soul is forsaken by its own life, which is God to it (for it was not forsaken so that it might forsake, but it forsook so that it might be forsaken; for unto its evil its own will is prior, but unto its good the will of its Creator is prior—whether to make it, which was nothing, or to remake it, because, having fallen, it had perished)—even if therefore we understand that God announced this death in that which He said: 'On the day you eat of it, you shall die the death,' as though He said: 'On the day you forsake Me through disobedience, I will forsake you through justice'—surely in that death the others also were announced, which without doubt were to follow.
For in that there arose a disobedient motion in the flesh of the disobedient soul, on account of which they covered their shameful parts, one death was felt, in which God forsook the soul. This was signified by His words, when, to the man hiding himself out of demented fear, He said: 'Adam, where are you?'—not indeed seeking in ignorance, but admonishing by rebuke, that he should attend to where he was, in which God was not. But when the soul itself forsook the body, corrupted by age and worn out by old age, there came into experience the other death, concerning which God, still punishing sin, had said to the man: 'You are earth, and into earth you shall go'; so that out of these two there might be completed that first death, which is of the whole man, which the second follows at the last, unless a man be freed by grace.
For the body, which is from the earth, would not return into the earth except by its own death, which befalls it when it is forsaken by its own life, that is, the soul. Whence it is established among Christians who truly hold the catholic faith, that even this death of the body itself was inflicted upon us not by a law of nature—by which God made no death for man—but by the desert of sin, since God, avenging sin, said to the man, in whom we all then were: 'You are earth, and into earth you shall go.' CHAPTER XVI. Concerning the philosophers who think the separation of the soul from the body is not penal, whereas Plato introduces the supreme God promising to the lesser gods that they should never be stripped of their bodies.
But the philosophers, against whose calumnies we defend the City of God, that is, His Church, think themselves to mock wisely, because we say that the separation of the soul from the body is to be reckoned among its penalties; namely because they suppose that its perfect blessedness then comes about for it, when, stripped utterly of all body, it returns to God simple and alone and in a manner naked. Here, if I found nothing in their own writings by which this opinion might be refuted, I should have to dispute more laboriously, to demonstrate that it is not the body that is a burden to the soul, but the corruptible body. Whence is that which we recalled from our Scriptures in the previous book: 'For the corruptible body weighs down the soul.'
By adding 'corruptible,' assuredly, he declared that the soul is weighed down not by just any kind of body, but by such a body as has been made by the vengeance that follows sin. And even if he had not added this, we ought to understand nothing else. But since Plato most openly proclaims that the gods made by the supreme God have immortal bodies, and introduces God Himself, by whom they were made, promising them as a great benefit that they shall remain forever with their bodies and shall be dissolved from them by no death: what is this, that these men, to harass the Christian faith, feign not to know what they know, or even, contradicting themselves, prefer to speak against themselves, so long as they do not cease to contradict us?
These indeed are Plato's words, as Cicero translated them into Latin, in which he introduces the supreme God addressing the gods whom He made, and saying: 'You who are sprung from the seed of the gods, attend: those works of which I am the parent and maker are indissoluble against My will, although everything that is bound together can be dissolved; but it is by no means good to wish to dissolve by reason that which is bound by reason. But since you have come into being, immortal indeed and indissoluble you cannot be; yet you shall by no means be dissolved, nor shall any fates of death destroy you, nor shall they be more powerful than My counsel, which is a greater bond unto your perpetuity than those by which you were bound together when you were begotten.'
Behold, Plato says they are gods, and mortal by the binding together of body and soul, and yet immortal by the will and counsel of the God by whom they were made. If therefore it is a penalty for the soul to be bound in any kind of body whatsoever, why is it that the god, addressing them as though anxious lest they should perchance die—that is, be dissolved from the body—makes them secure concerning their immortality, not on account of their nature, which is compounded, not simple, but on account of his own most invincible will, by which he is able to bring it about that neither things that have come into being should perish, nor things conjoined should be dissolved, but should incorruptibly endure? And whether indeed Plato says this truly of the stars is another question.
For it is not at once to be conceded to him that these globes of lights, or little orbs, shining with bodily light above the earth, whether by day or by night, live by certain proper souls of their own, and those intellectual and blessed—which he insistently affirms also of the whole universe itself, as of one greatest living being, by which all the other living beings are contained. But these things, as I said, are another question, which we have not now undertaken to discuss. This much only I have thought worth recalling against those men who glory in being called or being Platonists, of whose name's pride they blush to be Christians—lest the appellation common to them with the vulgar should make cheap the company of cloak-wearers, the more puffed up the more scanty their fewness;
and, seeking what they may reprehend in Christian doctrine, they harass the eternity of bodies, as though these things were mutually contrary—that we should both seek the blessedness of the soul and wish it always to be in a body, as if bound in a wretched chain; whereas their own author and master Plato says that a gift was granted by the supreme God to the gods made by him, that they should never at any time die, that is, be separated from the bodies in which he conjoined them. CHAPTER XVII. Against those who assert that earthly bodies cannot be made incorruptible and eternal.
These men also contend that earthly bodies cannot be everlasting, although they do not doubt that the whole earth itself is a member of their god—not indeed the supreme, but yet a great god, that is, of this whole world—placed in the midst and everlasting. When therefore that supreme god made for them another, whom they think a god, that is, this world, to be preferred to the other gods who are beneath him, and they suppose this same to be an animate being, namely with a rational or intellectual soul, as they assert, enclosed in so great a mass of its body, and that he constituted the four elements as it were the members of that very body, placed and arranged in their own places—whose juncture, lest ever their god so great should die, they wish to be insoluble and everlasting:
what reason is there that, in the body of the greater living being, the earth should be eternal as a kind of middle member, while the bodies of other earthly living beings, if God should so will as He wills that, cannot be eternal? But, they say, the earth must be rendered to the earth, whence the earthly bodies of animals were taken; from which it comes about, they say, that it is necessary for these to be dissolved and to die, and in that way to be restored to the stable and everlasting earth from which they had been taken. If anyone should affirm this likewise of fire as well, and say that the bodies which were taken from it, that they might become celestial animals, must be rendered to the universal fire: would not the immortality which Plato promised to such gods, as though the supreme god spoke, fall away as it were by the violence of this argument?
Or does it not happen there for this reason, because God does not will it, whose will, as Plato says, no force overcomes? What then prevents God from being able to effect this also concerning earthly bodies—since Plato confesses that God can bring it about both that things which have come into being should not perish, and that things which are bound should not be dissolved, and that things which are taken from the elements should not be rendered back, and that souls constituted in bodies should never forsake them and should enjoy with them immortality and everlasting blessedness? Why then could He not bring it about that earthly bodies too should not die? Or is God not powerful as far as Christians believe, but only as far as the Platonists wish?
It is no wonder, indeed, that the philosophers were able, and the prophets unable, to know the counsel and power of God; for rather, on the contrary, His Spirit taught the prophets of God to declare His will, so far as He saw fit to reveal it, whereas mere human conjecture deceived the philosophers in their endeavor to know it.
Yet they ought not to have been deceived to such a degree, not only through ignorance but even through obstinacy, that they should most openly contradict themselves: with great force of argument maintaining that, for the soul to be able to be blessed, it must flee not only every earthly body but every body whatsoever, and yet again saying that the gods have most blessed souls which are nonetheless bound to eternal bodies—the celestial gods to fiery bodies, while the soul of Jupiter himself, whom they hold to be this very universe, is enclosed within absolutely all the corporeal elements by which this whole mass rises from earth to heaven.
For Plato supposes that this soul is diffused and extended through musical numbers from the inmost center of the earth—which the geometers call the centron—through all its parts up to the highest and outermost reaches of heaven, so that this universe is a living being most great, most blessed, and everlasting; whose soul both holds the perfect felicity of wisdom and does not forsake its own body, and whose body both lives forever from that soul and—though it is not simple but compacted of so many and so great bodies—cannot dull or slow the soul.
Since, then, they grant these things to their own surmises, why are they unwilling to believe that by the divine will and power earthly bodies can be made immortal, in which souls, separated by no death and burdened by no weight of those bodies, may live everlastingly and in blessedness—the very thing they assert their own gods can do in fiery bodies, and Jupiter himself, their king, in all the corporeal elements? For if, in order that the soul may be blessed, every body must be fled, let their gods flee from the orbs of the stars, let Jupiter flee from heaven and earth; or if they cannot, let them be judged wretched.
But these men are willing to admit neither: they dare not grant separation from bodies to their gods, lest they seem to worship mortal beings, nor deprivation of blessedness, lest they confess them to be unhappy. Therefore not all bodies must be fled in order to attain blessedness, but the corruptible, troublesome, heavy, dying ones—not such as God's goodness made for the first men, but such as the penalty of sin compelled them to be. CHAPTER XVIII. On earthly bodies, which the philosophers affirm cannot exist in the heavens, because whatever is earthly is recalled to earth by its natural weight. But it is necessary, they say, that natural weight should hold earthly bodies on the earth or force them toward the earth, and therefore they cannot be in heaven.
Those first men, indeed, were in a land wooded and fruitful, which bore the name of Paradise; but since this too must be answered—whether on account of Christ's body, with which He ascended into heaven, or on account of the saints' bodies such as they shall be in the resurrection—let them consider a little more attentively those very earthly weights. For if human skill can bring it about that, out of metals which when placed in water are immediately submerged, vessels are fashioned in certain ways so that they can even float:
how much more credibly and effectually can some hidden mode of God's working—by whose most omnipotent will Plato says that nothing once arisen perishes and nothing bound together can be dissolved, since the incorporeal is joined to the corporeal far more wondrously than any bodies are joined to any bodies—grant to earthly masses that they be weighed down by no weight into the depths, and grant to souls themselves, perfectly blessed, that they may set their bodies (earthly, yet now incorruptible) wherever they will, and move them whither they will, with the easiest posture and motion! Or rather, if angels do this, and seize whatever earthly animals they please from wherever they please and set them down wherever they please, are we to believe that either they cannot do it or feel the burdens?
Why then should we not believe that the perfected and blessed spirits of the saints, by a divine gift, can bear their own bodies without any difficulty wherever they will, and set them down wherever they will? For though we are accustomed, in carrying earthly bodies as burdens, to find that the greater the quantity the greater the weight, so that more pounds press more heavily than fewer—nevertheless the soul carries the members of its own flesh more lightly when they are robust in health than when they are wasted in sickness. And though to others who carry him a healthy and strong man is more burdensome than a thin and sickly one, yet the man himself is more agile in moving and bearing his own body when in good health he has more bulk than when in sickness or famine he has the least strength.
So great is the power, even in possessing earthly bodies (though still corruptible and mortal), not of the weight of quantity, but of the measure of temperament. And who can explain in words how great a distance lies between this present condition which we call health, and the immortality to come? Therefore the philosophers do not refute our faith by their arguments about the weights of bodies. For I do not wish to ask why they do not believe that an earthly body can exist in heaven, when the whole earth is balanced upon nothing. For perhaps from the very central place of the universe—because all the heavier things come together into it—an argument closer to the truth may even be drawn. This is what I say:
If the lesser gods, to whom Plato says the making of the rest of the earthly animals, and even of man, was entrusted, were able—as he says—to remove from fire the quality of burning while leaving the quality of shining that flashes forth through the eyes, shall we hesitate to grant to the supreme God (to whose will and power Plato granted that things once arisen should not die, and that things so diverse and so dissimilar, namely the corporeal and incorporeal, when joined to one another, could be separated by no dissolution) that He should remove corruption from the flesh of man, to whom He grants immortality, while leaving its nature, retaining the fitting harmony of its figure and members, and taking away the sluggishness of weight?
But concerning the faith of the resurrection of the dead and concerning their immortal bodies, this must be discussed more carefully, if God will, at the end of this work. CHAPTER XIX. Against the doctrines of those who do not believe that the first men, had they not sinned, would have been immortal, and who wish the eternity of souls to be without bodies. Now let us set forth what we have undertaken concerning the bodies of the first men; for that death—which is held to be good for the good, and is known not only to a few who understand or believe, but to all, by which the separation of soul from body takes place, by which assuredly the body of a living being, which was evidently alive, evidently dies—could not have befallen them, had not the desert of sin followed.
For although it is not lawful to doubt that the souls of the just and pious dead live in rest, yet so much better would it be for them to live with their own bodies in good health, that even those who deem it most blessed to be wholly without a body refute this opinion of theirs by a contrary verdict. For none of them will dare to prefer wise men—whether about to die or already dead, that is, either lacking bodies or about to leave their bodies—to the immortal gods, to whom the supreme God in Plato promises a mighty gift, namely an indissoluble life, that is, an eternal fellowship with their own bodies.
But the same Plato thinks it goes best with men—provided they have passed this life piously and justly—if, separated from their own bodies, they are received into the bosom of the very gods who never desert their bodies. 'Forgetful, surely, that they may revisit the vaulted heights above, and begin again to wish to return into bodies'; which Virgil is praised for having said from the Platonic doctrine. For thus indeed he supposes that the souls of mortals can neither be forever in their own bodies, but are dissolved by the necessity of death, nor endure perpetually without bodies, but, by alternating turns, that the living are unceasingly made from the dead and the dead from the living;
so that in this the wise seem to differ from other men: that after death they are borne to the stars, so that each may rest somewhat longer in a star congenial to himself, and thence again, forgetful of his former misery and overcome by the desire of possessing a body, return to the labors and troubles of mortals; whereas those who have led a foolish life are rolled back, by their own deserts, to bodies owed them, whether of men or of beasts, near at hand. And so in this most harsh condition he places even good and wise souls, to whom no such bodies have been allotted as those with which they might live always and immortally—souls that can neither remain in bodies nor endure without them in eternal purity.
Concerning this Platonic doctrine we have already said, in the earlier books, that in the Christian age Porphyry blushed for it, and not only removed the bodies of beasts from human souls, but also wished the souls of the wise to be so liberated from corporeal bonds that, fleeing every body, they might be held in blessedness with the Father without end. And so, lest he should seem to be overcome by Christ, who promised the saints perpetual life, he too placed purified souls in eternal felicity, without any return to their former miseries; and, in order to oppose Christ, denying the resurrection of incorruptible bodies, he asserted that those souls would live forever not only without earthly bodies, but without any bodies at all.
Yet not even by this opinion, such as it was, did he teach that they should at least not be subjected to embodied gods by the homage of religion. Why so, unless because he did not believe those souls—though joined to no body—to be better than those gods? Wherefore, if these men will not dare (as I judge they will not dare) to prefer human souls to the most blessed gods who are nonetheless established in eternal bodies, why does it seem absurd to them—what the Christian faith proclaims—both that the first men were so created that, had they not sinned, they would have been loosed from their bodies by no death, but, endowed with immortality as the reward of obedience kept, would have lived with them forever;
and that the saints in the resurrection shall have those very bodies in which they here labored, so that neither can any corruption or difficulty befall their flesh, nor any pain or unhappiness befall their blessedness? CHAPTER XX. That the flesh of the saints, which now rests in hope, is to be restored to a better quality than that of the first men before sin. Accordingly, now the souls of the departed saints do not have a grievous death—that by which they were separated from their bodies—because their flesh rests in hope, however many indignities it may be seen to have received now without any sensation.
For not, as it seemed to Plato, do they out of forgetfulness desire bodies; but rather, because they remember what was promised them by Him who deceives no one, who gave them assurance even concerning the integrity of their very hairs, they wait, with longing and with patience, for the resurrection of the bodies in which they suffered many hard things, but in which they shall thereafter feel nothing of the kind. For if they did not hate their flesh when by spiritual right they restrained it as it resisted their mind through weakness, how much more will they love it when it too shall be spiritual!
For just as the spirit serving the flesh is not unfittingly called carnal, so the flesh serving the spirit will rightly be called spiritual—not because it will be turned into spirit, as some suppose from that which is written: 'It is sown a natural body, it shall rise a spiritual body,' but because it will be subjected to the spirit with a supreme and wonderful ease of obedience, even to the fulfilling of the wholly secure will of indissoluble immortality, with every sense of trouble, all corruptibility and sluggishness removed.
For not only will it not be such as it now is in any best state of health, but not even such as it was in the first men before sin, who, although they would not have died unless they had sinned, nevertheless used food as men do, bearing bodies not yet spiritual but still natural and earthly.
Although these bodies would not grow old with age so as to be brought by necessity to death (which condition was granted them by the wondrous grace of God from the tree of life, which was in the midst of Paradise together with the forbidden tree), yet they took other foods besides the one tree which had been forbidden—not because that tree was evil, but for the sake of commending the good of pure and simple obedience, which is a great virtue in the rational creature set under the Lord its Creator. For where no evil was touched, surely, if the forbidden thing were touched, the only sin was disobedience. Therefore it was provided by the other things which they took, that their natural bodies should feel no trouble of hunger or thirst;
but from the tree of life they tasted for this reason: that death might not creep upon them from any source, nor that, worn out by old age, they should perish when the spans of time had run their course—as though the other things were for nourishment, but that one for a sacrament; so that it may be understood that the tree of life was in the bodily Paradise just as, in the spiritual—that is, the intelligible—Paradise, is the Wisdom of God, of which it is written: 'It is a tree of life to them that lay hold upon it.' CHAPTER XXI. On the Paradise in which the first men dwelt, that something spiritual may rightly be understood by its signification, while preserving the truth of the historical narrative concerning a bodily place.
Hence some refer the whole of that Paradise itself—where, by the truth of Holy Scripture, the first men, the parents of the human race, are narrated to have been—to intelligible things, and turn those trees and fruit-bearing woods into virtues and ways of life; as though those things had not been visible and bodily, but had been so spoken or written for the sake of signifying intelligible things. As if Paradise could not therefore have been bodily, because it can also be understood spiritually; just as if there had therefore not been two women, Hagar and Sarah, and from them the two sons of Abraham, one of the bondwoman, the other of the free, because the apostle says that the two testaments were figured in them;
or that therefore water did not flow from any rock when Moses struck it, because there too, by a figurative signification, Christ can be understood—the same apostle saying: 'And that rock was Christ.' Therefore no one forbids us to understand Paradise as the life of the blessed; its four rivers as the four virtues, prudence, fortitude, temperance, and justice; its trees as all the useful disciplines; the fruits of the trees as the morals of the pious; the tree of life as wisdom itself, the mother of all good things; and the tree of the knowledge of good and evil as the experience of the commandment transgressed. For God established a penalty for sinners well indeed, since justly; but man does not experience it to his own good.
These things can also be understood in the Church, so that we may better take them as prophetic signs going before of things to come: namely, Paradise as the Church itself, as is read of her in the Song of Songs; the four rivers of Paradise as the four Gospels; the fruit-bearing trees as the saints; their fruits as their works; the tree of life as the Holy of Holies, that is, Christ; the tree of the knowledge of good and evil as the proper choice of the will. For man cannot use himself except to his ruin, having despised the divine will, and thus learns what the difference is, whether he cleaves to the good common to all, or delights in his own.
For he who loves himself is given over to himself, so that, filled thereby with fears and griefs, he sings in the psalm—if indeed he feels his own evils: 'My soul is troubled within me'; and, when now corrected, may say: 'My strength, I will keep it to Thee.' These things, and whatever else can be more fittingly said concerning the spiritual understanding of Paradise, let them be said, with no one forbidding, provided nonetheless that the truth of that history, commended by a most faithful narrative of things done, be believed. CHAPTER XXII. On the bodies of the saints after the resurrection, which will be so spiritual that the flesh shall not be turned into spirit.
The bodies of the just, therefore, which are to be in the resurrection, will need neither any tree to keep them from dying through any disease or the wasting of old age, nor any other bodily nourishments by which any trouble of hunger and thirst might be avoided; since they will be clothed with the certain and in every way inviolable gift of immortality, so that they may eat, if they will, by possibility and not by necessity. This the angels also did, when they appeared visibly and tangibly—not because they had need, but because they willed and were able, in order to suit themselves to men by a certain humanity of their ministry.
For it is not to be believed that the angels ate in mere phantasm, when men received them in hospitality, although to those who did not know whether they were angels they seemed to eat with a need like ours. Hence it is that the angel says in the book of Tobit: 'You saw me eat, but you saw it with your own sight'; that is, you supposed that I took food out of the necessity of refreshing the body, as you do. But if perhaps something more credible can be argued concerning the angels, certainly the Christian faith does not doubt concerning the Savior Himself that, even after the resurrection, now indeed in spiritual flesh, but yet true flesh, He took food and drink with His disciples. For not the power, but the need, of eating and drinking will be taken away from such bodies.
Hence they will also be spiritual—not because they will cease to be bodies, but because they will subsist by a life-giving spirit. CHAPTER XXIII. What is to be understood concerning the natural body and the spiritual body, and who die in Adam, and who indeed are made alive in Christ. For just as these bodies, which have a living soul but not yet a life-giving spirit, are called natural bodies, and yet are not souls but bodies: so those are called spiritual bodies; yet far be it from us to believe that they will be spirits, but that they will have the substance of the flesh, yet will suffer no fleshly sluggishness or corruption, being quickened by the life-giving spirit. Then man will be no longer earthly, but heavenly—not because the body, which was made of earth, will not be the same;
but because, by a heavenly gift, it will now be such that, with its nature not lost but its quality changed, it may be fit even for inhabiting heaven. But the first man, of the earth, earthly, was made into a living soul, not into a life-giving spirit—which was reserved for him after the merit of obedience. Therefore his body, which had need of food and drink:
that it might not be afflicted by hunger and thirst, and was kept from the necessity of death and held in the flower of youth, not by that absolute and indissoluble immortality, but by the tree of life—it was, beyond doubt, not spiritual but natural; yet by no means about to die, unless by transgressing it had fallen into the sentence of God who foretold and threatened, and, with foods indeed not denied even outside Paradise, but forbidden the tree of life, it had been handed over to be ended by time and age—at least in that life which, in a body though natural, it could (until by the merit of obedience it became spiritual) have had perpetually in Paradise, had it not sinned.
Wherefore, even if we understand that this manifest death, by which the separation of soul from body takes place, was also signified together in what God had said: 'In the day that you eat of it, you shall die the death'—it ought not therefore to seem absurd that they were not loosed from the body on that very day on which they took the forbidden and death-bringing food. For on that day their nature, changed for the worse and corrupted, and by a most just separation from the tree of life, the necessity even of bodily death was made in them—the necessity with which we are born. On account of which the apostle does not say: 'The body indeed is about to die because of sin,' but says: 'The body indeed is dead because of sin, but the spirit is life because of righteousness.' Then he added:
'But if the Spirit of Him who raised up Christ from the dead dwells in you, He who raised up Christ from the dead will also quicken your mortal bodies through His Spirit that dwells in you.' Then, therefore, the body will be in a life-giving spirit, which now is in a living soul; and yet the apostle calls it dead, because it is already bound by the necessity of dying. But then it was so in a living soul, although not in a life-giving spirit, that it nonetheless could not rightly be called dead, because it could not have the necessity of dying except by the perpetration of sin. But when God, both by saying 'Adam, where are you?' signified the death of the soul, which took place when He forsook it, and by saying:
'You are earth, and into earth you shall go,' signified the death of the body, which befalls it when the soul departs—on this account He is to be believed to have said nothing about the second death, because He willed it to be hidden, for the sake of the dispensation of the New Testament, where the second death is most openly declared; so that first this first death, which is common to all, might be made known to have come from that sin which in one man was made common to all; but the second death is indeed not common to all, on account of those who are called according to His purpose, whom He foreknew and predestined (as the apostle says) to be conformed to the image of His Son, that He Himself might be the firstborn among many brethren—whom the grace of God, through the Mediator, has delivered from the second death.
That the first man was made in a natural body, the apostle thus speaks. For wishing to distinguish the spiritual—which is to be in the resurrection—from this which now is natural, he says: 'It is sown in corruption, it shall rise in incorruption; it is sown in dishonor, it shall rise in glory; it is sown in weakness, it shall rise in power; it is sown a natural body, it shall rise a spiritual body.' Then, to prove this, he says: 'If there is a natural body, there is also a spiritual.' And to show what the natural body was, he says: 'So it is written: The first man was made into a living soul.'
In this way, then, he wished to show what a natural body is, although Scripture did not say of the first man, who was called Adam, when his soul was created by the breath of God: 'And man was made in a natural body,' but: 'Man was made into a living soul.' Therefore in that which is written, 'The first man was made into a living soul,' the apostle wished the natural body of man to be understood. But how the spiritual was to be understood, he showed by adding: 'The last Adam into a life-giving spirit,' without doubt signifying Christ, who has now so risen from the dead that He can thereafter in no way die. Finally he goes on and says: 'But not first that which is spiritual, but that which is natural, afterward that which is spiritual.'
Here he declared much more openly that he had hinted at the natural body in that which is written, that the first man was made into a living soul, but the spiritual in that which he says: 'The last Adam into a life-giving spirit.' For the natural body is first, such as the first Adam had, although not about to die unless he had sinned; such as we too now have, his nature thus far changed and corrupted, in so far as in him, after he had sinned, it was so wrought that he should now have the necessity of dying; such a body Christ also, for our sake, first deigned to have—not indeed by necessity, but by power;
but afterward the spiritual, such as has already preceded in Christ as in our Head, but is to follow in His members at the last resurrection of the dead. The apostle then adds the most evident difference of these two men, saying: 'The first man is of the earth, earthly; the second man is from heaven, heavenly. Such as the earthly is, such also are they that are earthly; and such as the heavenly is, such also are they that are heavenly. And as we have borne the image of the earthly, let us also bear the image of Him who is from heaven.' This the apostle so set down that now indeed it may come to pass in us according to the sacrament of regeneration, as he says elsewhere: 'As many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ';
but in actual fact it will then be perfected, when that which is natural in us by being born shall have become spiritual by rising again. For, to use his very words again: 'We are saved by hope.' Now we have put on the image of the earthly man by the propagation of transgression and death, which generation brought upon us; but we put on the image of the heavenly man by the grace of pardon and of perpetual life, which regeneration bestows on us—only through the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus; whom he would have understood as the heavenly man, because He came from heaven that He might be clothed with the body of earthly mortality, which He might clothe with heavenly immortality.
But He calls others also heavenly, because by grace they become His members, so that with them there may be one Christ, as head and body. This he puts more evidently in the same epistle: 'By man came death, and by man the resurrection of the dead. For as in Adam all die, so also in Christ shall all be made alive'—now assuredly in a spiritual body which shall be in a life-giving spirit; not because all who die in Adam will be members of Christ (for of those, far more will be punished in the second death forever), but it was said 'all' and 'all' for this reason: that as no one dies in a natural body except in Adam, so no one is made alive in a spiritual body except in Christ.
Accordingly, we must by no means suppose that at the resurrection we shall have such a body as the first man had before sin; nor is that saying, 'As is the earthly, such are they also that are earthly,' to be understood according to what came about through the admission of sin. For we must not imagine that before he sinned he had a spiritual body, and that by the merit of sin it was changed into an animal one. To suppose this is to pay too little heed to the words of so great a teacher, who says: 'If there is an animal body, there is also a spiritual; so also it is written, The first man Adam was made a living soul.' Was this perhaps brought about after sin, when this is the first condition of man, from which the most blessed Paul took up this testimony of the law in order to demonstrate the animal body?
CHAPTER 24. In what way is to be understood either that breathing of God by which the first man was made a living soul, or that which the Lord performed when He said to His disciples: 'Receive the Holy Spirit.' Hence it has also seemed to certain persons, with too little consideration, that in what is read, 'God breathed into his face the breath of life, and man was made a living soul,' a soul was not then given to the first man, but rather that the soul which already was within him was quickened by the Holy Spirit. For it moves them that the Lord Jesus, after He rose from the dead, breathed upon His disciples and said: 'Receive the Holy Spirit.' Hence they suppose something of the same sort was done then as was done here, as if here too the evangelist who followed had said:
'And they were made a living soul.' If indeed this had been said, we should understand that the life of souls in a certain sense is the Spirit of God, without whom rational souls are to be reckoned dead, although by their presence the bodies seem to live. But that it was not so done when man was created, the very words of the book sufficiently testify, which run thus: 'And God formed man, dust from the earth.' Some, thinking this should be interpreted more plainly, have said: 'And God fashioned man from the mud of the earth,' since it had been said above: 'But a spring went up from the earth and watered the whole face of the earth'; so that from this mud might be understood to be meant, that is, earth compounded with moisture. For where this is said, there immediately follows:
'And God formed man, dust from the earth,' as the Greek codices have it, from which Scripture itself was rendered into the Latin tongue. Now whether one chooses to say 'formed' or 'fashioned' for what is said in Greek 'eplasen,' makes no difference to the matter; yet more properly is it said 'fashioned.' But an ambiguity seemed to be avoided by those who preferred to say 'formed,' because in the Latin tongue that usage prevailed rather, that those are said 'to fashion' (fingere) who put something together with a feigning falsehood. This man, then, formed from the dust or mud of the earth (for it was moistened dust) — this man, I say, that I may speak more expressly as Scripture has spoken, this dust from the earth, the apostle teaches was made an animal body when it received a soul:
'And this man was made a living soul,' that is, this dust when formed was made a living soul. Now, they say, he already had a soul, otherwise he would not be called 'man,' since man is not body alone or soul alone, but he who consists both of soul and of body. This indeed is true, that the soul is not the whole man, but the better part of man; nor is the body the whole man, but the lower part of man; yet when both are joined together, it has the name of man; which name nevertheless the parts singly do not lose, even when we speak of them singly. For who is forbidden to say, by a certain law of everyday speech: 'That man has died and is now at rest, or in torments,' when this can be said of the soul alone; and:
'In this or that place that man was buried,' when this cannot be understood except of the body alone? Or will they say that divine Scripture is not wont thus to speak? Nay rather, it so testifies this to us, that even when these two are joined and the man lives, it nevertheless calls each part singly by the name of man, calling the soul namely the inner man, and the body the outer man, as though there were two men, when both together are one man. But it must be understood in what respect man is called the image of God, and man earth and going to return to earth. For the former is said according to the rational soul, such as God by breathing in, or, if it is said more fittingly, by inspiring, imparted to man, that is, to man's body;
but the latter according to the body, such a man as God fashioned from the dust, to whom a soul was given, that it might become an animal body, that is, man into a living soul. Wherefore, in that which the Lord did, when He breathed and said, 'Receive the Holy Spirit,' He doubtless willed this to be understood, that the Holy Spirit is not only of the Father, but also the Spirit of the Only-begotten Himself. For the same is indeed the Spirit both of the Father and of the Son, with whom is the Trinity, Father and Son and Holy Spirit, not a creature but the Creator.
For that bodily breath proceeding from the mouth of flesh was not the substance and nature of the Holy Spirit, but rather a sign, by which we might understand, as I have said, that the Holy Spirit is common to the Father and the Son, because there are not for them severally several spirits, but one is of them both. Now this Spirit is always called in the holy Scriptures by the Greek word 'pneuma,' as Jesus also called Him in this place, when He gave Him to the disciples, signifying Him by the breath of His bodily mouth; and in all places of the divine utterances I have never found Him named otherwise. But here, where it is read:
'And God fashioned man, dust from the earth, and breathed,' or 'inspired,' 'into his face the breath of life,' the Greek does not say 'pneuma,' which is wont to be called the Holy Spirit, but 'pnoe,' a word which is read more frequently of the creature than of the Creator; hence some Latins also, for the sake of the distinction, preferred to call this word not 'spiritus' (spirit) but 'flatus' (breath). For this is in the Greek also in that passage in Isaiah, where God says: 'I have made every breath,' signifying without doubt every soul. Therefore what is in Greek 'pnoe,' our translators have rendered sometimes 'breath,' sometimes 'spirit,' sometimes 'inspiration' or 'aspiration,' when it is said even of God;
but 'pneuma' never except as 'spirit,' whether of man (of which the apostle says: 'For who among men knows the things of a man, except the spirit of the man that is in him?'), or of beast (as it is written in the book of Solomon: 'Who knows whether the spirit of man ascends upward to heaven, and the spirit of the beast descends downward to the earth?'), or this bodily one, which is also called wind (for this is its name where it is sung in the psalm: 'Fire, hail, snow, ice, the spirit of the tempest'), or finally that which is not created but the Creator, such as that of which the Lord says in the gospel: 'Receive the Holy Spirit,' signifying Him by the breath of His bodily mouth, and where He says:
'Go, baptize [all] the nations in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit,' where the Trinity itself is most excellently and most evidently commended, and where it is read: 'God is a Spirit,' and in very many other places of the sacred writings. For in all these testimonies of the Scriptures, as far as concerns the Greek, we see not 'pnoe' written, but 'pneuma'; and as far as concerns the Latin, not 'flatus' (breath), but 'spiritus' (spirit). Wherefore, in that which is written: 'He inspired,' or, if it should be said more properly, 'He breathed into his face the breath of life,' if the Greek had set down not 'pnoe,' as is read there, but 'pneuma';
even then it would not follow that we should be compelled to understand the Creator Spirit, who in the Trinity is properly called the Holy Spirit; since indeed 'pneuma,' as has been said, is manifestly wont to be said not only of the Creator but also of the creature. But, they say, when it had said 'spirit,' it would not have added 'of life,' unless it wished that Holy Spirit to be understood; and when it had said, 'man was made a soul,' it would not have added 'living,' unless it signified that life of the soul which is divinely imparted to it by the gift of the Spirit of God. For since the soul lives, they say, by the proper mode of its own life, what need was there to add 'living,' except that that life might be understood which is given to it through the Holy Spirit?
What is this but to contend diligently for a human conjecture and to attend negligently to the holy Scriptures? For what great matter was it not to go further, but to read in the very same book a little above: 'Let the earth bring forth a living soul,' when all the land animals were created? Then, after a few things interposed, in that same book what great matter was it to notice what is written: 'And all things that had the spirit of life, and everyone that was upon the dry land, died,' when it intimated that all things that lived on the earth perished by the flood? If, then, we find both 'living soul' and 'spirit of life' even in beasts, as the divine Scripture is wont to speak, and when in this place too, where it is read:
'All things that had the spirit of life,' the Greek said not 'pneuma' but 'pnoe': why do we not say: What need was there for it to add 'living,' since a soul cannot exist unless it lives? Or what need was there for it to add 'of life,' when it had said 'spirit'? But we understand that Scripture, after its own manner, spoke of 'living soul' and 'spirit of life,' when it wished animals, that is, animate bodies, to be understood, in which there was present through the soul this perceptible sense even of the body.
But in the case of man's creation we forget how Scripture is wont to speak, although it spoke entirely after its own manner, by which it intimated that man, even though he had received a rational soul — which it wished to be understood as created not, like the souls of other flesh, by waters and earth bringing them forth, but by God breathing — yet was so made that in the animal body, which is made when a soul lives in it, he might live as did those animals of which it said, 'Let the earth bring forth a living soul,' and which it likewise said had within them the spirit of life; where also in the Greek it said not 'pneuma' but 'pnoe'; certainly not the Holy Spirit, but expressing their soul by such a name.
But, they say, the breath of God is understood to have gone forth from the mouth of God; and if we should believe it to be a soul, the consequence will be that we must confess it to be of the same substance and equal to that Wisdom which says, 'I came forth from the mouth of the Most High.' Yet Wisdom did not say that she was breathed out from the mouth of God, but that she came forth from His mouth. But just as we can make a breath, not from our own nature by which we are men, but from this surrounding air which we draw in and give back by breathing in and out, when we blow:
so almighty God could make a breath, not from His own nature nor from any underlying creature, but even from nothing, which, by inserting it into the body of man, He is most fittingly said to have inspired or breathed in — He incorporeal an incorporeal thing, yet He immutable a mutable thing, since He uncreated a created thing. But nevertheless, that those persons may know who wish to speak from the Scriptures yet do not notice the modes of expression of the Scriptures, that not only that which is of equal and the same nature is said to go forth from the mouth of God, let them hear or read what is written when God speaks: 'Because you are lukewarm and neither hot nor cold, I will begin to spew you out of my mouth.'
There is therefore no reason why we should resist the apostle, who speaks most plainly, where, distinguishing the animal body from the spiritual body, that is, that in which we are now from that in which we shall be hereafter, he says: 'It is sown an animal body, it shall rise a spiritual body; if there is an animal body, there is also a spiritual; so also it is written, The first man Adam was made a living soul, the last Adam a quickening spirit. But not first that which is spiritual, but that which is animal, afterward the spiritual. The first man is of the earth, earthy; the second man is of heaven, heavenly. As is the earthy, such are they also that are earthy; and as is the heavenly, such are they also that are heavenly. And as we have borne the image of the earthy, let us bear also the image of Him who is of heaven.'
Concerning all these apostolic words we have spoken above. The animal body, then, in which the apostle says the first man Adam was made, was so made, not that it could in no way die, but that it would not die unless man had sinned. For that which by the quickening spirit will be spiritual and immortal will be in no way able to die, just as the soul has been created immortal, which, although it is said to be dead by sin, lacking a certain life of its own, that is, the Spirit of God, by which it could also have lived wisely and blessedly, nevertheless does not cease to live by a certain proper life of its own, though a wretched one, because it has been created immortal;
just as also the deserter angels, although in a certain mode they are dead by sinning, because they deserted the fountain of life, which is God, by drinking of whom they could have lived wisely and blessedly, nevertheless could not so die as to cease in every way to live and to feel, since they were created immortal; and thus after the last judgment they will be cast headlong into the second death, so that not even there will they lack life, since indeed they will not lack even sense, when they will be in torments. But men belonging to the grace of God, fellow citizens of the holy angels abiding in the blessed life, will be so clothed with spiritual bodies that they will neither sin any more nor die; clothed, however, with that immortality which,
like that of the angels, can be taken away neither by sin; their nature indeed remaining, but with no carnal corruptibility or sluggishness at all remaining. There follows, however, a question that must necessarily be treated and, with the Lord God of truth helping, resolved: If the lust of the disobedient members arose from the sin of disobedience in those first men, when the divine grace had deserted them; whence they opened their eyes upon their own nakedness, that is, they regarded it more curiously, and because the shameless motion resisted the choice of their will, they covered their pudenda: in what manner would they have begotten children, if, as they had been created, they had remained without transgression.
But since this book also must be closed, and so great a question must not be cramped within the narrows of one discourse, it is deferred, with a more convenient arrangement, to the one that follows. That through the disobedience of the first man all would have rushed into the perpetuity of the second death, had not the grace of God set many free.
We have already said in the foregoing books that God willed to establish men from one man, in order that the human race should be united not only by the likeness of nature, but also bound together by a certain kinship of relationship in the harmonious unity of peace by the bond of concord; and that this race would not have died in each individual, had not the two first — of whom one was created out of nothing, the other out of him — by their disobedience deserved it; by whom so great a sin was committed that human nature was thereby changed for the worse, the obligation of sin and the necessity of death being transmitted even to their posterity.
Now the reign of death so dominated over men, that it would drive all headlong, by their due punishment, even into the second death, of which there is no end, had not the undeserved grace of God set some free from it. And by this it has come about that, although so many and so great nations throughout the world, living by diverse rites and customs, are distinguished by a manifold variety of languages, arms, and dress, yet there exist no more than two certain kinds of human society, which according to our Scriptures we might rightly call two cities.
For there is one of those who wish to live according to the flesh, the other of those who wish to live according to the spirit, each in the peace of its own kind; and, when they attain what they seek, living each in the peace of its own kind. CHAPTER 2. Of the carnal life, which is to be understood not only from the vices of the body, but also from those of the soul. First, then, we must see what it is to live according to the flesh, and what it is to live according to the spirit.
For whoever inspects at first glance what we have said, either not recalling or paying too little attention to how the holy Scriptures speak, might suppose that the Epicurean philosophers indeed live according to the flesh, because they placed the highest good of man in bodily pleasure, and if there are any others who in any way held the good of the body to be man's highest good, and that whole rabble of those who, not by any dogma or in that philosophical manner, but being prone to lust, know not how to rejoice except in the pleasures which they take through the bodily senses; but the Stoics, who place the highest good of man in the soul, live according to the spirit, because what is man's soul but spirit?
But as divine Scripture speaks, both are shown to live according to the flesh. For it calls 'flesh' not only the body of an earthly and mortal living being (as when it says: 'Not all flesh is the same flesh; one indeed of man, another the flesh of beasts, another of birds, another of fishes'), but it uses the signification of this word in many other ways as well, among which various modes of expression it often even calls man himself, that is, the nature of man, 'flesh,' by a mode of expression naming the whole from the part, such as: 'By the works of the law shall no flesh be justified.' For what did it wish to be understood but every man? Which it says a little more openly shortly afterward: 'In the law no one is justified,' and to the Galatians:
'Knowing that a man is not justified by the works of the law.' According to this is understood: 'And the Word was made flesh,' that is, man; which some, not rightly receiving, have supposed that a human soul was lacking in Christ. For just as the part is taken for the whole, where in the gospel the words of Mary Magdalene are read, saying: 'They have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him,' when she spoke only of the flesh of Christ, which, being buried, she thought had been taken from the tomb: so also the whole is understood from the part, when 'flesh' is named, that is, man, as are those instances which we mentioned above. Since, then, in many ways, which it would be tedious to search out and gather together, divine Scripture names 'flesh':
in order that we may be able to track down what it is to live according to the flesh (which is assuredly evil, although the very nature of the flesh is not evil), let us diligently inspect that passage of the epistle of the apostle Paul which he wrote to the Galatians, where he says: 'Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are fornications, uncleannesses, lasciviousness, idolatry, sorceries, enmities, contentions, jealousies, animosities, dissensions, heresies, envyings, drunkennesses, revellings, and the like; which I foretell to you, as I have foretold, that they who do such things shall not possess the kingdom of God.'
This whole passage of the apostolic epistle, considered as far as shall seem sufficient for the present matter, will be able to resolve this question, what it is to live according to the flesh. For in the works of the flesh, which he said are manifest and which, having enumerated, he condemned, we find not only those which pertain to the pleasure of the flesh, such as fornications, uncleannesses, lasciviousness, drunkennesses, revellings; but also those by which vices of the soul are demonstrated, alien from the pleasure of the flesh. For who would not understand the servitude that is rendered to idols, sorceries, enmities, contentions, jealousies, animosities, dissensions, heresies, envyings, to be rather vices of the soul than of the flesh?
Since indeed it can happen that, for the sake of idolatry or the error of some heresy, a man may be temperate from the pleasures of the body; and yet even then a man, although he may seem to restrain and curb the lusts of the flesh, is convicted by this apostolic authority of living according to the flesh, and in that very thing in which he abstains from the pleasures of the flesh, is shown to perform damnable works of the flesh. For who does not have enmities in the soul? Or who would so speak as to say to his enemy, or to one whom he thinks an enemy: 'You have an evil flesh,' and not rather: 'You have an evil soul against me'? Finally, just as if anyone heard of 'carnalities,' so to speak, he would not doubt to attribute them to the flesh, so no one doubts that 'animosities' pertain to the soul.
Why then does the teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth call all these and the like 'works of the flesh,' except because, by that mode of expression in which the whole is signified from the part, he wishes man himself to be understood by the name of flesh? CHAPTER 3. That the cause of sin proceeded from the soul, not from the flesh, and that the corruption contracted from sin is not sin, but its penalty. But if anyone says that the flesh is the cause, in evil morals, of whatsoever vices, in that the soul, affected by the flesh, so lives, assuredly he does not diligently attend to the whole nature of man. For 'the corruptible body indeed weighs down the soul.' Hence also the same apostle, treating of this corruptible body, of which he had said a little before, 'Though our outward man is corrupted':
'We know,' he says, 'that if our earthly house of this habitation is dissolved, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. For in this also we groan, desiring to be clothed upon with our dwelling which is from heaven; if so be that being clothed, we shall not be found naked. For we also who are in this tabernacle groan, being burdened; in that we would not be unclothed, but clothed upon, that what is mortal may be swallowed up of life.' We are therefore weighed down by the corruptible body, and, knowing that the cause of this very weighing-down is not the nature and substance of the body, but its corruption, we wish not to be despoiled of the body, but to be clothed with its immortality. For then too it will exist, but because it will not be corruptible, it will not weigh down.
The corruptible body, then, now weighs down the soul, and the earthly habitation presses down the mind that ponders many things. Nevertheless, those who think that all the soul's evils have befallen it from the body are in error. For although Virgil seems to expound the Platonic opinion in splendid verses when he says: 'Fiery is the vigor and heavenly the origin of those seeds, so far as harmful bodies do not retard them, and earthly limbs and dying members dull them,' and wishing all those four most well-known perturbations of the soul — desire and fear, joy and sadness — to be understood as the origins, so to speak, of all sins and vices, to befall from the body, he subjoins and says:
'Hence they fear and desire, grieve and rejoice, nor do they look up to the airs, shut in by darkness and a blind prison': yet our faith holds otherwise. For the corruption of the body, which weighs down the soul, is not the cause of the first sin, but its penalty; nor did the corruptible flesh make the soul sinful, but the sinful soul made the flesh corruptible. From which corruption of the flesh, although there arise certain incitements to vices and the vicious desires themselves, nevertheless not all the vices of an iniquitous life are to be attributed to the flesh, lest we acquit of all these the devil, who has no flesh.
For although the devil cannot be called a fornicator or a drunkard, or anything of this kind of evil that pertains to the pleasures of the flesh — although he is even the hidden persuader and instigator of such sins — yet he is in the highest degree proud and envious. Which viciousness so took hold of him that on account of it he was destined to eternal punishment in the prisons of this murky air. Now these vices, which hold the chief place in the devil, the apostle attributes to the flesh, which it is certain the devil does not have. For he says that enmities, contentions, jealousies, animosities, envyings are works of the flesh; of all which evils the head and origin is pride, which reigns in the devil without flesh. But who is more an enemy to the saints than he?
Who is found more contentious against them, more animated and more jealous and envious? Yet since he has all these without flesh, how are they works of the flesh, except because they are works of man, whom, as I said, he calls by the name of flesh? For not by having flesh, which the devil does not have, but by living according to himself, that is, according to man, did man become like the devil; because he too wished to live according to himself, when he stood not in the truth, so that he spoke a lie not from God's, but from his own — he who is not only a liar, but also the father of lies. For he was the first to lie, and from him, from whom sin began, lying also began. CHAPTER 4. What it is to live according to man, and what it is to live according to God.
When, then, a man lives according to man, not according to God, he is like the devil; because neither was it according to an angel, but according to God, that an angel ought to have lived, so that he might stand in the truth and speak the truth from Him, not a lie from his own. For of man also, in another place, the same apostle says: 'But if the truth of God has abounded in my lie.' He called the lie ours, the truth God's. When, therefore, a man lives according to the truth, he lives not according to himself, but according to God. For it is God who said: 'I am the truth.' But when he lives according to himself, that is, according to man, not according to God, he assuredly lives according to a lie;
not because man himself is a lie, since his author and creator is God, who is assuredly not the author and creator of a lie, but because man was so made upright that he should live not according to himself, but according to Him by whom he was made — that is, that he should do His will rather than his own: not to live in the manner in which he was made to live, this is a lie. For he wishes to be blessed even by not living in such a way that he can be so. What is more a lie than this will? Hence it can be said not without reason that every sin is a lie. For sin is not committed except by that will by which we will that it may be well with us, or are unwilling that it may be ill with us.
Therefore it is a lie that, when it is done that it may be well with us, hence rather it is ill with us; or when it is done that it may be better with us, hence rather it is worse with us. Whence comes this, except because it can be well with man from God, whom by sinning he deserts, not from himself, according to whom by living he sins? Therefore, in that we said that hence arose two cities, diverse and contrary to one another, in that some lived according to the flesh, others according to the spirit: it can also be said in this way, that some live according to man, others according to God. For Paul most plainly says to the Corinthians: 'For since there are among you jealousy and contention, are you not carnal, and walk according to man?'
To walk according to man, then, is the same as to be carnal, since by 'flesh,' that is, by a part of man, the whole man is understood. For the very same persons whom he had earlier called 'natural' (animales) he afterward called 'carnal,' speaking thus: 'For who among men,' he says, 'knows the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him? Even so the things of God none knows, save the Spirit of God. But we,' he says, 'have not received the spirit of this world, but the Spirit which is of God, that we may know the things that are freely given to us by God; which things also we speak, not in the words taught by human wisdom, but taught by the Spirit, comparing spiritual things with spiritual. But the natural man does not perceive the things that are of the Spirit of God; for it is foolishness to him.'
To such persons, therefore, that is, to the natural, he says a little later: 'And I, brethren, could not speak to you as to spiritual, but as to carnal.' Both expressions, the former and the latter, follow the same manner of speech, namely, naming the whole from a part. For both from the soul and from the flesh, which are parts of man, the whole, which is man, can be signified; and thus the natural man is not one thing and the carnal another, but both are the very same, namely, a man living according to man; just as nothing other than men are signified, whether where it is read, 'By the works of the law shall no flesh be justified,' or where it is written, 'Seventy-five souls went down with Jacob into Egypt.'
For in the one place, by 'all flesh' is understood every man, and in the other, by 'seventy-five souls' are understood seventy-five men. And what was said, 'not in the words taught by human wisdom,' could have been said, 'not in the words of carnal wisdom'; just as what was said, 'You walk according to man,' could have been said, 'You walk according to the flesh.' But this appeared more plainly in what he subjoined: 'For when one says, I indeed am of Paul, and another, I am of Apollos, are you not men?' What he was saying, 'You are natural,' and 'You are carnal,' he said more expressly, 'You are men,' which means, 'You live according to man, not according to God; and if you lived according to Him, you would be gods.' CHAPTER 5.
That concerning the nature of body and soul the opinion of the Platonists is indeed more tolerable than that of the Manichaeans, but is itself also to be reproved, since they ascribe the causes of all vices to the nature of the flesh. There is therefore no need, in our sins and vices, to accuse the nature of the flesh to the injury of the Creator; for in its kind and order it is good. But, having forsaken the good Creator, to live according to the created good is not good, whether anyone choose to live according to the flesh, or according to the soul, or according to the whole man, who consists of soul and flesh (and who therefore can be signified by the name of the soul alone or by the name of the flesh alone).
For he who praises the nature of the soul as the supreme good, and accuses the nature of the flesh as evil, assuredly both desires the soul carnally and flees the flesh carnally, since he judges this by human vanity, not by divine truth. The Platonists indeed are not so foolish as the Manichaeans, that they should detest earthly bodies as though of an evil nature, since they attribute all the elements of which this visible and tangible world is compacted, and their qualities, to God the Maker; yet nonetheless they suppose that souls are so affected by their earthly frame and dying members, that from this come to them the diseases of desires and fears and of gladness or sadness;
in which four disturbances, as Cicero calls them, or passions, as most render the Greek word for word, all the viciousness of human conduct is contained. But if this is so, what is it that Aeneas, in Virgil, when he had heard from his father in the underworld that souls would return again to bodies, wonders at this opinion, exclaiming: 'O father, must we think that some lofty souls go hence to heaven, and again return to sluggish bodies? Why this dread longing for the light in the wretched ones?' Does this dread longing remain in souls from their earthly frame and dying members, even in that most vaunted purity?
Does he not assert that they have been purged from all such bodily plagues, as he says, when they begin again to wish to return into bodies? From which it is gathered that, even if it were so (which is altogether most vain), namely that there is an alternating, ceaselessly recurring cleansing and defiling of souls departing and returning, it could not truly be said that all the blameworthy and vicious motions of souls grow into them from earthly bodies, since according to these very men that 'dread longing,' as the noble speaker says, is so far from being from the body, that it compels the soul itself, purged from every bodily plague and set outside every body, to be in a body.
Whence even by their own admission the soul is affected, not by the flesh alone, so as to desire, fear, rejoice, and grieve, but it can also be agitated by these motions from itself. CHAPTER 6. On the quality of the human will, under whose judgment the affections of the mind are held to be either depraved or right. But it matters what the will of a man is like; for if it is perverse, it will have these motions perverse; but if it is right, they will be not only blameless, but even praiseworthy. For the will is in all of them; indeed, they are all nothing other than wills. For what is desire and gladness but a will in consent to the things we will? And what is fear and sadness but a will in dissent from the things we will not?
But when we consent by seeking the things we will, it is called desire; and when we consent by enjoying the things we will, it is called gladness. Likewise, when we dissent from that which we are unwilling should happen, such a will is fear; but when we dissent from that which happens to us against our will, such a will is sadness. And altogether, according to the variety of things which are sought and shunned, just as the will of man is enticed or offended, so it is changed and turned into these or those affections. Wherefore the man who lives according to God, and not according to man, must be a lover of the good; whence it follows that he must hate evil. And since no one is evil by nature, but whoever is evil is evil by vice:
he who lives according to God owes a perfect hatred to the wicked, so that he neither hates a man on account of his vice, nor loves the vice on account of the man, but hates the vice and loves the man. For when the vice is healed, all that ought to be loved will remain, and nothing that ought to be hated. CHAPTER 7. That 'love' (amor) and 'affection' (dilectio) are found indifferently for both good and evil in the sacred Scriptures. For he whose purpose it is to love God, and to love his neighbor not according to man but according to God, even as also himself: without doubt he is, on account of this love, called of good will, which in the holy Scriptures is more usually called charity (caritas); but it is also called love (amor) according to those same sacred Scriptures.
For the apostle says that he who is to be chosen to rule the people ought to be a lover of the good; and the Lord Himself, when questioning the apostle Peter, having said, 'Do you love (diligis) me more than these?' Peter answered, 'Lord, You know that I love (amo) You'; and again the Lord asked, not whether Peter loved (amaret), but whether he loved (diligeret) Him; but he answered again, 'Lord, You know that I love (amo) You'; and at the third questioning Jesus Himself does not say, 'Do you love (diligis) me?' but, 'Do you love (amas) me?' Whereupon the evangelist follows, saying: 'Peter was grieved, because He said to him the third time, Do you love (amas) me?' though the Lord had said, not three times, but once, 'Do you love (amas) me?' but twice, 'Do you love (diligis) me?' Whence we understand that even when the Lord said, 'Do you love (diligis) me?' He was saying nothing other than, 'Do you love (amas) me?'
But Peter did not change the word of this one thing, but even the third time said, 'Lord, You know all things, You know that I love (amo) You.' I thought this should be recalled for this reason, because some suppose that 'affection' (dilectio) or 'charity' (caritas) is one thing, and 'love' (amor) another. For they say that 'affection' is to be taken in a good sense, 'love' in an evil one. But it is most certain that not even the authors of secular literature spoke thus. But let the philosophers see whether, or by what reasoning, they distinguish these; yet their own books sufficiently declare that they greatly esteem love in good things and toward God Himself.
But it had to be pointed out that the Scriptures of our religion, whose authority we set before all other writings, do not call love one thing, and affection or charity another. For we have already shown that love is spoken of in a good sense. But lest anyone suppose that love indeed is both in evil and in good, but affection is to be said only of good, let him attend to what is written in the psalm: 'But he who loves (diligit) iniquity hates his own soul,' and to that of the apostle John: 'If any man loves (dilexerit) the world, the love (dilectio) of the Father is not in him.' Behold, in one place affection is both in good and in evil. But that no one should demand love in an evil sense (since we have already shown it in a good one), let him read what is written: 'For men shall be lovers of themselves, lovers of money.'
A right will, therefore, is good love, and a perverse will is evil love. Love, then, longing to have what is loved, is desire; but having and enjoying it, is gladness; fleeing what is contrary to it, is fear; and feeling it when it has befallen, is sadness. Accordingly these things are evil, if the love is evil; good, if it is good. Let us prove what we say from the Scriptures. The apostle 'desires to be dissolved and to be with Christ'; and, 'My soul has desired to long for Your judgments,' or if it is more fittingly said, 'My soul has longed to desire Your judgments'; and, 'The desire of wisdom leads to the kingdom.'
Yet the custom of speech has so prevailed that, if 'desire' (cupiditas) or 'concupiscence' (concupiscentia) is spoken and it is not added of what thing it is, it cannot be understood except in an evil sense. Gladness is in a good sense: 'Be glad in the Lord and rejoice, you righteous'; and, 'You have given gladness in my heart'; and, 'You will fill me with gladness with Your countenance.' Fear is in a good sense in the apostle, where he says: 'Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling'; and, 'Be not high-minded, but fear'; and, 'But I fear, lest, as the serpent beguiled Eve by his subtlety, so your minds also should be corrupted from the chastity which is in Christ.' But concerning sadness (which Cicero rather calls distress, but Virgil grief, where he says:
'they grieve and rejoice'; but I have rather chosen to call it sadness, because distress or grief is more usually spoken of bodily things), it is a more scrupulous question whether it can be found in a good sense. CHAPTER 8. On the three disturbances which the Stoics held to be in the mind of the wise man, grief or sadness being excluded, which the virtue of the mind ought not to feel. For what the Greeks call eupatheiai, but which Cicero in Latin named 'constancies' (constantiae), the Stoics held to be three, corresponding to the three disturbances in the mind of the wise man: for desire, will (voluntas); for gladness, joy (gaudium); for fear, caution (cautio);
but corresponding to distress or grief, which we, for the sake of avoiding ambiguity, have preferred to call sadness, they denied that there could be anything in the mind of the wise man. For will, they say, seeks the good, which the wise man does: joy is over the good attained, which the wise man everywhere attains; caution shuns evil, which the wise man ought to shun; but sadness, since it is over an evil that has already befallen, and they think that no evil can befall the wise man, they said that there could be nothing in his mind to correspond to it. Thus, therefore, they speak so as to deny that any but the wise man can will, rejoice, and be cautious; but that the foolish man can only desire, be glad, fear, and be saddened;
and that those three are 'constancies,' but these four 'disturbances' according to Cicero, but according to most 'passions.' But in Greek those three are called, as I said, eupatheiai; while these four are called pathe. When I inquired as diligently as I could whether this manner of speech agrees with the holy Scriptures, I found that which the prophet says: 'There is no rejoicing (gaudere) for the wicked, says the Lord'; as though the wicked could be glad rather than rejoice over evils, because rejoicing belongs properly to the good and the pious. Likewise that in the Gospel: 'Whatsoever you will (uultis) that men should do to you, do you also to them'; this seems to be said as though no one can will (uelle) anything evilly or basely, but only desire (cupere) it.
Finally, on account of the custom of speech, some interpreters have added 'good' and so interpreted: 'Whatsoever you will that men should do to you that is good.' For they thought it should be guarded against, lest anyone should will dishonorable things to be done to himself by men, to say nothing of baser matters, certainly riotous feasts, in which, if he himself also should do them to others, he might suppose this precept fulfilled. But in the Greek Gospel, from which it was translated into Latin, it does not read 'good,' but: 'Whatsoever you will that men should do to you, do you also to them'; I believe for this reason, because in that He said 'you will' (uultis), He already willed 'good' to be understood. For He did not say 'you desire' (cupitis).
Yet our speech is not always to be restrained by these proprieties, but sometimes they are to be used; and when we read those whose authority it is unlawful to resist, there they are to be understood, where a right sense cannot find another issue; just as are those passages which, by way of example, we have recalled partly from the prophet, partly from the Gospel. For who does not know that the wicked exult with gladness? and yet: 'There is no rejoicing for the wicked, says the Lord.' Whence is this, except that to rejoice is something else, when this word is set down properly and signally? Likewise, who would deny that it is not rightly enjoined upon men, that whatsoever they desire to be done to themselves by others, these things they should also do to them; lest they delight one another mutually in the baseness of unlawful pleasure?
and yet it is a most wholesome and most true precept: 'Whatsoever you will that men should do to you, the same do you also to them.' And whence is this, except that in this place the will (voluntas) is set down in a certain proper manner, which cannot be taken in an evil sense? But by the more usual mode of speech, which the custom of speech chiefly frequents, it would surely not be said, 'Do not will (noli uelle) to tell any lie,' unless there were also an evil will, from whose perversity that one is distinguished which the angels proclaimed, saying: 'Peace on earth to men of good will.' For 'good' was added superfluously, if it cannot be except good. And what great thing would the apostle have said in the praises of charity, that 'it does not rejoice over iniquity,' unless malignity thus rejoices?
And even among the authors of secular literature, such indifference of these words is found. For Cicero, that most eminent orator, says: 'I desire (cupio), conscript fathers, to be merciful.' Since he set that word in a good sense, who would be so perversely learned as to contend that he ought to have said, not 'I desire,' but rather 'I will' (uolo)? Furthermore, in Terence the lewd youth, burning with mad desire, says: 'I will (nolo) nothing else but Philumena.' That this will was lust, the answer which is there introduced of his more sober servant sufficiently indicates. For he says to his master: 'How much better it is for you to give heed to this, to remove that love from your mind, than to speak that whereby your lust is the more vainly inflamed?'
But that they have set 'joy' (gaudium) also in an evil sense, that very Virgilian verse is witness, where he has comprehended these four disturbances with the utmost brevity: 'Hence they fear and desire, grieve and rejoice (gaudent).' The same author also said: 'The evil joys of the mind.' Accordingly, both the good and the evil will, are cautious, rejoice; and, that we may declare the same in other words, both the good and the evil desire, fear, are glad; but the former well, the latter ill, according as the will of men is right or perverse. Sadness itself also, for which the Stoics thought nothing could be found in the mind of the wise man, is found in a good sense, and especially among our own people. For the apostle praises the Corinthians, because they had been made sorrowful according to God.
But perhaps someone will say that the apostle congratulated them because they had been made sorrowful in repenting, which kind of sadness can belong to none but those who have sinned. For thus he says: 'I see that that epistle, though it were but for a season, made you sorrowful; now I rejoice, not that you were made sorrowful, but that you were made sorrowful unto repentance. For you were made sorrowful according to God, that you might suffer loss by us in nothing. For the sadness that is according to God works repentance unto salvation not to be repented of; but the sadness of the world works death. For behold this very thing, that you were made sorrowful according to God, what diligence it has wrought in you.'
And by this the Stoics can answer for their own part, that sadness seems to be useful for this, that one may repent of having sinned; but that it cannot be in the mind of the wise man, because neither does sin befall him, over whose repentance he might be saddened, nor any other evil, by suffering and feeling which he might be sad. For they relate of Alcibiades also (if my memory does not deceive me about the man's name), that when he seemed to himself happy, as Socrates argued and demonstrated to him how wretched he was because he was a fool, he wept. To him, therefore, folly was the cause even of this useful and desirable sadness, by which a man grieves that he is what he ought not to be. But the Stoics say that not the fool, but the wise man, cannot be sad. CHAPTER 9.
On the disturbances of the mind, whose right affections the life of the righteous possesses. But to these philosophers, so far as pertains to this question concerning the disturbances of the mind, we have already replied in the ninth book of this work, showing that they are more eager for contention about words than about things, more for contention than for truth. But among us, according to the holy Scriptures and sound doctrine, the citizens of the holy city of God, living according to God in the pilgrimage of this life, fear and desire, grieve and rejoice; and because their love is right, they have all these affections right. They fear eternal punishment, they desire eternal life; they grieve in the present, because they themselves still groan within themselves, waiting for the adoption, the redemption of their body;
they rejoice in hope, because the word that is written shall be fulfilled: 'Death is swallowed up in victory.' Likewise they fear to sin, they desire to persevere; they grieve in sins, they rejoice in good works. For that they may fear to sin, they hear: 'Because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall grow cold'; that they may desire to persevere, they hear what is written: 'He that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved'; that they may grieve in sins, they hear: 'If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us'; that they may rejoice in good works, they hear: 'God loves a cheerful giver.' Likewise, according as their weakness or firmness disposes them, they fear to be tempted, they desire to be tempted; they grieve in temptations, they rejoice in temptations.
For that they may fear to be tempted, they hear: 'If a man be overtaken in any fault, you who are spiritual instruct such a one in the spirit of meekness, considering yourself, lest you also be tempted'; but that they may desire to be tempted, they hear a certain strong man of the city of God saying: 'Prove me, O Lord, and try me; burn my reins and my heart'; that they may grieve in temptations, they see Peter weeping; that they may rejoice in temptations, they hear James saying: 'Count it all joy, my brethren, when you fall into divers temptations.' And not only on their own account are they moved by these affections, but also on account of those whom they desire to be set free, and fear lest they perish, and grieve if they perish, and rejoice if they are set free.
For that best and bravest man, who glories in his infirmities—that we may most fittingly recall him, who, of those that have come into the church of Christ from among the Gentiles, was the teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth, who both labored more than all his fellow-apostles, and by many epistles instructed the peoples of God, not only those who in his presence were seen by him, but also those who were foreseen as yet to come;
that man, I say, the athlete of Christ, taught by Him, anointed by Him, crucified with Him, glorious in Him, contending lawfully in the theater of this world (to which he was made a spectacle both to angels and to men) a great contest, and pressing on toward the things before him for the palm of the heavenly calling—they most gladly behold with the eyes of faith rejoicing with them that rejoice, weeping with them that weep, having fightings without, fears within, desiring to be dissolved and to be with Christ, longing to see the Romans, that he might have some fruit among them also as among the rest of the Gentiles, jealous over the Corinthians and by that very jealousy fearing lest their minds be seduced from the chastity which is in Christ, having great sadness and continual sorrow of heart over the Israelites, because, being ignorant of God's righteousness and seeking to establish their own, they were not subject to the righteousness of God;
and not only declaring his sorrow, but even his mourning over certain ones who had sinned before and had not done penance for their uncleanness and fornications. If these motions, these affections, coming from love of the good and from holy charity, are to be called vices, then let us allow that those things which are truly vices be called virtues. But since these affections follow right reason, when they are applied where they ought to be, who would then dare to call them diseases or vicious passions? Wherefore even the Lord Himself, deigning to lead a human life in the form of a servant, but having no sin whatever, applied them where He judged they ought to be applied.
For He in whom there was a true body of man and a true soul of man did not have a false human affection. When therefore these things are related of Him in the Gospel—that He was saddened with anger over the hardness of the Jews' heart, that He said, 'I am glad for your sakes, that you may believe,' that being about to raise Lazarus He even shed tears, that He desired to eat the passover with His disciples, that as His passion drew near His soul was sorrowful—they are surely not falsely related. But He took up these motions, by the grace of a certain dispensation, in His human soul, when He willed, just as He became man when He willed.
Accordingly, as must be confessed, even when we have these affections rightly and according to God, they belong to this life, not to that which we hope shall be in the future; and often we yield to them even against our will. And so sometimes, though we are moved not by a blameworthy desire but by a praiseworthy charity, we weep even while we are unwilling. We have them therefore from the infirmity of the human condition; but not so the Lord Jesus, whose very infirmity was from power. But while we bear the infirmity of this life, if we should have none of these affections at all, then rather do we not live rightly. For the apostle blamed and detested certain ones, whom he even said to be without affection (sine adfectione). The sacred psalm also blamed those of whom it says:
'I looked for one that would be sorrowful together with me, and there was none.' For not to grieve at all, while we are in this place of misery, certainly, as even a certain one among the learned men of this age perceived and said, does not come about without a great price of inhumanity in the mind and of stupor in the body. Wherefore that which is called in Greek apatheia (which, if it could be rendered in Latin, would be called impassibility), if it is to be understood (for it is taken in the mind, not in the body) as a state of living without those affections which happen contrary to reason and disturb the mind, is plainly good and most to be desired, but neither is it of this life. For it is not the voice of men of any sort whatever, but most of all of the pious and very righteous and holy:
'If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.' Then, therefore, will that apatheia be, when there shall be no sin in man. But now it is well enough that one live without crime; but he who thinks that he lives without sin does not bring it about that he has no sin, but rather that he receives no pardon. Moreover, if that is to be called apatheia, when the mind can be touched by no affection whatever, who would not judge this stupor to be worse than all vices? It can therefore be said, not absurdly, that perfect blessedness will be without the goad of fear and without any sadness; but who would say that there shall not be love and joy there, unless he were utterly shut off from the truth?
But if that apatheia is one where no fear terrifies and no grief torments, it is to be shunned in this life, if we wish to live rightly, that is, according to God; but in that blessed life, which is promised as everlasting, it is plainly to be hoped for. For that fear of which the apostle John speaks: 'There is no fear in love, but perfect love casts out fear, because fear has torment; and he that fears is not made perfect in love'—is not of that kind, of which was the fear by which the apostle Paul feared lest the Corinthians be seduced by the serpent's subtlety; for charity has this fear, nay, none has it but charity; but it is of that kind, the fear which is not in love, of which the apostle Paul himself says:
'For you have not received the spirit of bondage again unto fear.' But that chaste fear, enduring forever and ever, if it shall be also in the world to come (for in what other way can it be understood to endure forever and ever?), is not a fear terrifying away from an evil that can befall, but a fear holding fast in a good that cannot be lost. For where the love of the good attained is unchangeable, surely, if it may be so said, the fear of the evil to be avoided is secure. For by the name of chaste fear is signified that will by which it will be necessary for us to be unwilling to sin, and to beware of sin, not with the anxiety of weakness lest perchance we sin, but with the tranquillity of charity.
Or if no kind of fear at all can exist in that most assured security of perpetual and blessed joys, then it was said, 'The fear of the Lord, chaste, enduring forever and ever,' in the same manner as it was said, 'The patience of the poor shall not perish forever.' For that patience itself will not be eternal, which is necessary only where evils are to be endured; but that will be eternal whereto one attains through patience. So perhaps chaste fear is said to endure forever and ever, because that will endure whereto fear itself leads. And since these things are so, since a right life is to be led, by which we may attain to the blessed life, the right life has all these affections right, the perverse life perverse.
But the blessed and likewise eternal life will have love and joy not only right, but also certain; and no fear nor grief at all. Whence it now appears in some measure what manner of persons the citizens of the city of God ought to be in this pilgrimage, living according to the spirit, not according to the flesh, that is, according to God, not according to man, and what manner of persons they shall be in that immortality toward which they tend. But the city, that is, the society, of the impious, living not according to God but according to man, and following the doctrines of men or of demons in the very worship of false and contempt of true divinity, is shaken by these depraved affections as by diseases and disturbances.
And if it has any citizens who seem to moderate such motions and as it were to temper them, they are so proud and puffed up in impiety that, by this very thing, the swellings in them are the greater the smaller their griefs. And if some, with a vanity the more monstrous as it is the rarer, have so fallen in love with this in themselves, that they are roused and stirred by no impulse at all, bent and inclined by no affection: they rather lose their whole humanity than attain to true tranquillity. For a thing is not therefore right because it is hard, nor sound because it is stupid. CHAPTER 10. Whether it is to be believed that the first men, set in paradise, were affected by any disturbances before they sinned.
But it is not without reason that we ask whether the first man, or the first human beings (for there was indeed a wedlock of two), had these emotions in their animal body before sin—emotions such as we shall not have in the spiritual body when sin has been wholly purged away and brought to an end. For if they had them, how were they blessed in that memorable place of blessedness, that is, in paradise? Who, after all, can be called absolutely blessed if he is afflicted by fear or by grief? And what could those human beings fear or grieve over amid so great an abundance of so many goods, where neither was death feared nor any ill health of body, where nothing was lacking that a good will might attain, and nothing was present that could offend the flesh or the mind of a person living in felicity?
There was love undisturbed toward God, and between the spouses living together in a faithful and sincere fellowship; and from this love came great joy, since what was loved was never lacking for their enjoyment. There was a tranquil avoidance of sin, and so long as this remained, no evil whatever rushed in from any quarter to bring sorrow. Or did they perhaps desire to touch the forbidden tree for eating, yet feared to die—and so by this both desire and fear disturbed those human beings even there, in that place? Far be it from us to suppose that this was so, where there was no sin at all. For it is no small sin to covet what the law of God forbids, and to abstain from it through fear of punishment rather than love of righteousness.
Far be it, I say, that before any sin there should already have been there such a sin as would lead them to admit from the tree what the Lord says concerning a woman: 'If anyone has looked upon a woman to lust after her, he has already committed adultery with her in his heart.' How happy, then, were they, and how undisturbed by any agitations of mind, how unharmed by any ills of body! And so happy would the whole human society have been, if neither they had committed the evil that they also passed on to their descendants, nor anyone of their stock had committed by iniquity anything to incur damnation; and while this felicity endured, until through that blessing in which it was said:
'Increase and multiply,' the number of the predestined saints might be filled up, and another, greater felicity be given—the one given to the most blessed angels—where there would now be sure security that no one would sin and no one would die, and the life of the saints would be such, after no experience of toil, of pain, or of death, as it will be after all these things, in the incorruption of bodies restored by the resurrection of the dead. CHAPTER XI. On the fall of the first man, in whom a nature well created was corrupted, and which cannot be repaired except by its own Author. But since God foreknew all things, and therefore could not be ignorant that man too would sin:
we ought to set forth the holy city according to that which He foreknew and ordained, not according to that which could not come within our knowledge, because it was not in God's ordinance. For man could not by his sin disturb the divine counsel, as if he had compelled God to change what He had determined; since God by His foreknowledge anticipated both, that is, both how evil the man would be whom He created good, and what good He would Himself nevertheless make even of him so fallen.
For although God is said to change His decrees (whence by a figurative manner of speech it is even read in the Scriptures that God repented), this is said with reference to what man had hoped, or what the order of natural causes was bringing about, not with reference to what the Almighty had foreknown He would do. So then God made man, as it is written, upright, and therefore of good will. For he would not be upright if he did not have a good will. A good will, therefore, is a work of God; for with it man was made by Him. But the first evil will, since it preceded all evil works in man, was rather a certain defection from the work of God to its own works than any work; and therefore its works were evil because they were according to itself, not according to God;
so that the will itself was, as it were, the evil tree of those works as of evil fruits, or the man himself in so far as he was of evil will. Moreover, although an evil will is not according to nature but contrary to nature, since it is a defect, yet it belongs to that nature of which it is a defect, for it cannot exist except in a nature—but in that nature which He created out of nothing, not in that which the Creator begot of Himself, as He begot the Word, through whom all things were made; for although God formed man from the dust of the earth, that same earth and all earthly matter is altogether from nothing, and He gave to the body a soul made out of nothing, when man was made.
And evils are so far overcome by goods that, although they are permitted to exist in order to demonstrate how the most provident justice of the Creator can make good use even of them, yet goods can exist without evils—as God Himself, true and supreme, and as every heavenly creature, invisible and visible, above this murky air—but evils cannot exist without goods, since the natures in which they are, in so far as they are natures, are surely good. Moreover, an evil is removed not by any nature that had come in being taken away, or any part of it, but by that which had been vitiated and depraved being healed and corrected. The choice of the will, therefore, is then truly free, when it is not enslaved to vices and sins. Such was the will given by God;
and when it is lost by one's own fault, it cannot be restored except by Him who was able to give it. Hence the Truth says: 'If the Son shall make you free, then shall you be truly free.' And this is just as if He had said: 'If the Son shall save you, then shall you be truly saved.' For He is the deliverer for the same reason that He is the savior. So man was living according to God in a paradise both bodily and spiritual. For there was not a bodily paradise on account of the goods of the body, and not a spiritual one on account of the goods of the mind; nor indeed was it spiritual that man might enjoy it by the inward senses, and not bodily that he might enjoy it by the outward senses. It was plainly both, for the sake of both.
But afterwards, when that proud angel—and through this, envious—by that same pride turned away from God to himself, and choosing as it were with a certain tyrannical haughtiness to rejoice in having subjects rather than to be a subject, fell from the spiritual paradise (concerning whose fall, and that of his companions, who from being angels of God were made his angels, I have disputed sufficiently, as far as I could, in the eleventh and twelfth books of this work)—seeking to creep by malicious cunning into the perception of man, whom assuredly he envied as standing, since he himself had fallen, he chose the serpent in the bodily paradise, where together with those two human beings, male and female, the other earthly animals also dwelt, subject and harmless—a slippery creature, indeed, and able to move in twisting coils, suited to his work—through which he might speak;
and by his angelic presence and superior nature subjecting that creature to himself by spiritual wickedness, and abusing it as it were as an instrument, he spoke deceitfully with the woman—beginning, of course, from the inferior part of that human couple, so that he might gradually arrive at the whole, not supposing the man to be easily credulous, nor able to be deceived by erring, but only in yielding to another's error. For just as Aaron did not consent to the erring people in fashioning the idol when persuaded, but yielded under constraint; nor is it credible that Solomon thought through error that idols ought to be served, but was driven by feminine flatteries to those sacrileges: so it must be believed that the man yielded to his woman, the one to the one,
man to man, spouse to spouse, in transgressing God's law—not believing him to be speaking the truth and so being seduced, but obeying out of social bond. For not in vain did the apostle say: 'Adam was not seduced, but the woman was seduced'—except that she accepted what the serpent spoke to her as though it were true, while he was unwilling to be parted from his sole companion even in the fellowship of sin; nor was he therefore any the less guilty, since he sinned knowingly and deliberately. Whence also the apostle does not say, 'He did not sin,' but, 'He was not seduced'; for he surely shows that man sinned where he says, 'By one man sin entered into the world,' and a little after, more openly: 'In the likeness,' he says, 'of the transgression of Adam.'
But he wished those to be understood as seduced who do not think that what they do is sin; the man, however, knew. Otherwise, how will it be true: 'Adam was not seduced'? But, being inexperienced of the divine severity, he could be deceived in this, that he believed what was committed to be venial. And so, in that respect in which the woman was seduced, he was not seduced, but it deceived him as to how that was to be judged which he was going to say: 'The woman whom you gave to be with me, she gave me, and I ate.' Why say more? Even if by believing they were not both deceived, yet by sinning they were both taken captive and entangled in the snares of the devil. CHAPTER XII. On the quality of the sin committed by the first human beings. But if anyone is moved as to why human nature is not so changed by other sins
as it was changed by that transgression of the first two human beings, so that it became subject to such great corruption as we see and feel, and through this to death, and was thrown into turmoil and tossed about by so many and such great emotions, so contrary to one another, as in paradise before sin it certainly was not, even though it was in an animal body—if anyone, I say, is moved by this, he ought not on that account to think that what was committed was light and trivial because it was done in the matter of food, which indeed was neither evil nor harmful except that it was forbidden; for God would create and plant nothing evil in that place of so great felicity.
But obedience was commended in the precept—a virtue which in a rational creature is in a certain manner the mother and guardian of all virtues; since it was so made that to be subject to God is profitable to it, but to do its own will, and not the will of Him by whom it was created, is ruinous. And so this commandment about not eating one kind of food, where so great an abundance of other foods lay at hand—a precept so light to observe, so brief to retain in memory, especially where desire did not yet resist the will (which afterwards followed from the punishment of the transgression)—was violated with all the greater injustice in proportion as it could be kept with greater ease. CHAPTER XIII. That in Adam's transgression an evil will preceded the evil work.
But they began to be evil in secret, so that they might slip into open disobedience. For the evil work would not have been reached, unless an evil will had preceded. Moreover, what could be the beginning of an evil will except pride? For 'pride is the beginning of all sin.' And what is pride except an appetite for a perverse exaltation? For it is a perverse exaltation, when, forsaking that to which the soul ought to cling, it becomes, as it were, and is, in a certain manner its own beginning. This happens when it is too well pleased with itself. And it is thus pleased with itself, when it falls away from that unchangeable good which ought to have pleased it more than itself.
Now this defection is voluntary; for if the will had remained steadfast in the love of the higher, unchangeable good, by which it was illumined that it might see and kindled that it might love, it would not have turned away from there to please itself, and thereby grown dark and cold, so as either to believe that the serpent had spoken the truth, or to prefer to God's command his wife's will, and to suppose that he was venially a transgressor of the precept if he did not forsake his life's companion even in the fellowship of sin. The evil work, then—that is, that transgression of eating the forbidden food—was not done except by those who were already evil. Nor would that fruit have been evil except from an evil tree.
But that the tree should become evil was done contrary to nature, because it would not happen at all except through a defect of the will, which is contrary to nature. But a nature could not be depraved by a defect unless it had been made out of nothing. And so it has that it is a nature from the fact that it was made by God; but that it falls away from that which it is, from the fact that it was made out of nothing. Yet man did not so fall away as to become altogether nothing, but, being turned toward himself, to be less than he was when he clung to Him who supremely is. Thus, having forsaken God, to be in oneself—that is, to please oneself—is not now to be nothing, but to draw near to nothing. Whence in the Holy Scriptures the proud are called by another name, the self-pleasers. For it is good to have the heart on high;
yet not toward oneself, which is of pride, but toward the Lord, which is of obedience, which can belong to none but the humble. There is therefore something of humility which in a wonderful way makes the heart high, and there is something of exaltation which makes the heart low. This indeed seems as it were contrary, that exaltation should be downward and humility upward. But pious humility makes one subject to a superior; and nothing is superior to God; and therefore humility exalts, which makes one subject to God. But exaltation, which is in vice, by that very fact spurns subjection and falls from Him than whom nothing is superior, and from this it will be lower, and there comes to pass what is written: 'You cast them down while they were being lifted up.' For he does not say:
'When they had been lifted up,' as if they were first lifted up and afterward cast down; but 'while they were being lifted up'—then they were cast down. For the very being lifted up is already to be cast down. Wherefore, since now in the city of God, and to the city of God on its pilgrimage in this present age, humility is especially commended, and is especially proclaimed in its King, who is Christ; and the contrary vice of exaltation is taught by the sacred writings especially to hold sway in His adversary, who is the devil: surely this is the great difference by which the two cities, of which we speak, are distinguished—the one, namely, a society of pious human beings, the other of the impious, each with the angels that belong to it, in which in the one has gone before the love of God, in the other the love of self.
By manifest and open sin, then—where was done what God had forbidden to be done—the devil would not have taken the man, had he not already begun to please himself. For from this came also the delight in what was said: 'You shall be as gods.' Which they could be better by cleaving to the supreme and true Beginning through obedience, than by becoming a beginning to themselves through pride. For created gods are gods not by their own truth, but by participation in the true God. But by seeking more, one becomes less, who, while choosing to be sufficient for himself, falls away from Him who truly suffices for him.
That evil, then—by which, when a man pleases himself as though he too were light, he turns away from that Light which, if it pleased him, would make him too become light—that evil, I say, preceded in secret, so that this evil might follow which was perpetrated in the open. For it is true what is written: 'Before ruin the heart is exalted, and before glory it is humbled.' That ruin, indeed, which is done in secret, precedes the ruin which is done in the open, while the former is not thought to be ruin. For who reckons exaltation to be ruin, when already there is in it the defection by which the Most High is forsaken? But who does not see it to be ruin, when there occurs the evident and undoubted transgression of the commandment?
For this reason God forbade that which, when it had been committed, could be defended by no pretense of righteousness. And I dare to say that it is profitable to the proud to fall into some open and manifest sin, whereby they may become displeasing to themselves, who had already fallen by pleasing themselves. For more wholesomely was Peter displeasing to himself when he wept, than when he pleased himself when he presumed. And this the sacred psalm says: 'Fill their faces with shame, and they shall seek your name, O Lord'—that is, that you may please them who seek your name, who had pleased themselves by seeking their own. CHAPTER XIV.
On the pride of the transgressor, which was worse than the transgression itself. But there is a worse and more damnable pride, by which even in manifest sins a refuge of excuse is sought; as did those first human beings, of whom both she said: 'The serpent seduced me, and I ate,' and he said: 'The woman whom you gave to be with me, she gave me from the tree, and I ate.' Nowhere here does there sound a petition for pardon, nowhere an imploring of remedy. For although these did not, like Cain, deny what they had committed, yet pride still seeks to refer to another what it has wrongly done: the woman's pride to the serpent, the man's pride to the woman. But it is accusation rather than excuse, where the divine commandment has been openly transgressed.
For they did not commit this thing any the less because the woman did it at the serpent's persuasion, and the man at the woman's offering—as though anything ought to have been preferred to God, in whom one should either have believed or to whom one should have yielded. CHAPTER XV. On the justice of the retribution which the first human beings received for their disobedience. Since, therefore, God was despised—who had commanded, who had created, who had made man to His own image, who had set him above the other animals, who had placed him in paradise, who had furnished him with an abundance of all things and of salvation, who had not burdened him with precepts many, or great, or difficult, but had supported him with one most brief and most light precept unto the wholesomeness of obedience, by which He reminded that creature, for whom a free servitude was expedient, that He was its Lord:
a just condemnation followed, and such a condemnation that man, who by keeping the commandment would have been even in the flesh spiritual, became even in mind carnal; and he who by his pride had pleased himself was by God's justice given over to himself; not so as to be in his own power in every respect, but, dissenting even from himself, under him to whom by sinning he consented, he might lead, in place of the liberty he coveted, a hard and miserable servitude—dead in spirit willingly, and about to die in body unwillingly; a deserter of eternal life, condemned also to eternal death, unless grace should deliver him. Whoever thinks such a condemnation either excessive or unjust certainly does not know how to measure how great the iniquity was in sinning, where there was such great facility for not sinning.
For just as Abraham's great obedience is not without reason proclaimed, because a most difficult thing was commanded—that he should slay his son—so in paradise the disobedience was so much the greater inasmuch as what was commanded was of no difficulty. And just as the obedience of the second man is the more praiseworthy in that He became 'obedient unto death,' so the disobedience of the first man is the more detestable in that he became disobedient unto death. For where the penalty of disobedience set forth is great, and the thing commanded by the Creator is easy, who can sufficiently explain how great an evil it is not to obey in an easy matter, and at the command of so great a power, and under the threat of so great a punishment?
Finally, to say it briefly, in the penalty of that sin what was repaid for disobedience except disobedience? For what other misery of man is there than his own disobedience against his very self, so that, since he would not what he could, he now wills what he cannot? For in paradise, although before sin he could not do all things, yet whatever he could not do, he did not will; and therefore he could do all that he willed; but now, as we recognize in his offspring, and as the divine Scripture testifies: 'Man has become like to vanity.' For who can count how many things he wills which he cannot do, while to himself—that is, to his own will—his own mind, and his flesh, which is inferior to it, does not submit?
For even against his will the mind is often disturbed, and the flesh suffers pain and grows old and dies, and whatever else we suffer which we would not suffer unwillingly, if our nature in every way and in all its parts obeyed our will. But indeed the flesh suffers something whereby it is not permitted to serve. What does it matter from what cause, so long as by the justice of the dominating God, whom being subject we refused to serve, our flesh, which had been subject to us, by not serving becomes troublesome to us—though we, by not serving God, were able to be troublesome to ourselves, not to Him? For He does not stand in need of our service as we of the service of the body, and therefore what we receive is our own penalty, not His, for what we have done.
Furthermore, the pains which are called pains of the flesh are pains of the soul in the flesh and from the flesh. For what does the flesh by itself, without the soul, either feel as pain or desire? But what is said to be desired or grieved over by the flesh is either the man himself, as we have argued, or something of the soul which the suffering of the flesh affects—whether harsh, so as to cause pain, or gentle, so as to cause pleasure. But the pain of the flesh is only an offense of the soul from the flesh and a certain dissent from its suffering, just as the pain of the mind, which is called sadness, is a dissent from those things which have happened to us against our will. But sadness is for the most part preceded by fear, which is itself also in the soul, not in the flesh.
But the pain of the flesh is not preceded by any fear, as it were, of the flesh, which might be felt in the flesh before the pain. Pleasure, however, is preceded by a certain appetite which is felt in the flesh as its desire, such as hunger and thirst, and that which in the genitals is more usually named lust, though this is a general term for every desire. For the ancients defined even anger itself to be nothing else than the lust of avenging; although sometimes a man, where there is no sense of vengeance, is even angry at inanimate things, and being angry dashes down the pen that writes badly, or breaks the reed-pen.
But even this, though more irrational, is yet a certain lust of avenging—as it were, so to speak, a kind of shadow of retribution, that those who do evil should suffer evil. There is, then, a lust of avenging, which is called anger; there is a lust of having money, which is avarice; there is a lust of conquering in whatever way, which is obstinacy; there is a lust of boasting, which is called vainglory. There are many and varied lusts, of which some have even their own proper names, while others do not. For who could easily say what is to be called the lust of dominating, which yet, that it prevails greatly in the souls of tyrants, even the civil wars bear witness? CHAPTER XVI.
On the evil of lust, whose name, though it agrees with many vices, is yet properly attributed to the motions of obscene heat. Since, therefore, there are lusts of many things, yet when lust is spoken of without any addition of what thing the lust is for, scarcely anything is wont to come to mind except that by which the obscene parts of the body are aroused. And this lust claims for itself not only the whole body, nor only outwardly, but even inwardly, and moves the whole man, with the soul's affection joined and mingled at once with the appetite of the flesh, so that there follows a pleasure than which there is none greater among the pleasures of the body; to such a degree that, at the very moment of time when its climax is reached, almost the entire keenness and as it were vigilance of thought is overwhelmed.
But what friend of wisdom and of holy joys, leading the conjugal life—yet, as the apostle admonished, 'knowing how to possess his vessel in sanctification and honor, not in the disease of desire, like the Gentiles also who know not God'—would not prefer, if he could, to beget children without this lust, so that even in this office of producing offspring the members created for this work might serve his mind, just as the other members severally distributed to their own tasks, being moved by the bidding of the will, not incited by the heat of lust? But not even the very lovers of this pleasure, whether toward conjugal embraces or toward the uncleannesses of shameful deeds, are moved when they will;
but sometimes that motion is importunate when no one demands it, and sometimes it deserts the one who craves, and while in the mind desire is burning, in the body it grows cold; and thus in a wondrous manner lust does not serve, not only the will to generate, but even the lust for wantonness; and although for the most part it opposes the mind that would restrain it, sometimes it is divided even against itself, and, having aroused the mind, in arousing the body it does not follow its own self. CHAPTER XVII. On the nakedness of the first human beings, which after sin they saw to be shameful and a cause for shame.
Rightly is one most ashamed of this lust, and rightly are those very members, which it moves or does not move by a certain right of their own, so to speak, not at all according to our choice, called 'shameful parts,' which they were not before the sin of man. For, as it is written: 'They were naked, and were not confounded'—not that their nakedness was unknown to them, but because shameful nakedness did not yet exist, since lust did not yet move those members against their choice, nor did the flesh as it were by its own disobedience bear witness to rebuke man's disobedience. For they were not created blind, as the unlearned crowd supposes; since indeed he saw the animals to which he gave names, and of her it is read:
'The woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eyes to behold.' Their eyes, then, were open, but not opened to this—that is, not attentive—that they might recognize what was bestowed on them by the garment of grace, when their members did not know how to resist the will. When this grace was removed, so that disobedience might be punished by a reciprocal penalty, there arose in the motion of the body a certain shameless novelty, whence nakedness became indecent, and it made them attentive and rendered them confounded. Hence it is that, after they had violated by open transgression the commandment of God, it is written of them: 'And the eyes of both were opened, and they knew that they were naked, and they sewed fig leaves and made themselves girdles.'
'The eyes of both were opened,' it says—not to seeing, for they saw even before, but to discerning between the good which they had lost and the evil into which they had fallen. Whence also that very tree, because it would bring about this discernment if it were touched for eating against the prohibition, received its name from that very thing, so that it was called the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. For when the trouble of sickness has been experienced, the pleasantness of health becomes also more evident. They knew, then, that they were naked—stripped, that is, of that grace by which it came about that the nakedness of the body confounded them by no law of sin resisting their mind.
This, then, they came to know, which they would more happily have not known, if, believing and obeying God, they had not committed that which would compel them to experience what infidelity and disobedience would harm. Accordingly, confounded by the disobedience of their own flesh, as by a witness of the penalty of their own disobedience, they sewed fig leaves and made themselves girdles—that is, coverings for the genitals. For some translators have put 'coverings' (succinctoria). Moreover, 'campestria' is indeed a Latin word, but derived from this, that the young men who exercised naked in the field (campus) covered their shameful parts; whence those who are thus girded the common people call 'campestrati.'
What, then, lust was shamelessly moving against the will that had been condemned by the guilt of disobedience, modesty was modestly covering. From this, all nations, since they are descended from that stock, hold so deeply the implanted instinct to veil the shameful parts that certain barbarians do not have those parts of the body bared even in the baths, but wash with their coverings on. Through the shady solitudes of India also, when certain men philosophize naked—whence they are named gymnosophists—they nevertheless apply coverings to the genitals, though they go without them over the rest of their members. CHAPTER XVIII. On the shame of intercourse, not only common but even conjugal.
The very act, moreover, which is accomplished by such lust, not only in every kind of fornication, where hiding-places are sought in order to escape human judgment, but even in the use of harlots, a shameful thing which the earthly city has made lawful — even though what is done is something that no law of that city punishes — yet even this lust, although permitted and unpunished, shuns the public gaze; and the brothels themselves, by a natural sense of shame, have provided for secrecy. Unchastity could more easily dispense with the bonds of prohibition than shamelessness could remove the lurking-places of that foulness. But this baseness even the base themselves call baseness; and though they are its lovers, they do not dare to be its parading exhibitors. What of this?
Marital intercourse, which according to the prescriptions of the marriage tablets is performed for the begetting of children — does not even this, although it is lawful and honourable, seek out a chamber removed from witnesses? Does not the bridegroom, before he even begins to caress his bride, send out of doors all the servants, and even the groomsmen, and whomsoever any kind of relationship had permitted to enter? And since, as 'the greatest author of Roman eloquence' himself says, all rightly-done deeds wish to be set in the light — that is, they desire to be known — this rightly-done deed so desires to be known that nevertheless it blushes to be seen. For who does not know what husbands and wives do between themselves in order that children may be begotten? Since indeed, that this may be done, wives are taken with such great festivity;
and yet when that is being done from which children are born, not even the children themselves, if any have already been born from it, are permitted to be witnesses. So this rightly-done deed seeks the light of minds for its being known, yet shrinks from the light of eyes. Whence comes this, except that what is by nature seemly is so done that what is shameful accompanies it by way of penalty? CHAPTER XIX. That the elements of anger and lust, which in man are moved so viciously that they need to be restrained by the bridle of wisdom, did not exist in that soundness of nature before sin.
Hence it is that even those philosophers who came nearer to the truth confessed that anger and lust are vicious parts of the soul, because they are moved turbidly and inordinately even toward things which wisdom forbids to be perpetrated, and therefore have need of a governing mind and reason. This part of the soul they declare to be the third, set as it were in a certain citadel to rule those others, so that, while it commands and they serve, justice may be preserved in man from every part of the soul.
These parts, therefore — which even in the wise and temperate man they admit to be vicious, so that the mind by checking and restraining must bridle them and call them back from those things toward which they are unjustly moved, and permit them only toward those things which are granted by the law of wisdom (as anger toward the exercise of just correction, as lust toward the office of propagating offspring) — these parts, I say, were not vicious in paradise before sin. For they were not moved toward anything contrary to a right will, so that it would be necessary to restrain them with reason as with governing reins.
For the fact that now they are so moved, and by those who live temperately and justly and piously are modified by being restrained and resisted — sometimes more easily, sometimes with more difficulty — this is certainly not health from nature, but languor from fault. But as to why a sense of shame does not so conceal the works of anger and of other affections in whatever is said and done, as it conceals the works of lust which are done by the genital members — what is the reason, except that in the other members of the body it is not the affections themselves that move them, but, when it has consented to them, the will, which utterly dominates in their use? For whoever utters a word in anger, or even strikes someone, could not do this unless the tongue and the hand were moved by the will commanding, as it were;
which members, even when there is no anger, are moved by the same will. But truly the genital parts of the body lust has in a manner so subjected to its own right that they cannot be moved if it is lacking, and unless it has arisen either of its own accord or when excited. This is what causes shame; this is what, by blushing, shuns the eyes of onlookers; and a man more readily endures a multitude of spectators when he is unjustly angry with another man, than the gaze of even one man when he is justly united with his wife. CHAPTER XX. On the utterly empty shamelessness of the Cynics. This those dog-like philosophers — that is, the Cynics — did not perceive, bringing forward against human modesty nothing other than a canine, that is, an unclean and shameless opinion?
namely, that since what is done with one's wife is just, one should not be ashamed to do it openly, nor avoid conjugal intercourse in any lane or public square. Yet natural modesty conquered the opinion of this error. For although they relate that Diogenes once did this in a boastful manner, thinking thus that his sect would become more renowned if his shamelessness were the more conspicuously fixed in the memory of men, nevertheless afterward the practice ceased among the Cynics; and modesty prevailed more, so that men blushed before men, than the error, by which men aspired to be like dogs.
Whence I rather suppose that he, or those who are reported to have done this, presented to the eyes of men, who did not know what was being done under the cloak, only the motions of those copulating, rather than that they could have carried that pleasure through to completion under the pressure of human gaze. For there the philosophers did not blush to be seen wishing to copulate, where the lust itself would blush to rise. And now we see that there are still Cynic philosophers; for these are they who not only wrap themselves in a cloak but also carry a club; yet none of them dares to do this, which if any had dared, they would have been overwhelmed — not to say with the blows of those stoning them, then certainly with the spittle of those spitting at them. Without any doubt, therefore, human nature is ashamed of this lust, and rightly ashamed.
For in that disobedience, which subjected the genital members of the body to their own motions alone and snatched them from the power of the will, it is sufficiently shown what was rendered in return to man for that first disobedience; which it was fitting should appear chiefly in that part by which is generated the very nature that was changed for the worse by that first and great sin. From the bond of which no one is delivered, except that what was perpetrated to the common ruin when all were in one, and avenged by the justice of God, be expiated in each one by the grace of God. CHAPTER XXI. On the blessing of multiplying human fecundity given before sin, which the transgression did not take away, though to it the disease of lust was added.
Far be it, therefore, that we should believe that those spouses placed in paradise were going to fulfil, through this lust — by which, in shame, they covered those same members — what God said in His blessing: Increase and multiply and fill the earth. For this lust arose after sin; after sin nature — not without shame, having lost the power to which the body was in every part subject — felt it, attended to it, blushed at it. But that blessing of marriage, that the married should increase and multiply and fill the earth, although it remained even in the transgressors, was nevertheless given before they transgressed, that it might be known that the procreation of children belongs to the glory of wedlock, not to the penalty of sin.
But now men, being utterly ignorant of that happiness which was in paradise, suppose that children could not have been begotten except through this, which they have experienced — that is, through lust, of which we see that even the honourableness of marriage itself blushes. Some, not accepting the divine Scriptures at all, where it is read that after sin there was shame at nakedness and that the shameful parts were covered, but unbelievingly mocking them; others, however, although they accept and honour them, yet do not wish that which was said — Increase and multiply — to be understood according to carnal fecundity, because something of the kind is also read concerning the soul: Thou shalt multiply me in my soul with strength; so that what follows in Genesis:
And fill the earth and have dominion over it — they understand 'earth' to mean the flesh, which the soul fills by its presence and chiefly has dominion over, when it is multiplied in strength; but carnal offspring, without the lust which arose after sin and, once beheld, was confusedly veiled, neither could then have been born, just as neither now can they, nor would there have been any in paradise, but outside, as indeed it came to pass. For after they were dismissed from there, they came together for begetting children and begot them. CHAPTER XXII. On the conjugal union first instituted and blessed by God.
But we in no way doubt that, according to the blessing of God, to increase and multiply and fill the earth is a gift of marriage, which God instituted from the beginning before the sin of man, by creating male and female — a distinction of sex which is certainly evident in the flesh. To this work of God the blessing itself was also joined. For when Scripture had said: Male and female He made them, it immediately added: And God blessed them, saying: Increase and multiply and fill the earth and have dominion over it, and the rest.
All which things, although they might not unsuitably also be referred to a spiritual understanding, yet 'male and female' cannot be understood as something analogous even within one man — namely, because in him there is one thing which rules and another which is ruled — but, as appears most evidently in the bodies of the two sexes, that male and female were so created that, by generating offspring, they should increase and multiply and fill the earth; and to resist this is a matter of great absurdity.
For it is not concerning the spirit which commands and the flesh which obeys, nor concerning the rational soul which rules and the irrational desire which is ruled, nor concerning the contemplative virtue which excels and the active which is subject, nor concerning the intellect of the mind and the sense of the body, but openly concerning the conjugal bond by which each sex is mutually bound to the other, that the Lord, being asked whether it was lawful to dismiss a wife for any cause whatever — since on account of the hardness of the Israelites' heart Moses permitted a bill of divorce to be given — answered and said: Have you not read that He who made them from the beginning made them male and female, and said: For this cause a man shall leave father and mother and shall cleave to his wife, and the two shall be in one flesh?
And so they are no longer two, but one flesh. What therefore God has joined together, let no man separate. It is certain, therefore, that male and female were thus first instituted, just as now we see and know two human beings of different sex; but they are called one, either on account of the conjunction, or on account of the origin of the woman, who was created from the side of the man. For the Apostle also, through this example, which preceded by God's institution as the first, admonishes each individual that husbands should love their wives. CHAPTER XXIII. Whether generation would have taken place even in paradise had no one sinned, or whether the reason of chastity would there have had to fight against the heat of lust.
But whoever says that they would not have copulated nor begotten unless they had sinned — what does he say, except that man's sin was necessary for the multitude of the saints? For if, by not sinning, they would have remained alone — because, as they suppose, unless they had sinned they could not have generated — then assuredly, in order that there might not be only two just men but many, sin was necessary. But if it is absurd to believe this, that rather is to be believed: that as great a number of saints as suffices to complete that most blessed city would have existed, even if no one had sinned, as great as is now gathered by the grace of God out of the multitude of sinners, so long as the children of this world generate and are generated.
And therefore those marriages, worthy of the felicity of paradise, had there been no sin, would both have begotten offspring to be loved and would not have had lust to be ashamed of. But how this could come about, there is now no example by which to demonstrate it. Nor on that account ought it to seem incredible that even that one member could have served the will without this lust, since so many members now serve it. Or do we not move hands and feet, when we will, to those things which are to be done by these members, without any resistance, with as great ease as we see both in ourselves and in others, especially in the craftsmen of any kinds of bodily works, where a more agile diligence has come to the aid of a weaker and slower nature?
And shall we not believe that, for the work of generating children, had there been no lust — which was rendered as a recompense for the sin of disobedience — those members likewise could have served men obediently at the beck of the will, just as the others do? Did not Cicero, in his books On the Republic, when he was disputing about the difference of governments and took a likeness of this matter from the nature of man, say that the bodily members are commanded like sons on account of the ease of obedience, but that the vicious parts of the soul are coerced like slaves with harsher command? And certainly in the natural order the soul is set before the body, and yet the soul itself commands the body more easily than itself.
Yet nevertheless this lust, of which we are now discoursing, became the more to be blushed at for this reason: that the soul in it neither effectively commands itself, so that it should not be aroused at all, nor altogether commands the body, so that the will rather than lust should move the shameful members; for if it were so, they would not be shameful. But now the soul is ashamed that it is resisted by the body, which by nature is subjected to it as inferior. For in the other affections, when it resists itself, there is therefore less shame, because, when it is conquered by itself, it conquers itself; even though inordinately and viciously, because this happens from those parts which ought to be subject to reason, yet it is conquered by its own parts and thereby, as has been said, by itself.
For when the soul orderly conquers itself, so that its irrational motions are subjected to mind and reason — provided that the mind itself is also subject to God — this is a matter of praise and virtue. Yet there is less shame when the soul does not obey itself from its vicious parts, than when the body, which is something other than it and beneath it, and whose nature does not live without it, does not yield to it though willing and commanding. But when other members are held by the command of the will, without which those members that are aroused against the will by lust cannot fulfil what they crave, chastity is preserved — the delight in sin not being lost, but not being permitted.
This resistance, this antagonism, this strife of will and lust, or at any rate the deficiency of lust in relation to the sufficiency of the will, without doubt — had not culpable disobedience been punished by penal disobedience — marriages in paradise would not have had; but the members would have served the will in all things, like the rest. So the genital field, a vessel created for this work, would have sown its seed, as the hand now does the earth; and that which now, when we wish to discuss this matter more carefully, modesty resists and compels us to ask pardon, with the foresaid honour, from chaste ears — for that there would have been no cause; but concerning all things touching the thought's perception of such members, free speech would have proceeded without any fear of obscenity.
Nor would the very words be such as are called obscene, but whatever was said thereof would be as honourable as when we speak of other parts of the body. Whoever, therefore, approaches these writings with an unchaste mind, let him shun the fault, not nature; let him brand the deeds of his own baseness, not the words of our necessity; in which the chaste and religious reader or hearer most readily pardons me, until I refute unbelief — which argues not from faith in things unexperienced, but from the sense of things experienced.
For he reads these things without offence who does not shudder at the Apostle reproving the horrible disgraces of women, who changed the natural use into that use which is against nature — especially because we now do not, as he did, commemorate and reprove a damnable obscenity, but, in explaining as far as we can the effects of human generation, we nevertheless, like him, avoid obscene words. CHAPTER XXIV. That innocent men, remaining in paradise by the merit of obedience, would have used the genital members for the generation of offspring just as the others, at the discretion of the will.
The man, therefore, would have sown the offspring, the woman would have received it, with the genital members, when there was need and as much as was needful, moved by the will, not aroused by lust. For we move at our beck not only those members which are jointed with compacted bones, such as the hands and feet and fingers, but also those which are loosened with soft sinews: when we will, we move them by agitating, and by extending we lengthen them, and by twisting we bend them, and by tightening we harden them — such as are those which, in the mouth and face, the will moves as far as it can.
The lungs, finally — softest of all the inner organs except the marrow, and on this account walled in by the cavern of the breast — serve the will for drawing in and sending out the breath, and for uttering or modulating the voice, like the bellows of smiths or of organs, of one blowing, breathing, speaking, shouting, singing. I pass over what has been naturally bestowed on certain animals: that the covering with which the whole body is clothed, if they have felt that something in any place of it must be driven off, they move only there where they feel it, and by the trembling of the skin shake off not only flies settling on it, but even spears sticking in it. Is it because man cannot do this, that the Creator could not bestow it on whatever living creatures He willed?
So therefore man himself could have had the obedience even of the lower members, which by his own disobedience he lost. For it was not difficult for God so to create him that even that in his flesh should be moved only by his will, which now is not moved except by lust. For we know also the natures of certain men much different from the rest, and marvellous in their very rarity, doing some things with the body as they will, which others can in no way do and scarcely believe when heard. For there are those who can move their ears, either singly or both at once. There are those who, with the head unmoved, bring down to the forehead the whole head of hair, as far as the hairs occupy, and draw it back when they will.
There are those who bring forth from the upper part, incredibly numerous and various, the things they have swallowed, quite intact, as if from a little bag, whatever they please, with the inward parts only slightly handled. Some so imitate and express the voices of birds and beasts and of any other men whatever, that, unless they be seen, they cannot be distinguished at all. Some, from the lower part, without any stench, produce at will such numerous sounds that they seem to be singing even from that quarter. I myself have known a man wont to sweat when he wished. It is well known that some weep when they will, and pour forth tears abundantly. But that is far more incredible which very many brethren have experienced within most recent memory.
There was a certain presbyter named Restitutus, in the parish of the church of Calama. Whenever it pleased him — and he was asked to do this by those who desired to know in person of the marvellous thing — at imitated voices as if of some man lamenting, he so withdrew himself from his senses and lay most like a dead man, that he not only did not at all feel those pinching and pricking him, but sometimes was even burned by fire applied, without any sense of pain except afterward from the wound; and that his body was kept motionless not by resisting but by not feeling was proved by this, that no breathing was found in him, as in a dead man; yet he afterward reported that he heard the voices of men, if they spoke more clearly, as if from a distance.
Since, therefore, the body even now serves certain men marvellously in very many motions and affections beyond the customary measure of nature — although they lead this toilsome life in corruptible flesh — what reason is there that we should not believe that, before the sin of disobedience and the punishment of corruption, the human members could have served the human will for the propagation of offspring without any lust? Man, therefore, was given over to himself, because he forsook God by pleasing himself; and not obeying God, he could not obey even himself. Hence the more evident misery, by which man does not live as he wills. For if he lived as he willed, he would think himself happy; yet not even so would he be, if he lived basely. CHAPTER XXV.
On the true blessedness which temporal life does not obtain. Although, if we attend more carefully, no one lives as he wills except the blessed, and no one is blessed except the just. But even the just man himself will not live as he wills, until he arrives there where he can in no way die, be deceived, or be offended, and where it is certain to him that it will always be so. For this nature seeks, nor will it be fully and perfectly blessed until it has attained what it seeks. But now, which of men can live as he wills, when to live itself is not in his power? For he wills to live, he is compelled to die. How, then, does he live as he wills, who does not live as long as he wills? But if he should wish to die, how can he live as he wills, who does not wish to live?
And if he wishes to die for this reason — not because he does not wish to live, but that after death he may live better — then he does not yet live as he wills, but only when by dying he shall have arrived at that which he wills. But behold, let him live as he wills, since he has wrung from himself and commanded himself not to wish what he cannot, and to wish this which he can, as Terence says: Since that cannot be done which you wish, wish that which you can: is he therefore blessed because he is patiently wretched? For the blessed life, if it is not loved, is not possessed. Furthermore, if it is loved and possessed, it must necessarily be loved more excellently than all other things, since for the sake of this is to be loved whatever else is loved.
Furthermore, if it is loved as much as it is worthy to be loved — for he is not blessed by whom the blessed life itself is not loved as it is worthy — it cannot be that he who so loves it should not will it to be eternal. Then, therefore, it will be blessed, when it shall be eternal. CHAPTER XXVI. That the felicity of those living in paradise is to be believed to have been able to fulfil the office of generating without a shameful appetite. Man, therefore, lived in paradise as he willed, so long as he willed what God had commanded; he lived enjoying God, from which good he was good; he lived without any want, having it in his power so to live always. Food was at hand lest he should hunger, drink lest he should thirst, the tree of life lest old age should dissolve him.
Nothing of corruption in the body or from the body inflicted any troubles on any of his senses. No internal disease, no blow from without was feared. The highest health in the flesh, complete tranquillity in the soul. As in paradise there was neither heat nor cold, so in its dweller there occurred no offence to the good will from desire or fear. There was nothing at all sad, nothing vainly merry. True joy was perpetuated from God, toward whom love blazed out of a pure heart and a good conscience and faith unfeigned; and between the spouses a faithful fellowship from honourable love, a harmonious vigilance of mind and body, and a keeping of the commandment without toil. No weariness wearied the man at leisure, no sleep pressed upon him unwilling.
In so great an ease of things and felicity of men, far be it that we should suspect that offspring could not have been sown without the disease of lust; but those members would have been moved by that beck of the will by which the rest are moved, and without the enticing sting of ardour, with tranquillity of soul and body and no corruption of integrity, the husband would have poured into the bosom of his wife. For it ought not to be believed incredible just because it cannot be proved by experience — that, when not a turbid heat but a spontaneous power moved those parts of the body, applying them as there was need — then the male seed could have been admitted into the womb of the wife with the integrity of the female genital preserved, just as now, with that same integrity preserved, the flow of menstrual blood can be emitted from the womb of a virgin.
For by the same way that this can be expelled, that could be injected. For just as, for bringing forth, it would not be the groan of pain but the impulse of maturity that should relax the female organs, so for fecundation and conception it would not be the appetite of lust but the voluntary use that should join the two natures. We are now speaking of shameful things; and therefore, although we conjecture as we can what they might have been before there was shame at them, yet it is necessary that our discussion be bridled more by that modesty which calls us back, than aided by an eloquence which scarcely suffices us.
For since even those who could have experienced it did not experience what I am speaking of — because, sin forestalling them, they earned exile from paradise before they could come together in the work of sowing offspring by tranquil choice — how now, when these things are recalled, do they occur to human perception except by the experience of turbid lust, not by the conjecture of placid will? Hence it is that shame impedes the speaker, even though reason does not fail the one thinking. But nevertheless, to almighty God, the highest and supremely good Creator of all natures, the helper and rewarder of good wills,
but the abandoner and condemner of evil wills, the orderer of both — there was certainly not lacking a counsel by which He might fill out a certain number of citizens, predestined in His wisdom, for His city even from the condemned human race; distinguishing them now not by merits — since indeed the whole mass has been condemned as in a corrupted root — but by grace, and showing, both to the liberated and not only from themselves but also from the not-liberated, what is bestowed upon them. For each one acknowledges that he was rescued from evils not by a due but by a gratuitous goodness, when he is made exempt from the fellowship of those men with whom his just penalty would have been common.
Why, then, should God not create those whom He foreknew would sin, since indeed in them and from them He could show both what their fault deserved and what His grace would bestow; nor under that Creator and Disposer would the perverse disorder of those who transgress pervert the right order of things? CHAPTER XXVII. On the sinners, both angels and men, whose perversity does not disturb providence. Accordingly, sinners, both angels and men, do nothing whereby the great works of the Lord may be hindered, sought out in all His wills, since He who providently and omnipotently distributes His own to each one knows how to use well not only the good but even the evil.
And therefore, when the evil angel had been condemned and hardened on account of the demerit of his first evil will, so that he should never again possess a good will, why should God, who uses such a one well, not have permitted the first man—who had been created upright, that is, of good will—to be tempted by him? Since indeed man had been so constituted that, if as a good man he trusted in God's help, he would conquer the evil angel; but if, proudly pleasing himself, he forsook God his creator and helper, he would be conquered: possessing good merit in a will made upright by divine aid, but evil merit in a perverse will that forsakes God.
For even this very trusting in God's help he could not have done without God's help; yet it was not therefore beyond his power, by pleasing himself, to withdraw from these benefits of divine grace. For just as to live in this flesh without the support of nourishment is not within our power, while yet not to live in it is within our power—as those do who kill themselves—so to live well without God's help, even in paradise, was not within his power; but to live wickedly was within his power, though with a happiness that would not endure and a most just punishment to follow. Since therefore God was not ignorant of this future fall of man, why should He not have allowed him to be tempted by the malice of the envious angel?
He was indeed in no way uncertain that man would be conquered, yet none the less foreknew that the same devil was destined to be conquered by the greater glory of the saints, through that seed of man which His grace would assist. Thus it came about that nothing of the future was hidden from God, nor by foreknowing did He compel anyone to sin; and that, by the experience which followed, He demonstrated to the rational creation, both angelic and human, what a difference there is between each one's own presumption and His protection. For who would dare to believe or say that it was not in God's power that neither angel nor man should fall? But He preferred not to take this from their power, and thereby to show both how much evil their pride, and how much good His grace, could accomplish. CHAPTER XXVIII.
On the character of the two cities, the earthly and the heavenly. Two loves, then, have made two cities: namely, the earthly is made by the love of self even to the contempt of God, but the heavenly by the love of God even to the contempt of self. In short, the one glories in itself, the other in the Lord. For the one seeks glory from men, but for the other God, the witness of conscience, is its greatest glory. The one lifts up its head in its own glory; the other says to its God, 'You are my glory, and the lifter up of my head.' In the one, the lust of domination dominates both its princes and the nations it subjugates; in the other, they serve one another in love, both the rulers by their counsel and the subjects by their obedience. The one loves its own strength in its mighty men; the other says to its God:
'I will love You, O Lord, my strength.' And therefore in the one its wise men, living according to man, have pursued either the goods of the body or of the soul or of both; or those who could know God did not honour Him as God or give thanks, but became vain in their thoughts, and their foolish heart was darkened;
professing themselves to be wise (that is, exalting themselves in their own wisdom, with pride lording it over them) they became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of the image of corruptible man, and of birds, and of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things (for to images of this kind, either as leaders of the peoples or as their followers, they bowed in worship), and they worshipped and served the creature rather than the Creator, who is blessed for ever. But in the other city there is no wisdom of man except the piety by which the true God is rightly worshipped, looking for that reward in the fellowship of the saints—not only of men but also of angels—that God may be all in all.
On the two orders of the human race, which from the beginning run forward to diverse ends. Concerning the happiness of paradise, or paradise itself, and the life of the first men there, and their sin and punishment, many have thought many things, said many things, committed many things to writing. We also, according to the holy Scriptures—either what we have read in them, or what we have been able to understand from them in accordance with their authority—have spoken of these matters in the earlier books.
But if these matters be inquired into more minutely, they give birth to manifold and many-sided disputes, which would need to be woven into more volumes than this work and the time demand—a time which we do not have so abundantly that we ought to linger over all the questions which idle and over-scrupulous men, more ready to ask than able to understand, might raise. Yet I think we have already done enough justice to the great and most difficult questions concerning the beginning of the world, or of the soul, or of the human race itself, which we have divided into two kinds: one of those who live according to man, the other of those who live according to God;
which we also mystically call two cities, that is, two societies of men, of which one is predestined to reign eternally with God, the other to undergo eternal punishment with the devil. But this is their end, of which we must speak afterward. Now, however, since enough has been said about their origin—whether among the angels, whose number is unknown to us, or in the first two human beings—it now seems to me that I should take up the course of their progress, from the time when those two began to beget, until men shall cease to beget. For this whole time, or age, in which the dying give place and the newborn succeed, is the course of these two cities of which we are speaking.
There was born, then, first Cain from those two parents of the human race, belonging to the city of men; afterward Abel, belonging to the city of God. For just as in one man—what the apostle said—we experience that the spiritual is not first, but the natural, and afterward the spiritual (whence each one, since he springs from a condemned stock, must first be evil and carnal from Adam; but if, by being reborn into Christ, he advances, he will afterward be good and spiritual):
so in the whole human race, when those two cities began to run their course by being born and dying, first was born the citizen of this age, and afterward the one who is a stranger in this age and belonging to the city of God—predestined by grace, elected by grace, a stranger below by grace, a citizen above by grace. For as far as concerns himself, he springs from the same lump which is in its origin wholly condemned; but God, like a potter (for the apostle introduces this comparison not impudently but wisely), out of the same lump made one vessel unto honour, another unto dishonour.
But first was made the vessel unto dishonour, and afterward the other unto honour; because even in that one man, as I have already said, the reprobate part is first—from which we must necessarily begin, and where we need not remain—and the approved part is afterward, toward which by advancing we may come, and at which by arriving we may abide. Accordingly, not indeed will every evil man become good, yet no one will be good who was not evil; but the sooner anyone is changed for the better, the more swiftly does he cause to be named in himself what he has laid hold of, and covers the former name with the latter. It is written, therefore, of Cain, that he founded a city; but Abel, as a stranger, did not found one.
For the city of the saints is on high, although here it brings forth citizens, in whom it sojourns as a stranger, until the time of its kingdom shall come, when it will gather all those rising again in their bodies—when there shall be given to them the kingdom that was promised, where with their prince, the King of the ages, they shall reign without any end of time. CHAPTER II. On the sons of the flesh and the sons of the promise. A certain shadow, indeed, of this city, and a prophetic image, served on earth to signify rather than to present it, at the time when it was fitting that it should be shown; and that very thing was also called the holy city, by the merit of the signifying image, not of the truth expressed as it is to be in the future.
Concerning this serving image and that free city which it signifies, the apostle thus speaks to the Galatians: 'Tell me,' he says, 'you who desire to be under the law, have you not heard the law? For it is written that Abraham had two sons, one by the bondwoman and one by the freewoman. But he who was of the bondwoman was born according to the flesh; but he who was of the freewoman, by promise. Which things are an allegory. For these are the two covenants: the one indeed from Mount Sinai, bringing forth unto bondage, which is Hagar. For Sinai is a mountain in Arabia, which is joined to that which is now Jerusalem, and is in bondage with her children. But that Jerusalem which is above is free, which is the mother of us all. For it is written:'
'Rejoice, you barren that bear not; break forth and cry, you that travail not: for many are the children of the desolate, more than of her that has a husband. Now we, brethren, as Isaac was, are the children of promise. But as then he that was born according to the flesh persecuted him that was born according to the spirit, even so it is now. But what does the Scripture say? Cast out the bondwoman and her son; for the son of the bondwoman shall not be heir with the son of the freewoman. Now we, brethren, are not children of the bondwoman, but of the free, with which freedom Christ has set us free.' This form of understanding, descending from apostolic authority, opens to us the way in which we ought to receive the Scriptures of the two Testaments, the old and the new.
For a certain part of the earthly city has been made an image of the heavenly city, signifying not itself but another, and therefore serving. For it was instituted not for its own sake, but to signify another; and being itself prefigured by a preceding signification, it became a prefiguring figure. For Hagar, the bondmaid of Sarah, and her son were a certain image of this image; and because the shadows were to pass away when the light came, therefore Sarah the free woman, who signified the free city, said—she to whom in turn that shadow served in yet another mode of signifying: 'Cast out the bondwoman and her son; for the son of the bondwoman shall not be heir with my son Isaac'—which the apostle renders, 'With the son of the freewoman.'
We find, therefore, in the earthly city two forms: one demonstrating its own presence, the other serving by its presence to signify the heavenly city. Now the citizens of the earthly city are begotten by a nature vitiated by sin, but the citizens of the heavenly city are begotten by grace setting nature free from sin; whence the former are called vessels of wrath, the latter vessels of mercy. This was signified also in the two sons of Abraham: that the one, Ishmael, was born according to the flesh of the bondwoman, who was called Hagar; but the other, Isaac, was born of the free Sarah according to the promise. Both indeed were of the seed of Abraham; but custom, demonstrating nature, begot the one, while the promise, signifying grace, gave the other;
in the one human usage is shown, in the other a divine benefit is commended. CHAPTER III. On the barrenness of Sarah, which God's grace made fruitful. Sarah indeed was barren, and in despair of offspring, desiring to have at least from her bondmaid what she perceived she could not have of herself, gave her to be impregnated by her husband, of whom she had wished to bear but could not. Thus she exacted even in this way the debt from her husband, using her own right in another's womb. So Ishmael was born, as men are born, by the intercourse of both sexes, by the customary law of nature. Therefore it was said: 'According to the flesh';
not that these are not benefits of God, or that God does not work them—God, whose creative Wisdom reaches, as it is written, from end to end mightily, and orders all things sweetly—but where there was need to signify the gift of God, which grace bestows on men though not owed to them, the son had to be given in such a way as was not owed to the courses of nature. For nature denies sons to such an intercourse of male and female as could exist for Abraham and Sarah at that age, with the woman's barrenness also added—she who could not bear even then, when not age was lacking for fertility, but fertility was lacking for age.
Therefore, that the fruit of posterity was not owed to a nature so affected signifies that the nature of the human race, vitiated by sin and on this account justly condemned, deserved no true felicity for the future. Rightly, then, does Isaac, born by promise, signify the children of grace, the citizens of the free city, the companions of eternal peace—where there is not the love of one's own and in a manner private will, but a love rejoicing in a common and unchangeable good, and out of many making one heart, that is, the perfectly concordant obedience of charity. CHAPTER IV. On the strife or the peace of the earthly city.
Moreover the earthly city, which will not be everlasting (for indeed, when it has been condemned to the final punishment, it will no longer be a city), has its good here, in whose fellowship it rejoices, such joy as can come from things of that kind. And since it is not such a good as to cause no straits to its lovers, therefore this city is for the most part divided against itself by litigating, by warring and fighting, and by seeking victories that are either death-dealing or at any rate mortal. For from whatever part of itself it rises up in war against another part of itself, it seeks to be the conqueror of nations, while it is itself the captive of vices; and if indeed, when it has conquered, it is more proudly exalted, the victory is even death-dealing;
but if, considering the human condition and the common chances that may befall, it is more vexed by the adversities that can happen than puffed up by the prosperity that has come about, then that victory is only mortal. For it will not be able always to dominate, by remaining over those whom it has been able to subjugate by conquering. Yet it is not rightly said that the things which this city covets are not goods, since it too, in its own human kind, is the better for them. For it covets a certain earthly peace for the sake of the lowest things; for to this peace it desires to attain by warring, since, if it conquers and there is no one to resist, there will be peace, which the mutually opposed parties did not have while they contended, in unhappy want, for those things which they could not both possess at once.
This peace is what toilsome wars seek; this is what the victory deemed glorious obtains. And when those conquer who were fighting for the juster cause, who would doubt that the victory is to be rejoiced over and that a desirable peace has come about? These are goods, and without doubt gifts of God. But if, neglecting the better things which pertain to the city above—where there will be victory in eternal and supreme peace, secure—these goods are so coveted that they are believed to be the only goods, or are loved more than those things which are believed to be better, then misery must necessarily follow, and that which was already present must be increased. CHAPTER V. On the first founder of the earthly city, a fratricide, to whose impiety the founder of the city of Rome corresponded by the slaying of his brother.
The first founder, then, of the earthly city was a fratricide; for, overcome by envy, he slew his own brother, a citizen of the eternal city sojourning on this earth. Whence it is no wonder that, so long afterward, in the founding of that city which was destined to be the head of this earthly city of which we speak, and to reign over so many nations, there corresponded to this first example—and, as the Greeks call it, archetype—a certain image of its own kind. For there too, as a certain poet recorded that very crime of theirs: 'With a brother's blood the first walls were drenched.' For thus was Rome founded, when Roman history attests that Remus was slain by his brother Romulus; except that both of these were citizens of the earthly city.
Both sought glory from the establishment of the Roman commonwealth, but both could not have so great a glory as they would have had if there were only one. For he who wished to glory by dominating would surely dominate less if his power were diminished by a living partner. In order, therefore, that one might have the whole domination, the partner was removed; and by the crime it grew worse than it would have grown by innocence and for the better.
But these brothers Cain and Abel did not both have between them a like cupidity for earthly things, nor in this did the one envy the other—that his own dominion would become narrower if both were to rule (for Abel indeed did not seek dominion in that city which was being founded by his brother, the one who slew him)—but it was that diabolical envy by which the evil envy the good for no other cause than because they are good and the others evil. For the possession of goodness is in no way made less by the addition or the continuance of a partner; rather, possession is goodness, which the undivided charity of partners possesses the more widely, the more concordantly.
In short, he will not have this possession who is unwilling to have it in common, and he will find it the more ample the more he can love a partner there. That dispute, therefore, which arose between Remus and Romulus shows how the earthly city is divided against itself; but that which was between Cain and Abel demonstrated the enmities between the two cities themselves, of God and of men. The evil therefore fight among themselves; likewise the evil and the good fight among themselves; but the good and the good, if they are perfect, cannot fight among themselves. Those, however, who are progressing and not yet perfect can fight in such a way that any good man fights against another in that part by which he also fights against himself;
for indeed in one man the flesh lusts against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh. Therefore a spiritual lust can fight against another's carnal lust, or a carnal lust against another's spiritual lust, just as the good and the evil fight among themselves; or certainly the carnal lusts themselves of two good men, not yet indeed perfect, fight among themselves, just as the evil and the evil fight among themselves—until the health of those who are being cured is brought through to the final victory. CHAPTER VI. On the infirmities which, from the punishment of sin, even the citizens of the city of God suffer in the pilgrimage of this life, and from which, by God's healing, they are made whole.
For this is indeed an infirmity, that is, that disobedience of which we discoursed in the fourteenth book, the punishment of the first disobedience, and therefore not nature but a vice; on account of which it is said to the good who are progressing and living by faith in this pilgrimage: 'Bear one another's burdens, and so you shall fulfil the law of Christ'; likewise it is said elsewhere: 'Rebuke the unruly, comfort the faint-hearted, support the weak, be patient toward all; see that no one renders evil for evil to anyone'; likewise in another place: 'If a man be overtaken in any fault, you who are spiritual, instruct such a one in the spirit of meekness, considering yourself, lest you also be tempted'; and elsewhere:
'Let not the sun go down upon your wrath'; and in the Gospel: 'If your brother sins against you, rebuke him between you and him alone'; likewise concerning sins in which the offense of many is to be guarded against, the apostle says: 'Those who sin reprove before all, that the rest may have fear.' On account of this, also many things are commanded concerning the pardon to be granted one another, and great care for the keeping of peace, without which no one will be able to see God; wherein is that terror, when the servant of ten thousand talents is commanded to pay back the debts that had been remitted to him, because he had not remitted to his fellow-servant a debt of a hundred denarii; with which similitude proposed, the Lord Jesus added and said: 'So also will My heavenly Father do to you,'
'if you do not each forgive his brother from your hearts.' In this manner are the citizens of the city of God healed, while sojourning on this earth and sighing for the peace of the heavenly fatherland. But the Holy Spirit works inwardly, that the medicine which is applied outwardly may avail something. Otherwise, even if God Himself, using a creature subject to Him, should address human senses in some human form—whether those of the body or those most like to them which we have in dreams—and yet did not rule and move the mind by inward grace, all preaching of the truth would profit a man nothing. But God does this, distinguishing the vessels of wrath from the vessels of mercy, by a dispensation which He Himself knows—much that is hidden, but nevertheless just.
For by His help, in wondrous and hidden ways, when the sin which dwells in our members—which is rather now the punishment of sin—does not reign in our mortal body to obey its desires, as the apostle commands, nor do we present our members as weapons of unrighteousness to it, it is turned to the mind not consenting to itself unto evil (God ruling), and ruling that mind it will now possess it more tranquilly; afterward, when perfect health and immortality have been received, man will reign without any sin in eternal peace. CHAPTER VII. On the cause and obstinacy of Cain's crime, whom not even God's word recalled from the deed conceived.
But this very thing which, as we were able, we have set forth—when God had spoken to Cain in that manner in which He used to speak with the first men through a subject creature, as it were their companion, in a fitting form—what did it profit him? Did he not, even after the word of divine admonition, fulfil the crime conceived in the slaying of his brother? For when He had distinguished the sacrifices of both, looking upon the one and despising the other—which it must not be doubted could be known by some attesting visible sign—and had done this because the works of this one were evil, but those of his brother good: Cain was greatly grieved, and his countenance fell. For thus it is written: 'And the Lord said to Cain, Why are you grieved, and why has your countenance fallen?'
'If you offer rightly, but do not divide rightly, have you not sinned? Be still; for unto you shall be its turning, and you shall rule over it.' In this admonition or warning which God uttered to Cain, that which was said—'If you offer rightly, but do not divide rightly, have you not sinned?'—since it is not clear why or whence it was said, its obscurity has given birth to many interpretations, while each expounder of the divine Scriptures tries to set it forth according to the rule of faith. Now a sacrifice is rightly offered when it is offered to the true God, to whom alone sacrifice is to be made.
But it is not rightly divided when the places, or the times, or the very things which are offered, or he who offers and to whom it is offered, or those to whom what is offered is distributed for eating, are not rightly distinguished—so that here we understand 'division' to mean 'discernment': whether when it is offered where it ought not, or what ought to be offered not there but elsewhere; or when it is offered when it ought not, or what ought not then but at another time; or when that is offered which never and nowhere at all ought to have been; or when a man keeps for himself the choicer things of the same kind than those which he offers to God; or when one becomes a partaker of the thing offered who is profane, or anyone whom it is not lawful to become so. In which of these things Cain displeased God cannot easily be found.
But since the apostle John, when speaking of these brothers, said, 'Not as Cain, who was of the wicked one and slew his brother; and for what cause did he slay him? Because his own works were wicked, but his brother's just'—it is given to be understood that God did not look upon his gift for this reason, because in this very thing he was dividing wickedly: giving to God something of his own, but to himself his own self. Which all do who, following not God's will but their own—that is, living not with an upright but a perverse heart—nevertheless offer a gift to God, by which they think He is bribed, so that He may help them, not in healing their depraved desires, but in fulfilling them.
And this is proper to the earthly city: to worship God or gods, by whose help it may reign in victories and earthly peace—not from the charity of taking counsel, but from the lust of dominating. For the good use the world to this end, that they may enjoy God; but the evil, on the contrary, wish to use God, that they may enjoy the world—those, that is, who already believe that He exists and cares for human affairs. For much worse are those who do not even believe this. When therefore Cain learned that God had looked upon his brother's sacrifice but not upon his own, surely, being changed, he ought to have imitated his good brother, not, being elated, to have envied him. But he was grieved, and his countenance fell. This sin God especially reproves—grief at another's goodness, and that a brother's.
For in reproving this, He inquired, saying: 'Why are you grieved, and why has your countenance fallen?' For because he envied his brother, God saw it and reproved it. For to men, from whom another's heart is hidden, it might be doubtful and altogether uncertain whether that grief lamented his own malignity—by which he had learned that he had displeased God—or his brother's goodness, which had pleased God when He looked upon his sacrifice.
But God, giving the reason why He was unwilling to accept his offering—in order that he might rather deservedly be displeasing to himself than his brother undeservedly to him—showed that he was unjust by not dividing rightly, that is, by not living rightly, and unworthy that his offering should be approved, and yet more unjust in that he hated his just brother without cause. Yet not dismissing him without a holy, just, and good commandment, He said: 'Be still; for unto you shall be its turning, and you shall rule over it.' Over his brother? God forbid. Over what, then, but sin? For He had said, 'You have sinned'; then He added, 'Be still; for unto you shall be its turning, and you shall rule over it.'
It can indeed be understood that the turning of sin ought to be toward the man himself, so that he may know that he ought to attribute to none other than himself what he sins. For this is the wholesome medicine of penitence and a not unfitting petition for pardon, so that where He says, 'For unto you shall be its turning,' we should not supply 'shall be,' but rather 'let it be'—the manner, namely, of one commanding, not of one merely predicting. For then will each one rule over sin, if he does not, by defending it, set it before himself, but, by repenting, subject it; otherwise he will also serve it as it dominates, if he affords patronage to it when it occurs. But that sin may be understood as carnal concupiscence itself, of which the apostle says:
The flesh lusts against the spirit, and among the fruits of this flesh Scripture mentions also envy, by which Cain was assuredly goaded and inflamed to his brother's destruction. The word 'shall be' is rightly to be understood, that is: 'For its turning shall be unto thee, and thou shalt rule over it.' For when that very carnal part is stirred up, which the Apostle calls sin where he says, 'It is no longer I that do it, but sin that dwelleth in me' (which part of the soul even the philosophers call faulty, not such as ought to drag the mind, but such as the mind ought to command and by reason restrain from unlawful deeds) — when therefore it has been stirred up to commit something perversely, if one is quiet and obeys the Apostle who says:
'Neither yield ye your members as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin,' then it is subdued and conquered and turned back toward the mind, so that reason may rule it as a subject. This God enjoined upon that man who was inflamed with the torches of envy against his brother, and longed to take away the one whom he ought to have imitated. 'Be still,' He says; 'keep thy hand from crime, let not sin reign in thy mortal body to obey its desires, neither yield thy members as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin. For its turning is unto thee,' as long as it is not aided by being given free rein, but is bridled by being kept quiet; 'and thou shalt rule over it,' so that, when it is not permitted to act outwardly, it may grow accustomed, under the power of the ruling and well-disposed mind, not to be moved even inwardly.
Something of this kind is said in the same divine book also concerning the woman, when after the sin, with God questioning and judging, they received the sentences of condemnation — in the serpent the devil, and in themselves the woman and her husband. For when He had said to her, 'Multiplying I will multiply thy sorrows and thy groaning, and in sorrows shalt thou bring forth children,' He then added, 'And thy turning shall be toward thy husband, and he shall rule over thee.' What was said to Cain concerning sin, or concerning the faulty concupiscence of the flesh, this is said in that place concerning the sinful woman; where we must understand that the husband, in ruling his wife, ought to be like the soul that rules the flesh. Wherefore the Apostle says, 'He that loveth his wife loveth himself;'
for no man ever hated his own flesh. For these things are to be healed, as our own, not condemned as another's. But that command of God Cain received as a transgressor. For when the vice of envy grew strong, he lay in wait for his brother and slew him. Such was the founder of the earthly city. And how he also signified the Jews, by whom Christ was slain — the shepherd of the sheep that are men, whom Abel, the shepherd of the sheep that are cattle, prefigured (since the matter lies in prophetic allegory) — I forbear to say now, and I recall that I have said certain things on this against Faustus the Manichee. CHAPTER VIII. What reason there was that Cain, amid the beginnings of the human race, should found a city.
Now however it seems to me that the history must be defended, lest that Scripture be thought incredible which says that a city was built by one man at the time when there appear to have been no more than four men, or rather three, in the land after one brother slew the other — that is, the first man, the father of all, and Cain himself, and his son Enoch, from whose name that city was called. But those whom this troubles consider too little that the writer of this sacred history did not need to name all the men who could then have existed, but only those whom the plan of his undertaken work required.
For the purpose of that writer, through whom the Holy Spirit was doing this, was, through the successions of certain generations propagated from one man, to arrive at Abraham, and then from his seed at the people of God, in whom, being distinguished from the other nations, there should be prefigured and foretold all the things that were foreseen in the Spirit as about to come concerning the city whose kingdom shall be eternal, and concerning its king and likewise its founder, Christ; in such a way that the other society of men also should not be passed over in silence — the one we call the earthly city — but only so much of it as was enough for its commemoration, that the city of God might shine the more clearly by comparison even with its adversary.
Since therefore the divine Scripture, where it also records the number of the years those men lived, concludes in this way, saying of the one of whom it was speaking, 'And he begat sons and daughters, and all the days of him or him whom he lived were so many years, and he died' — surely, because it does not name those same sons and daughters, must we not on that account understand that through so many years, in which they then lived in this world's earliest age, very many men could be born, by whose gatherings even very many cities could be founded?
But it pertained to God, by whose inspiration these things were written, first of all to arrange and distinguish these two societies by their diverse genealogies, so that the generations of men — that is, of those living according to man — should be set down apart, and apart again the generations of the sons of God — that is, of men living according to God — down to the flood, where the separation and the commingling of both societies is narrated: the separation indeed, in that the generations of both are recorded separately, of the one the fratricide Cain, of the other him who was called Seth, who himself had been born of Adam in place of the one whom his brother slew;
the commingling, however, because, as the good declined into the worse, all alike had become such that they were destroyed by the flood — except one righteous man whose name was Noah, and his wife and three sons and as many daughters-in-law; these eight persons deserved to escape through the ark out of that universal destruction of mortals. Now as for what is written, 'And Cain knew his wife, and conceiving she bore Enoch; and he was building a city in the name of his son Enoch' — it does not indeed follow that he is to be believed to have begotten this as his first son. Nor is it to be thought so from the fact that he is said to have known his wife, as though he then for the first time mingled with her by lying together.
For even concerning Adam himself, the father of all, this was said not only when Cain was conceived, whom he seems to have had as firstborn, but afterward the same Scripture says: 'Adam knew Eve his wife, and she conceived and bore a son, and he called his name Seth.' Hence it is understood that Scripture is wont so to speak — although it is not always when it is read therein that conceptions of men took place — yet not only when the two sexes are joined for the first time. Nor is that a necessary argument for us to suppose Enoch the firstborn to his father, namely that the city was called by his name. For it is not unreasonable that, for some cause, the father, though he had others also, loved him more than the rest.
For neither was Judah the firstborn, from whom Judea was named, and the Jews. But even if this son was the first born to the founder of that city, it is not therefore to be thought that the city's name was imposed by the father when he was born, since a city could not then be founded by one man — a city being nothing else than a multitude of men bound together by some bond of fellowship; but when the family of that man grew to such a number that it now had the size of a people, then it could indeed come to pass that he both founded a city and imposed the name of his firstborn upon the city he had founded.
For so long was the life of those men that the one of those mentioned there whose years are not passed over in silence, who lived the least before the flood, reached to seven hundred and fifty-three years. Indeed several even passed nine hundred years, though none reached a thousand. Who therefore would doubt that during the lifetime of one man the human race could be multiplied so greatly that there might be wherewith to found not one but very many cities? This can be most easily conjectured from the fact that from the one Abraham, in not much more than four hundred years, so great a number of the Hebrew nation was begotten that at the going forth of that same people out of Egypt six hundred thousand men of military youth are reported to have been:
this is to say nothing of the nation of the Edomites, which does not belong to the people of Israel, whom his brother Esau, the grandson of Abraham, begot, and of others born from the seed of Abraham himself, not begotten through his wife Sarah. CHAPTER IX. On the long life of men, which there was before the flood, and on the larger form of human bodies. Wherefore no prudent appraiser of things would doubt that Cain could found not only some city, but even a great one, when the life of mortals extended over so long a time — unless perhaps some unbeliever, from the very great number of the years through which men are written to have then lived, should press a question upon us, and deny that this is to be believed.
For in the same way they do not believe that the sizes of bodies too were then far greater than they are now. Whence also their most noble poet Virgil, speaking of a huge stone fixed as a boundary-mark in the fields, which a strong man of those times, fighting, both snatched up and ran and whirled and hurled, says: 'Scarcely could twice six chosen men lift it upon their neck, such bodies of men as the earth now produces' — signifying that the earth was then wont to produce greater bodies. How much more, then, in the times nearer the beginning of the world, before that noble and notorious flood!
But concerning the magnitude of bodies, sepulchres, laid bare by age or by the force of rivers and various chances, generally convince the unbelieving, where bones of the dead of incredible size have appeared, or whence they have fallen out. I myself saw — and not I alone, but several with me — on the shore of Utica, a man's molar tooth so huge that, if it were cut up little by little into the measures of our own teeth, it seemed to us that it could have made a hundred. But that one I would believe to have belonged to some giant. For besides that all bodies then were much greater than ours, the giants far surpassed the rest; just as afterward in other times, and in our own, such have been rare indeed, but have scarcely ever been wholly lacking, who exceeded the measure of others by very much. Pliny the Second,
a most learned man, testifies that the more and more the course of the ages passes by, nature brings forth smaller bodies; and he records that Homer too often complained of this in his song, not deriding these things as poetic fancies, but, as a writer of natural marvels, taking them up into historical credence. But, as I said, the bones, often found, of the magnitudes of the bodies of the ancients, since they are long-lasting, betray these things even to much later ages. The number of the years of each man, however, which there was in those times, cannot now come into proof by any such documents.
Nor yet is the faith of this sacred history on that account to be impaired, whose things, when narrated, we believe the less impudently, the more surely we behold its predictions fulfilled. Yet the same Pliny says there is still a nation where men live two hundred years. If therefore long durations of human lives, which we have not experienced, are believed to be possessed today by places unknown to us, why should they not be believed to have been possessed also by times? Or is it indeed credible that there is somewhere what is not here, and incredible that there once was what is not now? CHAPTER X. On the difference whereby the numbers of years seem to disagree between the Hebrew and our codices.
Wherefore, although between the Hebrew and our codices there seems to be some discrepancy concerning the very number of the years — by what cause this came about I do not know — yet it is not so great that they disagree as to those men having been so long-lived. For the first man himself, Adam, before he begat the son who was called Seth, is found in our codices to have lived two hundred and thirty years, but in the Hebrew he is reported a hundred and thirty; but after he begot him, he is read to have lived seven hundred in ours, but eight hundred in those; and thus in both the sum total agrees. And then through the following generations, before he is begotten who is recorded to be begotten, the father of him is found among the Hebrews to have lived a hundred years less;
but after the same one is begotten, a hundred are found in ours fewer than in the Hebrews; and thus on both sides the totality of the numbers agrees. In the sixth generation, however, nowhere do the two codices disagree. But in the seventh, where the one who was born, Enoch, is narrated not to have died but to have been translated because he pleased God, there is the same discrepancy as in the preceding five, concerning the hundred years before he begot the son who is recorded there, and in the sum a similar agreement. For he lived, before he was translated, according to both codices, three hundred and sixty-five years. The eighth generation has indeed some difference, but smaller and unlike the rest.
For Methuselah, whom Enoch begat, before he begot the one who follows next in that order, lived, according to the Hebrews, not a hundred years less, but twenty more; which again in ours, after he begat him, are found to be added, and in both the sum of the whole number coincides with itself. In the ninth generation alone, that is, in the years of Lamech, the son of Methuselah and father of Noah, the sum of the totality differs, but not by very much. For he is found to have lived twenty-four years more in the Hebrews than in our codices. For before he begot the son who was called Noah, he has six fewer in the Hebrews than in ours; but after he begot him, thirty more in those than in ours.
Whence, those six being subtracted, twenty-four remain, as has been said. CHAPTER XI. On the years of Methuselah, whose age seems to exceed the flood by fourteen years. Now through this discrepancy of the Hebrew codices and ours arises that most famous question, where Methuselah is reckoned to have lived fourteen years after the flood, though Scripture records that of all who were then upon the earth, only eight men escaped the destruction of the flood in the ark, among whom Methuselah was not. For according to our codices Methuselah, before he begot the one whom he called Lamech, lived a hundred and sixty-seven years;
then Lamech himself, before Noah was born of him, lived a hundred and eighty-eight years, which together make three hundred and fifty-five; to these are added the six hundred years of Noah, in which year of his the flood took place: these make nine hundred and fifty-five from the time Methuselah was born up to the year of the flood. For all the years of Methuselah's life are reckoned nine hundred and sixty-nine, because, when he had lived a hundred and sixty-seven years and had begotten the son who was called Lamech, after begetting him he lived eight hundred and two years; all of which, as we have said, make nine hundred and sixty-nine.
Whence, nine hundred and fifty-five being subtracted from the birth of Methuselah up to the flood, there remain fourteen, during which he is believed to have lived after the flood. On account of this, some suppose that he, though not on the earth — where it is agreed that all flesh which nature does not allow to live in the waters was destroyed — was for some time with his father, who had been translated, and lived there until the flood passed by; being unwilling to detract from the faith of the codices which the Church has received into more celebrated authority, and believing the Jews rather than these to have what is not true.
For they do not admit that this could rather have been an error of the translators, than that there should be a falsehood in that language from which the Scripture itself was translated into ours through the Greek; but they say it is not credible that the Seventy translators, who at one and the same time and with one mind translated, could have erred, or, where nothing of theirs was at stake, could have wished to lie; whereas the Jews, while they envy us that the Law and the Prophets have passed over to us by translation, have changed certain things in their codices, that the authority of ours might be diminished. Let each one accept this opinion or suspicion as he shall think fit;
yet it is certain that Methuselah did not live after the flood, but died in that same year, if what is found concerning the number of years in the Hebrew codices is true. But what I think concerning those Seventy translators must be inserted more carefully in its own place, when, with the Lord's help, we shall have come to those very times that must be recorded, so far as the necessity of this work demands. For the present question it suffices that, according to both codices, the men of that age had lives so long that, by the age of one man — who, of the two whom the earth then alone had as parents, was the first to be born — the human race could be multiplied even to the founding of a city. CHAPTER XII. On the opinion of those
who do not believe that the men of the earliest times were as long-lived as is written. For by no means are those to be listened to who think that the years were reckoned otherwise in those times — that is, of such brevity that one year of ours is believed to have contained ten of theirs. Wherefore, they say, when anyone hears or reads that someone lived nine hundred years, he ought to understand ninety; for ten of those years are one of ours, and ten of ours were a hundred of theirs. And by this, as they think, Adam was twenty-three years old when he begot Seth, and Seth himself was twenty years and six months when Enos was born of him, whom Scripture calls two hundred and five years;
since, as these men suspect, whose opinion we are setting forth, they divided one year, such as we now have, into ten parts, and called those same parts years; of which parts one has the square of six, because in six days God perfected His works, so that on the seventh He might rest (concerning which matter I have disputed, as I could, in the eleventh book); and six times six, which number makes the square of six, are thirty-six days; which, multiplied tenfold, reach to three hundred and sixty, that is, twelve lunar months.
For, on account of the remaining five days by which the solar year is completed, and the quarter of a day, on account of which, multiplied four times, in that year which they call bissextile, one day is added — on these accounts days were afterward added by the ancients, that the number of years might come out right, which days the Romans called intercalary. Accordingly Enos too, whom Seth begat, was nineteen years old when his son Cainan was born of him, which years Scripture calls a hundred and ninety. And thereafter, through all the generations in which the years of men are recorded before the flood, scarcely anyone is found in our codices who, being a hundred years old or under, or even a hundred and twenty or not much more, begot a son;
but those who begot at the least age are reported to have been a hundred and sixty, and what runs beyond; because, they say, no man of ten years can beget sons — which number was called a hundred years by those men; but at sixteen years there is mature puberty and one now fit for begetting offspring, which sixteen years those times named a hundred and sixty. And that the year was then reckoned otherwise may not be incredible, they add what is found among very many writers of history: that the Egyptians had a year of four months, the Acarnanians of six months, the Lavinians of thirteen months.
Pliny the Second, when he had recorded that it had been set down in writing that a certain man lived a hundred and fifty-two years, another ten more, others had a life of two hundred years, others of three hundred, some reached five hundred, others six hundred, and some attained even to eight hundred — he judged that all these things had happened through ignorance of the times. 'For some,' he says, 'determined the year by summer and another by winter, others by the fourfold seasons, like the Arcadians,' he says, 'whose years were of three months.' He added also that the Egyptians sometimes — whose small years we said above were of four months — limited the year by the moon's end.
'And so among them,' he says, 'individuals are reported to have lived even a thousand years each.' By these as if plausible arguments certain men, not destroying the faith of this sacred history, but striving to support it, lest it be incredible that the ancients are reported to have lived so many years, have persuaded themselves — nor do they think they persuade themselves impudently — that so small a span of time was then called a year, that ten of those are one of ours, and ten of ours a hundred of theirs. But that this is most utterly false is shown by a most evident proof. Before I produce it, it seems to me that I should not pass over in silence what suspicion may be more credible.
We could certainly refute and convict this assertion from the Hebrew codices, where Adam is found to have been not two hundred and thirty, but a hundred and thirty years old when he begot his third son; which years, if they are thirteen of ours, then without doubt, when he first begot — Cain — he was eleven years old, or not much more. Who can beget at this age by that customary and to us most well-known law of nature? But let us pass over this man, who perhaps even when he was created could have done so; for it is not credible that he was made as small as our infants are. Seth his son was not two hundred and five, as we read, but a hundred and five when he begot Enos;
and by this, according to these men, he did not yet have eleven years of age. What shall I say of Cainan his son, who, though among us he is found a hundred and seventy, is read among the Hebrews to have been seventy when he begot Maleleel? What man of seven years begets, if those years which were seven were then called seventy? CHAPTER XIII. Whether in the numbering of years the authority of the Hebrews rather than of the Seventy translators is to be followed. But when I shall have said this, immediately that 'falsehood of the Jews' will be alleged, concerning which enough has been done above; namely, that the Seventy translators, men laudably celebrated, could not have lied.
Now if I should ask which is more credible — that the Jewish nation, so far and wide diffused, could conspire with one counsel in writing down this falsehood, and, while they envy others authority, have taken away truth from themselves; or that seventy men, who were themselves also Jews, set in one place, since the Egyptian king Ptolemy had summoned them to this work, should have envied the very truth to the foreign nations and have done this by a shared counsel — who would not see which is the more readily and easily believed?
But far be it that any prudent person should believe that the Jews, of whatever perversity and malice, could have done so much in codices so many and so far and wide dispersed, or that those seventy memorable men shared one counsel about envying the truth to the nations. More credibly, therefore, would one say that, when these things first began to be copied out from the library of Ptolemy, then something of this kind could have been done in a single codex, the one first copied out from thence, from which it might already more widely flow forth; where indeed even a copyist's error could have occurred. But this is not absurd to suspect in that question about the life of Methuselah, and in that other, where the sum does not agree, the twenty-four years being in excess.
But in these, in which a likeness of the same faultiness is continued — so that before the begotten son who is inserted into the order, in one place a hundred years are over and above, in another are lacking; but after the begotten son, where they were lacking they are over, where they were over they are lacking, so that the sum may agree; and this is found in the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and seventh generation — the error itself seems to have a certain consistency, if it may be so called, and does not smack of chance, but of design.
And so that diversity of the numbers, standing one way in the Greek and Latin codices, another way in the Hebrew — where there is not this parity, continued through so many generations, of a hundred years first added and afterward subtracted — let it be attributed neither to the malice of the Jews nor to the diligence or prudence of the Seventy translators, but to the error of the copyist who first received from the library of the aforesaid king the codex to be copied. For even now, where numbers do not engage the attention toward something that can easily be understood, or that may appear useful to learn, they are both negligently copied and still more negligently corrected. For who would suppose that he must learn how many thousands of men the tribes of Israel could individually have had?
since it is not thought to be of any profit; and how rare is the man to whom the depth of the usefulness of this appears? But here, where through so many interwoven generations a hundred years are in one place present, in another absent, and after the birth of the son who was to be recorded they are absent where they had been present, and present where they had been absent, so that the sum may agree:
doubtless, since he who did this wished to persuade that the ancients lived so very many years for this reason, that they called them very brief, and was trying to show this from the maturity of puberty, at which sons could fitly be begotten — and therefore thought that in those hundred years ten of ours should be insinuated to the unbelieving, lest they should refuse to receive into faith that men lived so long — he added a hundred where he did not find an age fit for begetting sons, and the same, after the sons were begotten, he subtracted, that the sum might fit. For thus he wished to make credible the suitabilities of ages for begetting offspring, yet so as not to defraud in number the total ages of the individuals living.
But that he did not do this in the sixth generation — this very thing is what the more moves one to believe that he did it when the matter we speak of demanded it, because he did not do it where it did not demand it. For he found in that same generation, among the Hebrews, that Jared lived, before he had begotten Enoch, a hundred and sixty-two years, which according to that reckoning of brief years make sixteen years and a little less than two months; which age is now apt for begetting, and therefore it was not necessary to add a hundred brief years, that they might become twenty-six of ours, nor after Enoch was born to subtract those which he had not added before his birth. Thus it came about that here there was no variety between the two codices.
But again it is asked why, in the eighth generation, before Lamech was born of Methuselah, whereas among the Hebrews one hundred and eighty-two years are read, twenty fewer are found in our codices, where rather one hundred are usually added; and after Lamech was begotten they are restored to complete the sum, which in both codices does not disagree. For if it wished one hundred and seventy years to be understood as seventeen, on account of the maturity of puberty, then just as it added nothing, so it ought now to have subtracted nothing, because it had found an age suitable for the begetting of sons—on account of which, in the other cases, it added those hundred years where it did not find such an age.
Now we might with reason suppose that this matter of the twenty years could have happened by chance through error, were it not that, just as it had first subtracted them, it afterward took care to restore them, so that the integrity of the sum might agree. Or perhaps it is to be thought to have been done more cunningly, so that the device whereby a hundred years are wont first to be added and afterward subtracted might be concealed—since even there, where it was not necessary, something of the same kind was done, not indeed with a hundred years, yet with however small a number first subtracted and afterward given back. But however that be taken, whether it be believed to have been done so or not, whether finally it be so or not so:
I would in no way doubt that it is rightly done that, when something different is found in the two codices—since with respect to the truth of the events both cannot be true—rather that language should be trusted from which the translation into the other was made through the interpreters. For in certain Greek codices also—three of them—and one Latin, and even one Syriac, all agreeing among themselves, Methuselah was found to have died six years before the flood. CHAPTER XIV. On the equality of the years, which ran in the same spans as now also in the earlier ages. Now let us see in what way it can be evidently shown
that the years reckoned in the very long life of those men were not so brief that ten of theirs made one of ours, but were years of such length as we now have (years which the circuit of the sun completes). For it is written that the flood took place in the six hundredth year of the life of Noah. Why then is it read there: «And the water of the flood came upon the earth in the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, on the twenty-seventh day of the month,» if that year was the smallest kind, of which ten make one of ours, having thirty-six days? For such a tiny year, if it received this name after the ancient fashion, either has no months, or its month is a space of three days, so that it may have twelve months. In what way, then, is it here said:
«In the six hundredth year, in the second month, on the twenty-seventh day of the month,» unless because the months even then were such as they now are? For in what other way could it be said that the flood began on the twenty-seventh day of the second month? Then afterward, at the end of the flood, it is thus read: «And the ark rested in the seventh month, on the twenty-seventh day of the month, upon the mountains of Ararat. But the water kept decreasing until the eleventh month; and in the eleventh month, on the first day of the month, the tops of the mountains appeared.» If, therefore, the months were such, surely the years too were such as we now have. For those three-day months could not have twenty-seven days. Or if a thirtieth part of three days was then called a day, so that everything is diminished in proportion:
then that so great a flood, which is recorded to have taken place in forty days and nights, was not accomplished even in a whole four days of ours. Who could bear such absurdity and emptiness? Therefore let this error be removed, which by a false conjecture so wishes to build up the credit of our Scriptures that elsewhere it destroys it. Assuredly the day even then was as great as it now is, which twenty-four hours mark off in the diurnal and nocturnal course; the month as great as it now is, which the moon, beginning and ending, completes;
the year as great as it now is, which twelve lunar months, with five days and a quarter added on account of the solar course, bring to completion. Of such a year the second month of the six hundredth year of Noah's life was the month, and the twenty-seventh day of that month was the day when the flood began, in which forty days of vast continuous rains are recorded—days which did not have two hours and a little more, but four-and-twenty hours passing in day and night.
And on this account those ancients lived years so great, even more than nine hundred, of the same length as Abraham afterward lived a hundred and seventy, and after him his son Isaac a hundred and eighty, and his son Jacob nearly a hundred and fifty, and of the same length as Moses, after some interval of time, lived a hundred and twenty, and of the same length as even now men live seventy or eighty, or not much more, of whom it was said: «And their further span is labor and sorrow.»
But that variety of numbers which is found between the Hebrew codices and ours neither disagrees concerning this longevity of the ancients; and if it has anything so different that both cannot be true, the credit of the events done is to be sought from that language out of which what we have was translated. And though this resource is at hand everywhere among the nations for those who wish it, nevertheless it is not without significance that, in very many places where the Seventy translators seem to say something different, no one has dared to correct them from the Hebrew codices. For that diversity was not reckoned an error; nor do I in any way consider it should be so reckoned:
but where there is no scribe's error, it is to be believed that, by the divine Spirit, where the sense was consonant with the truth and proclaimed the truth, they willed to say something otherwise—not by the office of translators, but by the liberty of prophets. Hence with reason the apostolic authority is found to use not only the Hebrews but also these very translators, when it adduces testimonies from the Scriptures. But on this matter I have promised, if God help, to speak more diligently in a more fitting place; now let me dispatch what is at hand.
For it is not to be doubted that by a man who was the first to be born of the first man, when men lived so long, a city could have been established—an earthly one, to be sure, not that which is called the City of God, to write about which we have taken upon our hands the labor of this so great work. CHAPTER XV. Whether it is credible that the men of the first age remained continent from intercourse up to that age at which they are reported to have begotten sons. Someone, then, will say:
«Is it then to be believed that a man, destined to beget sons and having no purpose of continence, kept himself free from the work of intercourse for a hundred years and more—or, according to the Hebrews, not much less, that is, eighty, seventy, sixty years—or, if he did not keep free, that he could beget no offspring?» This question is solved in two ways. For either puberty was so much later in proportion as the length of the whole life was greater;
or—what I see to be more credible—the firstborn sons were not here recorded, but those whom the order of succession required, so that one might arrive at Noah, from whom again we see the line reached Abraham, and thence up to a certain juncture of time, as much as it was fitting to be marked, even in the generations recorded, of the course of that most glorious city sojourning in this world and seeking the heavenly fatherland. For what cannot be denied is that Cain, before all, was born of the union of male and female. For when he was born Adam would not have said what he is read to have said, «I have gotten a man through God,» unless he himself had been added as the first man by birth to those two.
After him followed Abel, whom the elder brother slew, who first showed forth a certain prefiguration of the sojourning City of God—because it was to suffer unjust persecutions from the impious and in some manner earth-born, that is, from those who love their earthly origin and rejoice in the earthly felicity of the earthly city. But of how many years Adam was when he begot them does not appear. Thenceforth other generations are set in order from Cain, and others from him whom Adam begot in succession to the one whom the brother slew, and he called his name Seth, saying, as it is written: «For God has raised up for me another seed in place of Abel, whom Cain slew.»
Since, therefore, these two series of generations—one from Seth, the other from Cain—by distinct orders intimate these two cities of which we treat, one heavenly sojourning on earth, the other earthly gaping after or clinging to earthly joys as though they were the only ones: no one of the progeny of Cain—though it is enumerated, with Adam counted in, up to the eighth generation—is stated to have been of how many years when he begot the one who is recorded after him. For the Spirit of God was unwilling to note the times in the generations of the earthly city before the flood, but preferred to do so in those of the heavenly, as though they were more worthy of memory. Further, when Seth was born, the years of his father are not indeed left unspoken, but he had already begotten others;
and whether he begot Cain and Abel only, who would dare to affirm? For it does not follow, because they alone were named on account of the orders of generations which had to be recorded, that therefore only they were then begotten of Adam. For when, with the names of all the rest covered in silence, it is read that he begot sons and daughters: who would presume to assert what number this offspring of his was, if he avoids the fault of rashness? For Adam could, divinely admonished, say after Seth was born, «For God has raised up for me another seed in place of Abel,» because such a one was to be who would fulfill that one's holiness—not that he himself was born next after him in the order of time. Then, as for what is written:
«Now Seth lived two hundred and five years (or, according to the Hebrews, a hundred and five years), and begot Enos»: who could, unless thoughtless, assert that this was his firstborn? So that we might with reason wonder, in admiration, how through so many years he remained free from wedlock, without any purpose of continence, or did not beget though married—since indeed even of him it is read: «And he begot sons and daughters, and all the days of Seth were nine hundred and twelve years, and he died.» And so thereafter, those whose years are recorded are not passed over in silence as to begetting sons and daughters. And on this account it does not appear at all whether the one who is named as begotten was himself the firstborn;
nay rather, since it is not credible that those fathers, at so long an age, were either unmarriageable or lacked wives or offspring, neither is it credible that those sons of theirs who are named were the first born to them. But since the writer of sacred history was intent upon arriving, through the successions of generations with the times noted, at the birth and life of Noah, in whose time the flood took place, he assuredly recorded those generations—not such as were first to their parents, but such as came into the order of propagation. By way of example, that this may be made plainer, I will interpose something whereby no one may doubt that what I say could have happened.
The Evangelist Matthew, wishing to commend to memory the generation of the Lord's flesh through a series of forebears, beginning from father Abraham and intending first to arrive at David, says, «Abraham begot Isaac»—why did he not say Ishmael, whom he begot first? «And Isaac,» he says, «begot Jacob»—why did he not say Esau, who was his firstborn? Because, namely, through them he could not arrive at David. Then there follows: «And Jacob begot Judah and his brothers»—was Judah the firstborn? «Judah,» he says, «begot Perez and Zerah»—nor was either of these twins the firstborn of Judah, but before them he had already begotten three.
He therefore held those in the order of generations, through whom he might arrive at David, and thence whither he intended. From which it can be understood that the ancient men too, before the flood, were recorded not as firstborn, but as those through whom the order of succeeding generations might be led to Noah the patriarch—lest the obscure and unnecessary question of their late puberty weary us. CHAPTER XVI. On the law of marriages, namely that the first unions had a rule different from subsequent matrimonies. Since, therefore, the human race—after the first couple, the man made from dust and his wife from the man's side—had need of the joining of hand to woman, that it might be multiplied by begetting, and there were no men except those who had been born of those two:
the men took their sisters as wives; which thing, by so much as it is more ancient under compelling necessity, by so much was afterward more damnable when religion forbids it. For a most right account of charity was had, that men, to whom concord would be useful and honorable, might be bound together by the bonds of diverse kinships, and that one man might not have many bonds in one person, but that single bonds might be scattered upon single persons, and thus, for more diligently binding together social life, very many might hold very many. For father and father-in-law are names of two kinships. That each one therefore may have one as father, another as father-in-law, charity extends itself more numerously.
But one Adam was constrained to be both to his sons and daughters, when brothers and sisters were joined in wedlock. So too Eve his wife was both mother-in-law and mother to both sexes of her children; whereas if there had been two women, one the mother and the other the mother-in-law, social love would have bound itself together more abundantly. Finally, the sister herself, in that she also became a wife, held in one person two kinships; whereas if these were distributed among individuals, so that one might be sister, another wife, social kinship would be increased by the number of persons. But there was then no source whence this could come about, when there were no men except brothers and sisters born of those first two.
It ought therefore to have come about, when it could—namely, that when there was an abundance, wives might be drawn from those who were not now sisters; and not only that there was no necessity that it should be so done, but also that, if it were done, it would be wicked. For if even the grandsons of the first men, who could now take cousins as wives, were joined in matrimony to their sisters, then not two but three kinships would arise in one man—kinships which, for the sake of charity to be bound by more numerous nearness, ought single by single to be disseminated among individuals. For one man would be to his own children—that is, to his son and daughter who were spouses—both father and father-in-law and uncle; so too his wife to those same common children both mother and aunt and mother-in-law;
and the children themselves among one another would be not only brothers and spouses, but also cousins, since they would be the children of siblings. But all these kinships, which bound three men to one man, would bind nine if single by single they existed—so that one man might have one as sister, another as wife, another as cousin; one as father, another as uncle, another as father-in-law; one as mother, another as aunt, another as mother-in-law; and thus the social bond would not be confined into fewness, but would be diffused more broadly and more numerously by frequent kinships.
And as the human race grows and multiplies, we discern that this is so observed even among the impious worshippers of many false gods, that, even if by perverse laws fraternal marriages are permitted, yet a better custom prefers to shudder at the very license; and although in the first times of the human race it was wholly lawful to take sisters in marriage, it is so abhorred as though it could never have been lawful. For custom avails most for either enticing or offending human feeling; and since in this matter custom restrains the immoderation of concupiscence, to disregard and corrupt it is rightly judged to be wicked.
For if it is unjust, out of greed for possessing, to transgress the boundary of fields, how much more unjust is it, out of the lust of lying together, to overturn the boundary of morals! We have experienced, even in our own times, how rarely in marriages of cousins—on account of the degree of kinship nearest to the fraternal degree—was done through custom what was lawful to be done through the laws; for neither did divine law forbid it, nor had human law yet forbidden it. Yet even the lawful deed was shuddered at because of its nearness to the unlawful, and what was done with a female cousin seemed almost to be done with a sister; because they too among themselves, on account of so near a consanguinity, are called brothers and sisters, and are almost true siblings.
But it was a matter of religious care to the ancient fathers, lest kinship itself, gradually sundering itself through the orders of offspring, should go further off and cease to be kinship, to bind it again, while not yet far removed, by the bond of matrimony, and in a manner to recall it as it fled. Hence, with the world now full of men, they loved to take wives of their own stock—not indeed sisters born of father or mother or of both their parents, but still of their own kindred. Yet who would doubt that it is more honorable in this age that even the marriages of cousins should be forbidden? Not only according to the things we have discussed—for the sake of multiplying affinities, that one person may not have two kinships when two persons can have them and the number of nearnesses be increased;
but also because, in some way I know not, there is in human modesty something natural and praiseworthy, whereby, to one to whom the cause of kinship owes a reverend honor, one restrains from her—though she be capable of childbearing—that lust at which we see even conjugal chastity itself blush. The coupling, then, of male and female, so far as pertains to the race of mortals, is a kind of seed-plot of the city; but the earthly city has need only of generation, while the heavenly has need also of regeneration, that it may escape the harm of generation. But whether there was any, and if there was, of what kind, a corporeal and visible sign of regeneration before the flood—as circumcision was afterward commanded to Abraham—sacred history is silent.
Yet it is not silent that even those most ancient men sacrificed to God; which was made clear both in the two first brothers, and in Noah, who after the flood, when he had gone forth from the ark, is read to have immolated victims to God. On which matter we have already said in the preceding books that the arrogant demons, claiming divinity to themselves and desiring to be believed gods, seek sacrifice for themselves and rejoice in honors of this kind for no other reason than because they know that true sacrifice is due to the true God. CHAPTER XVII. On the two fathers and chiefs procreated from one progenitor.
Since, therefore, Adam was the father of both kinds, that is, both of him whose line pertains to the earthly and of him whose line pertains to the heavenly city, after Abel was slain and in his slaying a wondrous sacrament was commended, there came to be two fathers of the individual kinds, Cain and Seth; in whose sons, whom it behooved to be recorded, the tokens of those two cities in the race of mortals began to shine forth more evidently. For Cain begot Enoch, in whose name he founded a city—an earthly one, namely, not sojourning in this world, but resting in its temporal peace and felicity. Now Cain is interpreted «possession»; whence it was said, when he was born, whether by his father or his mother: «I have gotten a man through God.»
But Enoch is «dedication»; for here the earthly city is dedicated, where it is founded, since here it has that end which it aims at and craves. Further, that Seth is interpreted «resurrection,» and Enos his son is interpreted «man»—not as Adam. For the name «Adam» too is interpreted «man»; but it is reported to be common in that language, that is, Hebrew, to male and female. For thus is it written of him: «Male and female he made them, and blessed them, and called their name Adam.» Whence it is not doubted that the woman was so called Eve by her own proper name, that nevertheless «Adam,» which is interpreted «man,» was the name of both.
But Enos is interpreted «man» in such a way that those skilled in that language assert it cannot designate a woman—as it were the son of resurrection, where they neither marry nor are given in marriage. For there will be no generation there, when regeneration shall have brought them thither. Wherefore I judge that this too is not to be noted in vain: that in those generations which are propagated from him who is called Seth, though they are said to have begotten sons and daughters, no daughter born is there expressed by name; but in those which are propagated from Cain, at the very end to which they extend, the last woman born is named. For thus it is read: «Methushael begot Lamech; and Lamech took to himself two wives, the name of the one Adah and the name of the second Zillah; and Adah bore Jabal;»
«he was the father of those dwelling in tents, herdsmen. And the name of his brother was Jubal; he it was who showed forth the psaltery and the harp. And Zillah also herself bore Tubal; and he was a forger in brass, of brass and iron. And the sister of Tubal was Naamah.» Thus far the generations from Cain are extended, which are all from Adam eight, counting Adam himself—seven, namely, down to Lamech, who was the husband of two wives, and the eighth is the generation in his children, among whom a woman too is recorded. Wherein it is elegantly signified that the earthly city, even to its end, would have carnal generations, which come forth by the joining of males and females.
Whence also these very wives of that man who is here named as the last father are expressed by their proper names—a thing which, except for Eve, is nowhere found before the flood. But just as Cain, which is interpreted «possession,» the founder of the earthly city, and his son, in whose name it was founded, Enoch, which is interpreted «dedication,» indicate that this city has both its beginning and its end on earth—where nothing more is hoped for than what can be seen in this world: so Seth, which is interpreted «resurrection,» since he is the father of the generations recorded apart, what this sacred history says of his son is to be considered. CHAPTER XVIII.
What was signified in Abel and Seth and Enos, which appears to pertain to Christ and his body, that is, the Church. «And to Seth,» it says, «was born a son, and he called his name Enos; he hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God.» Surely the attestation of the truth cries aloud. In hope, therefore, lives the man who is the son of resurrection; in hope lives, so long as it sojourns here, the City of God, which is begotten of faith in the resurrection of Christ. For from those two men, Abel, which is interpreted «mourning,» and his brother Seth, which is interpreted «resurrection,» the death of Christ and his life from the dead are figured. From which faith is here begotten the City of God, that is, the man who hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God.
«For by hope we were saved,» says the apostle. «But hope that is seen is not hope. For what a man sees, why does he hope for it? But if we hope for what we do not see, by patience we await it.» For who would think this void of the depth of a sacrament? For did not Abel hope to call upon the name of the Lord God, whose sacrifice the Scripture records to have been so acceptable to God? Did not Seth himself hope to call upon the name of the Lord God, of whom it was said: «For God has raised up for me another seed in place of Abel»?
Why, then, is that attributed properly to this one, which is understood to be common to all the godly, except because it behooved that in him who, from the father of the generations separated into the better part—that is, of the supernal city—is recorded as first to have arisen, there should be prefigured the man, that is, the society of men, which lives not according to man in the matter of earthly felicity, but according to God in the hope of eternal felicity? Nor was it said, «He hoped in the Lord God,» or, «He called upon the name of the Lord God,» but, «He hoped,» it says, «to call upon the name of the Lord God.» What does this mean for itself: «He hoped to call upon,» except that it is a prophecy that a people would arise who, according to the election of grace, would call upon the name of the Lord God?
This is what the apostle, through another prophet, understands to have been said concerning this people pertaining to the grace of God: «And it shall be, everyone who calls upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.» For this very thing which is said, «And he called his name Enos,» which is interpreted «man,» and then is added, «He hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God,» sufficiently shows that man ought not to place his hope in himself; for cursed is everyone (as is read elsewhere) who places his hope in man, and on this account not even in himself, that he may be a citizen of that other city, which is dedicated not according to the son of Cain in this time—that is, in the fleeting passage of this mortal age—but in that immortality of everlasting blessedness. CHAPTER XIX.
On the signification which is shown in the translation of Enoch. For this offspring too, whose father is Seth, has in that generation the name of dedication, which is the seventh from Adam, Adam being counted in. For seventh from him was born Enoch, which is interpreted «dedication.» But he himself is that one who was translated, since he pleased God, and in a notable number in the order of generations, that number whereby the sabbath was consecrated—the seventh, namely, from Adam. But from the very father of these generations which are distinguished from the progeny of Cain—that is, from Seth—he is the sixth; on which day man was made and God consummated all his works. But the translation of this Enoch is a prefiguration of the deferral of our dedication.
Which indeed has already been accomplished in Christ our head, who so rose again that he dies no more, but was himself also translated; yet there remains the other dedication of the whole house, of which Christ himself is the foundation, which is deferred to the end, when there shall be the resurrection of those who shall die no more. But whether it be called the house of God, or the temple of God, or the city of God, it is the same thing, nor is it abhorrent to the usage of Latin speech. For Virgil too calls the most imperious city the «house of Assaracus,» wishing the Romans to be understood, who derive their origin from Assaracus through the Trojans; and he calls those same ones the «house of Aeneas,» because, under his leadership, when the Trojans had come to Italy, Rome was founded by them.
For that poet imitated the sacred letters, in which the house of Jacob is called even now a vast people of the Hebrews. CHAPTER XX. That the succession of Cain is closed within eight generations from Adam, while among the descendants from the same father Adam, Noah is found to be the tenth. Someone will say: 'If the writer of this history intended, in recounting the generations from Adam through his son Seth, to arrive through them at Noah, under whom the flood took place, from whom again the order of those being born was woven onward until it should reach Abraham, with whom the evangelist Matthew begins the generations by which he comes to Christ, the eternal king of the City of God: what did he intend in the generations from Cain, and to what point did he wish to bring them?' The answer is given:
Up to the flood, by which that whole race of the earthly city was consumed, but was restored from the sons of Noah. For this earthly city and the society of men living according to man cannot fail to exist until the end of this age, of which the Lord says: 'The children of this world beget and are begotten.' But regeneration leads the City of God, sojourning in this age, on to another age, whose children neither beget nor are begotten. Here, then, to be begotten and to beget is common to both cities; although the City of God has even here many thousands of citizens who abstain from the work of begetting, yet that other city also has some who do so out of a certain imitation, though they err.
For to that other city belong even those who, deviating from its faith, have founded diverse heresies; for they live according to man, not according to God. And the Indian gymnosophists, who are said to philosophize naked in the solitudes of India, restrain themselves both from eating food and from begetting. Yet this is not good unless it is done according to faith in the highest good, who is God. None, however, is found to have done this before the flood; since even Enoch himself, the seventh from Adam, who is reported to have been translated rather than to have died, begot sons and daughters before he was translated; among whom was Methuselah, through whom runs the order of the generations to be recorded.
Why, then, is so small a number of successions recorded in the generations from Cain, if they were to be carried down to the flood, and there was no long span of life preceding puberty which would keep men free from offspring for a hundred years or more? For if the author of this book was not aiming at someone to whom he must necessarily bring down the series of generations—as in those which come from the seed of Seth he was aiming to reach Noah, from whom again the necessary order would follow—
what need was there to pass over the firstborn sons, in order to arrive at Lamech, in whose sons that chain ends—namely in the eighth generation from Adam, the seventh from Cain—as though something were thereafter to be linked on from there, whence one might arrive either at the people of Israel, in whom even the earthly Jerusalem offered a prophetic figure to the heavenly city, or at Christ according to the flesh, who is God over all, blessed forever, the builder and ruler of the Jerusalem above, when the whole offspring of Cain was destroyed by the flood? Hence it can seem that in that same order of generations the firstborn were the ones recorded. Why then are they so few?
For up to the flood they could not have been so few, since the fathers would not be kept from the office of begetting until they were a hundred years old—unless at that time, in proportion to that longevity, puberty too came late. For supposing they were all evenly thirty years old when they began to beget sons, eight times thirty (since there are eight generations counting Adam and counting those whom Lamech begot) makes two hundred and forty years: did they then beget no more throughout all the remaining time up to the flood? For what reason, finally, did he who wrote these things refuse to record the generations that follow? For from Adam to the flood there are reckoned, according to our codices, two thousand two hundred and sixty-two years;
but according to the Hebrews, one thousand six hundred and fifty-six. Supposing, then, that we believe this smaller number to be the truer, let two hundred and forty be subtracted from the one thousand six hundred and fifty-six years: is it then credible that throughout the one thousand four hundred years and more that remain up to the flood, the offspring of Cain could have been free from begetting? But let whoever is troubled by this remember that, when I asked how it was to be believed that those ancient men could have ceased from begetting children through so many years, this question was resolved in two ways:
either by late puberty, in proportion to so long a life, or by the fact that the sons who are recorded in the generations were not the firstborn, but those through whom one could arrive at him whom the author of the book had in view—just as at Noah in the generations of Seth. Accordingly, in the generations of Cain, if there occurs no one who ought to be aimed at, to whom—the firstborn being passed over—one had to arrive through those who are recorded, then late puberty will remain to be understood, so that somewhat after a hundred years they became capable and fit for begetting, so that the order of generations might run through the firstborn and reach down to the flood at a number of years of such great magnitude.
Although it may be that, for some more hidden reason which escapes me, this city which we call the earthly was commended by the chain of generations reaching down to Lamech and his sons, and that the writer of the book then ceased to record the rest which there might have been up to the flood. There may also be this reason why the order of generations was not led through the firstborn—so that it need not be believed that puberty was so late in those men—namely, that the very city which Cain founded in the name of his son Enoch could have reigned far and wide and had kings, not many at once, but single ones in their own ages, whom they had begotten to succeed them, whoever might have reigned.
The first of these kings could have been Cain himself; the second, his son Enoch, in whose name, where men reigned, the city was founded; the third, Gaidad, whom Enoch begot; the fourth, Mauia, whom Gaidad begot; the fifth, Mathusael, whom Mauia begot; the sixth, Lamech, whom Mathusael begot, who is the seventh from Adam through Cain. But it did not follow that the firstborn of the kings should succeed their reigning fathers, but rather those whom either merit for reigning—on account of virtue useful to the earthly city—or some lot might find; or that one should chiefly succeed his father by a certain hereditary right of reigning, whom he had loved above his other sons.
Now the flood could have occurred while Lamech was still living and reigning, so that it found him too, together with all other men—except those who were in the ark—as one to destroy. For it is not to be wondered at if, with the varying quantity in the number of years interposed, over so long an age from Adam to the flood, each of the two lines did not have generations of equal number, but seven through Cain and ten through Seth; for the seventh from Adam, as I have already said, is Lamech, the tenth Noah; and therefore not one son of Lamech, as with the others above, but several were recorded, because it was uncertain who would succeed him when he died, if the time for reigning had remained between him and the flood.
But in whatever way the order of generations from Cain runs down—whether through firstborn sons or through kings—this seems to me in no way to be passed over in silence: that, when Lamech was found to be the seventh from Adam, so many of his sons were counted up until the number eleven was filled, by which sin is signified. For three sons and one daughter are added. The wives, however, can signify something else, not what now seems to need commending. For we are now speaking of generations; but from whom these wives were born is left unsaid. Since, then, the Law is proclaimed by the number ten, whence comes that memorable Decalogue, the number eleven, since it goes beyond ten, certainly signifies the transgression of the Law and thereby sin.
Hence it is that in the tabernacle of testimony, which was on the journey of the people of God as it were a walking temple, eleven curtains of goats' hair were commanded to be made. For in goats' hair there is a remembrance of sins, on account of the goats that are to be at the left hand; and so, confessing, we prostrate ourselves in goats' hair, as if saying what is written in the psalm: 'And my sin is ever before me.' Therefore the offspring from Adam through the wicked Cain is closed by the number eleven, by which sin is signified; and that number itself ends with a female, from which sex the beginning of sin was made, through which we all die. And it was brought about that the pleasure of the flesh, which resists the spirit, should follow. For even Lamech's daughter herself, Naamah, is interpreted 'pleasure.'
But through Seth, from Adam to Noah, the lawful number ten is intimated. To this Noah three sons are added, of whom, when one had fallen, two are blessed by their father, so that—the reprobate being removed and the approved sons added to the number—even the number twelve might be intimated, which is notable both in the number of the patriarchs and in that of the apostles, on account of the parts of seven multiplied one by the other. For three times four, or four times three, makes that very number.
These things being so, I see that it must be considered and recorded how these two lines, which by their distinct generations intimate two cities—one of the earthborn, the other of the regenerated—afterward became so commingled and confounded that the whole human race, except eight persons, deserved to perish in the flood. CHAPTER XXI. For what reason, when Enoch, who was the son of Cain, had been mentioned, the narrative of his whole line was continued up to the flood; but when Enos, who was the son of Seth, had been mentioned, a return is made to the beginning of the human condition.
But first it must be observed how, when the generations from Cain were being enumerated, after mentioning before his other descendants that one in whose name the city was founded—that is, Enoch—the rest were woven on up to that end of which I have spoken, until that race and the whole stock should be destroyed by the flood; but when one son of Seth had been mentioned, Enos, before the others up to the flood had been added, a certain clause is interposed, and it is said: 'This is the book of the birth of men, in the day when God made Adam; in the image of God he made him. Male and female he made them, and blessed them, and called their name Adam, in the day when he made them.'
This seems to me to have been interposed for the purpose that here again the reckoning of times might begin from Adam himself—a reckoning which he who wrote these things did not wish to make in the earthly city—as though God were thus admonishing him not to make the count. But why is there a return here to this recapitulation, after the son of Seth has been mentioned, the man who hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God, except because the two cities were thus fittingly to be set forth—one through the murderer down to a murderer (for Lamech too confesses to his two wives that he had committed homicide), the other through him who hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God?
For this is the whole and supreme concern, in this mortality, of the City of God sojourning in this world—the concern which had to be commended through one man, whom indeed the resurrection of the slain begot. For that one man is the unity of the whole supernal city—a unity not yet completed, but to be completed by this prophetic prefiguring sent ahead. Let the son of Cain, then—that is, the son of possession (and of what but earthly possession?)—have his name in the earthly city, because in his name it was founded. For he is of those of whom it is sung in the psalm: 'They shall call upon their names in their own lands'; and on account of this there follows what is written in another psalm: 'O Lord, in thy city thou shalt bring their image to nothing.'
But let the son of Seth—that is, the son of resurrection—hope to call upon the name of the Lord God; for he prefigures that society of men which says: 'But I, like a fruitful olive in the house of God, have hoped in the mercy of God'; and let him not seek the empty glories of a name famous on earth; for blessed is the man whose hope is the name of the Lord, and who has not regarded vanities and lying follies. The two cities, then, being set forth—one in the reality of this age, the other in the hope of God—as though they had gone forth from the common gate of mortality, which was opened in Adam, that they may run on and run out to their distinct, proper, and appointed ends, the reckoning of times begins;
in which other generations too are added, a recapitulation having been made from Adam, from whose condemned origin—as it were one lump handed over to deserved damnation—God makes some vessels of wrath unto dishonor, others vessels of mercy unto honor; rendering to the former what is due in punishment, granting to the latter what is not due in grace; so that even from this very comparison of the vessels of wrath the supernal city, which sojourns on earth, may learn not to trust in the liberty of its own will, but to hope to call upon the name of the Lord God.
Since the will in a nature which was made good by the good God—but mutable, since made by the immutable, because made from nothing—can both turn away from good, so as to do evil (which is done by free will), and turn away from evil, so as to do good (which is not done without divine help). CHAPTER XXII. On the fall of the sons of God, captivated by love of the women of an alien race, whence all but eight persons deserved to perish in the flood. With the human race, then, advancing and increasing by this free choice of the will, there came about a commingling, and, with iniquity shared, a certain confusion of both cities. Which evil again found its occasion from the female sex;
not, indeed, in that manner as at the beginning (for it was not by any deceit that those women persuaded the men to sin even then); but, from the beginning, those women who had been of depraved morals in the earthly city—that is, in the society of the earthborn—were loved on account of the beauty of their bodies by the sons of God, that is, by the citizens of that other city sojourning in this world. Which beauty is indeed a gift of God; but for that very reason he bestows it also on the wicked, lest it should seem a great good to the good. And so, the great good and the proper good of the good being forsaken, a fall was made to a very small good—not proper to the good, but common to good and bad;
and thus the sons of God were captivated by love of the daughters of men, and, in order to enjoy them as wives, sank down into the morals of the earthborn society, forsaking the piety which they had kept in the holy society. For thus the beauty of the body—a thing indeed made by God, but a temporal, carnal, lowest good—is wrongly loved when God is set after it, God the eternal, inward, everlasting good; just as gold is loved by the avaricious when justice is forsaken, with no sin in the gold, but in the man. So it is with every creature. For since it is good, it can be loved both well and ill: well, namely, when order is kept; ill, when order is disturbed. This I briefly said in some verses in praise of the Paschal Candle: 'These are thine, they are good, because thou, being good, didst create them.'
'Nothing of ours is in them, save that we sin in loving them, the order being neglected, for thy sake who art the creator.' But if the Creator is truly loved—that is, if he himself, and not something else in his stead which is not himself, is loved—he cannot be loved ill. For love itself is to be loved in an orderly way, by which that which ought to be loved is loved well, so that there may be in us that virtue by which one lives well. Whence it seems to me that the brief and true definition of virtue is 'the order of love'; on account of which, in the holy Song of Songs, the bride of Christ, the City of God, sings: 'Set love in order within me.' The order of this love, then—that is, of charity and affection—being disturbed, the sons of God neglected God and loved the daughters of men. By which two names each city is sufficiently distinguished.
For neither were those others not sons of men by nature; but they had begun to have another name through grace. For in the same Scripture, where the sons of God are said to have loved the daughters of men, the same are also called angels of God. Whence many think them to have been not men, but angels. CHAPTER XXIII. Whether it is to be believed that angels of spiritual substance, captivated by love of beautiful women, entered into marriages with them, from whom giants were created. This question, mentioned in passing in the third book of this work, we left unresolved: whether angels, since they are spirits, can have bodily intercourse with women. For it is written:
'Who makes his angels spirits'—that is, those who are by nature spirits, he makes to be his angels, by enjoining upon them the office of announcing. For he who in Greek is called angelos, which name in its Latin declension is rendered angelus, in the Latin tongue is interpreted 'messenger.' But whether by saying 'And his ministers a burning fire' he consequently added their bodies, or whether it means that his ministers ought to burn with charity as with a spiritual fire, is ambiguous. Yet that angels have appeared to men in such bodies that they could not only be seen but even touched, the same most truthful Scripture testifies.
And since there is a very widespread report, and many affirm that they have experienced it, or have heard of it from those who had experienced it and of whose trustworthiness there could be no doubt, that Silvani and Pans, whom people commonly call incubi, have often shown themselves wanton to women and have sought and accomplished intercourse with them; and that certain demons, whom the Gauls call Dusii, persistently both attempt and effect this uncleanness—as so many and such persons assert that it would seem impudent to deny it—I do not dare to determine anything from this: whether some spirits, embodied in the airy element (for this element, even when stirred by a fan, is felt by the bodily sense through touch), can also undergo this lust, so that in whatever way they can, they mingle with women who feel it.
Yet I would never believe that the holy angels of God could in any way have so fallen at that time; nor that the apostle Peter spoke of these when he said: 'For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but, thrusting them into the prisons of the gloom of hell, delivered them up to be reserved for punishment in the judgment'; but rather of those who, first apostatizing from God, fell with the devil their prince, who first cast down the first man through envy by serpentine fraud. But that men too were called angels of God, the same holy Scripture is a most abundant witness. For of John also it is written: 'Behold, I send my angel before thy face, who shall prepare thy way'; and the prophet Malachi, by a certain proper—that is, properly imparted to him—grace, was called an angel.
But this troubles some, that from those who are called angels of God, and from the women whom they loved, we read that there were born not men of our kind, as it were, but giants. As though, forsooth, bodies of men far exceeding our measure—which I have also mentioned above—were not born even in our times. Was there not, a few years ago, when the destruction of the city of Rome that was wrought by the Goths was drawing near, at Rome a woman, with her father and her mother, who by a body in some sort gigantic far surpassed all others? To see her a marvelous concourse came from every quarter. And this was an object of the greatest wonder, that both her parents were not even so tall as men we have been accustomed to see who are the tallest.
Giants, therefore, could be born even before the sons of God, who were also called angels of God, mingled with the daughters of men—that is, of those living according to man—namely the sons of Seth with the daughters of Cain. For the canonical Scripture also speaks thus, in which book we read these things, whose words are these: 'And it came to pass, after that men began to be many upon the earth, and daughters were born unto them; but the angels of God, seeing the daughters of men that they were good, took to themselves wives of all whom they chose. And the Lord God said: My spirit shall not remain in these men forever, because they are flesh. But their days shall be a hundred and twenty years.'
'Now there were giants upon the earth in those days, and after that, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men, and they begot to themselves; those were the giants, men named from of old.' These words of the divine book sufficiently indicate that already in those days there were giants upon the earth, when the sons of God took as wives the daughters of men, while they loved them as good, that is, as beautiful. For it is the custom of this Scripture to call those who are comely in body 'good' also. But after this took place, giants were also born. For thus it says: 'Now there were giants upon the earth in those days, and after that, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men.' Therefore both before, in those days, and after that. But as for what it says: 'And
they begot to themselves,' it sufficiently shows that before, ere the sons of God thus fell, they begot to God, not to themselves—that is, not with the lust of coition dominating, but with the office of propagation serving; not a household for their own pride, but citizens for the City of God; to whom, as angels of God, they might announce that they should set their hope in God, like to him who was born of Seth, the son of resurrection, and hoped to call upon the name of the Lord God; in which hope they might be, together with their posterity, coheirs of eternal goods and brothers, under God the Father, of his sons. But that those were not so angels of God that they were not men, as some think, but were beyond doubt men, the Scripture itself declares without any ambiguity.
For when it had been stated beforehand that 'the angels of God, seeing the daughters of men that they were good, took to themselves wives of all whom they chose,' it was at once added: 'And the Lord God said: My spirit shall not remain in these men forever, because they are flesh.' For by the Spirit of God they had been made angels of God and sons of God, but, declining to lower things, they are called men by the name of nature, not of grace; they are also called flesh, as deserters of the spirit and, by deserting, deserted. And the Septuagint translators indeed called these both angels of God and sons of God; which indeed not all the codices have, for some have nothing but 'sons of God.'
But Aquila, whom the Jews prefer as a translator above the rest, rendered them neither 'angels of God' nor 'sons of God,' but 'sons of gods.' Both, however, are true. For they were both sons of God, under whom as Father they were also brothers of their own fathers; and sons of gods, since they were begotten of gods, with whom they themselves too were gods, according to that saying of the psalm: 'I have said: Ye are gods, and all of you sons of the Most High.' For with good reason the Septuagint translators are believed to have received the prophetic spirit, so that, if they changed anything by its authority and said otherwise than what they were translating, neither would there be doubt that this too was divinely said. Although in the Hebrew this is reported to be ambiguous, so that it could be interpreted both 'sons of God' and 'sons of gods.'
Let us therefore pass over the fables of those scriptures which are called apocryphal, for the reason that their hidden origin was not clear to the fathers, from whom the authority of the truthful Scriptures came down to us by a most certain and well-known succession. For in these apocryphal writings, even though some truth is found, yet on account of much that is false there is no canonical authority. That Enoch, the seventh from Adam, wrote some things divinely we cannot deny, since the apostle Jude says this in a canonical epistle.
But not without reason are they not in that canon of the Scriptures which was kept in the temple of the Hebrew people by the diligence of the succeeding priests, except that on account of their antiquity they were judged of suspect trustworthiness, nor could it be discovered whether these were the things which he had written, since they were not produced by such persons as would be found to have rightly preserved them through a series of succession. Hence those things which are produced under his name and contain those fables about the giants—that they did not have men as fathers—are rightly judged by the prudent not to be believed to be his;
just as many things are produced by heretics under the names of other prophets, and more recent things under the names of the apostles, all of which, under the name of apocrypha, have by diligent examination been removed from canonical authority. Therefore, according to the canonical Scriptures, Hebrew as well as Christian, there is no doubt that there were many giants before the flood, and that these were citizens of the earthborn society of men; but that the sons of God, who according to the flesh were propagated from Seth, declined into this society, justice being forsaken. Nor is it to be wondered at that even from them giants could be born. For not all were giants, but rather there were certainly many at that time, more than in the other ages after the flood.
These it pleased the Creator to create for this reason: that even from this it might be shown that not only the beauties, but also the magnitudes and strengths of bodies, are not to be greatly esteemed by the wise man, who is made blessed by spiritual and immortal goods, far better and more enduring and proper to the good—not goods common to the good and the bad. Commending which matter, another prophet says: 'There were those famous giants, who from the beginning were of great stature, skilled in war. These the Lord did not choose, nor did he give them the way of knowledge; but they perished because they had no wisdom, they perished through their thoughtlessness.' CHAPTER XXIV. How it is to be understood, that the Lord said concerning those who were to be destroyed in the flood:
'Their days shall be a hundred and twenty years.' But what God said—'Their days shall be a hundred and twenty years'—is not to be taken as though it were foretold that after this men would not exceed a hundred and twenty years in living, since we find that even after the flood some exceeded five hundred; but it is to be understood that God said this when Noah was near the end of his five hundredth year—that is, was passing the four hundred and eightieth year of his life, which Scripture in its custom calls five hundred, generally signifying by the name of the whole the greatest part; for in the six hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the flood took place. And thus the hundred and twenty years were foretold as the future life of the men who were to perish, after which had passed they would be destroyed by the flood.
And it is not without reason believed that the flood was thus brought about, since there were no longer found on earth those who were not worthy to undergo such a death as was wrought in vengeance upon the impious—not that such a kind of death does anything to the good who are at some time to die, which could harm them after death; yet none of those whom holy Scripture records as propagated from the seed of Seth died in the flood. Now the cause of the flood is divinely narrated thus: 'The Lord God seeing,' it says, 'that the wickednesses of men were multiplied upon the earth, and that everyone diligently thinks in his heart upon evil things all the days, then God thought, because he had made man upon the earth, and reconsidered, and God said:'
'I will blot out man, whom I have made, from the face of the earth, from man even to the cattle, and from the creeping things even to the birds of heaven; for I am angry that I have made them.' CHAPTER XXV. On the anger of God, which no inflammation disturbs from its unchangeable tranquillity. The anger of God is not a perturbation of His mind, but a judgment by which punishment is laid upon sin. His thought, moreover, and reconsidering of things to be changed is an immutable reason. For God does not, like a man, repent of any deed of His, whose decision concerning absolutely all things is as fixed as His foreknowledge is certain.
But if Scripture did not use such words, it would not in some manner more familiarly insinuate itself into every kind of men, for whom it wishes to provide—so as both to terrify the proud and to rouse the negligent, to exercise those who seek and to nourish those who understand; which it would not do unless it first inclined itself and in some way descended to those who lie low. As for the fact that it announces the destruction of all earthly and flying creatures, it is declaring the magnitude of the coming disaster; it is not threatening ruin upon living things devoid of reason as though they too had sinned. CHAPTER XXVI. That the ark, which Noah was commanded to make, in all respects signifies Christ and the Church.
Now indeed the fact that God commanded Noah—a righteous man, and, as the truthful Scripture says of him, perfect in his generation (not, to be sure, as the citizens of the city of God are to be made perfect in that immortality wherein they shall be made equal to the angels of God, but as men can be perfect in this pilgrimage)—that he should make an ark in which he might be delivered from the devastation of the flood together with his own, that is, his wife, his sons, and his daughters-in-law, and with the animals which entered the ark to him by God's command: this is without doubt a figure of the city of God on pilgrimage in this world, that is, of the Church, which is made safe through the wood on which hung the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.
For the very measurements of its length, height, and breadth signify the human body, in the truth of which He was foretold as about to come to men, and did come. For the length of the human body, from the crown to the soles, is six times as great as the breadth, which is from one side to the other, and ten times as great as the height, the measure of which height is in the side, from the back to the belly: as if you should measure a man lying down, supine or prone, he is six times as long from head to feet as he is broad from right to left or from left to right, and ten times as long as he is high from the ground. Whence the ark was made three hundred cubits in length, fifty in breadth, and thirty in height.
And the fact that it received a door in its side is assuredly that wound, when the side of the Crucified was pierced through with a lance; for by this those who come to Him enter in, because from there flowed the sacraments by which believers are initiated. And the fact that it is commanded to be made of squared timbers signifies the stable life of the saints on every side; for whichever way you turn a square, it will stand. And the other things which are said in the construction of that ark are signs of ecclesiastical realities. But to pursue them now would be long; and we have already done this in the work which we wrote against Faustus the Manichaean, who denied that anything concerning Christ had been prophesied in the books of the Hebrews.
And it may indeed happen that someone may expound these things more aptly than we and others have done, provided nevertheless that all the things which are said are referred to this city of God of which we speak, on pilgrimage in this malignant world as in a flood—if he who expounds does not wish to stray far from the meaning of him who wrote these things. For example, if someone, regarding what is here written, 'You shall make it with lower stories of two and three decks,' should not wish it to be understood as I said in that work, namely that the Church is gathered from all nations, called 'two-decked' on account of the two kinds of men, that is, the circumcision and the uncircumcision, whom the Apostle also calls in another manner Jews and Greeks;
and 'three-decked' because all the nations were restored after the flood from the three sons of Noah; but should instead say something else that is not foreign to the rule of faith. For since He willed that the ark should have dwellings not only in the lower parts, but also in the upper (and these He called 'two-decked'), and in the upper parts of the upper (and these He called 'three-decked'), so that from the bottom upward a third habitation should rise: here too may be understood those three things which the Apostle commends, faith, hope, and love;
or there may be understood, much more fittingly, those three fruitfulnesses of the Gospel, thirtyfold, sixtyfold, and a hundredfold: so that in the lowest part dwells conjugal chastity, above it widowed, and higher than this virginal—and whatever better can be understood and said according to the faith of this city. This I would say also concerning the other things which are here to be expounded: that although they are discussed in more than one way, they are nevertheless to be brought back to the one concord of the catholic faith. CHAPTER XXVII. That concerning the ark and the flood we must not agree either with those who receive only the history without allegorical signification, nor with those who defend only the figures, rejecting the historical truth.
Nevertheless no one ought to think either that these things were written in vain, or that only the truth of the deeds done without any allegorical significations is here to be sought, or, on the contrary, that these things were not done at all but are merely figures of words, or that—whatever they may be—they in no way pertain to the prophecy of the Church.
For who, unless of perverse mind, would contend that the books were written to no purpose which were preserved with such great religion and with such observance of orderly succession over thousands of years, or that only the deeds done are to be regarded there—where surely, to omit other matters, if the number of the animals compelled the ark to be made so great, what compelled that unclean animals should be admitted by twos and clean by sevens, since both could have been preserved in equal number? Or could God, who commanded creatures to be preserved for the sake of renewing the kind, not have restored them in the same manner in which He had established them?
But those who contend that these were not deeds done, but only figures of things to be signified, first suppose that so great a flood could not have occurred as to rise by growth fifteen cubits above the highest mountains—on account of the summit of Mount Olympus, above which clouds are said not to be able to gather, because the sky there is already so lofty that there is not present that denser air in which winds, mists, and rains are generated; and they do not consider that the densest of all the elements, earth, could have been there. Or do they perhaps deny that the summit of a mountain is earth?
Why then do they contend that it was permissible for lands to be raised up to those spaces of the sky, but not permissible for waters to be so raised—seeing that these very measurers and weighers of the elements declare that the waters are higher and lighter than the lands? What reason therefore do they bring forward, why earth, heavier and lower, should have invaded the place of the more tranquil sky through cycles of so many years, while water, lighter and higher, was not permitted to do this even for a very brief time? They also say that the capacity of that ark could not hold so many kinds of animals in both sexes, two of the unclean and seven of the clean.
These men seem to me to reckon only three hundred cubits of length and fifty of breadth, and not to consider that there was just as much again in the upper stories, and likewise just as much again in the upper parts of the upper, and that on this account those cubits, multiplied threefold, came to nine hundred over and above one hundred and fifty. But if we consider what Origen has not inelegantly maintained—namely that Moses, the man of God, learned, as it is written, in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, who loved geometry, could have signified geometrical cubits, where one is asserted to be worth as much as six of ours—who does not see how great a quantity of things that magnitude could have held?
For as to what they argue, that an ark of such great size could not have been put together, they cavil most ineptly, since they know that immense cities were constructed, and they do not consider the hundred years during which that ark was built. Or is it perhaps that stone can adhere to stone joined only by lime, so that a wall may be carried round for so many miles, while wood cannot adhere to wood by mortise-joints, dowels, nails, and the binding of bitumen, so that an ark might be built—stretched far and wide not in curved but in straight lines—which no human effort might launch into the sea, but which the wave, when it comes, might lift up by the natural order of weights, and which divine providence rather than human prudence might steer as it floats, lest it suffer shipwreck anywhere?
As for what is wont to be inquired most scrupulously concerning the tiniest little creatures—not only such as mice and lizards, but even such as locusts, beetles, flies, and finally fleas—whether there were not in that ark a greater number than was determined when God commanded this: those whom these matters trouble must first be admonished that what is said, 'which creep upon the earth,' is to be taken in such a way that it was not necessary to preserve in the ark those which can live in the waters, not only those submerged like fish, but also those floating on the surface like many winged creatures. Then, when it is said, 'They shall be male and female,' it is assuredly understood to be said with a view to renewing the kind;
and on this account there was no need that those creatures should be there which can be born without coition from various things or from the corruptions of things; or, if they were there—as they are wont to be in houses—they could have been there without any determined number. Or if the most sacred mystery which was being enacted, and the figure of so great a matter, could not otherwise be fulfilled even by the truth of the deed, except that all should be there in that fixed number, that could not even live in the waters by the prohibition of nature: this was not the concern of that man or of those men, but a divine concern. For Noah did not catch and bring them in, but permitted them to come and enter. For to this purpose applies what was said, 'They shall enter in unto you'—not, that is, by the act of man, but by the nod of God;
in such a way, to be sure, that those which lack sex are not to be believed to have been there. For it is prescribed and determined, 'They shall be male and female.' For there are indeed some things which are so born from various things without coition that they afterward couple and generate, like flies; but others in which there is nothing of male and female, like bees. Furthermore, those which have sex in such a way that they have no offspring, like mules, it would be a wonder if they were there; rather it would suffice that their parents had been there, namely the equine and asinine kind—and if there are any others which by the intermingling of a different kind beget some kind. But if this too pertained to the mystery, they were there. For this kind also has male and female.
It is also wont to trouble some about the kinds of food which the animals could have had there—those which are thought to feed on nothing but flesh—whether they were there beyond the number, without transgression of the command, because the necessity of feeding others had compelled them to be enclosed there; or rather, what is more to be believed, whether besides flesh there could have been some nourishments suitable to all. For we know how many animals whose food is flesh feed upon grains and fruits, and especially upon figs and chestnuts. What wonder, then, if that wise and just man, also divinely admonished as to what was fitting for each, prepared and stored up for each kind a fitting nourishment without flesh? And what is there that hunger would not compel one to feed upon?
Or what sweet and wholesome thing could God not do—who could even grant, by divine ease, that they should live without food—unless it were fitting that they should also be fed for this purpose, to fulfill the figure of so great a mystery? But that such manifold signs of things done do not pertain to the prefiguring of the Church, no one is permitted to suppose, unless he be contentious. For already the nations have so filled the Church—both clean and unclean, until the certain end be reached—are so contained by a certain framework of its unity, that from this one most manifest case it is not lawful to doubt even concerning the rest, which are said somewhat more obscurely and can be recognized with more difficulty.
Since these things are so, no one, however hard, will dare to think either that these things were written in vain, or that they signify nothing although they were done, or that they were only spoken as significative and not done, or that they can plausibly be said to be foreign to the signifying of the Church; rather it is to be believed both that they were wisely committed to memory and to writing, and that they were done, and that they signify something, and that this very something pertains to the prefiguring of the Church. Now that this book has been brought to this point, it must be closed, so that the course of both cities—the earthly, namely, living according to man, and the heavenly, living according to God—may be traced after the flood and onward in the things that follow.
Whether after the flood the traces of the holy city as it ran its course were continuous, or were interrupted by intervening times of impiety, so that there existed no man who was a worshipper of the one true God, it is difficult to find out clearly from the speaking of the Scriptures; for this reason, because in the canonical books after Noah—who with his wife and three sons and as many daughters-in-law deserved to be delivered through the ark from the devastation of the flood—we do not find, down to Abraham, the piety of anyone proclaimed by manifest divine utterance, except that Noah commends his two sons, Shem and Japheth, with a prophetic blessing, beholding and foreseeing what was far in the future.
Whence it came about also that he cursed his middle son—that is, the one younger than the firstborn and older than the last—who had sinned against his father, not in him himself, but in his son, his own grandson, with these words: 'Cursed be Canaan the boy; he shall be a servant to his brothers.' Now Canaan had been born of Ham, who had not covered, but rather had betrayed, his sleeping father's nakedness. Whence also is the blessing which he added next, of his two sons, the greatest and the least, saying: 'Blessed be the Lord God of Shem, and Canaan shall be his boy';
'May God enlarge Japheth, and let him dwell in the tents of Shem'—just as the very planting of the vineyard by this same Noah, and the inebriation from its fruit, and the uncovering of him as he slept, and the other things which were there done and written, are pregnant with prophetic senses and veiled with coverings. CHAPTER II. What was prophetically prefigured in the sons of Noah. But now that the outcome of the events has followed in posterity, the things that had been covered are sufficiently laid open. For who, attending to these things diligently and intelligently, would not recognize them in Christ? For Shem, from whose seed Christ was born in the flesh, is interpreted 'named.'
And what is more 'named' than Christ, whose name now everywhere gives forth its fragrance, so that in the Song of Songs, by a prophecy that goes before, it is even compared to ointment poured out? In whose tents, that is, churches, dwells the breadth of the nations. For Japheth is interpreted 'breadth.' Ham, moreover—which is interpreted 'hot'—the middle son of Noah, as if separating himself from both and remaining between the two, neither in the firstfruits of the Israelites nor in the fullness of the nations, what does he signify but the kind of heretics, hot, not with the spirit of wisdom, but of impatience, with which the hearts of heretics are wont to boil and to disturb the peace of the saints? But these things turn to the use of those who make progress, according to that saying of the Apostle:
'There must also be heresies, that those who are approved may be made manifest among you.' Whence also it is written: 'A learned son will be wise, but he will make use of the imprudent as a minister.' For many things pertaining to the catholic faith, while they are stirred up by the hot restlessness of heretics, in order that they may be defended against them, are both considered more diligently and understood more clearly and preached more urgently; and a question moved by an adversary becomes an occasion for learning. Although not only those who are most openly separated, but all who glory in the Christian name and live in ruin, can not absurdly be seen to be figured by the middle son of Noah;
for the Passion of Christ, which was signified by that man's nakedness, they both announce by professing it, and dishonor by acting wickedly. Of such, therefore, it was said: 'By their fruits you shall know them.' Therefore Ham was cursed in his son, as it were in his fruit, that is, in his work. Whence fittingly his son himself, Canaan, is interpreted 'their motion'—which is what else than their work?
But Shem and Japheth, as it were the circumcision and the uncircumcision, or, as the Apostle in another manner calls them, Jews and Greeks—but called and justified—having in some way come to know the nakedness of their father, by which the Passion of the Saviour was signified, took a garment and laid it upon their backs and entered backward and covered the nakedness of their father, and did not see what they reverently covered. For in some manner, in the Passion of Christ, we both honor what was done for us and turn away from the crime of the Jews.
The garment signifies the sacrament; the backs signify the memory of things past, because the Church now celebrates the Passion of Christ as already accomplished—at that very time, namely, in which Japheth dwells in the tents of Shem, and the evil brother is in the midst of them—and does not still look forward to it as future. But the evil brother, in his son, that is, in his work, is a boy, that is, a servant of the good brothers, when the good, for the exercise of patience or for the advancement of wisdom, knowingly make use of the evil. For there are, as the Apostle witnesses, those who announce Christ not chastely; 'but whether in pretense,' he says, 'or in truth, Christ is announced'—'in this I rejoice, yes, and I will rejoice.' For He Himself planted the vineyard, of which the prophet says:
'The vineyard of the Lord of Sabaoth is the house of Israel,' and He drank of its wine (whether that cup be here understood, of which He says: 'Can you drink the cup which I am about to drink?' and: 'Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass'—by which He without doubt signifies His Passion; or, because wine is the fruit of the vine, this is rather signified by that, namely that from that very vine, that is, from the race of the Israelites, He took flesh and blood for us, that He might be able to suffer), and He was made drunk, that is, He suffered, and He was made naked; for there His infirmity was made naked, that is, appeared, of which the Apostle says: 'Although He was crucified out of weakness.' Whence the same says: 'The weak thing of God is stronger than men, and the foolish thing of God is wiser than men.'
But as to the fact that, when it had been said, 'And He was made naked,' the Scripture added, 'in His own house,' it elegantly shows that He was to suffer the cross and death from the people of His own flesh and from the household members of His own blood, namely the Jews. This Passion of Christ the reprobate announce outwardly, in the mere sound of the voice; for they do not understand what they announce. But the upright have in the inner man so great a mystery, and honor inwardly in the heart the weak and foolish thing of God, because it is stronger and wiser than men. The figure of this matter is that Ham, going out, announced this outside; but Shem and Japheth, in order to veil this—that is, to honor it—entered in, that is, did this inwardly.
These secrets of divine Scripture we investigate as we can, one person more, another less fittingly, yet nevertheless faithfully holding it for certain that these things were not done and written without some prefiguring of things to come, and are to be referred to nothing but Christ and His Church, which is the city of God—the preaching of which has not been lacking from the beginning of the human race, which we see being fulfilled in all things. The two sons of Noah, therefore, having been blessed, and the one in their midst cursed, thenceforward down to Abraham there is silence concerning the commemoration of any righteous men who might piously worship God, for more than a thousand years.
I would not believe that such men were lacking; but if all were commemorated, it would become too long, and this would be historical diligence rather than prophetic foresight. The writer of these sacred letters therefore pursues—or rather the Spirit of God through him—those things by which not only past events are narrated, but future events also are foretold, which nevertheless pertain to the city of God; for whatever is here said even concerning men who are not its citizens is said to this end, that by comparison its contrary may either profit or stand out. Indeed, not all the deeds that are narrated are to be thought to signify something also; but for the sake of those which do signify something, even those which signify nothing are woven in.
For the earth is broken up by the ploughshare alone; but in order that this may be able to be done, the other members of the plough are also necessary; and the strings alone in lyres and musical instruments of this kind are fitted for song; but in order that they may be able to be fitted, there are present also the other parts in the framework of the instruments, which are not struck by the players, but to these are connected those parts which, being struck, resound. So in the prophetic history there are spoken also some things which signify nothing, but to which the things that do signify may adhere and be in some manner bound. CHAPTER III. On the generations of the three sons of Noah.
The generations, therefore, of the sons of Noah are next to be considered, and what seems fit to be said concerning them must be woven into this work, by which the course through the ages of both cities—the earthly, namely, and the heavenly—is shown. They began to be commemorated from the youngest son, who was called Japheth, whose sons are named as eight, but the grandsons seven from two of his sons, three from one, four from the other; thus they all come to fifteen. The sons, moreover, of Ham, that is, of the middle son of Noah, are four, and the grandsons five from one of his sons, the great-grandsons two from one grandson; their sum comes to eleven. When these have been enumerated, a return is made as if to the head, and it is said: 'And Cush begot Nimrod; he began to be a giant upon the earth.'
'This man was a giant, a hunter against the Lord God. On account of this they say: Like Nimrod the giant, a hunter against the Lord. And the beginning of his kingdom was Babylon, Erech, Accad, and Calneh in the land of Shinar. Out of that land went forth Asshur and built Nineveh and the city Rehoboth and Calah and Resen between the midst of Nineveh and Calah: this is the great city.' This Cush, moreover, the father of the giant Nimrod, was named first among the sons of Ham, whose five sons had already been reckoned and two grandsons. But this giant he either begot after his own grandsons were born, or, what is more credible, the Scripture spoke of him separately on account of his eminence;
since indeed his kingdom too is mentioned, whose beginning was that most noble city Babylon, and those which are mentioned alongside it, whether cities or regions. As for what was said, that out of that land—that is, out of the land of Shinar, which pertained to the kingdom of Nimrod—Asshur went forth and built Nineveh and the other cities which it joined together, this was done long afterward; and the Scripture touched upon it on this occasion on account of the nobility of the kingdom of the Assyrians, which Ninus, the son of Belus, the founder of the great city Nineveh, marvelously enlarged—the name of which city was derived from his name, so that from Ninus it was called Nineveh.
But Asshur, from whom the Assyrians, was not among the sons of Ham, the middle son of Noah, but is found among the sons of Shem, who was Noah's eldest son. Whence it appears that there sprang from the progeny of Shem those who afterward obtained the kingdom of that giant and proceeded thence and founded other cities, the first of which, named from Ninus, is Nineveh. From here a return is made to another son of Ham, who was called Mizraim, and those whom he begot are commemorated, not as individual men, but as seven nations. And from the sixth, as from a sixth son, a people is commemorated to have gone forth, which is called Philistim; whence they come to eight. Thence again a return is made to Canaan, in which son Ham was cursed, and those whom he begot are named as eleven.
Then it is told, with certain cities mentioned, to what borders they reached. And by this, when the sons and grandsons of the progeny of Ham have been reckoned, thirty-one are reported to have been begotten. It remains to commemorate the sons of Shem, the eldest son of Noah; for to him the narrative of these generations, beginning from the youngest, has gradually come. But the point from which the sons of Shem begin to be commemorated has a certain obscurity, which must be illumined by exposition, because it pertains much to the matter which we are seeking. For thus it is read: 'And to Shem also was born, even to the father of all the sons, Heber, the elder brother of Japheth.' The order of the words is: 'And to Shem was born Heber, even to him,' that is, to Shem himself, 'was born Heber,' who, namely Shem, is the father of all the sons.
He wished, therefore, Shem to be understood as the patriarch of all who sprang from his stock, whom he is about to commemorate, whether they be sons, or grandsons, and great-grandsons, and so forth, sprung from that same source. Not indeed that Shem begot this Heber directly, but he is found fifth in the series of progenitors from him. For Shem, among his other sons, begot Arphaxad, Arphaxad begot Cainan, Cainan begot Salah, Salah begot Heber. Not in vain, therefore, was he himself named first in the progeny coming from Shem, and even preferred to the sons, although he is the fifth descendant, unless because it is true, as is handed down, that from him the Hebrews were named, as if 'Heberews'; although there could also be another opinion, that they seem to have been called from Abraham, as it were 'Abrahaeans';
But assuredly this is true, that it was from Heber that the Hebrews were named, and afterwards, by the wearing away of one letter, they were called Hebraei (Hebrews); and this language the people of Israel alone were able to retain, among whom the City of God sojourned in the saints and was foreshadowed in a sacrament in all things. Therefore the sons of Shem are first named, six of them; then from one of them were born four of his grandsons, and likewise another of the sons of Shem begot a grandson of his, and from him in turn a great-grandson was born, and from him a great-great-grandson, who is Heber. Now Heber begot two sons, one of whom he named Peleg, which is interpreted 'dividing.' Then the Scripture, adding and giving the reason for this name, says: 'For in his days the earth was divided.' But what this means will appear later.
And another, who was born of Heber, begot twelve sons; and thus all those descended from Shem amount to twenty-seven. In sum, therefore, all the offspring of the three sons of Noah—that is, fifteen from Japheth, thirty-one from Ham, and twenty-seven from Shem—make seventy-three. Then the Scripture goes on, saying: 'These are the sons of Shem in their tribes, according to their tongues, in their regions and in their nations'; and likewise of them all it says: 'These are the tribes of the sons of Noah according to their generations, according to their nations. From these the islands of the nations were dispersed over the earth after the flood.' From this we gather that there were then seventy-three, or rather (as will afterwards be shown) seventy-two nations, not individual men.
For even earlier, when the sons of Japheth had been recounted, the conclusion ran thus: 'From these were separated the islands of the nations in their land, each one according to his tongue, in their tribes and in their nations.' Now indeed in the case of the sons of Ham the nations are in one place mentioned more openly, as I showed above: 'Mizraim begot those who are called the Ludim'; and in the same manner the rest, up to seven nations. And after all had been enumerated, concluding afterwards he says: 'These are the sons of Ham in their tribes, according to their tongues, in their regions and in their nations.' For this reason, then, the sons of many are not mentioned, because by being born they were added to other nations, while they themselves were unable to form nations.
For what other reason is there that, although eight sons of Japheth are enumerated, only the sons born of two of them are mentioned; and although four sons of Ham are named, only those born of three are added; and although six sons of Shem are named, the posterity of only two is appended? Did the rest remain without sons? Far be it to believe this; but they did not in fact form nations on whose account they would be worthy to be mentioned, because, as they were born, they were added to other nations. CHAPTER 4. Of the diversity of languages and the beginning of Babylon. Therefore, although these nations are reported to have existed in their own languages, the narrator nevertheless returns to that time when there was one language of all, and then sets forth what happened, so that the diversity of languages arose.
'And the whole earth,' it says, 'had one lip and one speech for all. And it came to pass, when they moved from the East, they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt there. And a man said to his neighbour: Come, let us make bricks and bake them with fire. And the bricks became for them as stone, and bitumen was for them as mortar. And they said: Come, let us build for ourselves a city and a tower whose top shall reach to heaven, and let us make our name before we are scattered abroad upon the face of the whole earth. And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the sons of men had built. And the Lord God said: Behold, there is one race and one lip of all;'
'and this they have begun to do; and now nothing will be wanting to them of all that they have attempted to do. Come, and let us go down and there confound their language, that they may not understand one another's speech.' And the Lord scattered them thence over the face of the whole earth, and they ceased to build the city and the tower. For this reason its name was called Confusion, because there the Lord confounded the lips of the whole earth; and thence the Lord God scattered them over the face of the whole earth. This city, which was called Confusion, is Babylon itself, whose marvellous construction even the history of the nations commends. For Babylon is interpreted 'confusion.'
From this we gather that the giant Nimrod was its founder, as had been briefly indicated above, where, when the Scripture spoke of him, it said that the beginning of his kingdom was Babylon—that is, the city which held the sovereignty over the other cities, where there was, as it were in a metropolis, the dwelling-place of the kingdom; although it was not completed to the full extent which proud impiety planned. For an excessive height was being laid out, said to reach 'unto heaven'—whether of one tower of it, which they were striving to make pre-eminent among the others, or of all the towers, which are signified by a single number, as one says 'soldier' and thousands of soldiers are understood; as 'the frog,' as 'the locust';
for thus the multitude of frogs and locusts in the plagues with which the Egyptians were smitten through Moses was so named. But what would human and vain presumption have accomplished, if it had raised up a mass of however great a height into heaven against God? When could it pass beyond all the mountains; when could it escape the expanse of this cloudy air? Finally, what harm could any elevation, whether spiritual or corporeal, do to God? A safe and true way into heaven is built by humility, lifting up the heart to the Lord, not against the Lord, as that giant is said to have been a hunter 'against the Lord.' Not understanding this, some have been misled by the ambiguity of the Greek, so as to interpret it not 'against the Lord' but 'before the Lord';
for ἐναντίον (enantion) indeed signifies both 'against' and 'before.' For this word is in the Psalm: 'And let us weep before the Lord who made us'; and this word is also in the book of Job, where it is written: 'Thou hast broken forth in fury against the Lord.' Thus, then, that giant is to be understood as a hunter 'against the Lord.' But what is signified here by this name, which is 'hunter,' except a deceiver, oppressor, and destroyer of earth-born creatures? He was therefore raising up with his peoples a tower against God, by which impious pride was signified. And rightly is an evil disposition punished, even when the intended effect does not follow. But what was the very kind of penalty?
Since the dominion of one who commands lies in the tongue, there pride was condemned, so that the one giving orders should not be understood by the man who refused to understand, in order that he might obey God who commands. Thus that conspiracy was dissolved, when each one withdrew from him whom he did not understand, and joined himself to none but the one with whom he could speak; and through languages the nations were divided and dispersed throughout the lands, as it pleased God, who did this in ways hidden and incomprehensible to us. CHAPTER 5. Of the Lord's descent to confound the language of those building the tower. For what is written:
'And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the sons of men had built'—that is, not the sons of God, but that society living according to man, which we call the earthly city. God is not moved from place to place, who is always wholly everywhere; but He is said to 'come down' when He does something on earth which, being wrought marvellously beyond the usual course of nature, in a certain manner manifests His presence. Nor does He learn anything in time by seeing, who can never be ignorant of anything; but He is said to 'see and know' in time that which He causes to be seen and known. That city, then, was not seen in the way in which God caused it to be seen, when He showed how much it displeased Him.
Although it can be understood that God came down to that city because His angels came down, in whom He dwells; so that what is added: 'And the Lord God said: Behold, one race and one lip of all,' and the rest, and then what is further added: 'Come, and let us go down and there confound their language,' may be a recapitulation, showing how that was done which had been said: 'The Lord came down.' For if He had already come down, what is meant by: 'Come, and let us go down and confound' (which is understood to have been said to the angels), unless that He was coming down through the angels, He who was in the descending angels? And it is well that He does not say: 'Come, and going down, confound ye,' but: 'Let us confound there their language,' showing that He thus works through His ministers.
so that they themselves are also fellow-workers of God, as the Apostle says: 'For we are God's fellow-workers.' CHAPTER 6. Of what nature the manner of speech is to be understood to be, by which God speaks to the angels. That also might be understood of the angels which was said when man was made: 'Let us make man'—for He did not say 'Let me make'; but because there follows 'after our image,' and it is not lawful to believe that man was made after the image of angels, or that the image of the angels and of God is the same, the plurality of the Trinity is rightly understood there. Yet because this Trinity is one God, even when He had said 'Let us make,' it says 'And God made man after the image of God'; He did not say 'they made,' or 'after the image of the gods.'
Here too the same Trinity could be understood, as though the Father had said to the Son and the Holy Spirit: 'Come, and let us go down and there confound their language,' if there were anything to prevent the angels from being understood—angels to whom it rather befits to come to God by holy movements, that is, by pious thoughts, by which the immutable Truth is consulted by them, as the eternal law in that supernal court of theirs. For they are not Truth to themselves, but, as partakers of the creating Truth, they are moved toward it, as toward the fountain of life, that what they have not of themselves they may receive from it.
And stable is that movement of theirs by which they come, who do not withdraw. Nor does God speak to the angels in the way that we speak to one another, or to God, or to the angels, or the angels themselves to us, or God to us through them; but in His own ineffable manner; while to us this is indicated in our manner. For God's loftier speech, prior to His own act, is the immutable reason of His very act, which has no clamouring and passing sound, but a power eternally abiding and operating in time. By this He speaks to the holy angels, but to us, set far away, otherwise. Yet when we too grasp something of such speech with our inner ears, we draw near to the angels. I am not, therefore, obliged in this work continually to render an account of the speeches of God.
For either the immutable Truth speaks ineffably through itself to the minds of the rational creature, or it speaks through the mutable creature, whether by spiritual images to our spirit or by corporeal voices to the sense of the body. Now that which is said: 'And now nothing will be wanting to them of all that they have attempted to do,' was not said by way of affirmation, but as if by way of questioning, as is wont to be said by those who threaten, as a certain poet says: 'Will they not take up arms and follow out of the whole city?' Thus, then, it is to be taken, as though He had said: 'Will not all things be wanting to them, of all that they have attempted to do?' But if it is said thus, it does not express one who is threatening.
But for the sake of the somewhat slow we added the particle—that is, 'ne'—so as to say 'nonne' (will not?), since we cannot write the tone of one pronouncing. From those three men, therefore, the sons of Noah, seventy-three, or rather, as reason will declare, seventy-two nations and as many languages began to exist throughout the lands, which by increasing filled even the islands. But the number of nations grew much more than that of languages. For even in Africa we know very many barbarous nations in one language; and who would doubt that men, when the human race had multiplied, could cross over by ship to inhabit the islands? CHAPTER 7.
Whether even the islands most remote from the lands received every kind of beasts from that number which was preserved in the ark from the inundation of the flood. But the question concerns every kind of beast which is not under the care of men, nor, like frogs, is born from the earth, but is propagated only by the union of male and female, such as wolves and the like—how, after the flood, by which all things that were not in the ark were destroyed, they could exist even in the islands, if they were not restored except from those whose kinds the ark preserved in both sexes. They may indeed be believed to have crossed over to the islands by swimming, but to the nearest ones. Yet there are some so far removed from the continental lands that no beast seems able to have swum to them.
But if men captured them and carried them along with themselves, and in that way established their kinds where they dwelt, out of zeal for hunting, it is not incredible that this could have been done; although it is not to be denied that by the command or permission of God they could also have been transported even by the work of angels. But if they sprang from the earth according to their first origin, when God said, 'Let the earth bring forth the living soul,' it appears much more clearly that all the kinds were in the ark, not so much for the sake of restoring the animals as for the sake of figuring the various nations on account of the sacrament of the Church—if on the islands, to which they could not cross, the earth produced many animals. CHAPTER 8. Whether from the offspring of Adam or of the sons of Noah certain monstrous races of men have proceeded.
It is also asked whether it is to be believed that from the sons of Noah, or rather from that one man from whom they too sprang, were propagated certain monstrous races of men, such as the history of the nations relates—as some are said to have one eye in the middle of the forehead; some to have the soles of their feet turned backward behind their legs; some to have the nature of both sexes, the right breast that of a man, the left that of a woman, and by turns coupling with one another both to beget and to bear; others to have no mouths, and to live only by breathing through their nostrils; others to be a cubit in height, whom the Greeks call Pygmies from the cubit; in another place women to conceive at five years of age and not to live beyond the eighth year.
Likewise they report there to be a nation where they have single legs on their feet and do not bend the knee, and are of marvellous swiftness; these they call Sciopodes (Shadow-feet), because in the heat they lie on the ground on their backs and shield themselves with the shadow of their feet; certain ones having no neck and eyes in their shoulders; and other races of men or quasi-men, which were painted in mosaic on the maritime square of Carthage, taken from books as it were of a more curious history. What shall I say of the Cynocephali (Dog-heads), whose dog-like heads and very barking proclaim them beasts rather than men? But it is not necessary to believe in all the races of men which are said to exist.
But whoever is anywhere born a man—that is, a rational mortal animal—however unusual to our senses he may bear a bodily form or colour or motion or sound, or in whatever power, in whatever part, in whatever quality of nature: no faithful person will doubt that he draws his origin from that one first-formed man. Nevertheless it is apparent what nature has obtained in the majority, and what is marvellous by its very rarity. But the same account that is given of monstrous births among us can be given of certain monstrous nations. For God is the Creator of all things, who Himself knows where and when it is or was fitting that anything be created, knowing the beauty of the universe by the likeness or diversity of which parts He weaves it together.
But he who cannot survey the whole is, as it were, offended by the deformity of a part, because he does not know to what it is suited or to what it is to be referred. We know that men are born with more than five fingers on their hands and feet; and this is a slighter divergence than any other; yet far be it that anyone should be so foolish as to think that the Creator erred in the number of human fingers, although he does not know why He did this. So even if a greater diversity arises, He knows what He has done, whose works no one justly blames. At Hippo Diarrhytus there is a man with feet, as it were, crescent-shaped, and on them only two toes each, and his hands likewise. If any nation were such, it would be added to that curious and marvellous history.
Shall we therefore on this account deny that this man was propagated from that one who was first created? Androgyni, whom they also call Hermaphrodites, although they are quite rare, yet it is hard for them to be lacking in any age, in whom both sexes so appear that it is uncertain from which they ought rather to take their name; yet the custom of speech has prevailed for them to be named from the better, that is, from the masculine. For no one ever called them 'Androgynaecae' or 'Hermaphroditae.' Some years ago, certainly within our memory, in the East a double man was born in his upper members, single in the lower. For there were two heads, two chests, four hands, but one belly and two feet, as in a single man;
and he lived so long that the report drew many to see him. But who could recount all the human births far unlike those from whom it is most certain they were born? Just as, therefore, these cannot be denied to draw their origin from that one man, so whatever nations, in diversities of bodies, are reported to have, as it were, deviated from the usual course of nature which the majority and almost all maintain—if they are included in that definition that they are rational and mortal animals—it must be confessed that they draw their stock from that same one first father of all; provided, however, that the things which are reported of the variety of those nations and of so great a diversity among themselves and from us are true.
For if we did not know that apes and cercopitheci (long-tailed monkeys) and sphinxes are not men but beasts, those historians, boasting of their curiosity, might with unpunished vanity lie to us of them as of certain races of men. But if they are men, of whom those marvels are written: what if God on this account willed even to create some nations thus, lest in those monsters which among us must be born of men we should think that His wisdom, by which He fashions human nature, had erred, as it were the art of some less perfect craftsman? It ought not, therefore, to seem absurd to us that, just as in each several nation there are certain monstrous men, so in the whole human race there are certain monstrous nations.
Wherefore, to conclude this question step by step and cautiously: either those things which are written of such kinds among certain nations are altogether nothing; or if they exist, they are not men; or if they are men, they are of Adam. CHAPTER 9. Whether it is to be believed that the lower part of the earth, which is opposite to our habitation, has Antipodes. But as for what they fabulously assert, that there are Antipodes—that is, men on the opposite part of the earth, where the sun rises when it sets to us, who tread with their feet opposite to our feet—this is to be believed on no ground.
Nor do they affirm that they have learned this by any historical knowledge, but they conjecture, as it were by reasoning, on the ground that the earth is suspended within the concavity of the heavens, and that the world has the same place as both its lowest and its middle; and from this they suppose that the other part of the earth, which is below, cannot lack the habitation of men. Nor do they consider that, even if the world is believed to be of a globed and round figure, or is shown to be so by some reasoning, it does not therefore follow that on that part also the earth is bare of the mass of waters; and then, even if it be bare, it is not at once necessary that it should have men.
Since in no way does this Scripture lie, which gains credit for what it relates of the past by the fact that its predictions are fulfilled; and it is too absurd to say that some men could, by traversing the immensity of the Ocean, sail from this part into that part and arrive, so that there too the human race might be established from that one first man.
Wherefore, among those peoples of men who are gathered to have been divided then into seventy-two nations and as many languages, let us seek, if we can find it, that City of God sojourning on earth, which was carried on down to the flood and the ark, and is shown to have persevered in the sons of Noah through their blessings, chiefly in the greatest, who was called Shem, since indeed Japheth was so blessed that he should dwell in the houses of Shem, his brother. CHAPTER 10. Of the generation of Shem, in whose progeny, tending toward Abraham, the order of the City of God is directed. The series of generations, therefore, is to be held from Shem himself, that it may show the City of God after the flood;
just as the series of generations from him who was called Seth showed it before the flood. For this reason, therefore, the divine Scripture, when it had pointed out the earthly city in Babylon—that is, in confusion—returns by recapitulation to the patriarch Shem, and begins thence the generations down to Abraham, mentioning also the number of years at which each one belonging to this series begot the son, and how long he lived. Here certainly is to be recognized what I had promised before, that it may appear why it was said of the sons of Heber: 'The name of one was Peleg, because in his days the earth was divided.' For what else is to be understood by the earth being divided but the diversity of languages?
Therefore, the other sons of Shem not pertaining to this matter being omitted, those are connected in the order of generations through whom one may come to Abraham; just as before the flood those were connected through whom one might come to Noah, by the generations which were propagated from that son of Adam who was called Seth. Thus, then, this series of generations begins: 'And these are the generations of Shem. Shem was a son of a hundred years when he begot Arphaxad, in the second year after the flood. And Shem lived, after he begot Arphaxad, five hundred years, and begot sons and daughters, and died.'
Thus it follows out the rest, saying at what year of his life each begot the son pertaining to this order of generations which extends to Abraham, and how many years he lived afterward, intimating that he begot sons and daughters; so that we may understand whence the peoples could grow, lest, occupied with the few men who are mentioned, we should childishly hesitate as to whence such great expanses of lands and of kingdoms could have been filled from the race of Shem—chiefly on account of the kingdom of the Assyrians, whence that Ninus, the subduer of the Eastern peoples everywhere, reigned with immense prosperity, and propagated to his posterity a most widespread and most firmly founded kingdom, which would be carried on for a long time.
But we, lest we delay longer than is needful, set down to be recorded in this order only this—not how many years each one lived in this series of generations, but in what year of his life he begot the son—so that we may both gather the number of years from the past flood down to Abraham, and, on account of those matters in which necessity compels us to linger, may briefly and cursorily touch upon other things. In the second year, therefore, after the flood, Shem begot Arphaxad; and Arphaxad, when he was a hundred and thirty-five years old, begot Cainan; who, when he was a hundred and thirty, begot Shelah; and Shelah himself was likewise of the same number of years when he begot Heber;
Heber was a hundred and thirty-four years old when he begot Peleg, in whose days the earth was divided; and Peleg himself lived a hundred and thirty, and begot Reu; and Reu a hundred and thirty-two, and begot Serug; and Serug a hundred and thirty, and begot Nahor; and Nahor seventy-nine, and begot Terah; and Terah seventy, and begot Abram, whom afterward God named Abraham, his name being changed. There are, then, from the flood down to Abraham, a thousand and seventy-two years according to the Vulgate edition—that is, of the Seventy translators. But in the Hebrew codices they report that far fewer years are found, of which they render either no account or a most difficult one.
When, therefore, we seek the City of God among those seventy-two nations, we cannot affirm that at that time when they had one lip—that is, one speech—the human race was already alienated from the worship of the true God, so that true piety remained only in these generations which descend from the seed of Shem through Arphaxad and tend toward Abraham; but from that pride of building the tower up to heaven, by which impious arrogance is signified, the city—that is, the society—of the impious appeared. Whether, then, it did not exist before, or lay hidden, or rather both continued—the pious in the two sons of Noah who were blessed, and in their posterity;
but the impious in him who was cursed, and in his progeny, where also that giant arose, a hunter against the Lord—this is not an easy distinction. For perhaps, what is indeed more credible, both in the sons of those two there were already even then, before Babylonia had begun to be established, despisers of God, and in the sons of Ham worshippers of God; yet it is to be believed that neither kind of men was ever lacking in the lands. Indeed, even when it was said: 'All have turned aside, together they have become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good, there is not even one,' in either psalm where these words are, this also is read: 'Shall not all who work iniquity know, who devour my people as the eating of bread?' There was, therefore, even then a people of God.
Whence that which is said: 'There is none that doeth good, there is not even one,' was said of the sons of men, not of the sons of God. For it was premised: 'God looked down from heaven upon the sons of men, to see if there were any understanding or seeking God'; and then those words are subjoined which show that all the sons of men—that is, those belonging to the city which lives according to man, not according to God—are reprobate. CHAPTER 11. That the language which was afterward called Hebrew from the name of Heber was first in use among men, and in whose family it remained when the diversity of languages came about.
Wherefore, just as, when there was one language of all, the sons of pestilence were not on that account lacking (for before the flood also there was one language, and yet all except the one household of righteous Noah deserved to be destroyed by the flood): so, when on account of more arrogant impiety the nations were punished and divided by the diversity of languages, and the city of the impious received the name of confusion—that is, was called Babylon—the house of Heber was not lacking, in which that which was before the language of all might remain. Whence, as I mentioned above, when the sons of Shem began to be enumerated, who severally begot several nations, Heber was first commended, although he is the great-great-grandson of Shem himself—that is, he is found to have sprung as the fifth from him.
Because, then, in his family this language remained, when the other nations were divided by other languages, this language, which is not without reason believed to have been formerly common to the human race, was for that reason thereafter called Hebrew. For then it was necessary that it be distinguished from the other languages by a proper name, just as the others too were called by their proper names. But when there was one, it was called nothing else than the human language or human speech, by which alone the whole human race spoke. Someone may say: If in the days of Peleg the son of Heber the earth was divided by languages—that is, the men who were then on the earth—it ought rather to have been called by his name, that language which was before common to all.
But we are to understand that Heber himself gave such a name to his son for this reason, that he should be called Phalech, which is interpreted 'division,' because he was born to him at the time when the earth was divided through the languages, that is, at that very time, so that this is what was said: 'In his days was the earth divided.' For unless Heber were still living when the multitude of tongues came to pass, the language could not have taken its name from his name, the language which was able to remain with him. And therefore that first common language is to be believed to have been this very one, since that multiplication and change of tongues came from a punishment; and surely the people of God ought to have been exempt from this punishment.
Nor was this language, which Abraham retained, retained in vain; nor could he transmit it to all his sons, but only to those who, propagated through Jacob and growing together more notably and more eminently into the people of God, were able to possess the covenants of God and the lineage of Christ. Nor did Heber himself pour back the same language into his whole progeny, but only into that branch whose generations are carried down to Abraham. Wherefore, even though it is not plainly stated that there was some pious race of men when Babylon was being founded by the impious, this obscurity did not avail to defraud the inquirer, but rather to exercise his attention.
For when we read that there was first one language of all, and Heber is commended before all the sons of Shem—although he arose fifth from him—and the language is called Hebrew, which the authority of the patriarchs and prophets preserved not only in their discourses but also in the sacred Scriptures:
then surely, when it is asked, in the division of tongues, where that language could have remained which was formerly the common one (for, wherever it without any doubt remained, there was not that punishment which was wrought by the change of tongues), what else presents itself but that it remained in the nation of him from whose name it received its name? And that this was no small token of the righteousness of this nation: that, while other nations were chastised by the change of tongues, such a penalty did not reach this one. But there is still this which gives pause: how could Heber and his son Phalech each constitute separate nations, if one language remained to them both?
And certainly the Hebrew nation is one, propagated from Heber down to Abraham, and thereafter through him, until the great people of Israel came into being. How then did all the sons who are mentioned, of the three sons of Noah, make separate nations, if Heber and Phalech did not make separate ones? Doubtless it is more probable that the giant Nimrod himself also made his own nation, but on account of the excellence of his dominion and of his stature he was named separately and more prominently, so that the number of seventy-two nations and tongues might remain. Phalech, however, was mentioned, not because he made a nation (for his nation is the very same Hebrew nation and the same language), but on account of the notable time, in that in his days the earth was divided.
Nor ought it to disturb us how the giant Nimrod could coincide with that age in which Babylon was founded and the confusion of tongues took place, and from this the division of nations. For not because Heber is sixth from Noah, while that one is fourth, were they therefore unable, by living, to meet at the same time. For this came about when men lived longer where the generations are fewer, and less where they are more; or when they were born later where the generations are fewer, and earlier where they are more. Indeed it is to be understood that, when the earth was divided, not only were the other sons of the sons of Noah—who are mentioned as fathers of nations—already born, but they were also of such an age as to have numerous families worthy of the names of nations.
Hence it is by no means to be thought that they were begotten in the order in which they are read as mentioned. Otherwise, how could the twelve sons of Joktan—who was another son of Heber, the brother of Phalech—already make nations, if Joktan was born after his brother Phalech, just as he is mentioned after him; seeing that at the time when Phalech was born, the earth was divided? Accordingly it is to be understood that the former was indeed named first, but was born long after his brother Joktan; whose twelve sons by Joktan already had families so large that they could be divided into their own languages.
For in this way one could be mentioned first who was later in age, just as before were mentioned the sons begotten of Japheth—of the three sons of Noah—who was the youngest of them; then the sons of Ham, who was the middle one; lastly the sons of Shem, who was the first and greatest. Of those nations, however, the names partly remained, so that even today it appears whence they were derived—as from Asshur the Assyrians, and from Heber the Hebrews; partly they have been changed through the antiquity of time, so that scarcely the most learned men, scrutinizing the most ancient histories, have been able to find the origins, not of all, but of some of these nations. For as to the Egyptians being said to have arisen from Ham's son who was called Mizraim, no origin of the name resounds here;
just as neither of the Ethiopians, who are said to pertain to that son of Ham who was called Cush. And if all things be considered, more names appear changed than remaining. Chapter XII. On the point of time in Abraham, from whom a new order of holy succession is woven. Now let us at length consider the course of the city of God also from that point of time which occurred in the patriarch Abraham, whence the knowledge of it begins to be more evident, and where clearer divine promises are read, which we now see being fulfilled in Christ. As then, with holy Scripture pointing it out, we have learned, Abraham was born in the region of the Chaldeans, which land pertained to the Assyrian kingdom.
But among the Chaldeans even then impious superstitions already prevailed, just as among the other nations. There was therefore one house, that of Terah, from whom Abraham was born, in which the worship of the one true God remained, and—as far as is credible—in which alone also the Hebrew language already remained (although he himself, like the now more manifest people of God in Egypt, is reported, on the testimony of Joshua son of Nun, likewise to have served strange gods in Mesopotamia), the rest of the progeny of that Heber gradually flowing off into other languages and other nations.
Accordingly, as through the deluge of waters one house of Noah remained for the renewal of the human race, so in the deluge of many superstitions throughout the whole world one house of Terah remained, in which the planting of the city of God was preserved. Finally, just as there, after the generations down to Noah had been enumerated above together with the number of years, and the cause of the flood set forth, before God began to speak to Noah about the building of the ark, it is said: 'Now these are the generations of Noah'; so here too, after the generations had been enumerated from him who is called Shem, the son of Noah, down to Abraham, then a notable point is likewise set, so that it is said: 'These are the generations of Terah. Terah begat Abram and Nahor and Haran, and Haran begat Lot.'
'And Haran died in the presence of Terah his father, in the land in which he was born, in the region of the Chaldeans. And Abram and Nahor took wives for themselves; the name of Abram's wife was Sarai, and the name of Nahor's wife Milcah, the daughter of Haran.' This Haran was the father of Milcah and the father of Iscah, which Iscah is believed to be that same Sarah, the wife of Abraham. Chapter XIII. What reason may seem to have brought it about that, in the migration of Terah—by which, forsaking the Chaldeans, he passed over into Mesopotamia—no mention is made of his son Nahor. Then it is narrated how Terah with his people left the region of the Chaldeans and came into Mesopotamia and dwelt in Haran. But it is kept silent about one of his sons, who was called Nahor, as though he had not taken him with him.
For it is thus narrated: 'And Terah took Abram his son and Lot the son of Haran, the son of his son, and Sarai his daughter-in-law, the wife of Abram his son, and led them out of the region of the Chaldeans to go into the land of Canaan; and he came into Haran and dwelt there.' Nowhere here is Nahor named, nor his wife Milcah. But we find afterward, when Abraham was sending his servant to take a wife for his son Isaac, it is thus written: 'And the servant took ten camels of the camels of his master, and of all his master's goods with him, and rising up he set out for Mesopotamia, to the city of Nahor.'
By this and by other testimonies of this sacred history it is shown that Nahor too, the brother of Abraham, went out of the region of the Chaldeans and established his dwelling in Mesopotamia, where Abraham had dwelt with his father. Why then did Scripture not mention him, when Terah set out with his people from the Chaldean nation and dwelt in Mesopotamia—where not only his son Abraham, but also his daughter-in-law Sarah and his grandson Lot are mentioned as those whom he led with him? Why, do we suppose, unless perhaps because he had fallen away from paternal and fraternal piety and had clung to the superstition of the Chaldeans, and afterward emigrated thence as well, whether by repenting, or having suffered persecution because he was held suspect?
For in the book that is entitled Judith, when Holofernes, the enemy of the Israelites, was inquiring what nation this might be, whether war should be waged against it, Achior the leader of the Ammonites answered him thus: 'Let our lord hear a word from the mouth of his servant, and I will report to you the truth concerning the people that dwells near you in this mountain region, and no lie shall go forth from the mouth of your servant. For this offspring is of the people of the Chaldeans, and formerly they dwelt in Mesopotamia, because they would not follow the gods of their fathers who were glorious in the land of the Chaldeans, but turned aside from the way of their parents and worshipped the God of heaven, whom they had come to know; and they cast them out from before their gods, and they fled into Mesopotamia and dwelt there many days.'
'And their God told them to go out from their dwelling and to go into the land of Canaan, and there they dwelt'—and the rest which Achior the Ammonite narrates. From this it is manifest that the house of Terah suffered persecution from the Chaldeans for the sake of true piety, by which the one and true God was worshipped by them. Chapter XIV. On the years of Terah, who in Haran fulfilled the span of his life. Now Terah having died in Mesopotamia, where he is reported to have lived two hundred and five years, the promises of God made to Abraham now begin to be indicated, in that it is thus written: 'And the days of Terah in Haran were two hundred and five years, and Terah died in Haran.'
This, however, is not to be taken as though he spent all those days there, but that he completed there all the days of his life, which were two hundred and five years; otherwise it would not be known how many years Terah lived, since it is not stated in what year of his life he came to Haran; and it is absurd to suppose that in this series of generations—where it is carefully recorded how many years each one lived—the number of the years of the life of this one alone should not have been committed to memory. For as to the fact that the years of certain ones whom the same Scripture mentions are kept silent, these are not in this order in which the reckoning of times is woven by the passing away of begetters and the succession of those begotten.
But this order, which is directed from Adam down to Noah, and thence down to Abraham, contains no one without the number of the years of his life. Chapter XV. On the time of Abraham's departure, by which, according to the command of God, he went out from Haran. But as to the fact that, the death of Terah, Abraham's father, having been mentioned, it is then read: 'And the Lord said to Abram: Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house,' and so on—it is not to be thought that, because this follows in the discourse of the book, it also follows in the time of the events done. For there will indeed be, if it is so, an insoluble question. For after these words of God, which were made to Abraham, Scripture thus speaks: 'And Abram went out, as the Lord had spoken to him, and Lot went with him.'
'And Abram was seventy-five years old when he went out from Haran.' How can this be true, if he went out from Haran after the death of his father? For when Terah was seventy years old, as was intimated above, he begat Abraham; and to this number, adding the seventy-five years which Abraham was when he departed from Haran, there come one hundred and forty-five years. Of so many years, then, was Terah when Abraham went out from that city of Mesopotamia; for he was passing the seventy-fifth year of his age, and through this his father, who had begotten him in his own seventieth year, was passing, as was said, his one hundred and forty-fifth.
Therefore he did not go out from that place after his father's death, that is, after the two hundred and five years which his father lived; but the year of his departure from that place, since it was his own seventy-fifth, is without doubt gathered to have been the one hundred and forty-fifth of his father, who had begotten him in his own seventieth year. And through this it is to be understood that, according to its custom, Scripture has returned to a time which that narrative had already passed by; just as above, when it had mentioned the sons of the sons of Noah, it said that they were in their own languages and nations, and yet afterward, as though this too followed in the order of times, it says: 'And the whole earth was one lip, and there was one voice to all.'
How then were they according to their nations and according to their languages, if there was one to all, unless because, by recapitulating, the narrative returned to that which had already passed by? So therefore here too, when it had been said: 'And the days of Terah in Haran were two hundred and five years, and Terah died in Haran,' Scripture then, returning to that which it had for this reason passed over—namely, that first that which had been begun concerning Terah might be completed—says: 'And the Lord said to Abram: Go out from your land,' and so on. After which words of God it is subjoined: 'And Abram went out, as the Lord had spoken to him, and Lot went with him. And Abram was seventy-five years old when he went out from Haran.'
Then, accordingly, this came to pass, when his father was passing the one hundred and forty-fifth year of his age; for then it was his own seventy-fifth. This question, however, is solved also in another way, namely, that the seventy-five years of Abraham, when he went out from Haran, should be reckoned from the time when he was delivered from the fire of the Chaldeans, not from the time when he was born—as though he should rather be held to have been born then. But blessed Stephen, in the Acts of the Apostles, when he was narrating these things, says: 'The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran, and said to him: Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house, and come into the land which I shall show you.'
According to these words of Stephen, God spoke to Abraham not after the death of his father—who indeed died in Haran, where his son also dwelt with him—but before he dwelt in that same city, while however he was already in Mesopotamia. He had therefore already gone out from the Chaldeans. And so, as to what Stephen adds: 'Then Abraham went out from the land of the Chaldeans and dwelt in Haran,' this does not refer to what was done after God had spoken to him (for it was not after those words of God that he went out from the land of the Chaldeans, since he says that God spoke to him while he was in Mesopotamia), but pertains to that whole time which he means: 'Then,' that is, 'from the time when he went out from the Chaldeans and dwelt in Haran.' Likewise as to what follows:
'And from there, after his father died, He settled him in this land, in which you now dwell and your fathers'—he does not say: 'After his father died, he went out from Haran'; but: 'From there He settled him here, after his father died.' It is therefore to be understood that God spoke to Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran; but that he came to Haran with his father, retaining with himself God's command, and went out thence in his own seventy-fifth year, and in the one hundred and forty-fifth year of his father.
But it says that his settling in the land of Canaan, not his departure from Haran, took place after his father's death; because his father was already dead when he bought the land, of which he there began to be the possessor as his own property. But as to the fact that, to one already established in Mesopotamia—that is, already gone out from the land of the Chaldeans—God says: 'Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house,' it is said not that he should cast out his body from there (which he had already done), but that he should tear away his mind. For he had not gone out thence in mind, if he was held by the hope of returning and by desire; which hope and desire, by God commanding and helping and by him obeying, had to be cut off.
It is, indeed, not incredibly supposed that, when afterward Nahor had followed his father, Abraham then fulfilled the command of the Lord, namely, that with Sarah his wife and Lot his brother's son he should go out from Haran. Chapter XVI. On the order and quality of the promises of God which were made to Abraham. Now the promises of God made to Abraham are to be considered. For in these the more open oracles of our God—that is, of the true God—began to appear concerning the people of the godly, whom the prophetic authority foretold. The first of these is read thus: 'And the Lord said to Abram: Go out from your land and from your kindred and from your father's house [and go] into the land which I shall show you;'
'and I will make you into a great nation and bless you and magnify your name, and you shall be blessed; and I will bless those who bless you, and curse those who curse you; and in you shall all the tribes of the earth be blessed.' It is therefore to be observed that two things were promised to Abraham: one, namely, that his seed would possess the land of Canaan, which is signified where it is said: 'Go into the land which I shall show you, and I will make you into a great nation'; but the other far more excellent, not concerning the carnal but the spiritual seed, through which he is the father not of one nation, Israel, but of all the nations which follow the footsteps of his faith—which began to be promised in these words: 'And in you shall all the tribes of the earth be blessed.'
Eusebius thinks this promise was made in the seventy-fifth year of Abraham's age, as though as soon as it was made Abraham went out from Haran; since Scripture cannot be contradicted, where it is read: 'Abraham was seventy-five years old when he went out from Haran.' But if this promise was made in that year, then surely Abraham was already lingering in Haran with his father. For he could not go out thence unless he had first dwelt there. Is then any contradiction made to Stephen, who says: 'The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran'?
But it is to be understood that all these things came to pass in the same year: both God's promise, before Abraham dwelt in Haran, and his dwelling in Haran, and his departure thence; not only because Eusebius in his Chronicles reckons from the year of this promise and shows that after four hundred and thirty years the exodus from Egypt took place, when the Law was given, but also because the apostle Paul mentions this. Chapter XVII. On the three more excellent kingdoms of the nations, of which one—that is, of the Assyrians—was already eminent more loftily when Abraham was born. About the same time there were eminent kingdoms of the nations, in which the earthborn city—that is, the society of men according to..
the man living, under the dominion of the deserter angels, was more notably eminent—namely three kingdoms, of the Sicyonians, of the Egyptians, of the Assyrians. But that of the Assyrians was much more powerful and lofty. For that king Ninus, son of Belus, had subjugated the peoples of all Asia, India excepted. I now call it Asia, not that part which is one province of this greater Asia, but that which is named the whole of Asia, which some have placed in one of the two parts, but most in the third part of the whole world, so that the whole are Asia, Europe, and Africa; which they did not by an equal division. For this which is named Asia stretches from the south, through the east, as far as the north;
but Europe from the north as far as the west, and thence Africa from the west as far as the south. Whence two are seen to hold half the world, Europe and Africa, but Asia alone the other half. But those two parts have been made for this reason, that between them both there enters in from the Ocean whatever of waters flows between the lands; and this makes for us the Great Sea. Wherefore if you divide the world into two parts, of the East and of the West, Asia will be in one, but in the other Europe and Africa. For which reason, of the three kingdoms which then excelled, that of the Sicyonians was not under the Assyrians, because they are in Europe; but as for the Egyptians, how were they not subject to those by whom all Asia was held, the Indians alone, as is reported, excepted?
In Assyria, therefore, the dominion of the impious city had prevailed; the head of this was that Babylon, whose name is most fitting for an earthborn city, that is, 'confusion.' There Ninus was already reigning after the death of his father Belus, who first reigned there sixty-five years. But his son Ninus, who succeeded his deceased father in the kingdom, reigned fifty-two years, and had been in the kingdom forty-three years when Abraham was born, who was born about the one thousand two hundredth year before the founding of Rome, as it were another Babylon in the west. Chapter XVIII. On the renewed address of God to Abraham, in which the land of Canaan is promised to him and to his seed.
Abraham then, having gone out from Haran in the seventy-fifth year of his age—and the one hundred and forty-fifth of his father—proceeded with Lot his brother's son and Sarah his wife into the land of Canaan, and came as far as Shechem, where again he received a divine oracle, concerning which it is thus written: 'And the Lord appeared to Abraham, and said to him: To your seed I will give this land.' Nothing here is said of that seed in which he was made the father of all nations, but only of that seed of which he is the father of the one nation of Israel; for by this seed that land was possessed. Chapter XIX. On Sarah's chastity in Egypt, preserved by God, whom Abraham had said to be not his wife but his sister.
Then, an altar having been built there and God having been invoked, Abraham set out thence and dwelt in the wilderness, and was thence compelled by the necessity of famine to go into Egypt. There he said his wife was his sister, lying in nothing; for this also was true, because she was near in blood—just as Lot also, since he was the son of his brother, was called his brother by the same nearness of kin. And so he kept silent about her being his wife, he did not deny it, committing the protection of his spouse's chastity to God and, as a man, guarding against human snares; since, if he were not to guard against the danger as far as it could be guarded against, he would be tempting God rather than hoping in God. On this matter, against the calumniating Faustus the Manichee, we have said enough. Finally that came to pass which Abraham had presumed concerning the Lord.
For Pharaoh, king of Egypt, who had taken her to himself as a wife, being grievously afflicted, restored her to her husband. Here far be it that we should believe she was defiled by another's embrace, because it is much more credible that Pharaoh was not permitted to do this by the great afflictions. Chapter XX. On the separation of Lot and Abraham, which pleased them with charity preserved. Abraham, then, having returned from Egypt to the place whence he had come, now Lot his brother's son departed from him into the land of the Sodomites, with charity preserved. For they had become rich and had begun to have many shepherds of flocks, and these quarreling among themselves, in this way they avoided the contentious discord of their households. For from this, as human things are, even between themselves some quarrel might have arisen.
Accordingly, the words of Abraham, guarding against this evil, are these to Lot: 'Let there be no quarrel between me and you, and between my shepherds and your shepherds, for we men are brothers. Behold, is not the whole land before you? Depart from me; if you to the left, I to the right; or if you to the right, I to the left.' Hence perhaps was established among men the peaceable custom that, when anything earthly is to be divided, the elder divides and the younger chooses. Chapter XXI. On the third promise of God, by which He pledges the land of Canaan to Abraham and to his seed for ever.
When therefore Abraham and Lot had separated and were dwelling apart by the necessity of sustaining the household, not by the foulness of discord, and Abraham was in the land of Canaan while Lot was in Sodom, by a third oracle the Lord said to Abraham: 'Lifting up your eyes, look from the place in which you now are, to the north and the south and the east and the sea; for all the land which you see, I will give it to you and to your seed unto the age, and I will make your seed as the sand of the earth. If anyone can number the sand of the earth, then your seed shall be numbered. Rising, walk through the land in its length and in its breadth, for to you I will give it.'
In this promise, whether there is also that one by which he was made the father of all nations, does not evidently appear. For it can seem to pertain to this: 'And I will make your seed as the sand of the earth,' which was said by that figure of speech which the Greeks call hyperbole; which is surely tropical, not proper. Yet that Scripture is wont to use this, as it does the other tropes, no one who has learned it doubts. But this trope, that is, mode of speaking, occurs when that which is said is far more ample than what is signified by what is said. For who does not see how incomparably more ample is the number of the sand than can be the number of all men from Adam himself down to the end of the age?
How much more, then, than the seed of Abraham—not only that which pertains to the nation of Israel, but also that which is and shall be according to the imitation of faith throughout the whole world among all nations! Which seed, in comparison with the multitude of the impious, is surely among the few; although even these few make up their own innumerable multitude, which was signified, according to hyperbole, by the sand of the earth. Indeed this multitude which is promised to Abraham is innumerable not to God, but to men; but to God not even the sand of the earth is innumerable.
Accordingly, because not only the nation of Israel, but the whole seed of Abraham—in which is also the promise of more sons not according to the flesh, but according to the spirit—is more fittingly compared to the multitude of the sand, the promise made of both things can here be understood. But we have said that it does not evidently appear, because the multitude of that one nation also, which was born according to the flesh from Abraham through his grandson Jacob, grew to such an extent that it well-nigh filled all parts of the world. And therefore it too could be compared, according to hyperbole, to the multitude of the sand, because even this alone is innumerable to man. That land alone, certainly, which is called Canaan, no one doubts to have been signified. But as to what was said:
'To you will I give it, and to your seed for ever' — this may trouble some, if they understand 'for ever' as meaning 'unto eternity.' But if in this passage they take 'for ever' to mean this present age, then, just as we faithfully hold that the beginning of the age to come takes its start from the end of the present one, nothing will trouble them; for although the Israelites were driven out of Jerusalem, they still remain in other cities of the land of Canaan, and will remain unto the end; and the whole of that land, when it is inhabited by Christians, is itself also the seed of Abraham. CHAPTER XXII. Of the enemies of the Sodomites overcome by Abraham, when he also rescued Lot from captivity and was blessed by Melchizedek the priest.
Having received this answer of promise, Abraham journeyed and dwelt in another place of the same land, by the oak of Mamre, which was at Hebron. Then, when enemies who had fallen upon Sodom — five kings waging war against four — had conquered the Sodomites and Lot too had been taken captive, Abraham delivered him, leading with him into battle three hundred and eighteen of his own household servants, and he won the victory for the kings of Sodom; yet he was unwilling to take away anything of the spoils, though the king whom he had conquered for had offered it. But assuredly he was then blessed by Melchizedek, who was the priest of God Most High; concerning whom, in the epistle which is inscribed 'to the Hebrews,' which very many say is by the apostle Paul, though some deny it, many great things have been written.
For there first appeared that sacrifice which is now offered to God by Christians throughout the whole world, and there was fulfilled that which, long after this was done, is spoken through prophecy concerning Christ, who was yet to come in the flesh: 'You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek' — that is, not after the order of Aaron, which order was to be taken away when those things shone forth which were foreshadowed by those shadows. CHAPTER XXIII. Of the word of the Lord to Abraham, by which is promised him a posterity to be multiplied according to the multitude of the stars; believing which, he was justified while still in uncircumcision. Then too came the word of the Lord to Abraham in a vision.
When He promised him protection and a very great reward, Abraham, anxious about posterity, said that a certain Eliezer, a servant of his household, would be his heir; but at once an heir was promised him, not that servant, but one who should come forth from Abraham himself, and again a seed innumerable, not as the sand of the earth, but as the stars of heaven; whereby it seems to me rather that a posterity sublime in heavenly felicity is promised. For as regards multitude, what are the stars of heaven compared with the sand of the earth? — unless one say that this comparison is alike in so far as even the stars cannot be numbered, since it is not to be believed that all of them can be seen.
For the more keenly anyone gazes, the more he sees. Hence it is rightly judged that, to those who see most acutely, some stars remain hidden — apart from those constellations which are said to rise and set in the other part of the world, far removed from us. Finally, whoever boast that they have comprehended and recorded the whole number of the stars — such as Aratus or Eudoxus or any others there may be — the authority of this book holds them in contempt. Here indeed is set down that sentence which the apostle recalls for the commending of God's grace: 'Abraham believed God, and it was reckoned to him for righteousness' — lest circumcision should glory and be unwilling that the uncircumcised nations should be admitted to the faith of Christ.
For when this was done, that faith was reckoned for righteousness to the believing Abraham, he had not yet been circumcised. CHAPTER XXIV. Of the meaning of the sacrifice which Abraham was commanded to offer when he had asked to be instructed concerning those things he had believed. In the same vision, while God spoke to him, He also said this to him: 'I am the God who brought you out of the region of the Chaldeans, that I might give you this land, that you should be its heir.' And when Abraham asked according to what sign he should know that he would be its heir, God said to him: 'Take for me a heifer of three years old, and a she-goat of three years old, and a ram of three years old, and a turtledove, and a pigeon.' And he took for Him all these and divided them in the midst and set them one against another; but the birds he did not divide.
And there came down, as it is written, birds upon the bodies which had been divided, and Abram sat with them. And about the going down of the sun, a terror fell upon Abram, and behold, a great dark fear came upon him; and it was said to Abram: 'Knowing you shall know that your seed shall be a sojourner in a land not its own, and they shall reduce them to bondage and afflict them four hundred years; but the nation whom they shall serve, I will judge. And after this they shall come out hither with much substance. But you shall go to your fathers in peace, nourished in a good old age. And in the fourth generation they shall return hither. For the sins of the Amorites are not yet filled up unto this present.'
And when the sun was now at its setting, there was a flame, and behold, a smoking furnace and lamps of fire, which passed between those divided pieces. In that day the Lord God made a covenant with Abram, saying: 'To your seed will I give this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates: the Kenites, and the Kenizzites, and the Kadmonites, and the Hittites, and the Perizzites, and the Rephaim, and the Amorites, and the Canaanites, and the Hivites, and the Girgashites, and the Jebusites.' All these things were done and said by divine power in the vision; concerning each of which to discourse in full would be long and would exceed the aim of this work. Therefore we ought to know what is enough.
After it was said that Abraham had believed God and it was reckoned to him for righteousness, he did not fail in faith when he said, 'Lord God, according to what shall I know that I shall be its heir?' (for the inheritance of that land had been promised) — for he does not say, 'Whence shall I know?' as though he did not yet believe; but he says, 'According to what shall I know?' that to the thing which he had believed some similitude might be applied, by which its manner might be recognized; just as it is not from distrust that the Virgin Mary says, 'How shall this be, since I know not a man?' For that it should come to pass she was certain; she was inquiring the manner in which it should be done, and when she had asked this, she heard —
so here too a similitude was given by means of animals — a heifer and a she-goat and a ram and two birds, a turtledove and a pigeon — that according to these he might know the future which he was already no longer doubting would come to pass. Whether, then, by the heifer was signified the people set under the yoke of the law, by the she-goat that same people destined to become sinful, by the ram that same people also destined to reign (which animals are for this reason called three years old) —
because, since there are notable joints of the times from Adam to Noah, and thence to Abraham, and thence to David, who, when Saul was rejected, was first established by the will of the Lord in the kingdom of the Israelite nation, in this third order, which is extended from Abraham to David, that people grew up as it were bearing the third age — or whether these things signify something else more fitting: in no way, however, should I doubt that spiritual men were prefigured in it by the addition of the turtledove and the pigeon. And therefore it was said, 'But the birds he did not divide,' since carnal men are divided among themselves, but spiritual men in no way, whether they withdraw themselves from the busy intercourse of men, like the turtledove, or dwell among them, like the pigeon;
yet each bird is simple and harmless, signifying that even in that Israelite people, to whom that land was to be given, there would be undivided children of promise and heirs of the kingdom, destined to abide in eternal felicity. But the birds coming down upon the bodies which had been divided indicate nothing good, but the spirits of this air, seeking a certain food for themselves from the division of the carnal. And that Abraham sat with them signifies that even amid those divisions of the carnal there would be true believers who would persevere unto the end.
And that about the setting of the sun a terror fell upon Abraham and a great dark fear, signifies that about the end of this age there will be a great disturbance and tribulation of the faithful, of which the Lord says in the Gospel: 'For then there shall be great tribulation, such as was not from the beginning.' But what was said to Abraham, 'Knowing you shall know that your seed shall be a sojourner in a land not its own, and they shall reduce them to bondage and afflict them four hundred years,' was most plainly prophesied concerning the people of Israel, who were to be in bondage in Egypt — not that that people would spend four hundred years in that same bondage under afflicting Egyptians, but that within those four hundred years this was foretold to come to pass.
For just as it is written of Terah, the father of Abraham, 'And the days of Terah in Haran were two hundred and five years' — not because they were all spent there, but because they were there completed — so here too it was inserted for this reason: 'And they shall reduce them to bondage and afflict them four hundred years,' since that number was completed in that same affliction, not because the whole was spent there. The years are indeed called four hundred for the fullness of the number, although they are somewhat more, whether they be reckoned from the time when these things were promised to Abraham, or from when Isaac was born, on account of the seed of Abraham, concerning whom these things are foretold.
For they are reckoned, as we have already said above, from the seventy-fifth year of Abraham, when the first promise was made to him, unto the departure of Israel out of Egypt, four hundred and thirty years; of which the apostle thus makes mention: 'But this I say,' he says, 'the law, which was made four hundred and thirty years after, does not annul the covenant confirmed by God so as to make void the promise.' Now then, these four hundred and thirty years could be called four hundred, since they are not much more —
how much more, since some of that number had already passed when those things were shown and said to Abraham in the vision, or when Isaac was born to his hundred-year-old father, twenty-five years after the first promise, when out of those four hundred and thirty there now remained four hundred and five, which God willed to name four hundred. And the rest of what follows in the words of God foretelling, no one would doubt to pertain to the Israelite people. But what is added — 'And when the sun was now at its setting, there was a flame, and behold, a smoking furnace and lamps of fire, which passed between those divided pieces' — signifies that at the end of the age the carnal are to be judged by fire.
For just as the affliction of the city of God, such as never was before, which is hoped to be under Antichrist, is signified by the dark fear of Abraham about the setting of the sun, that is, when the end of the age is now drawing near: so at the setting of the sun, that is, at the very end now, by that fire is signified the day of judgment, which separates the carnal who are to be saved by fire and those to be damned by fire. Then the covenant made with Abraham properly manifests and names the land of Canaan, and in it eleven nations from the river of Egypt unto the great river Euphrates. Not, therefore, from the great river of Egypt, that is, the Nile, but from the small one, which divides between Egypt and Palestine, where is the city of Rhinocorura. CHAPTER XXV.
Of Hagar the handmaid of Sarah, whom that same Sarah willed to be Abraham's concubine. From here now follow the times of the sons of Abraham, the one of Hagar the handmaid, the other of Sarah the freewoman, of whom we have already spoken in the previous book. But as for the deed done, in no way is the crime of this concubine to be branded upon Abraham. For he used her to beget offspring, not to satisfy lust; nor insulting his wife, but rather obeying her, who believed it would be a solace for her own barrenness, if she should make the fruitful womb of her handmaid her own by will, since she could not by nature, and by that right of which the apostle says:
'Likewise also the husband has not power over his own body, but the wife,' the wife used her husband for begetting from another what she could not from herself. There is here no lust of wantonness, no foulness of vice. For the sake of offspring the handmaid is handed over by the wife to the husband, for the sake of offspring she is received by the husband; by both is sought, not the luxury of fault, but the fruit of nature. Finally, when the pregnant handmaid grew proud against her barren mistress, and Sarah, with womanly suspicion, rather imputed this to her husband, even there Abraham showed that he was not an enslaved lover but a free begetter, and that in Hagar he had preserved the chastity of his marriage with Sarah, and had fulfilled not his own pleasure but her will;
having received her, not sought her; having approached her, not clung to her; having sown, not loved. For Sarah said: 'Behold your handmaid is in your hands, use her as it pleases you.' O man, manfully using women — his wife temperately, his handmaid compliantly, neither intemperately! CHAPTER XXVI. Of the testification of God to Abraham, in which He promises a son to him as an old man from the barren Sarah, and establishes him father of nations, and seals the assurance of the promise with the sacrament of circumcision. After this Ishmael was born of Hagar, in whom he might suppose to be fulfilled what had been promised to him, when he had wished to adopt his own household servant, God saying: 'This shall not be your heir; but he who shall come forth from you, he shall be your heir.'
Therefore, lest he should suppose this promise fulfilled in the son of the handmaid, when he was now ninety-nine years old, the Lord appeared to him and said to him: 'I am God; be well-pleasing in My sight and be without blame, and I will set My covenant between Me and you, and I will multiply you exceedingly.' And Abraham fell upon his face. And God spoke to him, saying: 'And I, behold, My covenant is with you, and you shall be the father of a multitude of nations; and your name shall no more be called Abram, but your name shall be Abraham, because I have made you a father of many nations; and I will increase you exceedingly exceedingly, and I will make you into nations, and kings shall come forth from you:'
and I will establish My covenant between Me and you and between your seed after you in their generations, for an everlasting covenant, that I may be God to you and to your seed after you. And I will give to you and to your seed after you the land in which you are a sojourner, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession, and I will be their God.' And God said to Abraham: 'But you shall keep My covenant, you and your seed after you in their generations. And this is the covenant which you shall keep between Me and you and between your seed after you in their generations: Every male of you shall be circumcised, and you shall be circumcised in the flesh of your foreskin, and it shall be for a sign of the covenant between Me and you.'
'And the child of eight days shall be circumcised, every male of you in your generations. The household servant and the one bought with money from any son of a stranger, who is not of your seed — both the household servant born in your house and the one bought with money shall be circumcised with circumcision. And My covenant shall be in your flesh for an everlasting covenant. And the uncircumcised male, who shall not be circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin on the eighth day, that soul shall perish from his kindred, because he has dissolved My covenant.' And God said to Abraham: 'Sarai your wife — her name shall not be called Sarai, but Sarah shall be her name. And I will bless her and give you a son of her, and I will bless him, and he shall be for nations, and kings of nations shall be of him.'
And Abraham fell upon his face and laughed and said in his heart, saying: 'Shall a son be born to me who am a hundred years old, and shall Sarah at ninety years old bear?' And Abraham said to God: 'Let this Ishmael live in Your sight.' But God said to Abraham: 'Yes, behold, Sarah your wife shall bear you a son, and you shall call his name Isaac; and I will establish My covenant with him for an everlasting covenant, to be God to him and to his seed after him. But as for Ishmael, behold, I have heard you; behold, I have blessed him and will enlarge him and will multiply him exceedingly. Twelve nations he shall beget, and I will make him into a great nation. But My covenant I will establish with Isaac, whom Sarah shall bear to you at this time in the following year.'
Here more openly are the promises made concerning the calling of the nations in Isaac, that is, in the son of promise, by whom is signified grace, not nature, since the son is promised from an old man and a barren old woman. For although God also works the natural course of procreation, yet where there is an evident work of God in nature corrupted and ceasing, there grace is the more evidently understood. And because this was to come about not by generation but by regeneration, therefore circumcision was now commanded, when the son was promised of Sarah. And that He commands not only all the sons but also the servants, both home-born and bought, to be circumcised, testifies that this grace pertains to all. For what else does circumcision signify than nature renewed, having put off its old condition?
And what else does the eighth day signify than Christ, who, when the week was completed, that is, after the Sabbath, rose again? The names also of the parents are changed: all things resound newness, and in the old testament the new is shadowed. For what is that which is called the old testament but the concealment of the new? And what else is that which is called the new but the revelation of the old? The laughter of Abraham is the exultation of one rejoicing, not the mockery of one distrusting. Those words too of his in his heart — 'Shall a son be born to me who am a hundred years old, and shall Sarah at ninety years bear?' — are not those of one doubting, but of one marvelling. But if anyone is troubled by what was said:
'And I will give to you and to your seed after you the land in which you are a sojourner, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession' — how is it to be taken as fulfilled or still to be awaited as to be fulfilled, since no earthly possession whatever can be eternal to any nation: let him know that 'eternal' is interpreted by our translators for what the Greeks call 'aiōnion,' which is derived from 'aiōn'; for 'aiōn' in Greek is called an age. But the Latins did not dare to render this 'saecular' (of the age), lest they should send the meaning far into something else. For many things are called 'secular' which are thus carried on in this age, so that they pass away even in a brief time; but what is called 'aiōnion' either has no end or extends to the end of this age. CHAPTER XXVII.
Of the male who, if he be not circumcised on the eighth day, his soul perishes, because he has dissolved the covenant of God. Likewise it may trouble one how it ought to be understood, what is here said: 'The male who shall not be circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin on the eighth day, that soul shall perish from his kindred, because he has dissolved My covenant,' since this is no fault of the little child, whose soul He said would perish, nor did he himself dissolve God's covenant, but his elders, who took no care to circumcise him; unless because even the little ones, not according to the property of their own life but according to the common origin of the human race, all dissolved God's covenant in that one man, in whom all sinned.
For many things are called covenants of God, besides those two great ones, the old and the new, which anyone is permitted to learn by reading. But the first covenant, which was made with the first man, is assuredly this: 'In the day that you shall eat, you shall die the death.' Whence it is written in the book which is called Ecclesiasticus: 'All flesh grows old like a garment. For the covenant from the beginning is: You shall die the death.' For since a more evident law was given afterward, and the apostle says, 'But where there is no law, neither is there transgression,' how is what is read in the psalm true: 'I have counted all sinners of the earth transgressors,' unless because all who are held bound by any sin are guilty of having transgressed some law?
If, therefore, even the little ones — which the true faith holds — are born sinners not properly but originally, whence we confess the grace of the remission of sins to be necessary for them: assuredly in that manner in which they are sinners, they are also recognized as transgressors of that law which was given in paradise; so that both are true which are written, both 'I have counted all sinners of the earth transgressors,' and 'Where there is no law, neither is there transgression.' And by this, because circumcision was a sign of regeneration, and generation, not without cause, destroys the little child on account of original sin — by which God's covenant was first dissolved — unless regeneration set him free: thus are these divine words to be understood, as though it were said:
'He who shall not have been regenerated, that soul shall perish from his kindred,' because he dissolved God's covenant when in Adam he too sinned along with all. For if He had said, 'Because he has dissolved this My covenant,' He would compel it to be understood of none but this circumcision; but now, since He did not express of what sort of covenant the little child dissolved, it is free to understand it said of that covenant whose dissolving could pertain to the little child. But if anyone contends that this was said of none but this circumcision — that in it the little child dissolved God's covenant, since he was not circumcised:
let him seek some manner of speech by which it may not absurdly be understood that he therefore dissolved the covenant, because, although not by him, yet in him it was dissolved. But in this way too it must be observed that the soul of the uncircumcised little child does not unjustly perish through no negligence of its own, except by the obligation of original sin. CHAPTER XXVIII. Of the changing of the names of Abraham and Sarah, who, although on account of the barrenness of the one, and on account of the old age of both, they could not generate, obtained the gift of fruitfulness. When, therefore, a promise so great and so clear had been made to Abraham, to whom it was most evidently said, 'I have made you a father of many nations; and I will increase you exceedingly exceedingly and make you into nations, and kings shall come forth from you,'
and 'I will give you a son of Sarah, and I will bless him, and he shall be for nations, and kings of nations shall be of him' (which promise we now see rendered in Christ): from then onward those spouses are not called in the Scriptures, as they were before, Abram and Sarai, but as we have called them from the beginning, since they are now so called by all, Abraham and Sarah. But why the name of Abraham was changed, the reason has been given: 'Because,' He says, 'I have made you a father of many nations.' This therefore is to be understood to be signified by 'Abraham'; but 'Abram,' as he was called before, is interpreted 'exalted father.' Concerning the changed name of Sarah, however, no reason has been given;
but, as those say who have written interpretations of the Hebrew names contained in these sacred writings, 'Sarai' is interpreted 'my princess,' but 'Sarah' 'virtue (or strength).' Whence it is written in the epistle to the Hebrews: 'By faith also Sarah herself received strength for the emission of seed.' For both were aged, as the Scripture testifies; but she was also barren, and now bereft of the menstrual flow, on account of which she could no longer bear, even if she had not been barren. Moreover, if a woman be of such advanced age that the customary things of women still flow in her, she can bear by a young man, by an old man she cannot;
although the older man can still beget, but from a young woman, just as Abraham after the death of Sarah was able to beget from Keturah, because he found her age vigorous. This therefore is what the apostle commends as marvellous, and to this end he says that Abraham's body was already dead, since not from every woman who still had some last time of bearing could he himself beget at that age. For we ought to understand his body to be dead in respect of something, not in respect of all things. For if in respect of all things, then it would be no longer the old age of a living man, but the corpse of a dead one. Although this question is also wont to be solved thus, that Abraham afterward begot of Keturah, because the gift of begetting, which he received from the Lord, remained even after the death of his wife.
But for this reason the solution of this question which we have followed seems to me preferable, because a centenarian old man, but of our time, can beget from no woman; not then, when men still lived so long that a hundred years did not yet make a man of decrepit old age. CHAPTER XXIX. Of the three men or angels, in whom the Lord is indicated to have appeared to Abraham at the oak of Mamre. Likewise God appeared to Abraham at the oak of Mamre in three men, whom it is not to be doubted were angels; although some think that one among them was the Lord Christ, asserting that He was visible even before the garment of the flesh. It belongs indeed to the divine power and to a nature invisible, incorporeal, and unchangeable,
to appear even to mortal sights without any change of itself, not through that which it is, but through something which is subject to it; and what is not subject to it? But nevertheless, if for this reason they affirm that one of these three was Christ — because, when he had seen three, he spoke to the Lord in the singular (for so it is written: 'And behold, three men stood over him, and seeing them he ran to meet them from the door of his tent, and bowed himself down to the earth and said: Lord, if I have found grace before You,' and the rest):
why do they not also notice this, that two of them came to destroy the Sodomites, while Abraham still spoke to one, calling Him Lord and interceding that He would not destroy the just together with the impious in Sodom? But those two Lot so received, that even he himself, in his own conversation with them, calls the Lord in the singular. For when he had said to them in the plural, 'Behold, my lords, turn aside into the house of your servant,' and the rest that is said there, yet afterward it is thus read: 'And the angels took hold of his hand and the hand of his wife and the hands of his two daughters, because the Lord spared him. And it came to pass, as soon as they had led him forth outside, that they said: Save your soul, look not back, nor stay in all the region;'
'save yourself in the mountain, lest perhaps you be caught.' And Lot said to them: 'I pray You, Lord, since Your servant has found mercy before You,' and what follows. Then after these words the Lord too answers him in the singular, while He was in the two angels, saying: 'Behold, I have marvelled at your face,' and the rest. Whence it is much more credible that both Abraham in the three and Lot in the two men recognized the Lord, to whom they spoke through the singular number, even when they thought them to be men; for not for any other cause did they so receive them, as to minister to them as to mortals needing human refreshment;
but there was assuredly something by which they so excelled, although as men, that those who showed hospitality to them could not doubt that the Lord was in them, as He is wont to be in the prophets; and therefore they sometimes addressed them in the plural and the Lord in them sometimes in the singular. But that they were angels the Scripture testifies, not only in this book of Genesis, where these deeds are narrated, but also in the epistle to the Hebrews, where, when hospitality was being praised, it says: 'By this, some, not knowing it, have received angels to lodging.' Through those three men, then, when again the son Isaac of Sarah was promised to Abraham, there was given also such a divine answer, that it was said:
Abraham shall become a great and numerous nation, and in him all the nations of the earth shall be blessed. Here too those two things are most briefly and most fully promised: the nation of Israel according to the flesh, and all nations according to faith. CHAPTER XXX. On Lot delivered from Sodom and on the Sodomites consumed by fire from heaven, and on Abimelech, whose lust could not harm the chastity of Sarah. After this promise, with Lot delivered from Sodom and a rain of fire coming down from heaven, that whole region of the impious city was turned to ashes, where vile acts against males had grown into so great a custom that the laws are wont to grant license to other deeds. Yet this punishment of theirs was also a token of the future divine judgment.
For to what purpose were those who were being delivered by the angels forbidden to look back, except that one must not return in mind to the old life from which a man is stripped through regeneration by grace, if we are thinking of escaping the final judgment? Indeed Lot's wife, where she looked back, remained fixed and, being turned into salt, provided faithful men a certain seasoning, by which they may taste something whereby that example is to be guarded against. From there again Abraham did in Gerar, before Abimelech the king of that city, what he had done in Egypt concerning his wife, and she was likewise restored to him untouched. There indeed Abraham, when the king rebuked him for having kept silent that she was his wife and having called her his sister, disclosing what he had feared, added this also:
For indeed she is my sister by my father, but not by my mother, since she was Abraham's sister by his father, by whom she was his kinswoman. Now she was of such beauty that even at that age she could be loved with desire. CHAPTER XXXI. On Isaac, born according to the promise, to whom a name was given from the laughter of both parents. After these things a son was born to Abraham from Sarah according to God's promise, and he named him Isaac, which is interpreted 'laughter.' For the father too had laughed when the son was promised him, marveling in joy; and the mother too had laughed when through those three men he was again promised, doubting amid joy;
although the angel reproved her, because that laughter, even if it was of joy, was nevertheless not of full faith; afterward she was confirmed in faith by the same angel. From this therefore the boy received his name. For that the laughter belonged not to derisive reproach but to the celebration of joy, Sarah showed when Isaac was born and called by that name; for she said: God has made laughter for me; for whoever shall hear will rejoice with me. But after a little time the handmaid is cast out of the house with her son, and those two testaments according to the apostle are signified, the old and the new, where Sarah bears the figure of the heavenly Jerusalem, that is, of the city of God. CHAPTER XXXII.
On the obedience and faith of Abraham, who was proved by the offering of his son for sacrifice, and on the death of Sarah. Among these events, all of which it would be too long to recount, Abraham is tested concerning the sacrificing of his most beloved son Isaac himself, that his pious obedience might be proved—to be made known to the ages, not to God. For not every testing is to be blamed, since that by which proof is made is even to be welcomed. And for the most part the human mind cannot become known to itself except by responding, not in word but in deed, to its own powers when a testing in some manner questions it; and there, if it acknowledges God's gift, then it is pious, then it is made solid by the firmness of grace, not puffed up by the emptiness of boasting.
Abraham assuredly would never have believed that God was delighted with human victims; although when the divine command thunders forth, it must be obeyed, not disputed. Yet nevertheless Abraham is to be praised because he believed that his son, when he had been sacrificed, would rise again. For God had said to him, when he was unwilling to fulfill his wife's will concerning the casting out of the handmaid and her son: In Isaac shall thy seed be called. And there it certainly follows and is said: But the son of this handmaid also I will make into a great nation, because he is thy seed. How then was it said: In Isaac shall thy seed be called, when God also called Ishmael his seed? But the apostle, expounding what this means, In Isaac shall thy seed be called:
That is, he says, not those who are children of the flesh, these are the children of God, but the children of the promise are counted for the seed. And by this the children of the promise, that they may be Abraham's seed, are called in Isaac, that is, are gathered together in Christ by calling grace. Holding therefore this promise faithfully, the pious father—because through him whom God commanded to be slain it was to be fulfilled—did not hesitate, believing that he who could be given when unhoped-for could be restored to him when sacrificed. So it was understood also in the epistle to the Hebrews, and so expounded. By faith, it says, Abraham, when tested, presented Isaac, and offered up his only son, he who had received the promises, to whom it was said: In Isaac shall thy seed be called, reckoning that God is able to raise up even from the dead. Accordingly it added:
For this reason he received him back also as a figure; whose figure, if not of him concerning whom the apostle says: Who spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all? Therefore Isaac too, just as the Lord carried his own cross, so himself carried the wood to the place of the victim, the wood on which he was to be laid. Finally, since Isaac was not to be slain, after the father was forbidden to strike, who was that ram by whose sacrifice the sacrifice was fulfilled with significant blood? Indeed, when Abraham saw it, it was held by its horns in a thicket. Whom then did it figure, if not Jesus, before he was sacrificed, crowned with Jewish thorns? But let us rather hear the divine words through the angel. For the Scripture says:
And Abraham stretched out his hand to take the knife, that he might slay his son. And the angel of the Lord called to him from heaven and said: Abraham! And he said: Behold, here am I. And he said: Lay not thy hand upon the boy, neither do thou anything to him; for now I have known that thou fearest thy God, and hast not spared thy beloved son for my sake. 'Now I have known' is said for 'now I have caused it to be known'; for God did not as yet not know this. Then, when that ram had been sacrificed for Isaac his son, Abraham called, as it is read, the name of that place: The Lord saw; so that they say today: On the mountain the Lord appeared. Just as it was said: Now I have known, in place of what is 'now I have caused it to be known':
so here 'the Lord saw' is in place of what is 'the Lord appeared,' that is, 'caused himself to be seen.' And the angel of the Lord called Abraham a second time from heaven, saying: By myself I have sworn, says the Lord, because thou hast done this thing and hast not spared thy beloved son for my sake, surely in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven and as the sand which is by the lip of the sea. And thy seed shall possess by inheritance the cities of the adversaries, and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because thou hast obeyed my voice. In this way is that promise concerning the calling of the nations in the seed of Abraham, after the holocaust by which Christ was signified, confirmed also by God's oath.
For he had often promised, but had never sworn. But what is the oath of the true and truthful God except the confirmation of his promise and a certain rebuke of the unbelieving? After these things Sarah died, in the one hundred twenty-seventh year of her life, but in the one hundred thirty-seventh of her husband's. For she preceded him in age by ten years, just as he himself said, when a son was promised him from her: If to me at a hundred years a son shall be born, and if Sarah at ninety years shall bear. Then Abraham bought a field in which he buried his wife. Then therefore, according to Stephen's narration, he was settled in that land, since he began there to be a possessor; namely after the death of his father, who is reckoned to have died two years before.
CHAPTER XXXIII. On Rebecca, granddaughter of Nahor, whom Isaac took as wife. Then Isaac, when he was forty years old, took as wife Rebecca, granddaughter of his uncle Nahor, namely in the one hundred fortieth year of his father's life, three years after his mother's death. Now in order that he might take her, when the servant was sent by her father into Mesopotamia, what else was shown, when Abraham said to that same servant: Put thy hand under my thigh, and I will adjure thee by the Lord God of heaven and the Lord of the earth, that thou take not a wife for my son Isaac from the daughters of the Canaanites—except that the Lord God of heaven and the Lord of the earth was to come in the flesh which was drawn from that thigh?
Are these small indications of the foretold truth which we see fulfilled in Christ? CHAPTER XXXIV. What is to be understood in this, that Abraham after Sarah's death took Keturah as wife. But what does it mean, that Abraham after Sarah's death married Keturah? Here let it be far from us to suspect incontinence, especially at that age and in that holiness of faith. Or were children still being sought to be procreated, when already, by God's promise, so great a multiplication of children through Isaac—through the stars of heaven and the sand of the earth—was held by faith most fully proved?
But surely if Hagar and Ishmael, with the apostle as teacher, signified the carnal people of the old testament, why should not Keturah and her sons also signify the carnal ones who suppose themselves to belong to the new testament? For both are called both wives and concubines of Abraham; but Sarah was never called a concubine. For even when Hagar was given to Abraham, it is thus written: And Sarah the wife of Abram took Hagar the Egyptian, her handmaid, after ten years that Abram had dwelt in the land of Canaan, and gave her to Abram her husband to be his wife. But concerning Keturah, whom he took after Sarah's death, it is thus read: But Abraham, adding, took a wife whose name was Keturah. Behold, both are called wives;
and furthermore both are found to have been concubines, since the Scripture afterward says: But Abraham gave all his substance to Isaac his son, and to the sons of his concubines Abraham gave gifts and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he yet lived, to the east, into the land of the east. The sons of the concubines therefore have certain gifts, but they do not attain to the promised kingdom—neither the heretics nor the carnal Jews—because besides Isaac there is no heir, and not those who are children of the flesh, these are the children of God, but the children of the promise are counted for the seed, concerning which it was said: In Isaac shall thy seed be called. For I do not see why Keturah too, taken after the wife's death, should be called a concubine, except on account of this mystery.
But whoever does not wish to take these things in these significations, let him not slander Abraham. For what if this too was provided against the future heretics, the opponents of second marriages, so that in the very father of many nations it might be shown that to marry again after a spouse's death is not a sin? And Abraham died, when he was a hundred and seventy-five years old. He left therefore Isaac his son at seventy-five years old, whom he had begotten at a hundred. CHAPTER XXXV. What the divine response indicated concerning the twins yet enclosed in the womb of their mother Rebecca. Now from this point let us see how through the descendants of Abraham the times of the city of God run on.
From the first year of Isaac's life therefore up to the sixtieth, in which sons were born to him, this is memorable: that, when the Lord had granted to Isaac, who was praying that his wife who was barren might bear, what he asked, and when she had conceived, the twins yet enclosed in her womb struggled. When she was distressed by this trouble, she questioned the Lord and received the answer: Two nations are in thy womb, and two peoples shall be separated from thy belly, and people shall overcome people, and the elder shall serve the younger. Which Paul the apostle wishes to be understood as a great document of grace, because, while they were not yet born nor had done anything good or evil, without any good merits the younger is chosen and the elder rejected;
when without doubt, as far as concerns original sin, both were equal; but as far as concerns personal sin, neither of them had any. But the plan of the work I have undertaken does not permit me now to say anything more at length on this matter, whereof I have already said much in other places. But what was said: The elder shall serve the younger, almost none of our writers has understood otherwise than that the greater people of the Jews would serve the lesser Christian people. And in very truth, although this might seem fulfilled in the nation of the Edomites, which was born of the elder—who had two names (for he was called both Esau and Edom, whence the Idumeans)—because it was afterward to be overcome by the people which sprang from the younger, that is, the Israelite, and was to be subjected to it:
nevertheless it is more fittingly believed that this prophecy, by which it was said: People shall overcome people and the elder shall serve the younger, aimed at something greater. And what is this, except that which is evidently fulfilled in the Jews and the Christians? CHAPTER XXXVI. On the oracle and blessing which Isaac received in no other way than his own father, beloved for the merit of that same father. Isaac too received such an oracle as his father had several times received. Concerning which oracle it is thus written: But there came a famine upon the land besides the famine that had come before in the time of Abraham. And Isaac went to Abimelech king of the Philistines in Gerar. And the Lord appeared to him and said: Go not down into Egypt;
but dwell in the land which I shall tell thee, and sojourn in this land; and I will be with thee and will bless thee. For to thee and to thy seed I will give all this land, and I will establish my oath which I swore to Abraham thy father; and I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and I will give to thy seed all this land, and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because Abraham thy father obeyed my voice and kept my precepts and my commandments and my justifications and my ordinances. This patriarch had neither another wife nor any concubine, but was content with the posterity of the two twins begotten from a single intercourse.
He too indeed feared danger because of his wife's beauty, when he was dwelling among strangers, and he did what his father had done, that he should call her his sister and conceal that she was his wife; for she was his kinswoman both by paternal and by maternal blood; but she too remained untouched by the strangers, when it was known that she was his wife. Yet we ought not on that account to prefer this man to his father, because this man knew no woman besides his one wife. For without doubt the merits of his father's faith and obedience were greater, so much so that on account of him God says that he does for this man the good things which he does.
In thy seed, he says, shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because Abraham thy father obeyed my voice and kept my precepts and my commandments and my justifications and my ordinances; and again in another oracle: I am, he says, the God of Abraham thy father, fear not; for I am with thee and have blessed thee and will multiply thy seed for the sake of Abraham thy father; so that we may understand how chastely Abraham acted in what shameless men, seeking from the holy Scriptures patronage for their own wickedness, suppose him to have done out of lust; and then that we may also know this, not to compare men with one another by individual goods, but to consider in each one the whole.
For it can happen that someone has something in his life and morals by which he surpasses another, and that this is far more excellent than that in which he is surpassed by the other. And by this, by sound and true judgment, although continence is preferred to marriage, nevertheless a faithful married man is better than an unbelieving continent one. But the unbelieving man is not only less to be praised, but even most to be detested. Let us suppose both good; even so, assuredly the most faithful and most obedient married man is better than a continent one of lesser faith and lesser obedience. But if other things are equal, who would doubt that the continent man is to be preferred to the married one? CHAPTER XXXVII. On those things which were mystically prefigured in Esau and Jacob.
Isaac's two sons Esau and Jacob therefore grow up together. The birthright of the elder is transferred to the younger by a pact and agreement between them, in that the elder immoderately craved the lentils, the food which the younger had prepared, and at that price sold his birthright to his brother with an oath interposed. Here we learn that in eating a man is to be blamed not for the kind of food but for immoderate greed. Isaac grows old and the sight of his eyes is taken away by old age. He wishes to bless the elder son and, not knowing it, blesses the younger in place of him, who in place of the elder brother, who was hairy, places himself under his father's hands, having fitted to himself little kidskins as though bearing another's sins.
Lest this guile of Jacob be thought a fraudulent guile, and lest no mystery of a great matter be sought in it, the Scripture above had foretold: And Esau was a man skilled in hunting, a man of the field; but Jacob was a simple man, dwelling at home. This some of ours have interpreted as 'without guile.' But whether it be said 'without guile' or 'simple' or rather 'without pretense,' which is in Greek 'aplastos': what is the guile, in receiving this blessing, of a man without guile? What is the guile of a simple man, what the pretense of one not lying, except the profound mystery of truth? But of what kind is the blessing itself? Behold, he says, the smell of my son is as the smell of a full field which the Lord has blessed.
And may God give thee of the dew of heaven and of the fatness of the earth, and abundance of grain and wine; and let the nations serve thee, and let princes adore thee, and be thou lord of thy brother, and let the sons of thy father adore thee. Whoever curses thee, cursed; and whoever blesses thee, blessed. The blessing of Jacob, therefore, is the proclamation of Christ among all nations. This comes to pass, this is being done. The Law and prophecy is Isaac; even through the mouth of the Jews Christ is blessed by it, as by one unknowing, because it itself is not known. With the fragrance of Christ's name, like a field, the world is filled; his is the blessing of the dew of heaven, that is, of the rain of divine words, and of the fatness of the earth, that is, the gathering of peoples;
his is the abundance of grain and wine, that is, the multitude which grain and wine gathers together in the sacrament of his body and blood. The nations serve him, princes adore him; he is the lord of his brother, because his people rules over the Jews; the sons of his father adore him, that is, the sons of Abraham according to faith, because he himself is also the son of Abraham according to the flesh; whoever curses him is cursed, and whoever blesses him is blessed. Christ, I say, our Christ is blessed even from the mouth of the Jews, who, though erring, nevertheless chant the Law and the prophets—that is, he is truly spoken of; and another is supposed to be blessed, who is awaited by those who err.
Behold, when the elder returns demanding the promised blessing, Isaac is terrified, and recognizes that he has blessed one in place of the other; he marvels and inquires who that one might be; yet he does not complain that he has been deceived; rather, immediately, when the great sacrament had been revealed to him within in his heart, he puts away indignation, he confirms the blessing. Who then, he says, hunted game for me and brought it to me, and I ate of all before thou camest? and I blessed him, and let him be blessed. Who here would not rather expect the curse of an angry man, if these things had been done not by heavenly inspiration but in earthly fashion? Not deeds done, but done prophetically; on earth, but from heaven; through men, but divinely!
If individual points so fruitful in such great mysteries were to be examined, many volumes would have to be filled; but the measure to be moderately imposed on this work compels us to hasten on to other things. CHAPTER XXXVIII. On Jacob sent into Mesopotamia to receive a wife, and on the vision which he dreamed on the way, and on his four women, when he had sought one wife. Jacob is sent by his parents into Mesopotamia, that he might take a wife there. The words of the father sending him are these: Thou shalt not take a wife from the daughters of the Canaanites; arise, flee into Mesopotamia, into the house of Bethuel, the father of thy mother, and take thee thence a wife of the daughters of Laban, thy mother's brother. And may my God bless thee and increase thee and multiply thee; and thou shalt become assemblies of nations;
and may he give thee the blessing of Abraham thy father, to thee and to thy seed after thee, that thou mayest become heir of the land of thy sojourning, which God gave to Abraham. Here we now understand the seed of Jacob separated from the other seed of Isaac, which came to be through Esau. For when it was said: In Isaac shall thy seed be called—the seed pertaining indeed to the city of God—from there was separated the other seed of Abraham, which was in the handmaid's son, and that which was to be in the sons of Keturah. But as yet it was ambiguous concerning the two twin sons of Isaac, whether that blessing pertained to both or to one of them; and if to one, which of them it was. Which now has been declared, when Jacob is prophetically blessed by his father and it is said to him:
And thou shalt become assemblies of nations, and may he give thee the blessing of Abraham thy father. Journeying therefore into Mesopotamia, Jacob received an oracle in his sleep, concerning which it is thus written: And Jacob went out from the well of the oath and set out for Haran, and came to a place and slept there; for the sun had set; and he took of the stones of the place and put them at his head and slept in that place and dreamed. And behold, a ladder set firmly upon the earth, whose top reached to heaven; and the angels of God ascended and descended by it, and the Lord leaned upon it and said: I am the God of Abraham thy father and the God of Isaac, fear not; the land on which thou sleepest, I will give it to thee and to thy seed;
and thy seed shall be as the sand of the earth, and it shall spread abroad to the sea and to the south and to the north and to the east; and in thee and in thy seed shall all the tribes of the earth be blessed. And behold, I am with thee, keeping thee in every way wherever thou goest, and I will bring thee back into this land, for I will not forsake thee, until I do all the things which I have spoken to thee. And Jacob rose from his sleep and said: Surely the Lord is in this place, and I knew it not. And he was afraid and said: How terrible is this place! this is nothing else but the house of God, and this is the gate of heaven. And Jacob rose and took the stone which he had placed there under his head, and set it up as a pillar and poured oil upon its top; and Jacob called the name of that place:
the house of God. This pertains to prophecy; nor did Jacob pour oil on the stone after the manner of idolatry, as though making it a god; for he neither adored that stone nor sacrificed to it; but since the name of Christ is from chrism, that is, from anointing, assuredly something was figured here which pertains to a great sacrament. As for that ladder, it is understood that the Savior himself recalls it to our memory in the gospel, where, when he had said of Nathanael: Behold a true Israelite, in whom is no guile—because Israel had seen that vision (for he is Jacob)—in the same place he says: Amen, amen, I say to you, you shall see heaven opened and the angels of God ascending and descending upon the Son of man.
Jacob therefore went into Mesopotamia, that he might receive a wife from there. But how it came about that he had four women, by whom he begot twelve sons and one daughter, though he had unlawfully desired none of them, the divine Scripture indicates. For he had come to take one; but when another had been substituted for the one, he did not put even her away, whom he had unknowingly used in the night, lest he might seem to have had her in mockery; and at that time, when no law forbade more wives for the sake of multiplying posterity, he took also that one to whom alone he had already given the pledge of future marriage. And when she was barren, she gave to her husband her handmaid, from whom she herself might receive sons;
which the elder sister also, although she had borne children, imitated, since she desired to multiply offspring, and did the same. Jacob is read to have sought none except one, nor to have used many save for the office of begetting offspring, the conjugal right being preserved, so that he would not have done even this, unless his wives had demanded it to be done, who had the lawful power over their husband's body. He begot therefore twelve sons and one daughter from four women. Then he entered into Egypt through his son Joseph, who, sold by his envious brothers, was led thither and there exalted. CHAPTER XXXIX. What was the reason that Jacob was also surnamed Israel.
Now Jacob was also called Israel, as I said a little before, which name the people procreated from him rather obtained. But this name was imposed on him by the angel who had wrestled with him on the way as he was returning from Mesopotamia, most evidently bearing the type of Christ. For the fact that Jacob prevailed over him—over one willing, of course, that he might figure the mystery—signifies the passion of Christ, where the Jews seemed to prevail over him. And yet he obtained the blessing from that same angel whom he had overcome; and so the imposition of this name was a blessing. Now Israel is interpreted 'seeing God,' which will be at the end the reward of all the saints.
Moreover that same angel touched, as it were of one prevailing, the breadth of his thigh, and in this manner made him lame. And so one and the same Jacob was both blessed and lame: blessed in those of that same people who believed in Christ, and lame in the unbelieving. For the breadth of the thigh is the multitude of the race. For there are many in that stock concerning whom it was prophetically foretold: And they have gone lame from their paths. CHAPTER XL. How Jacob is narrated to have entered Egypt with seventy-five souls, although most of those who are mentioned were born at a later time. Seventy-five persons therefore are reported to have entered into Egypt together with Jacob himself, he being counted along with his sons.
In which number only two women are mentioned, one a daughter, the other a granddaughter. But the matter, diligently considered, does not indicate that so great a number existed in Jacob's progeny on the day or in the year in which he entered Egypt. For there are mentioned among them even the great-grandsons of Joseph, who by no means could have existed as yet, since Jacob was then a hundred and thirty years old, but his son Joseph thirty-nine; and since it is established that he had taken a wife in his thirtieth year or later, how could he have great-grandsons within nine years from the sons whom he received from that same wife?
Since therefore Ephraim and Manasseh, the sons of Joseph, did not yet have sons, but Jacob when entering Egypt found them as boys less than nine years old, in what manner are not only their sons but even their grandsons numbered among those seventy-five who then entered Egypt with Jacob? For there is mentioned there Machir, son of Manasseh, grandson of Joseph, and the son of that same Machir, that is, Gilead, grandson of Manasseh, great-grandson of Joseph; there is also he whom Ephraim, the other son of Joseph, begot, that is, Utalaam, grandson of Joseph, and the son of that same Utalaam, Edem, grandson of Ephraim, great-grandson of Joseph; who by no means could have existed when Jacob came into Egypt and found the sons of Joseph, his grandsons, the grandfathers of these, as boys less than nine years old.
But doubtless the entry of Jacob into Egypt, when the Scripture mentions him among seventy-five persons, was not one day or one year, but is that whole period for as long as Joseph lived, through whom it came about that they entered. For concerning Joseph himself the same Scripture thus speaks: And Joseph dwelt in Egypt, he and his brothers and all the cohabitation of his father, and he lived a hundred and ten years, and Joseph saw Ephraim's children unto the third generation. He is that great-grandson of his, third from Ephraim. For by the third generation it means son, grandson, great-grandson. Then it follows: And the sons of Machir, the son of Manasseh, were born upon the thighs of Joseph. And this is that same grandson of Manasseh, great-grandson of Joseph.
But they were named in the plural, as Scripture is accustomed to do, which called even a single daughter of Jacob his 'daughters'; just as in the usage of the Latin tongue children are spoken of in the plural as 'sons,' even if there be no more than one. Since, therefore, the happiness of Joseph himself is proclaimed, in that he was able to see his great-grandchildren, by no means should these be supposed to have already existed in the thirty-ninth year of their great-grandfather Joseph, when Jacob his father came to him in Egypt. But that is what misleads those who consider these matters less carefully, namely that it is written: 'And these are the names of the sons of Israel, who entered into Egypt together with Jacob their father.'
For this was said because together with him they are reckoned as seventy-five, not because all were already together when he himself entered Egypt; but, as I have said, the whole span of his entry is taken to be that during which Joseph lived, through whom the entry is regarded as having taken place. CHAPTER XLI. On the blessing which Jacob promised to his son Judah. Therefore, on behalf of the Christian people, in whom the City of God sojourns upon the earth, if we seek the flesh of Christ in the seed of Abraham, with the sons of the concubines set aside, we meet with Isaac; if in the seed of Isaac, with Esau set aside (who is also Edom), we meet with Jacob (who is also Israel); if in the seed of Israel himself, with the rest set aside, we meet with Judah, since Christ sprang from the tribe of Judah.
And accordingly, when Israel, about to die in Egypt, was blessing his sons, let us hear how prophetically he blessed Judah: 'Judah,' he said, 'thy brethren shall praise thee. Thy hands shall be upon the back of thine enemies; the sons of thy father shall worship thee. Judah is a lion's whelp; from the sprouting, my son, thou hast gone up; lying down thou hast slept as a lion, and as a lion's whelp; who shall rouse him up? A prince shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his loins, until those things come that are laid up for him; and he himself is the expectation of the nations; binding his foal to the vine, and the foal of his ass to the cilice, he shall wash his robe in wine, and his garment in the blood of the grape. His eyes are tawny from wine, and his teeth whiter than milk.'
I have expounded these things in disputing against Faustus the Manichaean, and I judge it enough, in so far as the truth of this prophecy shines forth; wherein both the death of Christ is foretold by the word 'sleeping,' and not the necessity but the power in death by the name 'lion.' This power He Himself proclaims in the Gospel, saying: 'I have power to lay down my soul, and I have power to take it again. No one taketh it from me; but I lay it down of myself, and take it again.' Thus the lion roared, thus He fulfilled what He had said. For to that power belongs what is added concerning His resurrection: 'Who shall rouse him up?'—that is, that no man shall, except He Himself, who also said concerning His own body: 'Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up.'
But the very manner of His death—that is, the loftiness of the cross—is understood in the one word which it says: 'Thou hast gone up.' And what it adds, 'lying down thou hast slept,' the evangelist expounds when he says: 'And bowing His head, He gave up the spirit'; or surely His burial is recognized, in which He reclined sleeping, and from which no man raised Him—as the prophets raised certain persons, or as He Himself raised others—but He rose as from sleep by His own power. Moreover His robe, which He washes in wine, that is, cleanses from sins in His own blood (the sacrament of which blood the baptized know), whence also it adds, 'and in the blood of the grape his garment,'—what is this but the Church? And 'his eyes tawny from wine'—His spiritual ones, made drunk with His cup, of which the psalm sings:
'And thy cup that maketh drunk, how excellent it is!' And 'his teeth whiter than milk'—which the little ones drink at the apostle's hand, namely the nourishing words, being not yet fit for solid food. He Himself, therefore, is the one in whom were laid up the promises made to Judah, until whose coming the princes—that is, the kings of Israel—never failed from that stock. And 'he himself is the expectation of the nations'—which is clearer by seeing than it becomes by expounding. CHAPTER XLII. On the sons of Joseph, whom Jacob blessed by the prophetic exchange of his hands. Now just as the two sons of Isaac, Esau and Jacob, presented a figure of two peoples among the Jews and the Christians (although, as far as pertains to the propagation of the flesh, neither did the Jews come from the seed of Esau, but the Idumeans;
nor did the Christian nations come from Jacob, but rather the Jews; for to this extent only did the figure hold good, in what was said: 'The elder shall serve the younger'): so it came about also in the two sons of Joseph; for the elder bore the type of the Jews, and the younger that of the Christians. When Jacob was blessing them, placing his right hand upon the younger whom he had on his left, and his left upon the elder whom he had on his right, it seemed grievous to their father, and he admonished his father, as it were correcting his error, and showing which of them was the elder. But Jacob refused to change his hands, but said: 'I know, my son, I know. And this one too shall be unto a people, and this one shall be exalted; but his younger brother shall be greater than he, and his seed shall be unto a multitude of nations.'
Here too he points to those two promises. For the one shall be 'unto a people,' the other 'unto a multitude of nations.' What is more evident than that by these two promises are contained the people of the Israelites and the whole world in the seed of Abraham—the one according to the flesh, the other according to faith? CHAPTER XLIII. On the times of Moses and of Joshua son of Nun, and of the judges, and thence of the kings, of whom Saul indeed is the first, but David is preeminent and is held so both by sacrament and by merit.
After Jacob had died, and Joseph also had died, throughout the remaining hundred and forty-four years, until the people went out from the land of Egypt, that nation grew to an incredible degree, even though worn down by such great persecutions that at one time the male children born were put to death, since the Egyptians, marveling and terrified at the excessive increase of that people. Then Moses, stolen by stealth from the slaughterers of the little ones, came to the royal house, while God was preparing great things through him; and being nourished and adopted by Pharaoh's daughter (which name belonged to all the kings in Egypt), he advanced into so great a man that he himself drew that marvelously multiplied nation out of the hardest and heaviest yoke of servitude which it bore there—nay rather, God did it through him, who had promised this to Abraham.
For he had previously fled from there, because, when defending an Israelite, he had killed an Egyptian and had become afraid; afterward, sent by divine command, in the power of the Spirit of God he overcame the resisting magicians of Pharaoh. Then through him ten memorable plagues were brought upon the Egyptians, when they refused to let the people of God go: water turned into blood, frogs and gnats, the dog-fly, the death of the cattle, boils, hail, locusts, darkness, the death of the firstborn. Finally the Egyptians, who, broken by so many and so great plagues, had at last for once let the Israelites go, were destroyed in the Red Sea while pursuing them. For when those were departing, the divided sea made a path; but these, following after, the wave, returning upon itself, submerged.
Then for forty years, with Moses as leader, the people of God was led in the desert, when the tabernacle was named 'of the testimony,' where God was worshiped with sacrifices that foretold things to come, since indeed the Law had already been given on the mountain very terribly; for the Godhead bore witness by most evident miraculous signs and voices. This took place soon after the exodus from Egypt, and after the people had begun to be in the desert, on the fiftieth day after the Passover had been celebrated through the immolation of the lamb;
which Passover is to such a degree a type of Christ, foretelling that He would pass over from this world to the Father through the victim of His passion (for Passover in the Hebrew tongue is interpreted 'passing over'), that, when the New Testament was now being revealed, after our Passover, Christ, was immolated, on the fiftieth day the Holy Spirit came from heaven, who in the Gospel is called the finger of God, in order to recall our remembrance to the memory of the first thing prefigured, since those tables of the Law also are recorded to have been written by the finger of God. After Moses had died, Joshua son of Nun ruled the people and led them into the land of promise, and divided it among the people.
By these two marvelous leaders wars also were waged most prosperously and marvelously, with God bearing witness that those victories came to them not so much on account of the merits of the Hebrew people as on account of the sins of those nations which were being subdued. After these leaders there were judges, the people being now settled in the land of promise, so that meanwhile the first promise made to Abraham—concerning one nation, namely the Hebrew, and the land of Canaan—might begin to be fulfilled, not yet that concerning all nations and the whole world; which the coming of Christ in the flesh, and not the observances of the old law but the faith of the Gospel, was to fulfill.
A prefiguration of this matter was made, in that not Moses, who had received the Law for the people on Mount Sinai, but Joshua—whose name too had been changed by God's command so that he should be called Joshua (Jesus)—led the people into the land of promise. In the times of the judges, however, as the sins of the people and the mercy of God stood, prosperous and adverse outcomes of wars alternated. From there it came to the times of the kings, of whom Saul reigned first; and when he had been reprobated and laid low by defeat in war, and his stock cast off lest kings should arise from it, David succeeded to the kingdom, whose son especially Christ is called. In him a certain turning-point was made, and as it were the beginning of the youth of the people of God;
of which kind, as it were, an adolescence was conducted from Abraham himself down to this David. For not in vain did the evangelist Matthew so recount the generations as to commend this first interval by fourteen generations, namely from Abraham down to David. For from adolescence a man begins to be able to beget; therefore he took the beginning of the generations from Abraham, who also was constituted father of nations when he received his changed name. Before him, then, there was as it were the boyhood of this race of the people of God, from Noah down to Abraham himself; and therefore it was found in a language, that is, the Hebrew. For from boyhood a man begins to speak, after infancy, which is so called because it cannot speak.
That first age oblivion indeed swallows up, just as the first age of the human race was wiped out by the Flood. For how few there are who remember their own infancy? Wherefore in this advance of the City of God, just as the preceding book contained one and the same first age, so let this book contain the two ages, the second and the third; in which third age, on account of the three-year-old heifer, the three-year-old she-goat, and the three-year-old ram, both the yoke of the Law was imposed and an abundance of sins appeared, and the beginning of the earthly kingdom arose, where spiritual men were not lacking, whose sacrament was figured in the turtledove and the pigeon. On the times of the prophets.
The promises of God which were made to Abraham—to whose seed we have learned, as God promises, that both the Israelite nation according to the flesh and all nations according to faith are owed—how they are fulfilled, the City of God, running through the order of the times, will show. Since, therefore, the preceding book was brought to an end at the kingdom of David, now from that same kingdom, as far as seems sufficient for the work undertaken, we touch upon the rest that follows. This time, then, from when the holy Samuel began to prophesy, and thenceforth, until the people of Israel was led captive into Babylon, and thence, according to the prophecy of the holy Jeremiah, after seventy years the Israelites being returned the house of God was restored—this whole time is the time of the prophets.
For although we may not undeservedly call prophets even the patriarch Noah himself, in whose days the whole earth was washed away by the Flood, and others both before and after, down to this time when kings began to be among the people of God—on account of certain things future through them, whether in any way signified or foretold, which pertained to the City of God and the kingdom of heaven (especially since we read that some of them were more expressly so named, like Abraham, like Moses)—nevertheless the days of the prophets were chiefly and most properly said to be those from when Samuel began to prophesy, who both anointed Saul first and, when he had been reprobated, anointed David himself as king by God's command, from whose stock the rest should succeed, as long as it behooved them so to succeed.
Therefore, what things were foretold by the prophets concerning Christ, while the City of God—with its members departing by dying and succeeding by being born—was running through these times: if I should wish to record them all, it would proceed into the immeasurable; first because that very Scripture which, setting out in order the kings and their deeds and outcomes, seems as it were occupied with historical diligence in narrating things done, if it be considered and treated with the aid of God's Spirit, will be found bent upon foretelling things future either more, or at any rate not less, than upon announcing things past;
(and to trace this out by close investigation and to demonstrate it by discussion—how laborious and lengthy it is, and how needful of many volumes—who is ignorant, who considers these things even moderately?); next, because those very things which are not doubted to pertain to prophecy are so many concerning Christ and the kingdom of heaven, which is the City of God, that to lay this open a greater disputation would be necessary than the measure of this work demands. Accordingly, if I shall be able, I will so govern my pen that, in carrying out this work according to God's will, I may neither say the things that are superfluous nor pass over the things that are sufficient. CHAPTER II. At what time the promise of God concerning the land of Canaan was fulfilled, which even carnal Israel received into possession.
In the preceding book we said that from the beginning two things were promised to Abraham in God's promises: one, namely, that his seed would possess the land of Canaan (which is signified where it is said: 'Go into the land which I shall show thee, and I will make thee into a great nation'), and the other, far more excellent, not concerning carnal but spiritual seed, through which he is father not of one Israelite nation, but of all nations which follow the footsteps of his faith; which began to be promised in these words: 'And in thee shall all the tribes of the earth be blessed'; and thereafter, by very many other testimonies, we showed these two things to have been promised.
Therefore Abraham's seed, that is, the people of Israel according to the flesh, was now in the land of promise, and there it had now begun to reign, not only by holding and possessing the cities of its adversaries, but even by having kings—the promises of God concerning that people being now fulfilled in great part, not only those which had been made to the three patriarchs Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and whatever others in their times, but also those which had been made through Moses himself (through whom that same people was freed from Egyptian servitude, and through whom all things past were revealed) in his times, when he led the people through the wilderness.
But neither through the distinguished leader Joshua son of Nun—through whom that people was brought into the land of promise, and who, after the nations had been conquered, divided it among the twelve tribes to whom God had commanded, and died—nor after him throughout the whole time of the judges, had the promise of God concerning the land of Canaan, from a certain river of Egypt as far as the great river Euphrates, been fulfilled; nor yet was it foretold as future, but it was awaited as to be fulfilled. But it was fulfilled through David and his son Solomon, whose kingdom was extended over as great a space as had been promised; for they subjected all those peoples and made them tributary.
Thus, therefore, in the land of promise according to the flesh, that is, in the land of Canaan, under these kings the seed of Abraham had been so established that nothing thereafter remained for that earthly promise of God to be fulfilled, except that in that same land, as far as pertains to temporal prosperity, through the succession of posterity, in an unshaken state until the end of this mortal age, the Hebrew nation should remain—if it obeyed the laws of the Lord its God.
But since God knew that it would not do this, He used even temporal punishments of it, both to exercise in it His few faithful ones and to admonish those who were afterward to be in all nations—those whom it behooved to be admonished—in whom He was to fulfill the other promise, the new testament being revealed through the incarnation of Christ. CHAPTER III. On the threefold significations of the prophets, which are referred now to the earthly, now to the heavenly Jerusalem, now however to both.
Wherefore, just as those divine oracles to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and whatever other prophetic signs or sayings were made in the sacred letters of the preceding times, so also the other prophecies from this time of the kings onward partly pertain to the nation of Abraham's flesh, but partly to that seed of his in whom all nations are blessed as coheirs of Christ through the new testament, for the possession of eternal life and the kingdom of heaven; partly therefore to the handmaid, who generates into servitude, that is, the earthly Jerusalem, which serves with her children, but partly to the free City of God, that is, the true Jerusalem eternal in the heavens, whose children—men living according to God—sojourn upon the earth;
but there are among them certain things which are understood to pertain to both—to the handmaid properly, to the free figuratively. The utterances of the prophets are therefore found to be threefold, since some indeed look to the earthly Jerusalem, some to the heavenly, and several to both. I see that what I say must be proved by examples. Nathan the prophet was sent to reprove King David for a grave sin and to foretell to him the evils that followed. These things and the like, whether publicly—that is, for the salvation or benefit of the people—or privately, when anyone earned the divine utterances for his own affairs, by which something future might be known for the use of temporal life—who would doubt that they pertained to the earthly city? But where it is read:
'Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, and I will complete for the house of Israel and the house of Judah a new testament, not according to the testament which I disposed for their fathers in the day when I took hold of their hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt; for they themselves did not remain in my testament, and I neglected them, saith the Lord. Because this is the testament which I will establish for the house of Israel after those days, saith the Lord, giving my laws into their mind, and upon their hearts I will write them; and I will see them, and I will be to them a God, and they shall be to me a people'—without doubt the Jerusalem above is prophesied, whose reward is God Himself; and to have Him, and to be His, is there the highest and the whole good.
But this very thing pertains to both: that Jerusalem is called the City of God, and that in it the house of God is prophesied as future, and that prophecy seems to be fulfilled when King Solomon builds that most noble temple. For these things both happened in the earthly Jerusalem according to history, and were figures of the heavenly Jerusalem.
This kind of prophecy, as it were compacted and intermingled from both, in the old canonical books which contain narratives of things done, prevails very greatly, and has exercised and does exercise the minds of those who search the sacred letters, so that what is read as historically foretold and fulfilled in the seed of Abraham according to the flesh is inquired into as to what it allegorically signifies as to be fulfilled also in the seed of Abraham according to faith; to such a degree that it has seemed to some that there is nothing in those same books, whether both foretold and effected, or effected though not foretold, which does not insinuate something to be referred, by figurative signification, to the heavenly City of God and its children, pilgrims in this life.
But if this is so, then the utterances of the prophets—or rather of all those scriptures which are reckoned under the name of the Old Testament—will be twofold, not threefold. For there will be nothing there which pertains only to the earthly Jerusalem, if whatever is said and fulfilled there concerning it or on account of it signifies something which is also to be referred, by allegorical prefiguration, to the heavenly Jerusalem; but there will be only two kinds: one which pertains to the free Jerusalem, the other which pertains to both.
But to me, just as those seem to err greatly who think that no things done in that kind of literature signify anything beyond that which they were done in that manner, so do those seem to dare greatly who contend that absolutely all things there are wrapped in allegorical significations. Therefore I have said that they are threefold, not twofold. This indeed I judge, not however blaming those who have been able there to carve out, from any matter done, a sense of spiritual understanding—provided at least that the truth of the history be preserved first. But as for those things which are said in such a way that they cannot be congruous with things done, humanly or divinely, or to be done—what faithful person would doubt that they are not said in vain?
Who would not recall them to spiritual understanding, if he can, or confess that they ought to be recalled by one who is able? CHAPTER IV. On the prefigured exchange of the Israelite kingdom and priesthood, and on those things which Hannah, the mother of Samuel, bearing the person of the Church, prophesied. The advance of the City of God, then, when it came to the times of the kings—when David, Saul having been reprobated, first so obtained the kingdom that his posterity thereafter reigned in the earthly Jerusalem in long succession—gave a figure, by the deed done signifying and foretelling what must not be passed over in silence, concerning the change of things to come, which pertains to the two testaments,
the old and the new, wherein the priesthood and the kingdom were changed through a new and everlasting priest who is at the same time king, who is Christ Jesus. For both Samuel, substituted into God's ministry when the priest Eli was reprobated, discharging at once the office of priest and judge, and David, when Saul was cast off, established king in the kingdom, figured this which I am saying. Hannah too, the very mother of Samuel, who was formerly barren and was gladdened by a later fecundity, seems to prophesy nothing other, when she pours out her thanksgiving to the Lord, exulting, when she rendered to God that same boy, born and weaned, with the same piety with which she had vowed him. For she says: 'My heart is confirmed in the Lord, my horn is exalted in my God.'
'My mouth is enlarged over my enemies, I have rejoiced in thy salvation. For there is none holy as the Lord, and there is none righteous as our God; there is none holy beside thee. Do not glory, and do not speak lofty things, nor let great-speaking proceed from your mouth. For the Lord is a God of knowledge, and a God preparing his own devices. He has made the bow of the mighty weak, and the weak are girded with strength. They that were full of bread are diminished, and the hungry have passed over the earth. For the barren has borne seven, and she that had many children is made weak. The Lord killeth and maketh alive, he bringeth down to the lower regions and bringeth back. The Lord maketh poor and maketh rich, he humbleth and exalteth.'
'He raiseth up the poor from the earth, and lifteth the needy from the dunghill, that he may set him with the mighty of the people, and giving them a seat of glory as an inheritance; giving the vow to him that voweth, and he hath blessed the years of the righteous, for a man is not mighty by his own strength. The Lord shall make his adversary weak, the Lord is holy. Let not the prudent glory in his prudence, and let not the mighty glory in his might, and let not the rich glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth glory in this, to understand and to know the Lord, and to do judgment and righteousness in the midst of the earth. The Lord hath ascended into the heavens and hath thundered; he himself shall judge the ends of the earth, for he is righteous; and he giveth strength to our kings, and shall exalt the horn of his Christ.'
Will these words, then, truly be thought to be those of one little woman giving thanks for the son born to her? Is the mind of men so turned away from the light of truth that it does not perceive that the words which she poured forth surpass the measure of this woman? Moreover, whoever is fittingly moved by the very things which have now begun to be fulfilled even in this earthly pilgrimage—does he not attend and behold and recognize, through this woman, whose very name, that is, Hannah, is interpreted 'her grace,' the Christian religion itself, the City of God itself, whose king and founder is Christ, in short the grace of God itself thus speaking by the prophetic spirit—from which the proud are estranged so that they fall, by which the humble are filled so that they rise—which this hymn especially resounded?
Unless perhaps someone is going to say that this woman prophesied nothing, but only praised God with exulting proclamation on account of the son whom, having prayed, she obtained. What then does she mean by saying: 'He hath made the bow of the mighty weak, and the weak are girded with strength; they that were full of bread are diminished, and the hungry have passed over the earth; for the barren hath borne seven, and she that had many children is made weak'? Had she herself borne seven, although she had been barren? She had only one when she said these things; but neither afterward did she bear seven, or six (of whom Samuel himself would be the seventh), but three males and two females. Then, among that people, when as yet no one reigned, what she put at the end:
'He giveth strength to our kings, and shall exalt the horn of his Christ'—whence did she say it, if she was not prophesying? Let the Church of Christ therefore say it, the city of the great King, full of grace, fruitful with offspring; let it say what it recognizes as so long before prophesied concerning itself through the mouth of this pious mother: 'My heart is confirmed in the Lord, my horn is exalted in my God.' Truly the heart confirmed and the horn truly exalted, because not in itself but in the Lord its God. 'My mouth is enlarged over my enemies'; because even in the straits of pressures the word of God is not bound, nor in its heralds though bound. 'I have rejoiced,' she says, 'in thy salvation.' This is Christ Jesus, whom Simeon, as is read in the Gospel, an old man, embracing the little one, recognizing the great one:
'Now,' he said, 'thou dismissest thy servant, O Lord, in peace, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation.' Let the Church therefore say: 'I have rejoiced in thy salvation; for there is none holy as the Lord, and there is none righteous as our God'—as one holy and sanctifying, righteous and justifying. 'There is none holy beside thee,' because no one becomes so except from thee. Then it follows: 'Do not glory, and do not speak lofty things, nor let great-speaking go forth from your mouth; for the Lord is a God of knowledge.' He Himself knows you, even where no one knows; for whoever thinks himself to be something, when he is nothing, deceives himself.
These things are said against the adversaries of the City of God who belong to Babylon, who presume upon their own strength, who glory in themselves and not in the Lord. Among them are also the carnal Israelites, earth-born citizens of the earthly Jerusalem, who, as the Apostle says, being ignorant of the righteousness of God (that is, the righteousness which God, who alone is righteous and who justifies, gives to man) and wishing to establish their own (that is, as though it were procured by themselves for themselves, not bestowed by Him), have not submitted themselves to the righteousness of God — surely because, being proud, they suppose that they can please God by what is their own and not by what is God's. Yet He is the God of knowledge and therefore also the judge of consciences, seeing there the thoughts of men, that they are vain, if they are of men and are not from Him.
'And preparing,' she says, 'His own devices.' What devices do we suppose these to be, except that the proud should fall and the humble should rise? She goes on to set forth these very devices, saying: 'The bow of the mighty is made weak, and the weak are girded with strength.' The bow is made weak — that is, the purpose of those who seem so mighty to themselves that, without the gift and help of God, they think they can fulfil the divine commandments by human sufficiency; and they are girded with strength whose inward voice is: 'Have mercy on me, O Lord, for I am weak.' 'They that were full of bread,' she says, 'are brought low, and the hungry have passed over the earth.' Who are to be understood as full of bread, except these same as though mighty ones, that is, the Israelites, to whom were entrusted the oracles of God?
But in that people the sons of the handmaid are brought low (by which expression, though it is less correct Latin, yet it is well rendered, that from greater they were made lesser), because even in those very loaves, that is, in the divine oracles which the Israelites alone among all nations then received, they relish earthly things. But the nations, to whom that law had not been given, after they came through the New Testament to those oracles, by much hungering passed over the earth, because in them they relished not earthly but heavenly things. And as if it were asked the cause why this came to pass: 'Because the barren,' she says, 'has borne seven, and she that had many sons has become weak.'
Here all that was being prophesied shines forth to those who recognize the sevenfold number, by which is signified the perfection of the universal Church. For this reason also the apostle John writes to seven churches, showing in this way that he writes to the fulness of the one Church; and in the proverbs of Solomon, Wisdom prefiguring this beforehand 'has built herself a house and has set up seven pillars.' For the City of God was barren in all the nations before that offspring, which we behold, arose. We see too that she who had many sons, the earthly Jerusalem, is now made weak; because whatever sons of the free woman were in her were her strength; but now, since there is the letter and the spirit is not there, having lost her strength, she is made weak.
'The Lord kills and makes alive'; He killed her who had many sons, and made alive this barren one, who has borne seven. Although it may more fittingly be understood that He makes alive the very same whom He had killed. For she seems to have repeated this by adding: 'He brings down to hell and brings back again.' For to those to whom the Apostle says: 'If you are dead with Christ, seek the things that are above, where Christ is, sitting at the right hand of God,' they are surely put to death by the Lord for their salvation; to whom he adds: 'Relish the things that are above, not the things that are upon the earth'; that they themselves may be those who, hungering, passed over the earth. 'For you are dead,' he says; behold in what manner God puts to death for salvation; then there follows: 'And your life is hidden with Christ in God';
behold in what manner God makes the very same alive. But did He bring down to hell and bring back again the very same? Both of these, without controversy among the faithful, we see fulfilled rather in Him, namely in our Head, with whom the Apostle said our life was hidden in God. For when He spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, in this way surely He put Him to death; and because He raised Him from the dead, He again made the same one alive. And because in prophecy His voice is recognized: 'You will not leave my soul in hell,' He brought the same one down to hell and brought Him back again. By this His poverty we have been enriched. For 'the Lord makes poor and makes rich.' For that we may know what this is, let us hear what follows: 'He humbles and exalts';
surely He humbles the proud and exalts the humble. For what is read elsewhere: 'God resists the proud, but gives grace to the humble,' this whole discourse of her contains, whose name is interpreted 'His grace.' Now as for what is added: 'He raises up the poor man from the earth,' I understand it of none better than of Him who for our sake became poor, though He was rich, that by His poverty, as was said a little before, we might be enriched. For Him He raised up from the earth so quickly that His flesh did not see corruption. Nor will I alienate from Him that which is added: 'And from the dunghill He lifts up the needy.' For the needy is the same as the poor;
but the dunghill from which he was lifted up are most rightly understood to be the persecuting Jews, in whose number when the Apostle had said that he had persecuted the Church, he says: 'What things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ; and not only loss, but I esteemed them even as dung, that I might gain Christ.' From the earth, therefore, was that poor man raised up above all the rich, and from that dunghill was that needy one lifted up above all the opulent, that He might sit with the mighty ones of the people, to whom He says: 'You shall sit upon twelve thrones,' giving them a throne of glory as an inheritance; for those mighty ones had said: 'Behold, we have left all and followed You.' This vow they had vowed most mightily.
But whence was this to them, except from Him of whom it is here immediately said: 'Giving the vow to him that vows'? Otherwise they would be of those mighty ones whose bow was made weak. 'Giving,' she says, 'the vow to him that vows.' For no one would vow anything right to the Lord, except he who received from Him what he might vow. There follows: 'And He has blessed the years of the just,' that he may live with Him without end, to whom it is said: 'And your years shall not fail.' For there the years stand, but here they pass away, nay rather they perish; for before they come, they are not; and when they have come, they shall not be, because they come with their own end. Now of these two, that is, 'Giving the vow to him that vows,' and 'He has blessed the years of the just,' the one is what we do, the other what we receive. But this latter is not received except by God the Bestower.
unless with Him as helper that former thing is first effected: 'For not in his own strength is a man mighty. The Lord will make his adversary weak'; namely him who envies and resists the man that vows, lest he be able to fulfil what he has vowed. From the ambiguous Greek it can also be understood 'his own adversary.' For when the Lord has begun to possess us, surely the adversary who had been ours becomes His, and shall be overcome by us — but not by our own strength, because 'not in his own strength is a man mighty.' The Lord, therefore, will make His adversary weak, the Lord, the Holy One; that he may be overcome by the saints, whom the Lord, the Holy One of holy ones, makes holy.
And through this, 'let not the wise man glory in his wisdom, and let not the mighty man glory in his might, and let not the rich man glory in his riches; but let him that glories glory in this, to understand and know the Lord, and to do judgment and justice in the midst of the earth.' Not in a small part does he understand and know the Lord, who understands and knows that this very thing is given him by the Lord, namely to understand and know the Lord. 'For what have you,' says the Apostle, 'that you have not received? But if you have received it, why do you glory as if you had not received?' that is, as though it were from yourself to yourself, whence you glory. Now he does judgment and justice who lives rightly. And he lives rightly who obeys God who commands;
and 'the end of the commandment,' that is, that to which the commandment is referred, 'is love out of a pure heart and a good conscience and faith unfeigned.' Moreover this love, as the apostle John testifies, 'is of God.' To do judgment and justice, therefore, is of God. But what is meant by 'in the midst of the earth'? For surely they who dwell at the ends of the earth ought not to refrain from doing judgment and justice. Who would say this? Why then is it added: 'in the midst of the earth'? For if it were not added and it were said only: 'To do judgment and justice,' this commandment would rather pertain to both kinds of men, both the inland and the maritime.
But lest anyone should suppose that after the end of the life which is passed in this body there remains time for doing judgment and justice which he did not do while he was in the flesh, and that thus the divine judgment can be escaped: 'in the midst of the earth' seems to me to be said 'while each one lives in the body.' For in this life each one carries about his own earth, which, when the man dies, the common earth receives, surely to render it back at the resurrection. Accordingly, in the midst of the earth, that is, while our soul is enclosed in this earthly body, judgment and justice must be done, which may profit us hereafter, when each receives according to those things which he has done through the body, whether good or evil. For 'through the body' the Apostle there meant 'during the time he lived in the body.'
For if anyone with malignant mind and impious thought should blaspheme and yet not perform it by any members of the body, he will not for that reason be guiltless, because he did not commit it by the motion of the body, since he committed this during that time in which he committed it together with the body. In this way that also can fittingly be understood which is read in the psalm: 'But God our King before the ages has wrought salvation in the midst of the earth'; so that the Lord Jesus is understood as our God who is before the ages, because through Him the ages were made, having wrought our salvation in the midst of the earth, when the Word was made flesh and dwelt in an earthly body.
Then, after it had been prophesied in these words of Hannah how he ought to glory who glories — not in himself, surely, but in the Lord — on account of the retribution which shall come to pass on the day of judgment: 'The Lord,' she says, 'has ascended into the heavens and has thundered; He Himself shall judge the ends of the earth, because He is just.' Plainly she kept the order of the confession of the faithful. For the Lord Christ ascended into heaven, and thence He is to come to judge the living and the dead. For 'who ascended,' as the Apostle says, 'but He who also descended into the lower parts of the earth? He who descended is the same also who ascended above all the heavens, that He might fill all things.' Through His own clouds, therefore, He thundered, which He filled with the Holy Spirit when He had ascended.
Concerning these clouds He threatened, in the prophet Isaiah, against the handmaid Jerusalem, that is, the ungrateful vineyard, that they should not rain rain upon her. But it was said: 'He Himself shall judge the ends of the earth,' as if it were said: 'Even the ends of the earth.' For He will not fail to judge the other parts, who will without doubt judge all men. But it is better understood that the ends of the earth are the ends of man: since those things will not be judged which in the meantime are changed for better or for worse, but those final states in which he shall be found who is to be judged. For which reason it was said: 'He who shall persevere unto the end, the same shall be saved.' He therefore who perseveringly does judgment and justice in the midst of the earth shall not be condemned when the ends of the earth shall be judged.
'And He gives,' she says, 'strength to our kings'; that He may not condemn them by judging. He gives them the strength by which they may rule the flesh like kings, and may conquer, in Him who shed His blood for them, the world. 'And He shall exalt the horn of His Christ.' In what manner shall Christ exalt the horn of His Christ? For of whom it was said above: 'The Lord has ascended into the heavens,' and He was understood as the Lord Christ: He Himself, as is here said, shall exalt the horn of His Christ. Who then is the Christ of Christ? Or shall He exalt the horn of each of His own faithful, as she herself says at the beginning of this hymn: 'My horn is exalted in my God'? For all who are anointed with His chrism we can rightly call christs; yet that whole body together with its Head is one Christ.
These things Hannah prophesied, the mother of Samuel, a holy and much-praised man; in whom indeed was then prefigured the change of the old priesthood, and now fulfilled, when she who had many sons was made weak, that the barren one who bore seven might have the new priesthood in Christ. CHAPTER V. Concerning those things which the man of God spoke to Eli the priest by a prophetic spirit, signifying that the priesthood which had been instituted according to Aaron was to be taken away. But this is spoken more plainly when a man of God is sent to Eli the priest himself, whose name indeed is not mentioned, but who is understood without doubt to be a prophet by his office and ministry. For thus it is written: 'And a man of God came to Eli and said: Thus says the Lord:'
'I plainly revealed Myself to the house of your father, when they were in the land of Egypt as servants in the house of Pharaoh; and I chose the house of your father out of all the tribes of Israel to perform priestly service to Me, that they should go up to My altar and burn incense and bear the ephod; and I gave to the house of your father all that are of the fire of the children of Israel for food. And why have you looked upon My incense and upon My sacrifice with a shameless eye, and have glorified your sons above Me, to bless the firstfruits of every sacrifice in Israel in My sight? Therefore, thus says the Lord God of Israel: I said: Your house and the house of your father shall pass before Me for ever. And now the Lord says:'
'Far be it, but those who glorify Me I will glorify, and he who despises Me shall be despised. Behold, the days come, and I will exterminate your seed and the seed of your father's house, and there shall not be for you an old man in My house all the days; and I will exterminate for you a man from My altar, that his eyes may fail and his soul may waste away; and everyone that shall be left of your house shall fall by the sword of men. And this shall be the sign to you, which shall come upon these two sons of yours, Hophni and Phinehas: in one day they shall both die. And I will raise up for Myself a faithful priest, who shall do all the things that are in My heart and in My soul; and I will build him a faithful house, and he shall pass before My Christ all the days.'
'And it shall be, that whoever shall be left in your house shall come to worship him for a piece of silver, saying: Cast me into one part of your priesthood to eat bread.' It cannot be said that this prophecy, in which with such great manifestation the change of the old priesthood was foretold, was fulfilled in Samuel. (For although Samuel was not of another tribe than that which had been appointed by the Lord to serve the altar, yet he was not of the sons of Aaron, whose progeny had been assigned as that from which priests should be made;
and through this, in that deed also which was done, the same change which was to come through Christ was foreshadowed, and the prophecy, even of the deed itself and not of the word, pertained properly to the Old Testament, but figuratively to the New, signifying namely by the deed that which by word was spoken to Eli the priest through the prophet.) For there were afterwards priests of the race of Aaron, such as Zadok and Abiathar, when David reigned, and others in succession, before the time should come in which those things which were foretold so long before concerning the changing of the priesthood had to be brought about through Christ. But who now, looking upon these things with a faithful eye, does not see that they have been fulfilled?
Since indeed no tabernacle, no temple, no altar, no sacrifice, and therefore no priest either, has remained to the Jews, to whom it had been commanded in the law of God that he should be ordained of the seed of Aaron. This too was here mentioned when the prophet said: 'Thus says the Lord God of Israel: I said: Your house and the house of your father shall pass before Me for ever. And now the Lord says: Far be it, but those who glorify Me I will glorify, and he who despises Me shall be despised.' For that he names the house of his father, that he is speaking not of his immediate father, but of that Aaron who was first instituted priest, from whose progeny the rest should follow, the foregoing words demonstrate, where he says:
'I revealed Myself to the house of your father, when they were in the land of Egypt as servants in the house of Pharaoh, and I chose the house of your father out of all the tribes of Israel to perform priestly service to Me.' Which of the fathers of this man was there in that Egyptian servitude, from which when they had been delivered, he was chosen to the priesthood, except Aaron? Of his stock, therefore, He said in this place that it should come to pass that there should be no more priests; which we now see fulfilled. Let faith keep watch, the facts are at hand, they are discerned, they are held fast, and are thrust upon the eyes even of those unwilling to see. 'Behold,' he says,
'the days come, and I will exterminate your seed and the seed of your father's house, and there shall not be for you an old man in My house all the days; and I will exterminate for you a man from My altar, that his eyes may fail and his soul may waste away.' Behold the days which were foretold have now come. There is no priest according to the order of Aaron; and whoever of his race is a man, when he sees the sacrifice of Christians flourishing throughout the whole world, but that great honour withdrawn from himself, his eyes fail and his soul wastes away in the languor of grief. But what follows pertains properly to this house of Eli, to whom these things were spoken: 'And everyone that shall be left of your house shall fall by the sword of men.'
'And this shall be the sign to you, which shall come upon these two sons of yours, Hophni and Phinehas: in one day they shall both die.' This sign, therefore, was given of the priesthood being changed from this house; by which sign was signified that the priesthood of the house of Aaron was to be changed. For the death of his sons signified the death not of men, but of the priesthood itself of the sons of Aaron. But what follows pertains now to that priest whose figure Samuel bore by succeeding to this one. Accordingly, the things that follow are spoken of Christ Jesus, the true priest of the New Testament: 'And I will raise up for Myself a faithful priest, who shall do all the things that are in My heart and in My soul; and I will build him a faithful house.' This is the eternal and supernal Jerusalem.
'And he shall pass before My Christ,' she says, 'all the days.' By 'shall pass' he meant 'shall converse' or 'shall live'; just as above he had said of the house of Aaron: 'I said: Your house and the house of your father shall pass before Me for ever.' But as for what he says: 'He shall pass before My Christ,' it is surely to be understood of that very house, not of that priest who is Christ Himself, the mediator and saviour. His house, therefore, shall pass before Him. 'Shall pass' can also be understood of passing from death to life, all the days during which this mortality is carried on unto the end of this present age. But as for what God says: 'Who shall do all the things that are in My heart and in My soul': let us not suppose that God has a soul, since He is the maker of the soul;
but this is said of God tropically, not properly, just as hand and foot and other members of the body are. And lest, according to this, man should be believed to have been made to the image of God in the form of this flesh, there are added also wings, which surely man does not have, and it is said to God: 'Under the shadow of Your wings You will protect me'; so that men may understand that of that ineffable nature these things are said not by proper, but by transferred, names of things. But as for what is added: 'And it shall be, that whoever shall be left in your house shall come to worship him,' it is not said properly of this house of Eli, but of that of Aaron, of which men remained until the coming of Jesus Christ, and of which race there are even now still not lacking. For of that house of this Eli it had already been said above:
'And everyone that shall be left of your house shall fall by the sword of men.' In what manner, therefore, could it here be truly said: 'And it shall be, that whoever shall be left in your house shall come to worship him,' if that is true, that no one of them survived the avenging sword? Unless because He wished those to be understood who pertain to the stock — but to the stock of that whole priesthood according to the order of Aaron. Therefore, if it is of those predestined remnants, of which another prophet said: 'The remnant shall be saved' (whence also the Apostle: 'So therefore,' he says, 'even at this present time a remnant has been made according to the election of grace'), since of such remnants he is well understood to be, of whom it was said: 'Who shall be left in your house': he surely believes in Christ;
just as in the times of the apostles very many of that nation itself believed, nor are there now lacking those who, though very rarely, yet believe; and in him is fulfilled that which this man of God here immediately added in continuation: 'He shall come to worship him for a piece of silver.' Whom to worship, except that highest priest, who is also God? For in that priesthood according to the order of Aaron men did not come to the temple or altar of God for this purpose, that they might worship the priest. But what is meant by: 'For a piece of silver,' except by the brevity of the word of faith, of which the Apostle records it was said: 'The Lord shall make a consummating and shortening word upon the earth'? And that silver is put for speech, the psalm is witness, where it is sung: 'The words of the Lord are chaste words, silver tried by fire.'
What then does he say, who comes to worship the priest of God and the priest-God? 'Cast me into a part of your priesthood, to eat bread.' I do not wish to be placed in the honour of my fathers, which is none; cast me into a part of your priesthood. For I have chosen to be abject in the house of God; I desire to be a member of your priesthood, of whatever sort and however small. For here he calls priesthood the very people, of which people that one is priest, the mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus. To which people the apostle Peter says: 'A holy people, a royal priesthood.' Although some have interpreted it 'of your sacrifice,' not 'of your priesthood'; which nonetheless signifies the same Christian people. Whence the apostle Paul says:
'One bread, one body, we many are.' What therefore he added: 'To eat bread,' he also elegantly expressed the very kind of sacrifice, of which the priest Himself says: 'The bread which I shall give is My flesh for the life of the world.' This is the sacrifice; not according to the order of Aaron, but according to the order of Melchizedek: let him who reads understand. Brief therefore is that confession, and wholesomely humble, by which it is said: 'Cast me into a part of your priesthood, to eat bread'; this is the piece of silver, because it is both brief and is the word of the Lord dwelling in the heart of the believer. For since he had said above that he had given foods to the house of Aaron from the victims of the Old Testament, where he says:
'I gave to the house of your father all that are of the fire of the children of Israel for food' (for these had been the sacrifices of the Jews): therefore here he said: 'To eat bread,' which in the New Testament is the sacrifice of Christians. CHAPTER VI. Concerning the Jewish priesthood and kingdom, which, although they are said to be established for ever, do not endure, so that others may be understood, whose eternity is promised. Since therefore these things were foretold then with such great loftiness, and now shine clear with such great manifestation, yet not without cause can anyone be moved and say: How do we trust that all things shall come which are foretold as to come in those books, if this very thing, which was there divinely said:
'Your house and the house of your father shall pass before Me for ever,' could not have its effect? Since we see that priesthood was changed, and that what was promised to that house cannot be hoped ever to be fulfilled, because that which succeeds it, when it is reproved and changed, this rather is declared eternal. Whoever says this does not yet understand, or does not recall, that the priesthood itself according to the order of Aaron was instituted as a shadow of the future eternal priesthood; and through this, when eternity was promised to it, it was promised not to the shadow and figure itself, but to that which was shadowed and figured through it. But lest the shadow itself should be thought to be about to remain, therefore its change too had to be prophesied.
The kingdom too, in this way, even of Saul himself, who certainly was reproved and rejected, was a shadow of the future kingdom that should remain in eternity. For that oil with which he was anointed, and from that chrism was called christ (anointed), is to be received mystically and to be understood as a great sacrament; which David so venerated in him alone, that, struck in his heart, he trembled when, hidden in a dark cave which Saul also had entered under the urging of nature's necessity, he secretly cut off behind a small piece of his garment, that he might have whereby to show how he had spared him when he could have killed him, and thus might remove the suspicion from his mind, by which, thinking holy David his enemy, he was vehemently persecuting him.
Therefore, lest he should be guilty of so great a sacrament violated in Saul, because he thus handled even his garment, he was greatly afraid. For thus it is written: 'And David's heart smote him over it, because he had taken away the little flap of his cloak.' But to the men who were with him and were urging him to slay Saul, delivered into his hands, he said: 'Let it not befall me from the Lord, that I should do this thing to my lord, the christ of the Lord, to lay my hand upon him; for he is the christ of the Lord here.' To this shadow of the future, therefore, so great a veneration was shown, not on account of itself, but on account of that which it prefigured. Whence also that which Samuel said to Saul:
'Because you have not kept my commandment, which the Lord commanded you, whereas the Lord had now prepared your kingdom over Israel for ever: and now your kingdom shall not stand for you, and the Lord shall seek for Himself a man according to His own heart, and the Lord shall command him to be prince over His people; because you have not kept what the Lord commanded you' — this is not to be so received as if God had prepared Saul himself to reign for ever, and afterwards had refused to keep this to him when he sinned (for He was not ignorant that he would sin); but He had prepared his kingdom, in which there should be a figure of the eternal kingdom. Therefore he added: 'And now your kingdom shall not stand for you.' It has stood, therefore, and shall stand, that which was signified in it;
but it shall not stand for him, because neither was he himself going to reign for ever, nor his progeny, so that at least through posterity succeeding one another it might seem to be fulfilled, that which was said: 'For ever.' 'And the Lord shall seek for Himself a man,' he says; signifying either David or the Mediator Himself of the New Testament, who was figured also in the chrism with which David himself and his progeny were anointed. But God does not so seek a man for Himself as if He knew not where he might be; but He speaks through a man after the manner of men, because by so speaking He seeks us. For not only to God the Father, but to His Only-begotten also, who came to seek that which had perished, we were already so well known that in Him we were chosen before the foundation of the world.
'He shall seek for Himself,' therefore, he said, meaning 'He shall have as His own.' Whence in the Latin tongue this word receives a preposition and is called 'adquirit' (acquires); which is plain enough what it signifies. Although even without the addition of the preposition, 'to seek' may be understood as 'to acquire'; from which gains and profits (quaestus) are named. CHAPTER VII. Concerning the rending of the Israelite kingdom, by which is prefigured the perpetual division of the spiritual Israel from the carnal Israel. Again Saul sinned through disobedience, and again Samuel in the word of the Lord said to him: 'Because you have despised the word of the Lord, the Lord has despised you, that you should not be king over Israel.' And again, for the same sin, when Saul confessed it and begged pardon and asked Samuel that he would return with him to appease God:
'I will not return,' he said, 'with you; because you have despised the word of the Lord, and the Lord shall despise you, that you should not be king over Israel.' And Samuel turned his face to go away; and Saul laid hold of the little flap of his double cloak and rent it. And Samuel said to him: 'The Lord has rent the kingdom from Israel out of your hand this day, and shall give it to your neighbour, who is better than you; and Israel shall be divided in two; and He shall not turn nor repent; for He is not as a man, that He should repent; He Himself threatens, and does not abide by it.' This is he to whom it is said: 'The Lord shall despise you, that you should not be king over Israel,' and:
'The Lord has torn the kingdom away from Israel out of your hand this day.' He reigned forty years over Israel, that is, for the same span of time as David himself, and he heard this in the first period of his reign; so that we may understand it was said because none of his line was to reign, and that we may look to the line of David, from which there sprang, according to the flesh, the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus. Now Scripture does not have what is read in very many Latin manuscripts, 'The Lord has torn the kingdom of Israel out of your hand'; but, as it has been set down by us, found in the Greek, 'The Lord has torn the kingdom from Israel out of your hand'; so that 'out of your hand' is understood to mean 'from Israel.'
This man, then, figuratively bore the character of the people of Israel, which people was to lose the kingdom to Christ Jesus our Lord, who was to reign through the New Testament not carnally but spiritually. When it is said of this kingdom, 'And he shall give it to your neighbor,' it refers to a kinship according to the flesh; for from Israel is Christ according to the flesh, whence also was Saul. But as for what is added, 'better than you,' it can indeed be understood as 'one better than you'; for some have interpreted it thus. Yet it is better taken as 'good above you,' so that, because he is good, he is therefore over you, in accordance with that other prophetic saying: 'Until I make all your enemies a footstool under your feet'; among whom is Israel too, from whom, its own persecutor, Christ took away the kingdom.
although there was there too an Israel in whom was no guile, a kind of wheat as it were among that chaff; for from there assuredly came the apostles, from there so many martyrs, of whom Stephen was the first; from there so many churches, which the apostle Paul mentions as glorifying God at his conversion. Concerning this matter I do not doubt that what follows is to be understood: 'And Israel shall be divided in two'—namely into an Israel hostile to Christ and an Israel cleaving to Christ, into an Israel belonging to the bondwoman and an Israel belonging to the free woman. For these two kinds were at first together, just as Abraham still clung to the bondwoman, until the barren one, made fruitful by the grace of Christ, cried out: 'Cast out the bondwoman and her son.'
Indeed, on account of Solomon's sin, when his son Rehoboam was reigning, we know that Israel was divided in two and so continued, each part having its own kings, until that whole nation was overthrown by the Chaldeans with vast devastation and carried away. But what has this to do with Saul, since, if any such thing were to be threatened, it ought rather to have been threatened to David himself, whose son was Solomon? Finally, the Hebrew nation is not now divided among itself, but is scattered indiscriminately throughout the lands in the fellowship of one and the same error. But that division which God, under the person of Saul (who bore the figure of that kingdom and people), threatened against that same kingdom and people, was signified as eternal and unchangeable by what was added:
'And he will not turn back, nor will he repent; for he is not as a man, that he should repent. He himself threatens, and does not relent'—that is, man threatens, and does not stand by it; but not so God, who does not repent as a man does. For where it is read that he repents, a change of things is signified, while the divine foreknowledge remains unchangeable. Where, therefore, he is said not to repent, he is understood not to change. We see absolutely that by these words a sentence was uttered from God concerning this division of the people of Israel that is insoluble and altogether perpetual. For whoever have passed over to Christ from thence, or are passing, or shall pass, were not of that number according to God's foreknowledge, not according to the one and the same nature of the human race.
Indeed, whoever of the Israelites, cleaving to Christ, persevere in him, will never be with those Israelites who persist in being his enemies until the end of this life; but in the division which has here been foretold they will abide forever. For the Old Testament, which from Mount Sinai gives birth to bondage, profits nothing except that it bears witness to the New Testament. Otherwise, so long as Moses is read, a veil is placed over their hearts; but when anyone passes from there to Christ, the veil shall be taken away. For the very intention of those passing over is changed from the old to the new, so that one no longer aims to receive carnal but spiritual felicity.
On this account that great prophet Samuel himself, before he had anointed Saul as king, when he cried out to the Lord on behalf of Israel and the Lord heard him, and when he was offering a holocaust and foreigners drew near to battle against the people of God, the Lord thundered upon them, and they were confounded and were defeated before Israel and overcome—he took a single stone and set it up between the new Mizpah and the old, and called its name Ebenezer, which in Latin means 'the stone of the helper,' and said: 'Thus far the Lord has helped us.' Mizpah is interpreted 'intention.' That stone of the helper is the mediation of the Savior,
through whom one must pass from the old Mizpah to the new—that is, from the intention by which a false carnal blessedness was awaited in a carnal kingdom, to the intention by which through the New Testament the truest spiritual blessedness is awaited in the kingdom of heaven; and since nothing is better than this, thus far God helps. CHAPTER VIII. Of the promises made to David concerning his son, which are in no way found in Solomon, but are most fully found in Christ. Now I see that it must be shown what God promised to David himself, who succeeded Saul in the kingdom (by whose change that final change was figured, for the sake of which all things were divinely spoken and all things written down), insofar as it pertains to the matter we are treating.
When many prosperous things had come to king David, he thought to build a house for God—that most exceedingly renowned temple, namely, which was afterward constructed by his son king Solomon. While he was thinking this, the word of God came to Nathan the prophet, that he should convey it to the king. There, when God had said that the house was not to be built for him by David himself, nor had he commanded anyone among his people for so long a time that a house of cedar should be made for him: 'And now,' he says, 'thus you shall say to my servant David: Thus says the Lord almighty:
I took you from the sheepfold, that you should be ruler over my people, over Israel, and I was with you in all things wherever you went, and I destroyed all your enemies from before your face, and I made you renowned according to the name of the great ones who are upon the earth; and I will appoint a place for my people Israel, and I will plant them, and they shall dwell apart, and shall no more be anxious; and the son of iniquity shall no more add to humble them, as from the beginning, from the days when I appointed judges over my people Israel; and I will give you rest from all your enemies, and the Lord will declare to you that you shall build a house for him.
And it shall come to pass, when your days are fulfilled, and you sleep with your fathers, that I will raise up your seed after you, who shall be from your loins, and I will establish his kingdom. He shall build me a house for my name, and I will set up his throne forever. I will be to him a father, and he shall be to me a son. And if his iniquity should come, I will chasten him with the rod of men and with the blows of the sons of men; but my mercy I will not take away from him, as I took it from those from whom I turned away my face; and his house and his kingdom shall be faithful forever before me, and his throne shall be set up forever.' Whoever thinks that so great a promise was fulfilled in Solomon greatly errs.
For he attends to what was said, 'He shall build me a house,' because Solomon constructed that noble temple, and does not attend to: 'His house and his kingdom shall be faithful forever before me.' Let him, therefore, attend and behold Solomon's house full of foreign women worshiping false gods, and the king himself, once wise, seduced by them into the same idolatry and cast down; and let him not dare to suppose that God either falsely made this promise or could not foreknow that Solomon and his house would be such.
But we ought not therefore to be in doubt, even if we did not yet see these things being fulfilled in Christ our Lord, who was made of the seed of David according to the flesh; nor should we vainly and emptily look here for some other man, as the carnal Jews do. For they too, to such a degree understand that the son who, they read, was here promised to king David was not Solomon, that, although the one who was promised has been declared with such great manifestation, they still, with marvelous blindness, say that they await another. There was indeed made some image of the future thing even in Solomon, in that he built the temple and had peace according to his name (for Solomon means 'peaceable' in Latin), and at the outset of his reign he was marvelously praiseworthy;
but by that same person of his he likewise foretold, through the shadow of what was to come, Christ the Lord—he did not exhibit him. Whence certain things have been written of him as though these had been foretold of himself, while the holy Scripture, prophesying in a certain manner even by deeds done, defines in him a figure of things to come. For besides the books of divine history, where he is narrated to have reigned, the seventy-first psalm too is inscribed with the title of his name; in which so many things are said which cannot at all befit him, but befit the Lord Christ with most fitting clarity, so that it evidently appears that in the one a figure of some sort was sketched in shadow, while in the other the very truth was presented. For it is well known by what
bounds the kingdom of Solomon had been enclosed; and yet in that psalm it is read—to pass over other things—'He shall have dominion from sea to sea, and from the river to the ends of the orb of the earth,' which we see fulfilled in Christ. For from the river he took the beginning of his dominion, where, having been baptized by the same John, he began to be recognized by his disciples, who called him not only Master but also Lord. Nor was it for any other reason that Solomon began to reign while his father David was still living—which happened to none of those kings—except that from this too it might shine forth sufficiently that he is not the one whom this prophecy signifies beforehand, which speaks to his father, saying:
'And it shall come to pass, when your days are fulfilled, and you sleep with your fathers, that I will raise up your seed after you, who shall be from your loins, and I will establish his kingdom.' How, then, on account of what follows—'He shall build me a house'—shall this Solomon be thought to have been prophesied, and not rather, on account of what precedes—'When your days are fulfilled, and you sleep with your fathers, I will raise up your seed after you'—is another peaceable one understood to be the one promised, who was foretold as to be raised up not before, like this one, but after David's death?
For however long an interval of time intervened before Jesus Christ should come, beyond doubt it behooved him, to whom he was thus promised, to come after the death of king David—him who should build a house for God, not of timber and stones, but of men, such as we rejoice that he is building. For to this house the apostle says—that is, to the faithful of Christ—'For the temple of God is holy, which you are.' CHAPTER IX. How similar in the eighty-eighth psalm is the prophecy concerning Christ to those things which are promised in the books of Kingdoms with Nathan prophesying. On which account also in the eighty-eighth psalm, whose title is 'An understanding of Ethan the Israelite himself,'
the promises of God made to king David are recalled, and to those which are set down in the book of Kingdoms certain similar things are there said, such as: 'I have sworn to David my servant: Forever will I establish your seed'; and again: 'Then you spoke in vision to your sons and said: I have laid help upon one that is mighty, I have exalted a chosen one out of my people. I have found David my servant, with my holy oil I have anointed him. For my hand shall help him, and my arm shall strengthen him. The enemy shall not prevail against him, and the son of iniquity shall not add to hurt him. And I will cut down his enemies before his face, and those who hate him I will put to flight. And my truth and my mercy shall be with him, and in my name his horn shall be exalted.
And I will set his hand in the sea, and his right hand in the rivers. He shall call upon me: You are my Father, my God, and the upholder of my salvation. And I will make him my firstborn, high above the kings of the earth. Forever will I keep my mercy for him, and my covenant faithful to him. And I will set his seed for ages of ages, and his throne as the days of heaven.' All these things are understood of the Lord Jesus, when they are rightly understood, under the name of David, on account of the form of a servant which the same Mediator took from the seed of David out of the Virgin. Immediately too something of this sort is said concerning the sins of his sons, such as is set down in the book of Kingdoms and is more readily taken as if of Solomon. For there, that is, in the book of Kingdoms:
'And if his iniquity should come,' he says, 'I will chasten him with the rod of men and with the blows of the sons of men; but my mercy I will not take away from him,'—by 'blows' signifying the stripes of correction. Whence is that saying: 'Touch not my anointed ones.' What else is this than 'do not injure them'? But in the psalm, when he was treating as it were of David, that he might say there too something of this kind: 'If,' he says, 'his sons forsake my law and walk not in my judgments; if they profane my justifications and keep not my commandments: I will visit their iniquities with a rod, and their offenses with stripes; but my mercy I will not scatter away from him.' He did not say 'from them,' though he was speaking of his sons, not of himself;
but he said 'from him,' which when well understood means just as much. For of Christ himself, who is the head of the Church, there could not be found any sins which it would be necessary, mercy being divinely preserved, to restrain by human corrections; but in his body and members, which is his people. Therefore in the book of Kingdoms it is said 'his iniquity'; but in the psalm, 'his sons'; so that we may understand that there is said in a certain way of him what is said of his body. On which account he too, from heaven, when his body, which is his faithful ones, was being persecuted by Saul, said: 'Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?' Then in the following parts of the psalm:
'Neither will I hurt him in my truth,' he says, 'nor will I profane my covenant, and the things that proceed from my lips I will not reject. Once have I sworn by my holy one, if I lie to David'—that is, in no way will I lie to David. For Scripture is wont to speak thus. But what he will not lie about, he adds and says: 'His seed shall abide forever; and his throne as the sun in my sight, and as the perfect moon forever, and a faithful witness in heaven.' CHAPTER X. How different were the things done in the kingdom of the earthly Jerusalem from those which God had promised, that it might be understood that the truth of the promise pertained to the glory of another king and kingdom.
After these most valid foundations of so great a promise, lest they should be thought fulfilled in Solomon (as though that were hoped for and not found): 'But you,' he says, 'have rejected and brought to nothing, O Lord.' This indeed was done concerning the kingdom of Solomon in his descendants, up to the overthrow of that earthly Jerusalem itself, which was the seat of that same kingdom, and especially the ruin of that very temple which had been constructed by Solomon. But lest on this account God should be thought to have acted against his own promises, he immediately subjoined: 'You have deferred your anointed.' Therefore that one is not Solomon, but neither is David himself, if the Lord's anointed has been deferred.
For although all the kings consecrated with that mystical chrism were called his anointed—not only from king David and thereafter, but also from that Saul who was the first king anointed over that same people (for David himself calls him the Lord's anointed)—yet there was one true anointed one, whose figure those bore by their prophetic anointing; who, according to the opinion of men who thought he was to be understood in David or in Solomon, was put off to a distant time; but according to the disposition of God, he was being prepared to come in his own season. Meanwhile, while he is deferred, what happened concerning the kingdom of the earthly Jerusalem, where assuredly he was hoped to reign, this psalm went on to add and said:
'You have overthrown the covenant of your servant, you have profaned his sanctuary on the earth; you have destroyed all his walls, you have made his fortifications a terror; all who pass along the way have plundered him, he has become a reproach to his neighbors; you have exalted the right hand of his enemies, you have made all his enemies rejoice; you have turned away the help of his sword, and you have not aided him in war; you have loosed him from cleansing, you have dashed his throne to the ground; you have shortened the days of his throne, you have poured over him confusion.'
All these things came upon the bondwoman Jerusalem, in which there reigned also some sons of the free woman, holding that kingdom in a temporal stewardship, but holding the kingdom of the heavenly Jerusalem, whose sons they were, in true faith and hoping in the true Christ. But in what manner these things came upon that kingdom, the history of deeds done is the index, if it be read. CHAPTER XI. Of the substance of the people of God, which is in Christ through the assumption of the flesh, who alone had power to rescue his soul from the lower regions. After these things prophesied, the prophet turns to praying to God; but that very prayer is a prophecy. 'How long, O Lord, do you turn away unto the end?' there is understood 'your face,' as elsewhere it is said:
'How long will you turn your face away from me?' For on this account some manuscripts here do not have 'do you turn away,' but 'will you be turned away'; though it can be understood: 'You turn away your mercy, which you promised to David.' But as for what he said, 'unto the end,' what is it but 'even to the end'? Which end is to be understood as the last time, when even that nation is to believe in Christ Jesus; before which end those things had to come to pass which it lamented above as full of distress. On account of which here too there follows: 'Your wrath blazes up like fire: remember what is my substance.' Nothing here is better understood than Jesus himself as the substance of his people, from whom is the nature of his flesh. 'For not in vain,' he says, 'have you established all the sons of men.'
For unless there were one Son of man as the substance of Israel, through whom Son of man many sons of men should be set free, assuredly all the sons of men would have been established in vain. But now indeed all human nature has, through the sin of the first man, collapsed from truth into vanity, on account of which another psalm says: 'Man has become like to vanity, his days pass away like a shadow'; yet God did not establish all the sons of men in vain, because he both sets many free from vanity through the mediator Jesus, and those whom he foreknew were not to be set free, he assuredly did not establish in vain, in the most beautiful and most just ordering of the whole rational creation, for the benefit of those to be set free and for the comparison of the two cities one against the other.
Then follows: 'Who is the man that shall live and not see death, that shall rescue his soul from the hand of hell?' Who is this, but that substance of Israel from the seed of David, Christ Jesus? Of whom the apostle says that, rising from the dead, he now dies no more, and death shall no longer have dominion over him. For so shall he live and not see death, that nevertheless he had died, but had rescued his soul from the hand of hell, whither he had descended in order to loose the infernal bonds of certain ones; and he rescued it by that power, of which he says in the Gospel: 'I have power to lay down my soul, and I have power to take it again.' CHAPTER XII. To whose person the demanding of the promises ought to be understood to pertain, concerning which it is said in the psalm:
'Where are your mercies, O Lord, the ancient ones,' and the rest. But the rest of this psalm, which run thus: 'Where are your ancient compassions, O Lord, which you swore to David in your truth? Remember, O Lord, the reproach of your servants, which I have held back in my bosom, of many nations; with which your enemies have reproached, O Lord; with which they have reproached the exchange of your anointed,'—whether these were spoken from the person of those Israelites who longed for the promise made to David to be rendered to them, or rather of the Christians, who are Israelites not according to the flesh but according to the spirit, may with reason be asked. These things were indeed spoken or written in the time when Ethan lived, from whose name this psalm received its title;
and that same time was the time of David's reign; and on this account it would not be said: 'Where are your ancient compassions, O Lord, which you swore to David in your truth?' unless the prophet were transfiguring into himself the person of those who were to be long afterward, to whom this time would be ancient, when these things were promised to king David. But it can be understood that many nations, when they were persecuting the Christians, reproached them with the passion of Christ, which Scripture calls an exchange, since by dying he was made immortal.
The exchange of Christ can also be taken according to this as having been cast as a reproach to the Israelites, because, when he was hoped to be theirs in the future, he became the Christ of the nations, and now many nations cast this in their teeth—nations which have believed in him through the New Testament, while those remain in the old—so that for this reason it is said: 'Remember, O Lord, the reproach of your servants,' because the Lord does not forget them, but rather has mercy, and they themselves after this reproach are going to believe. But that sense which I set down first seems to me more fitting. For to the enemies of Christ, to whom it is cast as a reproach that Christ in passing over to the nations abandoned them, this utterance is incongruously fitted: 'Remember, O Lord, the reproach of your servants'; for such Jews are not to be called the servants of God;
but these words befit those who, when they suffered the grievous humiliations of persecutions for the name of Christ, were able to remember that an exalted kingdom had been promised to the seed of David, and out of desire for it to say—not despairing, but asking, seeking, knocking: 'Where are your ancient compassions, O Lord, which you swore to David in your truth? Remember, O Lord, the reproach of your servants, which I have held back in my bosom, of many nations' (that is, in my inner parts I have patiently endured); 'with which your enemies have reproached, O Lord; with which they have reproached the exchange of your anointed'—not thinking it an exchange but a consummation. But what is:
'Remember, O Lord,' what is it but 'have mercy, and for my patiently borne humiliation render the loftiness which you swore to David in your truth'? But if we assign these words to the Jews, those servants of God could say such things who, when the earthly Jerusalem was conquered, before Jesus Christ was humanly born, were led into captivity, understanding the exchange of Christ—because, namely, not through him was an earthly and carnal felicity, such as appeared for a few years of king Solomon, but a heavenly and spiritual one to be faithfully awaited; which the unbelief of the nations then not knowing, when it exulted and insulted that the people of God were captive, what else than the exchange of Christ was it reproaching, though not knowing it, to those who did know?
And therefore what follows, where this psalm is concluded: 'Blessed be the Lord forever: amen, amen,' fits well enough with the whole people of God pertaining to the heavenly Jerusalem, whether in those who lay hidden in the Old Testament before the New was revealed, or in those who now, the New Testament having been revealed, are manifestly perceived to belong to Christ. For the blessing of the Lord in the seed of David is to be hoped for not for some time, such as appeared in the days of Solomon, but forever, in which most certain hope it is said: 'Amen, amen.' For the repetition of this word is the confirmation of that hope. This, then, understanding, David says in the second book of Kingdoms, from which we digressed to this psalm:
'And you have spoken concerning the house of your servant for a long time to come.' Therefore a little after he says: 'Now begin and bless the house of your servant forever,' and the rest, because then he was about to beget a son, from whom his progeny would be led down to Christ, through whom his house was to be eternal and the same the house of God. For it is the house of David on account of the lineage of David; but the same house is the house of God on account of the temple of God made of men, not of stones, where God may dwell forever with his people and in his God, and God with his people and in his people; so that God is the one filling his people, and the people full of their God, when God shall be all in all, he himself in peace the reward, who is strength in war. Therefore, since in the words of Nathan it was said:
'And the Lord will declare to you that you shall build a house for him,' afterward it was said in the words of David: 'Since you, O Lord almighty God of Israel, have revealed to the ear of your servant, saying: I will build a house for you.' For this house both we build by living well, and God by aiding us that we may live well; because unless the Lord shall build the house, in vain do they labor who build it. When the final dedication of this house shall come, then that will come to pass which God here spoke through Nathan, saying: 'And I will appoint a place for my people Israel, and I will plant them, and they shall dwell apart, and shall no more be anxious, and the son of iniquity shall no more add to humble them, as from the beginning, from the days when I appointed judges over my people Israel.'
CHAPTER XIII. Whether the truth of the promised peace can be ascribed to those times which flowed by under Solomon. Whoever hopes for this so great good in this age and on this earth is foolishly wise. Will anyone suppose that it was fulfilled in the peace of Solomon's kingdom? Scripture indeed commends that peace with excellent commendation as a shadow of what is to come. But this suspicion has been vigilantly met, since, after it was said: 'And the son of iniquity shall no more add to humble him,' there was immediately subjoined: 'As from the beginning, from the days when I appointed judges over my people Israel.' For judges, before kings had begun to be there, had been appointed over that people, from the time it received the land of promise.
And assuredly the son of iniquity—that is, the foreign enemy—did humble it, through the intervals of times in which peaces are read to have alternated with wars; and there are found there periods of peace longer than Solomon had, who reigned forty years; for under that judge who was called Ehud, there were eighty years of peace. Far be it, therefore, that the times of Solomon should be believed to have been foretold in this promise; much less, then, those of any other king whatsoever. For none of them reigned in so great a peace as that one; nor did that nation ever at all so hold the kingdom that it was not anxious lest it should be subjected to enemies;
because in so great a mutability of human affairs, never at any time was so great a security granted to any people that it should not dread the hostile incursions of this life. That place, therefore, which is promised, of so peaceful and secure a habitation, is eternal and is owed to the eternal ones in the free mother Jerusalem, where there shall be truly the people of Israel; for this name is interpreted 'seeing God'; out of desire for whose reward a godly life through faith must be led in this toilsome pilgrimage. CHAPTER XIV. Of David's zeal in the arrangement and mystery of the psalms. As the city of God, therefore, ran its course through the ages, first in the shadow of what was to come, namely in the earthly Jerusalem, David reigned.
Now David was a man skilled in songs, who loved harmonious music not with a vulgar pleasure but with a faithful purpose, and by it served his God, who is the true God, by the mystical figuration of a great reality. For the rational and measured concord of diverse sounds, by a harmonious variety, suggests the compacted unity of a well-ordered city. In short, nearly all his prophecy is in the Psalms, of which the book we call the Psalter contains a hundred and fifty. Concerning these, some hold that those alone were composed by David which are inscribed with his name. There are likewise those who think that none were composed by him except those which are headed 'Of David himself' (Ipsius David); while those which bear in their titles 'For David himself' (Ipsi David) were composed by others and adapted to his person.
This opinion is refuted by the evangelical voice of the Saviour himself, where he says that David in the spirit called Christ his Lord; for the hundred and ninth psalm thus begins: 'The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou at my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool.' And certainly this same psalm does not have in its title 'Of David himself,' but 'For David himself,' as very many do. To me, however, those seem to judge more credibly who ascribe all those hundred and fifty psalms to his work, and hold that he prefixed to some even the names of others, signifying something pertaining to the matter, but willed that the rest should bear in their titles the name of no man, as the Lord inspired in him the arrangement of this variety—
—an arrangement obscure, indeed, yet not empty, which the Lord inspired. Nor ought this to move anyone to disbelief, that the names of certain prophets who lived long after the times of king David are read inscribed upon some psalms in that book, and what is there said seems to be spoken as if by them. For the prophetic Spirit was surely able to reveal to king David, as he prophesied, even these names of future prophets, so that something fitting to their person might be sung prophetically; just as king Josiah, who was to arise and reign more than three hundred years afterward, was revealed by his own name to a certain prophet who also foretold his future deeds. CHAPTER XV.
Whether all the things prophesied in the Psalms concerning Christ and the Church are to be brought into the framework of this work. Now I see that it is expected of me to disclose at this point of this book what David in the Psalms prophesied concerning the Lord Jesus Christ and his Church. But that I should not do this in the way that the expectation itself seems to demand (although I have already done so in one psalm), I am hindered more by abundance than by scarcity; for to set forth all is forbidden me for the sake of avoiding prolixity. And I fear lest, when I have chosen some, I may seem to many who know them to have passed over things more necessary;
and then, because the testimony that is brought forward ought to have the support of the whole context of the psalm, or at least there should be nothing in it that contradicts it, even if not everything supports it; lest, after the manner of centos, we should seem to pluck out little verses for the matter we wish to prove, as though from some grand poem which is found to have been composed not about that subject but about another and far different one. But that this can be shown in any given psalm, the whole must be expounded; and how great a labor this is, both the volumes of others and our own, in which we have done it, sufficiently indicate. Let him therefore read those, who is willing and able; he will find how many and how great things king David, who was also a prophet, prophesied concerning Christ and his Church—that is, concerning the King and the city which he founded. CHAPTER XVI.
Concerning those things in the forty-fourth psalm which pertain to Christ and the Church and are said either openly or figuratively. For however proper and manifest prophetic utterances may be concerning any matter whatsoever, it is necessary that figurative ones also be mingled with them; which especially, on account of the slower minds, impose upon teachers the laborious task of disputing and expounding. Yet some things at the very first sight, as soon as they are spoken, show forth Christ and the Church; even if at leisure there remain to be expounded the things in them which are less understood. Such is that in the same book of Psalms: 'My heart hath uttered a good word; I tell my works to the king. My tongue is the pen of a scribe writing swiftly. Beautiful in form beyond the sons of men;'
'grace is poured upon thy lips; therefore God hath blessed thee for ever. Gird thy sword upon thy thigh, O most mighty, in thy comeliness and thy beauty; and bend thy bow, and prosperously go forward, and reign, because of truth and meekness and righteousness; and thy right hand shall guide thee wonderfully. Thine arrows are sharp, most mighty (the peoples shall fall under thee) in the hearts of the king's enemies. Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever; the rod of direction is the rod of thy kingdom. Thou hast loved righteousness and hated iniquity; therefore God, thy God, hath anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy fellows. Myrrh and stacte and cassia from thy garments, from the houses of ivory; out of which the daughters of kings have delighted thee in thy honor.'
Who, however slow he may be, would not here recognize Christ, whom we preach and in whom we believe, when he hears of God whose throne is for ever and ever, and of one anointed by God, surely as God anoints, not with a visible, but with a spiritual and intelligible chrism? For who is so rude in this religion, or so deaf against its fame spread far and wide, as not to know that Christ is named from 'chrism,' that is, from anointing?
But the King Christ being recognized, let him now—as one already subject to him who reigns because of truth and meekness and righteousness—at leisure inquire into the other things which are here said figuratively: in what way he is beautiful in form beyond the sons of men, with a certain beauty so much the more to be loved and admired the less it is corporeal; what is his sword, what his arrows, and the rest set down in this manner not properly but figuratively. Then let him behold his Church, joined to so great a husband by a spiritual marriage and divine love, concerning which it is said in what follows: 'The queen stood at thy right hand in a gilded garment, clothed about with variety. Hearken, O daughter, and see, and incline thine ear; and forget thy people and thy father's house;'
'for the king hath greatly desired thy beauty, because he himself is thy God. And the daughters of Tyre shall adore him with gifts; the rich among the people shall entreat thy countenance. All the glory of the king's daughter is within, in golden fringes, clothed about with variety. Virgins shall be brought to the king after her; her companions shall be brought to thee. They shall be brought with gladness and exultation; they shall be led into the temple of the king. Instead of thy fathers, sons are born to thee; thou shalt make them princes over all the earth. They shall be mindful of thy name in every generation and generation. Therefore the peoples shall confess to thee for ever and unto the age of the age.' I do not suppose anyone is so foolish as to believe that here some mere woman is praised and described;
that is, the spouse of him to whom it was said: 'Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever; the rod of direction is the rod of thy kingdom. Thou hast loved righteousness and hated iniquity; therefore God, thy God, hath anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy fellows'—Christ, that is, above Christians. For these are his fellows, out of whose unity and concord in all nations that queen is formed, as is said of her in another psalm: 'The city of the great king.' She herself is Sion in a spiritual sense; which name, interpreted in Latin, is 'watching'; for she watches for the great good of the age to come, since thither is her intention directed. She herself is also Jerusalem in the same spiritual sense, concerning which we have already said many things.
Her enemy is the city of the devil, Babylon, which is interpreted 'confusion'; yet out of that Babylon this queen is delivered among all nations by regeneration, and passes from the worst king to the best King, that is, from the devil to Christ. For which reason it is said to her: 'Forget thy people and thy father's house.' Of this impious city the Israelites also are a portion—those who are such by flesh alone, not by faith; enemies even they of this great King and his queen. For coming unto them, and slain by them, Christ became rather the King of others, whom he did not see in the flesh. Whence through the prophecy of a certain psalm our King himself says: 'Thou wilt deliver me from the contradictions of the people; thou wilt set me at the head of the nations. A people whom I knew not hath served me;'
'as soon as they heard of me, they obeyed me.' This people of the nations, then, whom Christ did not know by bodily presence, yet which believed in the Christ announced to it, so that it was rightly said of it, 'As soon as they heard of me, they obeyed me'—because faith is from hearing—this people, I say, added to the true Israelites both by flesh and by faith, is the city of God, which also bore Christ himself according to the flesh, when it existed in those Israelites alone. For thence indeed was the virgin Mary, in whom Christ assumed flesh that he might be man. Of which city another psalm says: 'Mother Sion, a man shall say, and a man is made in her, and the Most High himself hath founded her.' Who is this Most High but God?
And therefore Christ, who is God, before he was made man in that city through Mary, himself founded her in the patriarchs and prophets. Since, then, to this queen, the city of God, it was said so long beforehand through prophecy what we now see fulfilled: 'Instead of thy fathers sons are born to thee; thou shalt make them princes over all the earth' (for indeed out of her sons throughout all the earth are appointed her rulers and fathers, when the peoples confess to her, gathering to that confession of eternal praise unto the age of the age)—without doubt, whatever has been here said somewhat obscurely in figurative expressions, in whatever way it be understood, ought to agree with these most manifest realities. CHAPTER XVII.
Concerning those things which pertain to the priesthood of Christ in the hundred and ninth psalm, and concerning those which in the twenty-first psalm regard his passion. As also in that psalm where Christ as priest, just as here as king, is most openly proclaimed: 'The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou at my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool.' That Christ sits at the right hand of the Father is believed, not seen; that his enemies also are put under his feet does not yet appear; it is in process, it will appear at the end; this too is now believed, afterward it will be seen. But what follows:
'The Lord shall send forth the rod of thy power out of Sion, and rule thou in the midst of thine enemies'—this is so clear that it is denied not only unfaithfully and unhappily, but even shamelessly. For the very enemies confess that the law of Christ, which we call the Gospel, was sent forth from Sion, and we acknowledge it to be the rod of his power. But that he rules in the midst of his enemies, those very ones among whom he rules themselves bear witness, by gnashing their teeth and wasting away and prevailing nothing against him. Then what he says a little after: 'The Lord hath sworn, and it shall not repent him'—by which words he signifies that what he adds is to be immutable:
'Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek'—from the fact that nowhere now is there a priesthood and sacrifice after the order of Aaron, while everywhere offering is made under the priest Christ, that which Melchizedek brought forth when he blessed Abraham—who is permitted to doubt of whom these things are said? To these manifest things, therefore, are referred those which are placed a little more obscurely in the same psalm, when they are rightly understood; which we have already done in our popular sermons. So also in that psalm where Christ utters through prophecy the humiliation of his passion, saying: 'They have pierced my hands and my feet, they have numbered all my bones;'
'but they themselves looked and gazed upon me' (by which words he surely signified his body stretched out on the cross, with hands and feet fastened and pierced through by the driving of the nails, and that in this manner he offered himself as a spectacle to those looking on and gazing), adding also: 'They divided my garments among them, and over my vesture they cast lots'—which prophecy, in the way it was fulfilled, is narrated by the evangelical history; then indeed the other things also are rightly understood which are there said less openly, when they agree with these which have shone forth with such great manifestation:
especially since even those things which we believe not as past but contemplate as present, just as in the same psalm they are read foretold so long beforehand, so now we discern them already exhibited throughout the whole world. For a little after it is there said: 'All the ends of the earth shall be reminded and shall be converted to the Lord, and all the families of the nations shall adore in his sight; for the kingdom is the Lord's, and he himself shall rule the nations.' CHAPTER XVIII. Concerning the third psalm, and the fortieth, and the fifteenth, and the sixty-seventh, in which the death and resurrection of the Lord are prophesied. Of his resurrection also the oracles of the Psalms have by no means been silent. For what else is that which in the third psalm is sung in his person: 'I slept and took my rest;'
'I awoke, because the Lord sustained me'? Or perhaps would anyone be so foolish as to believe that the prophet wished to indicate to us something great, namely that he slept and awoke, unless that sleep were death and that waking the resurrection, which it was fitting should thus be prophesied of Christ? For also in the fortieth psalm this is shown much more manifestly, where in the person of the same Mediator, after the usual manner, things are narrated as though past which were prophesied as future; since the things which were to come had already, in the predestination and foreknowledge of God, as it were been done [because they were certain]. 'Mine enemies,' he says, 'spoke evil things against me: When shall he die, and his name perish?'
'And if he came in to see me, his heart spoke vanity, it gathered iniquity unto itself. He went forth abroad and they talked together as one. All mine enemies whispered against me, against me they devised evils for me. They appointed an unjust word against me: Shall not he that sleepeth add to rise again?' Here certainly these words are so set down that nothing else is understood to have been said than if he had said: 'Shall not he that dieth add to live again?' For the foregoing words show that his enemies thought of and devised his death, and that this was effected through him who came in to see and went forth to betray. And to whom does there not here occur Judas, who from being his disciple became his betrayer?
Therefore, because they were going to do what they were contriving, that is, were going to kill him, showing that they would in vain, with empty malice, kill one who would rise again, he thus added this verse, as though he said: 'What do you do, vain men? What will be your crime, will be my sleep': 'Shall not he that sleepeth add to rise again?' And yet that they would not do so great a wickedness with impunity, he indicates in the following verses, saying: 'For even the man of my peace, in whom I hoped, who did eat my bread, hath enlarged his heel against me'—that is, hath trampled me down. 'But thou, O Lord,' he says, 'have mercy on me, and raise me up, and I will requite them.'
Who would now deny this, who sees the Jews, after the passion and resurrection of Christ, utterly rooted out from their dwellings by warlike slaughter and overthrow? For having been slain by them, he rose again and repaid them in the meantime with a temporal chastisement, except that he reserves for the unamended one to come, when he shall judge the living and the dead. For the Lord Jesus himself, pointing out this very betrayer of his to the apostles by the bread held forth, also recalled this very verse of this psalm and declared it fulfilled in himself: 'He that did eat my bread hath enlarged his heel against me.' But what he says, 'in whom I hoped,' does not befit the head, but the body. For the Saviour himself was not ignorant of him, of whom he had already before said: 'One of you is a devil.'
But he is wont to transfer to himself the person of his members, and to attribute to himself what is theirs, because the head and the body are one Christ; whence comes that saying in the Gospel: 'I was hungry, and ye gave me to eat,' which, in expounding, he says: 'When ye did it to one of these my least, ye did it to me.' He said, then, that he himself hoped, when his disciples had at that time hoped concerning Judas, when he was numbered among the apostles. But the Jews do not hope that the Christ whom they hope for will die. Therefore him whom the law and the prophets announced they do not think to be ours, but some other of their own, whom they fashion for themselves as a stranger to the suffering of death.
Therefore, with marvelous vanity and blindness, they contend that the words which we have set down signified not death and resurrection, but sleep and waking. But the fifteenth psalm also cries out to them: 'Therefore my heart was gladdened, and my tongue exulted; moreover my flesh also shall rest in hope; for thou wilt not abandon my soul in hell, nor wilt thou give thy holy one to see corruption.' Who would say that his flesh rested in that hope, that—his soul not being abandoned in hell, but quickly returning to it—he should live again, lest he be corrupted, as corpses are wont to be corrupted, except him who rose again on the third day? This indeed they cannot say of the prophet and king David. The sixty-seventh also cries out:
'Our God is the God of saving, and the going forth from death belongs to the Lord.' What could be said more plainly? For the God of saving is the Lord Jesus, which is interpreted Saviour or salutary. For the reason of this name was thus given, when before he was born of the virgin it was said: 'She shall bring forth a son, and thou shalt call his name Jesus. For he himself shall save his people from their sins.' Since for the remission of these sins his blood was shed, it was surely fitting that he should have no other goings forth from this life than those of death. Therefore, when it had been said, 'Our God is the God of saving,' it was immediately subjoined: 'And the goings forth from death belong to the Lord,' that it might be shown that by dying he would save. But it was said with wonder: 'And to the Lord';
as though it were said: 'Such is this life of mortals, that not even the Lord himself went out from it otherwise than through death.' CHAPTER XIX. Concerning the sixty-eighth psalm, in which the infidelity and obstinacy of the Jews is declared. But that the Jews, even by such manifest testimonies of this prophecy, and even by realities brought to so clear and certain an effect, do not at all yield, that surely is fulfilled in them which is written in the psalm that follows this one. For when there too things pertaining to his passion were prophetically said in the person of Christ, that was commemorated which was made plain in the Gospel: 'They gave gall for my food, and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink.'
And as though after such a banquet and feast exhibited to him in this manner, he soon brought in: 'Let their table become before them a snare, and a recompense, and a stumbling-block; let their eyes be darkened that they see not, and bow down their back always,' and the rest, which were said not by way of wishing, but foretold prophetically under the appearance of wishing. What wonder, then, if they do not see these manifest things, whose eyes are darkened that they see not? What wonder, if they look not up to heavenly things, who, that they may be bent down to earthly things, have their back always bowed? For by these words, transferred from the body, the vices of souls are signified. Let these things concerning the Psalms—that is, concerning the prophecy of king David—suffice to have been said, that there may be some limit.
But let those who read these things and know all of them pardon me, and let them not complain about those things which perhaps stronger I have passed over, as they either understand or suppose. CHAPTER XX. Concerning the kingdom and merit of David, and concerning his son Solomon, and that prophecy which is found pertaining to Christ, either in those books which are joined to his own writings, or in those which are without doubt his. David, then, reigned in earthly Jerusalem, a son of the heavenly Jerusalem, much extolled by divine testimony; for even his sins were so overcome by such great piety, through the most healthful humility of repenting, that he is altogether among those of whom he himself says: 'Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered.'
After him there reigned over the same whole people his son Solomon, who, as was said above, began to reign while his father was yet living. He had good beginnings but bad endings. For indeed prosperity, which wearies the minds of the wise, harmed him more than his very wisdom profited him—wisdom even now and henceforth memorable, and then far and wide praised. He too is found to have prophesied in his books, of which three were received into canonical authority: Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs. But two others, of which one is called Wisdom, the other Ecclesiasticus, on account of some similarity of style, custom has obtained that they be called Solomon's; that they are not his, however, the more learned do not doubt;
yet the Church, especially the Western, received them of old into authority. In one of these, which is called the Wisdom of Solomon, the passion of Christ is most openly prophesied. For his impious slayers are recorded as saying: 'Let us circumvent the righteous one, because he is unpleasant to us and contrary to our works, and reproaches us with sins against the law, and lays to our charge sins against our discipline. He professes to have the knowledge of God, and names himself the Son of God. He has become to us a reproof of our thoughts. He is grievous to us even to behold, because his life is unlike that of others, and his ways are changed. We are esteemed by him as triflers, and he abstains from our ways as from uncleannesses;'
'he prefers the last estate of the righteous, and glories that he has God for his father. Let us see, then, if his words are true, and let us test what shall befall him, and we shall know what shall be his last end. For if he is the righteous Son of God, he will receive him and deliver him from the hand of his adversaries. With contumely and torment let us question him, that we may know his reverence and prove his patience. Let us condemn him to a most shameful death; for there shall be regard for him out of his own words.' These things they thought, and they erred; for their own malice blinded them. But in Ecclesiasticus the future faith of the nations is foretold in this manner: 'Have mercy on us, O Sovereign God of all, and send thy fear upon all the nations;'
'lift up thy hand against the strange nations, that they may see thy power. As thou wast sanctified in us before them, so be thou magnified in them before us, that they may acknowledge thee, even as we also have acknowledged thee, that there is no God beside thee, O Lord.' This prophecy, under the appearance of wishing and praying, we see fulfilled through Christ the lawgiver. But against gainsayers, those things are not brought forth with such great firmness which are not written in the canon of the Jews. But in those three which are agreed to be Solomon's and which the Jews hold as canonical, in order to show that what is found in them of this kind pertains to Christ and the Church, a laborious disputation is necessary, which would extend us further than is fitting, if it were now applied.
Yet that which is read in Proverbs, that impious men say: 'Let us hide the righteous man in the earth unjustly, let us swallow him up alive like hell, and let us take away his memory from the earth, let us lay hold on his precious possession'—is not so obscure but that, without a laborious exposition, it can be understood of Christ and his possession, the Church. For something of this kind the Lord Jesus himself also showed that the wicked husbandmen said, through the evangelical parable: 'This is the heir; come, let us kill him, and the inheritance shall be ours.'
Likewise that passage in the same book which we have already touched upon before, when we were treating of the barren woman who bore seven, is wont to be understood as pronounced—as soon as it was uttered—of none other than Christ and the Church, by those who have known Christ to be the wisdom of God: 'Wisdom hath built herself a house, and hath set up seven pillars; she hath slain her victims, mingled her wine in the bowl, and prepared her table. She hath sent her servants, calling with excellent proclamation to the bowl, saying: Who is foolish? Let him turn aside to me. And to those wanting in sense she said: Come, eat of my bread, and drink the wine which I have mingled for you.'
Here certainly we recognize the wisdom of God, that is, the Word coeternal with the Father, to have built itself a house in the virginal womb—a human body—and to have joined to this, as members to a head, the Church; to have slain the victims of the martyrs; to have prepared a table in wine and bread, where appears also the priesthood after the order of Melchizedek; to have called the foolish and those wanting in sense, because, as the apostle says, 'God chose the weak things of this world, that he might confound the strong.' Yet to these weak ones it says what follows: 'Forsake foolishness, that ye may live, and seek prudence, that ye may have life.' But to become a partaker of that table is itself to begin to have life. For also in another book, which is called Ecclesiastes, where it says:
'There is no good for a man except that he eat and drink'—what is understood to be more credibly said than that which pertains to the participation of this table, which the Mediator of the new testament, the priest himself after the order of Melchizedek, exhibits of his own body and blood? For that sacrifice succeeded all those sacrifices of the old testament, which were immolated in shadow of the thing to come; on which account we also recognize that voice in the thirty-ninth psalm of the same Mediator speaking through prophecy: 'Sacrifice and offering thou wouldest not, but a body thou hast perfected for me'; because, in place of all those sacrifices and offerings, his body is offered and ministered to the partakers.
For that this Ecclesiastes, in this saying about eating and drinking which he often repeats and most highly commends, does not relish the carnal feasts of pleasure, that is sufficiently shown where he says: 'It is better to go into the house of mourning than to go into the house of drinking'; and a little after he says: 'The heart of the wise is in the house of mourning, and the heart of the foolish in the house of feasting.' But I think that more is to be commemorated from this book which pertains to the two cities, the one of the devil, the other of Christ, and to their kings, the devil and Christ: 'Woe to thee, O land,' he says, 'whose king is a youth, and whose princes eat in the morning. Blessed art thou, O land, whose king is the son of nobles, and whose princes eat in due season, in strength, and not in confusion.'
He called the devil a youth, on account of his folly and pride and rashness and wantonness and the other vices which are wont to abound in this age of life; but Christ the son of nobles—that is, of the holy patriarchs, who belong to the free city, out of whom he was begotten in the flesh. The princes of that city eat in the morning, that is, before the fitting hour, because they do not wait for the opportune felicity, which is the true one, in the age to come, desiring hastily to be made blessed by the celebrity of this age; but the princes of the city of Christ patiently await the time of a felicity that does not deceive. This he says: 'In strength, and not in confusion,' because the hope does not deceive them, of which the apostle says: 'But hope confoundeth not';
and the psalm also says: 'For they that wait for thee shall not be confounded.' Now indeed the Song of Songs is a certain spiritual pleasure of holy minds in the marriage of that King and Queen of the city, which is Christ and the Church. But this pleasure is wrapped in allegorical coverings, that it may be more ardently desired and more delightfully laid bare, and that the Bridegroom may appear, to whom it is said in the same song: 'Equity hath loved thee'; and the Bride, who there hears: 'Charity is in thy delights.' Many things we pass over in silence, in our care to bring this work to an end. CHAPTER XXI. Concerning the kings after Solomon, whether in Judah or in Israel.
The other kings of the Hebrews after Solomon are scarcely found to have prophesied—whether in Judah or in Israel—through any riddles of their words or deeds concerning what pertains to Christ and the Church. For thus were the parts of that people named, from the time when, on account of Solomon's offense, in the days of his son Rehoboam, who succeeded his father in the kingdom, it was divided by God's avenging judgment. Accordingly the ten tribes, which Jeroboam, Solomon's servant, received—being set up as king over them in Samaria—were properly called Israel, although this had been the name of that whole people.
But to the two tribes, namely Judah and Benjamin, which for David's sake had remained subject to the city of Jerusalem—lest the kingdom of his line should have been wholly rooted out—the name of Judah was given, because Judah was the very tribe from which David came. Benjamin, however, was the other tribe belonging to that same kingdom, as I have said, from which had come Saul, king before David. But together these two tribes, as has been said, were called Judah, and by this name they were distinguished from Israel, which was the proper name of the ten tribes that had their own king. For the tribe of Levi, since it was priestly, bound to the service of God and not of kings, was reckoned as the thirteenth.
For Joseph, one of the twelve sons of Israel, made not one tribe, as the rest each made a single one, but two tribes, Ephraim and Manasseh. Yet nevertheless the tribe of Levi too belonged rather to the kingdom of Jerusalem, where was the temple of God, which it served. When therefore the people had been divided, Rehoboam, king of Judah, the son of Solomon, reigned first in Jerusalem, and Jeroboam, king of Israel, Solomon's servant, in Samaria. And when Rehoboam wished to pursue with war the tyranny, as it were, of that divided part, the people were forbidden to fight with their brethren, since God declared through a prophet that He had done this. Hence it appeared that in that matter there had been no sin either of the king of Israel or of the people, but rather that the will of God in His avenging judgment had been fulfilled.
When this was known, both sides were appeased and settled in peace among themselves; for the division had been made not of religion but of the kingdom. CHAPTER XXII. Of Jeroboam, who profaned the people subject to him by the impiety of idolatry, in which nevertheless God did not cease both to inspire prophets and to keep many from the crime of idolatry. But Jeroboam, king of Israel, with a perverse mind, not believing God—whom he had proved truthful by the kingdom promised and given to him—feared lest, by coming to the temple of God which was in Jerusalem (whither, according to the divine law, that whole nation had to come for the sake of sacrifice), the people should be seduced away from him and restored to the line of David as to the royal seed; and so he established
idolatry in his own kingdom, and by abominable impiety deceived the people of God, binding them with himself to the worship of images. Yet by no means did God cease to reprove through the prophets not only that king, but also his successors and imitators of his impiety, and the people themselves. For there arose those great and renowned prophets, who also did many wonders, Elijah and his disciple Elisha; there too, when Elijah said, 'Lord, they have slain Thy prophets, they have dug down Thine altars, and I am left alone, and they seek my life,' the answer was given that there were there seven thousand men who had not bowed their knees before Baal. CHAPTER XXIII.
Of the varying condition of both kingdoms of the Hebrews, until both peoples were led into captivity at different times, Judah being afterward recalled to its own kingdom, which at last passed into the power of the Romans. Likewise in the kingdom of Judah pertaining to Jerusalem, even in the times of the kings who succeeded one another, prophets were not lacking; just as it pleased God to send them, either to foretell what was needful, or to rebuke sins and enjoin righteousness. For there too, though far less than in Israel, yet there arose kings who by their impieties grievously offended God and were chastised with moderate scourges together with a like people. The merits of the godly kings there, indeed, are praised as not small;
but in Israel we read that the kings were reprobate—some more, some less, yet all of them. Each part, therefore, as the divine providence either commanded or permitted, was both raised up by various prosperities and pressed down by adversities; and so it was afflicted not only by external wars but also by civil wars among themselves, so that, with certain causes arising, either the mercy or the wrath of God might be made manifest, until, as His indignation grew, that whole nation was not only overthrown in its own seats by the conquering Chaldeans, but also for the greatest part transferred into the lands of the Assyrians—first that part which was called Israel in the ten tribes, and afterward Judah also, when Jerusalem and that most noble temple had been destroyed;
and in those lands it spent its captive leisure for seventy years. After these, being thence dismissed, it restored the temple which had been destroyed; and although very many of them dwelt in the lands of foreigners, yet thereafter it no longer had two parts of the kingdom and two different kings in the separate parts; but in Jerusalem their chief was one, and to the temple of God, which was there, all came from every side, wherever they were and from wherever they could, at appointed times. But not even then were enemies and assailants from other nations lacking to them; for indeed Christ found them already tributaries of the Romans. CHAPTER XXIV.
Of the prophets who were either the last among the Jews, or whom the Gospel history sets forth as living about the time of Christ's nativity. Throughout all that time, from when they returned from Babylon, after Malachi, Haggai and Zechariah, who prophesied then, and Ezra, they had no prophets until the Saviour's coming—except another Zechariah, the father of John, and Elizabeth his wife, when Christ's nativity was now near at hand; and, He being now born, the aged Simeon, and the widow Anna, now well advanced in years; and John himself, the last, who, being young, did not indeed foretell Christ, now also young, as one to come, but pointed Him out, though unknown, by prophetic knowledge; on account of which the Lord Himself says: 'The Law and the prophets were until John.'
But the prophesying of these five is known to us from the Gospel; where also the Virgin Mother of the Lord herself is found to have prophesied before John. But this prophecy of theirs the reprobate Jews do not receive; yet those countless ones among them who believed the Gospel did receive it. For then was Israel truly divided in two, by that division which through the prophet Samuel was unalterably foretold to King Saul. But Malachi, Haggai, Zechariah, and Ezra even the reprobate Jews hold as received into canonical authority as the last. For there are also writings of theirs, just as of the others, who among the great multitude of prophets were very few who wrote the things that should obtain the authority of the canon.
Of the things foretold by these, which pertain to Christ and His Church, I see that some must be set down by me in this work; which will be done more conveniently, with the Lord's help, in the following book, lest I burden this one, already so long, still further. Of those things which down to the times of the Saviour have been discussed in seventeen books.
Of the two cities—one of which is God's, the other of this world, in which, so far as pertains to the human race, this one also is a pilgrim—I promised that I would write of their origin, their progress, and their due ends, when first I had refuted the enemies of the city of God, who prefer their own gods to Christ its founder and, with a most pernicious envy, bitterly grudge the Christians; which, so far as His grace helped me, I did in the first ten books.
But of this my threefold promise which I just now mentioned, the origin of both cities was set forth in the four books following the tenth; then their progress from the first man down to the flood in one book, which is the fifteenth of this work; and thence down to Abraham again both cities ran their course, as in time, so also in our writings. But from father Abraham down to the time of the kings of the Israelites, where we finished the sixteenth volume, and thence down to the coming of the Saviour Himself in the flesh, to which the seventeenth book extends, only the city of God seems to have run its course in my pen;
although in this world it ran its course not alone, but assuredly both cities ran together in the human race, as from the beginning, and varied the times by their joint progress. But I did this for this reason: that first, from when God's promises began to be plainer, down to His birth from the Virgin (in which were to be fulfilled the things that were promised at the first), this city which is God's, running on without interruption from the opposing side of the other city, might appear more distinctly; although down to the revelation of the new testament it ran its course not in light, but in shadow. Now therefore, what I had laid aside, I see must be done: that from the times of Abraham I may touch upon how that other city also ran its course, so far as seems sufficient, so that both may be compared with each other by the consideration of readers.
CHAPTER II. Of the kings and times of the earthly city, with which, from the rise of Abraham, the reckoned times of the saints agree. The society, then, of mortals, everywhere spread abroad through the lands and bound together in places of however great diversity by a certain communion of one and the same nature—each pursuing his own interests and desires—while what is sought suffices either for no one or not for all, because it is not the very thing itself, is for the most part divided against itself, and the part that prevails oppresses the other part. For the conquered yields to the conqueror, preferring any kind of peace and safety to dominion or even to liberty, so that those have been a great wonder who chose rather to perish than to serve.
For in almost all nations the voice of nature has in a certain way thus resounded, that those whose lot it was to be conquered preferred to be subjugated by the victors rather than to be destroyed by every kind of warlike devastation. Hence it has come about, not without the providence of God—in whose power it lies that each man should either be subjugated or subjugate in war—that some were endowed with kingdoms, and some made subject to those who reign. But among the very many kingdoms of the earth, into which the society of earthly interest or desire is divided (which we call by the universal name the city of this world), we discern two kingdoms that have come forth far more illustrious than the rest: first that of the Assyrians, then that of the Romans, ordered and distinguished from each other as in times, so also in places. For just as the former was earlier, this latter was later;
in like manner the former arose in the East, the latter in the West; and finally, at the end of the one, the beginning of the other immediately followed. The other kingdoms and other kings I would call, as it were, appendages of these. Ninus, then, was already the second king of the Assyrians, who had succeeded his father Belus, the first king of that kingdom, when Abraham was born in the land of the Chaldeans. There was also at that time a quite small kingdom of the Sicyonians, from which that man most learned in every field, Marcus Varro, writing of the nation of the Roman people, began as from ancient time. For from these kings of the Sicyonians he passed to the Athenians, from them to the Latins, thence to the Romans. But before the founding of Rome these things are recorded as very slight in comparison with the kingdom of the Assyrians;
although even Sallust the Roman historian acknowledges that the Athenians flourished most greatly in Greece—yet more in fame than in the thing itself. For speaking of them, he says: 'The deeds of the Athenians, as I judge, were sufficiently great and magnificent; yet somewhat less than they are reported by fame. But because there arose there great talents of writers, throughout the world the deeds of the Athenians are celebrated as the greatest. Thus the valor of those who did them is held to be as great as illustrious talents were able to extol it in words.' There accrues to this city no small glory also from letters and philosophers, because there above all such studies flourished.
For as far as concerns empire, none was greater in the earliest times than that of the Assyrians, nor so widely and broadly extended; since King Ninus, the son of Belus, is reported to have subdued all Asia—which is said to be a third of the whole world by number of its parts, but is found to be the half by magnitude—as far as the borders of Libya. Over the Indians alone, in the regions of the East, he did not rule; yet, upon his death, his wife Semiramis attacked them in war. Thus it came about that whatever peoples or kings there were in those lands obeyed the kingdom and authority of the Assyrians and carried out whatever was commanded. Abraham, therefore, was born in that kingdom among the Chaldeans in the times of Ninus.
But since Greek affairs are much better known to us than Assyrian, and since those who have searched out the nation of the Roman people in the antiquity of its origin have traced down the sequence of times through the Greeks to the Latins and then to the Romans (who are themselves also Latins): for this reason we ought, where there is need, to mention the Assyrian kings, that it may appear in what manner Babylon, as a first Rome, ran its course together with the pilgrim city of God in this world; but those matters which, for the sake of comparing the two cities—namely the earthly and the heavenly—it behooves us to insert into this work, we ought rather to take from the Greeks and Latins, where Rome itself is, as it were, a second Babylon.
When, then, Abraham was born, the second kings were, among the Assyrians Ninus, among the Sicyonians Europs; but the first there had been Belus, here Aegialeus. But when Abraham had gone out of Babylon, God promised him that from him there should be a great nation, and in his seed the blessing of all nations. The Assyrians had a fourth king, the Sicyonians a fifth; for among the former reigned the son of Ninus after his mother Semiramis: who is reported to have been slain by him, having dared, as a mother, to defile her son by incestuous union. Some think that she founded Babylon, which indeed she could have restored. But when or in what manner it was founded, we have said in the sixteenth book.
Furthermore, the son of Ninus and Semiramis, who succeeded his mother in the kingdom, some call himself also Ninus, but some call Ninyas by a name derived from his father. The kingdom of the Sicyonians then was held by Telxion. In whose reign there were there such mild and joyful times, that when he died they worshiped him as a god by sacrificing and by celebrating games, which they say were first instituted for him. CHAPTER III. Under what kings reigning among the Assyrians and Sicyonians Isaac, of the promise, was born when Abraham was a hundred years old, or to Isaac himself at sixty Esau and Jacob, twins, were brought forth by Rebecca. In his times also Isaac was born of the promise of God, to his father Abraham, a hundred years old, a son of Sarah his wife, who, being barren and now an old woman, had lost hope of offspring.
Then too the Assyrians had a fifth king, Arius. But to Isaac himself at sixty were born twins, Esau and Jacob, whom Rebecca his wife bore to him, their grandfather Abraham still living and passing the hundred and sixtieth year of his age, who, having completed a hundred and seventy-five, died, when there reigned among the Assyrians that older Xerxes, who was also called Baleus, and among the Sicyonians Thuriacus, whom some write as Thurimachus, the seventh kings. But the kingdom of the Argives arose together with the grandsons of Abraham, where Inachus first reigned. Indeed—a thing not to be passed over—Varro reports that the Sicyonians were accustomed to sacrifice also at the sepulcher of their seventh king Thuriacus.
Furthermore, when the eighth kings were reigning—Armamitres of the Assyrians, Leucippus of the Sicyonians, and Inachus the first of the Argives—God spoke to Isaac, and to him also He promised those same two things which He had promised to his father: namely, to his seed the land of Canaan, and in his seed the blessing of all nations. These same things were promised also to his son, Abraham's grandson, who was first called Jacob, afterward Israel, when now Belochus reigned as the ninth king of Assyria and Phoroneus, son of Inachus, as the second over the Argives, Leucippus still remaining among the Sicyonians. In these times Greece, under Phoroneus the Argive king, was made somewhat more illustrious by certain institutions of laws and judgments.
Nevertheless Phegous, the younger brother of this Phoroneus, when he had died, had a temple set up at his sepulcher, in which he might be worshiped as a god and oxen be sacrificed to him. I believe they thought him worthy of so great an honor for this reason: that in his portion of the kingdom (for the father had distributed the regions to them both, in which they might reign during his lifetime) he had set up shrines for the worship of the gods, and had taught that the seasons should be observed by months and years, and how far each of them should be measured and reckoned. Marveling at these things as new in him, men still rude, upon his death either supposed or chose to make him a god. For Io also is reported to have been the daughter of Inachus, who afterward, called Isis, was worshiped as a great goddess in Egypt;
although others write that she came from Ethiopia into Egypt as a queen, and that because she ruled widely and justly and instituted for them many useful things and letters, this divine honor was paid to her, after she died there; and so great an honor, that whoever should say she had been a human being became guilty of a capital crime. CHAPTER IV. Of the times of Jacob and his son Joseph.
When the tenth king of the Assyrians, Baleus, and the ninth of the Sicyonians, Messapus—who is also handed down by some as Cephisos (if indeed one man had two names, and they did not rather suppose one to be another man under the other name, who placed the other name in their writings)—were reigning, while Apis was the third king of the Argives, Isaac died at the age of a hundred and eighty, and left his twins, a hundred and twenty years old; of whom the younger, Jacob, pertaining to the city of God of which we write—the elder being assuredly rejected—had twelve sons, of whom the one who was called Joseph his brothers had sold to merchants passing over into Egypt, their grandfather Isaac still living.
Now Joseph stood before Pharaoh, when from the lowliness which he had endured he was exalted, being thirty years old; since, having divinely interpreted the king's dreams, he foretold that seven years of plenty would come, whose overflowing abundance seven other barren years following were to consume; and for this the king had set him over Egypt, freed from prison, into which the integrity of his chastity had cast him—which, stoutly preserving, he did not consent to the foul deed against a mistress who loved wickedly and a master ready wickedly to believe her who lied; fleeing from the hands of her who drew him on, with his garment even left behind.
But in the second year of the seven barren years, Jacob came into Egypt with all his own to his son, being a hundred and thirty years old, as he himself replied to the king who asked him, when Joseph was thirty-nine—namely, the thirty which he was when he was honored by the king, with seven of plenty and two of famine added. CHAPTER V. Of Apis, king of the Argives, whom the Egyptians, naming him Serapis, worshiped with divine honor. In these times Apis, king of the Argives, conveyed by ships into Egypt, when he had died there, was made Serapis, the greatest of all the gods of the Egyptians. But of this name—why he was called not Apis even after death, but Serapis—Varro gave a most easy explanation.
For since the chest in which the dead man is placed, which all now call a sarcophagus, is in Greek called 'soros,' and they had begun to venerate him there as buried before his temple was built: he was called, as it were, 'Soros' and 'Apis,' at first 'Sorapis,' then, one letter being changed as is wont to happen, 'Serapis.' And it was decreed also concerning him that whoever should say he had been a human being should pay a capital penalty. And since in nearly all the temples where Isis and Serapis were worshiped there was also an image which, with finger pressed to the lips, seemed to admonish that silence should be kept: Varro thinks this signified the same thing, that it should be kept silent that they had been human beings.
But that ox, which Egypt, deceived by marvelous vanity, nourished in his honor with abundant delicacies—since they venerated it alive without a sarcophagus—was called Apis, not Serapis. When this ox died, since a calf of the same color was sought and found, that is, marked similarly with certain white spots, they believed that something wondrous had been divinely procured for them. For it was no great thing for the demons, in order to deceive them, to display a phantom of such a bull—which the cow alone perceived—to her as she conceived and grew pregnant, whence the mother's desire might draw what should already appear bodily in her offspring; just as Jacob, by means of variegated rods, brought it about that sheep and goats were born variegated.
For what men can do with true colors and bodies, this the demons can most easily display to conceiving animals by feigned figures. CHAPTER VI. Under what king reigning among the Argives, or among the Assyrians, Jacob died in Egypt. Apis, therefore, king not of the Egyptians but of the Argives, died in Egypt. To him his son Argus succeeded in the kingdom, from whose name both Argi and from this the Argives were called; but in the time of the earlier kings neither the place nor the people had this name.
In whose reign among the Argives, and among the Sicyonians Erato reigning, but among the Assyrians Baleus still remaining, Jacob died in Egypt at the age of a hundred and forty-seven, when, about to die, he had blessed his sons and grandsons by Joseph, and had most plainly prophesied Christ, saying in the blessing of Judah: 'The prince shall not fail from Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until those things come which are laid up for him; and He Himself is the expectation of the nations.' While Argus reigned, Greece began to use its own crops and to have grain fields in agriculture, seeds having been brought from elsewhere. Argus too, after his death, began to be held a god, honored with a temple and sacrifices.
Which honor, while he reigned, had been paid before him to a certain Homogyrus, a private man and struck by lightning, because he first yoked oxen to the plow. CHAPTER VII. In whose kings' time Joseph died in Egypt. When the twelfth of the Assyrians, Mamythus, and the eleventh of the Sicyonians, Plemmaeus, were reigning, and Argus still remaining among the Argives, Joseph died in Egypt at the age of a hundred and ten. After his death the people of God, marvelously increasing, remained in Egypt a hundred and forty-five years—at first tranquilly, until those died to whom Joseph had been known;
then, because his increases were envied and suspected, until from there it should be set free, it was pressed by persecutions (amid which, however, it grew by a divinely granted multiplication) and by the labors of intolerable bondage. But in Assyria and Greece during the same time the same kingdoms remained. CHAPTER VIII. In whose kings' age Moses was born, and the religion of which gods arose in those same times. When, therefore, Saphrus reigned as the fourteenth among the Assyrians, and Orthopolis the twelfth among the Sicyonians, and Criasus the fifth among the Argives, Moses was born in Egypt, through whom the people of God was set free from Egyptian servitude, in which it was fitting that it should be thus exercised, that it might long for the help of its Creator.
While the said kings were reigning, Prometheus is believed by some to have lived, whom on that account they say to have formed men out of clay, because he is reported to have been a most excellent teacher of wisdom; nor yet is it shown who were the wise men in his times. His brother Atlas is said to have been a great astrologer; whence the fable found occasion to feign that he carried the heavens, although a mountain is called by his name, by whose height rather the carrying of the heavens seems to have come into the opinion of the common people. Many other fabulous things also began at those times in Greece to be feigned;
but down to Cecrops, king of the Athenians—in whose reign that city also received such a name, and in whose reign God through Moses led His people out of Egypt—several dead men were enrolled in the number of the gods, by the blind and empty custom and superstition of the Greeks. Among whom were Melantomice, wife of King Criasus, and Phorbas their son, who after his father was the sixth king of the Argives, and Iasus, son of the seventh king Triopas, and the ninth king Sthenelas, or Stheneleus, or Sthenelus—for he is found variously in different authors. In these times also Mercury is reported to have lived, the grandson of Atlas by his daughter Maia, as even the more common writings make resound. He shone forth as skilled in many arts, which he also handed down to men;
for which merit they wished, or even believed, him to be a god after death. Hercules is said to have been later, yet belonging to those same times of the Argives; although some prefer him to Mercury in time—whom I judge to be mistaken. But at whatever time they were born, it is agreed among serious historians, who committed these ancient things to writing, that both were men, and that, because they conferred many benefits upon mortals for the more convenient leading of this life, they earned divine honors from them. But Minerva was far more ancient than these; for in the times of Ogygus she is reported to have appeared at the lake which is called Triton's, in maidenly form, whence she was also called Tritonia;
the inventress, indeed, of many works, and the more readily believed a goddess, the less her origin became known. For that she is sung to have been born from the head of Jupiter is to be applied to poets and fables, not to history and deeds done. Although Ogygus himself, in whose times also a great flood occurred—not that greatest one, in which no men escaped except those who could be in the ark, which neither Greek nor Latin history knows of among the nations, but yet greater than that which was afterward in the time of Deucalion—when he lived, there is no agreement among the writers of history.
For Varro began from there the book of which I made mention above, and proposes for himself nothing more ancient, from which he may arrive at Roman affairs, than the flood of Ogygus—that is, the flood done in the times of Ogygus. But our writers who have written chronicles—first Eusebius, then Jerome, who certainly followed some preceding historians in this opinion—record that the flood of Ogygus occurred more than three hundred years afterward, when Phoroneus already reigned as the second king of the Argives. But at whatever time it was, Minerva was already worshiped as a goddess while Cecrops reigned over the Athenians, under which king they say the city itself was either restored or founded. CHAPTER IX.
When the city of the Athenians was founded, and what cause for its name Varro alleges. For Varro sets forth this cause why it should be called Athens, a name which surely comes from Minerva, who in Greek is called Athena. When an olive tree had suddenly appeared there, and in another place water had burst forth, these portents stirred the king, and he sent to the Delphic Apollo to inquire what was to be understood and what was to be done. The god answered that the olive signified Minerva and the water Neptune, and that it lay in the power of the citizens from which of the two gods, whose tokens these were, the city should rather take its name.
Having received this oracle, Cecrops summoned all the citizens of both sexes to cast their vote (for it was then the custom in those places that women too should take part in public deliberations). The multitude being therefore consulted, the men gave their votes for Neptune, the women for Minerva; and because one more woman was found, Minerva won. Then Neptune, in his wrath, laid waste the lands of the Athenians with the surging waves of the sea; for it is no difficult thing for demons to scatter whatever waters they please over a wider area.
That his anger might be appeased, the same author says that the women were punished by the Athenians with a threefold penalty: that they should henceforth cast no votes; that none of the children born should take the mother's name; and that no one should call them Athenaeae. Thus that city, the mother or nurse of the liberal disciplines and of so many and so great philosophers—than which Greece had nothing more illustrious or more noble—received the name Athens through the mockery of the demons, by reason of the quarrel of their gods, a male and a female, and of the victory won through women for a female; and being injured by the conquered, it was compelled to punish the very victory of the victress, dreading Neptune's waters more than Minerva's arms. For in the women who were thus punished, even Minerva, who had conquered, was conquered;
nor did she stand by her own supporters, so that, after the power of voting was thenceforth lost and the sons alienated from their mothers' names, they might at least be permitted to be called Athenaeae and to deserve the title of that goddess whom they, the women, had made victorious over the men, the gods, by casting their vote. What and how many things might be said on this point, were not my discourse hastening on to other matters! CHAPTER X. What Varro relates concerning the naming of the Areopagus and the flood of Deucalion. And yet Marcus Varro is unwilling to give credence to fabulous fictions against the gods, lest he should think anything unworthy of the dignity of their majesty.
And therefore he does not wish the Areopagus—where the Apostle Paul disputed with the Athenians, from which place the senators of that city were called Areopagites—to have taken its name from this, namely that Mars, who in Greek is called Ares, when he was made defendant on a charge of homicide and was being judged by twelve gods, was acquitted in that place by six votes (since, where the votes were of equal number, acquittal was wont to be preferred to condemnation);
but against this opinion, which is far more widely current, he tries to establish some other cause of this name, drawn from the knowledge of obscure writings, lest the Athenians should be believed to have named the Areopagus after the name of Mars and a 'pagus'—as it were the 'field of Mars'—to the injury, that is, of the deities, from whom he reckons quarrels or trials to be alien; asserting that this, which is said of Mars, is no less false than that which is told of the three goddesses—namely Juno, Minerva, and Venus—who are said to have contended over the excellence of beauty before the judge Paris for the winning of the golden apple, and who, to appease the gods (who delight in such crimes of theirs, whether true or false), are sung and danced amid theatrical applause.
These things Varro does not believe, lest he should believe what is unbecoming to the natures or morals of the gods; and yet, while rendering an account of the name of Athens that is not fabulous but historical, he inserts in his own writings so great a quarrel between Neptune and Minerva over the name from which that city should rather be called, that, when they contended by the display of portents, neither did Apollo, when consulted, dare to judge between them, but, just as Jupiter sent the aforesaid three goddesses to Paris, so he too sent the dispute of the gods to be settled by men—where Minerva conquered by the votes, and yet was conquered in the punishment of her own supporters; she who was able to obtain Athens among her adversaries the men, yet could not have her friends the women as Athenaeae.
At these times, as Varro writes, when Cranaus, the successor of Cecrops, was reigning over the Athenians—but, as our authors Eusebius and Jerome say, while that same Cecrops still continued—there occurred the flood which was called Deucalion's, for the reason that he was reigning in those parts of those lands where it chiefly occurred. But this flood by no means reached Egypt and its neighboring regions. CHAPTER XI. At what time Moses led the people of God out of Egypt, and Joshua the son of Nun, who succeeded him, in whose age, of which kings, he died. Moses, then, led the people of God out of Egypt in the latest time of Cecrops, king of the Athenians, when among the Assyrians Ascatades was reigning, among the Sicyonians Marathus, among the Argives Triopas.
And after the people had been led forth, on Mount Sinai he delivered to them the law received from God, which is called the Old Testament, because it has earthly promises, whereas through Jesus Christ there was to be a New Testament, by which the kingdom of heaven should be promised. For this order had to be observed, just as in each single man who advances toward God it comes to pass what the Apostle says: that the spiritual is not first, but the natural, and afterward the spiritual; since, as he also says and as is true, the first man is from the earth, earthy; the second man is from heaven.
Now Moses ruled the people forty years in the wilderness and died at the age of a hundred and twenty, after he too had prophesied of Christ through the figures of the carnal observances—in the tabernacle and the priesthood and the sacrifices and the many other mystical injunctions. Joshua the son of Nun succeeded Moses, and settled the people, brought into the land of promise, by divine authority, the nations being subdued from whom those same places were held. When he had ruled the people twenty-seven years after the death of Moses, he too died, in the reign, among the Assyrians, of the eighteenth king Amyntas, among the Sicyonians of the sixteenth Corax, among the Argives of the tenth Danaus, among the Athenians of the fourth Erichthonius. CHAPTER XII.
Concerning the rites of the false gods which the kings of Greece instituted in those times, which are reckoned from the departure of Israel out of Egypt down to the death of Joshua the son of Nun. Throughout these times, that is, from the departure of Israel out of Egypt down to the death of Joshua the son of Nun, through whom that same people received the land of promise, rites were instituted to false gods by the kings of Greece, which by a solemn celebration recalled the memory of the flood and of the deliverance of men from it, and of the then-wretched life of those migrating now to the heights, now to the plains. For they so interpret the ascent and descent of the Luperci along the sacred way that they say there are signified by them the men who, on account of the flood of waters, sought the tops of the mountains and again, when the same had subsided, returned to the lowlands.
At these times Dionysus, who was also called Father Liber and after his death held to be a god, is said to have shown the vine to his host in the land of Attica. Then musical games were instituted to the Delphic Apollo, that his wrath might be appeased, by which they thought the regions of Greece had been afflicted with barrenness, because they had not defended his temple, which King Danaus, when he had invaded those same lands in war, had burned. And that they should institute these games, they were admonished by his oracle. But in Attica King Erichthonius first instituted games to him, and not to him only, but also to Minerva, in which oil was set as the prize for the victors, because they relate that Minerva was the discoverer of that fruit, as Liber of wine.
In those years, Europa is said to have been carried off by Xanthus, king of the Cretans (whose name we find given otherwise in other authors), and thence to have been born Rhadamanthus, Sarpedon, and Minos—who are rather commonly reported to have been sons of Jupiter by that same woman. But the worshippers of such gods assign what we have said about the king of the Cretans to historical truth, but that which the poets sing about Jupiter, the theaters resound, the peoples celebrate, to the vanity of fables—so that there might be something out of which games could be held to appease the deities even with their false crimes. At these times Hercules was held famous in Syria; but doubtless another, not the one of whom we spoke above. For in a more secret history it is said that there were several Fathers Liber and several Herculeses.
This Hercules indeed—whose twelve mighty deeds they enumerate, among which they do not include the slaying of the African Antaeus, because that exploit belongs to another Hercules—their writings record to have burned himself on Mount Oeta, since with that valor by which he had subdued many things he yet could not endure the disease with which he was languishing. At that time the king, or rather the tyrant, Busiris used to sacrifice his guests to his gods—whom they report to have been the son of Neptune by his mother Libya, daughter of Epaphus. But let it not be believed that Neptune committed this debauchery, lest the gods be accused; rather, let these things be ascribed to the poets and the theaters, that there may be something whereby they are appeased.
Vulcan and Minerva are said to have been the parents of Erichthonius, king of the Athenians, in whose last years Joshua the son of Nun is found to have died. But since they will have it that Minerva was a virgin, they say that in a struggle between the two, Vulcan, being aroused, spilled his seed upon the earth, and that thence a man was born, and for that reason such a name was given to him. For in the Greek tongue 'eris' is strife, 'chthon' is earth, out of which two words is the name Erichthonius compounded.
But, what must be confessed, the more learned refute these things and repel them from their gods, who report that this fabulous opinion arose from this: that in the temple of Vulcan and Minerva, which both possessed as one at Athens, a boy was found exposed, wrapped in a serpent, which signified that he would be great; and on account of the common temple, since his parents were unknown, he was said to be the son of Vulcan and Minerva. Yet the origin of his name that fable rather than this history designates. But what is that to us? Let the one instruct religious men in truthful books; let the other delight impure demons in deceitful games;
yet those religious men worship those very demons as gods, and although they deny these things of them, they cannot purge them of every crime, since they exhibit games to them at their demand, in which things are done basely which are as it were wisely denied; and by these false and base things the gods are appeased—where, even if the fable sings a false crime of the deities, yet to take delight in a false crime is a true crime. CHAPTER XIII. What kinds of fabulous fictions arose at the time when judges began to preside over the Hebrews. After the death of Joshua the son of Nun, the people of God had judges, in whose times there alternated among them both the humiliations of toils on account of their sins, and the prosperities of consolations on account of the mercy of God.
At these times fables were invented: about Triptolemus, that at Ceres' command, borne by winged serpents, he conferred grain by flying upon lands that lacked it; about the Minotaur, that a beast was enclosed in the Labyrinth, into which when men had entered they could not come out again because of the inextricable maze; about the Centaurs, that the nature of horses and of men was joined together; about Cerberus, that he is the three-headed dog of the underworld; about Phrixus and his sister Helle, that they flew, carried on a ram; about the Gorgon, that she had hair of serpents and turned those who looked upon her into stones; about Bellerophon, that he was borne by a horse flying with wings, which horse was called Pegasus; about Amphion, that by the sweetness of his lyre he charmed and drew stones;
about the smith Daedalus and his son Icarus, that they flew by means of wings fitted to themselves; about Oedipus, that he compelled a certain monster, which was called the Sphinx—four-footed with a human face—to perish by its own headlong fall, when the as-it-were insoluble riddle that she was wont to propose was solved; about Antaeus, whom Hercules slew, that he was a son of the earth, on which account, when he fell to the earth, he was wont to rise up the stronger; and if perchance I have passed over any others. These fables, down to the Trojan war, where Marcus Varro ended his second book on the people of the Roman race, were so fashioned by the wits of men, taking their occasion from histories which contain things truly done, that they were not fastened upon the reproaches of the deities.
Moreover, whoever they were who feigned that the most beautiful boy Ganymede was carried off by Jupiter for debauchery (which abomination King Tantalus committed, but the fable attributed it to Jupiter), or that Jupiter sought intercourse with Danaë through a golden shower (where it is understood that the woman's chastity was corrupted by gold)—these things which in those times were either done or feigned, or done by others and feigned of Jupiter—it cannot be told how much evil they presumed upon men's hearts, in that they could patiently bear these lies, which nevertheless they even gladly embraced. And indeed, by however much more devotedly they worship Jupiter, by so much more severely ought they to have punished those who dared to say such things of him.
But now they were not only not angry with those who invented these things, but feared rather to have the gods themselves angry if they did not even perform such fictions in the theaters. At these times Latona bore Apollo—not the one whose oracles we spoke above of being consulted, but the one who served Admetus together with Hercules—who nevertheless was so believed to be a god that most, and almost all, suppose that there was one and the same Apollo. Then also Father Liber waged war in India, who had many women in his army, who were called Bacchae, distinguished not so much by valor as by frenzy. Some indeed write that this Liber was both conquered and bound; and a few that he was even slain in battle by Perseus, nor are they silent as to where he was buried;
and yet, in his name as it were a god's, through unclean demons the Bacchanalian rites, or rather sacrileges, were instituted, of whose raging baseness, after so many years, the Senate so blushed that it forbade them to be in the city of Rome. In those times Perseus and his wife Andromeda, after they were dead, were so believed to have been received into heaven that men were not ashamed, were not afraid, to mark their images with stars and to call them by their names. CHAPTER XIV. Of the theological poets.
Throughout the same interval of time there arose poets who were also called theologians, because they made songs about the gods—but about such gods who, though great men, were nevertheless men, or were elements of this world which the true God made, or were ordained among principalities and powers according to the will of the Creator and their own merits. And if they sang anything of the one true God amid many vain and false things, yet by worshipping others along with Him who are not gods, and by exhibiting to them the service which is owed to the one God alone, they certainly did not duly serve Him, nor could they refrain even themselves from the fabulous disgrace of their gods—Orpheus, Musaeus, Linus. But these theologians worshipped gods, and were not worshipped as gods;
although the city of the impious is wont, I know not how, to set Orpheus over the infernal rites, or rather sacrileges. But the wife of King Athamas, who was called Ino, and her son Melicertes perished by a voluntary plunge into the sea, and by the opinion of men were placed among the gods, like other men of their times, Castor and Pollux. That mother of Melicertes the Greeks indeed called Leucothea, the Latins Matuta—both, however, supposing her a goddess. CHAPTER XV. Of the fall of the kingdom of the Argives, at which time among the Laurentes Picus the son of Saturn first received the kingdom of his father.
In those times the kingdom of the Argives came to an end, being transferred to Mycenae, whence Agamemnon came, and the kingdom of the Laurentes arose, where Picus the son of Saturn first received the kingdom—while among the Hebrews a woman, Deborah, was judging; but through her the Spirit of God was at work, for she was also a prophetess, whose prophecy is too little plain for us to be able, without a lengthy exposition, to show it to have been uttered concerning Christ. The Laurentes, then, were already reigning, namely in Italy, from whom the Roman origin is more evidently traced after the Greeks; and yet the Assyrian kingdom still continued, where there was a twenty-third king, Lampares, when the first of the Laurentes, Picus, had begun to be.
Concerning Saturn, the father of this Picus, let the worshippers of such gods see what they think—those who deny that he was a man; about whom others also have written that he himself reigned in Italy before Picus his son, and Virgil says in better-known writings: 'He gathered together a race untaught and scattered upon the high mountains, and gave them laws, and chose that it should be called Latium, since in these shores he had lain hidden in safety. The golden ages which they recount were under that king.' But let them suppose these to be poetic fictions, and let them assert that the father of Picus was rather Sterces, by whom, a most skilled farmer, it is reported to have been discovered that fields might be made fertile with the dung of animals, which from his name is called 'stercus'; this man some report to have been called Stercutius.
But for whatever cause they may have wished to call him Saturn, they certainly, with good reason, made this Sterces or Stercutius the god of agriculture. Picus likewise, his son, they received into the number of such gods, whom they assert to have been a distinguished augur and warrior. Picus begot Faunus, the second king of the Laurentes; this one too is, or was, a god to them. These men, before the Trojan war, they bestowed divine honors upon, dead men. CHAPTER XVI. Of Diomede, placed among the gods after the destruction of Troy, whose companions were believed to have been turned into birds. But Troy being overthrown by that destruction everywhere sung—
and most famous to boys—destruction overthrown, which both by its own greatness and by the excelling tongues of writers has been notably spread abroad and made common, and was accomplished when Latinus the son of Faunus was already reigning (from whom the kingdom began to be called the Latins', and that of the Laurentes ceased), the victorious Greeks, leaving Troy destroyed and returning to their own homes, were torn and ground down by diverse and dreadful disasters; and yet even from these they increased the number of their gods. For they made Diomede too a god, whom they report, by a penalty divinely inflicted, not to have returned to his own people; and that his companions were turned into birds they affirm, not by a fabulous and poetic lie, but by historical attestation;
to whom not even the god, as they think, that he was made, was able either himself to restore the human nature, or at least obtained it from Jupiter, his own king, as a newcomer among the celestials. Moreover, they say that there is a temple of his on the island of Diomedea, not far from Mount Garganus, which is in Apulia, and that these birds fly around this temple and dwell there with such marvelous attendance that they fill their beaks with water and sprinkle it; and that, if Greeks come there, or those sprung from Greek stock, they are not only quiet, but moreover even fawn upon them; but if they see foreigners, they fly up to their heads and wound them with such heavy blows that they even kill them. For with hard and large beaks they are reported to be sufficiently armed for these battles. CHAPTER XVII.
What Varro has handed down concerning the incredible transformations of men. That Varro may establish this, he mentions other things no less incredible about that most notorious sorceress Circe, who also changed the companions of Ulysses into beasts, and about the Arcadians, who, chosen by lot, used to swim across a certain pool and there were turned into wolves and lived with similar wild beasts through the deserts of that region. But if they did not feed on human flesh, then after nine years, the same pool being swum back across, they were reformed into men.
Finally, he even named expressly a certain Demaenetus who tasted of a sacrifice which the Arcadians were wont to offer to their god Lycaeus by sacrificing a boy, and was changed into a wolf, and in the tenth year was restored to his proper figure, trained himself in boxing, and won in an Olympic contest. Nor does the same historian suppose that for any other reason was such a name attached, in Arcadia, to Pan Lycaeus and to Jupiter Lycaeus, except on account of this change of men into wolves, which they thought could not come about except by divine power. For a wolf in Greek is called 'lukos,' whence the name Lycaeus appears to be derived by inflexion. He says the Roman Luperci too arose from the seed, as it were, of those mysteries. CHAPTER XVIII.
What is to be believed concerning the transformations which seem, by the art of demons, to befall men. But concerning this so great mockery of demons, those who read these things will perhaps await what we may say. And what shall we say, except that we must flee out of the midst of Babylon? This prophetic precept is so understood spiritually, that out of the city of this world—which is assuredly the society of impious angels and men—we may flee, by the steps of faith which works through love, advancing toward the living God. For by however much greater a power of demons over these lowest things we behold, by so much the more tenaciously must we cling to the Mediator, through whom we ascend from the lowest to the highest.
For if we should say that these things are not to be believed, there are not lacking, even now, those who assert that they have heard of certain things of this kind as most certain, or even that they themselves have experienced them. For when we too were in Italy, we used to hear such things about a certain region of those parts, where they said that women keepers of inns, imbued with these evil arts, were wont to give in cheese, to whatever travelers they wished or could, something whereby they were immediately turned into beasts of burden and carried whatever was necessary, and after the works were performed, returned again to themselves; nor yet was the mind made bestial in them, but the rational and human mind was preserved—
just as Apuleius, in the books which he entitled 'The Golden Ass,' either related or feigned that it happened to himself, that, a poison being received, while his human mind remained he became an ass. These things are either false, or so unusual that they are rightly not believed. Yet it is most firmly to be believed that almighty God can do all things that He wills, whether by punishing or by bestowing; and that demons can effect nothing according to the power of their nature (for that too is an angelic creature, although malignant by its own fault) except what He has permitted, whose judgments are many hidden, none unjust. Nor indeed do demons create natures, if they do anything of this kind, of which deeds this question turns;
but only in outward appearance they alter the things that have been created by the true God, so that they may seem to be what they are not. Therefore I would by no means believe that the soul, nor even the body, can by any reasoning, by the art or power of demons, be truly converted into bestial members and lineaments; but that the phantastic element of a man—which even in thinking or in dreaming is varied through innumerable kinds of things, and, though it is not a body, yet with marvelous swiftness takes on shapes resembling bodies—can, when the bodily senses of the man are lulled or oppressed, be brought to the perception of others in a bodily form by some ineffable manner I know not how; so that the very bodies of the men lie somewhere, living indeed, but with their senses bound much more heavily and forcibly than by sleep;
but that phantastic element, as it were embodied in the likeness of some animal, appears to the senses of others, and the man even seems to himself to be such, just as he might seem to himself to be such in dreams, and to carry burdens; which burdens, if they are true bodies, are carried by demons, that men may be mocked, perceiving partly the true bodies of burdens, partly the false bodies of beasts of burden. For a certain man, by name Praestantius, used to relate that it had happened to his father that he took that poison through cheese in his own house and lay on his own bed as if asleep, who nevertheless could in no way be aroused.
But after some days he said that he, as it were, awoke and recounted, as though they were dreams, the things he had suffered: namely that he had been made a horse and, among other beasts of burden, had carried provisions for the soldiers—which is called 'Retica,' since it is conveyed to the Rhaetias. And it was ascertained that it had been done just as he related; which nevertheless seemed to him to be his own dreams. Another also related that at his own house, by night, before he went to rest, he had seen coming to him a certain philosopher very well known to him, who had expounded to him certain Platonic matters which, when previously asked, he had refused to expound. And when it was inquired of the same philosopher why he had done in this man's house what, when asked, he had refused in his own house:
'I did not do it,' he said, 'but I dreamed that I did it.' And by this, there was exhibited to one man, waking, through a phantastic image, what the other saw in dreams. These things came to us not from any chance persons, of the kind whom we should think it unworthy to believe, but from those who reported them whom we would not suppose to have lied to us. Accordingly, as for what men are said—and it has been committed to writing—to be wont to be turned into wolves by the gods, or rather demons, of the Arcadians, and that by her songs Circe changed the companions of Ulysses, it seems to me that it could have been done after this manner which I have described, if indeed it was done at all.
But as for the Diomedean birds, since indeed their kind is reported to endure through the succession of their stock, I believe they were not made out of transformed men, but rather, the men being withdrawn, substituted in their place—as the hind for Iphigenia, the daughter of King Agamemnon. For such tricks could not have been difficult for the demons, permitted by the judgment of God; but because that virgin was afterward found alive, it was easily recognized that a hind had been substituted for her. But the companions of Diomede, because they nowhere suddenly appeared, and afterward appeared in no place—the avenging evil angels destroying them—are believed to have been turned into those birds which, in their place, were secretly brought from other places, where this kind of bird exists, to those places and suddenly substituted.
But that they bring water with their beaks to the temple of Diomede and sprinkle it, and that they fawn upon those of Greek birth and persecute foreigners, it is not to be wondered at that this is done by the instinct of demons, whose interest it is to persuade men that Diomede was made a god, in order to deceive men, so that they may worship many false gods to the injury of the true God, and may serve dead men (who, even while they lived, did not truly live) with temples, altars, sacrifices, and priests—all which things, when they are right, are owed to none but the one living and true God. CHAPTER XIX. That Aeneas came into Italy at the time when Labdon the judge was presiding over the Hebrews.
At that time, after Troy had been captured and destroyed, Aeneas came into Italy with twenty ships, in which the remnants of the Trojans were borne, while Latinus reigned there, and among the Athenians Menestheus, among the Sicyonians Polyphides, among the Assyrians Tautanes, while among the Hebrews Labdon was judge. When Latinus had died, Aeneas reigned three years, the same kings remaining in the places mentioned above, except that among the Sicyonians it was now Pelasgus, and among the Hebrews the judge was Samson, who, being marvelously strong, was thought to be Hercules. But because Aeneas, when he died, did not appear, the Latins made him a god for themselves. The Sabines too enrolled their first king Sancus, or as some call him, Sanctus, among the gods.
About the same time Codrus, king of the Athenians, unrecognized, offered himself to be slain by the Peloponnesians, the enemies of that same city; and so it came to pass. In this manner they proclaim that he freed his fatherland. For the Peloponnesians had received an oracle that they would then at last conquer, if they had not killed the king of their foes. He therefore deceived them by appearing in the garb of a poor man and by provoking his own death through a quarrel. Whence Virgil says: «And the quarrels of Codrus.» And the Athenians honored him with the worship of sacrifices, as though he were a god.
In the reign of Silvius, the fourth king of the Latins, the son of Aeneas—not by Creusa, by whom was born Ascanius, who reigned there third, but by Lavinia the daughter of Latinus, whom Aeneas is said to have had as a posthumous son—and in the twenty-ninth year of the Assyrian kings Oneus and Melanthus, and the sixteenth among the Athenians, while Eli the priest was judge of the Hebrews, the kingdom of the Sicyonians came to an end, which is said to have been prolonged through nine hundred and fifty-nine years. CHAPTER XX. On the succession of the royal order among the Israelites after the time of the judges. Soon, while those same kings reigned through the places mentioned, the kingdom of the Israelites, when the time of the judges was ended, took its beginning from Saul as king, at which time Samuel was prophet.
From that time, therefore, these began to be kings of the Latins, whom they surnamed Silvii; for from him who, as the son of Aeneas, was first called Silvius, the rest who followed had both their own proper names imposed upon them and this surname was not lacking; just as long afterward those were surnamed Caesars who succeeded Caesar Augustus. But Saul having been rejected, that none from his stock should reign, and he being dead, David succeeded to the kingdom forty years after the rule of Saul began. Then the Athenians, after the death of Codrus, ceased to have kings thereafter and began to have magistrates for administering the commonwealth.
After David, who himself also reigned forty years, his son Solomon was king of the Israelites, who built that most renowned temple of God at Jerusalem. In his time Alba was founded among the Latins, from which thereafter the kings began to be called, not kings of the Latins, but of the Albans, yet in the same Latium. To Solomon succeeded his son Rehoboam, under whom that people was divided into two kingdoms, and each part began to have its own several kings. CHAPTER XXI. On the kings of Latium, of whom the first, Aeneas, and the twelfth, Aventinus, were made gods. After Aeneas, whom they made a god, Latium had eleven kings, of whom none was made a god.
But Aventinus, who follows Aeneas in the twelfth place, when he had been laid low in war and buried on that mountain which even now is called by his name, was added to the number of such gods as they were making for themselves. Some indeed were unwilling to record that he was slain in battle, but said that he did not appear; nor that the mountain was named from his name, but that it was called Aventine from the coming of birds. After him no god was made in Latium except Romulus the founder of Rome. But between this one and that one two kings are found, of whom the first is, that I may speak of him in a Virgilian verse: «Next there is Procas, glory of the Trojan race.»
In whose time, because Rome was now in a manner being brought to birth, that greatest of all kingdoms, the Assyrian, received the end of so great a duration. For it was transferred to the Medes after almost one thousand three hundred and five years, if indeed the times of Belus also, who begat Ninus and was there the first king content with a small empire, be reckoned. Now Procas reigned before Amulius. Moreover Amulius had made Rhea by name—who was also called Ilia—the daughter of his brother Numitor and the mother of Romulus, a Vestal virgin; whom they will have it conceived twins by Mars, in this way honoring or excusing her defilement, and adducing as proof that a she-wolf nursed the exposed infants.
For they suppose that this kind of beast pertains to Mars, so that, namely, the she-wolf is believed to have offered her teats to the little ones because she recognized the sons of her lord Mars; although there are not lacking those who say that, when the exposed infants lay wailing, they were first gathered up by some harlot or other and sucked her first breasts (now they used to call harlots she-wolves, whence even now the shameful places of such women are called lupanaria), and that they afterward came to the shepherd Faustulus and were nursed by his wife Acca. Yet if, in order to rebuke a king and man who had cruelly ordered them to be cast into the water, God willed to come to the aid of those infants, by whom so great a city was to be founded, when they had been divinely delivered from the water, by means of a suckling beast, what wonder is it?
Amulius was succeeded in the Latian kingdom by his brother Numitor, the grandfather of Romulus, in whose, that is Numitor's, first year Rome was founded; and so thereafter he reigned together with his grandson, namely Romulus. CHAPTER XXII. That Rome was founded at the time when the kingdom of the Assyrians fell and when Hezekiah was reigning in Judah. Not to delay over many things, the city of Rome was founded as another Babylon and as the daughter of the former Babylon, through which it pleased God to subdue the world of the earth and to bring it into one fellowship of commonwealth and laws, and to pacify it far and wide.
For there were now strong and mighty peoples and nations trained in arms, who would not easily yield, and who needed to be overcome by huge perils and no small devastation on both sides and by dreadful toil. For when the kingdom of the Assyrians subjugated almost all Asia, although it was done by warfare, yet it could not be accomplished by very harsh and difficult wars, because the nations were as yet untrained to resist, nor so many nor so great. Indeed, after that greatest and universal flood, when only eight men escaped in Noah's ark, not much more than a thousand years had passed when Ninus subjugated all Asia except India.
But Rome did not subdue with such speed and ease those many nations of the East and the West, which we behold subject to the Roman empire, since, growing little by little, it found them robust and warlike wherever it spread itself. At the time, therefore, when Rome was founded, the people of Israel had been in the land of promise seven hundred and eighteen years. Of these, twenty-seven pertain to Joshua the son of Nun, then to the time of the judges three hundred and twenty-nine. And from the time kings began to be there, the years were three hundred and sixty-two. And there was then a king in Judah whose name was Ahaz, or, as others reckon, his successor Hezekiah, whom it is agreed to have been a most excellent and most pious king, reigning in the times of Romulus.
But in that part of the Hebrew people which was called Israel, Hoshea had begun to reign. CHAPTER XXIII. On the Erythraean Sibyl, who among the other Sibyls is known to have sung many clear things about Christ. About the same time some report that the Erythraean Sibyl prophesied. Now Varro relates that there were many Sibyls, not one. This Erythraean Sibyl certainly wrote down certain manifest things about Christ; which also we ourselves earlier read in the Latin tongue in verses badly Latin and not holding together, through the unskilfulness of some translator or other, as we afterward came to know. For a most illustrious man—
Flaccianus, who was also proconsul, a man of most ready eloquence and much learning, when we were conversing about Christ, brought forth to us a Greek codex, saying that the verses were of the Erythraean Sibyl, where he showed that in a certain place the order of the letters at the beginnings of the verses was such that these words might be read in it: «Ἰησοῦς Χρειστὸς Θεοῦ υἱὸς σωτήρ», which is in Latin, «Jesus Christ, Son of God, Saviour.» Now these verses, whose first letters render the sense which we have said, just as a certain person interpreted them in Latin and metrical verses, contain this: «I.—A sign of judgment: the earth shall grow wet with sweat. H.—From heaven shall come the King who is to be through the ages, Σ.—namely, present in the flesh, that he may judge the world.»
«O.—Whence both the unbeliever and the faithful shall behold God, exalted with the saints at the very end of the age now come. Σ.—So shall souls be present with their flesh, which he himself judges, X.—when the world lies uncultivated amid dense thickets. P.—Men shall cast away their idols and all their treasure as well; E.—fire shall burn up the lands and the sea and the sky, I.—and searching shall break open the gates of foul Avernus. Σ.—But indeed the free light shall be delivered to all the flesh of the saints; T.—eternal flame shall consume the guilty. O.—Each, laying bare his hidden deeds, shall then speak Σ.—his secrets, and God shall open hearts to the light. Θ.—Then too there shall be wailing, all shall gnash with their teeth. E.—The radiance of the sun is snatched away and the chorus of the stars perishes. O.—The heaven shall be rolled up, the splendor of the moon shall fail; Υ.—He shall cast down the hills, he shall lift up the valleys from the depth.»
«Υ.—Nothing lofty or high shall remain among the affairs of men. I.—Now the mountains are made level with the plains, and the blue of the sea, O.—all things shall cease; the earth, broken to pieces, shall perish: Σ.—so likewise the fountains and the rivers shall be parched by fire. Σ.—But then the trumpet shall send down a mournful sound from on high, Ω.—bewailing the wretched crime and the various toils, T.—and the earth, gaping open, shall display the chaos of Tartarus. H.—And here before the Lord the kings shall be set, even to a single one. P.—From heaven shall fall a river of fire and brimstone.»
In these Latin verses, translated as well as could be from the Greek, that sense could not be made to occur there which arises when the letters that are at their beginnings are joined together, in the place where the letter Υ was placed in the Greek, because Latin words could not be found which began with the same letter and suited the sentence. Now these are three verses, the fifth, the eighteenth, and the nineteenth. Finally, if, joining the letters that are at the beginnings of all the verses, we do not read those of these three which are written, but in their place recall the letter Υ, as though it were placed in those same positions, it is expressed in five words: «Jesus Christ, Son of God, Saviour»; but when this is said in Greek, not in Latin.
And there are twenty-seven verses, which number renders a solid square of three. For three taken three times makes nine; and these nine, if they be taken three times, so that from breadth the figure rises into height, arrive at twenty-seven. Now of these five Greek words, which are «Ἰησοῦς Χρειστὸς Θεοῦ υἱὸς σωτήρ», which is in Latin «Jesus Christ, Son of God, Saviour», if you join the first letters, it will be «ἰχθύς», that is, «fish», in which name Christ is mystically understood, because in the abyss of this mortality, as in the depth of the waters, he was able to be living, that is, without sin.
Now this Sibyl, whether the Erythraean or, as some rather believe, the Cumaean, has nothing in her whole song, of which this tiny portion is a part, that pertains to the worship of false or fabricated gods; nay rather, she so speaks even against them and against their worshippers, that she may seem to be reckoned among the number of those who pertain to the City of God. Lactantius also inserts into his work certain prophecies of the Sibyl about Christ, although he does not express of which one. But the things which he set down separately, I have thought ought to be put together, as though it were one continuous passage, the many brief things which he recalled. «He shall come afterward», she says, «into the wicked hands of the unbelieving;»
«and they shall give God blows with unhallowed hands, and with impure mouth shall spit out venomous spittle; but he shall simply give his holy back to the scourges. And receiving buffets he shall be silent, lest any recognize what the Word is or whence it comes, that it may speak to those below; and he shall be crowned with a crown of thorns. For food they gave him gall, and for thirst vinegar; this table of inhospitality they shall show forth. For you yourself, foolish one, did not understand your God, who sports with the minds of mortals, but you crowned him with thorns and mingled for him dreadful gall. But the veil of the temple shall be rent; and at midday there shall be a night exceedingly dark for three hours. And he shall die a death, sleep being received for three days;»
«and then, returned from those below, he shall come to the light, the first beginning of the resurrection being shown to those recalled.» These testimonies of the Sibyl Lactantius adduced piecemeal through the intervals of his discussion, as the matters which he had set out to prove seemed to require them; which we, interposing nothing, but placing them connected in one series distinguished only by the capital letters—provided that copyists hereafter do not neglect to preserve them—have taken care to set out. Some indeed have written that the Erythraean Sibyl was not of the time of Romulus, but of the Trojan war. CHAPTER XXIV.
That in the reign of Romulus the seven sages became famous, at which time the ten tribes, which were called Israel, were led into captivity by the Chaldeans, and the same Romulus, having died, was endowed with divine honor. In the same reign of Romulus, Thales of Miletus is reported to have lived, one of the seven sages, who, after the theological poets, among whom Orpheus was ennobled most of all, were called «σοφοί», which is in Latin «wise men». About the same time the ten tribes, which in the division of the people were called Israel, were vanquished by the Chaldeans and led captive into those lands, the two tribes remaining in the land of Judea which were called by the name of Judah and had the seat of the kingdom at Jerusalem.
The Romans referred the dead Romulus, since he too had not appeared, among the gods—which is most commonly known—a thing which by then had so far ceased to be done (nor was it done afterward except by flattery, not by error, in the times of the Caesars), that Cicero ascribes it to the great praises of Romulus that he merited these honors not in rude and unlearned times, when men were easily deceived, but in times now polished and erudite, although the subtle and acute loquacity of the philosophers had not yet boiled over and sprouted forth. But even if later times did not institute dead men as gods, yet they did not cease to worship and to hold as gods those instituted by the ancients;
nay rather, by images, which the ancients did not have, they increased the enticement of vain and impious superstition, the unclean demons in their hearts effecting this, deceiving them also through deceitful oracles, so that even the fabulous crimes of the gods, which were now not being invented in a more refined age, were nevertheless shamefully enacted through the games in homage to those same false deities. Then reigned Numa after Romulus, who, although he thought that city ought surely to be fortified with a multitude of false gods, did not himself, when dead, merit to be referred into the same crowd, as though it were supposed that he had so packed heaven with a multitude of deities that he could not find a place there.
During his reign at Rome, and among the Hebrews at the beginning of the reign of Manasseh—by which impious king the prophet Isaiah is reported to have been killed—they say that the Samian Sibyl lived. CHAPTER XXV. What philosophers shone forth while Tarquinius Priscus reigned among the Romans and Zedekiah among the Hebrews, when Jerusalem was captured and the temple overthrown. But while Zedekiah reigned among the Hebrews and Tarquinius Priscus among the Romans, who had succeeded Ancus Marcius, the people of the Jews were led captive into Babylonia, Jerusalem having been overthrown and that temple built by Solomon. For the prophets, rebuking them for their iniquities and impieties, had foretold that these things would come upon them, especially Jeremiah, who also defined the number of the years.
At that time Pittacus of Mitylene, another of the seven sages, is reported to have lived. And Eusebius writes that the other five, who are added to Thales, whom we mentioned above, and to this Pittacus, so that they be reckoned seven, lived at the time when the captive people of God was held in Babylonia. These are they: Solon the Athenian, Chilon the Lacedaemonian, Periander the Corinthian, Cleobulus the Lindian, Bias of Priene. All these, called the seven sages, became famous after the theological poets, because they excelled other men in a certain praiseworthy manner of life and embraced certain precepts of morals in the brevity of maxims.
But they left to posterity no monuments, as far as letters are concerned, except that Solon is reported to have given certain laws to the Athenians; Thales, however, was a natural philosopher and left books of his own doctrines. At that time of the Jewish captivity, Anaximander, Anaximenes, and Xenophanes, natural philosophers, became famous. Then too Pythagoras, from whom they began to be called philosophers. CHAPTER XXVI. That at the time when, the seventy years being fulfilled, the captivity of the Jews was loosed, the Romans also were freed from kingly domination. About the same time Cyrus, king of the Persians, who also ruled the Chaldeans and Assyrians, having relaxed somewhat of the captivity of the Jews, caused fifty thousand men of them to return for the restoring of the temple.
By whom only the first foundations were begun and the altar constructed. But, the enemies assailing them, they were by no means able to proceed in building, and the work was deferred even until Darius. About the same time those things also were done which are written in the book of Judith; which book indeed the Jews are said not to have received into the canon of the Scriptures. Under Darius therefore, king of the Persians, the seventy years which the prophet Jeremiah had foretold being fulfilled, liberty was restored to the Jews, the captivity being loosed, while the seventh king of the Romans, Tarquinius, reigned. He being expelled, they themselves too began to be free from the domination of their kings. Up to this time the people of Israel had prophets;
who, although they were many, the canonical writings of but a few are retained both among the Jews and among us. Concerning whom I promised to set down some things in this book, when I was closing the preceding one, which I now see ought to be done. CHAPTER XXVII. On the times of the prophets, whose oracles are had in books, and who then sang many things about the calling of the Gentiles, when the kingdom of the Romans began and that of the Assyrians failed. In order, therefore, that we may be able to mark their times, let us run back a little to earlier things. At the head of the book of the prophet Hosea, who is placed first among the twelve, it is thus written: «The word of the Lord, which came to Hosea in the days of Uzziah and Jotham and Ahaz and Hezekiah, kings of Judah.» Amos too writes that he prophesied in the days of king Uzziah;
he adds also Jeroboam king of Israel, who lived through the same days. Likewise Isaiah, son of Amos—whether of the aforesaid prophet or, as is rather reported, of another who was not a prophet, called by the same name—places at the head of his book the same four kings whom Hosea placed, in whose days he premises that he prophesied. Micah too commemorates the same times of his prophecy after the days of Uzziah. For he names the three kings who follow, whom Hosea also named, Jotham and Ahaz and Hezekiah. These are they who are found from their writings to have prophesied together at the same time. To these is joined Jonah, while the same Uzziah reigned, and Joel, when Jotham, who succeeded Uzziah, was now reigning.
But the times of these two prophets we were able to find in the chronicles, not in their own books, since they are silent about their own days. Now these days are stretched from Procas, king of the Latins, or the earlier Aventinus, up to king Romulus, now Roman, or even up to the beginnings of the reign of his successor Numa Pompilius (for Hezekiah, king of Judah, reigned up to that point); and so through those times these, as it were fountains of prophecy, burst forth together, when the Assyrian kingdom failed and the Roman began;
so that, namely, just as in the first period of the Assyrian kingdom Abraham existed, to whom most plainly were made the promises concerning the blessing of all nations in his seed, so at the beginning of the western Babylon, in whose reign Christ was to come, in whom those promises were to be fulfilled, the oracles of the prophets, not only speaking but even writing, were unsealed as a testimony of so great a future matter. For although prophets had almost never been lacking to the people of Israel from the time when kings began to be there, they were for the use of those people only, not of the nations; but when prophetic Scripture was being more manifestly established, which should at some time profit the nations, then it behooved it to begin, when this city was being established, which should rule the nations.
CHAPTER XXVIII. Concerning those things which pertain to the gospel of Christ, what Hosea and Amos prophesied. Hosea the prophet, then, the more deeply indeed he speaks, the more laboriously is he penetrated. But something thence must be taken and here too set down from our promise. «And it shall be», he says, «in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people, there they too shall be called sons of the living God.» This prophetic testimony concerning the calling of the people of the Gentiles, who formerly did not pertain to God, the apostles also understood. And because that same people of the Gentiles too is spiritually among the sons of Abraham, and through this is rightly called Israel, therefore it follows and he says:
«And the sons of Judah and the sons of Israel shall be gathered together into one, and they shall set over themselves one headship and shall come up from the land.» If we should still wish to expound this, the savor of the prophetic eloquence will be blunted. Yet let that corner-stone be called to mind, and the two walls, one from the Jews, the other from the Gentiles; the one by the name of the sons of Judah, the other by the name of the sons of Israel, leaning upon that one same headship of theirs into one, and coming up, let them be acknowledged, from the land. But that those carnal Israelites, who now refuse to believe in Christ, shall afterward believe, that is, their sons (for surely these shall pass into their place by dying), the same prophet testifies, saying:
«For the sons of Israel shall sit many days without king, without prince, without sacrifice, without altar, without priesthood, without manifestations.» Who does not see that the Jews are now thus? But let us hear what he adds. «And afterward», he says, «the sons of Israel shall return and shall seek the Lord their God and David their king, and they shall be amazed at the Lord and at his good things in the last days.» Nothing is more manifest than this prophecy, when by the name of king David Christ is understood to be signified, because he was made, as the apostle says, «of the seed of David according to the flesh.» This prophet foretold also the resurrection of Christ on the third day, as it behooved it to be foretold with prophetic loftiness, where he says:
«He will heal us after two days, on the third day we shall rise again.» For according to this the apostle says to us: «If you have risen with Christ, seek the things that are above.» Amos too prophesies thus concerning such matters: «Prepare yourself», he says, «to call upon your God, O Israel; for behold I am he who establish the thunder and create the spirit and announce among men his Christ»; and in another place: «In that day», he says, «I will raise up the tabernacle of David, which has fallen, and I will rebuild the things that have fallen of it, and the things destroyed of it I will raise up and rebuild them as the days of the age; so that the residue of men and all the nations, among whom my name has been invoked over them, may seek me out, says the Lord who does these things.» CHAPTER XXIX.
What things were predicted by Isaiah concerning Christ and the Church. The prophet Isaiah is not among the book of the twelve prophets, who are therefore called minor, because their discourses are brief in comparison with those who are called major because they composed lengthy volumes; among whom is this Isaiah, whom I subjoin to the two aforesaid on account of the same times of prophecy. Isaiah, then, among those things in which he rebuked the unjust and enjoined just precepts and foretold evils to come upon the sinful people, prophesied also concerning Christ and the Church—that is, concerning the King and the city which he founded—far more than the rest, so that by some he was called an evangelist rather than a prophet.
But for the sake of finishing the work, I shall set down in this place one out of many. For speaking in the person of God the Father: «Behold», he says, «my servant shall understand and shall be exalted and shall be greatly glorified. Even as many shall be amazed over you, so shall your appearance be deprived of glory by men, and your glory by men; so shall many nations marvel over him, and kings shall keep their mouth shut; for they to whom it was not announced concerning him shall see, and they who have not heard shall understand. Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? We have announced before him, as an infant, as a root in a thirsting land: he has no appearance nor glory. And we saw him, and he had neither appearance nor comeliness;»
«but his appearance was without honor, failing beyond all men. A man set in affliction and knowing how to bear infirmity; for his face is turned away, he was dishonored and not esteemed great. He bears our sins and grieves for us; and we esteemed him to be in grief and in affliction and in distress. But he himself was wounded for our iniquities and was weakened for our sins. The chastisement of our peace was upon him; by his bruise we are healed. All we like sheep have gone astray, a man has erred from his way; and the Lord delivered him up for our sins; and he himself, because he was afflicted, opened not his mouth.»
«As a sheep he was led to the slaughter, and as a lamb before its shearer is without voice, so he opened not his mouth. In humility his judgment was taken away. His generation who shall declare? For his life shall be taken from the earth. From the iniquities of my people he was led to death. And I will give the malicious for his burial and the rich for his death. For he did no iniquity, nor guile in his mouth; and the Lord wills to cleanse him from the stroke. If you give your soul for sin, you shall see a long-lived seed; and the Lord wills to take away his soul from grief, to show him light and to form understanding, to justify the just one who serves many well; and he himself shall bear their sins.»
«Therefore he himself shall inherit many and shall divide the spoils of the strong, because his soul was delivered up to death, and he was reckoned among the wicked, and he himself bore the sins of many, and was delivered up for their sins.» These things concerning Christ. Now indeed let us hear what follows concerning the Church. «Rejoice», he says, «O barren one, who does not bear; break forth and cry out, you who do not travail; for many are the children of the desolate one, more than of her who has a husband. Enlarge the place of your tabernacle and of your curtains; fix them, do not spare, lengthen your cords and strengthen your stakes, extend still to the right hand and the left part. And your seed shall inherit the nations, and you shall inhabit the desolate cities.»
'Fear not, for you have been confounded, neither be ashamed, for you have been reproached; because you shall forget the everlasting confusion and shall no more remember the reproach of your widowhood. For the Lord who made you, the Lord of Sabaoth is his name; and he who delivered you, he himself, the God of Israel, shall be called the God of the whole earth'; and so on. But let these things suffice; and among them are some that need exposition, yet I think that what is so plain is enough, things so open that even enemies are compelled, unwilling though they be, to understand. CHAPTER XXX. What Micah and Jonah and Joel prophesied in agreement with the New Testament. The prophet Micah, setting forth Christ under the figure of a certain great mountain, speaks thus:
'In the last days the mountain of the Lord shall be made manifest, prepared above the tops of the mountains, and it shall be exalted above the hills. And the peoples shall hasten to it, and many nations shall go and shall say: Come, let us go up to the mountain of the Lord and to the house of the God of Jacob, and he will show us his way, and we will walk in his paths; for out of Zion shall go forth the law and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. And he shall judge among many peoples, and rebuke mighty nations afar off.' This same prophet, foretelling also the place in which Christ was born, says: 'And you, Bethlehem, house of Ephratah, are little among the thousands of Judah; out of you shall come forth for me one to be ruler in Israel; and his going forth is from the beginning, from the days of eternity.'
'Therefore he will give them up until the time of her that travails; she shall bring forth, and the remnant of his brethren shall be converted to the children of Israel. And he shall stand and see and feed his flock in the strength of the Lord, and they shall be in the honor of the name of the Lord his God; for now shall he be magnified unto the ends of the earth.' But the prophet Jonah prophesied Christ not so much by word as by a certain suffering of his own, more plainly indeed than if he had proclaimed his death and resurrection with his voice. For why was he received into the belly of the sea-beast and restored on the third day, except to signify that Christ would return from the depth of hell on the third day? Joel compels all that he prophesies to be expounded in many words, that the things which pertain to Christ and the Church may be made clear.
Yet one thing, which the apostles also recalled when the Holy Spirit, as had been promised by Christ, came down from above upon the believers gathered together, I will not pass over. 'And it shall come to pass,' he says, 'after this, that I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see visions; and indeed upon my menservants and maidservants in those days will I pour out of my Spirit.' CHAPTER XXXI. What is found foretold in Obadiah, Nahum, and Habakkuk concerning the salvation of the world in Christ. Three of the minor prophets, Obadiah, Nahum, and Habakkuk, neither state their own times, nor is it found in the chronicles of Eusebius and Jerome when they prophesied.
For Obadiah is indeed placed by them along with Micah, but not in that passage where the times are marked, when it is established from his writings that Micah prophesied; which I suppose happened through the error of those who carelessly copied the labors of others. As for the other two mentioned, we could not find them in the copies of the chronicles which we had. Yet because they are contained in the canon, neither ought they to be passed over by us. Obadiah, as far as concerns his scripture, is the briefest of all the prophets; he speaks against Idumaea, that is, the nation of Esau, one of the twin sons of Isaac, grandsons of Abraham, the elder being that one who was rejected. Now if we take Idumaea to be put for the nations by that mode of speech whereby the whole is understood from a part:
we can recognize concerning Christ what he says among other things: 'But on Mount Zion there shall be salvation, and it shall be holy'; and a little after, at the end of that same prophecy, he says: 'And those who have been saved shall go up out of Mount Zion to defend the mountain of Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord's.' It is evident indeed that this was fulfilled when those saved out of Mount Zion—that is, those of Judaea believing in Christ, who are especially recognized as the apostles—went up to defend the mountain of Esau. And how did they defend it, except by the preaching of the gospel, making safe those who believed, that they might be rescued from the power of darkness and translated into the kingdom of God? Which he consequently expressed by adding: 'And the kingdom shall be the Lord's.'
For Mount Zion signifies Judaea, where salvation and that which is holy—namely Christ Jesus—was foretold to come. But Mount Esau is Idumaea, by which is signified the Church of the Gentiles, which those saved out of Mount Zion defended, as I have explained, that the kingdom might be the Lord's. This was obscure before it came to pass; but who that is faithful would not recognize it now that it has been done? But the prophet Nahum—nay rather, God through him—says: 'I will destroy the graven and the molten images, I will make your grave; for behold, swift upon the mountains are the feet of him that brings good tidings and announces peace. Keep your feasts, O Judah, pay your vows; for they shall no more go on to pass into oldness. It is finished, it is consumed, it is taken away.'
'He has come up who breathes into your face, delivering you from tribulation.' Whoever has risen from the dead and breathed the Holy Spirit into the face of Judah—that is, of the Jewish disciples—let him who remembers the gospel recall it. For these things pertain to the New Testament, whose feast-days are thus spiritually renewed that they cannot pass into oldness. Moreover, through the gospel the graven and molten images—that is, the idols of false gods—have been destroyed and handed over to oblivion as to burial, as we already see, and we recognize that in this matter too the prophecy has been fulfilled. Of whom other than of the coming of Christ, which was to be, is Habakkuk understood to speak: 'And the Lord answered me and said:'
Write the vision plainly on a tablet, that he who reads it may run; for the vision is yet for a time, and it shall arise at the end and not in vain; if it tarry, wait for it, for it surely comes and will not delay.' CHAPTER XXXII. Concerning the prophecy contained in the prayer and song of Habakkuk. But in his prayer with a song, to whom but to the Lord Christ does he say: 'O Lord, I have heard your report, and I was afraid; O Lord, I have considered your works, and I trembled'? For what is this but the ineffable wonder at the foreknown new and sudden salvation of men? 'In the midst of two living creatures you shall be known'—what is this but either in the midst of the two Testaments, or in the midst of the two thieves, or in the midst of Moses and Elijah conversing with him on the mountain?
'When the years draw near, you shall be known; at the coming of the time you shall be shown'—this needs no exposition. 'In this, when my soul shall be troubled, in wrath you will remember mercy'—what is this but that he transformed into himself the Jews, of whose nation he was, who, troubled with great wrath, crucified Christ, while he, mindful of mercy, said: 'Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do'? 'God will come from Teman, and the Holy One from a shadowy and dense mountain.' What is here said, 'He will come from Teman,' others have interpreted 'from the south' or 'from Africa'; by which is signified the noonday, that is, the fervor of charity and the splendor of truth.
But as for the shadowy and dense mountain, although it can be understood in many ways, I would more gladly take it as the height of the divine Scriptures, in which Christ was prophesied. For there are many things there that are shadowy and dense, which exercise the mind of the seeker. And from there he comes, when he is found there by him who understands. 'His power covered the heavens, and the earth is full of his praise'—what is this but what is also said in the psalm: 'Be exalted above the heavens, O God, and your glory above all the earth'? 'His brightness shall be as the light'—what is this but 'his fame shall enlighten believers'? 'Horns are in his hands'—what is this but the trophy of the cross? 'And he set the firm love of his strength'—this needs no exposition.
'Before his face the word shall go, and shall go forth into the field after his feet'—what is this but that both before he came hither he was foretold, and after he returned hence he was announced? 'He stood, and the earth was moved'—what is this but 'he stood to bring help, and the earth was moved to believe'? 'He looked, and the nations melted away'—that is, 'he had mercy and made the peoples repent.' 'The mountains were crushed by violence'—that is, 'by miracles doing violence, the pride of the haughty was crushed.' 'The everlasting hills flowed down'—that is, 'they were humbled for a time, that they might be raised up for eternity.' 'I saw his everlasting goings in return for labors'—that is, 'not without the reward of eternity did I behold the labor of charity.'
'The tents of the Ethiopians shall be afraid, and the tents of the land of Midian'—that is, 'the nations suddenly terrified by the report of your wonders, even those that are not under Roman law, shall be among the Christian people.' 'Were you angry against the rivers, O Lord, or was your fury against the rivers, or your onset against the sea?'—this was said because he came now not to judge the world, but that the world might be saved through him.
'For you will ascend upon your horses, and your horsemanship is salvation'—that is, 'your evangelists, who are ruled by you, shall carry you, and your gospel shall be salvation to those who believe in you.' 'Bending you shall bend your bow against the scepters, says the Lord'—that is, 'you shall threaten your judgment even against the kings of the earth.' 'The earth shall be cleft with rivers'—that is, 'by the flowing words of those who preach you, the hearts of men shall be opened to confession,' to whom it was said: 'Rend your hearts and not your garments.' What is: 'The peoples shall see you and shall grieve,' but that by mourning they may be blessed? What is: 'Scattering the waters as you go,' but 'walking in those who announce you everywhere, you scatter the streams of doctrine this way and that'? What is:
'The deep gave its voice'—is it not 'the depth of the human heart expressed what seemed to it'? 'The height of his imagination' is, as it were, an exposition of the foregoing verse; for the height is the deep. But as to what he says, 'of his imagination,' we must supply 'gave a voice'—that is, what we said, 'it expressed what seemed to it.' For an imagination is a vision, which it did not hold back nor cover, but, confessing, poured forth. 'The sun was raised up, and the moon stood in its order'—that is, 'Christ ascended into heaven, and the Church was set in order under her king.'
'Your darts shall go forth into the light'—that is, 'your words shall be sent not into secret but into the open.' 'Into the splendor of the flashing of your weapons'—we must supply 'your darts shall go.' For he had said to his own: 'What I tell you in darkness, speak in the light.' 'In threatening you shall diminish the earth'—that is, 'by threatening you shall humble men.' 'And in fury you shall cast down the nations'—because by vindication you shall crush those who exalt themselves. 'You have gone forth for the salvation of your people, to save your anointed ones; you have sent death upon the heads of the wicked'—none of this needs exposition. 'You have stirred up the bonds even to the neck'—and here the bonds of wisdom can be understood in a good sense, that 'his feet may be put into his fetters and his neck into his collar.'
'You have cut off in amazement of mind'—we supply 'the bonds'; for he stirred up the good bonds and cut off the evil, concerning which it is said to him: 'You have broken my bonds,' and this 'in amazement of mind,' that is, marvelously. 'The heads of the mighty shall be moved in it'—namely in that admiration. 'They shall open their mouths, like a poor man eating in secret.' For certain mighty ones of the Jews came to the Lord, marveling at his deeds and words, and, hungering, ate the bread of doctrine in secret for fear of the Jews, as the gospel disclosed concerning them. 'And you sent your horses into the sea, troubling many waters,' which are nothing else than many peoples; for some would not be converted by fear and others persecute in fury, unless all were troubled.
'I watched, and my belly trembled at the voice of the prayer of my lips; and trembling entered into my bones, and beneath me my condition was troubled.' He gave heed to the things he was saying, and he was terrified by his own prayer, which he prophetically poured forth and in which he discerned things to come; for with many peoples troubled, he saw the tribulations threatening the Church; and forthwith he recognized himself as a member of her and said: 'I shall rest in the day of tribulation,' as one pertaining to those who are rejoicing in hope, patient in tribulation. 'That I may ascend,' he says, 'to the people of my pilgrimage,' withdrawing surely from the malignant people of his own carnal kindred, which does not sojourn as a pilgrim in this earth nor seek the heavenly fatherland.
'For the fig tree,' he says, 'shall not bear fruit, and there shall be no produce in the vines; the work of the olive shall fail, and the fields shall yield no food. The sheep have failed from food, and there are no oxen in the stalls.' He saw that the nation which was to slay Christ would lose the abundance of spiritual riches, which he figured by earthly fruitfulness in the prophetic manner. And because that nation suffered such wrath of God for this reason, that being ignorant of God's righteousness it wished to establish its own, he forthwith says: 'But I will exult in the Lord, I will rejoice in God my Savior. The Lord my God is my strength, he has set my feet for completion;'
he will set me upon the high places, that I may conquer in his song'—that song, namely, concerning which similar things are said in the psalm: 'He set my feet upon a rock and directed my steps, and put into my mouth a new song, a hymn to our God.' He therefore conquers in the song of the Lord who delights in his praise, not his own, that 'he who glories may glory in the Lord.' But it seems to me that certain copies have it better: 'I will rejoice in God my Jesus,' than those which, wishing to put this in Latin, did not set down the very name which is dearer and sweeter for us to name. CHAPTER XXXIII. Concerning Christ and the calling of the Gentiles which Jeremiah and Zephaniah foretold by the prophetic spirit.
The prophet Jeremiah is one of the major prophets, like Isaiah, not of the minor ones, like the rest, of whose writings I have already set down some things. He prophesied when Josiah reigned in Jerusalem and Ancus Marcius among the Romans, the captivity of the Jews now drawing near. But he extended his prophecy even to the fifth month of the captivity, as we find in his writings. Zephaniah, however, one of the minor prophets, is joined to him. For he too says that he prophesied in the days of Josiah; but how long, he does not say. Jeremiah therefore prophesied not only in the times of Ancus Marcius, but also of Tarquinius Priscus, whom the Romans had as their fifth king. For he had already begun to reign when that captivity took place. Prophesying therefore of Christ, Jeremiah says:
'The Spirit of our mouth, the Lord Christ, was taken in our sins,' thus briefly showing both that he is our Lord Christ and that he suffered for us. Likewise in another place he says: 'This is my God, and no other shall be esteemed beside him; who found out all the way of prudence and gave it to Jacob his servant and to Israel his beloved; after this he was seen upon earth and conversed with men.' This testimony some attribute not to Jeremiah but to his scribe, who was called Baruch; but it is more commonly held to be Jeremiah's. Again the same prophet says concerning him: 'Behold, the days come, says the Lord, and I will raise up to David a righteous Branch, and a king shall reign and shall be wise and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth.'
'In those days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell confidently; and this is the name by which they shall call him: The Lord our Righteous One.' Concerning the calling of the Gentiles also, which was to be and which we now perceive fulfilled, he spoke thus: 'O Lord my God and my refuge in the day of evils, to you the nations shall come from the ends of the earth and shall say: Truly our fathers worshiped lies, idols, and there is no profit in them.' But because the Jews were not going to recognize him—they by whom it was fitting that he should be slain—the same prophet signifies thus: 'The heart is heavy in all things, and he is man, and who recognizes him?' His also is that which I set down in the seventeenth book concerning the New Testament, of which Christ is the mediator. For Jeremiah himself says:
'Behold, the days come, says the Lord, and I will complete over the house of Jacob a new testament,' and the rest that is read there. But of the prophet Zephaniah, who prophesied with Jeremiah, I will for the present set down these things foretold concerning Christ: 'Wait for me, says the Lord, in the day of my resurrection, in the time to come; for my judgment is to gather the nations and to assemble the kingdoms.' And again: 'The Lord shall be terrible over them, and he shall exterminate all the gods of the earth, and every man shall worship him from his own place, all the islands of the nations.' And a little after: 'Then,' he says, 'I will turn the language unto the peoples, and his generation, that they may all call upon the name of the Lord and serve him under one yoke; from the borders of the rivers of Ethiopia they shall bring sacrifices to me.'
'In that day you shall not be confounded for all your devices by which you acted impiously against me; for then I will take away from you the depravities of your injury; and you shall no more go on to magnify yourself upon my holy mountain, and I will leave behind in you a meek and humble people; and they who shall be the remnant of Israel shall fear the name of the Lord.' These are the remnant of which it is prophesied elsewhere, which the apostle also recalls: 'Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved.' For these remnant of that nation believed in Christ. CHAPTER XXXIV. Concerning the prophecy of Daniel and Ezekiel, which accords with Christ and the Church.
In the very captivity of Babylon Daniel and Ezekiel prophesied first—two others, namely, of the major prophets. Of whom Daniel even defined by a number of years the time at which Christ was to come and to suffer; which it would be long to show by computation, and it has been done by others before us. But concerning his power and the Church he spoke thus: 'I saw,' he says, 'in a vision of the night, and behold, with the clouds of heaven there was as it were a Son of man coming; and he came even to the Ancient of days, and was brought before him; and to him was given the principality and honor and kingdom, and all peoples, tribes, and tongues shall serve him. His power is an everlasting power, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom shall not be destroyed.'
Ezekiel too, signifying Christ in the prophetic manner through David—because he took flesh of the seed of David (on account of which form of a servant, by which he was made man, the same Son of God is also called the servant of God)—thus foretells him by prophesying, in the person of God the Father: 'And I will raise up,' he says, 'over my flock one shepherd to feed them, my servant David; and he shall feed them and he shall be their shepherd. But I the Lord will be their God, and my servant David a prince in the midst of them; I the Lord have spoken.' And in another place: 'And there shall be one king,' he says, 'ruling over all; and there shall no more be two nations, nor shall they be divided any more into two kingdoms;'
neither shall they be defiled any more in their idols and abominations and in all their iniquities. And I will save them out of all their dwellings in which they sinned, and I will cleanse them; and they shall be my people, and I will be their God; and my servant David shall be king over them, and there shall be one shepherd of them all.' CHAPTER XXXV. Concerning the prophecy of three prophets, namely Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi. There remain three minor prophets who prophesied at the end of the captivity, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi. Of whom Haggai prophesies of Christ and the Church with this more open brevity: 'Thus says the Lord of hosts:'
Yet a little while, and I will shake the heaven and the earth and the sea and the dry land, and I will move all the nations, and the desired of all nations shall come.' This prophecy is seen partly already fulfilled, partly hoped to be fulfilled at the end. For he moved the heaven by the testimony of angels and stars when Christ was incarnate; he moved the earth by the great miracle of the virgin's very childbearing; he moved the sea and the dry land, since Christ is announced both in the islands and in the whole world: thus we see all nations being moved to faith. But now what follows: 'And the desired of all nations shall come,' is awaited from his last coming. For that he might be desired by those who await him, it was first necessary that he be loved by those who believe.
Zechariah concerning Christ and the Church says: 'Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion; shout, O daughter of Jerusalem; behold, your king comes to you, righteous and a savior; he is poor and riding upon an ass and upon a colt, the foal of an ass; and his power shall be from sea to sea and from the rivers to the ends of the earth.' When this came to pass—that the Lord Christ on his journey used a beast of burden of this kind—is read in the gospel, where also this prophecy is recalled in part, as much as seemed sufficient for that passage. In another place, speaking to Christ himself in the spirit of prophecy concerning the remission of sins through his blood: 'You also,' he says, 'in the blood of your testament have sent forth your prisoners out of the pit in which there is no water.'
What he wishes to be understood by this pit, diverse things can be felt even according to right faith. Yet to me it seems to signify nothing better than the depth of human misery, dry in a certain manner and barren, where there are not the streams of righteousness but the mire of iniquity. For of this it is said also in the psalm: 'And he brought me up out of the pit of misery and out of the mire of clay.' Malachi, prophesying the Church which we perceive propagated through Christ, says most openly to the Jews in the person of God: 'I have no pleasure in you, and I will not accept a gift from your hand. For from the rising of the sun even to its setting my name is great among the nations, and in every place there shall be sacrificed and offered to my name a pure offering;'
for my name is great among the nations, says the Lord.' Since we now see this sacrifice offered to God in every place from the rising of the sun even to its setting through the priesthood of Christ after the order of Melchizedek, while the sacrifice of the Jews, to whom it was said: 'I have no pleasure in you, nor will I accept a gift from your hands,' has ceased—this they cannot deny. Why do they still await another Christ, when what they read prophesied and see fulfilled could not have been fulfilled except through him? For he says a little after concerning him in the person of God: 'My covenant with him was of life and peace; and I gave him, that he should fear me with fear and reverence before the face of my name. The law of truth was in his mouth.'
'Walking with me in peace and uprightness, he turned many away from iniquity; for the lips of the priest shall keep knowledge, and they shall seek the law from his mouth; for he is the angel of the Lord Almighty.' Nor is it to be wondered at that Christ Jesus is called the angel of the Lord Almighty. For just as he is called servant on account of the form of a servant in which he came to men, so he is called angel on account of the gospel which he announced to men. For if we translate this Greek, both the gospel is good news and the angel a messenger. For concerning him again it says: 'Behold, I will send my angel, and he shall look out the way before my face; and suddenly the Lord whom you seek shall come into his temple, and the angel of the testament whom you desire.'
'Behold, he comes, says the Lord Almighty; and who shall endure the day of his entrance? or who shall stand in his sight?' In this place he foretold both the first and the second coming of Christ; the first, namely, of which he says: 'And suddenly the Lord shall come into his temple,' that is, into his flesh, concerning which he said in the gospel: 'Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up'; but the second, where he says: 'Behold, he comes, says the Lord Almighty, and who shall endure the day of his entrance? or who shall stand in his sight?' But in that he said: 'The Lord whom you seek, and the angel of the testament whom you desire,' he signified that the Jews too, according to the scriptures which they read, seek and desire Christ.
But many of them did not recognize that the one whom they sought and desired had come, being blinded in their hearts by their preceding deserts. As for what he here names the testament, whether above, where he says: 'My covenant was with him,' or here, where he called him the angel of the testament, without doubt we must understand the New Testament, where things eternal, not the Old, where things temporal, are promised. And many weak ones, holding such things as great and serving the true God for the reward of such things, when they see the impious abounding in them, are troubled. On account of which the same prophet, that he might distinguish the eternal blessedness of the New Testament, which shall be given to none but the good, from the earthly felicity of the Old, which is mostly given even to the wicked:
'You have made your words heavy against me, says the Lord, and you have said: Wherein have we detracted from you? You have said: Vain is everyone who serves God, and what more, because we have kept his observances, and because we have walked as suppliants before the face of the Lord Almighty? And now we call strangers blessed, and all who do iniquity are built up; and they have opposed God, and have been made safe.' These things spoke against him those who feared the Lord, each to his neighbor; and the Lord gave heed and heard; and he wrote a book of remembrance before himself for those who fear the Lord and reverence his name. By this book is signified the New Testament. Finally let us hear what follows:
'And they shall be mine, says the Lord Almighty, in the day in which I make for an acquisition, and I will choose them as a man chooses his son serving him; and you shall be converted, and you shall see between the just and the unjust, and between him who serves God and him who serves him not. For behold, the day comes burning like an oven, and it shall consume them, and all the aliens and all who work iniquity shall be stubble, and the day that comes shall set them on fire, says the Lord Almighty; and there shall not be left of them root nor branch. And to you who fear my name the Sun of righteousness shall arise, and health in his wings; and you shall go forth and exult like calves loosed from their bonds;'
and you shall tread down the wicked, and they shall be ashes under your feet in the day in which I act, says the Lord Almighty.' This is what is called the day of judgment; concerning which, if God wills, we shall speak more fully in its own place. CHAPTER XXXVI. Concerning Ezra and the books of the Maccabees. After these three prophets, Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi, during the same time of the people's liberation from the Babylonian servitude, Ezra also wrote, who is held to be a writer of deeds done rather than a prophet (just as is also the book which is called Esther, whose deed done in praise of God is found not far from these times);
unless perhaps Ezra is to be understood to have prophesied Christ in that passage where, a question having arisen among certain young men as to what prevailed more in things, when one had said kings, another wine, the third women, who mostly command kings, yet the same third demonstrated truth to be victorious over all. Consulting the gospel, we recognize that Christ is the truth. From this time among the Jews, the temple being restored, there were not kings but princes, down to Aristobulus:
the computation of whose times is found not in the holy scriptures which are called canonical, but in others, among which are also the books of the Maccabees, which not the Jews but the Church holds as canonical, on account of the vehement and marvelous sufferings of certain martyrs who, before Christ had come in the flesh, contended even unto death for the law of God and endured most grievous and horrible evils. CHAPTER XXXVII. That prophetic authority is found more ancient than every origin of Gentile philosophy.
In the age, therefore, of our prophets, whose writings have by now reached the knowledge of almost all nations, the philosophers of the gentiles—who were called by that very name 'philosophers'—arose much later. The term began with Pythagoras of Samos, who at the time when the captivity of the Jews was ended began to rise to eminence and to be known. Far more, then, are the rest of the philosophers found to have lived after the prophets. For Socrates the Athenian himself, the master of all who then most flourished, holding the chief place in that branch which is called moral or active philosophy, is found in the chronicles after Ezra. Not long after, Plato too was born, who far surpassed the other disciples of Socrates.
And if to these we add even the earlier men, who were not yet called philosophers—namely the seven sages, and after them the natural philosophers who succeeded Thales in investigating the nature of things, imitating his pursuit: namely Anaximander, Anaximenes, Anaxagoras, and several others, before Pythagoras was the first to profess himself a philosopher—not even these precede all our prophets in antiquity of time, since Thales, after whom the rest came, is said to have become eminent during the reign of Romulus, at the very time when from the springs of Israel, in those writings which were to flow out over the whole world, the river of prophecy burst forth.
Only those theological poets, then—Orpheus, Linus, Musaeus, and any other there was among the Greeks—are found to be earlier than these Hebrew prophets whose writings we hold as authoritative. Yet not even they preceded in time our true theologian Moses, who truthfully proclaimed the one true God, and whose writings now stand first in the canon of authority. And on this account, as far as concerns the Greeks—in whose tongue the literature of this world has most fervently flourished—they have nothing whereby to boast of their wisdom, by which our religion, in which is true wisdom, might seem, if not superior, at least more ancient.
Nevertheless, what must be admitted is that, not indeed in Greece, but among barbarian nations—as in Egypt—there had already existed before Moses a certain learning which might be called their wisdom; otherwise it would not have been written in the holy books that Moses was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians—at the time, namely, when he was born there and adopted and nourished by Pharaoh's daughter, and even liberally educated. But not even the wisdom of the Egyptians could precede in time the wisdom of our prophets, since Abraham too was a prophet. And what wisdom could there have been in Egypt before Isis—whom, after her death, they thought fit to worship as a great goddess—delivered letters to them?
Isis, moreover, is reported to have been the daughter of Inachus, who first began to reign over the Argives, at the time when Abraham's grandsons are found to have already been born. CHAPTER XXXVIII. That the ecclesiastical canon did not receive certain writings of holy men on account of their excessive antiquity, lest through their occasion false things should be inserted among the true. Now indeed, if I should go back to things far more ancient: even before that great flood our patriarch Noah certainly existed, whom I would not unfittingly call a prophet also, seeing that the very ark which he made, and in which he escaped with his own, was a prophecy of our times. And Enoch, the seventh from Adam—is he not declared to have prophesied even in the canonical epistle of the apostle Jude?
That the writings of these men were not held as authoritative among the Jews or among us was caused by their excessive antiquity, on account of which they seemed to be suspect, lest false things should be put forward in place of true. For indeed certain things are put forward, claimed to be theirs, by those who, according to their own fancy, indiscriminately believe whatever they wish. But the purity of the canon did not receive these, not because the authority of those men who pleased God is rejected, but because these things are not believed to be theirs. Nor ought it to seem surprising that those things are held suspect which are brought forward under the name of so great an antiquity;
since indeed in the very history of the kings of Judah and the kings of Israel, which contains the deeds about which we believe the same canonical Scriptures, very many things are mentioned which are not there set forth, but are said to be found in other books which the prophets wrote; and in some places even the names of those prophets are not passed over in silence—yet they are not found in the canon which the people of God received.
The reason for this matter, I confess, escapes me, except that I judge that even those men themselves, to whom the Holy Spirit revealed those things which ought to be in the authority of religion, could write some things, as men, by historical diligence, and other things, as prophets, by divine inspiration; and that these were so distinguished that the former should be judged as to be attributed to the men themselves, but the latter as to God speaking through them; and that thus the former pertained to the abundance of knowledge, the latter to the authority of religion. In which authority the canon is guarded; and beyond it, if now any writings, even under the name of true prophets, are brought forward, they are of no avail even toward the store of knowledge, since it is uncertain whether they are theirs whose they are said to be;
and on this account no credence is given to them—especially to those in which certain things are even read contrary to the faith of the canonical books, on account of which it is clearly evident that these are in no way theirs. CHAPTER XXXIX. Concerning the Hebrew letters, which never failed to exist in the proper character of their own tongue. It is not therefore to be believed, as some suppose, that the Hebrew tongue alone was preserved through that man who was called Heber—whence comes the name of the Hebrews—and that it thus passed down to Abraham, but that the Hebrew letters began from the Law which was given through Moses; but rather that through that succession of the fathers the said tongue was guarded together with its letters.
Indeed, Moses appointed among the people men to preside over the teaching of letters, before they knew any letters of the divine Law. These the Scripture calls grammatoeisagogeis, who in Latin may be called 'inducers' or 'introducers of letters,' because they induce, that is, introduce, the letters in a certain way into the hearts of the learners—or rather introduce the learners themselves into the letters. No nation, therefore, may boast with any vanity about the antiquity of its wisdom above our patriarchs and prophets, in whom dwelt divine wisdom; since not even Egypt is found—which is wont falsely and emptily to glory about the antiquity of its teachings—to have by any wisdom of its own anticipated, in the time of our patriarchs, the wisdom of our patriarchs.
For no one will dare to say that they were most skilled in marvelous disciplines before they knew letters—that is, before Isis had come there and taught them. Moreover, their own memorable learning, which was called wisdom, what was it but chiefly astronomy, and whatever else of such disciplines is wont to avail more for exercising men's wits than for illuminating their minds with true wisdom?
For as concerns philosophy, which professes to teach something whereby men may become blessed, studies of that kind flourished in those lands around the times of Mercury, whom they called Trismegistus—far indeed before the sages or philosophers of Greece, but nevertheless after Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph, and indeed even after Moses himself. For at the very time when Moses was born, that great Atlas, the astrologer, brother of Prometheus and maternal grandfather of the elder Mercury, is found to have lived—whose grandson was this Mercury Trismegistus. CHAPTER XL. Concerning the most lying vanity of the Egyptians, which ascribes a hundred thousand years to the antiquity of their knowledge.
In vain, therefore, do certain men prate with the most empty presumption, saying that from the time when Egypt comprehended the reckoning of the stars, more than a hundred thousand years are numbered. In what books, indeed, did they gather this number—they who learned letters from their teacher Isis not much more than two thousand years ago? For Varro is no small authority in history, who handed this down, which is not at variance even from the truth of the divine letters. For since from the very first man, who is called Adam, not yet six thousand years are completed, how are these men not rather to be laughed at than refuted, who try to persuade us of things about the span of times so divergent and so contrary to this well-explored truth?
For whom do we better believe when he narrates the past, than him who also foretold future things which we now see present? For the very disagreement of the historians among themselves furnishes us occasion that we ought rather to believe him who does not contradict the divine history which we hold. But on the other hand, the citizens of the impious city, scattered everywhere throughout the lands, when they read most learned men—none of whose authority would seem contemptible—disagreeing among themselves about deeds most remote from the memory of our own age, find not whom they ought rather to believe.
But we, in the history of our religion, supported by divine authority, do not doubt that whatever resists it is most false, however the other matters may stand in secular writings, which, whether they be true or false, bring nothing of moment toward our living rightly and blessedly. CHAPTER XLI. Concerning the disagreements of philosophical opinions, and the concord of the canonical Scriptures in the Church.
But that we may now leave aside the knowledge of history: the philosophers themselves, from whom we have proceeded to these matters, who seem to have labored in their studies for no other end than to find out how one ought to live so as to attain blessedness—why did they disagree, both disciples from their masters, and fellow-disciples among themselves, except that, as men, they sought these things with human senses and human reasonings? Wherein, although there may also have been a zeal for vainglory, by which each one desires to seem wiser and more acute than another, and in a certain way not bound to another's opinion,
but rather be the inventor of his own dogma and opinion—yet, granting that some, or even very many of them, were such as the love of truth tore away from their teachers or fellow learners, so that they contended for that which they thought to be the truth, whether it were so or not: what does human unhappiness accomplish, or by what way, that it may attain to blessedness, if divine authority does not lead it? Therefore, far be it that our authors, in whom the canon of the sacred letters is fixed and bounded not in vain, should by any reasoning disagree among themselves.
Hence it was not without reason that, when they wrote those things, with God speaking either to them or through them, not a few who were garrulous in schools and gymnasia with quarrelsome disputations, but in the fields and cities, with the learned and the unlearned, so many and so great peoples believed. They themselves indeed ought to have been few, lest by their multitude that should become cheap which it behooved to be precious through religion; and yet not so few that their agreement should not be wondered at. For not even in the multitude of philosophers, who by literary labor left behind the monuments of their dogmas, would anyone easily find any among whom all the things they held would agree—which to show in this work would be tedious.
And what founder of any sect whatsoever was so approved in this demon-worshipping city that the rest who held divergent and adverse opinions were disapproved? Were not the Epicureans famous at Athens, asserting that human affairs do not pertain to the care of the gods—and the Stoics too, who, holding the contrary, disputed that these affairs are governed and protected by the gods as helpers and guardians? Whence I marvel why Anaxagoras was made a defendant because he said the sun was a burning stone, certainly denying it to be a god; while in the same city Epicurus flourished in glory and lived secure, not only not believing the sun or any of the stars to be a god, but even contending that neither Jupiter nor any of the gods at all dwelt in the world, to whom the prayers and supplications of men might come.
Was not Aristippus there, placing the highest good in the pleasure of the body; and there Antisthenes, asserting rather that a man is made blessed by the virtue of the soul—two noble philosophers, and both Socratics—placing the supreme good of life in ends so diverse and mutually contrary, of whom the one said that the commonwealth ought to be shunned by the wise man, the other that it ought to be administered—each gathering disciples to follow his own sect? Indeed, openly in the conspicuous and most famous portico, in the gymnasia, in the little gardens, in public and private places, they contended in throngs, each for his own opinion: some asserting one world, others innumerable worlds; and that one world itself, some that it had a beginning, others that it had no beginning; some that it would perish, others that it would exist forever;
some that it is driven by a divine mind, others by chance and accidents; some that souls are immortal, others that they are mortal; and of those who held them immortal, some that they revolve into beasts, others by no means; while of those who held them mortal, some that they perish immediately after the body, others that they live on even afterward, whether a little or longer, yet not forever; some placing the end of good in the body, others in the soul, others in both, others adding to soul and body even external goods; some thinking that the bodily senses must always be trusted, others not always, others never.
These and other almost innumerable disagreements of the philosophers—what people, what senate, what public power or dignity of the impious city ever took care to adjudicate, approving and receiving some, disapproving and rejecting others? Did it not rather, indiscriminately and confusedly, without any judgment, hold in its bosom so many controversies of dissenting men—not about fields and houses or any monetary matter, but about those things whereby one lives either miserably or blessedly? Wherein, even if some true things were said, falsehoods too were said with the same license, so that not without reason did such a city receive the mystical name of Babylon. For Babylon is interpreted 'confusion,' which we remember we have already said.
Nor does it concern the devil, its king, with what mutually contradictory errors they quarrel, whom he equally possesses, deservedly, by their manifold and varied impiety. But that nation, that people, that city, that commonwealth, those Israelites, to whom were entrusted the oracles of God, in no way confounded false prophets with true prophets by an equality of license; but, being in concord among themselves and in nothing dissenting, they were acknowledged and held as truthful authors of the sacred letters. These same men were their philosophers—that is, lovers of wisdom—their sages, their theologians, their prophets, their teachers of probity and piety.
Whoever was wise and lived according to them, was wise and lived not according to men but according to God, who spoke through them. If sacrilege was there forbidden, God forbade it. If it was said, 'Honor thy father and thy mother,' God commanded it. If it was said, 'Thou shalt not commit adultery, thou shalt not commit murder, thou shalt not steal,' and other things of this kind, it was not human mouths but divine oracles that poured these forth. Whatever certain philosophers, amid the falsehoods which they opined, were able to see as true, and strove by laborious disputations to make persuasive—that God made this world and that He Himself most providently governs it; concerning the honor of the virtues, concerning the love of one's country;
concerning the faith of friendship, concerning good works, and all things pertaining to upright morals—though they knew not to what end and in what manner all these things were to be referred—these were, by prophetic, that is, divine voices, though through men, commended to the people in that city; not driven home by the contentions of arguments, so that the one who came to know them might dread to despise not the genius of man, but the eloquence of God. CHAPTER XLII. By what dispensation of God's providence the sacred Scriptures of the Old Testament were translated from Hebrew into the Greek tongue, that they might become known to the gentiles. These sacred letters even one of the Ptolemies, kings of Egypt, was eager to know and to possess.
For after the most magnificent and least long-lasting power of Alexander of Macedon—who was also surnamed the Great—by which he had subdued all Asia, indeed almost the whole world, partly by force and arms, partly by terror, when among other parts of the East he had entered and taken possession of Judaea as well; after his death, when his companions, not being about to possess that vast kingdom peaceably among themselves, had divided it, or rather dissipated it, about to lay waste all things with wars, Egypt began to have the Ptolemies as kings. The first of these, the son of Lagus, transported many captives from Judaea into Egypt. But another Ptolemy succeeding him, who was called Philadelphus, permitted all whom that man had brought in subjection to return free;
and moreover he sent royal gifts into the temple of God, and asked of Eleazar, then high priest, that the Scriptures—which he had assuredly heard, as rumor proclaimed, to be divine, and which he had therefore desired to have in the library which he had made most renowned—be given to him. When the same high priest had sent them to him in Hebrew, afterward he requested interpreters as well; and there were given seventy-two, six men from each of the twelve tribes, most learned in both tongues, namely Hebrew and Greek, whose translation custom has now established to be called the Septuagint.
It is handed down that there was indeed in their words so marvelous and astounding and plainly divine an agreement, that—although they had sat down separately at this work (for thus it pleased Ptolemy to test their fidelity)—in no word that meant the same and had equal force, nor in the order of words, did one differ from another; but as though there were one interpreter, so that which all translated was one, since in very truth the Spirit was one in them all. And on this account they had received so marvelous a gift of God, that the authority of those Scriptures might in this way too be commended not as human, but, as they were, as divine—destined to profit the gentiles who would one day believe, which we now see accomplished. CHAPTER XLIII.
Concerning the authority of the Seventy interpreters, which—saving the honor of the Hebrew style—is to be preferred to all interpreters. For although there were also other interpreters who translated those sacred oracles from the Hebrew tongue into Greek—as Aquila, Symmachus, Theodotion; and as there is also that translation whose author does not appear, and which on this account, without the interpreter's name, is called the fifth edition—nevertheless the Church has received this one, which is the Septuagint, as though it were the only one; and the Greek Christian peoples use it, most of whom do not know whether there is any other. From this Septuagint translation a translation has also been made into the Latin tongue, which the Latin churches hold;
although in our own times there was not lacking the presbyter Jerome, a most learned man and skilled in all three tongues, who translated those same Scriptures into the Latin tongue not from the Greek, but from the Hebrew. But although the Jews acknowledge his so literate labor to be truthful, while they contend that the Seventy interpreters erred in many places—nevertheless the churches of Christ judge that no one is to be preferred to the authority of so many men, chosen by Eleazar, then high priest, for this so great a work;
because, even if one Spirit, undoubtedly divine, had not appeared in them, but the seventy learned men had, after the manner of men, conferred among themselves the words of their translation, so that what pleased all should stand—not even so ought any one interpreter to be set before them. But since so great a sign of divinity appeared in them, surely whoever else is a truthful interpreter of those Scriptures from the Hebrew into any other language whatsoever, either agrees with those seventy interpreters, or, if he does not seem to agree, a prophetic depth is to be believed to be there. For the same Spirit who was in the prophets when they spoke those things, was the very same also in the seventy men when they translated them;
which Spirit could assuredly, by divine authority, say something else as well, as though that prophet had said both, since the same Spirit said both; and could say this very thing in another way, so that, even if not the same words, yet the same sense might shine clear to those who understand well; and could omit something and add something, so that from this too it might be shown that there was in that work not a human servitude—which the interpreter owed to the words—but rather a divine power, which filled and governed the mind of the interpreter. Some, however, thought that the Greek copies of the Septuagint translation ought to be emended from the Hebrew copies; yet they did not dare to remove what the Hebrews did not have and the Septuagint had set down;
but only added those things which, found in the Hebrew, were not present in the Septuagint, and marked them with certain signs made in the manner of stars at the heads of those same verses, which signs they call asterisks. But those things which the Hebrews do not have, while the Septuagint does, they likewise marked at the heads of the verses with little horizontal strokes, such as the marks by which ounces are written. And many copies having these marks have been spread everywhere, even the Latin ones. But those things which were neither omitted nor added, but expressed differently—whether they make another sense, even one not at variance, or are shown to explain the same sense in another way—cannot be discovered unless both copies are examined.
If therefore, as we ought, we look at nothing else in those Scriptures except what God's Spirit said through men, then whatever is in the Hebrew copies and is not among the seventy interpreters, the Spirit of God willed to say not through these, but through those prophets. But whatever is among the Septuagint and is not in the Hebrew copies, the same Spirit chose to say through these rather than through those, thus showing that both were prophets. For in this way He said some things through Isaiah, others through Jeremiah, others through this or that prophet, or the same things differently through this one and through that one, as He willed. But whatever is found among both, the one and the same Spirit willed to say through both;
but in such a way that the former went before by prophesying, the latter followed prophetically by interpreting them; because, just as in those who spoke true and concordant things there was one Spirit of peace, so also in these, who did not confer among themselves and yet interpreted all things as though with one mouth, the same one Spirit appeared. CHAPTER XLIV. What is to be understood concerning the overthrow of the Ninevites, whose announcement is extended in the Hebrew over a space of forty days, but in the Septuagint is concluded in the brevity of three days. But someone says: 'How shall I know what Jonah the prophet said to the Ninevites—whether 'Three days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown,' or 'Forty days'?'
For who does not see that both could not then have been said by the prophet, who had been sent to terrify the city with the threat of impending destruction? For if the destruction was to come on the third day, then certainly not on the fortieth day; but if on the fortieth, then certainly not on the third. If, therefore, it is asked of me which of these Jonah said, I think it rather to be that which is read in the Hebrew: 'Forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown.'
The Seventy, interpreting far later, were able to say something else, which nevertheless pertained to the matter and converged into one and the same sense, though under another signification, and admonished the reader, neither authority being despised, to lift himself up from the history to seek out those things for the signifying of which the history itself was written. For those things were indeed done in the city of Nineveh, but they also signified something which exceeds the measure of that city—just as it was done that the prophet himself was three days in the belly of the whale, and yet he signified Another who would be three days in the depth of hell, who is the Lord of all the prophets.
Wherefore, if by that city the Church of the gentiles is rightly taken as prophetically figured—overthrown, namely, through repentance, so that it should no longer be what it had been—since this was accomplished through Christ in the Church of the gentiles, of which that Nineveh bore the figure: whether through forty days or through three days, the same Christ Himself was signified; through forty days, namely, because He passed so many days with His disciples after the resurrection and ascended into heaven; through three days, because on the third day He rose again. As though they had roused from sleep the reader who desired to cling to nothing else than the history of the deeds done, the Seventy interpreters, who were likewise prophets, that he might search out the depth of prophecy, and in a certain way had said:
'In the forty days seek Him in whom you may also be able to find the three days; the former you will find in the ascension, the latter in His resurrection.' On account of which it could most fittingly be signified by either number—of which the one through Jonah the prophet, the other through the prophecy of the Seventy interpreters, yet one and the same Spirit said it. I avoid prolixity, that I may not demonstrate this through the many passages in which the Seventy interpreters are thought to differ from the Hebrew truth, and, being well understood, are found to be in agreement.
Whence I too, according to my own small measure, following the footsteps of the apostles—because they too set down prophetic testimonies from both, that is, from the Hebrews and from the Septuagint—have thought that both authorities should be used, since both are one and divine. But now let us pursue, as we are able, the things that remain. CHAPTER XLV. That after the restoration of the temple the Jews ceased to have prophets, and that from then on, up to the nativity of Christ, they were afflicted with continual adversities, that it might be proved that the building of another temple had been promised by prophetic voices.
After the Jewish nation began to have no prophets, it doubtless became worse — at the very time, that is, when, after the temple had been restored following the captivity that took place in Babylon, it hoped that it would become better. For so that carnal people understood what was foretold through the prophet Haggai, who said: 'Great shall be the glory of this latter house, more than of the first'; which a little above he showed to have been said of the New Testament, where, openly promising Christ, he says: 'And I will move all nations, and the desired of all nations shall come.' In which passage the seventy translators, by prophetic authority, gave another meaning, suiting the body rather than the head, that is, the Church rather than Christ:
'They that are the Lord's elect shall come out of all nations' — that is, men, concerning whom Jesus himself says in the Gospel: 'Many are called, but few are chosen.' For of such elect ones from among the nations the house of God is built up through the New Testament with living stones, far more glorious than was that temple which was constructed by king Solomon and restored after the captivity. For this reason, therefore, that nation both had no prophets from that time onward and was afflicted with many disasters by foreign kings and by the Romans themselves, lest it should suppose this prophecy of Haggai to have been fulfilled in that restoration of the temple.
For not long after, when Alexander came, it was subjugated; and although no devastation took place then — since they did not dare to resist him, and therefore, being most easily appeased, received him as their subjects — yet the glory of that house was not so great as it had been under the free power of their own kings. Alexander indeed offered sacrifices in the temple of God, not turned to His worship by true piety, but in impious vanity thinking that He must be worshipped together with false gods. Then Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, as I mentioned above, after the death of Alexander carried off captives thence into Egypt, whom his successor Ptolemy Philadelphus most kindly released and sent home; through whom it came about, as I narrated a little before, that we have the Scriptures of the seventy translators.
Then they were crushed by the wars which are set forth in the books of the Maccabees. After this they were taken captive by Ptolemy, king of Alexandria, who was surnamed Epiphanes; then by Antiochus, king of Syria, they were compelled through many and most grievous evils to worship idols, and the temple itself was filled with the sacrilegious superstitions of the nations. Yet their most valiant leader Judas, who was also called Maccabeus, having driven out the commanders of Antiochus, cleansed it from all that defilement of idolatry. Not long after, however, a certain Alcimus, through ambition, although he was a stranger to the priestly line — which was a sacrilege — was made high priest.
From this point, after about fifty years, during which nevertheless they had no peace — although they accomplished some things even prosperously — Aristobulus was the first among them to assume the diadem and to become both king and high priest. For before that, from the time they returned from the Babylonian captivity and the temple was restored, they had not kings but leaders or princes; although even he who is a king may be called a prince, from the principate of commanding, and a leader, because he is the conductor of an army; yet it does not follow that whoever are princes or leaders can also be called kings — which this Aristobulus was. He was succeeded by Alexander, himself also king and high priest, who is reported to have reigned cruelly over his own people.
After him his wife Alexandra was queen of the Jews, and from her time onward more grievous evils befell them. For the sons of this Alexandra, Aristobulus and Hyrcanus, contending with each other for the kingdom, provoked Roman forces against the Israelite nation. For Hyrcanus sought help from them against his brother. By then Rome had already subjugated Africa, had subjugated Greece, and ruling widely over other parts of the world also, as though unable to bear its own weight, it had in a manner broken itself by its own greatness. For it had come to grave domestic seditions, and thence to the Social wars and soon to the Civil wars, and had so shaken and worn itself out that the state of its commonwealth had to be changed, so that it should be ruled by kings — and this loomed near.
Pompey therefore, the most illustrious prince of the Roman people, having entered Judea with an army, captured the city, opened the temple — not by the devotion of a suppliant, but by the right of a conqueror. And to the Holy of Holies, which none but the high priest was permitted to enter, he drew near, not as a worshipper, but as a profaner; and having confirmed Hyrcanus in the high priesthood, and set over the subjugated nation as guardian Antipater — those whom they then called procurators — he led Aristobulus away with him in chains. From that time the Jews also began to be tributaries of the Romans. Afterward Cassius too plundered the temple. Then, after a few years, they even came to have Herod, a foreigner, as their king, during whose reign Christ was born.
For now had come the fullness of time, signified by the prophetic Spirit through the mouth of the patriarch Jacob, where he says: 'There shall not fail a prince from Judah, nor a leader from his loins, until he come for whom it is laid up, and he is the expectation of the nations.' Therefore a prince of the Jews from among the Jews did not fail until this Herod, whom they first received as a foreign king. The time, then, had now come for Him to come for whom it was laid up — that is, what was promised in the New Testament — that He Himself should be the expectation of the nations. But it could not come to pass that the nations should expect Him to come, as we behold Him being expected to come to execute judgment in the splendour of His power, unless they first believed in Him when He came to undergo judgment in the humility of patience.
CHAPTER 46. Of the birth of our Saviour, according to which the Word was made flesh, and of the dispersion of the Jews among all nations, as had been prophesied. Therefore, while Herod was reigning in Judea, and among the Romans, the state of the commonwealth having now been changed, Caesar Augustus held imperial sway and through him the world was at peace, Christ was born according to the preceding prophecy in Bethlehem of Judah — a man made manifest from a human virgin, a God hidden from God the Father. For thus the prophet had foretold: 'Behold, a virgin shall conceive in the womb and shall bring forth a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel,' which is interpreted: 'God with us.'
He, in order to commend God in Himself, performed many miracles, of which the Gospel Scripture contains certain ones, as much as seemed sufficient for proclaiming Him. The first of these is that He was born so marvellously; the last, that with His body raised from the dead He ascended into heaven. But the Jews, who slew Him and would not believe in Him — because it behooved Him to die and rise again — being more unhappily devastated by the Romans and utterly uprooted from their kingdom, where now foreigners ruled over them, and dispersed throughout the lands (since indeed they are nowhere lacking), are by their own Scriptures a testimony to us that we have not invented the prophecies concerning Christ;
which prophecies very many of them, considering both before His Passion and especially after His resurrection, believed in Him; concerning whom it was foretold: 'If the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved.' But the rest were blinded, concerning whom it was foretold: 'Let their table become before them a snare, and a recompense, and a stumbling-block. Let their eyes be darkened that they see not; and bow down their back always.' Accordingly, since they do not believe our Scriptures, their own are fulfilled in them, which they read while blind. Unless perhaps someone should say that the Christians invented those prophecies concerning Christ which are produced under the name of the Sibyl or of others — if there are any such — which do not pertain to the people of the Jews.
For us indeed those suffice which are produced from the codices of our enemies, whom we recognize, on account of this very testimony which they unwillingly bear to us by having and preserving those same codices, to be themselves dispersed throughout all nations, wherever the Church of Christ is spread abroad. For a prophecy in the Psalms, which they also read, was set forth beforehand on this matter, where it is written: 'My God, His mercy shall go before me; my God hath shown me concerning mine enemies: Slay them not, lest at any time they forget Thy law; scatter them in Thy power.' God therefore has shown to the Church, in its enemies the Jews, the grace of His mercy, since, as the apostle says, 'their offense is salvation to the Gentiles';
and therefore He did not slay them, that is, He did not destroy in them what makes them Jews — although they were vanquished and oppressed by the Romans — lest, having forgotten the law of God, they should avail nothing for the testimony of which we are treating. Therefore it was too little to say: 'Slay them not, lest at any time they forget Thy law,' unless He also added: 'Scatter them'; because if, with this testimony of the Scriptures, they were only in their own land, and not everywhere, surely the Church, which is everywhere, could not have them in all nations as witnesses of the prophecies which were sent forth beforehand concerning Christ. CHAPTER 47. Whether before Christian times there were any outside the Israelite race who belonged to the fellowship of the heavenly city.
Wherefore whatever foreigner — that is, one not born of Israel nor received by that people into the canon of the sacred writings — is read to have prophesied anything concerning Christ, if it comes or shall come to our knowledge, can be cited by us as an addition; not as though it were necessary even if it be lacking, but because it is not incongruously believed that there were even among other nations men to whom this mystery was revealed, and who were also impelled to predict these things, whether they were partakers of the same grace or strangers to it, but were taught by evil angels — whom we know to have confessed even the present Christ, whom the Jews did not acknowledge.
Nor do I think that the Jews themselves dare to contend that no one belonged to God except the Israelites, from the time the offspring of Israel began to be — after his elder brother was rejected. For indeed there was no other people that was properly called the people of God; yet they cannot deny that there were also among other nations certain men belonging, not by an earthly but by a heavenly fellowship, to the true Israelites, citizens of the country above: because if they deny it, they are most easily refuted by the holy and wondrous man Job, who was neither a native nor a proselyte — that is, a sojourner — of the people of Israel, but, deriving his lineage from the Idumean nation, was there born and there died;
who is so praised by the divine oracle that, as regards righteousness and piety, no man of his times is set equal to him. Although we do not find his times in the Chronicles, yet we gather from his book — which the Israelites, on account of its merit, received into canonical authority — that he was three generations later than Israel. And I do not doubt that it was divinely provided that from this one example we should know that there could be, even among other nations, those who lived according to God and were pleasing to Him, belonging to the spiritual Jerusalem. Which must be believed to have been granted to no one,
except him to whom was divinely revealed the one Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus, who, as about to come in the flesh, was thus foretold to the ancient saints, just as He has been announced to us as having come; so that one and the same faith, through Him, may lead to God all who are predestined to the city of God, the house of God, the temple of God. But whatever prophecies of others are produced concerning the grace of God through Christ may be thought to have been fabricated by Christians. Therefore nothing is firmer for convincing any outsiders whatsoever, if they should contend about this matter, and for making them ours if they are rightly wise, than that those divine predictions about Christ be brought forward which are written in the codices of the Jews;
by whom, torn from their proper seats and on account of this testimony dispersed throughout the whole world, the Church of Christ has everywhere grown. CHAPTER 48. That the prophecy of Haggai, in which he said that the glory of the house of God would be greater than the first had been, was fulfilled not in the rebuilding of the temple, but in the Church of Christ. This house of God is of greater glory than that first one constructed of timber and stones and other precious things and metals. Not therefore was the prophecy of Haggai fulfilled in the restoration of that temple. For from the time it was restored, it is never shown to have had so great a glory as it had in the time of Solomon;
nay rather, it is shown that the glory of that house was first diminished by the cessation of prophecy, then by such great disasters of the nation itself, even to its final destruction, which was wrought by the Romans, as those things which are recorded above testify. But this house, pertaining to the New Testament, is assuredly of so much greater glory as the living stones are better, by which, as believers and renewed, it is built. But for this reason it was signified through the restoration of that temple, because that very renewal of that building signifies, by prophetic utterance, the other testament, which is called the New. What therefore God said through the prophet just mentioned:
'And I will give peace in this place' — by the place that signifies must be understood that One who is signified by it; so that, since by that place being restored the Church was signified, which was to be built through Christ, nothing else is to be received by what is said: 'I will give peace in this place,' than 'I will give peace in the place which this place signifies.' Since all things that signify seem in some manner to sustain the persons of those things which they signify; as it was said by the apostle: 'The Rock was Christ,' since that rock, of which this was said, signified indeed Christ. Greater, therefore, is the glory of this house of the New Testament than of the house of the former Old Testament, and then it will appear greater when it shall be dedicated.
For then shall come the desired of all nations, as it is read in the Hebrew. For His first coming was not yet the desired of all nations. For they did not know whom they ought to desire, in whom they had not believed. Then also, according to the seventy translators (since that too is a prophetic meaning), 'there shall come the elect of the Lord out of all nations.' For then truly there shall come none but the elect, concerning whom the apostle says: 'As He chose us in Him before the foundation of the world.' For He Himself, the architect, who said: 'Many are called, but few are chosen,' was about to show, not from those who, having been called, came in such a way as to be cast out of the banquet, but from the elect, the house built up, which will thereafter fear no ruin.
But now, when even those fill the churches whom the winnowing will separate as on a threshing-floor, the glory of this house does not appear so great as it shall then appear, when whosoever shall be there shall be there forever. CHAPTER 49. Of the indiscriminate increase of the Church, in which in this world many reprobates are mingled with the elect.
In this malignant world, therefore, in these evil days, where the Church through present lowliness prepares for future exaltation, and is trained by the goads of fears, the torments of sorrows, the troubles of labours, the perils of temptations, rejoicing in hope alone — when it rejoices soundly — many reprobates are mingled with the good, and both are gathered together as in the Gospel net, and in this world, as in a sea, both, enclosed in the nets, swim indiscriminately, until the shore is reached, where the evil shall be separated from the good, and in the good, as in His temple, God shall be all in all. Accordingly, we now recognize the voice of Him who spoke in the Psalm and said: 'I have declared and have spoken; they are multiplied above number,' as being fulfilled.
This comes to pass now, ever since He announced and spoke — first through the mouth of His forerunner John, then through His own mouth — saying: 'Do penance, for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.' He chose disciples, whom He also named apostles, humbly born, unhonoured, unlettered, so that whatever great thing they should be and should do, He Himself might be and do it in them. He had among them one whom, using evil well, He might both fulfil the appointed purpose of His own Passion and furnish to His Church an example of evils to be borne.
The holy Gospel having been sown, as far as it behooved through His bodily presence, He suffered, died, rose again — by His Passion showing what we ought to endure for the truth, by His resurrection what we ought to hope for in eternity — apart from the depth of the sacrament, by which His blood was poured out for the remission of sins. He dwelt on earth forty days with His disciples, and as they watched ascended into heaven, and after ten days sent the promised Holy Spirit; of whose coming upon those who had believed there was then the greatest sign, and most especially necessary, that each one of them should speak in the tongues of all nations;
thus signifying the unity of the Catholic Church, which was to be throughout all nations, and so to speak in all tongues. CHAPTER 50. Of the preaching of the Gospel, which by the sufferings of the preachers was made more illustrious and more powerful. Then, according to that prophecy:
'Out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord out of Jerusalem,' and according to the predictions of the Lord Christ Himself — where after the resurrection, while His disciples were amazed at Him, He opened their understanding that they might understand the Scriptures, and said to them that thus it was written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer and to rise again from the dead on the third day, and that penance and the remission of sins should be preached in His name throughout all nations, beginning at Jerusalem; and where again, to them asking about His last coming, He answered and said: 'It is not for you to know the times which the Father hath put in His own power;'
'but you shall receive the power of the Holy Spirit coming upon you, and you shall be my witnesses in Jerusalem and in all Judea and Samaria, and even to the ends of the earth' — the Church first spread itself from Jerusalem, and when very many in Judea and Samaria had believed, it went also into other nations, those announcing the Gospel to them whom He Himself, as luminaries, had both fitted by the Word and kindled by the Holy Spirit. For He had said to them: 'Fear not those who kill the body, but cannot kill the soul.' That they might not be cold with fear, they burned with the fire of love.
Finally, not only through those who had seen and heard Him both before His Passion and after His resurrection, but even after their death, through their successors, amid horrendous persecutions and various tortures and the deaths of martyrs, the Gospel was preached throughout the whole world, God bearing witness by signs and wonders and various mighty works and the gifts of the Holy Spirit;
so that the peoples of the nations, believing in Him who was crucified for their redemption, with Christian love venerated the blood of the martyrs which they had shed in diabolical fury, and the very kings, by whose laws the Church was being devastated, were salutarily subjected to that Name which they had striven cruelly to remove from the earth, and began to persecute the false gods, for whose sake the worshippers of the true God had previously been persecuted. CHAPTER 51. That even through the dissensions of heretics the Catholic faith is strengthened.
But the devil, seeing the temples of the demons forsaken and the human race running into the name of the liberating Mediator, stirred up heretics, who under the Christian name should resist Christian doctrine, as though they could indifferently, without any rebuke, be held in the city of God, just as the city of confusion indifferently held philosophers thinking among themselves things diverse and adverse. Those, therefore, who in the Church of Christ are of some diseased and perverse mind, if, when rebuked that they may be of a sound and right mind, they resist contumaciously and refuse to amend their pestilent and deadly dogmas, but persist in defending them, become heretics, and going outside are reckoned among the enemies who exercise her.
For even thus indeed, by their own evil, they profit those true catholic members of Christ, while God uses even the evil well, and to those who love Him all things work together for good. For all the enemies of the Church, by whatever error they be blinded or by whatever malice they be depraved, if they receive the power of bodily afflicting, exercise her patience; if they oppose only by thinking ill, exercise her wisdom; but that even enemies may be loved, they exercise her benevolence, or even her beneficence, whether dealing with them by persuasive teaching or by terrifying discipline.
And through this, the devil, the prince of the impious city, by stirring his own vessels against the city of God that is on pilgrimage in this world, is permitted to do her no harm; for whom, without doubt, both consolation in prosperous things, that she be not broken by adversities, and exercise in adverse things, that she be not corrupted by prosperities, is provided by divine providence, and thus each is so tempered by the other that in the Psalm we recognize that voice as having arisen from no other source: 'According to the multitude of my sorrows in my heart, Thy consolations have gladdened my soul.' Hence too is that saying of the apostle: 'Rejoicing in hope, patient in tribulation.' For that also which the same teacher says:
'All who wish to live godly in Christ suffer persecution,' must be thought to be lacking in no times. For even when, from those who are without, not raging, there seems to be tranquillity — and in truth there is, and it brings very much consolation, especially to the weak — yet there are not lacking, nay there are many within, who torment the hearts of those living godly by their own lost morals; since through them the Christian and catholic name is blasphemed; which the dearer it is to those who wish to live godly in Christ, so much the more do they grieve that, through evil ones placed within, it comes to pass that it is loved less than the minds of the godly desire.
The heretics themselves also, when they are considered to have the Christian name and sacraments and Scriptures and profession, cause great grief in the hearts of the godly; because both many who wish to be Christians are forced to hesitate on account of their dissensions, and many slanderers also find in these a matter for blaspheming the Christian name, since these too are in some way called Christians. By these and suchlike perverse morals and errors of men, those who wish to live godly in Christ suffer persecution, even with none assailing nor vexing their body. For they suffer this persecution not in their bodies, but in their hearts. Whence is that voice: 'According to the multitude of my sorrows in my heart.' For he does not say:
'In my body.' But again, since the immutable divine promises are considered, and that which the apostle says: 'The Lord knoweth who are His' (for of those whom He foreknew and predestinated to be conformed to the image of His Son, none can perish): therefore there follows in that Psalm: 'Thy consolations have gladdened my soul.' But the sorrow itself, which arises in the hearts of the godly whom the morals of evil or false Christians persecute, profits those who grieve, since it descends from charity, by which they do not wish those to perish nor to impede the salvation of others. Finally, great consolations arise even from the corrections of those, which suffuse the souls of the godly with as much gladness as the sorrows with which they were tormented over their perdition.
Thus in this world, in these evil days — not only from the time of the bodily presence of Christ and His apostles, but from Abel himself, whom, the first righteous man, his impious brother slew, and thenceforth even to the end of this world — the Church runs its course on pilgrimage amid the persecutions of the world and the consolations of God. CHAPTER 52. Whether it is to be believed, as some suppose, that, the ten persecutions which have been being fulfilled, none now remains except the eleventh, which is to be in the very time of Antichrist. Accordingly, I think it must not be rashly said or believed, as it has seemed or seems to some, that the Church will suffer no more persecutions until the time of Antichrist
more than it has already suffered, that is, ten, so that the eleventh and last should be from Antichrist. For they reckon the first to be that which was made by Nero, the second by Domitian, the third by Trajan, the fourth by Antoninus, the fifth by Severus, the sixth by Maximinus, the seventh by Decius, the eighth by Valerian, the ninth by Aurelian, the tenth by Diocletian and Maximian. For the plagues of the Egyptians, since they were ten before the people of God began to go out thence, they think are to be referred to this understanding, so that the last persecution of Antichrist may seem like the eleventh plague, by which the Egyptians, while pursuing the Hebrews in hostile manner, perished in the Red Sea as the people of God passed through on dry ground.
But I do not think that, by that event which took place in Egypt, these persecutions were prophetically signified; although by those who think this, those individual events seem to be exquisitely and ingeniously compared with these individual ones — not by a prophetic spirit, but by the conjecture of the human mind, which sometimes arrives at the truth, sometimes is deceived. For what will those who hold this say of the persecution in which the Lord Himself was crucified? In what number will they place it? But if they think it is to be reckoned with this one excepted, as though those are to be numbered which pertain to the body, not the one in which the Head Himself was assailed and slain: what will they do about that one
which, after Christ ascended into heaven, was made at Jerusalem, where the blessed Stephen was stoned, where James the brother of John was slain with the sword, where the apostle Peter was shut up that he might be killed and was freed by an angel, where the brethren were put to flight and dispersed from Jerusalem, where Saul, who afterward became the apostle Paul, devastated the Church, where he himself too, now evangelizing the faith which he had persecuted, suffered such things as he had done — whether throughout Judea or throughout other nations, wherever he most fervently preached Christ? Why, then, does it seem to them that the reckoning is to be begun from Nero, when the Church, by growing, had arrived at the times of Nero amid the most atrocious persecutions, of which it is far too long to tell them all?
But if they reckon that only persecutions stirred up by kings ought to be counted, then Herod was a king, who even after the Lord's ascension raised up a most grievous one. Furthermore, what answer do they give about Julian also, whom they do not number among the ten? Did not he too persecute the Church, he who forbade Christians to teach or to learn the liberal arts? Under him Valentinian the Elder, who was the third emperor after him, stood forth as a confessor of the Christian faith and was stripped of his military rank;
to say nothing of what he had begun to do at Antioch, had he not shuddered in horror at the freedom and cheerfulness of a single most faithful and most steadfast young man, who, when many had been seized to be tortured, was the first to be tortured throughout the whole day, and amid the iron claws and torments sang psalms; so that Valentinian feared he might come to blush more shamefully in the case of the rest. Finally, within our own memory, did not Valens, brother of the aforesaid Valentinian and an Arian, lay waste the Catholic Church throughout the regions of the East with a great persecution? But how can it be right not to consider that the Church, bearing fruit and growing throughout the whole world, may suffer persecution from kings among some nations even at a time when it does not suffer it among others?
Unless perhaps that is not to be counted a persecution, when the king of the Goths within Gothia itself persecuted the Christians with marvelous cruelty, although there were none there but Catholics, very many of whom were crowned with martyrdom—just as we have heard from certain brethren who at that time had been boys there and recalled without hesitation that they had themselves seen these things. And what of recent events in Persia? Did not the persecution rage so fiercely against the Christians (if indeed it has even now subsided) that some, fleeing from there, made their way as far as the towns of the Romans? When I ponder these things and others of this kind, it does not seem to me that the number of persecutions by which the Church must be exercised can be fixed.
But on the other hand, to affirm that some persecutions by kings are yet to come, besides that very last one about which no Christian doubts, is a piece of no lesser rashness. Therefore we leave this in the middle, establishing or demolishing neither side of this question, but only recalling men from the bold presumption of affirming either of these. CHAPTER LIII. That the time of the last persecution has been revealed to no man. That very last persecution, indeed, which is to come from Antichrist, Jesus Himself will extinguish by His own presence. For so it is written, that He will slay him with the spirit of His mouth, and destroy him with the brightness of His presence. Here the question is wont to be asked: When will this be? Most unseasonably indeed.
For if it would profit us to know this, by whom could it better be told to the inquiring disciples than by God Himself, their Master? For they were not silent about it in His presence, but asked Him when He was present, saying: Lord, will you at this time restore the kingdom to Israel? But He said: It is not for you to know the times which the Father has put in His own power. They surely had not inquired about the hour or the day or the year, but about the time, when they received this answer. In vain, therefore, do we attempt to calculate and fix the number of years that remain to this age, since we hear from the mouth of Truth that it is not for us to know this;
yet some have said that from the Lord's ascension to His final coming four hundred years could be completed, others five hundred, others even a thousand. But how each of them props up his own opinion would be long to show, and is unnecessary. For they use human conjectures; nothing certain is brought forth by them from the authority of the canonical Scripture. But He who says, 'It is not for you to know the times which the Father has put in His own power,' unbends the fingers of all who reckon upon this matter, and bids them be still.
But since this is an evangelical pronouncement, it is no wonder that the worshippers of many false gods were not restrained by it from feigning that, by the responses of the demons whom they worship as gods, it had been determined how long the Christian religion would endure. For when they saw that it could not be consumed even by so many and so great persecutions, but had rather taken from these its wondrous increase, they devised certain Greek verses, as though poured forth to some inquirer by a divine oracle, in which they indeed make Christ innocent of the charge of this supposed sacrilege,
but they add that Peter wrought sorceries, so that the name of Christ should be worshipped for three hundred and sixty-five years, and then, the said number of years being completed, it should come to its end without delay. O hearts of learned men! O literate wits, worthy to believe such things of Christ, which you are unwilling to believe in Christ—that His disciple Peter did not learn the magic arts from Him, but that, though He was innocent, Peter was nonetheless a sorcerer, and chose by his magic arts, by his great labors and perils, and at last even by the shedding of his own blood, that Christ's name should be worshipped rather than his own! If Peter wrought sorcery that the world should so love Christ, what did the innocent Christ do, that Peter should so love Him?
Let them therefore answer to themselves, and, if they are able, let them understand that it was by that grace from above that the world came to love Christ for the sake of eternal life—by which same grace it came about that Peter too loved Christ both for the sake of the eternal life he was to receive from Him, and even to the suffering of a temporal death for Him.
Then again, who are these gods of theirs, who can foretell such things yet cannot avert them—thus succumbing to a single sorcerer and a single magical crime, by which (as they say) a boy a year old was slain and torn to pieces and buried with an unspeakable rite—so that they should permit a sect hostile to themselves to grow strong over so prolonged a time, to overcome the dreadful cruelties of so many and so great persecutions not by resisting but by suffering, and to arrive at the overthrow of their own images, temples, and sacred oracles? Who, finally, is that god—not ours, surely, but their own—who was either enticed by so great a crime or compelled to grant these things? For those verses say that Peter determined these things by the magic art, not to some demon, but to a god.
Such a god they have, who do not have Christ. CHAPTER LIV. Of the most foolish lie of the pagans, by which they pretended that the Christian religion would not endure beyond three hundred and sixty-five years. These things, and many of this kind, I would have collected, if that very year had not yet passed which the feigned divination promised and a deceived vanity believed. But seeing that, from the time when the worship of the name of Christ was established through His presence in the flesh and through the apostles, three hundred and sixty-five years were completed some years ago, what else do we seek by which this falsehood may be refuted?
For although we do not place the beginning of this matter at Christ's nativity—because as an infant and a boy He had no disciples—yet when He began to have them, without doubt the Christian teaching and religion then became known through His bodily presence; that is, after He was baptized in the river Jordan by the ministry of John. For on this account that prophecy had gone before concerning Him: He shall have dominion from sea to sea, and from the river unto the ends of the earth. But since, before He had suffered and risen from the dead, the faith had not yet been determined for all (for it was determined in the resurrection of Christ; for thus the apostle Paul speaks to the Athenians, saying:
Now He commands men everywhere to repent, inasmuch as He has appointed a day on which to judge the world in equity, by the man through whom He has determined faith for all, raising Him from the dead): we better take our beginning, in solving this question, from that point; especially because then also the Holy Spirit was given, just as He was fittingly to be given after the resurrection of Christ in that city from which the second law, that is, the new covenant, was to begin. For the first was from Mount Sinai through Moses, which is called the Old Covenant. But concerning this one, which was to be given through Christ, it was foretold: Out of Zion shall go forth the law, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.
Whence He Himself also said that repentance must be preached in His name among all nations, yet beginning at Jerusalem. There, then, the worship of this name took its rise, that men should believe in Jesus Christ, who had been crucified and had risen again. There this faith glowed with such notable beginnings that several thousands of men, converted to the name of Christ with marvelous eagerness, sold their possessions so that they might be distributed to the needy, and with holy resolve and most ardent love attained to voluntary poverty, and prepared themselves to contend even unto death for the truth, amid the raging and blood-thirsty Jews—not with armed power, but with the more powerful weapon of patience.
If this was done by no magic arts, why do they hesitate to believe that by the same divine power it could be done throughout the whole world, by which it was done at Jerusalem? But if, in order that at Jerusalem so great a multitude of men should be kindled to the worship of the name of Christ—the very multitude that had either fastened Him to the cross when seized, or had mocked Him when fastened—Peter had already wrought that sorcery, then from that very year we must seek when the three hundred and sixty-five years are completed. Christ, then, died when the two Gemini were consuls, on the eighth day before the Kalends of April. He rose again on the third day, as the apostles proved even by their own senses. Then after forty days He ascended into heaven; after ten days, that is, on the fiftieth day after His resurrection, He sent the Holy Spirit.
Then three thousand men believed, as the apostles preached Him. Then, therefore, the worship of that name took its rise—as we believe and as the truth holds, by the efficacy of the Holy Spirit; but as impious vanity has feigned or supposed, by the magic arts of Peter. A little later, too, when a marvelous sign had been wrought—when, at the word of Peter himself, a certain beggar, lame from his mother's womb so that he had to be carried by others and set at the gate of the temple where he might beg for alms, leaped up whole in the name of Jesus Christ—five thousand men believed; and thereafter, by yet other and other accessions of believers, the Church grew.
And from this is also gathered the day from which that very year took its beginning, namely when the Holy Spirit was sent, that is, on the Ides of May. The consuls accordingly being counted, three hundred and sixty-five years are found to have been completed on those same Ides, in the consulship of Honorius and Eutychianus. Moreover, in the following year, when Mallius Theodorus was consul—when, according to that oracle of demons or fiction of men, there ought to have been no Christian religion at all—what perhaps was done in other parts of the earth, it was not necessary to inquire;
meanwhile, what we know is that in the most renowned and most eminent city of Carthage in Africa, Gaudentius and Jovius, counts of the emperor Honorius, on the fourteenth day before the Kalends of April overthrew the temples of the false gods and broke their images. And from that time to this present time, through nearly thirty years, who does not see how much the worship of the name of Christ has increased—especially after many of those became Christians who were being called back from the faith as though by that true divination, and who, when the same number of years was completed, saw it to be empty and laughable? We, then, who are and are called Christians, do not believe in Peter, but in Him in whom Peter believed; built up by Peter's words about Christ, not poisoned by his magic incantations;
neither deceived by his sorceries, but aided by his benefits. That Christ, the teacher of Peter in the doctrine which leads to eternal life, is the teacher of us also. But let us at length now conclude this book, having discoursed thus far and shown, as much as seemed sufficient, what is the mortal course of the two cities, the heavenly and the earthly, intermingled from the beginning even to the end; of which the one that is earthly made for itself such false gods as it willed, whether from anywhere or even from men, by sacrificing to whom it might serve them; but the other, which is heavenly and a pilgrim on earth, makes no false gods, but is itself made by the true God, whose true sacrifice it itself is.
Both, nevertheless, alike make use of temporal goods, or are alike afflicted by temporal evils, but with a different faith, a different hope, a different love, until they be separated by the last judgment, and each receive its own end, of which there is no end; concerning the ends of both of which we must next discourse. [Of the question which the philosophical debate has stirred up concerning the ends of good and evil things, in which Varro saw that there could be two hundred and eighty-eight sects.] Since I see that I must next dispute concerning the due ends of each city, namely the earthly and the heavenly:
first there must be set forth, as far as the plan of completing this work allows, the arguments of mortal men by which they have striven to make for themselves blessedness in the unhappiness of this life, so that it may become clear how our hope, which God has given us, differs from their vain pursuits, and how the reality itself—that is, the true blessedness which He will give—differs from them, not only by divine authority, but also with reason brought to bear, such as we can bring to bear for the sake of unbelievers. For concerning the ends of good and evil the philosophers have disputed among themselves much and in manifold ways; and pursuing this question with the utmost intensity, they have endeavored to discover what makes a man blessed. For that is the end of our good for the sake of which other things are to be sought, while it is to be sought for its own sake;
and that is the end of evil, for the sake of which other things are to be avoided, while it itself is to be avoided for its own sake. We now speak, then, of the end of good, not in the sense that it is consumed so as to cease to be, but in the sense that it is perfected so as to be complete; and of the end of evil, not in the sense that it ceases to be, but in the sense to which it leads by its harming. These ends, accordingly, are the highest good and the highest evil. About discovering these, and about attaining the highest good in this life while avoiding the highest evil, those who professed the pursuit of wisdom amid the vanity of this world labored much, as I have said; and yet, although erring in diverse ways, the limit of nature did not permit them to deviate so far from the path of truth that some placed the ends of good and evil in the soul, others in the body, others in both.
From this threefold distribution, as it were, of the general classes of sects, Marcus Varro, in his book On Philosophy, having diligently and subtly scrutinized so great a variety of doctrines, came to note that, by applying certain differences, he could most easily arrive at two hundred and eighty-eight sects—not such as already existed, but such as could exist.
That I may show this briefly, I must begin from that point which he himself noted and set down in the aforesaid book: that there are certain four things which men, without a teacher, without any aid of instruction, without the diligence or art of living which is called virtue and which is undoubtedly learned, seek as it were naturally—either pleasure, by which the bodily sense is delightfully moved; or repose, by which it comes about that a man suffers no bodily distress; or both, which however Epicurus calls by the single name of pleasure; or, universally, the primary things of nature, in which both these and others are included, whether in the body, such as the soundness, health, and safety of its members, or in the soul, such as those things, whether small or great, which are found in the natural endowments of men.
These four, then—that is, pleasure, repose, both together, and the primary things of nature—are in us in such a way that either virtue, which doctrine afterwards implants, is to be sought for their sake, or they for the sake of virtue, or each for its own sake; and through this there come to be twelve sects. For by this reasoning each one is tripled; which, when I shall have demonstrated in one case, it will not be difficult to find in the rest. When, therefore, bodily pleasure is either subordinated to, or preferred to, or joined with the virtue of the soul, the diversity of sects is varied threefold. It is subordinated to virtue when it is taken up into the service of virtue.
For it belongs to the office of virtue both to live for one's country, and for the sake of one's country to beget children, neither of which can be done without bodily pleasure; for without it neither is food and drink taken in order that one may live, nor is intercourse engaged in that procreation may be propagated. But when it is preferred to virtue, pleasure itself is sought for its own sake, and virtue is believed to be taken up for its sake—that is, so that virtue should do nothing except for the obtaining or preserving of bodily pleasure; which life is indeed deformed, since there virtue is enslaved to its mistress, pleasure, although in no way ought this to be called virtue; yet even this horrible baseness has had certain philosophers as its patrons and defenders.
Pleasure, furthermore, is joined with virtue when neither of them is sought for the sake of the other, but both are sought for their own sakes. Wherefore, just as pleasure, whether subordinated to, or preferred to, or joined with virtue, makes three sects, so repose, so both together, so the primary things of nature are found to produce three more each. For according to the variety of human opinions they are at one time subordinated to virtue, at another preferred to it, at another joined with it; and thus one arrives at the number of twelve sects. But this number too is doubled by the application of a single difference, namely that of the social life, since whoever follows any one of these twelve sects assuredly does so either for his own sake alone, or also for the sake of his neighbor, to whom he ought to wish that which he wishes for himself.
Wherefore there are twelve sects of those who think that each one is to be held for one's own sake alone, and another twelve of those who decide that one ought to philosophize in this or that way not only for one's own sake, but also for the sake of others, whose good they seek as their own. But these twenty-four sects are again doubled by the addition of the difference drawn from the New Academics, and become forty-eight. For any one of those twenty-four sects a person can hold and defend as certain—in the manner the Stoics defended that the good of man, by which he is blessed, consists in the virtue of the soul alone; or another can hold it as uncertain, as the New Academics defended, because to them it seemed not certain, yet probable.
Twenty-four, therefore, come to be through those who think the sects are to be followed as certain for the sake of truth, and another twenty-four through those who think the same sects, though uncertain, are to be followed for the sake of their resemblance to truth. Again, since any one of these forty-eight sects a person can follow in the garb and manner of the other philosophers, and likewise another can follow it in the garb of the Cynics, from this difference too they are doubled and become ninety-six.
Then, because men can so maintain and follow each single one of them as either to love a life of leisure, like those who wished and were able to devote themselves only to the studies of doctrine; or a life of business, like those who, while they philosophized, were nonetheless most occupied with the administration of the commonwealth and the governance of human affairs; or one tempered from both kinds, like those who apportioned the alternating periods of their life partly to learned leisure, partly to necessary business: on account of these differences this number of sects can also be tripled and brought to two hundred and eighty-eight. These things from Varro's book I have set forth as briefly and clearly as I could, explaining his opinions in my own words.
But how, having refuted the rest, he chooses one which he wishes to be that of the Old Academics (whom, instituted by Plato down to Polemo—who was the fourth after him to hold his school, which was called the Academy—he wishes it to seem held fixed doctrines, and on this account distinguishes them from the New Academics, to whom all things are uncertain, which kind of philosophy began with Arcesilas, the successor of Polemo), and how he judges that sect, that is, of the Old Academics, to be free from all error as well as from doubt: it would be long to demonstrate in every detail; yet the matter is not to be wholly passed over. He first removes, therefore, all those differences which multiplied the number of sects, which he thinks ought to be removed because in them there is no end of good.
For he does not think that any sect of philosophy is to be so called which does not differ from the rest in this, that it has different ends of good and evil. Since indeed there is no cause for a man to philosophize except that he may be blessed; but that which makes him blessed is itself the end of good; there is therefore no cause for philosophizing except the end of good: wherefore that which follows no end of good is to be called no sect of philosophy. When, therefore, the question is asked concerning the social life—whether it is to be held by the wise man, so that he should will and care for the highest good, by which a man is made blessed, in his friend's case just as in his own, or whether he should do whatever he does only for the sake of his own blessedness:
the question is not about the highest good itself, but about taking or not taking a partner into participation in this good, not for one's own sake, but for the sake of that same partner, so that one may rejoice in his good just as one rejoices in one's own. Likewise, when the question is asked concerning the New Academics, to whom all things are uncertain—whether the matters about which one must philosophize are to be regarded thus, or whether, as it pleased other philosophers, we ought to hold them as certain: the question is not what is to be followed in the end of good, but about the truth of the good itself, which seems to be the thing to be followed—whether it is to be doubted or not;
that is, to express it more plainly, whether it is to be followed in such a way that he who follows it says it is true, or in such a way that he who follows it says it seems true to himself—even if perhaps it be false—yet each follows one and the same good. In that difference too, which is drawn from the garb and custom of the Cynics, the question is not what is the end of good, but whether life is to be lived in that garb and custom by him who follows the true good, whatever may seem to him to be true and to be followed. Finally, there have been those who, while they pursued different final goods—some virtue, some pleasure—nonetheless held the same garb and custom, from which they were called Cynics.
Thus that whatever it is, by which the Cynic philosophers are distinguished from the rest, availed nothing at all for choosing and holding the good by which they might become blessed. For if it were of any relevance to this, then assuredly the same garb would have compelled them to pursue the same end, and a different garb would not have allowed them to pursue the same end. CHAPTER II. How, when all the differences which are not sects but questions have been removed, Varro arrives at the threefold definition of the highest good, of which, however, one is to be chosen.
In those three kinds of life also—namely, the one not slothful but devoted to leisure in the contemplation or investigation of truth, the second occupied with business in conducting human affairs, the third tempered from both kinds—when the question is asked which of these is rather to be chosen, it is not the end of good that is in controversy: but which of these three brings difficulty or ease in attaining or retaining the end of good, that is what is in question in this inquiry. For the end of good, when anyone has attained to it, immediately makes him blessed; but in lettered leisure, or in public business, or when each is engaged by turns, a man is not at once thereby blessed.
For many can indeed live in any of these three, and yet err in seeking the end of good by which a man is made blessed. There is therefore one question concerning the ends of good and evil, which makes each sect of the philosophers, and there are other questions—concerning the social life, concerning the hesitation of the Academics, concerning the dress and food of the Cynics, concerning the three kinds of life: the leisured, the active, and that modified from both—none of which is one in which the ends of good and evil are debated. Accordingly, since Marcus Varro, applying these four differences—that is, from the social life, from the New Academics, from the Cynics, from that threefold kind of life—arrives at two hundred and eighty-eight sects, and if any others can similarly be added:
all these being removed, since they introduce no question concerning the pursuit of the highest good and therefore are not, and are not to be called, sects, he returns to those twelve in which it is asked what is the good of man by attaining which he is made blessed, that he may show one of them to be true and the rest false. For when that threefold kind of life is removed, two parts of this number are subtracted, and ninety-six sects remain. But when the difference drawn from the Cynics is removed, they are reduced to half and become forty-eight. Let us also take away what was applied from the New Academics: again half remains, that is, twenty-four. Likewise let what had accrued from the social life be taken away:
twelve remain, which that difference had doubled so that they became twenty-four. Concerning these twelve, then, nothing can be said as to why they should not be reckoned sects. For nothing else is sought in them than the ends of good and evil. And when the ends of good are found, assuredly the ends of evil are their contrary. But that these may become twelve sects, those four are tripled—pleasure, repose, both together, and the primary things of nature, which Varro calls the primigenia.
For these four, while they are severally at one time subordinated to virtue, so that they seem to be sought not for their own sake but for the office of virtue; at another time preferred to it, so that virtue is thought necessary not for its own sake but for the attaining or preserving of these; at another time joined with it, so that both virtue and these are believed to be sought for their own sake—they render the number of four threefold and arrive at twelve sects. But of those four things Varro takes away three, namely pleasure and repose and both together; not because he disapproves of them, but because those primigenia of nature have in themselves both pleasure and repose.
What need is there, then, to make three things out of these two—two, namely, when pleasure or repose is sought individually, and a third when both are sought together—since indeed the primary goods of nature embrace both these and, besides these, many other things as well? Concerning these three schools, therefore, it pleases him to treat diligently which one ought rather to be chosen. For true reasoning does not permit there to be more than one true school, whether it be among these three or somewhere else, which we shall see afterward. Meanwhile, let us discuss, as briefly and clearly as we can, in what manner Varro chooses one of these three.
These three schools indeed come about in this way: when either the primary goods of nature are to be sought for the sake of virtue, or virtue for the sake of the primary goods of nature, or both—that is, both virtue and the primary goods of nature—for their own sake. CHAPTER III. Which of the three schools that seek man's highest good Varro decides ought to be chosen, following the opinion of the Old Academy on the authority of Antiochus. He therefore endeavors to persuade us in this manner as to which of these three is true and to be followed. First, because in philosophy the highest good is sought neither of a tree, nor of a beast, nor of God, but of man, he thinks it must be asked what man himself is. For he perceives that there are in man's nature two things, body and soul.
And of these two he by no means doubts that the soul is the better and by far the more excellent; but he asks whether the soul alone is the man, so that the body is to it as a horse is to a horseman (for the horseman is not the man and the horse, but the man alone; yet he is called a horseman because he stands in a certain relation to the horse), or whether the body alone is the man, standing in some relation to the soul, as the cup to the drink (for it is not the cup and the drink which the cup contains that together are called the goblet, but the cup alone;
yet it is so called because it is fitted to contain the drink), or whether in truth neither the soul alone nor the body alone, but both together are the man, of whom either the soul or the body is one part, while he himself, whole, consists of both, so as to be a man (just as we call two horses yoked together a team, of which either the right-hand or the left-hand one is a part of the team, but one of them, however it may stand in relation to the other, we do not call a team, but only both together). Of these three, then, he chose this third one, and judges that man is neither the soul alone nor the body alone, but the soul and the body together. Accordingly he says that man's highest good, by which he becomes happy, consists of the goods of both things, namely of soul and of body.
And on this account he holds that those primary goods of nature are to be sought for their own sake, and likewise virtue itself, which instruction implants as the art of living, and which is among the goods of the soul the most excellent good. Wherefore this same virtue, that is, the art of conducting life, when it has received the primary goods of nature—which existed apart from it, yet which existed even when instruction was as yet lacking to them—seeks all of them for their own sake, and at the same time also itself, and uses all of them together with itself to this end, that it may delight in and fully enjoy them all, more and less, according as some are greater and some lesser among themselves; yet rejoicing in them all, and despising certain lesser ones, if necessity demands, for the sake of attaining or holding the greater.
But of all goods, whether of soul or of body, virtue sets nothing whatever above itself. For it makes good use both of itself and of the other goods which make a man happy. But where it itself is absent, however many goods there may be, they are not goods of him to whom they belong, and on this account they are not even to be called his goods, since they cannot be useful to one who uses them ill. This life of man, therefore, which enjoys virtue and the other goods of soul and body, without which virtue cannot exist, is called happy; but if it enjoys also others, without which virtue can exist, whether some or many, it is happier; and if it enjoys absolutely all of them, so that no good whatever of soul or body is lacking, it is happiest.
For life is not the same thing as virtue, since not every life, but only a wise life is virtue; and yet a life of whatever sort can exist without any virtue, whereas virtue cannot exist without any life. I would say the same of memory and reason, and of anything else of the kind that is in man. For these exist even before instruction, and without them no instruction can exist, and consequently neither can virtue, which is assuredly learned. But to run well, to be beautiful in body, to excel in immense strength, and other things of this kind are such that virtue can exist without them and they without virtue; yet they are goods, and according to these men virtue itself loves even them for their own sake, and uses and enjoys them, as befits virtue.
This happy life they declare to be also social, which loves the goods of friends for their own sake as its own, and wills for them, for their own sakes, what it wills for itself; whether they be in the household, like a spouse and children and whatever members of the family, or in the place where one's home is, such as a city, like those who are called citizens, or in the whole world, like the nations whom human society joins to one, or in the very universe, which is reckoned under the name of heaven and earth, like those they call gods, whom they would have to be friends to the wise man, whom we more familiarly call angels.
As for the ends of goods and, on the contrary, of evils, they deny that there is any room for doubt, and affirm that this is the difference between themselves and the New Academics; nor does it matter at all to them whether one philosophizes within these ends, which they hold to be true, in the garb and manner of life of a Cynic or of any other you please. Furthermore, of those three kinds of life—the leisurely, the active, and that which is composed of both—they assert that this third pleases them. That the Old Academics thought and taught these things, Varro maintains on the authority of Antiochus, the teacher of Cicero and of himself, whom indeed Cicero wishes to make appear to have been more a Stoic in many points than an Old Academic.
But what is this to us, who ought rather to judge concerning the things themselves than to think it a great matter to know what each man has held concerning men? CHAPTER IIII. What Christians think concerning the highest good and the highest evil, against the philosophers who said that the highest good is in themselves for themselves. If, then, it be asked of us what the City of God, being questioned about these several matters, replies, and first what it thinks concerning the ends of goods and evils: it will reply that eternal life is the highest good, and eternal death the highest evil; and that, in order to attain the one and to shun the other, we must therefore live rightly. On account of which it is written: The just lives by faith;
for we do not yet see our good, whence it is needful that we seek it by believing, nor is it in our own power to live rightly of ourselves, unless he who has also given that very faith help us as we believe and pray—that we may believe we are to be helped by him. But those who supposed that the ends of goods and evils are in this life, placing the highest good either in the body, or in the soul, or in both—and, to express it more explicitly, either in pleasure, or in virtue, or in both; either in repose, or in virtue, or in both; either in pleasure and repose together, or in virtue, or in both; either in the primary goods of nature, or in virtue, or in both—these, with marvelous vanity, wished to be happy here and to be made happy by themselves.
These the Truth derided through the prophet who says: The Lord knows the thoughts of men; or, as the apostle Paul cited this testimony: The Lord knows the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain. For who is able, with however great a flood of eloquence, to set forth the miseries of this life? Cicero lamented them in his Consolation on the death of his daughter, as best he could; but how little was it that he could do? For those things which are called the primary goods of nature—when, where, and in what manner can they be so well off in this life that they do not toss about beneath uncertain chances? For what pain contrary to pleasure, what disquiet contrary to repose, cannot fall upon the body of the wise man?
Certainly the amputation or disabling of limbs assails a man's wholeness, deformity his beauty, weakness his health, weariness his strength, numbness or sluggishness his mobility; and which of these is there that cannot break in upon the flesh of the wise man? The posture, too, and movements of the body, when they are seemly and fitting, are numbered among the primary goods of nature; but what if some ill health shakes the limbs with trembling? what if the spine of the back is so bent that the hands must be placed upon the ground, making the man in a manner four-footed? Will it not pervert every form and grace of the body's standing and moving?
What of those things which are called the primary goods of the soul itself, among which they set two foremost, on account of the grasp and perception of truth, namely sense and intellect? But of what sort and how great does sense remain, if—to say nothing of other things—a man becomes deaf and blind? And whither will reason and intelligence withdraw, where will they be lulled to sleep, if a man is made insane by some disease? When the frenzied say or do many absurd things, for the most part alien to their own good purpose and habits—nay, contrary to their own good purpose and habits—whether we ponder or behold them, if we consider worthily, we can scarcely hold back our tears, or perhaps cannot. What shall I say of those who suffer the assaults of demons?
Where do they have their intelligence hidden or buried, when the malignant spirit uses both their soul and their body according to its own will? And who is confident that this evil cannot befall the wise man in this life? Then, of what sort or how great is the perception of truth in this flesh, when—as we read in the truthful book of Wisdom—the corruptible body weighs down the soul, and the earthly habitation presses down the mind that ponders many things?
Moreover, the impulse or appetite for action—if that which the Greeks call hormē is rightly called so in Latin in this way, since they too reckon it among the primary goods of nature—is it not the very thing by which even those pitiable movements and deeds of the insane are produced, which we shudder at, when sense is perverted and reason lulled to sleep?
Furthermore, virtue itself, which is not among the primary goods of nature, since it supervenes upon them afterward when instruction introduces it—what does it do here, when it claims for itself the summit of human goods, except wage perpetual wars with vices, and those not external but internal, not another's but plainly our own and proper to us; above all that virtue which in Greek is called sōphrosynē, in Latin temperance, by which the carnal lusts are bridled, lest they drag the consenting mind into any base deeds? For there is no slight vice when, as the apostle says, the flesh lusts against the spirit; to which vice there is a contrary virtue, when, as the same apostle says, the spirit lusts against the flesh. For these, he says, are opposed to one another, so that you do not do the things that you would.
But what do we wish to do, when we wish to be perfected by the end of the highest good, except that the flesh should not lust against the spirit, and that there should not be in us this vice against which the spirit lusts? Which thing, in this life, although we wish it, since we are not able to accomplish it, we do at least with the help of God—that we may not yield to the flesh lusting against the spirit by the spirit succumbing, and be dragged to the perpetrating of sin by our own consent. Far be it from us, then, that, so long as we are in this internal war, we should already believe ourselves to have attained that happiness to which we wish to come by conquering. And who is so wise that he has no conflict at all against the lusts?
What of that virtue which is called prudence? Does it not with all its vigilance discern goods from evils, so that no error may creep in upon us in seeking the former and shunning the latter, and on this very account does it not bear witness that we are among evils, or that evils are within us? For it itself teaches that it is evil to consent to sinning, and good not to consent to lust for the purpose of sinning. Yet that evil, to which prudence teaches us not to consent, temperance does; and neither prudence nor temperance removes it from this life.
What of justice, whose office is to render to each his own (whence there arises in man himself a certain just order of nature, that the soul be subject to God, and the flesh to the soul, and thus both soul and flesh to God)—does it not show that it is still laboring at this work rather than already resting in the end of this work? For the soul is the less subject to God, the less it conceives of God in its very thoughts; and the flesh is the less subject to the soul, the more it lusts against the spirit. So long, then, as this infirmity, this plague, this languor is in us, how shall we dare to call ourselves already saved, and—if not yet saved—how shall we dare to call ourselves already happy with that final blessedness?
And now indeed that virtue whose name is fortitude is, even amid however great a wisdom, the most evident witness of human evils, which it is compelled to bear with patience. These evils the Stoic philosophers contend, I marvel with what effrontery, are not evils—the very evils which they confess, if they should be so great that the wise man either cannot or ought not to endure them, compel him to bring death upon himself and to depart from this life.
But so great is the stupor of pride in these men, who think that here is the end of good and that they are made happy by themselves, that their wise man—that is, such a one as they describe with marvelous vanity—even if he be blinded, deafened, struck dumb, crippled in his limbs, tortured with pains, and if any other such evil can be named or imagined befall him, so that he is compelled to bring death upon himself: they are not ashamed to call this life, set amid such evils, happy. O happy life, which seeks the aid of death to be ended! If it is happy, let one remain in it.
How are those things not evils, which overcome the good of fortitude, and compel that same fortitude not only to yield to itself but even to rave, so that it both calls the same life happy and persuades that it is to be fled from? Who is so blind as not to see that, if it were happy, it would not be to be fled from? But with the open voice of infirmity they confess it is to be fled. What reason, then, is there why they should not also confess it miserable, their neck of pride being broken? Did that famous Cato, I ask, slay himself by patience or rather by impatience? For he would not have done this had he not borne Caesar's victory with impatience. Where is fortitude? Surely it gave way, surely it succumbed, surely it was so overcome that it forsook, abandoned, and fled the happy life.
Or was it then no longer happy? Then it was miserable. How, therefore, were those things not evils, which made his life miserable and to be fled from? Wherefore even those who confessed that these things are evils—as the Peripatetics, as the Old Academics, whose school Varro defends—do indeed speak more tolerably; but theirs too is a marvelous error, in that they contend that, amid these evils, even though they be so grievous that they must be fled from by a self-inflicted death, the life is nevertheless happy for him who suffers them. 'Evils,' he says, 'are the torments and tortures of the body, and they are the worse the greater they can be; to be rid of which you must flee from this life.' From what life, I ask?
'This life,' he says, 'which is weighed down by such great evils.' Surely, then, it is happy amid those very evils on account of which you say it is to be fled from? Or do you call it happy because it is permitted you to depart from these evils by death? But what if you were held in them by some divine judgment, and were neither permitted to die nor ever allowed to be without them? Surely then at least you would call such a life miserable. It is not, therefore, not miserable because it is quickly left behind. Since indeed, if it were everlasting, it would be judged miserable even by yourself; and therefore it ought not, because it is brief, to be deemed no misery at all, or—what is more absurd—because the misery is brief, to be on that account even called blessedness.
Great is the force in those evils which compel a man—even, according to them, a wise man—to take from himself that which makes him a man; for they say, and say truly, that this is in a manner the first and greatest voice of nature, that a man be reconciled to himself and therefore naturally flee death, being so a friend to himself that he vehemently wishes and desires to be a living being and to live in this conjunction of body and soul. Great is the force in those evils by which this sense of nature is overcome, whereby death is in every way avoided with all one's strength and endeavors, and is so overcome that what was being avoided is wished for and sought, and, if it cannot be brought about from elsewhere, is inflicted by the man himself upon himself. Great is the force in those evils which make fortitude a murderer;
if indeed it is still to be called fortitude, which is so overcome by these evils that it not only cannot guard, through patience, the man whom, like a virtue, it undertook to rule and protect, but is itself moreover compelled to slay him. The wise man ought indeed to bear even death patiently, but death that befalls from elsewhere. But according to these men, if he is compelled to inflict it upon himself, surely it must be confessed by them that not only are these evils, but they are even intolerable evils which compel him to perpetrate this.
This life, therefore, which is either pressed down by the burdens of such great and grievous evils or subject to their chances, would by no means be called happy, if the men who say this would, just as, vanquished by evils growing ever heavier when they bring death upon themselves, they yield to misfortune, so also, vanquished by sure reasonings when they seek the happy life, deign to yield to the truth, and would not think that in this mortal state there is the end of the highest good to rejoice in—where the very virtues, than which nothing better and more useful is here certainly found in man, the greater aids they are against the force of dangers, labors, and pains, the more faithful witnesses they are of miseries. For if they are true virtues, which cannot exist except in those in whom true piety is present:
they do not profess that they can bring it about that the men in whom they are should suffer no miseries (for true virtues are not lying, as to profess this), but that human life, which is compelled to be miserable by so many and so great evils of this age, may be happy in the hope of the age to come, just as it is also safe. For how is that happy which is not yet safe? Whence also the apostle Paul, not concerning imprudent, impatient, intemperate, and unjust men, but concerning those who lived according to true piety and therefore had the virtues which they had as true ones, says: For by hope we have been made safe. But hope that is seen is not hope; for what a man sees, why does he also hope for? But if we hope for what we do not see, we wait for it through patience.
As therefore by hope we have been made safe, so by hope we have been made happy; and just as we do not yet hold salvation present but await it as future, so also we do not hold blessedness present but await it as future, and this through patience; because we are amid evils which we ought patiently to endure, until we come to those goods where there will be all things in which we may ineffably delight, and there will be nothing which we must any longer endure. Such salvation, which will be in the age to come, will itself also be the final blessedness. This blessedness these philosophers, because they do not see it and are unwilling to believe it, strive to fabricate for themselves here, a most false one, with a virtue as much more mendacious as it is more proud. CHAPTER V. Of the social life, which, though it is most to be desired, is often overturned by many offenses.
But that they hold the wise man's life to be social, we approve far more abundantly. For whence would this City of God—of which we are now handling in our hands the nineteenth book of this work—either be begun in its rising, or proceed in its course, or attain its due ends, if the life of the saints were not social? But amid the hardship of this mortality, with how many and how great evils human society abounds, who could enumerate? Who could be sufficient to estimate it? Let them hear, among their own comic poets, a man saying with the perception and consent of all men: 'I took a wife; what misery I saw there! Children were born—another care.' What likewise of those vices which the same Terence recounts in love—'wrongs, suspicions, enmities, war, then peace again':
have they not everywhere filled human affairs? Have they not for the most part befallen even the honorable loves of friends? Everywhere human affairs are full of these, where we feel wrongs, suspicions, enmities, war—evils that are certain; but peace an uncertain good, since we do not know the hearts of those with whom we wish to keep it, and even if today we could know them, we should certainly not know what sort they would be tomorrow. Who, moreover, are wont or ought to be more friendly to one another than those who are even contained within one household? And yet who is secure even there, when so often such great evils have arisen from the secret plots of those within—evils all the more bitter as the peace was sweeter which was thought to be true, while it was most craftily feigned?
On account of which it touches the hearts of all so as to force them into a groan, that which Tully says: 'There are no more hidden plots than those which lurk in the pretense of duty or under some name of close relationship. For him who is openly an adversary you could easily avoid by being on guard; but this hidden, internal, and domestic evil not only exists but even crushes you before you could foresee and explore it.' On account of which also that divine utterance:
'And a man's foes are those of his own household,' which is heard with great grief of heart, because, even if anyone be so brave that he bears it with an even mind, or so vigilant that he guards against it with provident counsel what feigned friendship contrives against him, yet by the wickedness of those treacherous men, when he experiences them to be most evil, if he himself is good, he must needs be grievously tormented—whether they were always evil and feigned themselves good, or were changed from goodness into that malice. If, then, the household, the common refuge amid these evils of the human race, is not safe, what of the city, which, the greater it is, the more its forum is full of suits both civil and criminal—even if there be not turbulent,
and very often even bloody, seditions and civil wars, from whose occurrences cities are sometimes free, but from whose dangers never? CHAPTER VI. Of the error of human judgments, when the truth is hidden. What of the very judgments of men concerning men, which cannot be lacking to cities even while they remain in however great a peace—of what sort do we think they are, how miserable, how lamentable? Since indeed those judge who cannot discern the consciences of those concerning whom they judge. Whence they are often compelled, by the tortures of innocent witnesses, to seek out the truth pertaining to another's case.
What when each man is tortured in his own case and, when it is asked whether he is guilty, the innocent man is tortured and suffers the most certain penalties for an uncertain crime—not because it is detected that he committed it, but because it is not known that he did not commit it? And on this account the ignorance of the judge is for the most part the calamity of the innocent. And what is more intolerable and more to be bewailed and to be bathed, if it could be, in fountains of tears: when the judge tortures the accused for this very reason, lest he should unknowingly slay an innocent man, it comes about through the misery of ignorance that he slays both the tortured and the innocent man whom he had tortured lest he should slay him innocent. For if, according to the wisdom of these men, he chooses to flee from this life rather than to endure those torments any longer, he says that he committed what he did not commit.
And when he has been condemned and slain, the judge still does not know whether he has slain a guilty or an innocent man, whom he had tortured lest he should unknowingly slay him innocent; and on this account he both tortured the innocent man in order to know, and slew him while not knowing. In these shadows of social life, will that wise judge sit in judgment, or will he not dare? He will plainly sit. For human society constrains him and drags him to this office, which he deems it a sin to forsake. For he does not deem it a sin that innocent witnesses are tortured in others' cases; that those who are arraigned, for the most part overcome by the force of pain and confessing falsely about themselves, are even punished though innocent, when they have already been tortured though innocent; that, even if they are not punished by death, they very often die amid or from the very torments;
that sometimes even the accusers themselves, perhaps wishing to be of service to human society lest crimes go unpunished, and being unable to prove what they allege—the witnesses lying and the accused himself holding out inhumanly against the torments and not confessing—although they alleged true things, are condemned by a judge who does not know. These evils, so many and so great, he does not reckon as sins; for the wise judge does these things not with the will to harm, but by the necessity of not knowing, and yet, because human society compels him, also by the necessity of judging. This, then, is what we call the misery, at least, of man, even if not the malice of the wise man.
Or rather, by the necessity of not knowing and of judging, does he torture the innocent, punish the innocent—and is it too little for him that he is not guilty, unless he be also happy besides? How much more considerately and in a manner more worthy of a man does he acknowledge in this necessity his misery, and hate it in himself, and—if he is piously wise—cry out to God: 'Deliver me from my necessities!' CHAPTER VII. Of the diversity of languages, by which the society of men is sundered, and of the misery of wars, even those that are called just. After the city or town there follows the world, in which they place the third grade of human society, beginning from the household and thence advancing to the city, then coming to the world; which, like a heap of waters, the greater it is, the more full of dangers it is.
In which, first, the diversity of languages estranges man from man. For if two men meet one another and are compelled by some necessity not to pass by but to be together, neither of whom knows the other's language: more easily do dumb animals, even of different kinds, associate with one another than they, though both be men. For when they cannot communicate to one another what they perceive, on account of the mere diversity of language, so great a likeness of nature is of no avail toward associating men; so that a man would more gladly be with his dog than with a foreign man.
But, it is said, effort was expended so that the imperial city might impose upon the subjugated nations through the peace of fellowship not only her yoke but also her language, so that there should be no lack—indeed an abundance—of interpreters. True; but at the cost of how many and how great wars, what slaughter of men, what shedding of human blood was this purchased? And when these were done, still the misery of those same evils was not at an end. For although there have not been wanting, and are not wanting, foreign nations as enemies, against whom wars have ever been waged and are being waged:
yet the very vastness of the empire has given birth to wars of a worse kind, namely social and civil wars, by which the human race is shaken more wretchedly still—whether when war is being waged that men may at length find rest, or when it is feared that they may rise up again. Of these evils, with their many and manifold disasters, their hard and dire necessities, should I wish to speak as is fitting—though I can in no way do so as the matter demands—what limit would there be to so prolix a discussion? But, they say, the wise man will wage just wars. As though, if he remembers that he is a man, he would not far rather grieve that the necessity of just wars has befallen him; for unless they were just, he would not have to wage them, and therefore for the wise man there would be no wars at all.
For it is the iniquity of the opposing side that lays upon the wise man wars to be justly waged; and this iniquity is surely to be grieved over by man, because it is man's, even if no necessity of warring were to arise from it. Whoever, then, considers with grief these evils, so great, so horrible, so savage, let him acknowledge his misery; but whoever either endures or contemplates them without anguish of soul, all the more wretchedly does he reckon himself blessed, precisely because he has lost even human feeling. CHAPTER VIII. That the friendship of the good cannot be secure, so long as amid the dangers of this life we must needs be anxious.
But if there does not befall us a certain ignorance resembling madness—which nevertheless in the wretched condition of this life often does befall us, so that one who is an enemy is believed to be a friend, or one who is a friend is believed to be an enemy—what consoles us in this human society, so full of errors and afflictions, save the unfeigned faith and mutual love of true and good friends? And the more of these we have, and in the more places, the more widely and far do we fear lest some evil befall them out of the vast heaps of this world's woes. For we are anxious not only lest they be afflicted by famine, by wars, by diseases, by captivities, lest in that same servitude they suffer such things as we are not able even to conceive;
but also, where the fear is far more bitter, lest they be changed into faithlessness, malice, and wickedness. And when these things happen—the more, surely, the more numerous our friends are—and are brought to our knowledge, who, save one who feels such things, can perceive with what scourges our heart is burned? Indeed we would rather hear that they were dead, although even this we cannot hear without grief. For of those whose life delighted us through the solace of friendship, how can it be that their death should bring us no sorrow?
Let whoever forbids this grief forbid, if he can, friendly conversations; let him interdict or cut off all friendly affection; let him with pitiless insensibility burst the bonds of all human relationships, or so decree that they be used that no sweetness from them may steep the soul. But if this can in no way be done, how shall it come to pass that the death of one whose life is sweet should not be bitter to us? For from this comes also that mourning—a kind of wound or sore of a heart that is not inhuman—for the healing of which the kindly services of consolation are applied. For it is not that there is nothing to be healed, simply because the better the soul, the more swiftly and easily it is healed therein.
Since, then, by the deaths even of those most dear to us—especially of such as render services necessary to human society—the life of mortals is afflicted, now more gently, now more harshly: yet we would rather hear or see those whom we love dead, than fallen from faith or from good morals, that is, dead in the very soul. Of which vast material of evils the earth is full, for which reason it is written: Is not the life of man upon earth a temptation? and for which the Lord Himself says: Woe to the world because of offences, and again: Because iniquity hath abounded, He says, the charity of many shall grow cold.
From which it comes about that we congratulate good friends when they die; and although their death saddens us, that very death more surely consoles us, because they have been freed from the evils by which in this life even good men are either worn down, or depraved, or imperilled in both ways. CHAPTER IX. Of the friendship of the holy angels, which cannot be made manifest to man in this world because of the deceitfulness of the demons, into whose snares those fell who thought many gods were to be worshipped.
But in the society of the holy angels—which those philosophers who wished us to have the gods as friends set in the fourth place, as it were coming to the universe from the round of the earth, that so they might in a certain manner embrace also heaven—we surely in no way fear lest such friends should sadden us either by their death or by their depravation. But because they are not mingled with us in that familiarity by which men are (which itself also belongs to the afflictions of this life), and because sometimes Satan, as we read, transforms himself as it were into an angel of light, to tempt those whom it is needful either to instruct or just to deceive:
the great mercy of God is necessary, lest anyone, when he thinks he has good angels as friends, should have evil demons as feigned friends, and should suffer as his enemies these who are the more harmful in proportion as they are the more cunning and deceitful. And to whom is this great mercy of God necessary, save to great human misery, which is so weighed down by such ignorance that it is easily deceived by the dissembling of these demons? And that those philosophers in the impious city, who said the gods were their friends, fell among malignant demons, is most certain—demons to whom that whole city is subject, and with whom it shall have everlasting punishment.
For from their sacred rites—or rather sacrileges—by which they thought such demons were to be worshipped, and from the most filthy games, where the crimes of those demons are celebrated, by which they thought them to be appeased, with these very demons themselves as the authors and exacters of such great disgraces, it is made plain enough by those who are worshipped what they are. CHAPTER X. What fruit is gained by the saints from overcoming the temptation of this life. But neither are the saints and faithful worshippers of the one true and supreme God secure from their deceits and manifold temptation. For in this place of weakness and in these evil days, even this anxiety is not without profit, that that security, where peace is fullest and most certain, may be sought with a more fervent longing.
For there shall be the gifts of nature, that is, those which are bestowed on our nature by the Creator of all natures, not only good but also everlasting—not only in the soul, which is healed through wisdom, but also in the body, which shall be renewed by resurrection; there shall be virtues, contending no longer against any vices or evils whatsoever, but possessing as the prize of victory eternal peace, which no adversary may disturb. For this is the final blessedness, this the end of perfection, which has no end to consume it. Here, indeed, we are called blessed when we have peace, however little of it can be had here in a good life; but this blessedness, compared with that which we call final, is found to be utter misery.
This peace, then, such as can be had here, while we mortal men dwell among mortal things, virtue rightly uses its goods, if we live rightly; but when we do not have it, virtue uses well even the evils which a man suffers. But that is true virtue, when it refers both all the goods which it uses well, and whatever it does in the good use of goods and evils, and its very self, to that end where we shall have such and so great a peace, than which there can be none better or greater. CHAPTER XI. Of the blessedness of eternal peace, in which is the end of the saints, that is, true perfection.
Wherefore we might say that the end of our goods is peace, even as we have said it is eternal life, especially since to the city of God itself, concerning which this most laborious discussion of ours is, it is said in the holy psalm: Praise the Lord, O Jerusalem; praise thy God, O Zion; for He hath strengthened the bars of thy gates, He hath blessed thy children within thee, who hath set thy borders peace. For when the bars of her gates have been strengthened, none shall any more enter into her, nor any go forth from her. And on this account we ought here to understand her borders to be that peace which we wish to demonstrate to be final. For the very mystical name of this city, that is, Jerusalem, which we have also already said, is interpreted 'vision of peace.'
But since the name of peace is frequently used even in these mortal things, where assuredly there is no eternal life, on that account we have preferred to call the end of this city, where its supreme good shall be, eternal life rather than peace. Of which end the Apostle says: But now being made free from sin, and become servants to God, you have your fruit unto sanctification, and the end life everlasting.
But again, since eternal life may be taken, by those who have no familiarity with the holy Scriptures, to mean even the life of the wicked—whether according to certain philosophers because of the immortality of the soul, or according even to our faith because of the unending punishments of the impious, who certainly cannot be tormented eternally unless they also live eternally—therefore the end of this city, in which it shall have its supreme good, must be called either peace in eternal life, or eternal life in peace, so that it may the more easily be understood by all. For so great is the good of peace, that even in earthly and mortal things nothing is wont to be heard with more pleasure, nothing desired more longingly, nothing finally can be found better.
And if we should wish to speak of it somewhat longer, we shall not, as I judge, be burdensome to our readers, both on account of the end of this city, of which we are speaking, and on account of the very sweetness of peace, which is dear to all. CHAPTER XII. That even the savagery of those who wage war, and all the disquietudes of men, desire to attain the end of peace, since there is no nature without an appetite for it. For whoever surveys with me, in whatever way, human affairs and our common nature, recognizes this: that just as there is no one who does not wish to rejoice, so there is no one who does not wish to have peace. Since indeed even those who wish for wars wish nothing else than to conquer; therefore by warring they desire to attain a glorious peace. For what else is victory but the subjection of those who resist?
And when this has been accomplished, there will be peace. Wars therefore are waged with the aim of peace, even by those who are eager to exercise warlike valour by commanding and fighting. Whence it is evident that peace is the desired end of war. For every man, even in waging war, seeks peace; but no one in making peace seeks war. For even those who wish to disturb the peace in which they are do not hate peace, but desire it to be changed according to their own pleasure. They do not, then, wish there to be no peace, but that it should be the peace they wish. Finally, even if by sedition they have separated themselves from others, they accomplish not what they intend unless they keep some semblance of peace with their own fellow-conspirators and confederates.
Accordingly, robbers themselves, that they may more violently and safely be hostile to the peace of others, wish to have peace with their associates. And even if one be so pre-eminent in strength and so wary of accomplices that he commits himself to no associate, but lying in wait alone and overpowering, and after his victims are crushed and slain carries off his spoils—yet with those at least whom he cannot kill, and from whom he wishes to hide what he does, he keeps some shadow of peace. And in his own house, with his wife and children, and any others he may have there, he certainly strives to be at peace; for in their obeying his nod he doubtless takes delight.
For if it is not done, he is indignant, he chides, he punishes, and he composes the peace of his house, if it be so necessary, even by raging—a peace which he perceives cannot exist unless all the rest in that same domestic fellowship be subject to some head, which in his own house is himself. And therefore, if the servitude of a greater number, of a city or a nation, were offered to him, so that they should serve him as he wished to be served in his own house, he would no longer hide himself as a robber in dens, but would raise himself up as a conspicuous king, though the same greed and malice remained in him. All men, then, desire to have peace with their own, whom they wish to live according to their own pleasure. For even those against whom they wage war they wish, if they can, to make their own, and to impose upon them, when subdued, the laws of their own peace.
But let us imagine someone such as poetic and fabulous narration sings of, whom perhaps on account of his very unsociable savagery they chose to call a half-man rather than a man. Although, then, his kingdom was the solitude of a dreadful cave, and his malice so singular that from it a name was found for him (for in Greek the evil is called 'kakos,' which is what he was called); though no wife brought to him and exchanged with him sweet words, nor did he play with any little children or command any older ones, nor enjoy the conversation of any friend, nor of his father Vulcan (in which alone he was not a little more fortunate than his father, in that he did not himself beget such a monster); though he gave nothing to anyone, but from whomever he could carried off whatever he wished, and when he could, and as he wished:
yet in his own solitary cave, whose floor, as it is described, 'was ever warm with fresh slaughter,' he wished for nothing other than a peace in which no one should be troublesome to him, and the violence of no power should disturb his quiet. With his own body, in fine, he desired to have peace, and in so far as he had it, so far was it well with him. For he gave commands while his members obeyed; and that he might pacify his mortality, which rebelled against him out of want and stirred up the sedition of hunger to dissolve and shut out the soul from the body, he with all the haste he could would seize, kill, and devour; and though monstrous and savage, yet for the peace of his own life and safety he took counsel, monstrously and savagely though it was:
and on this account, if he had been willing to have also with others the peace which he was at pains enough to have in his own cave and in himself, he would have been called neither evil nor a monster nor a half-man. Or if the shape of his body and the vomiting forth of black fires deterred human society from him, perhaps he raged not from a desire of doing harm, but from the necessity of living. But this fellow may never have existed at all; or, what is rather to be believed, he was not such as he is described with poetic vanity; for unless Cacus were too much accused, Hercules would be too little praised. Such a man, then, or half-man, is better believed, as I said, not to have existed, like many fictions of the poets.
For the very most savage beasts—from whom he had part of his ferocity (for he was even called half-beast)—guard their own kind by a certain peace, by mating, begetting, bringing forth, by cherishing and nourishing their young, even though most of them are unsociable and solitary—not, that is, like sheep, deer, doves, starlings, bees, but like lions, foxes, eagles, owls. For what tigress does not gently purr over her cubs, and, laying aside her ferocity, fondle them with tenderness? What kite, however solitary it may circle in search of prey, does not couple in marriage, build a nest, brood over its eggs, feed its young, and, as it were with the mother of its family, preserve a domestic fellowship with all the peace it can?
How much more is man borne, in a certain manner, by the laws of his own nature, to enter into society and to maintain peace with all men, so far as in him lies—since even the wicked make war for the peace of their own, and wish, if they could, to make all men their own, that all and everything might serve one master; and by what means, save that they should consent to his peace either by loving or by fearing? For thus does pride perversely imitate God. For it hates equality with fellows under Him, but wishes to impose its own domination upon fellows in His stead. It hates, therefore, the just peace of God, and loves its own unjust peace. Yet it cannot help loving peace of some kind. For no one's vice is so contrary to nature as to destroy even the last traces of nature.
And so, the peace of the unjust, compared with the peace of the just, is seen not even to deserve the name of peace, by him who knows how to prefer right things to wrong, and ordered things to perverse. But that which is perverse must of necessity be in some measure, and out of some measure, and with some measure of the parts of things in which it is, or of which it consists, at peace; otherwise it would not exist at all. As if someone should hang head downwards, the position of the body and the order of the members is assuredly perverse, because that which nature requires to be above is below, and what nature wishes to be below is made to be above; this perversity disturbs the peace of the flesh and is therefore distressing: yet the soul is at peace with its body and is busy for its welfare, and therefore there is one who suffers:
and if the soul, driven out by these distresses, departs, so long as the framework of the members remains, what remains is not without a certain peace of its parts, and therefore there is still that which hangs. And because the earthly body strains toward the earth and resists the bond by which it is suspended, it tends toward the order of its own peace, and in a certain manner demands by the voice of its weight a place where it may rest; and now lifeless and without any sense, it nevertheless does not depart from the natural peace of its own order, whether when it holds that peace, or when it is borne toward it. For if medicaments and treatment be applied which do not allow the form of the corpse to dissolve and fall apart, a certain peace still joins the parts to the parts and applies the whole mass to an earthly and suitable, and on that account peaceful, place.
But if no care of embalming be applied, but it be left to the natural course, it is, as it were, in tumult with exhalations that are at variance among themselves and unsuited to our sense (for that is what is perceived in the stench), until it agrees with the elements of the world, and little by little, particle by particle, departs into their peace. Yet in no way is anything thereby withdrawn from the laws of that supreme Creator and Orderer, by whom the peace of the universe is administered; for although from the corpse of a larger animal tiny living creatures are born, by the same law of the Creator each little body serves its little souls in the peace of well-being; and although the flesh of the dead be devoured by other animals,
those same laws, diffused throughout all things for the welfare of every kind of mortal beings, pacifying things congruous with things congruous, are found wheresoever they be drawn, and to whatsoever things they be joined, and into whatsoever things they be converted and changed. CHAPTER XIII. Of the universal peace, which amid whatever disturbances cannot be taken away by the law of nature, since under a just Judge each one attains by appointment that which he has deserved by his will.
The peace of the body, then, is the ordered tempering of its parts; the peace of the irrational soul is the ordered repose of the appetites; the peace of the rational soul is the ordered agreement of knowledge and action; the peace of body and soul is the ordered life and health of the living being; the peace of mortal man and God is ordered obedience in faith under the eternal law; the peace of men is ordered concord; the peace of a household is the ordered concord of those who dwell together in commanding and obeying; the peace of a city is the ordered concord of the citizens in commanding and obeying; the peace of the heavenly city is the most ordered and most concordant fellowship in enjoying God and one another in God; the peace of all things is the tranquillity of order. Order is the disposition of equal and unequal things, assigning to each its own place.
Accordingly the wretched, since, in so far as they are wretched, they are assuredly not in peace, lack indeed the tranquillity of order, where there is no disturbance; yet because they are deservedly and justly wretched, they cannot, even in that very wretchedness of theirs, be outside order—not indeed joined to the blessed, but separated from them by the law of order. And when they are without disturbance, they are fitted, by whatever degree of agreement, to the things in which they are; and on this account there is in them some tranquillity of order, and therefore some peace. But they are wretched on this account, that, although in a certain security they do not suffer pain, yet they are not there where they ought to be secure and free from pain; and more wretched, if peace is not theirs along with that very law by which the natural order is administered.
But when they suffer pain, in the part where they suffer pain, a disturbance of peace has been made; yet in that part there is still peace, in which neither does pain burn nor is the very framework dissolved. As, therefore, there is a certain life without pain, but pain cannot exist without some life: so there is a certain peace without any war, but war cannot exist without some peace—not according to that which is war, but according to that which is waged by, or in, those things which are natures of some kind; which would in no way exist, unless they subsisted by some peace of whatever sort. Wherefore there is a nature in which there is no evil, or even in which there can be no evil; but a nature in which there is no good, there cannot be.
Accordingly, not even the nature of the devil himself, in so far as it is a nature, is evil; but it is perversity that makes it evil. And so he did not stand in the truth, yet he did not escape the judgment of the truth; he did not abide in the tranquillity of order, nor yet did he flee from the power of the Orderer. The good of God, which is in his nature, does not withdraw him from the justice of God, by which he is ordered in punishment; nor there does God pursue the good which He created, but the evil which he committed. Neither indeed does He take away the whole of what He gave to the nature, but takes away something, leaves something, that there may be one to grieve over what He has taken away. And the very grief is testimony to the good taken away and the good left. For unless a good had been left, he could not grieve over the good lost.
For he who sins is worse, if he rejoices in the loss of righteousness; but he who is tormented, if he gains no good thereby, grieves over the loss of well-being. And since both righteousness and well-being are a good, and over the loss of a good one ought rather to grieve than to rejoice (if indeed there be no compensation of a better—but the righteousness of the soul is better than the health of the body): assuredly the unjust man more fittingly grieves in his punishment than he rejoiced in his sin. As, therefore, the joy over a good forsaken in sin is a witness of an evil will, so the grief over a good lost in punishment is a witness of a good nature. For he who grieves over the lost peace of his own nature, grieves over it out of certain remnants of peace, by which it comes about that nature is dear to itself.
But this rightly comes to pass in the final punishment, that the unjust and impious should bewail in their torments the losses of their natural goods, perceiving Him to be the most just remover of them who they despised as the most bountiful giver.
God, therefore, the most wise Creator and most just Orderer of all natures, who established the mortal human race as the greatest ornament of earthly things, gave to men certain goods suited to this life, that is, temporal peace according to the small measure of mortal life in the very safety and soundness and fellowship of their kind, and whatever things are necessary for guarding or recovering this peace (such as those which appropriately and conveniently lie open to the senses—light, voice, breathable airs, drinkable waters, and whatever is fitting for nourishing, covering, healing, and adorning the body), and that under this most equitable condition: that whoever among mortals shall have rightly used such goods, accommodated to the peace of mortals, shall receive ampler and better ones—namely, the very peace of immortality, and the glory and honour befitting it, in life eternal for the enjoyment of God and of one's neighbour in God;
but whoever has used them wrongly shall neither receive those, and shall lose these. CHAPTER XIV. Of the order and law, whether earthly or heavenly, by which human society is provided for even in ruling, and to which, in being provided for, it is made to serve. Every use, therefore, of temporal things is referred to the fruit of earthly peace in the earthly city; but in the heavenly city it is referred to the fruit of eternal peace. Wherefore, if we were irrational animals, we should seek nothing beyond the ordered tempering of the parts of the body and the repose of the appetites—nothing, then, beyond the rest of the flesh and an abundance of pleasures, that the peace of the body might profit the peace of the soul. For if peace of the body be lacking, the peace also of the irrational soul is impeded, because it cannot attain the repose of the appetites.
But both together profit that peace which the soul and the body have between themselves, that is, the peace of ordered life and health. For just as living creatures show that they love the peace of the body when they flee pain, and the peace of the soul when, for the sake of satisfying the needs of the appetites, they pursue pleasure: so by fleeing death they sufficiently indicate how greatly they love the peace by which soul and body are reconciled to one another. But because a rational soul is in man, he subjects all this, which he has in common with the beasts, to the peace of the rational soul, that with his mind he may contemplate something and act according to it, so that there may be in him the ordered agreement of knowledge and action, which we had called the peace of the rational soul.
For to this end he ought to wish neither to be troubled by pain, nor disturbed by desire, nor dissolved by death, that he may come to know something useful and according to that knowledge order his life and morals. But lest by the very zeal of knowledge, on account of the weakness of the human mind, he fall into the plague of some error, he has need of divine teaching, which he may surely obey, and of help, that he may obey freely. And because, so long as he is in this mortal body, he is a pilgrim away from the Lord, he walks by faith, not by sight; and on this account he refers all peace, whether of the body or of the soul or of both body and soul together, to that peace which mortal man has with the immortal God, that he may have an ordered obedience in faith under the eternal law.
But now, since God the Master teaches two chief precepts, that is, the love of God and the love of neighbour, in which man finds three things which he is to love—God, himself, and his neighbour—and he who loves God does not err in loving himself: it follows that he should take counsel also for his neighbour, that he should love God, whom he is commanded to love as himself (so for his wife, so for his children, so for his household, so for whatever other men he can), and that he should wish counsel to be taken for himself by his neighbour, if perchance he be in need; and on this account he will be at peace, so far as in him lies, with every man, in the peace of men, that is, in ordered concord, whose order is this: first, that he harm no one; then, that he profit whom he can. First, therefore, the care of his own is in him;
For he has readier and easier access to consult their welfare, whether by the order of nature or by that of human society itself. Hence the Apostle says: 'Whoever does not provide for his own, and especially for those of his household, has denied the faith and is worse than an unbeliever.' From this, then, arises also domestic peace, that is, the well-ordered concord of those dwelling together in commanding and obeying. For those who care for the rest command — as the husband the wife, parents their children, masters their servants. And those whose welfare is cared for obey — as wives their husbands, children their parents, servants their masters. But in the house of the just man who lives by faith and is still a pilgrim from that heavenly city, even those who command serve those whom they seem to command.
For they do not command out of a lust for domination, but from a duty of caring for others; not from the pride of ruling, but from the mercy of providing. CHAPTER XV. On natural liberty, and on servitude, whose first cause is sin; for a man of evil will, even if he is not the slave of another man, is the slave of his own lust. This the natural order prescribes; thus did God create man. For He said: 'Let him have dominion over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air and over every creeping thing that creeps upon the earth.' He willed that man, made rational in His own image, should have dominion over none but the irrational creatures: not man over man, but man over the beast.
Hence the first righteous men were established as shepherds of flocks rather than as kings of men, so that even in this way God might intimate what the order of creation requires, and what the desert of sins demands. For the condition of servitude is rightly understood to have been imposed upon the sinner. And so nowhere in the Scriptures do we read of a slave before the just Noah punished his son's sin with that word. The name, therefore, was earned by guilt, not by nature. The origin of the word for slaves in the Latin tongue is believed to be derived from this: that those who by the law of war might have been killed, when they were preserved by the victors, became slaves, being named from being preserved (servando); and this very thing is not without the desert of sin. For even when a just war is waged, the opposing side fights on behalf of sin;
and every victory, even when it falls to the wicked, by divine judgment humbles the conquered, either correcting their sins or punishing them. A witness to this is the man of God, Daniel, who, set in captivity, confesses to God his own sins and the sins of his people, and with godly sorrow testifies that this is the cause of that captivity. The first cause of servitude, then, is sin, that man should be subjected to man by the bond of his condition; and this does not happen except by the judgment of God, with whom there is no iniquity, and who knows how to apportion diverse punishments to the deserts of those who offend. As the Lord on high says: 'Everyone who commits sin is the slave of sin'; and thus many indeed who are religious serve masters who are unjust, yet not free masters:
for by whomever a man is overcome, to him also is he bound as a slave. And surely it is happier to be in servitude to a man than to lust, since that very lust of domination — to pass over other lusts — lays waste the hearts of mortals with the most savage tyranny. Among men, however, by that order of peace in which some are subjected to others, just as humility profits those who serve, so does pride harm those who dominate. But no one is by nature — in which God first created man — the slave of man or of sin. Yet even penal servitude is ordained by that law which commands the natural order to be preserved and forbids it to be disturbed; for if nothing had been done against that law, there would be nothing to be restrained by penal servitude.
Therefore the Apostle also admonishes servants to be subject to their masters and to serve them from the heart with good will; namely, that if they cannot be made free by their masters, they may in a certain way make their own servitude free, by serving not with crafty fear but with faithful love, until iniquity passes away and all human rule and power is brought to nothing and God is all in all. CHAPTER XVI. On the equitable right of ruling. Wherefore, although our righteous fathers had slaves, they so administered domestic peace as to distinguish, in regard to these temporal goods, the lot of their sons from the condition of their slaves; but in regard to the worship of God, in whom eternal goods are to be hoped for, they cared with equal love for all the members of their household.
This the natural order so prescribes that the name 'fathers of families' arose from it and became so widely current that even those who rule unjustly rejoice to be called by it. But those who are true fathers of families care for all in their household as for sons, for the worship and gaining of God, desiring and longing to come to the heavenly home, where the office of commanding mortals will not be necessary, because the office of caring for those who are already happy in that immortality will not be necessary; until which is reached, fathers ought to bear the fact that they rule more than slaves the fact that they serve.
But if anyone in the household, through disobedience, sets himself against domestic peace, he is corrected, whether by word or by stripe or by any other kind of just and lawful punishment, as far as human society permits, for the benefit of the one who is corrected, that he may be fitted again to the peace from which he had broken away. For just as it is not benevolence to help in such a way as to cause the loss of a greater good, so it is not innocence to spare in such a way as to allow one to fall into a graver evil. It belongs, therefore, to the duty of the innocent man not only to do harm to no one, but also to restrain from sin or to punish sin, so that either the one who is chastised may be corrected by the experience, or others deterred by the example.
Since, therefore, a man's house ought to be the beginning or a small part of the city, and every beginning is referred to some end of its own kind, and every part to the integrity of the whole of which it is a part, it appears plainly enough to follow that domestic peace is referred to civic peace — that is, that the well-ordered concord of those dwelling together in commanding and obeying is referred to the well-ordered concord of citizens in commanding and obeying. Thus it comes about that the father of a family ought to take his precepts from the law of the city, so as to govern his house in such a way that it is suited to the peace of the city. CHAPTER XVII. Whence the heavenly society has peace with the earthly city, and whence discord.
But the household of those who do not live by faith pursues an earthly peace from the things and conveniences of this temporal life; whereas the household of those who live by faith awaits those things which are promised as eternal in the future, and uses earthly and temporal things as a pilgrim — not as things by which it may be captivated and turned aside from where it tends toward God, but as things by which it may be sustained for the easier bearing, and by no means the increasing, of the burdens of the corruptible body, which weighs down the soul. Therefore the use of things necessary for this mortal life is common to both kinds of men and to both households; but the end of using them is to each its own, and widely different.
So too the earthly city, which does not live by faith, seeks an earthly peace, and fixes the concord of citizens in commanding and obeying upon this: that there may be among them a certain harmony of human wills concerning the things pertaining to mortal life. But the heavenly city, or rather that part of it which is a pilgrim in this mortality and lives by faith, must of necessity make use even of this peace, until that mortality itself, to which such peace is necessary, passes away;
and through this, while it leads, as it were, a captive life of its pilgrimage among the earthly city, having already received the promise of redemption and the spiritual gift as a pledge, it does not hesitate to obey the laws of the earthly city by which those things are administered which are adapted to the sustaining of mortal life, so that, since this mortality itself is common to both, concord may be preserved between the two cities in the things that pertain to it.
But because the earthly city has had certain of its own wise men, whom divine teaching condemns, who, either suspecting or deceived by demons, believed that many gods must be conciliated for human affairs — to whose diverse offices, in a certain way, diverse matters were subject: to one the body, to another the soul; and in the body itself, to one the head, to another the neck, and each several part to a several god; likewise in the soul, to one the natural talent, to another learning, to another anger, to another desire;
and in the very things that pertain to life, to one cattle, to another wheat, to another wine, to another oil, to another the forests, to another money, to another navigation, to another wars and victories, to another marriages, to another childbirth and fruitfulness, and to others yet other things: but the heavenly city, knowing that one God alone must be worshipped, and that to Him alone is owed that service which in Greek is called latreia and is due to none but God, judged with faithful piety —
it came about that it could not have laws of religion in common with the earthly city, and that on account of these it had to dissent from it, and to be a burden to those who thought differently, and to endure their wrath and hatred and the assaults of persecutions, except when at times it warded off the minds of its adversaries by the terror of its own numbers, and always by divine aid. This heavenly city, therefore, while it is a pilgrim on earth, calls out citizens from all nations and gathers a pilgrim society in all tongues, taking no account of whatever is diverse in customs, laws, and institutions by which earthly peace is acquired or maintained;
abolishing or destroying none of them, but rather preserving and following them, since, though diverse among diverse nations, they are nevertheless directed toward one and the same end of earthly peace, provided they do not hinder the religion which teaches that the one most high and true God is to be worshipped. The heavenly city, therefore, even in this its pilgrimage makes use of the earthly peace, and, in the things pertaining to the mortal nature of men, it guards and seeks a harmony of human wills as far as may be allowed with piety and religion preserved, and it refers that earthly peace to the heavenly peace — which is so truly peace that it must be held and called the only peace, at least of the rational creature: namely, the most orderly and most harmonious fellowship of enjoying God, and of one another in God;
when this is reached, there will be no mortal life, but life plainly and certainly vital; nor an animal body, which while it is corrupted weighs down the soul, but a spiritual one, without any need, in every part subject to the will. This peace, while it is a pilgrim in faith, the heavenly city possesses, and by this faith it lives justly, when it refers to the attainment of that peace whatever good actions it performs toward God and neighbor, since the life of the city is altogether a social one. CHAPTER XVIII.
How greatly the doubt of the New Academy differs from the constancy of the Christian faith. But as for that distinction which Varro drew from the New Academics, to whom all things are uncertain, the City of God altogether detests such doubt as a kind of madness; for it has, concerning the things which it comprehends by mind and reason — even if only a little, on account of the corruptible body which weighs down the soul (since, as the Apostle says, 'we know in part') — nevertheless a most certain knowledge; and it trusts the senses in the evidence of any thing, which the mind uses through the body, since one is more wretchedly deceived who thinks that the senses are never to be trusted:
it believes also the Holy Scriptures, both old and new, which we call canonical, whence faith itself is conceived, by which the just man lives; through which we walk without doubting, as long as we are pilgrims away from the Lord; and as long as this is safe and certain, concerning certain things which we have perceived neither by sense nor by reason, nor have become clear to us through the canonical Scripture, nor have come to our knowledge through witnesses whom it is absurd not to believe, we doubt without just reproach. CHAPTER XIX. On the dress and manners of the Christian people. It pertains in no way to this city by what dress or manner of living anyone follows this faith, by which one comes to God, provided it is not contrary to the divine precepts;
hence, when philosophers themselves become Christians, it compels them to change not their dress or habit of life, which in no way hinders religion, but their false doctrines. Hence that distinction which Varro drew from the Cynics it cares nothing about at all, provided one does nothing basely and intemperately. But of those three kinds of life — the leisurely, the active, and that composed of both — although anyone may, with faith preserved, lead his life in any of them and attain to the everlasting rewards, it nevertheless matters what he holds by the love of truth, what he expends by the duty of charity. No one ought to be so leisured that in his very leisure he does not consider the benefit of his neighbor, nor so active that he does not seek the contemplation of God.
In leisure, it ought not to be an idle vacancy that delights, but either the seeking or the finding of truth, that each may make progress in it and not begrudge to another what he has found. In action, however, honor in this life is not to be loved, nor power, since all things under the sun are vain, but the work itself which is done through that honor or power, if it is done rightly and usefully — that is, that it may avail for the welfare of subjects, which is according to God; of which we have already disputed above. For this reason the Apostle says: 'He who desires the office of a bishop desires a good work.' He wished to expound what a bishopric is, because it is the name of a work, not of an honor.
For it is a Greek word, and derived from this: that he who is set over those over whom he is set 'oversees' them — that is, bears care of them; for skopos means intention; therefore episkopein, if we wish, we may say in Latin 'superintendere' (to superintend), so that he may understand that he is not a bishop who has loved to be set over rather than to be of profit. And so no one is forbidden from the zeal of knowing the truth, which belongs to praiseworthy leisure; but the higher position, without which a people cannot be governed, even if it be held and administered as is fitting, is nevertheless unbecomingly coveted. Wherefore the love of truth seeks a holy leisure; the necessity of charity undertakes just business.
If no one imposes this burden, we must be free for perceiving and beholding the truth; but if it is imposed, it must be undertaken on account of the necessity of charity: yet not even so should the delight of truth be wholly forsaken, lest that sweetness be withdrawn and this necessity overwhelm us. CHAPTER XX. That the citizens of the saints are, in the time of this life, blessed in hope. Wherefore, since the highest good of the City of God is eternal and perfect peace — not that through which mortals pass by being born and dying, but that in which immortals abide, suffering nothing adverse at all:
who is there who would either deny that life to be most blessed, or, in comparison with it, would not judge this life, which is led here — however full it may be of goods of mind and body and of external things — to be most wretched? Yet whoever so holds this life as to refer its use to that end which he loves most ardently and hopes for most faithfully, may not absurdly be called even now blessed — by that hope rather than by this present reality. But this present reality, without that hope, is a false blessedness and a great misery;
for it does not use the true goods of the soul, since that is not true wisdom which, in those things that it prudently discerns, bravely performs, temperately restrains, and justly distributes, does not direct its intention to that end where God will be all in all, in certain eternity and perfect peace. CHAPTER XXI. Whether, according to the definitions of Scipio which are in Cicero's dialogue, there ever was a Roman commonwealth. Wherefore now is the place where I may unfold, as briefly and clearly as I can, what in the second book of this work I promised I would demonstrate: that according to the definitions which Scipio uses in Cicero's books On the Commonwealth, there never was a Roman commonwealth.
For he briefly defines a commonwealth (res publica) to be the affair of a people (res populi). If this definition is true, there never was a Roman commonwealth, because there never was an affair of a people, which definition he wished to be that of the commonwealth. For he defined a people to be an assembly of a multitude associated by a consensus of right (law) and a community of interest. But what he means by 'a consensus of right' he explains by argument, thereby showing that a commonwealth cannot be conducted without justice; therefore where there is no true justice, there can be no right either. For what is done by right is assuredly done justly;
but what is done unjustly cannot be done by right. For the unjust ordinances of men are not to be called or thought rights (laws), since even they themselves say that that is right which has flowed from the fountain of justice, and that it is false, which is wont to be said by certain men who do not think rightly, that that is right which is useful to him who has the greater power. Wherefore, where there is no true justice, there cannot be an assembly of men associated by a consensus of right, and therefore neither a people according to that definition of Scipio or Cicero; and if no people, then no affair of a people, but only of some kind of multitude, which is not worthy of the name of a people.
And through this, if a commonwealth is the affair of a people, and there is no people that is not associated by a consensus of right, and there is no right where there is no justice: beyond doubt it is concluded that where there is no justice, there is no commonwealth. Justice, moreover, is that virtue which distributes to each his own. What justice, then, is that of a man, which takes the man himself away from the true God and subjects him to impure demons? Is this to distribute to each his own? Or, if he who takes away an estate from him from whom it was bought, and hands it over to one who has no right in it, is unjust; is he just who takes himself away from the Lord God by whom he was made, and serves malignant spirits?
There is certainly a most keen and most vigorous dispute, in those very books On the Commonwealth, against injustice on behalf of justice. And since, when first the case had been argued for the side of injustice against justice, and it was said that a commonwealth cannot stand and be increased except through injustice, this had been laid down as, so to speak, the most valid point: that it is unjust that men should serve men who dominate them; yet unless an imperial city, to which a great commonwealth belongs, follows this injustice, it cannot rule over provinces:
it was answered on the side of justice that it is therefore just, because servitude is useful to such men, and that it is done for their benefit when it is rightly done — that is, when the license of doing injuries is taken away from the wicked, and the subdued will be better off, because while unsubdued they were worse off; and, that this reasoning might be confirmed, there was subjoined, as it were a noble example taken from nature, and it was said: 'Why then does God command man, the soul the body, reason the lust and the other vicious parts of the soul?' Plainly by this example it is taught well enough that servitude is useful to some, and that to serve God is useful to all.
But the soul that serves God rightly commands the body, and within the soul itself reason, subject to God the Lord, rightly commands the lust and the other vices. Wherefore, where a man does not serve God, what is to be thought to be in him of justice? Since indeed, not serving God, the soul can in no way justly command the body, nor human reason the vices. And if in such a man there is no justice at all, beyond doubt there is none in an assembly of men which consists of such men. Here, then, there is not that consensus of right which makes a multitude of men a people, whose affair is said to be a commonwealth. For what shall I say of interest, by the community of which also an assembly of men, as this very definition holds, is named a people?
For although, if you attend diligently, there is no interest at all of those who live impiously — as does everyone who does not serve God, but serves demons, the more impious the more they wish to be sacrificed to as gods, though they are most unclean spirits — yet I think that what we have said concerning the consensus of right is enough to make it appear that, by this definition, there is no people whose affair is said to be a commonwealth, where there is no justice. For if they say that the Romans served, in their commonwealth, not unclean spirits but good and holy gods: must the same things, which we have already said enough — nay, more than enough — be repeated so many times?
For who has come to this point through the earlier books of this work, who could still doubt that the Romans served evil and impure demons, unless he be either too stupid or most impudently contentious? But, to say nothing of what kind they are whom they worshipped with sacrifices: in the law of the true God it is written: 'He who sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out, save to the Lord alone.' Therefore He who commanded this with so great a threat willed that sacrifice be offered neither to good nor to evil gods. CHAPTER XXII. Whether the God whom the Christians serve is the true God, to whom alone sacrifice ought to be offered. But it may be answered:
'Who is this God, or whence is He proved worthy, to whom the Romans ought to have submitted, so as to worship none of the gods besides Him with sacrifices?' It is a sign of great blindness still to ask who this God is. He is the God whose prophets foretold these things which we behold. He is the God from whom Abraham received the answer: 'In thy seed shall all nations be blessed.' That this is fulfilled in Christ, who according to the flesh sprang from that seed, those very ones who remain enemies of this name, whether they will or no, recognize. He is the God whose divine Spirit spoke through those whose predictions, fulfilled through the Church which we see spread throughout the whole world, I have set down in the earlier books.
He is the God whom Varro, the most learned of the Romans, supposes to be Jupiter, though he knows not what he says; which, however, I thought worth mentioning for this reason, that a man of such great learning could neither think this God to be nothing, nor reckon Him base. For he believed Him to be the one whom he held to be the supreme god. Finally, He is the God whom Porphyry, the most learned of the philosophers, although the most bitter enemy of the Christians, even through the oracles of those whom he thinks gods, confesses to be a great God. CHAPTER XXIII. What Porphyry says were answered by the oracles of the gods concerning Christ. For in the books
which he entitles 'On the Philosophy of Oracles' (ek logion philosophias), in which he sets forth and writes down, as it were divine responses concerning matters pertaining to philosophy — that I may set down his very words, in the manner in which they have been translated from the Greek tongue into Latin: 'To one inquiring,' he says, 'by what god he might, by appeasing him, recall his wife from Christianity, Apollo spoke these things in verses.' Then the words, as if of Apollo, are these: 'You will perhaps be able more easily to write with letters impressed in water, or, spreading light feathers, to fly through the air like a bird, than to recall the mind of your polluted, impious wife.
Let her go on as she will, persevering in her empty deceptions, and lamenting in deceptions, singing of a God who died, whom judges of right judgment condemned to perish, and whom, in his prime, a most shameful death, bound with iron, slew.' Then, after these verses of Apollo, which were translated into Latin without keeping the meter, he subjoined and said: 'In these indeed he revealed the incurable judgment of their opinion, saying that the Jews receive God more than these.' Behold, where, in disparaging Christ, he set the Jews before the Christians, confessing that the Jews receive God. For thus he expounded the verses of Apollo, where he says Christ was slain by judges of right judgment, as though He were deservedly punished by them as they justly judged.
Let me consider what the lying prophet of Apollo said about Christ, and what this man believed — or perhaps that this man himself fabricated that the prophet said what he did not say. How consistent he is with himself, or how he makes even his own oracles agree among themselves, we shall see hereafter; here, however, he says that the Jews, as receivers of God, judged rightly concerning Christ, in that they decreed that He must be tortured with a most shameful death. The God of the Jews, therefore, to whom he bears testimony, ought to have been heard, saying: 'He who sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out, save to the Lord alone.' But let us come to more manifest things, and hear how great a God he says the God of the Jews is. Again, to the things he asked of Apollo — which is better, the word or reason, or the law:
'He answered,' he says, 'saying these things in verses.' And then he subjoins the verses of Apollo, among which are these also, that I may cull from them as much as is enough: 'But unto God, the begetter and the king before all things, before whom heaven and earth and sea and the hidden places of the underworld tremble, and the very divinities shudder; whose law is the Father, whom the very holy Hebrews greatly honor.' By such an oracle of his god Apollo, Porphyry said that the God of the Hebrews is so great that even the divinities themselves shudder at Him. Since, then, this God has said: 'He who sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out,' I wonder that Porphyry himself did not shudder, and did not dread to be rooted out by sacrificing to gods.
This philosopher also says good things about Christ, as though forgetful of that contumely of his, of which we spoke a little before, or as though in dreams his gods had cursed Christ, and on waking had recognized Him to be good and worthily praised Him. Finally, as though about to bring forth something marvelous and incredible: 'Beyond all opinion,' he says, 'it would assuredly seem to some to be what we are about to say. For the gods have pronounced Christ to be most pious and to have been made immortal, and they make mention of Him with good commendation; but the Christians,' he says, 'they declare to be polluted and contaminated and entangled in error, and they use many such blasphemies against them.' Then he subjoins, as it were, oracles of the gods blaspheming the Christians, and after these:
'But concerning Christ,' he says, 'when they asked whether he is God, Hecate replied: As for how the immortal soul advances after the body, you already know; but the soul cut off from wisdom errs forever. That soul belongs to a man most outstanding in piety; men worship it, being themselves estranged from the truth.' Then, after the words of this supposed oracle, weaving in his own remarks, he himself says: 'He therefore called him a most pious man, and said that his soul, like those of other pious men, was after death deemed worthy of immortality, and that the Christians worship it in ignorance.' And to those who asked, he says: 'Why then was he condemned?' the goddess answered by oracle: 'The body indeed is ever exposed to weakening torments; but the soul of the pious is enthroned in a heavenly seat.'
But that soul, he says, gave to other souls, by fate, the lot of being entangled in error—souls to which the fates had not granted to obtain the gifts of the gods nor to possess the knowledge of immortal Jupiter. For this reason, then, they are hateful to the gods: because to those for whom it was not appointed by fate to know God nor to receive gifts from the gods, this soul fatefully gave entanglement in error. But he himself, being pious, ascended into heaven, as the pious do.
'And so you shall not blaspheme this man, but rather pity the madness of men, since from him their peril is for them easy and headlong.' Who is so foolish as not to perceive that these oracles were either fabricated by some cunning man, most hostile to the Christians, or were given as responses by impure demons with a like purpose—namely, that, because they praise Christ, they might thereby be believed to censure the Christians truthfully, and thus, if they could, might block the way of eternal salvation, by which a man becomes Christian? For in their thousandfold cunning of doing harm they perceive that it is no contradiction if they are believed when they praise Christ, provided they are also believed when they revile Christians;
so that the man who has believed both they may make into such a praiser of Christ that he will not wish to be a Christian; and thus, though praised by Christ, Christ would nonetheless not deliver him from the dominion of those demons—especially since they praise Christ in such a way that whoever believes in Him as they proclaim Him will not be a true Christian, but a Photinian heretic, who knows Christ only as man and not also as God, and therefore cannot be saved through Him, nor avoid or loosen the snares of those lying demons. But we, for our part, can neither approve Apollo who reviles Christ nor Hecate who praises Him. For he indeed wants Christ to be believed unjust, since he says Christ was put to death by judges who judged rightly;
the latter calls Him a most pious man, but only a man. Yet the intention of both is one and the same: that men should not be Christians, since, unless they are Christians, they cannot be rescued from the power of these beings. But this philosopher—or rather those who believe such oracles, as it were, against the Christians—let them first, if they can, bring it about that Hecate and Apollo agree among themselves concerning Christ Himself, and either both condemn Him or both join in praising Him. But if they could do this, we would nonetheless shun the deceitful demons, both those who revile and those who praise Christ. But since their god and goddess disagree among themselves about Christ, the one by reviling, the other by praising:
surely, when these beings blaspheme the Christians, men do not believe them, if they themselves judge rightly. To be sure, Porphyry or Hecate, in praising Christ, while saying that He Himself fatefully gave it to the Christians that they should be entangled in error, nevertheless lays open the causes of that same error, as he supposes. Before I set these forth from his own words, I first ask: if Christ fatefully gave the Christians their entanglement in error, did He give it willingly or unwillingly? If willingly, how is He just? If unwillingly, how is He blessed? But let us now hear the causes of this error from him. 'There are,' he says, 'certain earthly spirits, very small, subject in a certain place to the power of evil demons.
From these the wise men of the Hebrews (one of whom was this very Jesus, as you have heard from the divine utterances of Apollo, which were quoted above)—from these worst demons and lesser spirits, then, the Hebrews forbade the religious to seek anything, and forbade them to give heed to them; commanding rather that men should venerate the heavenly gods, and still more venerate God the Father. This, he says, the gods too enjoin, and we have shown in what has gone before how they admonish men to turn their attention to God and command that He be worshipped everywhere.
But the unlearned and those of impious nature, to whom fate truly did not grant to obtain gifts from the gods nor to possess the knowledge of immortal Jupiter, not listening either to the gods or to the divine men, refused indeed all the gods, yet did not hate the forbidden demons but reverenced them. And while pretending to worship God, they do not perform those very things alone by which God is adored. For God indeed, being the Father of all, needs nothing; but it is well for us when we adore Him through justice and chastity and the other virtues, making life itself a prayer to Him by imitating and inquiring after Him. For inquiry purifies,' he says;
imitation deifies, by directing one's disposition toward Him in action.' He has indeed nobly proclaimed God the Father, and stated by what manner of conduct He is to be worshipped—precepts of which the prophetic books of the Hebrews are full, whether the life of the saints is commanded or praised. But concerning the Christians he errs, or slanders, as greatly as the demons wish, whom he supposes to be gods—as though it were difficult for anyone to recall what shameful, what disgraceful things were done in homage to the gods in theatres and temples, and to mark what is read, said, and heard in the churches, or what is offered to the true God, and from this to understand where there is edification, and where there is the ruin of morals.
But who told him, or inspired in him—except a diabolical spirit—so empty and manifest a lie: that the demons whom the Hebrews forbade to be worshipped are reverenced by the Christians rather than hated? But that God whom the wise men of the Hebrews worshipped forbids sacrifice to be offered even to the holy heavenly angels and powers of God—whom we venerate and love as most blessed citizens during this our mortal pilgrimage—thundering in His law, which He gave to His Hebrew people, and saying most threateningly: 'He who sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out.'
And lest anyone should suppose that it was commanded that sacrifice should not be offered to the worst demons and earthly spirits, whom this man calls smallest or lesser (because these too are called gods in the holy Scriptures—not gods of the Hebrews, but of the nations; which the seventy translators clearly stated in the psalm, saying: 'For all the gods of the nations are demons')—lest anyone, then, should suppose that it was forbidden to sacrifice to these demons, but permitted to sacrifice to the heavenly beings, whether to all or to some, He soon added: 'except to the Lord alone,' that is, except to the Lord only; and lest perchance, in His saying 'to the Lord alone,' anyone should believe the Lord to be the sun, to whom he thinks sacrifice should be offered—which that it is not so to be understood is most easily found in the Greek Scriptures.
The God of the Hebrews, therefore, to whom even so great a philosopher as this bears so great a testimony, gave a law to His Hebrew people, written in the Hebrew tongue, not obscure and unknown, but already spread abroad among all nations; in which law it is written: 'He who sacrifices to gods shall be rooted out, except to the Lord only.' What need is there to inquire much into this matter in this his law and his prophets—nay rather, not to inquire (for these things are not abstruse or rare), but to gather things open and frequent and to set them down in this disputation of mine, by which it appears clearer than light that the true and supreme God willed that sacrifice be offered to none at all but to Himself alone?
Behold this one thing, briefly—nay, grandly, threateningly, yet truthfully—spoken by that God whom their most learned men so excellently extol: let it be heard, feared, fulfilled, lest extirpation follow the disobedient. 'He who sacrifices to gods,' He says, 'shall be rooted out, except to the Lord only'—not because He needs anything, but because it is to our advantage that we should be His. For to Him it is sung in the sacred letters of the Hebrews: 'I said to the Lord, You are my God, for You have no need of my goods.' But His most excellent and best sacrifice is we ourselves, that is, His City, the mystery of which we celebrate in our oblations, which are known to the faithful, as we have argued in the preceding books.
For the divine oracles, through the Hebrew prophets, proclaimed that the victims which the Jews offered in the shadow of what was to come would cease, and that the nations from the rising of the sun to its setting would offer one sacrifice—as we now see being done; of which, as far as seemed sufficient, we have brought forward some passages and already sprinkled them upon this work. Wherefore, where this justice is not present—namely, that the one and supreme God should rule, according to His grace, an obedient City, so that it sacrifices to none but Him alone, and that thereby, in all men belonging to that same City and obedient to God, the soul should faithfully rule the body, and reason the vices, in a lawful order;
so that, just as one just man, so a community and people of the just may live by faith, which works through love, by which a man loves God as God ought to be loved, and his neighbour as himself—where, then, this justice is not present, there is assuredly no assembly of men associated by a common agreement of right and by a sharing of advantage. And if this is not present, then certainly there is no people, if this definition of a people is true. Therefore neither is there a commonwealth (res publica), since there is no property of a people (res populi) where there is no people itself. CHAPTER XXIV. By what definition of a people and a commonwealth not only the Romans but also other kingdoms may rightly claim those titles for themselves. But if a people is defined not in this way, but in some other manner, as for instance if it were said:
'A people is an assembly of a rational multitude associated by a concordant communion of the things which it loves'—then surely, in order to see what kind a given people is, one must look at the things it loves. Whatever it may love, if it is an assembly of a multitude, not of beasts but of rational creatures, associated by a concordant communion of the things it loves, it is not absurdly called a people; and it is the better in proportion as it agrees in better things, and the worse in proportion as it agrees in worse things. According to this definition of ours, the Roman people is a people, and its commonwealth is, without doubt, a commonwealth.
But what that people loved in its earliest times and what in its later, and by what morals, coming to most bloody seditions and thence to social and civil wars, it broke and corrupted the very concord which is, in a manner, the welfare of a people—history bears witness; concerning which we have set down much in the preceding books. Yet I would not on that account say either that it is not itself a people, or that its affairs are not a commonwealth, so long as there remains an assembly of a rational multitude of whatever sort, associated by a concordant communion of the things it loves.
But what I have said about this people and this commonwealth, let me be understood to have said and felt also about the Athenians, or any of the Greeks, about the Egyptians, about that earlier Babylon of the Assyrians, when in their commonwealths they held empire, whether small or great, and about any other of whatever other nations. For generally, a city of the impious, which God does not rule when it is obedient to Him, so that it offers sacrifice to none but Himself alone, and so that in it the soul rules the body and reason the vices rightly and faithfully, lacks the truth of justice. CHAPTER XXV. That there cannot be true virtues there, where there is no true religion.
For however praiseworthily the soul may seem to rule the body and reason the vices, if the soul and reason itself do not serve God as God Himself has commanded that He should be served, in no way does it rightly rule the body and the vices. For what kind of mistress over the body and the vices can a mind be that is ignorant of the true God, and not subjected to His command, but prostituted to most vicious, corrupting demons? Accordingly, the virtues which it seems to itself to have, by which it rules the body and the vices, if it refers them to anything to be obtained or held except to God, even these are vices rather than virtues. For although they are by some thought to be true and honourable virtues at the time when they are referred to themselves and not sought for the sake of anything else:
even then they are inflated and proud, and therefore are to be judged not virtues but vices. For just as it is not from the flesh but above the flesh that which makes the flesh live, so it is not from man but above man that which makes man live blessedly; and not man alone, but also any heavenly power and virtue whatsoever. CHAPTER XXVI. Of the peace of a people estranged from God, which the people of God uses for godliness while it is a pilgrim in this world. Wherefore, as the life of the flesh is the soul, so the blessed life of man is God, of whom the sacred letters of the Hebrews say: 'Blessed is the people whose Lord is its God.' Wretched, therefore, is the people estranged from this God.
Yet even it loves a certain peace of its own, not to be disapproved, which indeed it will not have in the end, because it does not use it well before the end. But that it should have this peace meanwhile in this life concerns even us; since, as long as the two cities are mingled together, we too make use of the peace of Babylon, from which the people of God is so delivered by faith that meanwhile it sojourns as a pilgrim there. For this reason the Apostle also admonished the Church to pray for its kings and those in high places, adding and saying:
'That we may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and charity.' And the prophet Jeremiah, when he foretold captivity to the ancient people of God and by divine command bade them go obediently into Babylonia, serving their God by this very patience, himself also admonished that prayer be made for it, saying: 'For in its peace shall be your peace'—a peace, to be sure, that is meanwhile temporal, which is common to good and bad alike. CHAPTER XXVII. Of the peace of those serving God, whose perfect tranquility cannot be attained in this temporal life. But our own proper peace is here, with God, through faith, and it shall be forever with Him through sight.
But here, whether that common peace or our own proper peace, such is the peace that it is rather a solace of misery than a joy of blessedness. Even our righteousness itself, although it is true on account of the true end of good to which it is referred, is yet so great in this life that it consists rather in the remission of sins than in the perfection of virtues. Witness is the prayer of the whole City of God which is a pilgrim on earth. For through all its members it cries to God: 'Forgive us our debts, as we also forgive our debtors.' And this prayer is not effectual for those whose faith without works is dead; but for those whose faith works through love.
For because reason, though subject to God, does not in this mortal condition and corruptible body, which weighs down the soul, perfectly rule the vices, therefore such a prayer is necessary for the righteous. For assuredly, although it commands, it by no means commands the vices without conflict; and certainly something creeps in, in this state of weakness, even for one who fights well or rules over such enemies when conquered and subjected, whereby, if not by easy action, at least by a slip of the tongue or a fleeting thought, sin is committed. And therefore, as long as the vices are ruled over, peace is not full, because both those that resist are subdued in a perilous battle, and those that are conquered are not yet triumphed over in secure leisure, but are still held down by an anxious command.
In these temptations, then, concerning all of which it is briefly said in the divine eloquence: 'Is not the life of man upon earth a temptation?'—who would presume so to live that he need not say to God: 'Forgive us our debts,' except a man puffed up? not indeed great, but inflated and swollen, whom He who bestows grace on the humble resists through justice. For this reason it is written: 'God resists the proud, but to the humble He gives grace.' Here, therefore, in each individual, righteousness consists in this:
that God should command the obedient man, the soul the body, and reason the vices even when they resist, either by subduing or by withstanding them; and that from God Himself should be sought both the grace of merits and the pardon of offences, and that thanksgiving should be rendered for the good things received. But in that final peace, to which this righteousness is to be referred and for the sake of attaining which it is to be held, since nature, healed by immortality and incorruption, will have no vices, and nothing will resist anyone of us either from another or from himself, there will be no need that reason should rule the vices, which will be none; but God will rule the man, the soul the body, and there will be there as great a sweetness and ease of obeying as is the felicity of living and reigning.
And this there, in all and in each, will be eternal, and it will be certain to be eternal; and therefore the peace of this blessedness, or the blessedness of this peace, will be the supreme good. CHAPTER XXVIII. To what end the issue of the impious shall come. But of those who do not belong to that City of God there will be, on the contrary, an everlasting misery, which is also called the second death, because neither the soul can be said to live there, since it will be estranged from the life of God, nor the body, which will be subject to eternal pains; and on this account that second death will be the harder, because it cannot be ended by death. But since, as misery seems contrary to blessedness, and death to life, so war seems contrary to peace:
it is rightly asked, just as peace has been proclaimed and praised among the ends of the good, what or what kind of war, on the contrary, can be understood among the ends of the wicked. But whoever asks this, let him consider what in war is harmful and ruinous, and he will see it to be nothing other than the mutual hostility and conflict of things. What war, then, can be conceived more grievous and bitter than where the will is so opposed to passion and passion to will that by the victory of neither of them is such enmity ended, and where the force of pain so conflicts with the very nature of the body that neither yields to the other? For here, when this conflict happens, either pain conquers and death takes away sensation, or nature conquers and health removes the pain.
But there both pain remains to afflict, and nature endures to feel; because neither fails, for this very reason: lest the punishment should fail. To these ends, then, of the good and the bad—the former to be sought, the latter to be avoided—since through the judgment the good shall pass to the former and the bad to the latter, concerning this judgment, as far as God shall grant, I will dispute in the following volume. This judgment, although God exercises it at all times, must nevertheless be dealt with properly in this book in regard to His last judgment. Concerning the day of God's last judgment, about to speak of it as far as He Himself shall grant, and to assert it against the impious and unbelieving, we ought first, as in the foundation of a building, to lay down the divine testimonies:
to which those who refuse to believe try to oppose false and fallacious little human reasonings, to this end that they may either contend that the testimony adduced from the sacred letters signifies something else, or deny altogether that it was divinely spoken. For I reckon no mortal exists who, when he has understood these things as they were spoken, and has believed them to have been spoken by the supreme and true God through holy souls, does not yield and consent to them—whether he also confesses this with his mouth, or through some vice blushes or fears to confess it, or even, with a stubbornness most like to madness, strives most contentiously to defend what he knows or believes to be false against what he knows or believes to be true.
That, therefore, which the whole Church of the true God holds in confession and profession—that Christ is to come from heaven to judge the living and the dead—this we call the last day of the divine judgment, that is, the final time. For through how many days this judgment is to be extended is uncertain; but that, in the manner of the holy Scriptures, 'day' is wont to be put for 'time,' no one who has read those writings, however carelessly, is unaware. For this reason, then, when we say the day of God's judgment, we add 'last' or 'final,' because He judges even now, and has judged from the beginning of the human race, casting out of paradise and separating from the tree of life the first human beings, the perpetrators of a great sin;
nay, even when He did not spare the sinning angels, whose prince, having been overthrown by himself, overthrew men by envying them, He without doubt judged; nor is it without His high and just judgment that, both in this airy heaven and on earth, the life both of demons and of men is most wretched, most full of errors and miseries. But even if no one had sinned, He would not, without good and right judgment, have retained the whole rational creation, most perseveringly cleaving to Him as its Lord, in eternal blessedness. He judges, too, not only universally concerning the race of demons and of men, that they should be wretched on account of the merit of the first sins, but also concerning the individual works of each, which they perform by the choice of the will.
For even the demons pray that they may not be tormented, and certainly it is not unjustly that either they are spared or each is tormented according to his own wickedness; and men for the most part openly, always secretly, pay divinely-appointed penalties for their deeds, whether in this life or after death—although no man acts rightly unless he is helped by divine aid; no demon or man acts wickedly unless he is permitted by the divine and most just judgment. For as the Apostle says, 'There is no iniquity with God'; and as he himself says elsewhere, 'Inscrutable are His judgments, and untraceable His ways.'
Not, therefore, in this book shall I dispute concerning those first nor concerning these intermediate judgments of God, but concerning that very last one, as far as He Himself shall grant—when Christ is to come from heaven to judge the living and the dead. For this day is now properly called the day of judgment, for the reason that there will be no place there for the ignorant complaint, why that unjust man is happy and why that just man is unhappy. For then the true and full felicity of none but the good, and the deserved and supreme infelicity of none but the bad, shall appear. CHAPTER II. Of the variety of human affairs, in which the judgment of God cannot be said to be lacking, although it cannot be traced out.
But now we learn both to bear with equanimity the evils which even the good suffer, and not to set great store by the goods which even the bad obtain; and thereby, even in those matters in which divine justice does not appear, divine teaching is salutary. For we do not know by what judgment of God that good man is poor, that bad man is rich; this one rejoices, whom we judge ought to have been tormented with sorrows for his ruined morals, that one is grieved, whom a praiseworthy life persuades us ought to have rejoiced; the innocent goes out of court not only unavenged but even condemned, oppressed either by the iniquity of the judge or overwhelmed by false testimonies, while, on the contrary, his wicked adversary, not only unpunished but even vindicated, exults;
the impious man enjoys excellent health, the pious wastes away with sickness; the healthiest young men commit robberies, while infants who could not harm anyone even with a word are afflicted with the diverse cruelty of diseases; one useful to human affairs is snatched away by untimely death, while one who seems not even to have deserved to be born lives on, moreover, for a very long time; one full of crimes is exalted with honours, while obscurity's darkness hides a man without reproach—and other things of this kind, which who can collect, who can enumerate?
If these things had, even in their seeming absurdity, a consistency—so that in this life, in which man, as the sacred psalm says, 'has become like vanity, and his days pass away like a shadow,' none but the bad should obtain these transitory and earthly goods, and none but the good should suffer such evils—this could be referred to the just judgment of God, or even to His benign judgment: namely, that those who were not going to attain the eternal goods which make men blessed might either be deceived by temporal goods on account of their malice, or be consoled with goods by God's mercy; and that those who were not going to suffer eternal torments might either be afflicted with temporal evils for whatever and however small sins of theirs, or be exercised by evils for the sake of fulfilling the virtues.
But now, since not only are the good in evil and the bad in good—which seems unjust—but moreover, for the most part, evils befall the bad and goods come to the good: the judgments of God become more inscrutable and His ways untraceable. Therefore, although we do not know by what judgment God either does these things or allows them to be done—with whom is the highest power and highest wisdom, the highest justice, no infirmity, no rashness, no iniquity—nevertheless we wholesomely learn not to set great store by either goods or evils which we see to be common to good and bad alike, and to seek those goods which belong to the good, and most of all to flee those evils which are proper to the bad.
But when we come to that judgment of God, whose time is now properly called the day of judgment and sometimes the day of the Lord, then not only whatsoever things shall then be judged, but also whatsoever have been judged from the beginning, and whatsoever are still to be judged up to that time, shall appear to be most just. There this too shall be made manifest: by how just a judgment of God it comes about that now so many—nay, almost all—just judgments of God lie hidden from the senses and minds of mortals, while nevertheless, in this matter, it does not lie hidden from the faith of the pious that what is hidden is just. CHAPTER III. What Solomon disputed in the book of Ecclesiastes concerning those things which in this life are common both to the good and the bad.
Indeed Solomon, the wisest king of Israel, who reigned in Jerusalem, the book which is called Ecclesiastes and is held also by the Jews in the canon of the sacred letters, thus began: 'Vanity of vanities, said the Preacher; vanity of vanities, all is vanity. What abundance has a man in all his labour, by which he labours under the sun?' And when from this sentence he connected the rest, calling to mind the troubles and errors of this life, and the meanwhile-vanishing lapses of times, where nothing solid, nothing stable is held: in that vanity of things under the sun he also bewails, in a certain way,
He says only that, although the abundance of wisdom over folly is like the abundance of light over darkness, and though the eyes of the wise man are in his head while the fool walks in darkness, yet one and the same chance befalls them all—namely in this life which is lived under the sun—signifying thereby those evils which we see to be common to the good and the bad alike. He says also this: that the good suffer evils as though they were wicked, and the wicked obtain good things as though they were good, speaking thus: 'There is,' he says, 'a vanity which is done upon the earth, that there are righteous men upon whom there comes what befalls the impious, and there are impious men upon whom there comes what befalls the righteous. I said that this also is vanity.'
To this vanity, which that most wise man judged it sufficient to make known, he devoted that whole book—and surely for no other reason than that we might long for that life which has no vanity under this sun, but truth under Him who made this sun. In this vanity, then, would not man, made like to this same vanity, vanish away by the just and righteous judgment of God? Yet in the days of his vanity it makes a very great difference whether he resists or yields to the truth, and whether he is without true piety or partaker of it—not for the sake of acquiring the goods of this life or avoiding its evils, which pass away in vanishing, but for the sake of the judgment to come, through which both good things shall remain forever for the good and evil things for the evil, without end.
Finally this wise man so concluded this book as to say: 'Fear God and keep His commandments, for this is the whole man; because God will bring every work into judgment, in every despised thing, whether it be good or evil.' What could be said more briefly, more truly, more wholesomely? 'Fear God,' he says, 'and keep His commandments, for this is the whole man.' For whoever exists is this—namely, a keeper of God's commandments; since he who is not this is nothing, for he is not refashioned to the image of the truth, but remains in the likeness of vanity. 'Because every work'—that is, whatever is done by man in this life, whether good or evil—'God will bring into judgment, in every despised thing'; that is, in everyone who here seems contemptible and therefore is not even regarded;
since God both sees him and neither despises him nor passes him over when He judges. CHAPTER IV. That to treat of the last judgment of God he will bring forward first the testimonies of the New Testament and then of the Old. Therefore of this last judgment of God the testimonies from the Holy Scriptures, which I have undertaken to set down, must first be chosen from the books of the New Covenant, afterward from those of the Old. For although the old things are prior in time, yet the new are to be set before them in dignity, since those old things are heralds of the new. The new, therefore, shall be set down first, and that we may prove them more firmly, the old also shall be taken up. In the old are contained the Law and the Prophets; in the new, the Gospel and the apostolic writings. Now the Apostle says: 'For by the Law is the knowledge of sin.'
'But now apart from the Law the righteousness of God has been manifested, witnessed by the Law and the Prophets; even the righteousness of God which is through faith in Jesus Christ unto all who believe.' This righteousness of God pertains to the New Covenant and has its testimony from the old books, that is, from the Law and the Prophets. First, therefore, the case itself must be set forth, and afterward the witnesses brought in. Showing that this very order is to be kept, Christ Jesus Himself says: 'A scribe instructed in the kingdom of God is like a man, the head of a household, bringing forth out of his treasure things new and old.' He did not say 'old and new,' which He surely would have said, had He not preferred to keep the order of merits rather than of times. CHAPTER V.
By which sayings of the Lord and Saviour the divine judgment to come at the end of the age is declared. Therefore the Saviour Himself, when He upbraided the cities in which He had wrought great works of power and which had not believed, and when He set foreigners before them, says: 'Nevertheless I say to you, it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than for you.' And a little after, to another city: 'Amen, I say to you, that it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you' (here He most plainly proclaims that the day of judgment is to come); and in another place: 'The men of Nineveh shall rise in the judgment with this generation and shall condemn it, because they repented at the preaching of Jonah; and behold, a greater than Jonah is here.'
'The queen of the South shall rise in the judgment with this generation and shall condemn it; because she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and behold, a greater than Solomon is here.' In this passage we learn two things: both that the judgment is to come, and that it shall come together with the resurrection of the dead. For when He spoke these things concerning the men of Nineveh and the queen of the South, He was without doubt speaking of the dead, whom nevertheless He foretold would rise again in the day of judgment. Nor did He say 'they shall condemn' because they themselves shall judge, but because in comparison with them these men shall deservedly be condemned.
Again in another place, when He was speaking of the mingling of good and bad men now, and their separation hereafter—which surely shall come to pass in the day of judgment—He employed a similitude of wheat that was sown and tares that were sown over it, and expounding it to His disciples He says: 'He that sows the good seed is the Son of Man; the field is the world; the good seed, these are the sons of the kingdom; but the tares are the sons of the wicked one; the enemy who sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the consummation of the age; the reapers are the angels. As therefore the tares are gathered and burned with fire, so shall it be in the consummation of the age.'
'The Son of Man shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather out of His kingdom all offences and them that work iniquity, and shall cast them into the furnace of fire; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. He that has ears, let him hear.' Here indeed He did not name the judgment or the day of judgment, but He expressed it much more clearly by the things themselves, and foretold that it shall come to pass at the end of the age. Likewise to His disciples: 'Amen, I say to you, that you who have followed Me, in the regeneration, when the Son of Man shall sit on the throne of His majesty, you also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.' Here we learn that Jesus shall judge together with His disciples.
Whence also elsewhere He said to the Jews: 'If I by Beelzebub cast out demons, by whom do your sons cast them out? Therefore they themselves shall be your judges.' Nor, because He says they shall sit upon twelve thrones, ought we to think that only twelve men shall judge with Him. For by the number twelve a certain universal multitude of those who judge is signified, because of the two parts of the number seven, by which for the most part universality is signified; which two parts—that is, three and four—multiplied one by the other make twelve, for four times three and three times four are twelve, and if any other reason of this number twelve is found which avails for this.
Otherwise, since we read that the apostle Matthias was ordained in the place of Judas the betrayer, the apostle Paul, who labored more than all of them, would have no place where he might sit to judge; yet he surely shows that he belongs to the number of the judges together with the other saints, when he says: 'Know you not that we shall judge angels?' Concerning those also who are to be judged, there is a like reason in this number twelve. For not because it is said 'judging the twelve tribes of Israel' shall the tribe of Levi, which is the thirteenth, not be judged by them, or shall they judge only that people and not also the other nations. But where He says 'in the regeneration,' without doubt He wished the resurrection of the dead to be understood by the name of regeneration.
For thus shall our flesh be regenerated through incorruption, even as our soul has been regenerated through faith. I pass over many things which seem to be said of the last judgment in such a way that, when carefully considered, they are found to be ambiguous or rather pertaining to something else—whether namely to that coming of the Saviour by which through this whole time He comes in His Church, that is, in His members, part by part and little by little, since the whole is His body; or to the destruction of the earthly Jerusalem, because even when He speaks of that, He for the most part speaks as though He were speaking of the end of the age and of that last and great day of judgment;
so that it can in no way be discerned, unless those things which are similarly spoken on this matter in the three evangelists Matthew, Mark, and Luke be all compared among themselves. For certain things one sets forth more obscurely, another more plainly, so that the things which are said as pertaining to one matter may appear from what they are said. This I have endeavored to do in some fashion in a certain letter which I wrote in reply to the man of blessed memory Hesychius, bishop of the city of Salona, whose letter bears the title 'On the End of the Age.' Accordingly I shall now here say that which is read in the Gospel according to Matthew concerning the separation of the good and the bad by the most present and last judgment of Christ.
'But when the Son of Man shall come,' He says, 'in His majesty, and all the angels with Him, then shall He sit upon the throne of His majesty, and before Him shall be gathered all the nations, and He shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats; and He shall set the sheep on His right hand, but the goats on the left. Then shall the King say to those who shall be on His right hand: Come, you blessed of My Father, possess the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For I was hungry, and you gave Me to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave Me to drink; I was a stranger, and you took Me in; naked, and you covered Me; sick, and you visited Me; I was in prison, and you came to Me. Then shall the righteous answer Him, saying:'
'Lord, when did we see You hungry, and fed You; thirsty, and gave You drink? When did we see You a stranger, and took You in; or naked, and covered You? Or when did we see You sick or in prison, and came to You? And the King answering shall say to them: Amen, I say to you, inasmuch as you did it to one of these the least of My brethren, you did it to Me. Then,' He says, 'shall He say also to those who shall be on His left hand: Depart from Me, you cursed, into the eternal fire which is prepared for the devil and his angels.' Then likewise He enumerates to these also that they did not do those things which He had recorded the men on His right hand to have done. And likewise to those asking when they had seen Him set in want of these things:
He answers that what was not done to His least ones was not done to Him; and concluding the discourse He says: 'And these shall go into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life.' John the evangelist, however, most openly relates that He foretold the judgment to come in the resurrection of the dead. For when He had said: 'For neither does the Father judge any man, but has given all judgment to the Son, that all may honor the Son, even as they honor the Father; he that honors not the Son honors not the Father who sent Him': He straightway added: 'Amen, amen, I say to you, that he who hears My word and believes Him that sent Me has eternal life, and comes not into judgment, but has passed from death to life.'
Behold, here He said that His faithful ones come not into judgment. How then shall they be separated from the wicked by the judgment and stand at His right hand, unless because in this passage He put 'judgment' for 'condemnation'? For into such a judgment they shall not come who hear His word and believe Him that sent Him. CHAPTER VI. What is the first resurrection, what the second. Then He goes on and says: 'Amen, amen, I say to you, that the hour comes, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live. For as the Father has life in Himself, so has He given to the Son also to have life in Himself.' He does not yet speak of the second resurrection, that is, of bodies, which shall be at the end, but of the first, which now is.
To distinguish this very thing, He said: 'The hour comes, and now is.' But this is not the resurrection of bodies, but of souls. For souls also have their death in impiety and sins, according to which death those are dead of whom the same Lord says: 'Let the dead bury their dead'—namely that those dead in soul might bury those dead in body. Therefore concerning those dead in soul through impiety and iniquity He says: 'The hour comes, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and they that hear shall live.' By 'they that hear' He means 'they that obey, that believe, and persevere unto the end.' Nor did He here make any difference between good and bad.
For it is good for all to hear His voice and to live, by passing over from the death of impiety to the life of piety. Of which death the apostle Paul says: 'Therefore all were dead, and He died for all, that those who live may now no longer live to themselves, but to Him who died for them and rose again.' All therefore are dead in sins—absolutely none excepted, whether original or even those added by will, whether by not knowing or by knowing and not doing what is righteous; and for all the dead one living man died, that is, one having no sin at all;
so that those who live through the remission of sins may now no longer live to themselves, but to Him who died for all on account of our sins and rose again on account of our justification; that we, believing in Him who justifies the impious, justified out of impiety, as it were quickened out of death, may be able to belong to the first resurrection, which now is. For to this first resurrection none belong but those who shall be blessed for eternity; but to the second, of which He is soon to speak, He will teach that both the blessed and the wretched belong. This is the resurrection of mercy, that of judgment. Wherefore it is written in the psalm: 'Mercy and judgment will I sing to You, O Lord.' Concerning which judgment He consequently added and said:
'And He has given Him authority to execute judgment, because He is the Son of Man.' Here He shows that He shall come to judge in that flesh in which He had come to be judged. For to this end He says: 'Because He is the Son of Man.' And then subjoining that of which we treat: 'Marvel not at this,' He says, 'for the hour comes in which all who are in the tombs shall hear His voice and shall come forth; they that have done good things, into the resurrection of life; but they that have done evil, into the resurrection of judgment.' This is that judgment which a little before, just as now, He had put for 'condemnation,' saying:
'He that hears My word and believes Him that sent Me has eternal life and comes not into judgment, but has passed from death to life'—that is, by belonging to the first resurrection, by which there is now a passing from death to life, he shall not come into condemnation, which He signified by the appellation of 'judgment,' just as also in this passage where He says: 'But they that have done evil, into the resurrection of judgment'—that is, of condemnation. Let him therefore rise in the first, who would not be condemned in the second resurrection. For 'the hour comes, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live'—that is, they shall not come into condemnation, which is called the second death;
into which death, after the second resurrection, which shall be of bodies, those shall be cast headlong who do not rise in the first, which is of souls. For 'the hour shall come' (where He does not say 'and now is,' because it shall be at the end of the age, that is, in the last and greatest judgment of God), 'when all who are in the tombs shall hear His voice and shall come forth.' He did not say, as in the first, 'And they that hear shall live.' For not all shall live—with that life, namely, which, because it is blessed, alone is to be called life. For surely they could not, without some kind of life, hear and come forth from the tombs with their flesh rising again. But why not all shall live, He teaches in what follows: 'They that have done good things,' He says, 'into the resurrection of life'—these are they who shall live;
'but they that have done evil, into the resurrection of judgment'—these are they who shall not live, because they shall die in the second death. They did evil things indeed, because they lived evilly; and they lived evilly because in the first resurrection of souls, which now is, they did not live again, or in that wherein they had lived again, they did not remain unto the end. As therefore there are two regenerations, of which I have already spoken above—one according to faith, which now takes place through baptism; the other according to the flesh, which takes place in its incorruption and immortality through the great and last judgment—so also there are two resurrections: one the first, which both now is and is of souls, which does not permit coming into the second death;
the other the second, which is not now but shall be in the end of the age, and is not of souls but of bodies, which through the last judgment shall send some into the second death, others into that life which has no death. CHAPTER VII. Concerning the two resurrections and the thousand years, what is written in the Apocalypse of John, and what is reasonably to be thought concerning them. Of these two resurrections the same John the evangelist has spoken in the book which is called the Apocalypse, in such a way that the first of them, not understood by certain of ours, was moreover turned even into certain ridiculous fables. For in the said book the apostle John says: 'And I saw an angel coming down from heaven, having the key of the abyss and a chain in his hand.'
'And he laid hold of that dragon, the old serpent, who is surnamed the devil and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss; and shut him up and set a seal over him, that he should no more seduce the nations, until the thousand years should be finished; after these things he must be loosed for a short time. And I saw thrones, and them that sat upon them, and judgment was given. And the souls of those slain for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of God, and whosoever did not worship the beast nor his image, neither received the inscription on their forehead or on their hand—and they reigned with Jesus a thousand years; but the rest of them lived not, until the thousand years should be finished. This is the first resurrection.'
'Blessed and holy is he who has part in this first resurrection; over these the second death has no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years.' Those who, on account of these words of this book, have supposed that the first resurrection shall be bodily, have been moved, among other things, chiefly by the number of a thousand years, as though it were fitting that in the saints there should be made in that way, as it were, a Sabbath-keeping of so long a time—a holy rest, namely, after the labors of six thousand years from the time man was created and, by the desert of that great sin, was dismissed from the felicity of paradise into the miseries of this mortality—so that, since it is written:
'One day with the Lord is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day,' six thousand years being fulfilled as though six days, there should follow, as it were, the seventh, a Sabbath, in the last thousand years—namely for the celebrating of this Sabbath by the saints rising again. Which opinion would be in some way tolerable, if it were believed that there would be some spiritual delights present to the saints in that Sabbath through the presence of the Lord. For even we ourselves once held this opinion. But since they say that those who shall then have risen shall give themselves to the most immoderate carnal feasts, in which there shall be so much food and drink that they not only keep no moderation, but exceed even the measure of incredulity itself, these things can in no way be believed except by the carnal.
But those who are spiritual call these who believe such things by the Greek term 'chiliasts'; whom, expressing word for word, we might call 'millenarians.' But to refute them on every point would be a long task; rather we ought now to show in what way this Scripture is to be understood. The Lord Jesus Christ Himself says: 'No one can enter into the house of the strong man and plunder his goods, unless he first bind the strong man,' wishing the devil to be understood as the strong man, because he was able to hold the human race captive; but his goods, which He was about to plunder, are His own faithful ones to be, whom that one possessed in divers sins and impieties.
In order, then, that this strong man might be bound, for this reason that apostle saw in the Apocalypse an angel coming down from heaven, having the key of the abyss and a chain in his hand. 'And he laid hold,' he says, 'of that dragon, the old serpent, who is surnamed the devil and Satan, and bound him a thousand years'—that is, he restrained and curbed his power from seducing and possessing those who were to be set free. Now the thousand years can, as far as occurs to me, be understood in two ways: either because this thing is done in the last thousand years, that is, in the sixth millennium of years as in a sixth day, whose latter spaces are now being rolled out, with the Sabbath then to follow, which has no evening,
namely the rest of the saints, which has no end—so that he might have called the last part of this millennium, as of the last day, which remained until the end of the age, the 'thousand years,' by that manner of speaking by which the part is signified by the whole; or else certainly he put 'a thousand years' for all the years of this age, so that by the perfect number the very fullness of time might be marked. For the number of a thousand renders the solid square of the number ten. For ten times ten makes a hundred, which is already a square figure, but a plane one; but that it may rise into height and become solid, again a hundred is multiplied ten times, and there are a thousand.
Further, if a hundred itself be sometimes put for universality—as is that which the Lord promised to him who forsakes all his own and follows Him, saying: 'He shall receive in this age a hundredfold,' which the apostle in a certain manner expounds, saying: 'As having nothing, and possessing all things,' because it had also already been said before: 'The whole world of riches belongs to a faithful man'—how much more is a thousand put for universality, where there is the solidity of that very square of ten? Whence also that is the better understood which is read in the psalm: 'He was mindful forever of His covenant, of the word which He commanded for a thousand generations'—that is, for all. 'And he cast him,' he says, 'into the abyss';
surely he cast the devil into the abyss, by which name is signified the innumerable multitude of the impious, whose hearts are exceedingly deep in malignity against the Church of God—not because the devil was not there before, but he is said to have been sent thither for this reason, that, being shut out from believers, he began to possess the impious more fully. For he is the more possessed by the devil who is not only estranged from God, but also gratuitously hates those who serve God. 'And he shut him up,' he says, 'and set a seal over him, that he should no more seduce the nations, until the thousand years should be finished.' 'He shut him up over him' is said for 'he forbade him, that he might not be able to go forth'—that is, to transgress what was forbidden.
But the 'set a seal,' which he added, seems to me to have signified that He willed it to be hidden who belong to the part of the devil and who do not belong. For this is utterly concealed in this present age, since it is uncertain both whether he who seems to stand is to fall, and whether he who seems to lie prostrate is to rise. But from seducing those nations the devil is prohibited and curbed by the bond and barrier of this prohibition—those nations which, belonging to Christ, he formerly seduced or held. For these God chose before the foundation of the world, to rescue them from the power of darkness and to translate them into the kingdom of the Son of His love, as the apostle says.
For what faithful man is ignorant that the devil even now seduces the nations and draws them with him into eternal punishment—but not those predestined to eternal life? Nor let it disturb anyone that the devil often seduces even those who, already regenerated in Christ, are entering upon the ways of God. For 'the Lord knows who are His'; of these he seduces none into eternal damnation. For the Lord knows them as God, from whom nothing even of the future is hidden—not as man, who sees a man for the present (if indeed he sees him, whose heart he does not see), but what he is to be afterward he does not even see in himself. To this end, then, the devil is bound and shut up in the abyss, that he may no more seduce the nations of which the Church consists, which he formerly held seduced before they were the Church.
For it was not said 'that he should seduce no one,' but 'that he should no more seduce,' he says, 'the nations'—in which He without doubt willed the Church to be understood—'until the thousand years should be finished,' he says; that is, either what remains of the sixth day, which consists of a thousand years, or all the years through which this age is hereafter to be carried out. Nor is what he says to be so taken—'that he should no more seduce the nations, until the thousand years should be finished'—as though afterward he is to seduce those nations at least from which the predestined Church consists, from seducing whom he is prohibited by that bond and barrier. But it was said either by that manner of speech which is sometimes found in the Scriptures, such as is in the psalm:
'So are our eyes unto the Lord our God, until He have mercy upon us'—for surely, when He shall have had mercy, the eyes of His servants shall not cease to be unto the Lord their God; or else this is the order of the words: 'And he shut him up and set a seal over him, until the thousand years should be finished'; but what he inserted, 'that he should no more seduce the nations,' so stands that it is free from the connection of this order and is to be understood separately, as if it were added afterward, so that the whole sentence should run thus: 'And he shut him up and set a seal over him, until the thousand years should be finished, that he should no more seduce the nations'—that is, for this reason he shut him up until the thousand years should be finished, that he should no more seduce the nations. CHAPTER VIII. Concerning the binding and loosing of the devil.
'After these things,' he says, 'he must be loosed for a short time.' If for the devil to be bound and shut up is to be unable to seduce the Church, will this then be his loosing—that he may be able? Far be it! For never shall the Church, predestined and elect before the foundation of the world, be seduced by him, concerning which it is said: 'The Lord knows who are His.' And yet it shall be here even at that time when the devil is to be loosed, just as, from the time it was instituted, it has been here and shall be at every time, namely in those who succeed by being born as the others die. For a little after he says that the loosed devil shall draw the seduced nations throughout the whole world into war against it, the number of which enemies shall be as the sand of the sea.
'And they went up,' he says, 'over the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints and the beloved city; and fire came down from heaven from God and devoured them; and the devil who seduced them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where also the beast and the false prophet are; and they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.' But this now pertains to the last judgment, which for this reason I thought should now be mentioned, lest anyone suppose that in that very short time in which the devil is to be loosed there shall be no Church on this earth—that one either not finding it here, when he is loosed, or destroying it, when he has persecuted it in every way.
Therefore not through this whole time which this book comprehends—namely from the first coming of Christ until the end of the age, which shall be His second coming—is the devil so bound that this very thing should be his binding, through this interval which He calls by the number of a thousand years, namely not to seduce the Church, since indeed not even when loosed shall he seduce her. For surely, if for him to be bound is not to be able to seduce or not to be permitted, what shall it be to be loosed but to be able to seduce or to be permitted? Far be it that this should come to pass! But the binding of the devil is not to be permitted to exert his whole temptation, which he can either by force or by guile to seduce men, by violently compelling or fraudulently deceiving them into his own part.
For if he were permitted, during so long a time and amid so great a weakness of the many, to rage against the very many such as God does not will to suffer this, he would both cast down the faithful and hinder some from believing; and that he might not do this, he has been bound. But he shall be loosed when the time also shall be short. (For he is read to be about to rage for three years and six months with all his own strength and that of his followers.) And those will be such, with whom he must wage war, that they cannot be conquered by so great an onslaught and by his snares of his. But if he were never loosed, his malignant power would be less apparent,
the most faithful patience of the holy city would be less proved, and finally it would be less perceived how greatly the Almighty has made good use of so great an evil of his—he who has neither wholly taken him away from the tempting of the saints (although, cast forth from their inward men, where God is believed in, that by his assault from without they might profit), and yet in those who are on his own side has bound him, lest, by pouring out and exercising as much malice as he could, he should deter from the faith of godliness, or break, those innumerable weak ones—of whom the Church was to be multiplied and filled—some about to believe, some already believing:
and he shall loose him in the end, so that, with the immense glory of its Redeemer, Helper, and Deliverer, the city of God may behold how strong an adversary it has overcome. For in comparison with those saints and faithful ones who shall then be, what are we? Seeing that for their proving so great an enemy shall be loosed, with whom we, while he is bound, contend amid such great perils. And yet it is not doubtful that even in this interval of time some soldiers of Christ have been and are so prudent and brave that, even if they were now living in this mortal life when he shall be loosed, they would both most wisely beware of all his snares and assaults and most patiently endure them.
Now this binding of the devil was not only made from the time when the Church began to be spread, beyond the land of Judea, into other and yet other nations; but it is also being made now and shall be made even unto the end of the age, when he is to be loosed. For even now men are turned from the unbelief in which he himself possessed them, to the faith, and without doubt they will be turned even unto that end; and assuredly to each one this strong one is then bound, when he is snatched away from him as a vessel of his; and the abyss in which he is shut up has not been consumed in those who are dead, who were when he began to be shut up;
but others have succeeded them by being born and do succeed them, until this age be ended, who hate the Christians, in whose blind and deep hearts, as it were in an abyss, he is daily shut up. But whether even in those last three years and six months, when, being loosed, he is to rage with all his strength, anyone who had not been in it is going to come to the faith, is no small question. For how shall that stand which is said: 'Who entereth into the house of the strong man to snatch away his vessels, unless he first bind the strong man?'—if they are snatched away even when he is loosed?
And on this account this sentence seems to compel us to believe that in that brief time, though it be, no one shall come to the Christian people, but that with those who shall be found already Christians the devil shall fight; of whom, even if some, being conquered, follow him, they do not belong to the predestined number of the sons of God. For not in vain does the same apostle John, who also wrote this Apocalypse, say in his epistle concerning certain persons: 'They went out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would surely have remained with us.' But what is to be done about the little ones?
For it is exceedingly incredible that none already born and not yet baptized—infant children of Christians—should be forestalled at that time, and that none should be born even in those very days; or, if there shall be, that they should not by their own parents be brought in some way or other to the laver of regeneration. And if this shall be done, in what manner shall these vessels be snatched away from the devil now already loosed, into whose house no one entereth to snatch his vessels unless he first bind him? Nay rather this is the more to be believed: that neither those who fall from the Church nor those who come to the Church shall be lacking at that time;
but assuredly both the parents on behalf of their little ones to be baptized, and those who at that time are first about to believe, shall be so strong that they overcome that strong one even when he is not bound—that is, that they both most vigilantly understand and most patiently bear him as he lies in wait by all such arts as never before, or presses upon them by his strength—and thus they are snatched away from him even when he is not bound. Nor on this account shall that evangelical sentence be false: 'Who entereth into the house of the strong man to snatch away his vessels, unless he first bind the strong man?'
For according to the truth of that sentence this order has been preserved: that first the strong man should be bound, and, his vessels having been snatched away, the Church should be so multiplied far and wide among all nations, both strong and weak, that out of the most robust faith of things divinely foretold and fulfilled it could carry off the vessels even when he is loosed. For just as it must be confessed that the love of many shall grow cold when iniquity abounds, and that by the unwonted and greatest persecutions and deceits of the devil, now loosed, many of those who are not written in the book of life shall yield:
so likewise it must be considered that not only those good and faithful ones whom that time shall find, but also some who shall as yet be without—by the help of God's grace, through the consideration of the Scriptures, in which both other things and that very end have been foretold, which they now perceive to be coming—shall become firmer for believing what they did not believe, and stronger for overcoming the devil even though he is not bound. And if it shall be so, on that account his binding must be said to have gone before, that the despoiling both of the bound and of the loosed might follow; since concerning this matter it is said: 'Who shall enter into the house of the strong man to snatch away his vessels, unless he first bind the strong man?' CHAPTER IX. What the reign of the saints with Christ for a thousand years is, and how it differs from the eternal kingdom.
Meanwhile, while the devil is bound for a thousand years, the saints reign with Christ also during those same thousand years, which without doubt are to be understood in the same way and the same manner—that is, in this present time of His first coming. For setting aside that kingdom of which He is to say in the end, 'Come, ye blessed of My Father, possess the kingdom prepared for you,' unless in some other way, far indeed unequal, His saints were even now reigning with Him, to whom He says, 'Behold, I am with you even unto the consummation of the age'—assuredly the Church would not even now be called His kingdom or the kingdom of heaven. For surely at this present time that scribe is being instructed in the kingdom of God, who brings forth out of his treasure things new and old, of whom we have spoken above;
and from the Church those reapers are to gather the tares, which He permitted to grow together with the wheat until the harvest; expounding which He says: 'The harvest is the end of the age, and the reapers are the angels. As therefore the tares are gathered and burned with fire, so shall it be in the consummation of the age; the Son of man shall send His angels, and they shall gather out of His kingdom all offences.' Surely not out of that kingdom where there are no offences? Therefore out of this kingdom of His, which is here the Church, they shall be gathered. Likewise He says: 'Whosoever shall break one of these least commandments and shall teach men so, shall be called least in the kingdom of heaven; but whosoever shall do and so teach, shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.'
He speaks of both in the kingdom of heaven: both him who does not do the commandments which he teaches (for this is to break: not to keep, not to do), and him who does and so teaches; but the former least, the latter great. And immediately following He adds: 'For I say unto you that, unless your righteousness shall abound above that of the scribes and Pharisees'—that is, above those who break what they teach (for of the scribes and Pharisees He says in another place, 'For they say, and do not')—'unless therefore your righteousness shall abound above these,' that is, so that you break not, but rather do what you teach, 'ye shall not enter,' He says, 'into the kingdom of heaven.'
In one way therefore is the kingdom of heaven to be understood, where both are—both he, namely, who breaks what he teaches, and he who does it; but the former least, the latter great: in another way is the kingdom of heaven spoken of, into which none enters save he who does. And accordingly, where both kinds are, there is the Church such as it now is: but where that alone shall be, there is the Church such as it then shall be, when no wicked one shall be in it. Therefore even now the Church is the kingdom of Christ and the kingdom of heaven. And so His saints reign with Him even now, in another way indeed than they shall then reign; and yet the tares do not reign with Him, although they grow in the Church together with the wheat. For they reign with Him who do that which the apostle says:
'If ye are risen with Christ, savour the things that are above, where Christ is, sitting at the right hand of God; seek the things that are above, not the things that are upon the earth'; of whom likewise He says that their conversation is in heaven. Lastly, they reign with Him who are in His kingdom in such a way that they themselves also are His kingdom. But in what manner are they the kingdom of Christ who—to be silent about other things—although they are there until at the end of the age all offences be gathered out of His kingdom, nevertheless there seek their own things, not the things which are Jesus Christ's?
Of this kingdom of warfare, therefore, in which there is still conflict with the enemy and sometimes resistance is made against the warring vices, sometimes command is exercised over them as they yield, until we come to that most peaceful kingdom where reigning shall be without an enemy—and of this first resurrection, which now is—this book thus speaks. For when he had said that the devil was bound for a thousand years, and afterwards loosed for a brief time, then recapitulating what the Church does in those thousand years, or what is done in her: 'And I saw,' he says, 'seats and them that sat upon them, and judgment was given.' This is not to be thought said of the last judgment; but the seats of the rulers and the rulers themselves are to be understood, by whom the Church is now governed.
But no better thing seems to be understood by the judgment that was given than that which was said: 'What things ye shall bind on earth shall be bound also in heaven; and what things ye shall loose on earth shall be loosed also in heaven.' Whence the apostle: 'For what have I to do,' he says, 'to judge them that are without? Do ye not judge them that are within?' 'And the souls,' he says, 'of them that were slain for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of God'; there is understood what he is afterwards to say: 'They reigned with Jesus a thousand years'—the souls, namely, of the martyrs, their bodies not yet restored to them. For the souls of the pious dead are not separated from the Church, which even now is the kingdom of Christ. Otherwise their memory would not be made at the altar of God in the communion of the body of Christ;
nor would it be of any profit, in dangers, to run to His baptism, lest this life be ended without it; nor to reconciliation, if perchance through penitence or an evil conscience anyone has been separated from that same body. Why are these things done, unless because the faithful, even when dead, are His members? Although therefore not yet with their bodies, yet their souls already reign with Him, while these thousand years run their course. Whence in this same book it is read also in another place: 'Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord. From henceforth, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; for their works follow them.' Therefore the Church reigns with Christ, now first, in the living and the dead.
For on this account, as the apostle says, Christ died, that He might have lordship over both the living and the dead. But He commemorated only the souls of the martyrs, because they especially reign when dead, who contended even unto death for the truth. Yet by the part we understand also the whole—the rest of the dead also as pertaining to the Church, which is the kingdom of Christ. But what follows: 'And whosoever did not worship the beast nor his image, and did not receive the inscription on the forehead or on their hand'—we ought to receive of both the living and the dead at once. Now what this beast may be, although it must be more diligently inquired into, yet it is not contrary to right faith
that the impious city itself be understood, and the people of the unbelievers contrary to the faithful people and to the city of God. But His image seems to me to be His feigning—namely, in those men who, as it were, profess the faith and live faithlessly. For they pretend to be what they are not, and are called Christians not by a true likeness but by a false image. For to the same beast belong not only the open enemies of the name of Christ and of His most glorious city, but also the tares, which are to be gathered out of His kingdom, which is the Church, at the end of the age. And who are they that worship not the beast nor his image, save those who do what the apostle says: 'Be not yoked with unbelievers'?
For 'they do not worship' is 'they do not consent, they are not subjected'; 'neither do they receive the inscription,' namely the mark of the crime, 'on the forehead' on account of profession, 'on the hand' on account of operation. Being therefore strangers to these evils, whether still living in this mortal flesh or dead, they reign with Christ even now in a certain manner suited to this time, throughout this whole interval which is signified by the number of a thousand years. 'The rest of them,' he says, 'lived not.' For now is the hour when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live; therefore the rest of them shall not live. But as for what he added:
'Until the thousand years be finished,' it is to be understood that at that time they lived not, when they ought to have lived—namely, by passing over from death to life. And therefore, when the day shall come on which the resurrection of bodies also takes place, they shall come forth from the tombs not unto life but unto judgment—namely, unto that damnation which is called the second death. For 'until the thousand years be finished'—whosoever shall not have lived, that is, in all this time during which the first resurrection is being wrought shall not have heard the voice of the Son of God and passed over from death to life—he assuredly, in the second resurrection, which is of the flesh, shall pass over into the second death together with that flesh itself. For he goes on and says: 'This is the first resurrection.'
'Blessed and holy is he that hath part in this first resurrection'—that is, is a partaker of it. Now he is a partaker of it who not only revives from the death which is in sins, but also abides in that wherein he has revived. 'In these,' he says, 'the second death hath no power.' It has power therefore in the rest, of whom he said above: 'The rest of them lived not, until the thousand years be finished'; since in all this interval of time, which he calls a thousand years, however long each of them lived in the body, he revived not from the death in which his impiety held him, so that by thus reviving he should become a partaker of the first resurrection and the second death should have no power over him. CHAPTER X.
What is to be answered to those who think that the resurrection pertains only to bodies, and not also to souls. There are those who think that resurrection can be spoken of only of bodies, and therefore contend that this first one also is to be in bodies. For, they say, 'whose it is to fall, theirs it is to rise again.' Now bodies fall by dying; for indeed from falling (cadendo) corpses (cadavera) are named. Therefore, they say, there can be no resurrection of souls, but of bodies. But what do they say against the apostle, who calls it resurrection? For surely it was according to the inner, not according to the outer man, that they had risen again to whom he says: 'If ye are risen with Christ, savour the things that are above.' Which meaning he set forth in other words elsewhere, saying:
'That, as Christ rose from the dead through the glory of the Father, so we also should walk in newness of life.' Hence also is that: 'Awake, thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall enlighten thee.' But as for their saying that none can rise again save those who fall, and therefore thinking that resurrection pertains to bodies, not to souls, because it belongs to bodies to fall: why do they not hear, 'Depart not from Him, lest ye fall,' and, 'To his own Lord he standeth or falleth,' and, 'He that thinketh he standeth, let him take heed lest he fall'? For I think that this fall is to be guarded against in the soul, not in the body. If therefore resurrection belongs to those who fall, and souls also fall, assuredly it must be confessed that souls also rise again. But as for the fact that, when he had said:
'In these the second death hath no power,' he subjoined and said: 'But they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years'—this is assuredly not said of bishops and presbyters alone, who are now properly called priests in the Church; but as we call all 'christs' on account of the mystic chrism, so we call all priests, since they are members of the one Priest; concerning whom the apostle Peter says: 'A holy people, a royal priesthood.' Indeed, although briefly and in passing, he intimated that Christ is God by saying 'priests of God and of Christ,' that is, of the Father and of the Son; although on account of the form of a servant, as He is Son of man, so also is Christ made a priest for ever according to the order of Melchizedek.
Concerning which matter we have spoken more than once in this work. CHAPTER XI. Of Gog and Magog, whom the devil, loosed near the end of the age, will incite to persecute the Church of God. 'And when the thousand years shall be finished,' he says, 'Satan shall be loosed from his prison, and shall go forth to seduce the nations which are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, and shall draw them into war, whose number is as the sand of the sea.' To this then he shall then seduce them, that he may draw them into this war. For before also, in what ways he could, he seduced them by many and various evils.
And 'he shall go forth' is said—'he shall burst forth out of the lurking-places of his hatreds into open persecution.' For this shall be the last persecution, the last judgment being imminent, which the holy Church shall suffer throughout the whole world—namely, the universal city of Christ from the universal city of the devil, however great each shall be upon the earth. For those nations which he calls Gog and Magog are not so to be received as though they were certain barbarians settled in some part of the earth—whether those whom some suspect to be the Getae and Massagetae, on account of the first letters of these names, or any other foreigners and persons separated from Roman law.
For they are signified to be throughout the whole circle of the earth, when it was said 'the nations which are in the four corners of the earth,' and he subjoined that these are Gog and Magog. The interpretation of which names we have found to be: Gog, 'a roof,' Magog, 'from the roof'—as it were a house and he himself who proceeds from the house. They are therefore the nations in which we understood the devil to be shut up, as it were in an abyss, above; and he himself in a certain manner bearing himself up and proceeding from them: so that they are the roof, he 'from the roof.' But if we refer both to the nations, not one of these to them and the other to the devil: they themselves are both the roof, because in them the ancient enemy is now shut up and in a certain manner covered;
and they shall be 'from the roof,' when out of what is covered they shall break forth into open hatred. But as for what he says: 'And they went up over the breadth of the earth and compassed the camp of the saints and the beloved city'—they are not signified to have come or to be about to come to one place only, as though the camp of the saints and the beloved city were going to be in some one place; since this is none other than the Church of Christ diffused throughout the whole circle of the earth. And accordingly, wherever it shall then be—which shall be among all nations, which is what is signified by the name of 'the breadth of the earth'—there shall be the camp of the saints, there shall be His city beloved of God, there it shall be beset by all its enemies, since they also shall be among all nations together with it.
it shall be beset by the immensity of that persecution—that is, it shall be straitened, pressed, and shut up in the straits of tribulation; nor shall it desert its warfare, which is called by the term 'camp.' CHAPTER XII. Whether it pertains to the last punishment of the impious, that fire is recorded to have descended from heaven and to have devoured them. But as for what he says: 'And fire came down from heaven and devoured them'—this is not to be thought to be that final punishment which shall be when it shall be said: 'Depart from Me, ye cursed, into eternal fire.' For then indeed they themselves shall be sent into the fire, fire shall not come from heaven upon them. But here the fire from heaven is well understood of the very firmness of the saints, by which they will not yield to those who rage, so as to do their will.
For the firmament is heaven, by whose firmness those shall be tormented with most burning zeal, since they shall not be able to draw the saints of Christ over to the side of Antichrist. And this itself shall be the fire which devours them, and this from God, because by the gift of God the saints are made insuperable, whence the enemies are tormented. For just as it is set down in a good sense: 'The zeal of Thy house hath devoured me,' so on the contrary: 'Zeal hath seized an untaught people, and now fire shall devour the adversaries.' And 'now' indeed—excepting, that is, the fire of that last judgment.
Or if he called fire descending from heaven and devouring them that plague by which the persecutors of the Church are to be smitten when Christ is now coming—those whom He shall find living upon the earth when He shall slay Antichrist with the breath of His mouth—neither shall this be the last punishment of the impious, but that which they are to suffer when the resurrection of the bodies has taken place. CHAPTER XIII. Whether the time of the persecution of Antichrist is to be numbered among the thousand years. This last persecution, which is to be from Antichrist (as we have already said, since both above in this book and in the prophet Daniel it is set down), shall be for three years and six months.
Which time, although small, whether it pertains to the thousand years, during which he says both that the devil is bound and that the saints reign with Christ, or whether this small space is to be superadded to those same years and to be outside them, is deservedly doubted; because, if we shall say that it pertains to those same years, the reign of the saints with Christ will be found to be extended not for so much time, but for a longer one, than the devil is bound. For assuredly the saints with their King shall reign especially in that very persecution, overcoming such great evils, when the devil shall now no longer be bound, so that he may persecute them with all his strength.
In what manner therefore does this scripture determine both by the same thousand years—namely, the binding of the devil and the reign of the saints—when by the interval of three years and six months the binding of the devil ceases earlier than the reign of the saints in these thousand years with Christ? But if we shall say that this small space of this persecution is not to be reckoned in the thousand years, but rather to be added to them when they are fulfilled, so that it may properly be understood—that, when he had said, 'The priests of God and of Christ shall reign with Him a thousand years,' he added, 'And when the thousand years shall be finished, Satan shall be loosed from his prison';
for in this way he signifies that both the reign of the saints and the chain of the devil are to cease together, so that thereupon the time of that persecution may be believed to pertain neither to the reign of the saints nor to the custody of Satan—each of which is within the thousand years—but to be superadded and reckoned outside: we shall be compelled to confess that the saints in that persecution shall not reign with Christ; but who would dare to say that His members shall not then reign with Him, when they shall cleave to Him most of all and most strongly, and at what time, the fiercer shall be the onslaught of war, the greater shall be the glory of not yielding, the thicker the crown of martyrdom? Or if, on account of the tribulations which they shall suffer, they are not to be said to be about to reign:
the consequence will be that even in the earlier days within those same thousand years, whosoever of the saints were tribulated, at that very time of their tribulation are to be said not to have reigned with Christ; and on this account those also, whose souls the author of this book writes that he saw, of them that were slain for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of God, did not reign with Christ when they suffered persecution, and they themselves were not the kingdom of Christ, whom Christ possessed more excellently. Most absurd indeed is this, and in every way to be abhorred.
But certainly the victorious souls of the most glorious martyrs, all their pains and labours having been overcome and finished, after they laid aside their mortal members, have assuredly reigned and do reign with Christ until the thousand years be finished, that afterwards, their bodies also being received now immortal, they may reign. Accordingly, during those three years and a half, the souls of those slain for His martyrdom—both those that went out from their bodies before, and those that are about to go out in that very last persecution—shall reign with Him, until the mortal age be ended and there be a passing over to that kingdom where there shall be no death.
Wherefore the years of the saints reigning with Christ shall be more than those of the chain and custody of the devil, because they with their King, the Son of God, shall reign even through those three years and a half, the devil being now not bound. It remains therefore that, when we hear, 'The priests of God and of Christ shall reign with Him a thousand years, and when the thousand years shall be finished, Satan shall be loosed from his prison,' either we understand the thousand years not of this reign of the saints to be ended, but of the chain and custody of the devil—so that the thousand years, that is, all their own years, each part should have to be ended by diverse and proper lengths, the reign of the saints being ampler, the chain of the devil briefer;
or certainly, since the space of three years and six months is the very shortest, let it be believed that he was unwilling to reckon it, whether because the chain of Satan seems to be shorter, or because the reign of the saints seems to be ampler—just as concerning the four hundred years I have disputed in the sixteenth volume of this work; since they were something more, and yet were named four hundred; and such things are often found in the sacred writings, if one observes. CHAPTER XIV. Of the damnation of the devil with his own, and, by recapitulation, of the bodily resurrection of all the dead, and of the judgment of the last retribution.
After this mention of the final persecution, he briefly sums up the whole of what the devil, together with his prince, and the hostile city, are to suffer in the last judgment now at hand. For he says: 'And the devil, who seduced them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where also the beast and the false prophet are; and they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.' We have said above that the beast is rightly understood to be the impious city itself. The false prophet, however, is either the Antichrist or that image, that is, the figment, of which we spoke in that place. After these things he goes on to the last judgment itself, which will take place at the second resurrection of the dead, which is the resurrection of bodies, recapitulating his narrative of how it was revealed to him: 'And I saw.'
He says, 'a great white throne, and one sitting upon it, from whose face heaven and earth fled away, and there was no place found for them.' He did not say, 'I saw a great white throne, and one sitting upon it, and from his face heaven and earth fled away,' since this had not yet happened, that is, before the living and the dead had been judged; but he said that he saw him sitting on the throne, from whose face heaven and earth fled away—but afterward. For when the judgment has been carried out, then this heaven and this earth will cease to be, when there will begin to be a new heaven and a new earth. For this world will pass away by a change of things, not by an utter perishing. Hence the apostle too says: 'For the fashion of this world passeth away; I would have you to be without anxiety.'
Therefore the fashion passes away, not the nature. So then, after John had said that he saw one sitting upon the throne, from whose face—which is something yet to come—heaven and earth flee away, he says: 'And I saw the dead, great and small, and the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of each one's life; and the dead were judged out of those things written in the books according to their deeds.' He said that books were opened, and a book; but of what kind the book was he did not pass over in silence: 'which is,' he says, 'the book of each one's life.' Therefore those books which he placed first are to be understood as the holy books, both old and new, that in them might be shown what God had commanded by His precepts to be done;
but in that one which is the book of each one's life, which of these things each had done or not done. If this book be thought of in a carnal way, who could estimate its size or length? Or in how long a time could a book be read in which are written the entire lives of all men? Or will there be present as great a number of angels as there will be of men, and will each one hear his own life recited to him by an angel assigned to him? Then there will not be one book for all, but a single book for each one. But Scripture, wishing one book to be understood, says: 'And another book was opened.'
Therefore a certain divine power is to be understood, by which it will come to pass that to each person all his works, whether good or evil, will be recalled to memory, and beheld by the gaze of the mind with marvelous swiftness, so that knowledge may accuse or excuse conscience, and thus all and each be judged at once. This divine power has surely received the name of 'book.' For in it, in a certain manner, is read whatever is recalled by its working. But in order to show who the dead are that are to be judged, the small and the great, he says, recapitulating, as if returning to that which he had passed over or rather deferred: 'And the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and hell gave back the dead that they had in them.' This without doubt took place before the dead were judged;
and yet it is mentioned afterward. This then is what I said, that by recapitulating he returned to that which he had passed over. But now he kept the order, and in order that the order itself might be unfolded, he more conveniently repeated in its proper place, concerning the judged dead, what he had already said. For when he had said: 'And the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and hell gave back the dead that they had in them,' he at once added what he had set down a little before: 'And they were judged, each one according to his deeds.' For this is what he had said above: 'And the dead were judged according to their deeds.' CHAPTER XV. Who are the dead whom the sea presented for judgment, and whom death and hell gave back. But who are the dead whom the sea gave up, those that were in it?
For it is not the case that those who die in the sea are not in hell, or that their bodies are kept in the sea, or—what is more absurd—that the sea held the good dead and hell the evil. Who would suppose this? But assuredly some quite fittingly take the sea in this place to stand for this present age. Therefore, since he wished to signify that even those whom Christ shall find here set in the body are to be judged together with those who will rise again, he called them too 'dead,' both the good, to whom it is said: 'For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God,' and the evil, of whom it is said: 'Let the dead bury their dead.' They can also be called dead for this reason, that they bear mortal bodies; whence the apostle:
'The body indeed,' he says, 'is dead because of sin; but the spirit is life because of righteousness,' showing that both are in a living man, even while set in this body—both the body dead and the spirit life. Yet he did not say the body is mortal, but dead, although a little later he calls these same bodies 'mortal,' as they are more usually termed. These dead, then, the sea gave up, those that were in it, that is, this present age presented the men, whosoever were in it, because they had not yet died. 'And death and hell,' he says, 'gave back the dead that they had in them.' The sea gave them up, because, just as they were found, so they were present; but death and hell gave them back, because they recalled them to the life from which they had already departed.
And perhaps not without reason was it not enough to say 'death' or 'hell,' but both were named: death because of the good, who could only undergo death, not hell as well; but hell because of the evil, who also pay penalties in the lower regions. For if it does not seem absurd to believe that even the ancient saints, who held the faith of the Christ who was to come, were indeed in places most remote from the torments of the impious, yet were in the lower regions, until the blood of Christ and His descent to those places delivered them thence—then assuredly the good faithful thereafter, now redeemed by that price poured out, know hell not at all, until, having received back their bodies too, they receive the good things that they deserve. But when he had said:
'And they were judged, each one according to his deeds,' he briefly subjoined in what manner they were judged: 'And death and hell,' he says, 'were cast into the lake of fire,' signifying by these names the devil, since he is the author of death and of the infernal punishments, and the whole society of demons together with him. For this is what he had already said above more plainly, by way of anticipation: 'And the devil, who seduced them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone.' But what he had there more obscurely added, saying, 'where also the beast and the false prophet are,' here he states more openly: 'And whosoever were not found written in the book of life,' he says, 'were cast into the lake of fire.' This book does not serve to remind God, lest He be deceived by forgetfulness;
but it signifies the predestination of those to whom eternal life will be given. For God does not fail to know them and read of them in this book in order that He may know; but rather His own foreknowledge concerning them, which cannot be deceived, is the book of life, in which they are written, that is, foreknown beforehand. CHAPTER XVI. Of the new heaven and the new earth. Now that the judgment is finished, in which he foretold that the evil are to be judged, it remains that he should speak also of the good. For he has now unfolded what was briefly said by the Lord: 'So these shall go away into everlasting punishment'; it follows that he should unfold what is also there joined to it: 'But the righteous into life eternal.' 'And I saw,' he says, 'a new heaven and a new earth. For the first heaven and earth passed away, and the sea is now no more.'
This will take place in the order which he stated above by way of anticipation, that he saw one sitting upon the throne, from whose face heaven and earth fled away. For when those who are not written in the book of life have been judged and cast into the eternal fire (of what kind that fire is, and in what part of the world or of things it will be, I think no man knows, unless perhaps to someone the divine Spirit has shown it), then the fashion of this world will pass away in the conflagration of worldly fires, just as the flood took place by an inundation of worldly waters. And so, as I have said, in that worldly conflagration the qualities of the corruptible elements which were suited to our corruptible bodies will utterly perish by burning;
and the substance itself will have those qualities which by a marvelous change shall be suited to immortal bodies; so that, namely, the world, renewed for the better, may be aptly accommodated to men who have also in their flesh been renewed for the better. But as to what he says: 'And the sea is now no more,' whether it is dried up by that exceeding heat, or whether it too is changed for the better, I would not easily say. For we read that a new heaven and a new earth are to come; but of a new sea I do not recall having read anything anywhere—except what is found in this same book: 'as it were a sea of glass like unto crystal.' But there he was not speaking of this end of the age, nor does he seem to have said 'sea' in the proper sense, but 'as it were a sea.'
Although even now, as prophetic speech loves to mingle proper words with transferred ones and thus in a certain manner to veil what is said, he could have said of that sea: 'And the sea is now no more,' that sea of which he had said above: 'And the sea gave up the dead that were in it.' For then this present age, troubled and stormy with the life of mortals, will be no more—the age which he figured under the name of the sea. CHAPTER XVII. Of the unending glorification of the Church after the end. 'And I saw,' he says, 'the great city, the new Jerusalem, coming down from heaven from God, prepared as a bride newly adorned for her husband. And I heard a great voice from the throne, saying: Behold the tabernacle of God with men, and He will dwell with them; and they themselves shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them.'
'And He shall wipe away every tear from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying; nor shall there be any pain, for the former things are passed away. And He that sat on the throne said: Behold, I make all things new.' This city is said to come down from heaven, because the grace by which God made it is heavenly. On account of which He also says to it through Isaiah: 'I am the Lord that made thee.' And indeed it has been coming down from heaven from its beginning, since throughout the time of this present age its citizens have been growing, by the grace of God coming down from above through the laver of regeneration in the Holy Spirit sent from heaven, ever and again.
But through the judgment of God, which will be the last, through His Son Jesus Christ, there will appear so great and so new a brightness of it, from the gift of God, that no traces of the old will remain; seeing that even bodies will pass over from the old corruption and mortality to a new incorruption and immortality. For to take this as referring to this present time, in which it reigns with its King for a thousand years, seems to me a mark of exceeding shamelessness, since he says most openly: 'He shall wipe away every tear from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying; nor shall there be any pain.'
But who would be so absurd, and mad with most obstinate contentiousness, as to dare to affirm that in the hardships of this mortal life—I do not say the holy people, but any single one of the saints, who is leading, or shall lead, or has led this life—has no tears and sorrows; whereas rather the holier each one is and the fuller of holy longing, the more abundant is his weeping in prayer? Is it not the voice of the heavenly city, Jerusalem: 'My tears have been my bread day and night,' and: 'Every night will I wash my bed, I will water my couch with my tears,' and: 'My groaning is not hid from Thee,' and: 'My sorrow is renewed'?
Or are they not indeed her sons who groan, being burdened—not that they wish to be unclothed, but clothed upon, that what is mortal may be swallowed up of life? Are they not the very ones who, having the firstfruits of the Spirit, groan within themselves, waiting for the adoption, the redemption of their body? Or was the apostle Paul himself not a citizen of the heavenly Jerusalem—or rather, was he not much more such, when, for the sake of the Israelites, his brethren according to the flesh, he had great heaviness and continual sorrow in his heart? But when will there be no death in this city, except when it shall be said: 'O death, where is thy strife? O death, where is thy sting?' Now the sting of death is sin. And this then surely will not be, when it shall be said: 'Where is it?'
But now, not just any lowliest citizen of that city, but this same John in his own epistle cries out: 'If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.' And in this book too, whose name is Apocalypse, many things are said obscurely, in order to exercise the mind of the reader; and there are few things in it from whose plain meaning the rest may be tracked out with labor—chiefly because he so repeats the same things in many ways that he seems to be saying one thing after another, when on investigation he is found to be saying these very same things in one way after another. But in these words, where he says:
'He shall wipe away every tear from their eyes, and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, nor shall there be any pain,'—things are said with such great light concerning the age to come and concerning the immortality and eternity of the saints (for only then and only there shall these things not be), that we ought to seek or to read nothing manifest in the sacred writings, if we have thought these things obscure. CHAPTER XVIII. What the apostle Peter preached concerning the last judgment of God. Now let us see what the apostle Peter too wrote concerning this judgment: 'There shall come,' he says, 'in the last of the days scoffers with mockery, walking after their own lusts and saying: Where is the promise of His coming?'
'For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue thus from the beginning of the creation. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and through the water, by the word of God; whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished. But the heavens and the earth which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of impious men. But of this one thing be not ignorant, beloved, that one day with the Lord is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slack concerning His promise, as some count slackness; but is patient for your sakes, not willing that any should perish, but that all should turn to repentance.'
'But the day of the Lord will come as a thief, in which the heavens shall pass away with great violence, and the elements being on fire shall be dissolved, and the earth and the works that are therein shall be burned up. Seeing then that all these things are to perish, what manner of persons ought ye to be in holy conversations, looking for and hastening unto the presence of the day of the Lord, through which the burning heavens shall be dissolved and the elements shall melt with the heat of fire? But we look for new heavens and a new earth according to His promises, in which righteousness dwelleth.' Here he said nothing of the resurrection of the dead, but assuredly enough of the destruction of this world. Where, moreover, recalling what happened before the flood, he seems in a certain way to have warned us how far we ought to believe that this world will perish at the end of this age.
For he said that the world which then was perished at that time also; and not only the orb of the earth, but the heavens as well, by which we surely understand these heavens of air, whose place and space the water at that time, increasing, had overtopped. Therefore the whole, or almost the whole, of this windy air (which he calls heaven, or rather heavens, but assuredly these lower ones, not those highest ones where the sun and moon and stars are set) had been turned into a moist quality and in this manner had perished together with the earth, the former face of which earth had certainly been blotted out by the flood. 'But the heavens and the earth which are now,' he says, 'by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of impious men.'
Accordingly, the heavens that now are and the earth that now is, that is, the world which exists in place of that world which perished by the flood, having been kept in store out of the same water, is itself reserved for the last fire against the day of judgment and the perdition of impious men. For he does not hesitate to say that there will be a perdition of men also, on account of a certain great transformation, although their nature, though it be in eternal punishments, is going to abide. Someone may perhaps ask: if, after the judgment is done, this world will burn, before the new heaven and new earth are set in its place, where will the saints be at that very time of its conflagration, since, having bodies, they must of necessity be in some bodily place?
We can answer that they will be in the upper parts, to which the flame of that burning will not so ascend, just as neither did the wave of the flood. For such bodies will they have, that they may be wherever they will to be. But neither will they, made immortal and incorruptible, dread the fire of that conflagration, if the corruptible and mortal bodies of three men were able to live unharmed in the burning furnace. CHAPTER XIX. What the apostle Paul wrote to the Thessalonians concerning the manifestation of Antichrist, whose time the day of the Lord shall follow. I see that many evangelical and apostolic statements about this divine last judgment must be passed over by me, lest this volume be rolled out to excessive length;
but by no means is the apostle Paul to be passed over, who, writing to the Thessalonians, says: 'We beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and of our gathering together unto Him, that ye be not soon shaken in mind, nor be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by epistle as from us, as that the day of the Lord is at hand. Let no man seduce you by any means; for unless there come a falling-away first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition, who opposeth and is exalted above all that is called God or that is worshipped, so that he sitteth in the temple of God, showing himself as if he were God. Remember ye not that, when I was yet with you, these things were told you? And now what'
'knows what restrains, that he might be revealed in his own time. For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now holdeth, let him hold, until he be taken out of the way; and then shall that wicked one be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus shall slay with the spirit of His mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of His presence: him, whose presence is according to the working of Satan, in all power and signs and lying wonders, and in all seduction of iniquity to them that perish, because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. And therefore God shall send them the working of error, that they should believe a lie; that they all might be judged who believed not the truth, but consented to iniquity.'
There is no doubt to anyone that he said these things concerning Antichrist, and that the day of judgment (for this he calls the day of the Lord) will not come unless he first come whom he calls the falling-away one (refuga)—departing, that is, from the Lord God. But if this can deservedly be said of all the impious, how much more of this one! But in what temple of God he is to sit is uncertain: whether in that ruin of the temple which was constructed by King Solomon, or rather in the Church. For the apostle would not call the temple of some idol or demon the temple of God. Hence some wish the Antichrist to be understood in this place not as the prince himself, but as in a certain way his whole body, that is, the multitude of men belonging to him, together with their prince himself;
and they think it is even more correctly rendered in Latin, as it is in the Greek, not that he 'sits in the temple of God,' but that he 'sits as the temple of God' (in templum Dei), as though he himself were the temple of God, which is the Church—just as we say, 'he sits as a friend,' that is, as it were a friend, or whatever else is wont to be said by this kind of expression. But as to what he says: 'And now ye know what restrains,' that is, what is the cause of delay, what the reason of his postponement, 'that he might be revealed in his own time'—ye know it: since he said that they knew it, he was unwilling to say this openly. And therefore we, who do not know what they knew, desire with labor to arrive at what the apostle meant, and are not able—especially because those things too which he added make this meaning more obscure. For what is:
他們認為按拉丁文更準確的譯法,正如希臘文所表達的,不是他「坐在神的殿裡」,而是他「坐而為神的殿」(in templum Dei),彷彿他自己就是神的殿,就是教會——正如我們說「他坐而為友」,即彷彿作朋友,或凡用這類表達方式常說的別樣的話。但至於他所說的:「現在你們知道那攔阻的是甚麼」,即是說,是甚麼造成耽延、是甚麼緣由使他延後,「叫他到了時候才顯露出來」——這你們知道:既然他說他們知道,他就不願公開把這事說明。因此我們這些不知道他們所知之事的人,費力想要達到使徒的本意,卻不能——尤其因為他所加上的那些話,使這意義更加隱晦。因為這話是甚麼意思:
'For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now holdeth, let him hold, until he be taken out of the way; and then shall that wicked one be revealed'? I confess outright that I do not know what he meant. Yet the conjectures of men, which I have been able either to hear or to read, I will not pass over in silence. Some think that this was said of the Roman empire, and that for this reason the apostle Paul did not wish to write it openly, lest, namely, he should incur the charge of having wished ill to the Roman empire, which was hoped to be eternal; so that by what he said—'For the mystery of iniquity doth already work'—he wished Nero to be understood, whose deeds already seemed to be as it were those of Antichrist. Hence some suspect that he himself will rise again and be the future Antichrist;
but others think that he was not even killed, but rather withdrawn, so that he might be thought to have been killed, and that he is being kept hidden alive, in the vigor of that very age in which he was when he was believed to be slain, until in his own time he be revealed and restored to his kingdom. But the great presumption of those who imagine these things is exceedingly strange to me. That, however, which the apostle says—'only he who now holdeth, let him hold, until he be taken out of the way'—is not absurdly believed to be said of the Roman empire itself, as though it were said: 'only he who now reigns, let him reign, until he be taken out of the way,' that is, removed from the midst. And then shall that wicked one be revealed—that this signifies Antichrist no one doubts. But others, even as to what he says:
'Ye know what restrains,' and that 'the mystery of iniquity works,' think it was said only of the wicked and feigned ones who are in the Church, until they come to so great a number as to make a great people for Antichrist; and that this is the mystery of iniquity, because it seems hidden; and that the apostle was exhorting the faithful to persevere tenaciously in the faith which they hold, by saying: 'only he who now holdeth, let him hold, until he be taken out of the way,' that is, until the mystery of iniquity which is now hidden go out from the midst of the Church. For they suppose that to this very mystery pertains what John the evangelist says in his epistle: 'Little children, it is the last hour; and as ye have heard that Antichrist is to come, even now are there many Antichrists become;'
'by this we know that it is the last hour. They went out from us, but they were not of us. For if they had been of us, they would surely have continued with us.' Just as therefore before the end, in this hour which John calls the last, many heretics—whom he calls many Antichrists—went out from the midst of the Church, so, they say, all those will then go out thence who belong, not to Christ, but to that last Antichrist, and then he shall be revealed. One man, then, conjectures the obscure words of the apostle in this way, another in that; but that he said this is not doubtful: Christ will not come to judge the living and the dead, unless first there come His adversary Antichrist, to seduce those dead in soul;
although it pertains to the now-hidden judgment of God that they will be seduced by him. For his presence will be, as it has been said, 'according to the working of Satan, in all power and signs and lying wonders, and in all seduction of iniquity to them that perish.' For then Satan will be loosed, and through that Antichrist he will work, in all his power, marvelously indeed, but mendaciously.
It is wont to be a matter of doubt whether they are called signs and lying wonders for this reason, that he is going to deceive mortal senses by phantasms, so that he may seem to do what he does not do; or because those very wonders, even if they will be true wonders, will draw to a lie those who will believe that they could not have been done except by divine power, being ignorant of the power of the devil—especially when he shall have received so great a power as he never had. For when fire fell from heaven and consumed in one onset so great a household with such great flocks of cattle belonging to holy Job, and a whirlwind rushing in and casting down the house slew his sons, these were not phantasms; yet they were works of Satan, to whom God had given this power.
On account of which of these reasons, then, they are called wonders and signs of a lie, will then rather appear. But for whichever of these reasons it be said, they will be seduced by those signs and wonders who shall deserve to be seduced, 'because,' he says, 'they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.' Nor did the apostle hesitate to add and to say: 'Therefore God shall send them the working of error, that they should believe a lie.' For God will send it, because God will permit the devil to do these things, by His own just judgment, although the devil does it by his own unjust and malignant counsel: 'that they all might be judged,' he says, 'who believed not the truth, but consented to iniquity.' Accordingly, being judged, they will be seduced, and being seduced, they will be judged.
But being judged, they will be seduced by those judgments of God which are secretly just and justly secret, by which He has never ceased to judge, from the beginning of the sin of the rational creature; but being seduced, they will be judged in the last and manifest judgment through Christ Jesus, who will judge most justly, having Himself been judged most unjustly. CHAPTER XX. What the same apostle taught in the first epistle to the same people concerning the resurrection of the dead. But here the apostle was silent concerning the resurrection of the dead; yet, writing to the same people in the first epistle, he says: 'We would not have you ignorant, brethren, concerning them that are asleep, that ye sorrow not, even as others who have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again:'
'so also God will bring with Him those who have fallen asleep through Jesus. For this we say unto you in the word of the Lord, that we who are alive, who remain unto the coming of the Lord, shall not precede them who have fallen asleep before; for the Lord Himself, with a commandment and with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet of God, shall descend from heaven, and the dead in Christ shall rise first; then we who are alive, who remain, shall together with them be caught up in the clouds to meet Christ in the air, and so shall we ever be with the Lord.' These apostolic words most clearly show the future resurrection of the dead, when Christ shall come, assuredly to judge the living and the dead.
But it is wont to be asked whether those whom Christ shall find living here—whose persons the apostle was transferring into himself and into those who were then living with him—will never die at all, or whether at that very point of time in which they shall be caught up with those who rise again in the clouds to meet Christ in the air, they shall pass over to immortality through death with marvelous swiftness. For it must not be said that it cannot come to pass that, while they are borne aloft through the air, they should in that interval both die and come to life again. For what he says—'And so shall we ever be with the Lord'—is not to be taken as though he had said that we shall remain ever with the Lord in the air; for neither will He Himself surely remain there, since, coming, He is going to pass on;
for one goes to meet Him as He comes, not as He remains; but we shall be with the Lord in this sense, that is, we shall be thus, having everlasting bodies, wherever we shall be with Him. But the apostle himself seems to urge us toward this sense, by which we should suppose that even those whom the Lord shall find living here will, in that very brief interval, both suffer death and receive immortality, where he says: 'In Christ shall all be made alive'; whereas in another place, speaking of that very resurrection of bodies, he says: 'That which thou sowest is not made alive, unless it die.' How then will those whom Christ shall find living here be made alive in Him through immortality, even if they do not die, when we see that for this reason it was said: 'That which thou sowest is not made alive, unless it die'?
But if we may rightly say that only those human bodies are 'sown' which in dying return in some fashion into the earth (as is set down also in that sentence divinely pronounced against the transgressor, the father of the human race: 'Earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou go'), then we must confess that those whom Christ at His coming shall find not yet departed from their bodies are bound neither by these words of the Apostle nor by those from Genesis; for, being caught up on high in the clouds, they are surely not sown, since they neither go into the earth nor return to it, whether they undergo no death at all or die only for a little while in the air. But again another difficulty arises, from what the same Apostle said when he was speaking to the Corinthians of the resurrection of bodies: 'We shall all rise again,' or, as other copies have it:
'We shall all sleep.' Since, then, resurrection cannot take place unless death has gone before, nor can we understand 'sleeping' in that passage to mean anything but death, how shall all either sleep or rise again, if so many, whom Christ shall find in the body, neither sleep nor rise again? If therefore we believe that the saints who shall be found alive at Christ's coming, and who shall be caught up to meet Him, will in that very rapture pass out of their mortal bodies and presently return to those same bodies now made immortal, we shall suffer no difficulty in the Apostle's words, whether where he says: 'That which thou sowest is not quickened except it die,' or where he says: 'We shall all rise again,' or: 'We shall all sleep';
because they too will not be quickened into immortality unless, however briefly, they first die; and on this account they will not be strangers to the resurrection, which they precede by a sleep, though a most brief one, yet not none at all. But why should it seem incredible to us that that multitude of bodies should in a manner be sown in the air and there forthwith revive immortally and incorruptibly, when we believe what the same Apostle most plainly declares, that the resurrection shall be in the twinkling of an eye, and that the dust of the most ancient corpses shall return into limbs that will live without end, with such ease and with such inestimable swiftness? Nor let us think that those saints will be exempt from that sentence by which it was said to man:
'Earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou go,' so as to suppose those saints immune from it, even if the bodies of those who die do not fall back into the earth but, just as in the rapture itself they die, so also they rise again while being borne aloft into the air. For 'unto earth shalt thou go' means: 'in this thou shalt go, when life is lost, into that which thou wast before thou tookest life'; that is, thou shalt be, when deprived of soul, what thou wast before thou wast ensouled (for God breathed into the face of the earth the breath of life, when man was made into a living soul); as if it were said: 'Earth thou art when ensouled, which thou wast not: earth thou shalt be when lifeless, as thou wast'; which all the bodies of the dead are even before they decay, and which those too shall be, if they die. Wherever they die, they shall be without the life which they are forthwith to receive back.
Thus, then, they shall go into the earth, because out of living men they shall become earth; just as 'it goes into ash' which becomes ash; 'it goes into old age' which becomes old; 'it goes into a potsherd' which from clay becomes a potsherd: and so we speak in a thousand other ways. But how it shall come to pass — which we now conjecture as best we can according to the strength of our poor reasoning — shall then rather be, so that we may know it. For the resurrection of the dead to come, even in the flesh, when Christ shall come to judge the living and the dead, we must, if we wish to be Christians, believe; but our faith in this matter is not therefore vain if we are unable perfectly to comprehend in what manner it shall be.
Now, however, as we promised above, we ought to show, as far as shall seem sufficient, what the ancient prophetic books also foretold concerning this last judgment of God; and these things, as I think, it will not require so long a delay to handle and expound, if the reader take care to be assisted by what we have already set forth. CHAPTER XXI. What the prophet Isaiah spoke concerning the resurrection of the dead and the recompense of judgment. The prophet Isaiah says: 'The dead shall rise again, and they that were in the graves shall rise again, and all that are in the earth shall rejoice; for the dew that is from thee is health to them; but the land of the ungodly shall fall.' All that earlier part pertains to the resurrection of the blessed. But what he says:
'But the land of the ungodly shall fall,' is rightly understood to be said: 'But the ruin of damnation shall receive the bodies of the ungodly.' Now further, if we wish to look more carefully and distinctly at what is said of the resurrection of the good, the words 'The dead shall rise again' are to be referred to the first; but what follows, 'And they that were in the graves shall rise again,' to the second. And if we further inquire after those saints whom the Lord shall find here alive, to them will fittingly be assigned what he added: 'And all that are in the earth shall rejoice; for the dew that is from thee is health to them.' By 'health' in this place we most rightly take immortality; for that is the fullest health which is not restored by nourishments as by daily medicines.
Likewise concerning the day of judgment, first giving hope to the good and then terrifying the wicked, the same prophet speaks thus: 'Thus saith the Lord: Behold, I turn aside upon them like a river of peace, and like a torrent overflowing the glory of the nations. Their children shall be borne upon the shoulders and comforted upon the knees. As one whom his mother comforts, so will I comfort you; and in Jerusalem ye shall be comforted, and ye shall see, and your heart shall rejoice, and your bones shall spring up like the grass. And the hand of the Lord shall be known to them that worship Him, and He shall threaten the obstinate. For behold, the Lord shall come like fire, and like a tempest His chariots, to render vengeance in indignation and devastation in a flame of fire.'
'For in the fire of the Lord shall all the earth be judged, and by His sword all flesh; many shall be wounded by the Lord.' In the promise to the good, by 'a river of peace' we must surely take that abundance of that peace than which none can be greater. With this we shall undoubtedly be watered at the end; of which we spoke abundantly in the preceding book. He says that He turns this river aside upon those to whom He promises so great a blessedness, that we may understand that in that region of felicity which is in the heavens all things are satisfied by this river; but because peace of incorruption and immortality flows thence even to earthly bodies, He therefore said that He turns aside this river, that from things above it may in a manner flood even the things below and render men equal to the angels.
By Jerusalem too we are to understand, not that one which is in bondage with her children, but our free mother, according to the Apostle, eternal in the heavens. There, after the labors of mortal troubles and cares, we shall be comforted, as her little ones carried on shoulders and on knees. For that unwonted blessedness shall receive us, untaught and new, with most caressing helps. 'And there shall we see, and our heart shall rejoice.' Nor did he express what we shall see; but what else than God? that there may be fulfilled in us the evangelical promise: 'Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God,' and all those things which we now do not see, but, believing, think of far less than they are and incomparably so, according to the small measure of human capacity.
'And ye shall see,' he says, 'and your heart shall rejoice.' Here ye believe, there ye shall see. But because he said: 'And your heart shall rejoice,' lest we should think those good things of Jerusalem pertained only to our spirit: 'And your bones,' he says, 'shall spring up like the grass'; where he touched upon the resurrection of bodies, as it were restoring what he had not said; for it is not when we shall see that it shall come to pass, but when it has come to pass we shall see. For he had already said above concerning a new heaven and a new earth, while he often and in manifold ways spoke of those things which are promised to the saints at the end. 'There shall be,' he says, 'a new heaven and a new earth, and they shall not remember the former things, neither shall they come up into their heart, but they shall find joy and exultation in it.'
'Behold, I will make Jerusalem an exultation, and my people a joy; and I will exult in Jerusalem and rejoice in my people; and the voice of weeping shall no more be heard in her,' and the rest, which some try to refer to those carnal thousand years. For figurative expressions are, after the manner of prophecy, mingled with proper ones, so that the sober intent may, with a certain useful and wholesome labor, arrive at the spiritual understanding; but carnal sloth, or the dullness of an unschooled and unexercised mind, content with the surface of the letter, thinks there is nothing within to be sought. Let what I have said suffice concerning the prophetic words which were written before this passage. But in this place, from which we digressed to those things, when he had said:
'And your bones shall spring up like the grass,' so as to show that he was now commemorating the resurrection of the flesh, but yet of the good, he added: 'And the hand of the Lord shall be known to them that worship Him.' What is this but the hand of Him who distinguishes His worshippers from His despisers? Concerning whom, weaving on what follows, 'And He shall threaten,' he says, 'the obstinate,' or, as another translator has it, 'the unbelieving.' Nor shall He threaten then, but the things now said by way of threat shall then be effectually fulfilled. 'For behold,' he says, 'the Lord shall come like fire, and like a tempest His chariots, to render vengeance in indignation and devastation in a flame of fire. For in the fire of the Lord shall all the earth be judged, and by His sword all flesh; many shall be wounded by the Lord.'
Whether by fire, or by tempest, or by sword, He signifies the penalty of judgment; since indeed He says that the Lord Himself shall come as it were like fire — to those, namely, to whom His coming shall be penal. But His chariots (for they are spoken of in the plural) we not unfittingly take to be angelic ministries. But where he says that all the earth and all flesh shall be judged in His fire and sword, let us not here understand also the spiritual and the saints, but the earthly and carnal, of whom it was said: 'Who mind earthly things,' and: 'To be wise according to the flesh is death'; and such as are altogether called flesh by the Lord, where He says: 'My spirit shall not abide in these men, because they are flesh.' But as for what is here set down:
'Many shall be wounded by the Lord,' by this wound shall be wrought the second death. Fire, indeed, and sword, and wound can also be taken in a good sense. For the Lord said that He willed to send fire upon the world, and there were seen by them tongues as it were divided like fire, when the Holy Spirit came; and: 'I came not,' says the same Lord, 'to send peace upon the earth, but a sword'; and Scripture calls the word of God a two-edged sword, on account of the twin edge of the two Testaments; and in the Song of Songs the holy Church says she is wounded with love, as it were shot through by an impulse of love. But here, when we read or hear that the Lord shall come as Avenger, it is clear in what manner these things are to be understood.
Then, having briefly mentioned those who shall be consumed by this judgment — signifying the sinners and ungodly under the figure of foods forbidden in the old law, from which they did not abstain — he recapitulates from the beginning the grace of the new Testament, carrying it on from the first coming of the Saviour to the last judgment, of which we now treat, and so finishes his discourse. For he relates that the Lord says He comes to gather all the nations, and that they shall come and see His glory. For all, as the Apostle says, have sinned and lack the glory of God. And He says that He will leave upon them signs, by which, marveling, they may believe in Him:
and that He will send out from among them saved ones into divers nations and into far-off islands, which have not heard His name nor seen His glory; and that they shall declare His glory among the nations, and shall bring the brethren of those to whom He was speaking — that is, in the faith the brethren of the elect Israelites under God the Father; and that they shall bring out of all nations a gift to the Lord on beasts of burden and in carriages (which beasts and carriages are well understood to be the divine helps through ministries of every kind, whether angelic or human) into the holy city Jerusalem, which is now diffused through the lands in the holy faithful. For where men are divinely helped, there they believe, and where they believe, there they come.
Moreover, the Lord likened them, as it were by a similitude, to the children of Israel offering Him their sacrifices with psalms in His house, which the Church now everywhere does: and He promised that from these same He would take to Himself priests and Levites; which we no less see being done now. For not from the race of flesh and blood, as was the first order according to the order of Aaron, but, as was fitting in the new Testament, where according to the order of Melchizedek Christ is the High Priest, we now see priests and Levites chosen according to each one's merit, which divine grace shall have conferred upon him; men who are to be esteemed not by that name, which the unworthy often obtain, but by that holiness which is not common to good and bad. These things when he had said concerning that
mercy of God which is now imparted to the Church, evident and most well known to us, he then promised also the ends to which men shall come through the last judgment, when the separation of the good and the bad has been made, saying through the prophet, or rather the prophet himself speaking of the Lord: 'For as the new heaven and the new earth shall remain before me, saith the Lord, so shall your seed stand and your name, and there shall be month out of month and sabbath out of sabbath. All flesh shall come into my sight to worship in Jerusalem, saith the Lord; and they shall go forth and see the members of the men who have transgressed against me. Their worm shall not die, and their fire shall not be quenched; and they shall be a spectacle to all flesh.'
With this the prophet ended his book, at the point where the age shall be ended. Some, indeed, have rendered it not 'the members of the men,' but 'the corpses of the men,' signifying by 'corpses' the evident penalty of bodies; although a corpse is not usually called anything but lifeless flesh, whereas those bodies shall be ensouled — otherwise they could feel no torments — unless perhaps, because they shall be the bodies of the dead, that is, of those who fall into the second death, on that account they may not absurdly be called even 'corpses.' Hence too is that which by the same prophet was said, and which I quoted above: 'But the land of the ungodly shall fall.' And who does not see that 'corpses' (cadavera) are named from 'falling' (cadendo)? But that those translators put 'of men' (virorum) for what is 'of human beings' (hominum) is manifest.
For no one will say that transgressing women shall not be in that punishment; but from the more excellent sex — especially that from which woman was made — both sexes are comprehended. But, what most pertains to the matter, since both in the case of the good it is said: 'All flesh shall come,' because that people shall consist of every kind of human beings (for not all human beings shall be there, since in the punishments there shall be more) — but, as I had begun to say, since both in the good 'flesh' and in the bad 'members' or 'corpses' are named: assuredly, after the resurrection of the flesh, whose faith is wholly confirmed by these terms for things, it is declared that there shall be that judgment by which the good and the bad shall be separated within their bounds. CHAPTER XXII.
What manner of going forth of the saints there shall be to behold the punishments of the wicked. But in what manner shall the good go forth to behold the punishments of the wicked? Are they about, by a motion of the body, to leave those blessed seats and proceed to the places of punishment, that they may behold the torments of the wicked by bodily presence? Far from it; but they shall go forth by knowledge. For by this word it was signified that those who shall be tormented are to be outside. Wherefore the Lord also calls those places 'outer darkness,' to which is contrary that entering of which it is said to the good servant: 'Enter into the joy of thy Lord'; lest the wicked be thought to enter there, that they may be known, but rather that the good go forth, as it were, to them by the knowledge whereby they shall know them, because they shall know that which is outside.
For those who shall be in the punishments shall not know what is being done within in the joy of the Lord; but those who shall be in that joy shall know what is being done without in those outer darknesses. Therefore it was said: 'They shall go forth,' because even those who shall be outside them shall surely not be hidden from them. For if the prophets were able to know these things, not yet done, through this — that there was God, however little there was, in their mortal minds — how shall the immortal saints then not know things already done, when God shall be all in all? There shall stand, then, in that blessedness of the saints, the seed unto the name; the seed, namely, of which John says: 'And His seed remaineth in him'; and the name, of which it was said by this same Isaiah:
'I will give them an eternal name.' There shall be for them month out of month and sabbath out of sabbath, as it were moon out of moon and rest out of rest, both of which they themselves shall be when they pass from these old and temporal shadows into those new and everlasting lights. But in the punishments of the wicked, both the inextinguishable fire and the most lively worm have been expounded by various people in various ways. For some have referred both to the body, some both to the soul; others, properly the fire to the body, figuratively the worm to the soul — which seems the more credible. But now there is no time to dispute concerning this difference. For we have undertaken to fill this volume concerning the last judgment, by which there shall be made the separation of the good and the bad;
but concerning the rewards and punishments themselves we must discourse more carefully elsewhere. CHAPTER XXIII. What Daniel prophesied concerning the persecution of Antichrist, and the judgment of God, and the kingdom of the saints. Daniel prophesies of this last judgment in such wise as to foretell that Antichrist also shall first come, and to carry on his narrative to the eternal kingdom of the saints. For when in a prophetic vision he had seen four beasts signifying four kingdoms, and that fourth one overcome by a certain king who is recognized as Antichrist, and after these things the eternal kingdom of the Son of man, who is understood to be Christ: 'My spirit,' he says, 'shuddered, I Daniel, in my frame, and the visions of my head troubled me.'
'And I drew near,' he says, 'to one of those who stood by, and sought from him the truth concerning all these things, and he told me the truth.' Then, what he heard from him of whom he inquired concerning all these things, as that one expounded it to him, he speaks thus: 'These four great beasts are four kingdoms which shall arise on the earth, which shall be taken away, and the saints of the Most High shall receive the kingdom and shall possess it unto the age and unto the age of ages.'
'And I inquired,' he says, 'diligently concerning the fourth beast, which was different from every beast, exceedingly terrible — its teeth of iron and its claws of bronze, devouring and crushing and trampling the rest with its feet —, and concerning its ten horns which were on its head, and concerning the other, which came up and shook off three of the former; that horn in which were eyes and a mouth speaking great things, and its aspect greater than the rest. I beheld, and that horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them, until the Ancient of days came, and gave the kingdom to the saints of the Most High; and the time arrived, and the saints obtained the kingdom.' These things Daniel said that he inquired about. Then, subjoining at once what he heard:
'And he said' — that is, he of whom he had inquired answered and said: 'The fourth beast shall be a fourth kingdom on the earth, which shall prevail over all kingdoms; and it shall devour all the earth, and trample it and cut it down. And its ten horns are ten kings who shall arise; and after them shall arise another, who shall surpass in evils all who were before him; and he shall humble three kings, and shall speak words against the Most High, and shall wear down the saints of the Most High, and shall purpose to change times and the law: and it shall be given into his hand until a time and times and half a time. And the judgment shall sit, and they shall remove his dominion, to abolish and destroy it unto the end;
and the kingdom and the power and the greatness of the kings who are under all heaven was given to the saints of the Most High. And His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom; and all dominions shall serve and obey Him.' Thus far, he says, is the end of the matter. 'I Daniel; my thoughts much troubled me, and my form was changed upon me, and I kept the word in my heart.' Those four kingdoms certain men have expounded as those of the Assyrians, the Persians, the Macedonians, and the Romans. But how fittingly they did this, let those who desire to know it read the book of the presbyter Jerome on Daniel, composed learnedly and diligently enough.
Yet that Antichrist's most savage kingdom against the Church, though it must be endured for a short span of time, until by God's last judgment the saints receive the everlasting kingdom — of this whoever reads these things even while half asleep is not permitted to doubt. For that 'a time and times and half a time' is one year and two and a half, and on this account three years and a half, becomes clear also from the number of days afterwards added, and is sometimes declared in the Scriptures by the number of months as well. For 'times' (tempora) seem here to be said indefinitely in the Latin tongue; but they are said by the dual number, which the Latins do not have. And as the Greeks, so also the Hebrews are said to have this. Thus, then, 'times' was said, as if there were said 'two times.'
I confess indeed that I fear, lest in the ten kings, whom Antichrist seems about to find as ten men, we be perchance deceived, and so he come unlooked-for, there not existing so many kings in the Roman world. What if by this number ten the whole multitude of kings is signified, after whom he is to come? — just as by the thousand, the hundred, the seven a whole multitude is for the most part signified, and by other and yet other numbers which it is now not necessary to recall. In another place the same Daniel says: 'And there shall be a time of tribulation, such as has not been since a nation was born upon the earth until that time. And in that time thy people shall all be saved, whoever shall be found written in the book.'
'And many of those who sleep in the mound of the earth shall rise up: these unto life eternal, and these unto reproach and unto eternal confusion. And the understanding shall shine like the brightness of the firmament, and of the just many like the stars for ever and yet more.' This passage is most like that evangelical sentence concerning the resurrection, at least of the bodies of the dead. For those who were there said to be 'in the tombs,' the same here are 'sleeping in the mound of the earth,' or, as others have translated, 'in the dust of the earth'; and as it was there said 'they shall come forth,' so here 'they shall rise up'; as there 'those who have done good things, unto the resurrection of life; but those who have done evil, unto the resurrection of judgment':
so also in this place: these unto life eternal, and these unto reproach and unto eternal confusion. But let it not be thought a discrepancy that, whereas there it is set down 'all who are in the tombs,' here the prophet says not 'all,' but 'many of those who sleep in the mound of the earth.' For Scripture sometimes puts 'many' for 'all.' On which account it was also said to Abraham: 'A father of many nations have I set thee,' to whom nevertheless in another place He says: 'In thy seed shall all nations be blessed.' And concerning such a resurrection it is said also to this same prophet Daniel a little later: 'And do thou come and rest; for there are yet days until the fulfilment of the consummation, and thou shalt rest and rise up in thy lot at the end of the days.' CHAPTER XXIV.
What things concerning the end of this world and the last judgment of God are prophesied in the Psalms of David. Many things concerning the last judgment are said in the Psalms, but most of them in passing and briefly. Yet this which is most plainly said there concerning the end of this world I will by no means pass over in silence: 'In the beginning thou didst found the earth, O Lord, and the heavens are the works of thy hands. They shall perish, but thou remainest; and all shall grow old like a garment, and like a covering thou shalt change them, and they shall be changed: but thou art the selfsame, and thy years shall not fail.'
What is it that Porphyry, while he praises the piety of the Hebrews, by which the great and true God, terrible even to the deities themselves, is worshipped by them, on this account charges the Christians with the greatest folly — even out of the oracles of his own gods — because they say that this world is to perish? Behold, in the writings of the Hebrews' piety it is said to God, whom, as so great a philosopher confesses, even the deities themselves dread: 'The heavens are the works of thy hands; they shall perish.' Surely, when the heavens shall perish, shall not the world, whose upper and safer part those same heavens are, also perish? If this sentence displeases Jupiter, by whose oracle, as this philosopher writes, of weightier authority as it were, the credulity of the Christians is blamed:
why does he not in like manner blame the wisdom of the Hebrews as folly, in whose most pious books it is found? Furthermore, if in that wisdom which pleases Porphyry so much that he proclaims it even with the voices of his own gods, it is read that the heavens are to perish: why is this deceit so utterly empty, that in the faith of the Christians, whether among other things or before other things, they should detest this — that in it the world is believed to be about to perish, which world surely the heavens cannot perish unless it perishes? And in the sacred writings indeed which are properly ours, not common to us and the Hebrews — that is, in the evangelic and apostolic books — it is read: 'The fashion of this world passeth away'; it is read: 'The world passeth away'; it is read: 'Heaven and earth shall pass away.' But I think
that 'passeth away,' 'passes,' 'shall pass away' are said somewhat more gently than 'they shall perish.' In the epistle also of the apostle Peter, where the world which then was, flooded with water, is said to have perished, it is clear enough both what part of the world is signified by the whole, and in what sense it is said to have perished, and which heavens are stored up to be reserved for fire unto the day of judgment and of the perdition of ungodly men; and in that which a little later he says: 'The day of the Lord shall come as a thief, in which the heavens shall pass away with great violence, and the elements being on fire shall be dissolved, and the earth and the works that are in it shall be burned up'; and then he subjoined: 'Seeing that all these things shall perish, what manner of persons ought ye to be?' — those heavens can be understood as about to perish
which he said were stored up to be reserved for fire, and 'the elements' are to be taken as about to burn, which subsist stormy and turbulent in this lowest part of the world, in which he said those same heavens were stored up, while those upper ones remain safe and in their integrity, in whose firmament the stars are set. For even that which is written, that the stars shall fall from heaven — besides that it can much more probably be understood otherwise as well — rather shows that those heavens are to remain, if indeed the stars are to fall from thence; since either the expression is figurative, which is the more credible, or it shall come to pass in this lowest heaven, more marvellously surely than it now does. Whence too that Virgilian star, drawing a torch, ran with much light, and hid itself in the Idaean wood.
But this which I have cited from the psalm seems to leave none of the heavens which it has not said is to perish. For where it is said: 'The heavens are the works of thy hands; they shall perish,' just as none of them is separated from being the work of God, so none of them is separated from perdition. For they will not deign — out of the saying of Peter the apostle, whom they vehemently hate — to defend the piety of the Hebrews, approved by the oracles of their own gods, so that at least, lest the whole world be believed to be about to perish, a part should thus be taken from the whole in that which is said: 'They shall perish,' as though only the lowest heavens were to perish, just as in that apostolic epistle a part is taken from the whole when the world is said to have perished by the flood, although only its lowest part with its own heavens perished.
But because this, as I said, they will not deign to do, lest they either approve the sense of the apostle Peter, or concede to the final conflagration as much as we say the flood availed — they who contend that the whole human race cannot perish by any waters or any flames: it remains that they say that their gods praised the Hebrew wisdom for this reason, because they had not read this psalm. In the forty-ninth Psalm also it is understood to be said concerning the last judgment of God: 'God shall come manifest, our God, and shall not keep silence. A fire shall burn in His sight, and round about Him a mighty tempest. He shall call the heaven above and the earth, to discern His people. Gather unto Him His just ones, who arrange His testament over sacrifices.'
This we understand of our Lord Jesus Christ, whom we hope will come from heaven to judge the living and the dead. For He will come manifest to judge the just and the unjust justly, who first came hidden, to be judged unjustly by the unjust. He, I say, will come manifest and will not keep silence: that is, in the voice of a judge He will appear plainly, who, when He first came hidden, kept silence before His judge, when, as a sheep, He was led to the slaughter, and as a lamb was without voice before the one who shears it, even as we read it foretold of Him through Isaiah, and behold it fulfilled in the Gospel. But concerning the fire and the tempest, when we were treating of some such matter in the prophecy of Isaiah, we have already said how these things are to be understood.
But as to what is said, 'He shall call to the heaven above': since the holy and just are rightly called heaven, this assuredly is what the Apostle says, 'We shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet Christ in the air.' For according to the surface of the letter, how is the heaven called above, as though it could be anywhere but above? But what is added, 'And the earth, to discern His people,' if only 'He shall call' be understood, that is, 'He shall call also the earth,' and 'above' be not supplied, this seems to have the following meaning according to right faith: that by heaven are understood those who shall judge with Him, and by earth those who shall be judged; so that 'He shall call the heaven above' we are not here to understand as 'He shall catch up into the air,' but 'He shall raise to the seats of judgment.'
It can also be understood thus, 'He shall call the heaven above'—'He shall call the angels in the high and lofty places, with whom He shall descend to execute judgment'; 'and He shall call the earth,' that is, the men on earth who are certainly to be judged. But if both are to be supplied, when it is said 'and the earth,' namely 'and He shall call,' and 'above,' so that the sense is this: 'He shall call the heaven above, and the earth He shall call above,' I think nothing better can be understood than all who shall be caught up to meet Christ in the air, but called heaven on account of their souls, earth on account of their bodies. And 'to discern His people'—what else is this than by judgment to separate the good from the evil, as sheep from goats? Then the discourse is turned to the angels: 'Gather to Him His just ones';
for assuredly so great a work is to be accomplished through angelic ministry. But if we ask which just ones the angels are to gather to Him, it says: 'Those who set in order His covenant upon sacrifices.' This is the whole life of the just: to set in order the covenant of God upon sacrifices. For either works of mercy are above sacrifices, that is, to be preferred to sacrifices, according to the saying of God, 'I will have mercy rather than sacrifice'; or, if 'upon sacrifices' is understood to be said for 'in sacrifices,' as it is said that something is done 'upon the earth' which is certainly done in the earth—then assuredly the very works of mercy are the sacrifices by which God is pleased, as I remember I discussed in the tenth book of this work;
in which works the just set in order the covenant of God, because they do these things on account of the promises contained in His new covenant. Wherefore, His just ones being gathered to Him and set at His right hand, in that last judgment Christ shall surely say: 'Come, ye blessed of My Father, possess the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For I was hungry, and ye gave Me to eat,' and the rest which are there set forth concerning the good works of the good and their everlasting rewards through the final sentence of the Judge. CHAPTER 25. On the prophecy of Malachi, in which the last judgment of God is declared, and it is said that a cleansing of certain ones is to be accomplished by purifying punishments.
The prophet Malachiel or Malachi, who was also called an angel, and who is by some believed to be Ezra the priest, whose other writings have been received into the canon (for Jerome says that this is the opinion of the Hebrews about him), prophesies the last judgment, saying: 'Behold, He cometh, saith the Lord Almighty; and who shall endure the day of His coming, or who shall be able to bear it, that he may look upon Him? For He entereth in like the fire of the refiner and like the herb of the fullers; and He shall sit refining and purifying like silver and like gold, and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and shall pour them out like gold and silver;'
and they shall be to the Lord offering sacrifices in righteousness, and the sacrifice of Judah and of Jerusalem shall please the Lord, as in the days of old and as in former years. And I will come near to you in judgment, and I will be a swift witness against the workers of evil and against the adulterers, and against those who swear by My name falsely, and who defraud the hired servant of his wages, and oppress widows by force, and strike the fatherless, and pervert the judgment of the stranger, and who fear Me not, saith the Lord Almighty; for I am the Lord your God, and I change not. From these things which have been said, it seems to appear more evidently that in that judgment there are to be certain purifying punishments of certain persons. For where it is said:
Who shall endure the day of His coming, or who shall be able to bear it, that he may look upon Him? For He entereth in like the fire of the refiner and like the herb of the fullers; and He shall sit refining and purifying like silver and like gold, and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and shall pour them out like gold and silver'—what else is to be understood? Isaiah too says something of the kind: 'The Lord shall wash away the filth of the sons and daughters of Zion, and shall purge the blood from the midst of them by the spirit of judgment and by the spirit of burning.'
Unless perhaps it must be said that they are thus cleansed from their filth and in some way refined when the evil are separated from them by penal judgment, so that the separation and condemnation of those is the purgation of these, because henceforth they shall live without admixture of such persons. But when He says, 'And He shall purify the sons of Levi, and shall pour them out like gold and silver; and they shall be to the Lord offering sacrifices in righteousness, and the sacrifice of Judah and of Jerusalem shall please the Lord'—He certainly shows that those very ones who shall be purified are thereafter to please the Lord in sacrifices of righteousness, and thereby they themselves are to be cleansed from their own unrighteousness, in which they displeased the Lord. Moreover, in full and perfect righteousness, when they shall have been cleansed, they themselves shall be the victims.
For what do such persons offer more acceptable to God than themselves? But this question concerning purgatorial punishments, that it may be treated more diligently, must be deferred to another time. But we ought to understand by the sons of Levi and Judah and Jerusalem itself the very Church of God, gathered not only from the Hebrews but also from the other nations; nor such as it now is, where, if we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us; but such as it then shall be, like a threshing-floor purged by winnowing, so by the last judgment purified, those also being cleansed by fire to whom such cleansing is necessary, so that there shall be none at all who offers sacrifice for his own sins.
For all who thus offer are assuredly in sins, for the remission of which they offer, that, when they have offered and it has been accepted by God, then they may be remitted. CHAPTER 26. On the sacrifices which the saints shall offer to God, sacrifices that will so please as they pleased in the days of old and in former years. But God, wishing to show that His city shall not then be in this custom, said that the sons of Levi would offer sacrifices in righteousness; therefore not in sin, and consequently not for sin. Whence it can be understood in what He added when He went on to say: 'And the sacrifice of Judah and of Jerusalem shall please the Lord,'
'as in the days of old and as in former years'—that the Jews vainly promise themselves the past times of their sacrifices according to the law of the Old Testament. For then they offered victims not in righteousness, but in sins, since they offered chiefly and primarily for sins, to such a degree that the priest himself, whom we ought certainly to believe to have been more righteous than the rest, was wont by the command of God to offer first for his own sins, and then for the people's. Wherefore it behooves us to expound how that is to be taken which was said, 'As in the days of old and as in former years.' For perhaps it commemorates that time when the first human beings were in paradise.
For then, pure and whole, free from all the filth and stain of sin, they offered themselves to God as the cleanest of victims; but from the time when, by reason of the transgression committed, they were thence cast out and human nature in them was condemned, except the one Mediator and, after the laver of regeneration, whatever little ones still are, no one is clean from filth, as it is written, not even the infant whose life is of one day upon the earth. But if it be answered that those too may be said deservedly to offer sacrifices in righteousness who offer in faith (for the just lives by faith; although he deceives himself if he says he has no sin, and therefore let him not say so, since he lives by faith):
will anyone say that this time of faith is to be equated with that end, when those who shall offer sacrifices in righteousness shall be cleansed by the fire of the last judgment? And through this, since it must be believed that after such cleansing the just shall have no sin, assuredly that time, as far as pertains to having no sin, is to be compared with no time, except when the first human beings in paradise, before the transgression, lived in most innocent felicity. Rightly therefore is this understood to have been signified when it was said, 'As in the days of old and as in former years.'
For also through Isaiah, after the new heaven and the new earth have been promised, among the other things which there he sets forth concerning the blessedness of the saints by allegories and enigmas, to which the care of avoiding prolixity has forbidden us to render a suitable exposition, he says: 'According to the days of the tree of life shall be the days of My people.' But who has touched the sacred Scriptures and is ignorant where God planted the tree of life, from whose food when those men were separated, when their own iniquity cast them out of paradise, a fiery and terrible guard was set round about that very tree?
But if anyone contends that those days of the tree of life, which the prophet Isaiah commemorated, are these days of the Church of Christ which are now being passed, and that Christ Himself was prophetically called the tree of life, since He is the wisdom of God, of which Solomon says, 'She is a tree of life to all who embrace her'; and that those first human beings passed no years in paradise, whence they were so quickly cast out that they begot no son there, and that therefore that time cannot be understood in what was said, 'As in the days of old and as in former years'—this question I pass over, lest I be compelled, what is a long matter, to discuss everything, so that the manifest truth may confirm some one of these views.
For I see another meaning, lest we believe that days of old and former years of carnal sacrifices were promised to us as a great gift through the prophet. For those victims of the old law in whatever cattle were commanded to be offered spotless and altogether without any blemish, and they signified holy men, such as Christ alone was found to be, wholly without any sin.
Accordingly, since after the judgment, when those also shall have been cleansed by fire who are worthy of such cleansing, in all the saints no sin at all shall be found, and so they shall offer themselves in righteousness, so that such victims shall be in every way spotless and without any blemish—they shall assuredly be as in the days of old and as in former years, when in the shadow of this future thing the cleanest victims were offered. For this shall be the purity then in the immortal flesh and mind of the saints, which was figured in the bodies of those victims. Then, on account of those who are worthy not of cleansing but of condemnation, He says: 'And I will come near to you in judgment, and I will be a swift witness against the workers of evil and against the adulterers,'
and the rest, to which, after the damnable crimes had been enumerated, He added: 'For I am the Lord your God, and I change not'—as though He said: 'When your fault shall have changed you for the worse and My grace for the better, I change not.' And He says that He will be a witness, because in His judgment He needs no witnesses; and a swift one, either because He is suddenly to come and the judgment shall be most rapid by His very unlooked-for advent, which seemed most slow, or because He will convict the very consciences without any prolixity of speech. For in the thoughts, as it is written, of the ungodly there shall be examination; and the Apostle:
'Their thoughts,' he says, 'accusing or also excusing them, in the day when God shall judge the secrets of men, according to my gospel, through Jesus Christ.' Even so therefore the Lord, the future witness, is to be understood as swift, since without delay He shall recall to memory that whereby He may convict and punish the conscience. CHAPTER 27. On the separation of the good and the evil, by which the distinction of the last judgment is declared. That also which, while doing something else in the eighteenth book, I cited from this prophet, pertains to the last judgment, where he says: 'They shall be Mine, saith the Lord Almighty, in the day when I make, for an acquisition, and I will choose them as a man chooses his son who serves him;'
and I will turn, and ye shall see what is between the just and the unjust, and between him who serves God and him who serves Him not. For behold, the day cometh burning like an oven, and it shall consume them; and all the aliens and all who work iniquity shall be stubble, and the coming day shall set them on fire, saith the Lord Almighty, and there shall not be left in them root nor branch. And there shall arise to you who fear My name the Sun of righteousness, and healing in His wings; and ye shall go forth and leap like calves loosed from their bonds; and ye shall tread down the wicked, and they shall be ashes under your feet, saith the Lord Almighty.
This distinction of rewards and punishments, separating the just from the unjust, which under this sun in the vanity of this life is not discerned, when under that Sun of righteousness in the manifestation of that life it shall shine forth, then assuredly there shall be a judgment such as never was. CHAPTER 28. On the law of Moses to be understood spiritually, lest the carnal sense run into damnable murmurings. But what the same prophet subjoins: 'Remember the law of Moses My servant, which I commanded him in Horeb for all Israel, precepts and judgments,' he opportunely calls to mind after having declared the future so great a difference between the observers of the law and its despisers;
that they may at the same time also learn to understand the law spiritually and find in it Christ, through whom as Judge that very separation between the good and the evil is to be made. For not in vain did the same Lord say to the Jews: 'If ye believed Moses, ye would believe Me also; for he wrote of Me.' For by taking the law carnally and not knowing that its earthly promises are figures of heavenly things, they fell into those murmurings, so that they dared to say: 'Vain is he who serves God, and what profit is it that we have kept His commandments, and that we have walked as suppliants before the face of the Lord Almighty? And now we call the aliens blessed, and all who work iniquity are built up.'
By these words of theirs the prophet was in some way compelled to foretell the last judgment, where the evil shall not be even falsely blessed, but most evidently appear most wretched, and the good shall labor under no temporal misery even, but shall enjoy a clear and everlasting blessedness. For he had indeed reported some such words of these men saying also above: 'Everyone who does evil is good in the sight of the Lord, and such please Him.' To these things, I say, did their murmurings against God come, by taking the law of Moses carnally. Whence in the seventy-second psalm he says that his feet were almost moved and his steps poured out, namely into a fall, because he was envious at sinners, beholding the peace of sinners;
so that among other things he said: 'How does God know, and is there knowledge in the Most High?' He said also: 'Have I in vain justified my heart and washed my hands among the innocent?' But that he might solve this most difficult question which arises when the good are seen to be wretched and the evil happy, he says: 'This is labor before me, until I enter into the sanctuary of God and understand in the last things.' For in the last judgment it shall not be so; but in the open misery of the unjust and the open felicity of the just, something far other than now is shall appear. CHAPTER 29. On the coming of Elijah before the judgment, by whose preaching, unsealing the secrets of the Scriptures, the Jews shall be converted to Christ.
But when he had admonished them to remember the law of Moses (since he foresaw that for a long time yet they would not receive it spiritually as they ought), he immediately subjoined: 'And behold, I will send to you Elijah the Tishbite, before the great and illustrious day of the Lord come, who shall turn the heart of the father to the son, and the heart of a man to his neighbor, lest perhaps coming I smite the earth utterly.' That through this great and wonderful prophet Elijah, the law being expounded to them, at the last time before the judgment the Jews shall believe in the true Christ, that is, in our Christ, is most celebrated in the discourses and in the hearts of the faithful.
For he himself is not without reason hoped to be about to come before the advent of the Judge and Saviour, since even now he is not without reason believed to be alive. For he was caught up by a fiery chariot from human affairs, which the holy Scripture most evidently testifies. When therefore he shall have come, by expounding spiritually the law which the Jews now savor carnally, he shall turn the heart of the father to the son, that is, the heart of the fathers to the sons: for the translators, the Seventy, put the singular for the plural number; and the sense is, that the sons also, that is, the Jews, may so understand the law as the fathers understood it, that is, the prophets, among whom was Moses himself;
for thus the heart of the fathers shall be turned to the sons, when the understanding of the fathers shall be brought to the understanding of the sons; and the heart of the sons to their fathers, while these too consent to that which those perceived; where the Seventy said: 'And the heart of a man to his neighbor.' For fathers and sons are very near to one another among themselves. Although in the words of the Seventy translators, who interpreted prophetically, another and indeed a more select sense may be found: that Elijah is understood to be about to turn the heart of God the Father to the Son—not indeed by bringing it to pass that the Father should love the Son, but by teaching that the Father loves the Son; so that the Jews also may love the same Christ, who is ours, whom before they hated.
For God now has His heart turned away from our Christ toward the Jews, because they think thus. To them, then, His heart shall then be turned to the Son, when they themselves, with converted heart, shall have learned the love of the Father toward the Son. But as to what follows: 'And the heart of a man to his neighbor,' that is, Elijah shall turn also the heart of a man to his neighbor—what is better understood than the heart of man to the man Christ? For although in the form of God He is our God, yet, taking the form of a servant, He deigned to be also our neighbor. This therefore Elijah shall do. 'Lest perhaps,' he says, 'I come and smite the earth utterly.' For they are earth who savor earthly things, as the carnal Jews even now; from which fault those murmurings against God came: 'For the evil please Him,' and:
'Vain is he who serves God.' CHAPTER 30. That in the books of the Old Testament, when God is read as about to judge, the person of Christ is not evidently shown; but from certain testimonies, where the Lord God speaks, it appears beyond doubt that He Himself is Christ. There are many other testimonies of the divine Scriptures concerning the last judgment of God, which, if I were to collect them all, it would be too long. Let it suffice, therefore, that we have proved this to have been foretold both in the new and in the old sacred writings.
But in the old writings it is not so evidently expressed as in the new that the judgment is to come through Christ, that is, that Christ the Judge is to come from heaven; for this reason, because, when the Lord God there says that He Himself is to come, or the Lord God is said to be about to come, it is not consequently understood to be Christ. For the Lord God is both Father and Son and Holy Spirit; nevertheless we ought not to leave this without attestation. First, therefore, it must be demonstrated how Jesus Christ speaks as the Lord God in the prophetic books, and yet Jesus Christ evidently appears; so that, even when He does not so appear and yet the Lord God is said to be about to come to that last judgment, Jesus Christ may be understood.
There is a passage in the prophet Isaiah which evidently shows what I say. For God says through the prophet: 'Hear Me, Jacob and Israel, whom I call. I am the first and I am unto eternity, and My hand founded the earth, and My right hand established the heaven. I will call them, and they shall stand together, and they shall all be gathered and hear. Who has declared these things to them? Loving thee, I have done thy will upon Babylon, that I might take away the seed of the Chaldeans. And I have spoken, and I have called; I have brought him, and have made his way prosperous. Draw near to Me and hear these things. Not from the beginning have I spoken in secret; when they were being done, there was I. And now the Lord God has sent Me, and His Spirit.' Surely it is He who was speaking as the Lord God;
yet He would not be understood to be Jesus Christ, had He not added: 'And now the Lord God has sent Me, and His Spirit.' For He said this according to the form of a servant, using the word of past time concerning a future thing, just as in the same prophet it is read: 'As a sheep He was led to the slaughter.' For he did not say 'shall be led,' but, for that which was future, he put the word of past time. And prophecy assiduously speaks thus. There is also another passage in Zechariah which evidently shows this, that the Almighty sent the Almighty: who whom, but God the Father God the Son? For thus it is written: 'Thus saith the Lord Almighty: After the glory He has sent Me upon the nations which spoiled you;'
'for he who touches you is as one who touches the pupil of His eye. Behold, I will bring My hand upon them, and they shall be spoils to those who served them; and ye shall know that the Lord Almighty has sent Me.' Behold, the Lord Almighty says that He was sent by the Lord Almighty. Who here would dare to understand any but Christ speaking, namely to the sheep which had perished of the house of Israel? For He says in the Gospel: 'I am not sent but to the sheep which have perished of the house of Israel'; which here He compared to the pupil of the eye of God on account of the most excellent affection of love; of which kind of sheep the apostles themselves also were. But after the glory of His resurrection, of course (before which came to pass, the evangelist says:
'Jesus was not yet glorified'), He was also sent upon the nations in His apostles, and thus was fulfilled what is read in the psalm: 'Thou shalt deliver Me from the contradictions of the people, Thou shalt set Me at the head of the nations'; so that those who had spoiled the Israelites and whom the Israelites had served, when they are made subject to the nations, should not in turn be spoiled in the same way, but should themselves become the spoils of the Israelites (for this He had promised to the apostles, saying: 'I will make you fishers of men,' and to one of them: 'From henceforth,' He says, 'thou shalt be catching men'); spoils therefore they should become, but unto good, like vessels snatched from that strong one, but more strongly bound. Again, the Lord speaking through the same prophet:
'And it shall come to pass in that day,' He says, 'that I will seek to take away all the nations which come against Jerusalem; and I will pour out upon the house of David and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem the spirit of grace and of mercy; and they shall look upon Me because they insulted Me, and they shall mourn over Him a mourning as over a most beloved one, and shall grieve with grief as over an only-begotten.' Is it not God's alone to take away all the nations hostile to the holy city Jerusalem, which come against it, that is, are contrary to it, or, as others have interpreted, come upon it, that is, to subject it to themselves; or to pour out upon the house of David and upon the inhabitants of the same city the spirit of grace and of mercy?
This is assuredly God's, and is said from the person of God through the prophet; and yet Christ shows Himself to be this God doing such great and such divine things, by subjoining and saying: 'And they shall look upon Me because they insulted Me, and they shall mourn over Him a mourning as over a most beloved one (or a beloved one), and shall grieve with grief as over an only-begotten.' For in that day the Jews shall repent, even those who are to receive the spirit of grace and of mercy, that in His passion they insulted Christ, when they shall have looked upon Him coming in His majesty and shall have recognized Him to be the very one whom in His humility, in their forefathers, they mocked;
although their forefathers also, the authors of that so great impiety, rising again shall see Him, but now to be punished, not now to be corrected. Not therefore in this place are they themselves to be understood, where it is said: 'And I will pour out upon the house of David and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem the spirit of grace and of mercy; and they shall look upon Me because they insulted Me'; but rather those coming of their stock, who through Elijah at that time shall believe. But just as we say to the Jews: 'You killed Christ,' although their forefathers did this: so these too shall grieve to have done in some way what those did, from whose stock they descend.
Although therefore, having received the spirit of grace and of mercy, being now faithful, they shall not be condemned with their impious forefathers, yet they shall grieve as though they themselves had done what was done by those. They shall therefore grieve not by the guilt of the crime, but by the affection of piety. To be sure, where the Seventy translators said: 'And they shall look upon Me because they insulted Me,' it has been thus translated from the Hebrew: 'And they shall look upon Me, whom they pierced'; by which word indeed Christ crucified more evidently appears. But that insulting, which the Seventy preferred to put, was not lacking to His whole passion.
For both when He was seized and bound and condemned, and clothed with the reproach of a shameful garment, and crowned with thorns, and struck on the head with a reed, and mockingly adored with bended knees, and bearing His own cross, and now hanging on the tree—they assuredly insulted Him. Accordingly, by not following one interpretation, but joining both, since we read both 'they insulted' and 'they pierced,' we more fully recognize the truth of the Lord's passion. When therefore in the prophetic writings God is read as about to come to execute the last judgment, even if no other distinction of Him be set down, for the sake of the judgment itself Christ alone ought to be understood; because, even though the Father shall judge, He shall judge through the advent of the Son of man.
For He Himself, by the manifestation of His presence, judges no one, but has given all judgment to the Son, who shall be made manifest as a man about to judge, even as He was judged as a man. For who else is He, of whom likewise God speaks through Isaiah under the name of Jacob and Israel, from whose seed He took a body? as it is thus written: 'Jacob is my servant, I will uphold him; Israel is my chosen one, my soul has taken him to itself. I have put my Spirit upon him, he shall bring forth judgment to the nations. He shall not cry out, nor cease, nor shall his voice be heard outside. A bruised reed he shall not break, and smoking flax he shall not quench; but in truth he shall bring forth judgment. He shall shine forth and not be broken, until he set judgment in the earth; and in his name the nations shall hope.'
In the Hebrew there is not read 'Jacob' and 'Israel': but what is there read is 'my servant.' Doubtless the Seventy translators, wishing to point out in what sense this should be taken — namely that it was said on account of the form of a servant, in which the Most High showed Himself most lowly — set down the name of that very man to signify Him from whose race that same form of a servant was taken. The Holy Spirit was given upon Him, which was also shown in the form of a dove, as the Gospel testifies; He brought forth judgment to the nations, because He foretold a future thing that was hidden from the nations; in His meekness He did not cry out, yet He did not cease in proclaiming the truth;
but His voice was not heard outside, nor is it heard, since indeed He is not obeyed by those who have been cut off outside from His body; and His own persecutors, the Jews — who, having lost their wholeness, are likened to a bruised reed, and, having lost their light, to smoking flax — He did not break, He did not quench, because He spared them, He who had not yet come to judge them, but to be judged by them. Yet in truth He did bring forth judgment, foretelling to them when they should be punished, if they persisted in their malice. His face shone forth on the mountain, His fame throughout the world; nor was He broken or crushed, because neither in Himself nor in His Church did He yield to His persecutors so as to cease to be;
and therefore that has not come to pass, nor shall it come to pass, which His enemies have said or say: 'When shall he die and his name perish?' — until He set judgment in the earth. Behold, that has now been made manifest which, when hidden, we were seeking; for this is the last judgment, which He shall set in the earth, when He Himself shall come from heaven; of which we already see fulfilled that which is here set last: 'And in his name the nations shall hope.' By this, surely, which cannot be denied, let that also be believed which is shamelessly denied. For who would have hoped that even those who as yet refuse to believe in Christ should now see along with us, and — since they cannot deny it — gnash their teeth and pine away?
Who, I say, would have hoped that the nations would hope in the name of Christ, at the time when He was being held, bound, beaten, mocked, crucified — when even His own disciples had lost the hope which they had already begun to have in Him? What then scarcely one thief hoped on the cross, now the nations, spread far and wide, hope; and that they may not die forever, they are marked with the very cross on which He died. No one therefore either denies or doubts that, through Christ Jesus, such a last judgment as is foretold in these sacred writings shall come to pass, save him who, by some unbelievable animosity or blindness, does not believe in those same writings which have already demonstrated their truth to the whole earth.
In that judgment therefore, or about that judgment, we have learned that these things are to come: Elijah the Tishbite, the conversion of the Jews, Antichrist who shall persecute, Christ who shall judge, the resurrection of the dead, the separating of the good and the evil, the conflagration of the world and its renewal. That all these things are indeed to come, we must believe; but in what manners and in what order they shall come, the actual experience of the events will then teach better than human understanding can now attain to perfectly. Yet I think they will come in the order in which they have been mentioned by me. Two books remain to us pertaining to this work, that, with the Lord's help, we may fulfill our promises; of which one shall be on the punishment of the wicked, the other on the felicity of the righteous;
in which, especially, as God shall grant, the human arguments shall be refuted by which wretched men think to gnaw wisely against the divine predictions and promises, and despise the nourishments of saving faith as though they were false and laughable. But those who are wise according to God hold all things which seem incredible to men, and yet are contained in the holy Scriptures (whose truth has already been asserted in many ways), as a most powerful argument for the truthful omnipotence of God, whom they hold as certain that He could in no way lie in them, and that He can do what is impossible to the unbeliever. Concerning the order of the discussion, in which we must treat first of the perpetual punishment of the damned with the devil, before treating of the eternal felicity of the saints.
When through Christ our Lord, the judge of the living and the dead, both cities shall have arrived at their due ends — of which one is God's, the other the devil's — what manner of punishment shall be the future punishment of the devil and of all who belong to him, must in this book be discussed by us more diligently, so far as we shall be able by divine aid. And I have preferred to keep this order, so that I may afterwards discourse of the felicity of the saints, because both will be with bodies, and it seems more incredible that bodies should endure in eternal torments than that they should remain without any pain in eternal blessedness;
and on this account, when I shall have demonstrated that that punishment ought not to be incredible, it will help me very greatly, so that much more easily the future immortality of the bodies of the saints, free from all distress, may be believed. Nor is this order at variance with the divine utterances, where sometimes indeed the blessedness of the good is placed first, as is that saying: 'They who have done good, unto the resurrection of life; but they who have done evil, unto the resurrection of judgment'; but sometimes also it is placed later, as is this: 'The Son of man shall send his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all stumbling-blocks, and shall cast them into the burning furnace of fire; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth; then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father'; and that other:
'These shall go away into eternal punishment, but the righteous into life eternal'; and in the prophets, which it would be tedious to recount, now the one order, now the other, if anyone should examine, is found. But I have said for what cause I have chosen this one. CHAPTER II. Whether bodies can be perpetual in the burning of fire. What therefore shall I show, by which the unbelieving may be convinced, that human bodies, animated and living, can not only never be dissolved by death, but also endure in the torments of eternal fires? For they are unwilling that we should refer this to the power of the Omnipotent, but they demand to be persuaded by some example. To whom, if we shall answer that there are animals which are assuredly corruptible, because mortal, which nevertheless live in the midst of fires;
and that a certain kind of worms is also found in the bubbling of hot waters, whose heat no one handles unharmed; yet those creatures not only are there without any injury to themselves, but cannot be outside it — either they are unwilling to believe it, if we are not able to show it; or, if we have been able to demonstrate the things themselves before their eyes, or to teach it through suitable witnesses, they will contend with the same unbelief that this is not enough as an example of the matter in question, because these animals neither always live, and live in those very heats without pains: for they are vivified by elements suited to their own nature, not tortured by them; as though it were not more incredible to be vivified than to be tortured by such things.
For it is marvelous to suffer pain in fire and yet to live, but more marvelous to live in fire and not suffer pain. If, however, this latter is believed, why not also the former? CHAPTER III. Whether it follows that the destruction of the flesh follows bodily pain. But there is no body, they say, which can suffer pain and cannot die. And whence do we know this? For who is certain about the bodies of demons, whether they suffer pain in them, when they confess that they are afflicted with great torments? But if it be answered that there is no earthly body — solid, that is, and visible — and, to express it rather by one name, that there is no flesh which can suffer pain and cannot die: what else is said, except what men have gathered by the sense and experience of the body?
For they know no flesh save mortal flesh; and this is their whole reasoning, that what they have not experienced, they judge can by no means exist. For what reasoning is it to make pain an argument for death, when it is rather an indication of life? For although we ask whether it can always live, yet it is certain that everything which feels pain lives, and that all pain cannot be except in a living thing. It is necessary therefore that the one suffering pain should live, but it is not necessary that pain should slay; for not all pain slays even these mortal and assuredly destined-to-die bodies, and the reason that some pain can slay is this: that the soul is so connected to this body that it yields to the highest pains and departs;
because the very framework of the members and vital parts is so weak that it cannot sustain that force which produces great or extreme pain. But then the soul shall be joined to such a body, and joined in such a manner, that, as that bond shall be loosed by no length of time, so it shall be broken by no pain. Accordingly, even if there is now no such flesh as can endure the sensation of pain and cannot die, there shall nevertheless then be such flesh as is not now, just as there shall be such a death as is not now. For it shall not be no death, but an everlasting death, when the soul shall neither be able to live by not having God, nor to be free from the pains of the body by dying. The first death drives the unwilling soul out of the body, the second death holds the unwilling soul in the body;
by both deaths in common this is had, that the soul suffers from its own body what it does not will. But these contradictors attend to the fact that there is now no flesh which can suffer pain and cannot die, and they do not attend to the fact that there is nevertheless something such which is greater than the body. For the mind itself, by whose presence the body lives and is governed, can both suffer pain and cannot die. Behold, a thing has been found which, though it has the sensation of pain, is immortal. This therefore shall then be also in the bodies of the damned, which we now know to be in the minds of all. But if we consider more diligently, the pain which is called the body's pertains rather to the soul.
For to suffer pain belongs to the soul, not to the body, even when the cause of its pain arises from the body, when it suffers pain in that place where the body is hurt. Just as therefore we say bodies are sentient and bodies are living, although sense and life are to the body from the soul: so we also say bodies are pained, although pain cannot be to the body except from the soul. The soul therefore suffers pain together with the body in that place of it where something happens so that it is pained; and it suffers pain alone, although it is in the body, when from some cause, even an invisible one, it is sad, the body being unhurt; it suffers pain even when not placed in the body; for surely that rich man suffered pain in hell, when he said: 'I am tormented in this flame.' But the body neither, when lifeless, suffers pain, nor, when animated, suffers pain without the soul.
If therefore an argument were rightly drawn from pain to death, so that death could happen because pain too could happen, dying would belong rather to the soul, to which belongs rather the suffering of pain too. But since that which can suffer pain more cannot die, what weight does it bring, that we should believe those bodies, because they are to be in pains, therefore also to be destined to die? The Platonists indeed have said that it is from earthly bodies and dying members that the soul has both fearing and desiring and grieving and rejoicing; whence Virgil:
'Hence,' he says (that is, from the dying members of the earthly body), 'they fear and desire, they grieve and rejoice.' But we refuted them in the twelfth book of this work, since according to themselves souls, even when purged from every defilement of the body, have a dire desire which again begins to wish to return into bodies. But where there can be desire, surely there can also be pain. For desire frustrated — whether by not reaching whither it was tending, or by losing what it had reached — is turned into pain. Wherefore, if the soul, which either alone or chiefly suffers pain, has nevertheless a certain immortality of its own after its own measure, those bodies shall not be able to die merely because they shall suffer pain. Finally, if bodies cause that souls should suffer pain, why can they bring pain upon them,
but cannot inflict death, except because it does not follow that what causes pain should cause death? Why therefore is it incredible that fires can thus inflict pain, not death, upon those bodies, just as the bodies themselves cause souls to suffer pain, which nevertheless they do not on that account compel to die? Pain therefore is not a necessary argument of future death. CHAPTER IV. On natural examples, the consideration of which may teach that living bodies can remain amid torments.
Wherefore if, as those have written who have more curiously investigated the natures of animals, the salamander lives in fires, and certain very well-known mountains of Sicily, which through so great a duration and antiquity of time have until now, and shall hereafter, boil with flames and yet remain whole, are sufficiently suitable witnesses that not everything which burns is consumed; and the soul indicates that not everything which can suffer pain can also die: what further examples of things are demanded of us, by which we may teach that it is not incredible that the bodies of men punished with eternal punishment may both not lose the soul in fire, and burn without diminution, and suffer pain without destruction?
For the substance of the flesh shall then have that quality bestowed by Him who bestowed so many wondrous and varied qualities upon so many things which we see, that, because they are many, we do not marvel at them. For who but God, the Creator of all things, gave to the flesh of a dead peacock that it should not putrefy? When this, having been heard, seemed incredible, it came to pass that at Carthage this bird was set before us, cooked; and we ordered that as much of the flesh of its breast as seemed good should be plucked off and kept; which, after such a space of days as any other cooked flesh whatsoever would putrefy in, being brought forth and offered to us, offended our sense of smell in nothing.
And likewise, kept again for more than thirty days, it was found to be the same as it was; and the same after a year, except that it was somewhat of a drier and more shrunken consistency. Who gave to chaff so cold a power that it should preserve buried snows, or so fervent a power that it should ripen unripe fruits? Of fire itself, who can explain the wonders — by which whatever things are scorched grow black, although it is itself bright, and most beautiful in color it discolors almost all things which it surrounds and licks, and from a glowing coal renders a most foul charcoal? Nor is this, as it were, defined by a fixed rule; for on the contrary, stones thoroughly baked by white-hot fire themselves become white, and although the fire is rather red, the stones are white, yet what is white agrees with light, as black with darkness.
Since therefore fire, while it burns in wood so as to bake stones, has contrary effects not in contrary things. For although stones and wood are different, they are nevertheless not contrary, as are white and black, of which it makes the one in stones, the other in wood, clarifying the former by its brightness, obscuring the latter, since it would fail in the former unless it lived in the latter.
What of charcoals — is there not in them a marvelous and so great a weakness, that they are broken by the lightest blow, crushed by the easiest pressure, and so great a firmness, that they are corrupted by no moisture, conquered by no age, so much so that those who fix boundaries are wont to lay them underneath, to convict a litigant, whoever after however long a time shall have arisen and contended that the fixed boundary-stone is not a boundary? Who has brought it about that they, dug into moist earth, where wood would rot, can endure so long incorruptibly, except that corrupter of things, fire? Let us also behold the marvel of lime.
Except for that which we have already said enough about, that it whitens with fire, by which other things are made foul, it also most secretly conceives fire from fire, and, though to those touching it the lump is now cold, it keeps it so latently that it appears to no sense of ours at all, but, ascertained by experiment, even while it does not appear, it is known to be present, lying dormant. On account of which we speak of it as living lime, as though the hidden fire itself were the invisible soul of the visible body. But now, how wondrous it is, that, when it is quenched, then it is kindled! For that it may lack the hidden fire, it is poured upon water or drenched with water, and, though before it was cold, thereby it grows hot, from that whereby all hot things grow cold.
As if, then, with that lump as it were expiring, the fire which lay hidden departing, appears, and thereafter, as if by death, it is so cold that, water being added, it shall not be about to burn; and what we were calling living lime, we now call quenched. What is there that may seem able to be added to this marvel? And yet something is added. For if you apply not water, but oil, which is rather a fuel of fire, it grows hot by no pouring on or infusion of it. This marvel, if we had read or heard of it concerning some Indian stone, and it could not come into our own experiment, surely we should either have thought it a falsehood, or certainly have marveled greatly.
But of those things whose daily proofs are turned over before our eyes, they grow cheap by their very constancy, though they are not of a less marvelous kind; so that even from India itself, which is a remote part of the world from us, we have ceased to marvel at certain things which have been able to be brought to us as objects of wonder. Many among us have the diamond stone, and especially goldsmiths and engravers of gems, which stone is said to be conquered neither by iron nor by fire nor by any other force, except by the blood of a goat. But do those who have it and know it marvel so as those to whom its power is first shown? But to those to whom it is not shown, perhaps they do not even believe; or if they believe, they marvel at what they have not experienced;
and if it should happen to be experienced, they still indeed marvel at unaccustomed things, but the constancy of experiencing gradually withdraws the incitement of wonder. We know the magnet stone to be a marvelous snatcher of iron; when I first saw this, I shuddered violently. For I beheld an iron ring snatched and suspended by the stone; then, as if it had given its own power to the iron which it had snatched and made it common, the same ring was brought near to another and suspended it, and just as the former ring clung to the stone, so the other ring clung to the former ring; in the same manner a third was added, a fourth was added; and now there hung, as it were, a chain of rings bound to one another by mutual circles, not of rings interlinked within, but adhering from without.
Who would not be amazed at that power of the stone, which was not only inherent in it, but also passed through so many suspended rings and bound them with invisible bonds? But much more marvelous is that which I learned about this stone from my brother and fellow bishop Severus of Milevis. For he related that he himself had seen how a certain Bathanarius, once Count of Africa, when the bishop was dining with him, brought forth this same stone and held it under silver, and placed iron upon the silver; then, as he moved beneath the hand with which he was holding the stone, so the iron above was moved, and with the silver in the middle and suffering nothing, by a most rapid course and recourse the stone was moved below by the man, and above the iron was snatched by the stone.
I have told what I myself beheld; I have told what I heard from him, to whom I gave credit as if I myself had seen it. What also I have read about this magnet, let me tell. When a diamond is placed next to it, it does not snatch iron; and if it had already snatched it, when the diamond has approached it, it soon lets it go. India sends these stones; but if we, having come to know them, now cease to marvel, how much more those from whom they come, if they have them very readily — perhaps they have them just as we do not marvel at lime, which in a wondrous manner grows hot with water (by which fire is wont to be quenched) and does not grow hot with oil (by which fire is wont to be kindled), because it is ready at hand for us. CHAPTER V. How great are the things whose reason cannot be recognized, and yet that the same are true is not doubtful.
But nevertheless those unbelieving men, who, when we proclaim the divine miracles, whether past or future, which we are not able to show them to be experienced, demand of us the reason of those things — which, since we cannot render it (for they exceed the powers of the human mind), they suppose that what we say is false — they themselves ought to render the reason of so many marvelous things which we either can see or do see. But if they shall have perceived that this cannot be done by man, it must be confessed by them that not on that account has something not existed or shall not exist, because the reason of it cannot be rendered, since indeed there are these things, concerning which it likewise cannot be done.
I do not therefore go through the very many things which have been committed to writings, not as having been done and transacted, but as remaining in particular places; to which if anyone shall wish and be able to go, he shall explore whether they are true; but I recount a few. They report that the Agrigentine salt of Sicily, when it has been brought near fire, melts as if in water; but when brought to water itself, crackles as if in fire. Among the Garamantes there is a certain fountain so cold by day that it cannot be drunk, so hot by night that it cannot be touched. In Epirus there is another fountain, in which lighted torches, as in others, are extinguished, but, not as in others, extinguished ones are kindled. The Asbestos stone of Arcadia is so called for this reason, that, once kindled, it can no more be extinguished.
The wood of a certain Egyptian fig tree does not, like other woods, float on waters, but sinks; and, what is more marvelous, when it has been at the bottom for some time, from there it again emerges to the surface of the water, when, being soaked, it ought to have been weighed down by the weight of the moisture. Apples in the land of the Sodomites do indeed grow and come to the appearance of ripeness; but when tried by biting or pressing, they vanish into smoke and ashes, the rind falling apart. The Pyrites, a Persian stone, burns the hand of one holding it, if it be pressed rather strongly, on account of which it took its name from fire. In the same Persia there is also produced the Selenites stone, whose inner whiteness increases and wanes with the moon. In Cappadocia also the mares conceive by the wind, and these same offspring do not live more than three years.
The island of Tylos in India is preferred above other lands for this reason, that every tree which is born on it is never stripped of the covering of its leaves. Concerning these and other innumerable marvels, which the history not of deeds done and transacted, but of remaining places, holds — to pursue which, while I am about another task, would be too long for me — let those unbelievers render the reason, if they can, who are unwilling to believe the divine writings; for what else are they doing but not thinking them to be divine, on the ground that they contain incredible things, such as is this very matter about which we now treat? For no reason admits, they say, that flesh should burn and not be consumed, should suffer pain and not die; great reasoners, forsooth, who could render the reason of all those things which it is agreed are marvelous.
Let them then render the reason of these few things which we have set down, which, beyond doubt, if they did not know that they exist and we said that they were to be in the future, they would much less believe than that which now, when we say it, they are unwilling to believe shall at some time come to pass. For who of them would believe us, if, in the manner in which we say there shall be in the future living bodies of men which shall always burn and suffer pain, yet never at any time die, we should likewise say that there shall be in a future age a salt which fire should make melt as if in water, and which water should make crackle as if in fire; or that there shall be a fountain whose water in the cool of night should so burn that it cannot be touched, but in the heats of day should be so frozen that it cannot be drunk;
or that there shall be a stone, either one which by its own heat should burn the hand of him who clutches it, or one which, once kindled from any source whatever, could not at all be extinguished; and the other things which, the rest of the innumerable ones being passed over, I have for the time thought worthy to be mentioned? If, then, we should say that these things shall be in that age which is to come, and the unbelievers should answer us: 'If you wish that we should believe these things, render the reason of each one,' we should confess that we cannot, on the ground that by these and similar marvelous works of God the weak reasoning of mortals is overcome; yet that it is fixed in our minds that the Omnipotent does nothing without reason, whereof the weak human mind cannot render the reason;
and that in many things indeed it is uncertain to us what He wills, yet that this is most certain, that none of those things is impossible to Him, whatsoever He shall have willed; and that we believe Him when He foretells, whom we can believe to be neither powerless nor lying. But these reprovers of faith and exactors of reason — what do they answer to these things, of which the reason cannot be rendered by man, and yet they exist, and seem to be contrary to the very reason of nature? For if we should say that these were to be in the future, the reason of them would likewise be demanded of us by unbelievers, just as of those things which we say are to be in the future.
And on this account, since in such works of God the reason of the human heart and speech fails, just as these things are not on that account non-existent, so neither shall those things on that account not be, because the reason of both cannot be rendered by man. CHAPTER VI. That not all miracles are natural, but very many are modified by human ingenuity, very many however composed by the art of demons. Here perhaps they may answer: 'These things neither exist nor do we believe them; the things said about them are false, the things written are false'; and they may add, reasoning and saying:
'If such things are to be believed, then believe also you that which has been recorded in those same writings, that there was or is a certain temple of Venus, and there a candelabrum and in it a lamp burning under the open sky in such a way that no tempest, no rain could extinguish it; whence, just as that stone, so this was named λύχνος ἄσβεστος, that is, an inextinguishable lamp.' This they will be able to say for this reason, that they may force straits upon us in answering; because if we shall say that it is not to be believed, we shall weaken those writings of miracles; but if we shall grant that it is to be believed, we shall confirm the deities of the pagans.
But we, as I have already said in the eighteenth book of this work, do not have any necessity to believe all things which the history of the nations contains, since even the historians themselves, as Varro says, dissent among themselves in many things, as it were by deliberate design and as if on purpose; but those things, if we will, we believe which are not opposed to the books which we do not doubt that we ought to believe. But concerning these places of miracles, those things sufficiently suffice for us, toward the things which we wish to persuade the unbelieving shall be in the future, which we too are able to experience, and of which it is not difficult to find suitable witnesses. But concerning that temple of Venus and the inextinguishable lamp, not only are we constrained into no straits, but a field of breadth is even opened to us.
For to that inextinguishable lamp we add many marvels both human and magical — that is, the demonic arts wrought through men, and those of the demons themselves working by their own power. And if we should wish to deny these, we would set ourselves against that very truth of the sacred writings in which we believe. Either, then, in that lamp human craft contrived something mechanical out of the stone called asbestos, or it was made by magic art, so that men might marvel at it in the temple; or else some demon, under the name of Venus, presented himself with such efficacy that this prodigy both appeared to men there and endured for a long time.
Now demons are enticed to take up their dwelling through created things — things which they themselves did not make, but God created — being drawn by various delights according to their own diversity: not as animals are drawn by food, but as spirits by signs that suit each one's delight, through the various kinds of stones, herbs, woods, animals, chants, and rites. But in order that they may be enticed by men, they first seduce those very men with most cunning craftiness, either by breathing some hidden poison into their hearts, or even by appearing in deceitful friendships; and they make a few of these their disciples and teachers of very many. For unless they themselves first taught it, it could not be learned what each of them desires, what each abhors, by what name it is invited, by what name it is compelled;
hence arose the magic arts and their practitioners. But most of all they possess the hearts of mortals, and in that possession above all they glory, when they transform themselves into angels of light. There are therefore very many works of theirs, which the more wonderful we confess them to be, the more cautiously we ought to avoid them; yet for the matter we are now treating these very things are profitable to us. For if these unclean demons can do such things, how much more powerful are the holy angels; how much more powerful than them all is God, who made even the angels themselves the workers of such great miracles!
Wherefore, if so many and such great marvels — which they call 'mechanisms' — are produced by men using their arts upon God's creation, so that those who do not understand them suppose them to be divine (whence it came to pass that in a certain temple, with magnetic stones placed in proportion of size in the floor and in the ceiling, an iron image stood suspended in the air midway between the two stones, while those who knew not what was above and below thought it hung as though by the power of a deity — something such as we have already said could be made by a craftsman in that lamp of Venus out of the asbestos stone);
if the works of the magicians, whom our Scripture calls sorcerers and enchanters, could so exalt the demons that a noble poet seemed to agree with the perceptions of men when, concerning a certain woman who was mighty in such an art, he said: 'She promises by her spells to set free what minds she will, but to send harsh cares upon others; to stay the water in rivers and turn the stars backward; she calls up the spirits of the night: you shall see the earth bellowing beneath your feet and the ash-trees coming down from the mountains' — how much more is God able to do things that to unbelievers are incredible, but easy to His power;
seeing that He Himself created the power of stones and of other things, and the talents of men who use them in wondrous ways, and the angelic natures more powerful than all earthly living beings — overcoming all marvels by His marvelous power, and by the wisdom of working, commanding, and permitting, using all things as wondrously as He created them. CHAPTER VII. That in marvelous things the highest ground for believing is the omnipotence of the Creator. Why, then, should God not be able to bring it about both that the bodies of the dead rise again and that the bodies of the damned be tormented in eternal fire — He who made a world in heaven and on earth, in air and in waters, full of innumerable miracles, when this world itself is without doubt a greater and more excellent miracle than all the marvels with which it is full?
But these men, with whom or against whom we are arguing — who both believe that God exists, by whom the world was made, and that gods were made by Him, through whom the world is administered by Him, and who either do not deny or even besides proclaim the world's powers that work miracles, whether spontaneously, or obtained by some worship and rite, or even magical — when we set before them the wondrous power of other things, which are neither rational animals nor spirits endowed with any reason, such as those few which we have mentioned, are accustomed to reply:
'This is a force of nature; their nature is so constituted; these are the efficacies proper to their natures.' The whole explanation, then, why the salt of Agrigentum is made to flow by flame and to crackle in water, is that this is its nature. But this seems rather to be contrary to nature, which gave to salt to dissolve not by fire but by water, and to roast it by fire, not by water. 'But,' they say, 'it is the natural force of this salt to suffer the contrary to these things.' This explanation, then, is given also concerning that Garamantian spring, where one vein is cold by day and boils by night, troublesome to those who touch it in either state;
and this is given also concerning that other spring, which, though cold to those who handle it, and though it extinguishes a lit torch as other springs do, nevertheless, unlike them yet wondrously, the same spring itself kindles a torch that has been extinguished; and this concerning the asbestos stone, which, though it has no fire of its own, yet once fire is received from elsewhere burns so that it cannot be extinguished; and this concerning the rest, which it is tedious to recount, in which, although an unusual force seems to be present contrary to nature, yet no other reason is rendered for them except that it be said that this is their nature. A brief explanation indeed this is, I admit, and a sufficient answer.
But since God is the author of all natures, why are they unwilling that we should render a stronger reason, when they refuse to believe something as though impossible, and when, as they demand a rendering of a reason, we answer that this is the will of the omnipotent God? — who certainly is called omnipotent for no other reason than that He can do whatever He wills, who was able to create so many things which, unless they were displayed or were said even today by witnesses worthy of belief, would assuredly be thought impossible — not only those most unknown among us, but even those most well-known which I have set down.
For those things which, apart from those in whose books we have read of them, have no witness, and were written down by men who were not divinely taught and could perhaps be deceived as men are — anyone may, without just blame, refuse to believe these. For neither do I wish all the things I have set down to be rashly believed, since neither are they so believed by myself as though there were no doubt about them in my own thinking — except those which I have either myself experienced and which anyone can easily test: as concerning lime, that it grows hot in water and is cold in oil; concerning the magnet stone, that by I know not what insensible attraction it does not move a straw but seizes iron; concerning the flesh of the peacock that does not putrefy, even when the flesh of Plato has putrefied;
concerning chaff that is so cooling that it does not let snow grow accustomed to melt, and so warming that it forces fruit to ripen; concerning bright fire, that according to its brightness, by baking stones, it makes them white, and contrary to that same brightness of its own, by burning, it blackens very many things. Such too is the fact that black spots are spread from bright oil; likewise that black lines are impressed from white silver; and concerning coals also, that when fire kindles them, they are so turned to the contrary that from the most beautiful woods they become foul, brittle from hard things, and incorruptible from corruptible things. Some of these things I myself know along with many others, some along with everyone, and very many other things which it would be too long to insert into this book.
But concerning those things which I have set down not as experienced but as read, except for that spring where burning torches are extinguished and extinguished ones are kindled, and the apples of the land of Sodom, outwardly as if ripe but inwardly smoky, I have been unable to find any suitable witnesses from whom I might hear whether they were true. And indeed I have found no one who would say he had seen that spring in Epirus, but men who knew of a similar one in Gaul, not far from the city of Grenoble. As for the fruits of the trees of Sodom, not only do writings worthy of trust attest them, but so many men say they have experienced them, that I cannot doubt of this. The rest, however, I so regard that I have resolved neither to deny nor to affirm them;
but I have set them down for this reason, namely, because I have read them among the historians of those against whom we argue, in order to show how many such things, and how many of those men, on no reason rendered, believe through writings in the works of their own learned writers — those very men who do not even deign, with a reason rendered, to believe us, when we say that the omnipotent God will do that which surpasses their experience and perception. For what better and more valid reason concerning such matters is rendered than when the Omnipotent is declared to be able to do, and is said to be about to do, the very things which He is there read to have foretold, where He foretold many other things which He is shown to have done?
For He Himself will do it, because He foretold that He would do it — the things that are thought impossible — He who promised and brought it about that things incredible should be believed by unbelieving nations. CHAPTER VIII. That it is not contrary to nature when, in some thing whose nature is known, something begins to be different from what was known. But if they reply that they do not believe what we say concerning human bodies that will always burn and never die, because they know that the nature of human bodies was constituted far otherwise — whence not even that reason can here be rendered which was rendered concerning those marvelous natures, so that it might be said: 'This force is natural, this is the nature of this thing' — since we know that this is not the nature of human flesh:
we have indeed something to answer from the sacred writings, namely, that this very human flesh was constituted otherwise before sin — that is, so that it could never undergo death — but otherwise after sin, such as it has become known in the hardship of this mortality, so that it cannot hold perpetual life; thus, therefore, it will be constituted otherwise than is known to us, in the resurrection of the dead. But since they do not believe these writings, where it is read what manner of man lived in paradise and how far he was free from the necessity of death (and if they believed these, we should certainly not be laboring so hard with them concerning the punishment of the damned which is to come): something must be brought forward from their own writings.
From those who were most learned among them, something must be brought forward, by which it may appear that it can come to pass that any given thing may be otherwise than it had previously been known to be by the determination of its own nature. There is in the books of Marcus Varro, whose title is 'On the Race of the Roman People,' a passage which I will here set down in the very words in which it is there read: 'In the heaven,' he says, 'a marvelous portent appeared: for the star of Venus, the most noble, which Plautus calls Vesperugo and Homer Hesperus, calling it the most beautiful, Castor writes that so great a portent occurred that it changed its color, magnitude, figure, and course; and that this happening took place neither before nor after.'
'This happening, the noble mathematicians Adrastus of Cyzicus and Dion of Naples said, took place in the reign of King Ogyges.' Such a great authority as Varro would certainly not have called this a portent, unless it seemed to be contrary to nature. For we say that all portents are contrary to nature; but they are not. For how is that contrary to nature which comes to pass by the will of God, since the will of so great a Creator is surely the nature of every created thing? A portent therefore comes to pass not contrary to nature, but contrary to that which is the known nature. But who counts the multitude of portents which the history of the nations contains? But now let us attend to this one thing, which pertains to the matter of which we are treating.
What has been so ordered by the Author of the nature of heaven and earth as the most orderly course of the stars? What is so fixed and established by sure laws? And yet, when He willed it — He who rules with supreme command and power what He created — that star, most well-known above the rest for its magnitude and splendor, changed its color, magnitude, figure, and (what is more marvelous) the order and law of its own course. It assuredly threw into confusion then — if there were any yet at that time — the canons of the astrologers, which they keep written down, as by an unerring computation, concerning the past and future motions of the stars; following which canons they dared to say that this which happened to Lucifer (the morning star) had happened neither before nor after.
But we read in the divine books that even the sun itself both stood still, when the holy man Joshua the son of Nun had asked this of the Lord God, until the battle that had begun should end in victory, and that it went back, so that to King Hezekiah fifteen years added to his life might be signified, this prodigy being joined to God's promise. But these miracles too, which were granted to the merits of the saints, when those men believe they were done, they attribute to magic arts. Whence comes that which I mentioned above that Virgil said: 'to stay the water in rivers and turn the stars backward.'
For we read in the sacred writings that a river also stood still and flowed both above and below, when the people of God, with the aforesaid leader Joshua the son of Nun, were taking their way; and that this was done when the prophet Elijah was crossing over, and afterward his disciple Elisha; and we have just now mentioned that a very great star was turned back in the reign of Hezekiah. But as for what Varro wrote concerning Lucifer, it is not there said that it was granted to any man who asked for it. Let not the unbelievers, therefore, make for themselves a darkness out of their knowledge of natures, as though it could not come to pass that something be done divinely in some thing, so long as they have come to know its nature through their own human experience;
although even those very things which are known to all in the nature of things are no less marvelous, and would be astonishing to all who considered them, if men were wont to marvel at marvels that are not rare. For who, on consideration with reason, does not see that in the innumerable multitude of men and amid so great a likeness of nature, each one has so wondrously his own single countenance, that, unless they were like one another, their species could not be distinguished from the other animals; and again, unless they were unlike one another, the individuals could not be distinguished from the other men? Those, then, whom we confess to be alike, the same we find to be unlike. But the consideration of the unlikeness is the more marvelous, since the common nature seems more justly to demand likeness.
And yet, since those things which are rare are themselves marvelous, we wonder far more greatly when we find two men so alike that in distinguishing them we either always or frequently go astray. But although what I said was written by Varro — though he is a historian of these men and likewise most learned — perhaps they do not believe that it truly happened; or, because the other course of that same star did not last long, but a return was made to the accustomed one, they are less moved by this example. They have, therefore, another thing, which can even now be shown, and which I think ought to suffice for them, by which they may be admonished that, when they have noticed something in some constitution of nature and have made it most well-known to themselves, they ought not on that account to prescribe to God, as though He could not turn and change it into something far other than is known to them.
The land of Sodom was assuredly not such as it now is, but lay with a face like the rest, and abounded in equal or even greater fecundity; for in the divine words it was compared to the paradise of God. After it was touched from heaven, as their history too attests and as it is now beheld by those who come to those places, it is an object of horror with its prodigious soot, and its apples enclose an inner ash beneath a lying surface of ripeness. Behold, it was not such, and it is such. Behold, by the Creator of natures its nature has been turned into this most foul difference by a marvelous change; and what happened after so long a time, persists for so long a time.
As, therefore, it was not impossible for God to constitute the natures He willed, so it is not impossible for Him to change the natures He has constituted into whatever He may will. Whence also that multitude of those miracles grows like a forest, which are called monsters, signs, portents, prodigies; and if I should wish to recall and recount them, what would be the end of this work? Monsters indeed are said to be so named from 'showing' (monstrare), because by signifying they demonstrate something; and signs (ostenta) from 'displaying' (ostendere); and portents (portenta) from 'portending' (portendere), that is, from foreshowing; and prodigies (prodigia), because they 'say forth' (porro dicant), that is, they predict things to come.
But let their interpreters see for themselves how, out of these things — whether they are deceived, or whether by the instinct of those spirits whose care it is to entangle in the nets of harmful curiosity the souls of men worthy of such punishment — they sometimes even predict true things, or whether by saying many things they at some time hit upon something of the truth.
To us, however, these things which happen as it were contrary to nature and are said to happen contrary to nature (in which manner of speaking the Apostle too spoke, when he said that the wild olive was, contrary to nature, grafted in and made a partaker of the richness of the olive), and which are called monsters, signs, portents, prodigies — these ought to demonstrate this, to show or foreshow this, to predict this: that which God is about to do, which He has foretold He would do concerning the bodies of men, with no difficulty hindering, with no law of nature prescribing limits. But in what manner He foretold it, I think I have sufficiently shown in the previous book, by culling from the sacred Scriptures, both new and old, not indeed all the things pertaining to this, but those which I have judged sufficient for this work.
CHAPTER IX. On Gehenna and the quality of the eternal punishments. That, therefore, which God said through His prophet concerning the everlasting torment of the damned, shall come to pass, shall altogether come to pass: 'Their worm shall not die, and their fire shall not be quenched.' For to commend this the more vehemently, the Lord Jesus also, when He put the members which cause a man to stumble for those men whom one loves as his own right members, and commanded that they be cut off, said: 'It is good for you to enter into life maimed, rather than having two hands to go into Gehenna, into the inextinguishable fire, where their worm shall not die and the fire shall not be quenched.' Likewise concerning the foot:
'It is good for you,' He says, 'to enter into life everlasting lame, rather than having two feet to be cast into the Gehenna of inextinguishable fire, where their worm dies not and the fire is not quenched.' Not otherwise does He say also concerning the eye: 'It is good for you to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye, rather than having two eyes to be cast into the Gehenna of fire, where their worm dies not and the fire is not quenched.' It did not weary Him to say the same words three times in one passage. Whom would that repetition not terrify, and that admonition of so vehement a punishment from the divine mouth?
But both of these — the fire, namely, and the worm — those who wish them to pertain to the punishments of the soul, not of the body, say that those who have been separated from the kingdom of God are also burned by grief of soul, repenting late and fruitlessly; and therefore they contend that fire could not unfittingly be put for this burning grief; whence comes that saying of the Apostle: 'Who is made to stumble, and I do not burn?' They think the worm too should be understood in the same way. For it is written, they say: 'As the moth the garment, and the worm the wood, so sorrow tortures the heart of a man.' But those who do not doubt that there will be punishments both of soul and of body in that torment, affirm that the body is burned by fire, but the soul is gnawed in a certain manner by the worm of sorrow.
And although this is said more credibly — since it is altogether absurd that there pain either of body or of soul should be lacking — yet I find it easier to say that both pertain to the body, rather than neither, and that the pain of soul is therefore left unspoken in those words of the divine Scripture, because it is understood to be a consequence, even if it is not said, that, the body so suffering, the soul too should be tortured with a barren repentance. For it is read also in the old Scriptures: 'The vengeance on the flesh of the ungodly is fire and the worm.' It could have been said more briefly: 'The vengeance on the ungodly.' Why then was it said, 'on the flesh of the ungodly,' unless because both — that is, both the fire and the worm — will be the punishment of the flesh?
Or if He wished to say 'vengeance on the flesh' for this reason, because that will be punished in man which he lived according to the flesh (for on this account he will come into the second death, which the Apostle signified, saying: 'For if you live according to the flesh, you shall die'), let each one choose what pleases him: either to assign the fire to the body and the worm to the soul — this one literally, that one figuratively — or both literally to the body. For I have already sufficiently argued above that living beings can even live in fires, in burning without consuming, in pain without death, by the miracle of the most omnipotent Creator; and whoever denies that this is possible to Him, is ignorant from Whom comes whatever he marvels at in all natures.
For He Himself is the God who made all the miracles, great and small, in this world, which we have mentioned, and incomparably more which we have not mentioned, and enclosed these same in this world itself, which is the one and greatest miracle of all. Let each one therefore choose one of the two, whichever pleases him, whether he judges that the worm pertains to the body properly, or to the soul, the word being transferred from corporeal things to incorporeal. But which of these is true, the matter itself will more readily indicate, when the knowledge of the saints will be so great that for knowing those punishments experience will not be necessary to them, but that wisdom which will then be full and perfect will alone suffice for knowing this also (for now we know in part, until that which is perfect shall come);
provided only that we in no way believe that those bodies will be such as to be affected by no pains from fire. CHAPTER X. Whether the fire of Gehenna, if it is corporeal, can by its touch burn the malign spirits, that is, incorporeal demons. Here it occurs to inquire: If there will not be an incorporeal fire, such as is the pain of the soul, but a corporeal one, harmful by touch, so that bodies can be tormented by it — in what manner will there be in it also the punishment of the malign spirits? For the same fire will be assigned, namely, to the punishment of men and of demons, as Christ says: 'Depart from Me, you cursed, into the eternal fire, which is prepared for the devil and his angels.'
Unless it be that there are even to the demons certain bodies of their own, as it has seemed to learned men, made of this thick and humid air, whose impulse is felt when the wind blows. And if this kind of element could suffer nothing from fire, it would not burn when heated in the baths. For in order that it may burn, it is first burned itself, and acts while it suffers. But if anyone asserts that the demons have no bodies at all, this is not a matter to be labored over with painstaking inquiry, nor to be contended over with contentious disputation.
For why should we not say that even incorporeal spirits can, in marvelous yet true ways, be afflicted by the punishment of corporeal fire, if the spirits of men — themselves assuredly incorporeal too — could both now be enclosed in corporeal members, and then will be able to be bound indissolubly by the chains of their own bodies? The demon-spirits, therefore — nay rather, the demons who are spirits — will cleave (even if they have no bodies), though incorporeal, to corporeal fires, to be tormented; not so that the fires to which they will cleave should themselves, by their juncture, be inspired and become living beings composed of spirit and body, but, as I have said, by cleaving in marvelous and ineffable ways, receiving punishment from the fires, not giving life to the fires;
because that other manner also, by which spirits cleave to bodies and become living beings, is altogether marvelous and cannot be comprehended by man — and this man himself is. I should indeed say that the spirits will so burn without any body of their own, just as that rich man was burning in hell, when he said: 'I am tormented in this flame,' were it not that I see it can fittingly be answered that such was that flame as were the eyes which he lifted up and saw Lazarus, such as the tongue for which he desired a little moisture to be poured, such as the finger of Lazarus from which he begged that this be done for him — where nevertheless there were souls without bodies.
Thus, therefore, both that flame with which he was set ablaze, and that little drop which he begged for, were incorporeal — such as are also the things seen by those who sleep, or by those who in ecstasy behold incorporeal things, which nevertheless have a likeness of bodies. For man himself too, when he is in such visions with the spirit, not the body, nevertheless then sees himself so like to his own body that he cannot distinguish at all. But that Gehenna, which is also called the lake of fire and brimstone, will be a corporeal fire and will torment the bodies of the damned — either of both men and demons, the solid bodies of men, the airy bodies of demons; or only the bodies of men with their spirits, while the demons are spirits cleaving without bodies, taking on punishment, not imparting life to the corporeal fires.
For one fire will be for both, as the Truth has said. CHAPTER XI. Whether it accords with the reason of justice that the times of punishments be not more extended than were those of the sins. But thus some of those against whom we defend the City of God think it unjust that anyone be condemned to eternal punishment for sins, however great, committed in but a small time — as though the justice of any law ever regarded this, that each be punished for as long a span of time as that during which he committed the act for which he is punished. Tullius (Cicero) writes that there are eight kinds of punishment in the laws: fine, fetters, scourging, retaliation, disgrace, exile, death, slavery.
Which of these is it that is compressed into a short time according to the swiftness of each sin, so that vengeance is taken in as small a delay of time as that in which the deed is found to have been perpetrated — unless perhaps retaliation? For this aims at this, that each one suffer what he did. Whence comes that saying of the law: 'An eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth.' For it can come to pass that anyone lose an eye in as short a time, by the severity of the vengeance, as that in which he himself took it from another by the wickedness of his sin. But further, if it be a matter of reason to avenge with a scourging a kiss fixed upon another man's wife, would not he who did that in a moment of time be scourged through an incomparable space of hours, and the sweetness of a scant pleasure be punished with a long-lasting pain?
What of this: in chains, ought anyone to be judged liable to remain only as long as the act lasted by which he earned to be bound? When most justly a slave in fetters pays the penalty of years, who, by a word or a blow that passes in an instant, either provoked or struck his master? And now loss of goods, disgrace, exile, and slavery, when for the most part they are inflicted in such a way that no pardon relaxes them — do they not, in proportion to the measure of this life, seem like the eternal penalties? They cannot, of course, be eternal, because neither does the life itself, which is punished by them, reach into eternity; and yet the sins that are avenged by penalties of the longest duration are committed in the briefest span of time.
Nor has anyone ever held that the torments of the guilty should be brought to an end as quickly as a murder, or adultery, or sacrilege, or any other crime whatsoever was committed — a crime to be measured not by length of time but by the magnitude of its iniquity and impiety. But as for one who is punished with death for some great crime, do the laws reckon his punishment to be the interval in which he is killed, which is very brief, and not rather that they remove him forever from the society of the living? Now, to remove men from this mortal city by the punishment of the first death is the same as to remove men from that immortal city by the punishment of the second death. For just as the laws of this city do not bring it about that one who has been slain is recalled into it,
so too the laws of that city do not bring it about that one condemned by the second death is recalled into eternal life. How then, they say, is it true, what your Christ says: 'With what measure you have measured, it shall be measured back to you,' if a temporal sin is punished with an eternal penalty? But they do not notice that the same measure is spoken of not on account of an equal span of time, but on account of the reciprocity of evil — that is, that whoever has done evil should suffer evil. Although this may properly be taken in that matter of which the Lord was speaking when He said it, namely concerning judgments and condemnations. Accordingly, one who judges and condemns unjustly, if he is judged and condemned justly, receives in the same measure, although not the same thing that he gave. For by judgment he acted, and by judgment he suffers;
although by his condemnation he did what was unrighteous, by his condemnation he suffers what is righteous. CHAPTER XII. On the magnitude of the first transgression, on account of which eternal punishment is owed to all who shall have been outside the grace of the Saviour. But eternal punishment seems harsh and unjust to human perceptions, because in this weakness of mortal senses there is lacking that sense of the highest and purest wisdom by which one might perceive how great a wickedness was committed in that first transgression. For the more a man had enjoyed God, the greater the impiety with which he forsook God, and he became deserving of eternal evil, who destroyed in himself a good that could have been eternal. Hence the whole mass of the human race is condemned;
since he who first committed this was punished together with that nature which had been rooted in him as in its stock, so that none is freed from this just and due penalty except by merciful and undeserved grace; and thus the human race is so apportioned that in some it is shown what merciful grace avails, and in the rest what just vengeance avails. For neither would be shown in all; because, if all remained in the penalties of just condemnation, merciful grace would appear in none; and again, if all were transferred from darkness into light, the truth of retribution would appear in none. In which retribution there are far more than in the other portion, so that thereby it may be shown what was owed to all.
But if it were rendered to all, no one would justly rebuke the justice of the avenger; whereas, because so many are thence delivered, there is ground for rendering the greatest thanks to the gratuitous gift of the deliverer. CHAPTER XIII. Against the opinion of those who think that punishments are applied to the guilty after death for the sake of purgation. The Platonists, indeed, although they would have no sins go unpunished, nevertheless think that all penalties are applied for amendment, whether inflicted by human laws or by divine, whether in this life or after death, if either one is spared here, or is so punished that he is not corrected here.
Hence comes that famous saying of Maro, where, after he had spoken of earthly bodies and dying members, that 'from these the souls fear and desire, grieve and rejoice, nor look up to the air, shut in by darkness and in a blind prison,' he went on to add and say: 'Nay, even when with the last light life has left them' (that is, when on the final day this life has left them), 'still,' he says, 'not all evil departs from the wretched, nor do all bodily plagues wholly withdraw, and it is utterly necessary that many things long compacted should grow inveterate in wondrous ways. Therefore they are exercised with penalties and pay the punishments of their old evils: some are spread out, suspended empty to the winds; for others the infection of guilt is washed away beneath a vast whirlpool, or is burned out with fire.'
Those who hold this opinion would have no penalties after death except purgatorial ones, so that — since above the earth the elements of water, air, and fire are higher — one may be cleansed through expiatory penalties by some one of these from whatever was contracted by earthly contagion. Air, indeed, is understood in his words 'suspended to the winds'; water in his words 'beneath a vast whirlpool'; and fire is expressed by its own name when he said 'or is burned out with fire.' But we, for our part, confess that even in this mortal life there are certain purgatorial penalties — not those by which they are afflicted whose life is either made no better thereby, or rather made worse — but they are purgatorial to those who, being restrained by them, are corrected.
All other penalties, whether temporary or everlasting, according as each one is to be dealt with by divine providence, are inflicted either for sins — whether past, or in which he who is punished still lives — or for the exercising and manifesting of virtues through men and angels, whether good or evil. For even if someone should suffer some evil through another's wickedness or error, the man indeed sins who, whether through ignorance or injustice, does some evil to anyone; but God does not sin, who by a just, though hidden, judgment permits it to happen. But temporal penalties some suffer in this life only, some after death, some both now and then, yet nevertheless before that most severe and final judgment.
But not all who endure temporal penalties after death come into the eternal penalties that are to be after that judgment. For to some, as we have already said above, what is not remitted in this age is remitted in the age to come — that is, that they may not be punished with the eternal punishment of the age to come. CHAPTER XIV. On the temporal penalties of this life, to which the human condition is subject. But very rare are those who pay no penalties in this life, but only after it. Yet that there have been some who, even up to decrepit old age, have felt not so much as the slightest little fever and have led a tranquil life, we ourselves have known and have heard;
although the very life of mortals is wholly a penalty, because it is wholly a temptation, as the sacred writings proclaim, where it is written: 'Is not the life of man upon earth a temptation?' For no small penalty is that very foolishness or ignorance, which is deservedly judged so much to be avoided, that children are compelled by penalties full of pain to learn the various crafts and letters; and the very learning to which they are driven by penalties is so penal to them, that sometimes they would rather endure the very penalties by which they are compelled to learn, than learn. But who would not shudder, and choose rather to die, if it were proposed to him either that death must be endured, or infancy again?
Indeed, that infancy begins this light not with laughter but with weeping, in some way prophesies, all unknowing, into what evils it has entered. They say that Zoroaster alone laughed when he was born, and that monstrous laughter foreboded him nothing good. For he is reported to have been the inventor of the magical arts; which indeed could not avail him even for the vain felicity of the present life against his enemies; for he was overcome in war by Ninus, king of the Assyrians, though he himself was king of the Bactrians. Assuredly that which is written:
'A heavy yoke is upon the sons of Adam, from the day of their coming out of their mother's womb until the day of their burial into the mother of all,' must so necessarily be fulfilled, that even little ones, already loosed by the laver of regeneration from the bond of original sin (by which alone they were held), nevertheless, suffering many evils, some at times even suffer the assaults of malign spirits. Yet far be it that such suffering should harm them, if they finish this life at that age even while that very suffering grows heavier and forces the soul out of the body. CHAPTER XV. That the whole work of God's grace, which rescues us from the depth of the old evil, pertains to the newness of the age to come.
Yet truly in the heavy yoke that is laid upon the sons of Adam, from the day of their coming out of their mother's womb until the day of their burial into the mother of all, even this marvelous evil is found: that we may be sober and understand that this life has been made penal for us because of that exceedingly wicked sin which was perpetrated in paradise, and that the whole of what is done with us through the New Testament pertains to nothing but the new inheritance of the new age — so that here, having received the pledge, we may in due time attain that of which this is the pledge; but now we walk in hope, and, advancing from day to day, by the Spirit mortify the deeds of the flesh. For the Lord knows those who are His;
and as many as are led by the Spirit of God, these are the sons of God — but by grace, not by nature. For the only Son of God by nature, for our sake became by mercy the son of man, that we, by nature sons of man, might through Him by grace become sons of God. For He, remaining unchangeable, took up our nature in which to receive us, taking it from us; and holding fast to His own divinity, He became a partaker of our infirmity, so that we, changed for the better, might lay aside what we are — sinners and mortal — by participation in His immortality and righteousness, and might preserve what good He wrought in our nature, fulfilled in the highest good, in the goodness of His nature.
For just as through one man who sinned we came into this so heavy evil, so through one man who is likewise God, justifying us, we shall come to that good so sublime. Nor ought anyone to be confident that he has passed from the one to the other, unless he shall be there where no temptation will be — unless he shall hold that peace which this war seeks through many and varied conflicts, in which the flesh lusts against the spirit and the spirit against the flesh. But this war would never have existed at all, if human nature, through free will, had stood fast in the rectitude in which it was made. But now, that nature which would not have happy peace with God, unhappily wars with itself; and although this is a wretched evil, it is nevertheless better than the earlier states of this life.
For it is better to be in conflict with vices than for them to rule without any conflict. It is better, I say, to have war with the hope of eternal peace, than captivity without any thought of deliverance. We desire indeed to be free even of this war, and we are kindled by the fire of divine love to lay hold of that most well-ordered peace, where with the firmest stability the lower are made subject to the higher. But if (which God forbid) there were no hope of so great a good, we ought rather to remain in the trouble of this conflict than, by not resisting the vices, to permit them dominion over us. CHAPTER XVI. Under what laws of grace all the ages of the regenerate are held.
Yet so great is the mercy of God toward the vessels of mercy, which He has prepared for glory, that even the first age of man — that is, infancy, which without any resistance lies subject to the flesh — and the second, which is called childhood, where reason has not yet taken up this struggle and lies almost beneath all vicious pleasures (for although it can now speak and therefore seems to have passed infancy, yet the weakness of mind is not yet capable of a precept): if such a one shall have received the sacraments of the Mediator, even if he finish this life in those years, having been transferred from the power of darkness into the kingdom of Christ, he is not only not prepared for eternal penalties, but does not even suffer any purgatorial torments after death.
For spiritual regeneration alone suffices, that after death there may not harm him what carnal generation contracted together with death. But when one has come to the age which is now capable of a precept and can be made subject to the command of the law, the war against the vices must be undertaken and waged sharply, lest it lead to damnable sins. And if indeed they are not yet strengthened by the habit of victories, they are more easily conquered and yield; but if they have grown accustomed to conquer and command, they are overcome only with toilsome difficulty. Nor does this happen truly and sincerely except through delight in true righteousness; and this is in the faith of Christ.
For if the law be present commanding, and the Spirit be absent assisting, then through the very prohibition, with desire growing and conquering, the guilt of sin's transgression is also added. Sometimes, indeed, the most open vices are conquered by other hidden vices, which are thought to be virtues, in which pride reigns, and a certain ruinous loftiness of self-pleasing. Then, therefore, vices are to be reckoned conquered, when they are conquered by the love of God, which God Himself alone gives, and not otherwise than through the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus, who became a partaker of our mortality, that He might make us partakers of His divinity.
But very few are of such great felicity that, from their very earliest youth, they commit no damnable sins, whether in disgraceful acts, or in crimes, or in the error of any wicked impiety, but by a great largesse of the Spirit suppress whatever could dominate them by carnal delight. Very many, however, having received the precept of the law, when they have first been conquered by the prevailing vices and have become its transgressors, then flee to assisting grace, by which they become victors — by repenting more bitterly and fighting more vehemently — over a mind first made subject to God and so set above the flesh.
Whoever, therefore, desires to escape the everlasting penalties, let him not only be baptized, but also be justified in Christ, and so truly pass over from the devil to Christ. But let him hold the opinion that there will be no purgatorial penalties except before that last and dreadful judgment. Yet it is by no means to be denied that even the eternal fire itself, according to the diversity of merits — albeit of evil men — will be lighter for some and heavier for others, whether its very force and heat be varied according to the punishment worthy of each, or whether it burns equally but is not felt with equal distress. CHAPTER XVII. On those who think that the penalties of no men will remain forever.
Now I see that we must deal, and dispute peaceably, with our merciful ones, who, concerning either all those men whom the most just Judge shall judge worthy of the punishment of hell, or concerning some of them, are unwilling to believe that an everlasting penalty will be; but they reckon that after the bounds of a certain time, longer or shorter according to the magnitude of each one's sin, they are to be delivered thence. In which matter Origen was assuredly more merciful, who believed that even the devil himself and his angels, after graver and more prolonged torments according to their merits, were to be rescued from those torments and joined to the holy angels.
But the Church, not undeservedly, condemned him both for this and for some other things, and especially for the interminable goings and returnings — without cessation from these to those and from those to these, at fixed intervals of ages — of alternating blessednesses and miseries. For he lost even that which seemed merciful, by making for the saints true miseries, in which they should pay penalties, and false blessednesses, in which they would not have the true and secure (that is, certain without fear) joy of an eternal good. But far otherwise does the mercy of these errs by human feeling, who think that the miseries of men condemned in that judgment are temporal, but the felicity of all who, sooner or later, are delivered, is eternal.
If this opinion is good and true because it is merciful, then it will be so much the better and truer the more merciful it is. Let, then, the fountain of this mercy be extended and deepened even to the damned angels, to be delivered at least after many and however prolonged ages. Why does it flow out as far as the whole of human nature, and yet, when it comes to the angelic, soon dries up? They do not dare, however, to extend their pitying further and to reach even to the liberation of the devil himself. But if anyone should dare it, he surely outdoes these men. And yet he is found to err the more deformedly and to be the more perversely against the right words of God, the more clemently he seems to himself to feel. CHAPTER XVIII. On those
who think that, in the last judgment, no man at all will be condemned, on account of the intercession of the saints. There are also those — such as I myself have experienced in our conversations — who, although they seem to venerate the holy Scriptures, are to be reproved in their morals; and in pleading their own cause they attribute to God a much greater mercy toward the human race than these others do. For they say that concerning evil and unfaithful men it has indeed been divinely foretold as true that they are worthy of it; but that when it has come to the judgment, mercy will overcome. For the merciful God, they say, will pardon them at the prayers and intercessions of His saints.
For if they prayed for them when they suffered them as enemies, how much more when they shall see them prostrate, humble, and suppliant! For it is not to be believed, they say, that the saints will then lose their bowels of mercy, when they shall be of the fullest and most perfect holiness — so that those who prayed for their enemies when they themselves were not without sin, should then not pray for their suppliants, when they shall have begun to have no sin at all. Or will God then not hear so many and such great sons of His, when in their so great holiness He shall find no impediment to their prayer?
But as for the testimony of the psalm — both those who allow that unfaithful and impious men are tormented at least for a long time and afterward rescued from all evils, but still more these others, say it is in their favor — where it is read: 'Will God forget to be merciful, or will He in His anger restrain His mercies?' His anger, they say, is that all who are unworthy of everlasting blessedness should, by His own judgment, be punished with everlasting punishment. But if He allowed it to be either long or at all, then assuredly, that this might come to pass, He would restrain His mercies in His anger — which the psalm says He will not do. For it does not say, 'Will He long restrain His mercies in His anger?' but it shows that He will not restrain them at all.
Thus, then, these men would have God's threat of judgment not be false, although He is going to condemn no one — just as we cannot call false that threat of His by which He said He would overthrow the city of Nineveh; and yet, they say, what He foretold without any condition was not done. For He did not say, 'Nineveh shall be overthrown if they do not repent and amend themselves'; but, without adding this, He foretold the future overthrow of that city. This threat they therefore think to be truthful, because God foretold that which they truly deserved to suffer, although He Himself was not going to do it.
For even though He spared the penitents, they say, He certainly was not ignorant that they would do penance, and yet absolutely and definitely He foretold that their overthrow would come to pass. This, then, they say, was in the truth of severity, because they deserved it; but in the reckoning of mercy it was not, which He did not restrain in His anger, so that by it He spared the suppliants the penalty which He had threatened against the obstinate. Thus, then, He spared them at that time, they say, when by sparing He was going to grieve His own holy prophet — how much more then will He more mercifully spare the suppliants, when, that He may spare, all His saints shall pray!
But this, which they themselves surmise in their own hearts, they think the divine Scriptures were silent about, so that many might correct themselves through fear of penalties either prolonged or eternal, and that there might be those who could pray for those who shall not have corrected themselves; nor yet do they suppose that the divine oracles were altogether silent about it. For to what purpose, they say, is it written: 'How great is the multitude of Thy sweetness, O Lord, which Thou hast hidden for those who fear Thee,' unless that we may understand that the so great and secret sweetness of the divine mercy was hidden because of fear? They add also that for this reason the apostle said: 'For God hath concluded all in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all,' by which he signified that no one will be condemned by Him.
Yet not even these who hold this view extend their opinion to the liberation, or to no condemnation, of the devil and his angels; for they are moved by a human mercy concerning men alone, and they plead above all their own cause, promising — by a general mercy, as it were, of God toward the human race — a false impunity to their own lost morals. And by this they will be surpassed in proclaiming God's mercy by those who promise this same impunity even to the prince of demons and his satellites. CHAPTER XIX. On those who promise impunity for all sins even to heretics, on account of participation in the body of Christ.
Likewise there are others who promise liberation from the eternal punishment not even to all men whatsoever, but only to those washed by Christ's baptism, who become partakers of His body — however they may have lived, in whatever heresy or impiety they may have been — on account of that which Jesus said: 'This is the bread which came down from heaven, that if anyone eat of it, he may not die. I am the living bread, who came down from heaven. If anyone eat of this bread, he shall live forever.' Therefore, they say, these must of necessity be rescued from eternal death, and at some time be brought to eternal life. CHAPTER XX.
On those who promise indulgence, not to all, but only to those who have been reborn among the catholics, even if afterward they rush forth into many crimes and errors. Likewise there are those who promise this not even to all who have the sacrament of Christ's baptism and of His body, but only to catholics, however evilly they may live — because they have eaten the body of Christ not only in the sacrament but in the reality itself, being established in His very body, of which the apostle says: 'One bread, one body, we many are';
so that, even if afterward they should lapse into some heresy or even into the idolatry of the Gentiles, yet, only because in the body of Christ — that is, in the catholic Church — they received the baptism of Christ and ate the body of Christ, they shall not die forever, but shall at some time attain eternal life; and all that impiety, however great it shall have been, shall not avail against them unto eternity, but only unto the length and magnitude of penalties. CHAPTER XXI. On those who determine that those who remain in the catholic faith, even if they have lived most wickedly and on this account have deserved to be burned, are nevertheless to be saved on account of the foundation of faith. But there are some who, on account of that which is written:
'He who shall persevere unto the end, he shall be saved,' promise this only to those persevering in the catholic Church, though living evilly in it — to be saved, namely, through fire, by the merit of the foundation, of which the apostle says: 'For other foundation can no one lay than that which is laid, which is Christ Jesus. But if anyone build upon the foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble: each one's work shall be made manifest; for the day shall declare it, since it shall be revealed in fire, and the fire shall prove what sort each one's work is. If anyone's work shall remain which he has built upon, he shall receive a reward. But if anyone's work shall burn, he shall suffer loss;'
'but he himself shall be saved, yet so as through fire.' They say, therefore, that the catholic Christian, of whatever life, has Christ in the foundation, which foundation no heresy, cut off from the unity of His body, has; and therefore, on account of this foundation, even if the catholic Christian be of evil life — as one who has built upon it wood, hay, stubble — they think that he is saved through fire, that is, after the penalties of that fire he is delivered, by which fire the wicked shall be punished in the last judgment. CHAPTER XXII. On those who think that those crimes which are committed among works of almsgiving are not called to the judgment of damnation.
I have also learned that certain people think that only those will burn in the eternity of that punishment who neglect to perform worthy almsgiving for their sins, according to that saying of the apostle James: 'Judgment without mercy to him who has not shown mercy.' He who has shown it, therefore, they say — although he has not changed his morals for the better, but among his very almsgivings has lived wickedly and basely — for him judgment will be with mercy, so that either he is punished with no condemnation, or after some time, whether short or long, he is delivered from that condemnation.
For this reason they suppose that the very Judge of the living and the dead was unwilling to mention that He would say anything else, whether to those on the right, to whom He is going to give eternal life, or to those on the left, whom He is going to condemn to eternal punishment, except almsgivings either done or not done. To this they say pertains also, in the Lord's Prayer, the daily petition: 'Forgive us our debts, as we also forgive our debtors.' For whoever forgives, by pardoning, the sin of him who has sinned against him, doubtless performs an almsgiving. This very thing the Lord Himself so commended, that He said: 'For if you forgive men their sins, your Father will also forgive you your sins;'
'but if you do not forgive men, neither will your Father, who is in heaven, forgive you.' Therefore to this kind of almsgiving also pertains that which the apostle James said: that judgment is to be without mercy to him who has not shown mercy. Nor did the Lord say, they observe, 'great or small,' but: 'Your Father will forgive you your sins, if you also forgive men.'
And on this basis they suppose that even for those who have lived dissolutely, until they close the final day of this life, all their sins—of whatever kind and however many—are daily forgiven through this prayer, since the prayer itself is daily repeated, provided only that they remember to keep this one thing: that, when those who have wronged them by any sin whatsoever ask their pardon, they forgive from the heart. When, by God's gift, I have answered all these things, this book must be brought to a close. CHAPTER XXIII. Against the opinion of those who say that the punishments neither of the devil nor of wicked men will be everlasting.
First it must be asked and ascertained why the Church could not endure the argument of those men who promise the devil cleansing or pardon even after the greatest and most prolonged punishments. For it was not that so many saints, instructed in the sacred writings both old and new, begrudged to angels of whatever sort and however many the cleansing and the blessedness of the kingdom of heaven after any sufferings of whatever kind and however great; rather, they perceived that the divine sentence cannot be made void or weakened—the sentence which the Lord foretold He would pronounce and declare at the judgment: 'Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire, which is prepared for the devil and his angels' (for thus He showed that the devil and his angels would burn in eternal fire);
and that which is written in the Apocalypse: 'The devil, who seduced them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where also the beast and the false prophet are; and they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.' What there is called 'eternal' is here called 'for ever and ever' (in saecula saeculorum), by which words the divine Scripture is wont to signify nothing else than that which has no end of time. Wherefore no other cause, nor any more just and manifest, can be found why it is held by truest piety as fixed and immovable that the devil and his angels will have no return to righteousness and to the life of the saints, except that Scripture, which deceives no one, says that God did not spare them;
又有《啟示錄》所記的:「那迷惑他們的魔鬼被扔在硫磺的火湖裡,那獸和假先知也在其中;他們必晝夜受痛苦,直到永永遠遠。」那裡稱為「永遠的」,這裡稱為「直到永永遠遠」(in saecula saeculorum);神聖的聖經用這些話向來只表明那無有時間終結的事。因此,再找不出別的、也找不出更公正、更明白的理由,可使最真實的虔敬持守這一不可動搖的定論:魔鬼和他的使者必不能重返公義與聖徒的生命;除非是因為那不欺哄任何人的聖經說,神並不寬容他們,
and that they have meanwhile been thus condemned beforehand by Him, so that they were delivered up, thrust down into the prisons of the gloomy nether world, to be kept and to be punished at the last judgment, when the eternal fire shall receive them, where they shall be tormented for ever and ever. But if this is so, how shall either all or some men be withdrawn from the eternity of punishment after however long a time, and the faith not be at once enervated by which it is believed that the punishment of the demons will be everlasting? For if those to whom it shall be said, 'Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire, which is prepared for the devil and his angels,' shall not—whether all or some of them—be there for ever, what reason is there why the devil and his angels should be believed to be there for ever? Or perhaps the sentence of God,
which shall be pronounced upon the wicked, both angels and men, will be true with respect to the angels but false with respect to men? Plainly it will be so, if not what God has said, but what men suppose, shall prevail. But since this cannot happen, those who desire to be free from everlasting punishment ought not to argue against God, but rather, while there is time, to obey the divine precept. Furthermore, what sort of thing is it to reckon 'eternal punishment' as a fire of long duration, yet to believe that 'eternal life' is without end, when Christ, in that very same place, in one and the same sentence, embracing both, has said: 'So these shall go into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life'?
If both are eternal, surely either both must be understood as of long duration with an end, or both as perpetual without end. For they are set in correspondence, like to like: on the one side eternal punishment, on the other eternal life. But to say, in this one and the same sense, 'Eternal life will be without end, eternal punishment will have an end,' is most absurd. Hence, since the eternal life of the saints will be without end, the eternal punishment also, for those who shall have it, will beyond doubt have no end. CHAPTER XXIV. Against the notion of those who think that, at God's judgment, all the guilty are to be spared on account of the prayers of the saints.
But this also avails against those who, pleading their own cause, attempt to oppose the words of God as though out of a greater mercy, so that, namely, those words are true on this account—that those whom He said men would suffer such things are worthy to suffer them, not that they will suffer them. For He will pardon them, they say, at the prayers of His saints, who then will be praying for their enemies all the more, the holier they certainly are, and whose prayer is more effective and more worthy of being heard by God, since they have now no sin at all.
Why then, with that same most perfect holiness and with prayers most pure and most merciful, prevailing to obtain all things, will they not also pray for the angels, for whom eternal fire is prepared, that God may mitigate His sentence and turn it for the better, and make them strangers to that fire? Or will there perhaps be anyone who would presume that this too shall come to pass, affirming that even the holy angels, together with the holy men who shall then be equal to the angels of God, will pray for the angels and men who are to be condemned, that they may not suffer through mercy what they deserve in truth to suffer? This no one of sound faith has said, and no one will say.
Otherwise there is no reason why the Church should not even now pray for the devil and his angels, since God her Master commanded her to pray for her enemies. This cause, therefore, by which it comes about that the Church now does not pray for the wicked angels, whom she knows to be her enemies, is the very same cause by which it will come about that at that judgment she will not pray, even for the men who are to be tormented in eternal fire, however perfect her holiness may be. For now she prays for those whom she has as enemies in the human race for this reason: because it is the time of fruitful repentance. For what does she chiefly pray for them, except that God may grant them, as the Apostle says, repentance, and that they may recover themselves out of the snares of the devil, by whom they are held captive according to his will?
Finally, if the Church were so certain about some men that she even knew who those are who, though still set in this life, are nevertheless predestined to go into the eternal fire with the devil, she would no more pray for them than for the devil himself. But because she is certain about no one, she prays for all men, her enemies at least, who are set in this body; and yet she is not heard for all. For she is heard only for those who, though they oppose the Church, are nevertheless so predestined that the Church is heard for them and they are made sons of the Church. But if any shall have an impenitent heart unto death, and shall not be converted from enemies into sons, does the Church then pray for them—that is, for the spirits of such departed ones?
And why is this so, except that he who, while he was in the body, was not transferred to Christ, is already reckoned in the devil's portion? The same cause, therefore, by which prayer is not then made for the men who are to be punished in eternal fire, is the cause by which neither now nor then is prayer made for the wicked angels; which is likewise the cause why—although prayer is made for men—yet not even now is prayer made for unbelieving and ungodly departed ones. For prayer is heard for certain of the departed, whether that of the Church herself or of certain pious persons, but for those whose life lived in the body, after they were regenerated in Christ, was not so evil as to be judged unworthy of such mercy, nor so good as to be found not to need such mercy;
just as also, after the resurrection of the dead has taken place, there will not be lacking those to whom, after the punishments which the spirits of the dead suffer, mercy will be imparted, so that they are not cast into the eternal fire. For it would not be truly said of certain ones that it shall not be forgiven them either in this world or in the world to come, unless there were those to whom, though not in this world, yet in the world to come it is forgiven. But when it shall have been said by the Judge of the living and the dead: 'Come, blessed of my Father, possess the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world,' and to the others on the contrary: 'Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire, which is prepared for the devil and his angels,' and these shall have gone into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life:
it is of excessive presumption to say of any of those whom God has said shall go into eternal punishment that there shall be no eternal punishment for them, and, through the persuasion of this presumption, to bring it about that even of eternal life itself one either despairs or doubts. Let no one, therefore, so understand the Psalmist who sings: 'Will God forget to be merciful, or will He in His anger shut up His mercies?'—so as to suppose that the sentence of God is true concerning good men but false concerning the wicked, or true concerning good men and evil angels but false concerning wicked men. For this which the Psalm says pertains to the vessels of mercy and to the sons of promise, of whom even the prophet himself was one, who, when he had said:
'Will God forget to be merciful, or will He in His anger shut up His mercies?'—he immediately added: 'And I said: Now I have begun; this is the change of the right hand of the Most High.' He has indeed explained what he had said: 'Will He in His anger shut up His mercies?' For this mortal life too is the anger of God, wherein man has been made like to vanity: his days pass away like a shadow. Yet in this anger God does not forget to be merciful, making His sun to rise upon the good and the evil, and sending rain upon the just and the unjust; and so He does not in His anger shut up His mercies; and most of all in that which this Psalm expressed by saying:
'Now I have begun; this is the change of the right hand of the Most High,' since in this very most wretched life, which is the anger of God, He changes the vessels of mercy for the better, although in the misery of this corruption His anger still remains, because not even in His very anger does He shut up His mercies. Since, then, the truth of that divine song is fulfilled in this way, there is no need to understand it also of that place where those who do not belong to the City of God will be punished with everlasting punishment. But let those who are pleased to extend this sentence even as far as the torments of the ungodly understand it at least thus:
that, while the anger of God remains upon them—the anger which is foretold in eternal punishment—God does not in this anger of His shut up His mercies, and causes them to be tormented not with so great a severity of punishment as they deserve; not that they either never undergo those punishments or at some time end them, but that they suffer them milder and lighter than their deserts. For thus both the anger of God will remain, and in that very anger of His He will not shut up His mercies. This indeed I do not affirm on the ground that I do not resist it. But as for those who think it was said by way of threat rather than of truth: 'Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire,' and: 'These shall go into eternal punishment,' and: 'They shall be tormented for ever and ever,' and:
'Their worm shall not die, and the fire shall not be quenched,' and other things of this kind—it is not so much I as the divine Scripture itself that most plainly and most fully refutes and confutes them. The Ninevites, indeed, did penance in this life, and therefore fruitfully, sowing as it were in this field, in which God willed that there should be sowing with tears, that afterward there might be reaping with joy; and yet who will deny that what the Lord foretold concerning them was fulfilled, unless he too little observes in what manner God overthrows sinners, not only in anger but also in mercy? For sinners are overthrown in two ways: either as the Sodomites, that the men themselves are punished for their sins, or as the Ninevites, that the sins of the men themselves are destroyed by repentance.
Therefore that came to pass which God foretold: Nineveh, which was evil, was overthrown, and a good Nineveh, which did not exist, was built up. For while the walls and houses stood, the city was overthrown in its lost morals. And thus, although the prophet was saddened because that did not happen which those men feared would come, as he prophesied, nevertheless that came to pass which had been foretold by God's foreknowledge, since He who foretold it knew in what manner it was to be fulfilled for the better. But that these perversely merciful ones may know to what that pertains which is written: 'How great is the multitude of Your sweetness, O Lord, which You have hidden from them that fear You!'—let them read what follows: 'But You have perfected it for them that hope in You.'
What is 'You have hidden it from them that fear, You have perfected it for them that hope,' except that for those who, out of fear of punishments, wish to establish their own righteousness which is in the law, the righteousness of God is not sweet, because they do not know it? For they have not tasted it. For they hope in themselves, not in Him, and therefore the multitude of God's sweetness is hidden from them; since they do indeed fear God, but with that servile fear which is not in love, because perfect love casts out fear. Therefore for them that hope in Him He perfects His sweetness, by inspiring in them His love, so that, with a chaste fear—not the kind which love casts out, but that which remains for ever and ever—when they glory, they may glory in the Lord.
For the righteousness of God is Christ, who, as the Apostle says, was made unto us wisdom from God, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption, so that, as it is written, he that glories may glory in the Lord. This righteousness of God, which grace bestows without merits, those do not know who wish to establish their own righteousness, and therefore they are not subject to the righteousness of God, which is Christ. In this righteousness is the great multitude of God's sweetness, on account of which it is said in the Psalm: 'Taste and see how sweet the Lord is.' And tasting this indeed in this pilgrimage, not taking it to satiety, we rather hunger and thirst for it, that afterward we may be filled with it, when we shall see Him as He is, and that shall be fulfilled which is written:
'I shall be satisfied, when Your glory shall be made manifest.' Thus Christ perfects the great multitude of His sweetness for them that hope in Him. But further, if God hides from them that fear Him that sweetness of His which they imagine—the sweetness by which He will not condemn the ungodly—so that, not knowing this and fearing to be condemned, they may live rightly and so may be such as pray for those who do not live rightly: how does He perfect it for them that hope in Him, when, as they dream, by this sweetness He will not condemn those who do not hope in Him? Let that sweetness of His therefore be sought which He perfects for them that hope in Him, not that which He is supposed to perfect for those who despise and blaspheme Him.
In vain, therefore, does a man seek after this body for that which he neglected to procure for himself in this body. That apostolic saying too: 'For God has shut up all in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all,' was not said on the ground that He will condemn no one; but from what precedes it appears whence it was said. For when the Apostle was speaking to the Gentiles—to whom indeed, as already believers, he was writing his epistles—concerning the Jews who would afterward believe, he said: 'For as you also at one time did not believe God, but now have obtained mercy through their unbelief, so these also have now not believed in your mercy, that they too may obtain mercy.' Then he added that whereby these men flatter themselves in their error, and said:
'For God has shut up all in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all.' What 'all,' except those of whom he was speaking, as though saying: 'Both you and them'? God, therefore, has shut up all—both Gentiles and Jews, whom He foreknew and predestined to be conformed to the image of His Son—in unbelief, so that, confounded by repenting of the bitterness of their unbelief and converted by believing to the sweetness of God's mercy, they might cry out that word in the Psalm: 'How great is the multitude of Your sweetness, O Lord, which You have hidden from them that fear You; but You have perfected it for them that hope, not in themselves, but in You!' He has mercy, therefore, upon all the vessels of mercy. What is 'all'?
Namely both those whom He predestined, called, justified, glorified from among the Gentiles, and those from among the Jews—He will condemn none of these 'all,' not of all men, but of all these. CHAPTER XXV. Whether those who have been baptized among heretics and afterward have been made worse by living wickedly, or those who, born anew among Catholics, have passed over to heresies or schisms, or those who, not departing from the Catholics among whom they were born anew, have persisted in living criminally, can hope, by the privilege of the sacraments, for remission of eternal punishment.
But now let us also answer those who promise deliverance from the eternal fire, not, like these, to the devil and his angels, nor even to all men whatsoever, but only to those who have been washed in the baptism of Christ and made partakers of His body and blood, in whatever way they have lived, in whatever heresy or impiety they have been. But the Apostle contradicts them, saying: 'Now the works of the flesh are manifest, which are fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, the service of idols, sorceries, enmities, contentions, jealousies, animosities, dissensions, heresies, envyings, drunkenness, revellings, and the like; of which I tell you beforehand, as I have foretold, that they who do such things shall not possess the kingdom of God.'
Surely this apostolic sentence is false, if such men, after however long a time, shall be delivered and possess the kingdom of God. But since it is not false, surely they shall not possess the kingdom of God. And if they shall never be in possession of the kingdom of God, they shall be held in eternal punishment; since there is no middle place where he is not in punishment who has not been set in the kingdom. Wherefore, as to what the Lord Jesus said: 'This is the bread that came down from heaven, that, if anyone eat of it, he may not die. I am the living bread, who came down from heaven; if anyone eat of this bread, he shall live for ever,' how this is to be understood is rightly inquired.
And from these indeed, to whom we are now answering, this interpretation is taken away by those to whom we must answer next; and these are those who promise this deliverance not to all who have the sacrament of baptism and of the body of Christ, but only to Catholics, however wickedly living, because, they say, they ate the body of Christ not by the sacrament alone, but by the thing itself, being namely set within His very body, of which body the Apostle says: 'We who are many are one bread, one body.' He, therefore, who is in the unity of His body—that is, in the structure of the members of Christians, the sacrament of whose body the faithful, communicating, are accustomed to receive from the altar—he is truly to be said to eat the body of Christ and to drink the blood of Christ.
And on this account heretics and schismatics, separated from the unity of this body, can receive the same sacrament, but not to their own profit—nay rather even to their harm, whereby they are judged more grievously than that they should be more tardily delivered. For they are not in that bond of peace which is expressed by that sacrament. But again, even these, who rightly understand that he is not to be said to eat the body of Christ who is not in the body of Christ, do not rightly promise to those who slip away from the unity of that body into either heresy or even the superstition of the Gentiles, deliverance at some time from the punishment of eternal fire; first,
because they ought to consider how intolerable and too far astray from sound doctrine it is, that many—indeed almost all—who, going out from the Catholic Church, have founded impious heresies and become heresiarchs, should have a better case than those who were never Catholics when they fell into their snares, if this is what makes those heresiarchs to be delivered from everlasting punishment: that they were baptized in the Catholic Church and first received the sacrament of the body of Christ in the true body of Christ; whereas surely a deserter of the faith, and one who from a deserter has been made an assailant of it, is worse than he who has not deserted what he never held;
next, because the Apostle meets these too, uttering the same words, and after enumerating those works of the flesh, foretelling with the same truth: 'For they who do such things shall not possess the kingdom of God.' Hence not even those ought to be secure in their lost and damnable ways who indeed persevere to the end as it were in the communion of the Catholic Church, looking to what was said: 'He that shall persevere to the end, the same shall be saved'—and yet, through the iniquity of their life, desert the very righteousness of life, which is Christ to them, whether by fornicating, or by perpetrating in their own body other uncleannesses of disgraceful deeds which the Apostle would not even express, or by dissolving in the foulness of luxury, or by doing some other of those things of which he says:
'For they who do such things shall not possess the kingdom of God'; and on this account, whoever do such things will be nowhere but in everlasting punishment, since they cannot be in the kingdom of God. For by persevering in these things to the end of this life they are by no means to be said to have persevered in Christ to the end, because to persevere in Christ is to persevere in His faith; which faith, as the same Apostle defines it, works through love; and love, as he himself says elsewhere, works no evil. Neither, therefore, are these to be said to eat the body of Christ, since they are not even to be reckoned among the members of Christ. For, to pass over other things, they cannot be at once both members of Christ and members of a harlot. Finally He Himself says:
'He that eats my flesh and drinks my blood abides in me, and I in him.' He showed what it is to eat the body of Christ and drink His blood not merely as a sacrament, but in very truth; for this is to abide in Christ, so that Christ also may abide in him. For He said this as though He said: 'He who does not abide in me, and in whom I do not abide, let him not say or think that he eats my body or drinks my blood.' Those, therefore, do not abide in Christ who are not His members. But they are not members of Christ who make themselves members of a harlot, unless they have ceased to be that evil by repenting and have returned to this good by reconciliation. CHAPTER XXVI.
What it is to have Christ in the foundation, and to whom salvation is promised as though by the burning of fire. But, they say, Catholic Christians have Christ in the foundation, from whose unity they have not departed, even though upon this foundation they have built up however wicked a life, as it were wood, hay, stubble; therefore the right faith, through which Christ is the foundation, although with loss—since those things which were built upon it shall be burned—will nevertheless be able at some time to save them from the everlastingness of that fire. Let the Apostle James briefly answer them: 'If anyone say that he has faith, but have not works, can faith save him?' And who is he, they say, of whom the Apostle Paul speaks:
'But he himself shall be saved, yet so as by fire'? Let us at the same time inquire who this is; yet it is most certain that this is not he, lest we set the sentences of two apostles at strife, if one says: 'Even if a man have evil works, faith will save him by fire,' but the other: 'If he have not works, can faith save him?' We shall therefore find who can be saved by fire, if first we have found what it is to have Christ in the foundation. And that we may attend to this as quickly as possible from the very similitude: in a building nothing is set before the foundation; whosoever, therefore, so has Christ in his heart that he sets before Him nothing earthly and temporal, not even those things which are lawful and permitted, has Christ for his foundation:
but if he does set them before Him, even though he may seem to have the faith of Christ, yet Christ is not the foundation in him for one to whom such things are preferred: how much more, if, despising the precepts of salvation, he commits unlawful things, is he convicted not of having set Christ before, but of having set Him behind—Him whom he disregarded as commanding or permitting, while against His commands or permissions he chose to fulfill his lust through disgraceful deeds! If, therefore, any Christian loves a harlot and, cleaving to her, is made one body with her, he now does not have Christ in the foundation. But if anyone loves his wife, if according to Christ, who would doubt that Christ is in the foundation for him?
But if according to this world, if carnally, if in the disease of concupiscences, like the Gentiles also who know not God, this too the Apostle—nay, through the Apostle Christ—concedes by way of indulgence. Such a one too, therefore, can have Christ in the foundation. For if he set nothing of such affection and pleasure before Him, although he build up wood, hay, stubble, Christ is the foundation, and on this account he shall be saved by fire. For the fire of tribulation will burn away delights of this kind and earthly loves, not damnable for the sake of the conjugal bond; to which fire pertain both bereavements and whatever calamities take these things away.
And on this account, to him who has built, that building will be hurtful, because he will not have what he built upon it, and he will be tormented at the loss of those things in the enjoyment of which he certainly rejoiced; but through this fire he shall be saved by the merit of the foundation, because, even if it were proposed by a persecutor whether he would rather have that or Christ, that would not be preferred to Christ. See, in the words of the Apostle, the man building upon the foundation gold, silver, precious stones: 'He who is without a wife,' he says, 'thinks of the things of God, how he may please God.' See another building wood, hay, stubble: 'But he who is joined in matrimony,' he says, 'thinks of the things of the world, how he may please his wife. The work of each shall be made manifest;'
'for the day shall declare it' (the day, namely, of tribulation), 'since it shall be revealed in fire,' he says. He calls this same tribulation 'fire,' as elsewhere it is read: 'The furnace tries the vessels of the potter, and the trial of tribulation just men.' 'And the fire shall test of what sort the work of each is. If any man's work shall remain' (for that remains which a man thinks of, the things of God, how he may please God), 'he shall receive a reward for what he built up' (that is, from what he thought of, this he shall take); 'but if any man's work shall burn, he shall suffer loss' (since he shall not have what he had loved), 'yet he himself shall be saved' (because no tribulation has removed him from the stability of that foundation);
'yet so as by fire' (for what he held not without an alluring love, he loses not without a burning grief). Behold, as far as it seems to me, a fire has been found which condemns none of them, but enriches the one, damnifies the other, and tests both. But if we should choose to understand that fire as in this place—the fire of which the Lord shall say to those on the left: 'Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire'—so that among them too these are believed to be, who build upon the foundation wood, hay, stubble, and the merit of the good foundation delivers them out of that fire after a time imparted for their evil deserts: what shall we think of those on the right, to whom it shall be said:
'Come, blessed of my Father, possess the kingdom prepared for you,' except that they are those who have built upon the foundation gold, silver, precious stones? But if that fire, of which it was said, 'yet so as by fire,' is to be understood in this manner, both must be sent into it, namely both the right and the left. For by that fire both are to be tested, of which it was said: 'For the day shall declare it, since it shall be revealed in fire, and the fire shall test of what sort the work of each is.' If, then, the fire shall test both, so that, if any man's work shall remain—that is, shall not have been consumed by the fire—he may receive a reward for what he built up; but if any man's work shall burn, he may suffer loss: surely that fire is not the eternal one.
For into that fire only those on the left shall be sent, in the final and everlasting damnation; but He approves those on the right. Yet some of them He approves in such a way that He does not burn up or consume the building they have raised upon Christ as their foundation; others He approves in another way, namely, so that what they have built upon it is burned and they suffer loss thereby, yet are saved, because they have held with surpassing love to Christ, firmly set as their foundation. But if they shall be saved, surely they shall also stand at the right hand and hear with the rest: 'Come, you blessed of my Father, possess the kingdom prepared for you'; not at the left hand, where those shall be who shall not be saved, and therefore shall hear: 'Depart from me, you accursed, into eternal fire.'
For no one shall be saved by that fire, since all those shall go into eternal punishment, where their worm dies not and the fire is not quenched, by which they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever. After the death of this body, however, until that day comes which, after the resurrection of bodies, shall be the last day of damnation and of reward, if it is said that during this interval of time the spirits of the departed undergo a fire of such a kind that those do not feel it who did not have, in the life of this body, such manners and loves that their wood, hay, and stubble should be consumed,
while others do feel it, namely those who carried such buildings with them—whether only there, or both here and there; or here in such a way as not to feel there the worldly things which, though damnable, are yet pardonable—if they find a fire of passing tribulation that consumes them: I do not refute this, for perhaps it is true. For even the very death of the flesh, which was conceived from the commission of the first sin, may belong to this tribulation, so that the time which follows it is felt by each one according to his building. Persecutions also, by which the martyrs were crowned and which all Christians whatsoever endure, prove both kinds of building like fire, and consume some of them together with their builders, if they do not find Christ as their foundation in them;
others without their builders. If it finds Christ, then, though with loss, the builders themselves shall be saved; but other buildings it does not consume, because it finds them to be such as endure for ever. There shall also be at the end of the world a tribulation in the time of Antichrist, such as never was before. How many buildings shall there be then, whether of gold or of hay, upon that best foundation, which is Christ Jesus, so that that fire may test both kinds, and from some bring joy, from others inflict loss, yet destroy neither sort of those in whom it shall find these things, because of the stable foundation!
But whoever—I do not say a wife, by carnal union with whom one uses carnal pleasure, but the very names of devotion which are foreign to such delights—whoever, by loving carnally after the manner of men, sets them before Christ, does not have Him in his foundation, and therefore shall not be saved through fire, but shall not be saved at all, because he cannot be with the Saviour, who, speaking most plainly of this matter, says: 'He who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me; and he who loves son or daughter above me is not worthy of me.' But he who loves these bonds carnally in such a way that he nevertheless does not prefer them to Christ the Lord, and would rather
do without them than without Christ, should he be brought to such a critical point of temptation, shall be saved through fire, because the loss of them must necessarily burn him with grief in proportion as love had clung to them. Furthermore, whoever loves father, mother, sons, daughters according to Christ, so that he counsels them to obtain His kingdom and to cleave to Him, or loves in them this very thing, that they are members of Christ—far be it that such a love should be found among the wood, hay, and stubble to be consumed; rather it shall be reckoned to the building of gold, silver, and precious stones. And how can he love them more than Christ, whom he loves wholly for Christ's sake? CHAPTER XXVII. Against the persuasion of those who think that the sins in which they remained while giving alms will not harm them.
It remains to answer those who say that only those shall burn in eternal fire who neglect to perform worthy almsgiving for their sins, on account of that which the apostle James says: 'But judgment without mercy to him who has not shown mercy.' He, therefore, they say, who has shown mercy, though he has not corrected his ruined manners, but has lived wickedly and basely amid his very almsgiving, shall have judgment with mercy, so that either he is not condemned at all, or after some time he is freed from the final damnation. And for no other reason do they suppose that Christ shall make the distinction between those on the right and those on the left solely from the love or neglect of almsgiving, sending some of them into the kingdom, others into eternal punishment.
But in order that they may suppose that their daily sins—whatever and however great they be—which they never cease to commit, can be remitted through almsgiving, they try to bring in as their advocate and witness the prayer which the Lord Himself taught. For just as there is no day, they say, on which this prayer is not said by Christians, so there is no daily sin of any kind which is not remitted through it, when we say: 'Forgive us our debts,' if we take care to do what follows: 'As we also forgive our debtors.' For the Lord did not say, they argue: 'If you forgive men their sins, your Father will forgive you your small daily sins,' but He said: 'He will forgive you your sins.'
Of whatever kind or however great they be, then—even if they are committed daily and life does not depart from them changed for the better—they presume that these can be remitted to them through the alms of a pardon not denied. But it is well that these men remind us that worthy alms for sins must be performed; for if they said that any sort of alms whatever could obtain divine mercy for sins both daily and great, and for any habit of crimes whatsoever, so that daily remission would follow, they would see that they are saying something absurd and ridiculous. For thus they would be forced to admit that it could come to pass that a most wealthy man might, by spending ten little coins a day on alms, redeem murders and adulteries and every kind of wicked deed.
But if it is most absurd and most insane to say this, then surely, if it be asked what alms are worthy for sins—concerning which that forerunner of Christ also said: 'Bring forth therefore fruits worthy of repentance'—without doubt those will not be found to perform them who riddle their life right up to death with the perpetration of daily crimes: first, because in carrying off the goods of others they plunder far more, and by bestowing some trifling portion of these on the poor they imagine they are thereby feeding Christ, believing that they have bought from Him license to do evil, or rather are daily buying it, and so commit their many damnable deeds secure.
For if for a single crime they were to distribute all their goods to the needy members of Christ, unless they desisted from such deeds by having charity, which does not deal perversely, it could profit them nothing. He, therefore, who performs worthy alms for his sins begins to perform them first upon himself. For it is unfitting that he should not do for himself what he does for his neighbour, when he hears God saying: 'You shall love your neighbour as yourself'; and again hears: 'Have mercy on your own soul, pleasing God.' This alms—that is, that he may please God—if he does not bestow upon his own soul, how can he be said to perform worthy alms for his sins? For to this purpose that too is written: 'He who is evil to himself, to whom will he be good?' Alms, indeed, assist prayers;
and certainly we must regard what we read: 'Son, you have sinned; do not add to it again, and pray concerning your past sins, that they may be forgiven you.' For this reason, therefore, alms are to be performed, so that when we pray concerning past sins, we may be heard; not that, persevering in them, we may believe ourselves to be procuring license to do evil through alms. And so the Lord foretold that He would impute to those on the right the alms done by them, and to those on the left the alms not done, in order thereby to show how much alms avail to blot out former sins, not to commit eternal ones with impunity. But such alms cannot be said to be performed by those who are unwilling to change their life for the better from its habit of crimes. For in this also which He said:
'Inasmuch as you did it not to one of the least of these my brethren, you did it not to me'—He shows that they do not do it even when they think they are doing it. For if they gave bread to a hungry Christian as to a Christian, they would surely not deny to themselves the bread of righteousness, which is Christ Himself; since God regards not to whom it is given, but with what intention it is given. He, therefore, who loves Christ in the Christian, offers him alms with that intention by which he draws near to Christ, not by which he wishes to depart unpunished from Christ. For each one forsakes Christ all the more, the more he loves what Christ disapproves. For what does it profit anyone that he is baptized, if he is not justified? Did not He who said:
'Unless a man be born again of water and the Spirit, he shall not enter into the kingdom of God,' also Himself say: 'Unless your righteousness exceed that of the scribes and Pharisees, you shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven'? Why do many run to be baptized through fear of the former, while not many take care to be justified through not fearing the latter? Just as, then, he does not say 'Fool' to his brother who, when he says this, is incensed not against the brotherhood but against his sin (otherwise he shall be liable to the fire of hell): so, on the contrary, he who offers alms to a Christian does not offer them to a Christian if he does not love Christ in him; and he does not love Christ who refuses to be justified in Christ. And just as, if anyone has been overtaken by this fault, so as to say to his brother:
'Fool'—that is, unjustly reviling him out of unwillingness to take away his sin—it is too little for him, in order to redeem this, to perform alms, unless he also adds the remedy of reconciliation which follows there (for there follows: 'If therefore you offer your gift at the altar, and there remember that your brother has anything against you, leave there your gift before the altar, and go first, be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift'): so it is too little to perform alms, however great, for any crime whatever, and to remain in the habit of crimes. But the daily prayer which Jesus Himself taught, whence it is also called the Lord's Prayer, indeed blots out daily sins, when it is said daily:
'Forgive us our debts'—and that which follows is not only said but also done: 'As we also forgive our debtors'; but because sins are committed, it is therefore said, not that they may be committed because it is said. For through this prayer the Saviour wished to show us that, however justly we live in the darkness and infirmity of this life, we are not without sins, for the forgiveness of which we ought to pray, and we ought to forgive those who sin against us, so that we too may be forgiven. Surely it was not for this reason that the Lord said:
'If you forgive men their sins, your Father also will forgive you your sins,' that, relying on this prayer, we might securely commit daily crimes—either by the power whereby we did not fear the laws of men, or by the cunning whereby we deceived those very men; but that through it we might learn not to think ourselves to be without sins, even if we were free from crimes; just as God admonished the priests of the old law concerning sacrifices about this very thing, commanding them to offer first for their own sins, then for the sins of the people. For even the very words of so great a Master and our Lord must be watchfully considered. For He did not say: 'If you forgive men their sins, your Father also will forgive you sins of whatever kind,' but He said: 'Your sins.'
For He was teaching a daily prayer and was certainly speaking to disciples already justified. What, then, is 'your sins,' but 'sins without which not even you will be, who are justified and sanctified'? Therefore, whereas those who through this prayer seek occasion for daily committing crimes say that the Lord signified even great sins, because He did not say 'He will forgive you small sins,' but 'your sins': there, considering to what sort of people He was speaking, and hearing 'your sins' said, we ought to think nothing other than small ones, since those of such people were no longer great. Yet not even those great sins, from which one must wholly withdraw with one's manners changed for the better, are forgiven to those who pray, unless that be done which is said there:
'As we also forgive our debtors.' For if the least sins, without which not even the life of the righteous exists, are not otherwise remitted, how much more do those entangled in many great crimes—even if they now cease to commit them—obtain no indulgence, if they are inexorable in remitting to others whatever each has sinned against them, since the Lord says: 'But if you do not forgive men, neither will your Father forgive you.' For to this purpose avails also what the apostle James says, that judgment shall be without mercy to him who has not shown mercy. For there should come to mind that servant also, to whom his lord remitted ten thousand talents,
which afterward he commanded him to repay, because he himself did not have pity on his fellow-servant, who owed him a hundred denarii. In those, therefore, who are children of the promise and vessels of mercy, that avails which the same apostle says, consequently adding: 'But mercy exults over judgment'—since even those righteous ones, who lived in such great holiness that they also receive others into eternal dwellings, by whom they were made friends from the mammon of unrighteousness, that they might be such, were freed by mercy by Him who justifies the ungodly, imputing reward according to grace, not according to debt. For among their number is the apostle who says: 'I obtained mercy, that I might be faithful.'
But concerning those who are received by such persons into eternal dwellings, it must be confessed that they are not endowed with such manners that their own life could suffice for their being freed without the support of the saints, and on this account mercy exults much more abundantly over judgment in their case. Yet no one is therefore to be thought, however utterly wicked, in no way changed to a good or even a more tolerable life, to be received into eternal dwellings, merely because he has obliged the saints from the mammon of unrighteousness—that is, from money or riches which had been ill acquired, or even if well, yet not from true riches but from what unrighteousness reckons to be riches, since it does not know what the true riches are, in which those abound who also receive others into eternal dwellings.
There is, therefore, a certain manner of life neither so evil that the bounty of almsgiving—by which the want of the righteous is also sustained, and friends are made who may receive into eternal dwellings—profits those who live it nothing toward attaining the kingdom of heaven; nor so good that it suffices of itself for attaining so great a blessedness, unless they obtain mercy by the merits of those whom they have made their friends. (And I am wont to marvel that even in Virgil this saying of the Lord is found, where He says: 'Make to yourselves friends from the mammon of unrighteousness, that they also may receive you into eternal dwellings'; to which is also most similar this: 'He who receives a prophet in the name of a prophet shall receive a prophet's reward;'
and he who receives a righteous man in the name of a righteous man shall receive a righteous man's reward.' For when that poet was describing the Elysian fields, where they suppose the souls of the blessed to dwell, he not only placed there those who were able to attain those seats by their own merits, but added and said: 'And those who, mindful of others, made them so by deserving well'—that is, those who deserved well of others and made them mindful of themselves by their deserving; precisely as if they were saying to them what is frequently on a Christian's lips, when each humble person commends himself to some one of the saints and says: 'Be mindful of me,' and brings it about by deserving that he may be so.) But what that manner is, and what those sins are, which so hinder arrival at the kingdom of God
that nevertheless they obtain indulgence by the merits of saintly friends—this is most difficult to discover, most dangerous to define. I, at any rate, even up to this time, though I have busied myself about it, have not been able to arrive at investigating them. And perhaps they lie hidden for this reason, lest zeal for advancing toward guarding against all sins grow sluggish. For if it were known which and what kind of faults they are, for which—even when they persist and are not consumed by progress in a better life—the intercession of the righteous must be sought and hoped for, human laziness would securely wrap itself in such things, and would take no care to be extricated from such entanglements by the exertion of any virtue, but would seek only to be freed by the merits of others, whom it had made its friends from the mammon of unrighteousness by the bounty of almsgiving.
But now, while the manner of pardonable iniquity, even if it persists, remains unknown, surely both zeal for advancing toward better things is applied more watchfully by praying and importuning, and the care of making saintly friends from the mammon of unrighteousness is not despised. But this deliverance, which is wrought either by the prayers of each one or by the intercession of the saints, brings it about that one is not sent into eternal fire, not that, when one has been sent, he may after however long a time thence be ransomed.
For even those who think that what is written must be understood thus—that the good rich earth brings forth fruit, one thirtyfold, another sixtyfold, another a hundredfold—so that the saints, according to the diversity of their merits, free some thirty men, others sixty, others a hundred: they are wont to suppose that this will take place on the day of judgment, not after the judgment.
And when someone saw, by this opinion, men most perversely promising themselves impunity—on the ground that all could seem in this manner to belong to deliverance—he is reported to have answered most elegantly that it is rather necessary to live well, so that each one may be found among those who are to intercede for others to be freed; lest they be so few that, as each one of them quickly reaches his number of thirty or sixty or a hundred, many remain who can no longer be rescued from punishment by the intercession of those, and among them be found whoever with most vain rashness promises himself the hope of another's fruit.
Let it suffice that I have answered this to those who do not despise the authority of the sacred Scriptures, which we hold in common, but who by misunderstanding them think that what shall be is not what those Scriptures say, but rather what they themselves wish. Having rendered this response, then, we conclude the book, as we promised. As we promised in the immediately preceding book, this last book of this whole work shall contain the discussion concerning the eternal blessedness of the City of God; which received the name of eternity not on account of length of duration through many ages, yet to be ended at some time, but because, as it is written in the Gospel, 'of His kingdom there shall be no end;'
nor in such a way that, while some pass away by dying and others succeed by being born, an appearance of perpetuity may appear in it—as in a tree which is clothed with perennial foliage, the same greenness seems to remain, while, as the leaves fall and drop, others ever springing up preserve the look of shadiness; but all the citizens in it shall be immortal, men also attaining what the holy angels never lost. This shall the most omnipotent God, its Founder, accomplish. For He has promised, and cannot lie; and to make faith even from this also for them, He has already done many things both not promised and promised.
For He it is who in the beginning founded the world, full of all good things, both visible and intelligible; in which He instituted nothing better than the spirits, to whom He gave understanding, and rendered them fit for and capable of His contemplation, and bound them together in one fellowship, which we call the holy and supernal City—in which the thing whereby they are sustained and are blessed is God Himself, as it were their common life and sustenance: who bestowed upon that same intellectual nature free will of such a kind that, if it should wish to forsake God, that is, its own blessedness, misery would forthwith follow;
who, when He foreknew that certain angels, through that pride by which they wished to suffice for themselves unto the blessed life, would be deserters of so great a good, did not take from them this power, judging it more powerful and better even to make good use of evils than to permit no evils to exist. And these would be no evils at all, had not the mutable nature—though good, and instituted by the most high God and immutable Good, who founded all good things—by sinning made them for itself; whereby also by its own sin as witness it is convicted of having been created a good nature. For unless it, too, were a great good, though not equal to its Creator, surely the desertion of God as of its own light could not be its evil.
For just as the blindness of the eye is a defect, and this very thing indicates that the eye was created for seeing light, and through this even by its very defect the member capable of light is shown more excellent than the other members (for there would be no other cause of its defect to lack light): so the nature which enjoyed God teaches, even by the very defect by which it is wretched because it does not enjoy God, that it was instituted as the best of natures; who bound the voluntary fall of the angels with the most just penalty of everlasting unhappiness, and to the rest, remaining in that highest good, He gave, as it were, the reward of that very perseverance, that they might be certain of their own endless perseverance.
Who made man also himself upright, with the same free will—an earthly animal indeed, but worthy of heaven if he should cleave to his Author, with misery likewise to follow if he should forsake Him, such as would befit a nature of this kind. And foreknowing that he likewise, by the transgression of the law of God through the desertion of God, would sin, He did not take from him the power of free will, at the same time foreseeing what good He Himself would make out of his evil: who from the mortal offspring, deservedly and justly condemned, gathers by His grace so great a people that from it He may supply and restore the part which fell, of the angels; and so that beloved and supernal City may not be defrauded of the number of its citizens, but may even perhaps rejoice in a yet more abundant one. CHAPTER II.
Concerning the eternal and immutable will of God. For many things are indeed done by the wicked against the will of God; but He is of such great wisdom and of such great power that all things which seem adverse to His will tend toward those issues or ends which He Himself foreknew to be good and just. And on this account, when God is said to change His will—so that, for example, He is rendered angry to those to whom He was gentle—they rather than He Himself are changed, and they find Him in a certain manner changed in what they suffer; just as the sun is changed to injured eyes and becomes in a certain manner harsh from being mild, and troublesome from being delightful, while it remains in itself the same as it was.
That is also called the will of God which He works in the hearts of those who obey His commandments, concerning which the apostle says: 'For it is God who works in you both to will.' Just as the righteousness of God is said to be not only that by which He Himself is righteous, but also that which He works in the man who is justified by Him: so His law also is so called, which is rather of men, but given by Him; for surely they were men to whom Jesus said: 'In your law it is written,' though in another place we read: 'The law of his God is in his heart.' According to this will which God works in men, He is even said to will what He Himself does not will, but makes His own people to will it; just as He is said to have known what He brought about to be known by those by whom it was unknown. For not when the apostle says:
'But now, knowing God, or rather being known by God,' it is not lawful for us to believe that God then came to know them, foreknown before the foundation of the world; but He was then said to have known what He then brought about that He should be known. Concerning these modes of expression I have already mentioned, in the earlier books, that there was discussion. According to this will, then, by which we say that God wills what He makes others will, to whom future things are unknown, He wills many things and does not do them. For many things His saints will to be done, inspired by Him with a holy will, and they are not done; just as they pray for certain persons piously and holily, and what they pray for He does not do, although He Himself wrought in them this will of praying by His Holy Spirit.
And on this account, when the saints will and pray according to God that each one may be saved, we can in that manner of speech say: 'God wills and does not do it'; so that we may say that He Himself wills, who makes these to will. But according to that will of His own, which is eternal together with His foreknowledge, surely in heaven and on earth He has already done all things whatsoever He willed—not only past or present, but even future. But before the time comes at which He willed that what He foreknew and disposed before all ages should come to pass, we say: 'It shall be done when God shall will'; but if we are ignorant not only of the time at which it is to be, but even whether it is to be, we say: 'It shall be, if God shall will';
not because God will then have a new will which He did not have, but because that which from eternity was prepared in His immutable will shall then come to be. CHAPTER III. Concerning the promise of the eternal blessedness of the saints and the perpetual punishments of the wicked. Wherefore, to pass over so many other things—just as now we see fulfilled in Christ what He promised to Abraham, saying: 'In your seed shall all nations be blessed'—so that which He promised to the same seed of his shall be fulfilled, where He says through the prophet: 'They that were in the tombs shall rise again,' and what He says: 'There shall be a new heaven and a new earth, and they shall not remember the former things, nor shall it come up into their heart, but they shall find joy and exultation in it.'
'Behold, I will make Jerusalem an exultation and my people a joy; and I will exult in Jerusalem and rejoice in my people, and there shall no more be heard in her the voice of weeping'; and that which through another prophet He foretold, saying to that same prophet: 'In that time your people shall be saved, every one that shall be found written in the book; and many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth (or, as some have interpreted, in the mound) shall arise, these unto eternal life and these unto reproach and unto eternal confusion'; and in another place through the same prophet: 'The saints of the Most High shall receive the kingdom and shall possess it unto the age and unto the age of ages'; and a little after: 'His kingdom,' he says, 'is an everlasting kingdom':
and other things pertaining to this which I have set down in the twentieth book, or those which I have not set down and yet are written in the same Scriptures—these too shall come, just as those have come which the unbelieving did not think would come. For the same God promised both, foretold that both should come; whom the deities of the pagans dread, even by the testimony of Porphyry, the most noble philosopher of the pagans. CHAPTER IV. Against the wise men of the world, who think that the earthly bodies of men cannot be transferred to a heavenly habitation. But, of course, learned and wise men, against the force of so great an authority, which—as it foretold so long beforehand—has converted all kinds of men to believing and hoping in this.
They think they are arguing shrewdly against the resurrection of bodies when they say what was recorded by Cicero in the third book of his work On the Republic. For when he was asserting that Hercules and Romulus had been made gods out of men, he says: 'Yet their bodies were not raised up into heaven; for nature would not permit that what came from the earth should remain anywhere but in the earth.' This is the great reasoning of the wise, whose thoughts the Lord knows to be vain. For if we were souls only, that is, spirits without any body, and dwelling in heaven knew nothing of earthly animals, and it were foretold to us that one day we should be bound by a marvelous bond to be joined to earthly bodies for the purpose of giving them life:
would we not argue all the more forcefully, refusing to believe it, and say that nature does not permit an incorporeal thing to be bound by a bodily fetter? And yet the earth is full of living souls quickening these earthly members, joined and interwoven with them in a marvelous manner. Why then, if the same God who made this living creature so wills, could not an earthly body be raised up into a heavenly body, if a soul, which is more excellent than any body—and therefore than even a heavenly body—has been able to be bound to an earthly body?
Could so tiny a particle of earth hold within itself something better than a heavenly body, so as to have sensation and life, and yet heaven disdain to receive this sentient and living earthly substance, or, having received it, be unable to sustain it—as if it would feel and live by something better than every heavenly body is? But the reason this does not happen now is that the time has not yet come in which He willed it to happen, who made this thing—which by familiarity has now grown cheap to us—far more wonderfully than that thing which is not believed by these men. For why do we not marvel more vehemently that incorporeal souls, superior to a heavenly body, are bound to earthly bodies, than that bodies, though earthly,
can nevertheless be exalted to heavenly seats—why do we not marvel more at incorporeal souls, mightier than a heavenly body, being bound to earthly bodies, except that we have grown accustomed to seeing the latter and we ourselves are this, whereas the former we are not yet, nor have we ever yet seen it? For surely, when consulted by sober reason, it is found to be the work of a more wonderful divine operation to attach in a certain manner corporeal things to incorporeal ones, than to couple together bodies and bodies—however diverse, since the one are heavenly, the other earthly—yet still bodies and bodies. CHAPTER V. On the resurrection of the flesh, which some who believe the world refuse to believe. But this might once have been incredible: behold, now the world has already believed that the earthly body of Christ was taken up into heaven; the resurrection of the flesh and the ascension into the heights, with very few remaining astonished, whether learned or unlearned. Now both the learned and the unlearned have believed.
If they believed a credible thing, let them see how foolish are those who do not believe; but if an incredible thing was believed, then surely this too is incredible: that what is incredible was so believed. These two incredible things, then—namely the resurrection of our body unto eternity, and that the world would believe a thing so incredible—the same God, before either of them came to pass, foretold that both would come to be. One of the two incredible things we now see already accomplished: that what was incredible the world should believe.
Why is the remaining one despaired of, that it too should come to pass—the thing which the world incredibly believed—just as that has already come which was likewise incredible, namely that the world should believe a thing so incredible? Seeing that both these incredible things, one of which we see and the other we believe, were foretold in the very same Scriptures through which the world came to believe? And the very manner in which the world believed, if it be considered, is found to be still more incredible.
Men untrained in the liberal disciplines and altogether unpolished, as far as the learning of these philosophers is concerned, not skilled in grammar, not armed with dialectic, not inflated with rhetoric—fishermen—Christ sent, very few of them, with the nets of faith into the sea of this world, and so caught fish of every kind, and so many of them, and the more wonderful the rarer they were; he caught even the philosophers themselves. To those two incredible things, if you please—nay rather, because it ought to please—let us add this third. Now therefore there are three incredible things, which nevertheless have come to pass. It is incredible that Christ rose in the flesh and ascended into heaven with the flesh; it is incredible that the world believed a thing so incredible;
it is incredible that men so obscure, so lowly, so few, so unskilled, could persuade the world, and in it even the learned, of a thing so incredible so effectively. Of these three incredible things, the first these men with whom we are dealing refuse to believe; the second they are compelled even to behold—and they cannot find how it came to pass unless they believe the third. The resurrection of Christ, certainly, and his ascension into heaven with the flesh in which he rose, is now preached and believed throughout the whole world; if it is not credible, how is it that throughout the whole earth it has now been believed? If many noble, exalted, learned men said that they had seen it and took care to spread abroad what they had seen, it is no wonder that the world believed them—but that these men still refuse to believe is exceedingly hard;
if, however—as is the truth—the world believed few, obscure, very humble, unlearned men who said and wrote that they had seen it, why is it that the few most obstinate men who remain still do not believe even the world that now believes? The world believed a tiny number of ignoble, lowly, unskilled men, precisely because divinity persuaded the world of itself far more wondrously through such contemptible witnesses. For the words of those who persuaded, the things they spoke, were marvelous deeds, not mere words. For those who had not seen Christ risen in the flesh and ascended with it into heaven believed those who narrated that they had seen it—men not merely speaking, but also working marvelous signs.
a man lame from his mother's womb stood up whole at their word in the name of Christ after forty years; handkerchiefs taken from their bodies were of benefit for healing the sick; in the road by which they were to pass, countless people afflicted with various diseases were laid in a row, so that the shadow of those walking might pass over them, and they were wont at once to recover health; and many other astonishing things were done through them in the name of Christ; finally they even saw the dead raised again. If they grant that these things were done, as they are read, behold, we add so many incredible things to those three incredible ones; and that the one incredible thing—which is said concerning the resurrection of the flesh and the ascension into heaven—may be believed, we heap up so many testimonies of many incredible things, and yet by their dreadful hardness we cannot bend the unbelievers to belief.
But if they do not believe that these miracles too were done through the apostles of Christ, in order that they might be believed when they preached the resurrection and ascension of Christ, then this one great miracle suffices for us: that the whole world believed it without any miracles. CHAPTER VI. That Rome by loving made its founder Romulus a god, but the Church by believing loved Christ as God. Let us here also recall what Tullius marvels at concerning the believed divinity of Romulus. I will insert his words just as they are written. 'It is more to be wondered at in Romulus,' he says, 'that the others who are said to have been made gods out of men lived in less cultivated ages of mankind, so that there was a ready disposition for inventing,
since the unlearned were easily driven to belief; but we observe that the age of Romulus was less than six hundred years ago, when literature and learning were already long established, and all that ancient error arising from the uncultivated life of mankind had been done away with.' And a little later he speaks thus concerning the same Romulus, in words pertaining to this same point: 'From which it can be understood,' he says, 'that Homer lived many years before Romulus, so that, men and the times themselves being now learned and cultivated, there was scarcely any room left for inventing. For antiquity admitted fables, sometimes even clumsily fashioned;
but this age, now refined, especially as it derides everything that cannot happen, rejects them.' One of the number of the most learned men, and at the same time the most eloquent of all, Marcus Tullius Cicero, says for this reason that the divinity of Romulus was wondrously believed: because the times were already learned, such as would not admit the falsehood of fables. But who believed Romulus to be a god except Rome, and that when she was small and just beginning?
Then afterward it became necessary for posterity to preserve what they had received from their forefathers, so that the city, growing up with this superstition imbibed as it were with its mother's milk, might attain to so great an empire that from its summit, as from some loftier place, it might pour out upon other nations also, over which it ruled, this opinion of its own—so that they would not indeed believe, but would nevertheless call Romulus a god, lest they should offend, concerning its founder, the city they served, by naming him otherwise than Rome did, which had believed it not indeed out of love for this error, but yet through an error of love.
But Christ, although he is the founder of the heavenly and everlasting city, was not believed to be God because the city was founded by him; rather, the city is to be founded for this reason, that it has believed. Rome, when already built and dedicated, worshiped its founder as a god in a temple; but this Jerusalem laid its founder, Christ, who is God, in the foundation of faith, that it might be built and dedicated. The former believed its founder to be a god by loving him; the latter loved this one by believing him to be God. As therefore the former had a prior ground from which to love and, of one already loved, would gladly believe even a false good: so the latter had a prior ground from which to believe, that by right faith it might love not rashly what was false, but what was true.
For besides so many and so great miracles, which persuaded that Christ is God, divine prophecies also, most worthy of faith, went before—prophecies which in him are not, as by the fathers, still believed yet to be fulfilled, but are now shown to be fulfilled. Concerning Romulus, however, because he founded Rome and reigned in it, what was done is heard or read—not what was prophesied before it came to pass; but that he was received among the gods, the writings hold as believed, they do not teach as a fact. For by no signs of marvelous things is it shown that this truly happened to him. Indeed that wolf, his nurse—which seems to have appeared as something like a great portent—what or how great is it for demonstrating a god? For surely, even if that wolf was not a harlot but a beast,
since it was common to both, his brother nevertheless is not held to be a god. Moreover, who was forbidden to call either Romulus or Hercules or other such men gods, and chose to die rather than not call them so? Or would any of the nations have worshiped Romulus among their gods, had not fear of the Roman name compelled them? Who, on the other hand, could count how many men, with whatever savagery of cruelty, chose to be slain rather than deny that Christ is God? Accordingly, the fear of even the slightest indignation, which it was thought might arise in the minds of the Romans if it were not done, drove certain cities placed under Roman law to worship Romulus as a god;
but from worshiping Christ as God—nay, even from confessing him—the fear, not of slight offense, but of immense and varied punishments and of death itself, which is dreaded above all else, could not call back so great a multitude of martyrs throughout the peoples of the whole earth. Nor did the city of Christ, although it was still sojourning on earth and yet had multitudes of great peoples, fight against its impious persecutors for temporal welfare; but rather, that it might obtain the eternal, it did not fight back. They were bound, imprisoned, beaten, tortured, burned, torn to pieces, butchered—and they were multiplied. It was not theirs to fight for safety except by despising safety for the sake of the Savior.
I know that in Cicero's third book, unless I am mistaken, On the Republic, it is argued that no war is undertaken by the best state except either for good faith or for safety. But what he means by 'for safety,' or what kind of safety he wishes to be understood, he shows in another place: 'But from these penalties,' he says, 'which even the most foolish feel—poverty, exile, chains, scourgings—private men often escape by the swiftly offered means of death; but for states, death itself is a penalty, which seems to deliver individuals from penalty. For a state ought to be so constituted as to be eternal. And so there is no natural extinction of a commonwealth, as there is of a man, in whom death is not only necessary but often even to be desired. But when a state is removed, destroyed, extinguished,
it is in a certain manner similar—if we may compare small things with great—as if this whole world should perish and collapse.' Cicero said this for the reason that he holds, with the Platonists, that the world will not perish. It is established, therefore, that he wished war to be undertaken by a state for that safety by which it comes about that the state remains here, as he says, eternal—although individuals die and are born—just as the shade of the olive or laurel and other trees of this kind is perennial, despite the falling and springing up of individual leaves. For death, as he says, is the penalty not of individual men but of the whole state, which for the most part delivers individuals from penalty.
Hence it is rightly asked whether the Saguntines acted rightly when they chose that their whole city should perish rather than break the faith by which they were bound together with the Roman commonwealth itself; in which deed of theirs they are praised by all citizens of an earthly commonwealth. But how they could obey this argument, I do not see—where it is said that no war is to be undertaken except either for good faith or for safety, and it is not said what should rather be chosen if these two should so coincide in one and the same peril that the one cannot be kept without the loss of the other. For surely, if the Saguntines had chosen safety, their good faith would have had to be abandoned; if good faith was to be kept, safety would assuredly have to be lost, as in fact happened.
But the safety of the City of God is such that it can be held together with faith and through faith—or rather, can be acquired; but with faith lost, no one can come to it. This consideration, of a most steadfast and most patient heart, made so many and so great martyrs as Romulus, when he was believed to be a god, neither had nor could have had even a single one of the same kind. CHAPTER VII. That it was of divine power, not of human persuasion, that the world believed in Christ. But it is exceedingly ridiculous to make mention of the false divinity of Romulus when we are speaking of Christ. Yet since Romulus lived nearly six hundred years before Cicero, and that age is said to have been already so cultivated by learning that it rejected everything which cannot happen:
how much more, six hundred years afterward, in Cicero's own time, and especially later under Augustus and Tiberius—times surely more learned—would the human mind have been unable to bear the resurrection of Christ's flesh and the ascension into heaven, as a thing that cannot happen, and would have derided and rejected it from ears and hearts, had not the divinity of Truth itself, or the truth of Divinity, and the corroborating signs of miracles, shown that it could have happened and had indeed happened;
so that, amid so many and so great persecutions terrifying and gainsaying, the resurrection and immortality of the flesh—first going before in Christ, then to follow in the rest unto the new age—might be both most faithfully believed and fearlessly preached, and, destined to sprout throughout the earth more fruitfully, might be sown with the blood of martyrs. For the heralding prophecies of the prophets, going before, were read; the portents of miracles concurred; and a new truth, not contrary to reason, was persuasively commended to custom—until the earth, which was persecuting with fury, should follow with faith. CHAPTER VIII. On the miracles which were done that the world might believe in Christ, and which do not cease to be done now that the world believes.
'Why,' they say, 'do not those miracles, which you proclaim were done, happen now?' I could indeed say that they were necessary before the world believed, to the end that the world might believe. Whoever still seeks portents in order to believe is himself a great portent, who does not believe when the world believes. But they say this with the purpose that not even then should those miracles be believed to have been done. Whence then is it that Christ is everywhere sung with such great faith to have been taken up into heaven with the flesh? Whence, in learned times which reject everything that cannot happen, did the world, without any miracles, all too marvelously believe incredible things? Or will they perhaps say that they were credible and therefore were believed? Why then do they themselves not believe? Brief, then, is our argument:
Either other incredible things, which nevertheless were done and seen, produced belief in an incredible thing which was not seen; or else a thing so credible that it needed no miracles by which to be made persuasive convicts the excessive unbelief of these men. This I would say to refute the most vain. For we cannot deny that many miracles were done to attest that one great and salutary miracle, by which Christ ascended into heaven with the flesh in which he rose. In those same most truthful books all things are written down, both what was done, and on account of what it was done that it ought to be believed. These became known in order to produce faith; and through the faith which they produced they become known far more clearly. For they are read among the peoples, that they may be believed;
yet they would not be read among the peoples unless they were believed. For even now miracles are done in his name, whether through his sacraments or through the prayers or memorials of his saints; but they are not illuminated with the same brightness, so as to be noised abroad with such glory as those. For the canon of the sacred Scriptures, which had to be defined, causes those to be recited everywhere and to cling to the memory of all peoples; but these, wherever they happen, are scarcely known there even by the whole city itself or whatever place of dwellers. For for the most part, even there, very few know them while the rest are ignorant, especially if the city is large; and when they are narrated elsewhere and to others, no authority so great commends them
that they should be believed without difficulty or doubt, even though they are reported by faithful Christians to the faithful. The miracle which was done at Milan when we were there, when a blind man was given sight, was able to come to the knowledge of many, because it is a great city, and the emperor was then there, and the deed was witnessed by an immense crowd that had gathered to the bodies of the martyrs Protasius and Gervasius; which, although they lay hidden and were utterly unknown, were revealed through a dream to the bishop Ambrose and found; whereupon that blind man, his old darkness driven away, saw the day.
But at Carthage, who knows, except a very few indeed, of the cure which was wrought upon Innocentius, formerly an advocate of the vicarial prefecture, where we were present and beheld it with our own eyes? For when my brother Alypius and I came from across the sea—not yet clerics indeed, but already serving God—he had received us, being himself, with his whole household, most devout, and we were then dwelling with him. He was being treated by physicians for fistulas, which he had, numerous and intricate, in the lower and innermost part of his body. They had already operated on him and were treating the rest by the medicaments of their art. He had suffered in that operation both long and bitter pains.
But one among the many sinuses had escaped the physicians and so lay hidden that they did not touch it, though they ought to have opened it with the knife. In short, when all those which they were treating by opening had been healed, this one alone remained, on which labor was being spent in vain. He, holding these delays suspect and greatly dreading lest he be cut again (which another physician, his own household one, had foretold to him—whom they had not admitted even to look on, when he was first cut, to see how they did it, and whom, in anger, he had cast out of the house and scarcely taken back), burst out and said: 'Are you going to cut me again? Am I to come to the words of the man whom you would not have present?' They mocked the unskilled physician and soothed the man's fear with good words and promises.
Many more days passed, and all that was being done availed nothing. Yet the physicians persisted in their promise that they would close that sinus not with the knife, but with medicaments. They also brought in another physician, now far advanced in age and sufficiently praised in that art (for he was still living), Ammonius, who, having inspected the place, promised the same as they had, out of their own diligence and skill. Made confident by his authority, the patient mocked, with witty good humor, as though now whole, his own household physician, who had foretold that there would be another operation. Why say more? After this so many days were uselessly spent and passed, that, wearied and confounded, they confessed that he could in no way be healed except by the knife.
He was terrified, he grew pale, troubled with excessive fear; and when he had collected himself and was able to speak, he ordered them to depart and not to approach him any more; nor did anything else occur to him, worn out with weeping and now bound by that necessity, except to summon a certain Alexandrian, who was then held to be a marvelous surgeon, that he might do what, in his anger, he did not wish to be done by them. But after that man came and, like a craftsman, saw their labor in the scars, he, fulfilling the office of a good man, persuaded the patient that those rather who had labored on him so much—as he himself marveled in inspecting—should enjoy the completion of their cure, adding that in truth he could not be made whole unless he were cut;
that it was utterly abhorrent to his own character that, from men whose most skillful work, industry, and diligence he marveled at as he saw it in the patient's scars, he should snatch away the palm of so great a labor on account of the small part that remained. They were restored to his good will, and it was agreed that, with that same Alexandrian assisting, they themselves should open with the knife that sinus, which by the consent of all was now thought otherwise incurable. The matter was deferred to the following day. But when they had departed, from the excessive grief of the master there arose in that house so great a sorrow that it could scarcely be restrained by us, like the wailing of a funeral. Holy men visited him daily: Saturninus, then bishop of Uzalis, of blessed memory, and the presbyter Gelosus, and deacons of the church of Carthage;
among whom was also Aurelius—he who alone of those is now in human affairs already a bishop, to be named by us with the honor due to him—with whom, recalling the marvelous works of God, we have often conversed about this matter, and we find that he remembers very well what we relate. When they visited him in the evening, as they were wont, he begged them with pitiable tears that they would deign on the morrow to be present at his funeral rather than at his pain. For so great a fear had seized him from his earlier sufferings that he did not doubt he would die amid the hands of the physicians. They consoled him and exhorted him to trust in God and to bear his will manfully. Then we entered upon prayer;
where, as we according to custom were bending our knees and bowing to the earth, he flung himself down as though he had been violently thrown prostrate by someone, and began to pray: in what manner, with what feeling, with what emotion of soul, with what flood of tears, with what groans and sobs that shook all his members and almost cut off his breath—who could unfold in any words? Whether the others were praying and their attention was not turned to these things, I knew not. I, however, could not pray at all; only this briefly in my heart I said: 'Lord, whose prayers of your own do you hear, if you do not hear these?' For nothing seemed to me could now be added, except that he should expire in praying. We rose, and, having received the blessing from the bishop, we departed,
he begging that they would be present in the morning, they exhorting him to be of even mind. The dreaded day dawned; the servants of God were present, as they had promised they would be; the physicians came in; all things that the hour demanded were prepared; the dreadful instruments were brought forth, while all looked on astonished and in suspense. As those whose authority was greater raised up by their consolation the failing of his spirit, his limbs were arranged on the little couch to the surgeon's hands, the knots of the bandages were loosened, the place was bared, the physician looked and, armed and intent, sought out that sinus to be cut. He scrutinized it with his eyes and felt it over with his fingers, and tried it at last in every way: he found a most firm scar.
Now that joy and praise and giving of thanks to the merciful and almighty God, which was poured forth from the mouth of all amid tears of gladness, is not to be entrusted to my words: let it rather be imagined than spoken. In the same Carthage, Innocentia, a most devout woman, of the foremost of that very city, had a cancer in her breast—a thing, as the physicians say, curable by no medicaments. Either, then, the member where it arises is wont to be cut away and separated from the body, or, that the person may live somewhat longer, yet with death thereby to come however more tardily, according to the opinion of Hippocrates, as they report, all treatment is to be foregone. This she had received from a skilled physician, most intimate with her household, and she had turned to God alone in prayer.
She was admonished in a dream, as Easter drew near, that, watching in the women's section at the baptistery, whatever woman first newly baptized should meet her should sign for her the place with the sign of Christ. She did so, and immediately health followed. The physician indeed, who had told her to apply no treatment if she wished to live a little longer, when he had afterward inspected her and found her perfectly sound, whom by such inspection he had previously known to have that disease, asked her vehemently what she had applied as treatment, desiring, as far as may be understood, to know the medicament by which the verdict of Hippocrates might be overcome.
And when he had heard from her what had been done, with a voice as of one despising and with a countenance such that she feared lest he might utter some insulting word against Christ, he is said to have replied with religious courtesy: 'I thought,' he said, 'you were going to tell me something great.' And when she now shuddered, he soon added: 'What great thing did Christ do in healing a cancer, who raised a man four days dead?' When I had heard this and was vehemently indignant that, in that city and in that person not at all obscure, so vast a miracle should thus lie hidden, I thought she ought hence to be both admonished and almost rebuked.
When she had answered me that she had not kept silent about the matter, I inquired of those women whom she happened then to have with her as her closest friends, whether they had known of this beforehand. They replied that they had been entirely unaware of it. 'Behold,' I said, 'how it is that you do not keep silent, if not even these women, who are joined to you by such great intimacy, have heard of it.' And because I had questioned her only briefly, I arranged that, with those women listening and greatly marvelling and glorifying God, she should set forth the whole thing in order, just as it had been done. We know that there was a certain physician in the same city, afflicted with gout;
who, when he had given in his name for baptism, and on the day before he was to be baptized had in a dream been forbidden to be baptized that same year by black curly-haired boys whom he understood to be demons, and when he had not yielded to them but, though they trampled upon his feet so as to bring on the sharpest pain such as he had never experienced, had been all the more inflamed against them, and had not deferred being washed in the laver of regeneration as he had vowed, did in the very act of baptism lose not only the pain by which he was being tormented beyond his wont, but also the gout itself, and never again, though he lived long afterward, suffered pain in his feet—who knows of this? We, however, know it, and a very few of the brethren to whom the report could reach.
A certain former actor of Curubis was made whole when he was baptized, not only of paralysis but also of a deformed swelling of the genitals, and, freed from both afflictions, came up from the font of regeneration as though he had had no ill in his body at all. Who knows of this besides the people of Curubis and a very few others who could hear of it anywhere? When we had learned of it, we arranged—the holy bishop Aurelius so commanding—that he should even come to Carthage, although we had first heard it from such persons of whose good faith we could not doubt. There is among us a man of tribunician rank, Hesperius; he has an estate in the territory of Fussala (it is called Zubedi);
and when, by the affliction of his beasts and slaves, he had found that his house was suffering the noxious power of malignant spirits, he asked our presbyters, in my absence, that one of them should go thither, by whose prayers they might yield. One went, offered there the sacrifice of the Body of Christ, praying with all his might that that vexation might cease: by God's mercy it ceased forthwith. Now he had received from a friend of his some holy earth brought from Jerusalem, where Christ, having been buried, rose again on the third day, and he had hung it up in his bedchamber, lest he himself also should suffer any ill. But when his house had been cleansed of that infestation, he was pondering what should be done with that earth, which out of reverence he was unwilling to keep any longer in his bedchamber.
It happened by chance that I and my colleague at that time, Maximinus, bishop of the church of Sinitum, were in the neighbourhood; he asked us to come, and we came. And when he had related everything to us, he also requested this: that the earth should be buried somewhere and that a place of prayer should be made there, where Christians too might be able to gather to celebrate the things that are God's. We did not refuse; it was done. There was there a young peasant who was a paralytic. On hearing this, he asked his parents that they should without delay carry him to that holy place. When he had been brought there, he prayed, and immediately departed thence sound upon his own feet. The estate is called Victoriana; it is less than thirty miles from Hippo Regius. There is there a shrine of the Milanese martyrs Protasius and Gervasius.
A certain young man was carried thither who, when at midday in the heat of summer he was washing his horse in a pool of the river, was seized by a demon. As he lay there, either near to death or most like a dead man, the mistress of the estate, according to custom, entered there for the evening hymns and prayers with her maidservants and certain consecrated women, and they began to sing hymns. At that voice he was, as it were, struck and roused, and with a terrible roaring he seized the altar and held it, not daring—or not being able—to move it, as though he had been bound or fastened to it, and with a great wailing, begging that he might be spared, he confessed where and when and how he had invaded the young man.
At last, declaring that it would go out, it named his several limbs, threatening that as it went it would cut them off, and amid these words it departed from the man. But his eye, slipping down upon his cheek, hung by a slender little vein as if from an inner root, and the whole middle of it, which had been blackish, had turned white. When those who were present saw this (for others too had run together, summoned by his cries, and had all cast themselves down in prayer for him), although they rejoiced that he stood in his right mind, yet again, on account of his eye, being grieved, they said that a physician must be sought. There the husband of his sister, who had carried him thither, said:
'God, who put the demon to flight at the prayers of His saints, is able to restore the sight.' Then, as best he could, he replaced the eye that had slipped down and was hanging, restored it to its place, and bound it with a kerchief, and thought it should not be unbound until after seven days. When he had done this, he found it perfectly sound. There others too were healed, of whom it would be tedious to tell. I know of a certain virgin of Hippo who, when she had anointed herself with oil into which the presbyter praying for her had let fall his tears, was at once healed of a demon. I know also that a bishop once prayed for a young man whom he did not see, and that he was straightway freed of a demon. There was a certain old man among us, Florentius of Hippo, a religious and poor man; he supported himself by the trade of a tailor;
he had lost his cloak and had not the means to buy himself another; to the Twenty Martyrs, whose shrine is most renowned among us, he prayed with a loud voice that he might be clothed. Some young men who happened to be there, scoffers, heard him, and as he departed they pursued him with mockery, as if he had begged from the martyrs fifty folles apiece to buy himself a garment. But he, walking on in silence, saw a great fish, cast up and still flapping, upon the shore, and with their applause and help he caught it, and sold it to a certain cook named Catosus, a good Christian, for the cook-shop, telling him what had happened, for three hundred folles, intending to buy wool with the money, so that his wife might make for him in some way something to wear.
But the cook, cutting up the fish, found a gold ring in its belly, and, moved at once by compassion and stricken with religious awe, restored it to the man, saying: 'Behold how the Twenty Martyrs have clothed you!' At the Waters of Tibilis, when the bishop Praeiectus was bringing relics of the most glorious martyr Stephen, a great multitude came thronging together to meet them. There a blind woman begged to be led to the bishop who was carrying them; she gave the flowers she was carrying, received them back, applied them to her eyes, and straightway saw. While those present were amazed, she went on ahead exulting, making her way and seeking no further any guide for the road.
The relics of the aforesaid martyr, which are placed in the fort of Sinitis, neighbouring to the colony of Hippo, Lucillus the bishop of that same place was carrying, with the people going before and following. A fistula, by whose affliction he had long been troubled and for which he was awaiting the hand of his most intimate physician to lance it, was suddenly healed by the carrying of that holy burden; for thereafter he no longer found it in his body. Eucharius is a presbyter from Spain, dwelling at Calama; he had long suffered from the old disease of the stone; through the relics of the aforesaid martyr, which the bishop Possidius brought thither, he was made whole. The same man afterward, when another disease prevailed, lay dead in such wise that his thumbs were already being bound together;
by the help of the aforesaid martyr, when something brought back from his shrine—namely the very presbyter's tunic—had been laid upon the body of him who lay there, he was raised up. There was there a man who was foremost in his rank, named Martialis, already heavy with age and greatly averse to the Christian religion. He had indeed a believing daughter and a son-in-law baptized that same year. When these, with many and great tears, begged him as he lay sick to become a Christian, he flatly refused and drove them from him with stormy indignation. It seemed good to his son-in-law to go to the shrine of holy Stephen and there to pray for him as much as he could, that God might give him a good mind, by which he should not delay to believe in Christ.
He did this with great groaning and weeping and with the sincerely burning affection of piety; then, departing, he took from the altar some flowers, whatever came to hand, and laid them at his head when it was already night; then he slept. And behold, before daybreak the old man cries out that someone should run to the bishop, who happened then to be with me at Hippo. So when he heard that he was absent, he asked that the presbyters should come. They came; he said that he believed, and, with all marvelling and rejoicing, he was baptized. This, as long as he lived, he had in his mouth: 'Christ, receive my spirit'—though he knew not that these were the last words of the most blessed Stephen when he was stoned by the Jews; words which were the last for this man also, for not long after he too departed this life.
There also, through the same martyr, two citizens were healed of gout, and one stranger: but the citizens entirely; the stranger, however, through a revelation, heard what he should apply when he was in pain; and when he did this, the pain at once subsided. Audurus is the name of an estate, where there is a church and in it a shrine of the martyr Stephen. A certain little boy, while he was playing in the courtyard, was crushed by a wheel as oxen drawing a wagon strayed from their path, and forthwith he quivered and breathed his last. His mother snatched him up and laid him at that same shrine, and not only did he come to life again, but he even appeared unharmed. A certain consecrated woman in a neighbouring estate, which is called Caspaliana, when she was struggling with sickness and was despaired of, had her tunic brought to that same shrine;
but before it could be brought back, she died. Nevertheless her parents covered her corpse with this tunic, and, her spirit being restored, she was made whole. At Hippo a certain Syrian named Bassus was praying at the shrine of the same martyr for his daughter who was sick and in danger, and had brought with him her garment, when behold, servants ran from the house to bring him word that she was dead. But when, as he was praying, they were intercepted by his friends, these forbade them to tell him, lest he should lament in public. When he had returned home, already resounding with the wailings of his household, and had cast over her the garment of his daughter which he was carrying, she was restored to life. Again, in the same place among us, the son of a certain Irenaeus, a tax-collector, was carried off by sickness.
And when the body lay lifeless, and the funeral rites were being prepared by those mourning and lamenting, one of his friends suggested, amid the words of others consoling him, that the body should be anointed with the oil of the same martyr. It was done, and he came to life again. Likewise among us a man of tribunician rank, Eleusinus, laid his infant son, lifeless from sickness, upon the shrine of the martyrs which is in his suburban estate, and after a prayer, which he poured forth there with many tears, he lifted him up alive. What shall I do? The promise of this work, which must be fulfilled, presses upon me, so that I cannot here record all the things I know; and beyond doubt very many of our people, when they read these things, will grieve that I have passed over so many which they assuredly know along with me.
These I now beg to pardon me, and to consider how great a labour of prolixity it would be to do what the necessity of the work I have undertaken compels me not to do here. For if I should wish to write only the miracles of healing—to say nothing of others—which have been wrought through this martyr, that is, the most glorious Stephen, in the colony of Calama and in our own, very many books would have to be composed, and yet not all could be gathered, but only those concerning which booklets were given to be read aloud among the people. For we wished this to be done, when we saw that signs of divine power similar to those of old were being repeated even in our times, and that they ought not to perish from the knowledge of the many.
Now it is not yet two years since this shrine began to be at Hippo Regius, and, though many—of which we are most certain—did not give in booklets concerning the things which have been wondrously done, those very booklets which were given had reached nearly the number of seventy when I wrote these things. At Calama, however, where both the shrine itself began earlier and they are given more frequently, they exceed that number by an incomparable multitude. At Uzalis too, a colony neighbouring to Utica, we have learned that many splendid things were done through the same martyr; whose shrine was established there by the bishop Evodius far earlier than among us. But the custom of giving booklets there does not exist—or rather did not exist; for perhaps now it has already begun to be.
For when we were lately there, we exhorted Petronia, a most illustrious woman, who had there been wondrously healed of a great and long-standing infirmity, in which all the aids of physicians had failed, that—the aforesaid bishop of the place willing it—she should give a booklet to be read aloud among the people, and she most obediently complied. In it she also set down something which I cannot here pass over in silence, although I am compelled to hasten on to those things which this work demands. She said that she had been persuaded by a certain Jew to insert a ring into a hair-cord, with which she should gird herself beneath every garment against the bare body; which ring should have under its gem a stone found in the kidneys of an ox. Bound with this as if with a remedy, she was coming to the threshold of the holy martyr.
But having set out from Carthage, when she had lodged at her own estate on the border of the river Bagrada, rising to continue her journey she saw that ring lying before her feet, and, marvelling, she tested the hair-cord with which it had been bound. When she found it altogether fastened, just as it was, with its firmest knots, she suspected that the ring had snapped and leapt off; but when this very ring too was found perfectly whole, she presumed that from so great a miracle she had received, in a certain way, a pledge of her future salvation, and, loosing that cord, she cast it together with the ring into the river. Let those not believe this who do not believe that the Lord of laws also was born through the unviolated parts of His virgin mother and entered to His disciples through closed doors;
but let them at least inquire into this, and, if they find it true, let them believe those things. She is a most illustrious woman, nobly born, nobly married, dwelling at Carthage; an ample city, an ample personage do not allow those seeking the matter to remain hidden. The martyr himself, certainly, by whose intercession she was healed, believed in the Son of the ever-virgin: he believed in Him who entered to the disciples through closed doors; finally—on account of which all these things are said by us—he believed in Him who ascended into heaven with the flesh in which He had risen; and therefore through him such great things are done, because for this faith he laid down his life. Even now, then, many miracles are wrought, the same God doing them through whom He will and as He will, who also did those things which we read of:
but these are neither made known in like manner, nor, that they may not slip from the mind, are they, like the gravel of memory, beaten in by frequent reading. For even where there is the diligence which has now begun to be among us, that the booklets of those who receive benefits should be read aloud among the people, those who are present hear this once, and the more numerous are not present; so that not even those who were present retain in mind, after some days, what they heard, and scarcely anyone of them is found who would report what he heard to one whom he had learned not to have been present. One thing has been done among us, not greater than those which I have told, but so clear and illustrious a miracle that I think there is no one of the people of Hippo who has not either seen or learned of it, no one who could by any means forget it.
There were certain ten brothers (of whom seven were males, three females) from Caesarea of Cappadocia, of no mean standing among their own citizens, who, by the curse of their mother—lately bereft by their father's death, who took most bitterly the wrong done her by them—were so chastised by divine punishment that they all were horribly shaken with a trembling of their limbs; and in this most loathsome condition, not bearing the eyes of their fellow-citizens, they wandered over almost the whole Roman world, wherever it seemed good to each to go. Of these, two also came to us, a brother and a sister, Paul and Palladia, already known in many other places, their misery noising it abroad.
Now they came about fifteen days before Easter; daily they frequented the church and in it the shrine of the most glorious Stephen, praying that God might now be appeased toward them and restore their former health. Both there and wherever they went, they turned upon themselves the gaze of the city. Some, who had seen them elsewhere and knew the cause of their trembling, made it known to others as best each could. And Easter came, and on the very Lord's Day in the morning, when a numerous crowd was already present and the young man, praying, was holding the railings of the holy place where the martyr's relics were, he was suddenly cast down and lay most like one sleeping, yet not trembling, as they used to do even in their sleep.
While those present were amazed, and some afraid, others grieving, when certain ones wished to raise him up, some forbade it and said that rather the outcome should be awaited. And behold, he arose, and he did not tremble, because he was healed, and he stood unimpaired, gazing upon those who gazed at him. Who, then, refrained from the praises of God? With the voices of those exclaiming and giving thanks the church was filled in every part. Thence they ran to me, where I was sitting, now about to come forth; one after another burst in, every later one announcing, as though it were news, what an earlier one had already told; and while I rejoiced and gave thanks to God within myself, he himself also enters with many others, bows down at my knees, is raised up to my kiss.
We proceed to the people; the church was full, it resounded with the voices of rejoicing: 'Thanks be to God! Praise be to God!'—no one keeping silence, those crying out on this side and on that. I greeted the people, and again they cried out with the same, even more fervent voice. When silence was at last made, the solemn lessons of the divine Scriptures were read. And when it came to the place for my sermon, I said a few words suited to the occasion and to the gladness of that joy. For I rather allowed them to consider, not to hear, a certain eloquence of God in the divine work. The man dined with us and diligently related to us the whole history of his own and his brother's and his mother's calamity. And so on the following day, after the sermon had been delivered, I promised that on the morrow the booklet of his narrative should be read aloud to the people.
When this was done, on the third day from the Lord's Day of Easter, on the steps of the apse from whose higher place I was speaking, I made both the brother and sister stand while their booklet was being read. The whole people of either sex gazed upon the one standing without unsightly motion, the other trembling in all her limbs. And those who had not seen him beheld, in his sister, what work of divine mercy had been wrought in him. For they saw what was to be rejoiced over in him, what was to be prayed for concerning her. When their booklet had been read, I bade them depart from the sight of the people, and I had begun to discourse somewhat more diligently upon the whole matter, when behold, as I was discoursing, other voices of new rejoicing are heard from the martyr's shrine.
Those who were listening to me turned thither and began to run together. For she, when she came down from the steps on which she had stood, had gone on to pray to the holy martyr; and as soon as she touched the railings, she likewise collapsed as if into sleep and rose up sound. While, therefore, we were inquiring what had happened, whence that joyful uproar had arisen, they entered with her into the basilica where we were, bringing her sound from the martyr's place. Then truly so great a cry of wonder arose from both sexes that the voice, continued with tears, seemed unable to be ended. She was led to the place where a little before she had stood trembling.
They exulted that she was now like her brother, over whom they had grieved that she had remained unlike, and they perceived that their prayers for her, not yet poured forth, yet already in the anticipating intention, had been so swiftly heard. They exulted in the praise of God with a voice without words, with so great a sound as our ears could scarcely bear. What was in the hearts of those exulting but the faith of Christ, for which the blood of Stephen was shed? CHAPTER IX. That all the miracles which are wrought through the martyrs in the name of Christ bear witness to that faith by which the martyrs believed in Christ. To what, if not to this faith, do these miracles bear witness, in which it is proclaimed that Christ rose again in the flesh and ascended into heaven with the flesh? For the martyrs themselves were martyrs of this faith,
that is, were witnesses of this faith; bearing witness to this faith they endured a most hostile and most cruel world, and overcame it not by fighting back but by dying; for this faith they died, who are able to obtain these things from the Lord for whose name they were slain; for this faith their wondrous patience went before, that in these miracles so great a power should follow. For if the resurrection of the flesh unto eternity either has not gone before in Christ or is not to come, as it is foretold by Christ or as it was foretold by the prophets by whom Christ was foretold: why can the dead do so great things, who were slain for that faith by which this resurrection is proclaimed?
For whether God Himself by His own self in that wondrous manner whereby, being eternal, He works temporal things, or whether He does these things through His ministers; and the very same things which He does through His ministers, whether He does some even through the spirits of the martyrs, as through men still established in the body, or whether He works all these things through the angels, whom He commands invisibly, incorporeally, immutably, so that the things which are said to be done through the martyrs are done by their only praying and obtaining, not also operating; or whether some things in these ways, some in those, which can in no way be comprehended by mortals: nevertheless these things bear witness to that faith in which the resurrection of the flesh unto eternity is proclaimed. CHAPTER X.
How much more worthily are the martyrs honoured, who obtain many wonders for this end, that the true God may be worshipped, than the demons, who do certain things for this end, that they themselves may be believed to be gods. Here perhaps they will say that their gods too have done certain wonders. Well and good, if they now begin to compare their gods to our dead men. Or will they say that they too have gods made of dead men, such as Hercules, such as Romulus, such as many others whom they suppose to have been received into the number of the gods? But to us the martyrs are not gods, because we know that the God both of us and of the martyrs is one and the same. Nor yet are the miracles which are wrought through the shrines of our martyrs in any way to be compared with the miracles which are reported to have been done through the temples of those gods.
But if any seem similar, then, just as the magicians of Pharaoh were vanquished by Moses, so were their gods vanquished by our martyrs. Now the demons did those things with that pride of impure haughtiness whereby they wished to be the gods of those people; but the martyrs do these things—or rather God does them, either with them cooperating or praying—that that faith may advance, by which we believe them to be not our gods, but to have one God together with us. In short, those people both built temples to such gods of theirs and set up altars, and instituted priests and offered sacrifices; but we build for our martyrs not temples as for gods, but memorial shrines as for dead men, whose spirits live with God;
nor do we there erect altars on which we might sacrifice to the martyrs, but to the one God both of the martyrs and our own; at which sacrifice, as men of God who overcame the world in His confession, they are named in their own place and order, yet are not invoked by the priest who sacrifices. For he sacrifices to God, not to them, although he sacrifices in their memorial, because he is a priest of God, not of theirs. But the sacrifice itself is the body of Christ, which is not offered to them, because they themselves are also this. To which, then, are they rather to be believed who work miracles? To those who wish themselves to be held as gods by those for whom they do these things, or to those who, that men may believe in God—which Christ also is—do whatever wonderful thing they do?
To those who wished their very crimes to be their sacred rites, or to those who do not wish even their own praises to be their sacred rites, but wish that all by which they are truly praised should redound to the glory of Him in whom they are praised? For in the Lord their souls are praised. Let us therefore believe those who both speak true things and do wondrous things. For by speaking true things they suffered, that they might be able to do wondrous things. Among those true things this is foremost, that Christ rose from the dead and was the first to show in His own flesh the immortality of the resurrection, which He promised should come to us either at the beginning of the new age or at the end of this one. CHAPTER XI. Against the Platonists, who argue from the natural weights of the elements that an earthly body cannot be in heaven.
Against this great gift of God, those reasoners—whose thoughts the Lord knows that they are vain—argue from the weights of the elements; namely, because, with Plato their master, they have learned that the two greatest and outermost bodies of the world, namely fire and earth, are coupled and joined together by two intermediate ones, that is, by air and water. And by this, they say, since earth is from here upward the first, water second above earth, air third above water, heaven fourth above air, an earthly body cannot be in heaven; for the several elements are balanced by their own weights, so that they may keep their order. Behold by what arguments human infirmity, possessed by vanity, contradicts the omnipotence of God.
What, then, do so many earthly bodies do in the air, since air is the third from earth? Unless perhaps He who, by the lightness of down and feathers, granted to the earthly bodies of birds that they should be borne in the air, will not be able to grant to the bodies of men, when made immortal, the power whereby they may be able to dwell even in the highest heaven. The earthly animals themselves, too, which cannot fly, among which are also men, ought, just like the fishes under water, which are the animals of the waters, to have lived likewise under earth. Why, then, does an earthly animal draw this life of his not even from the second, that is, from the waters, but from the third element?
Why is it that, since it belongs to earth, if it be compelled to live in the second element, which is above the earth, it is forthwith suffocated, and that it may live, lives in the third? Or does this order of the elements err here, or rather does it fail not in the nature of things, but in the arguments of these men? I forbear to say what I have already said in the thirteenth book—how many heavy earthly bodies there are, such as lead, which nevertheless receive a form from the craftsman whereby they are able to float upon water; and is it denied to the omnipotent Craftsman that the human body should receive a quality whereby it may be borne into heaven and be able to be in heaven?
Now indeed, against that which I said above, these men also, when they consider and treat the order of the elements in which they trust, find absolutely nothing to say. For thus is it from here upward: earth first, water second, air third, heaven fourth, so that above all is the nature of the soul. For Aristotle said it was a fifth body, and Plato none at all. If it were a fifth, it would certainly be higher than the rest; but since it is none, much more does it surpass all things. In an earthly body, then, what does it do? In this mass, what does it, which is subtler than all? In this weight, what does it, which is lighter than all? In this slowness, what does it, which is swifter than all?
Is it so, then, that by the merit of so excellent a nature it cannot be brought about that its body should be raised into heaven; and although the nature of earthly bodies can now press souls downward, will souls one day be unable to raise earthly bodies upward? Now if we come to their miracles, which, done by their gods, they set against our martyrs, will not even these themselves be found to make for us and to profit us altogether? For among the great miracles of their gods, surely that is a great one which Varro recounts: that a Vestal virgin, when she was in peril by a false suspicion of unchastity, filled a sieve with water from the Tiber and carried it to her judges without a single part of it dripping. Who held the weight of the water above the sieve?
Who has permitted nothing to fall from there onto the earth through so many gaping caverns? They will answer: 'Some god or some demon.' If a god, is he then greater than God, who made this world? If a demon, is he then more powerful than the angel who serves God, by whom the world was made? If, therefore, a lesser god, or an angel, or a demon could so suspend the weight of the watery element that the nature of the waters seems to have been changed, will then Almighty God, who created those very elements, be unable to take away the heavy weight from an earthly body, so that the body, once made alive, may dwell in that same element in which the life-giving spirit has willed it to dwell?
Next, since they place air in the middle between fire above and water below, how is it that we often find it between water and water, and between water and earth? For what do they suppose watery clouds to be, between which and the seas air is found in the middle? By what weight and order of the elements, I ask, does it come about that torrents, most violent and most surging, before they run beneath the air upon the earth, hang above the air in the clouds? Why, finally, is air the middle between the heights of heaven and the bare surface of the lands, in whatever direction the world extends, if its place is set between heaven and the waters, just as the waters' place is set between the air itself and the lands?
Finally, if the order of the elements is so arranged that, according to Plato, by two middle elements, namely air and water, the two extremes, namely fire and earth, are joined together, and fire holds the place of the highest part of heaven, while earth holds the lowest, as it were the foundation of the world, and therefore earth cannot be in heaven: why is fire itself in the earth? For according to this reasoning these two elements ought to have been in their own proper places, the lowest and the highest, earth and fire, in such a way that, just as they will not allow that what belongs to the lowest can be in the highest, so neither could what belongs to the highest be in the lowest. Therefore, just as they think no particle of earth either is or will be in heaven, so we ought to have seen no particle of fire on the earth.
But now, in fact, it is not only on the earth, but even beneath the earth, in such a way that the peaks of mountains belch it forth; besides the fact that, in the uses of men, we see fire both exist in the earth and be born from the earth, since indeed it is born both from wood and from stones, which are without doubt earthly bodies. But that fire, they say, is tranquil, pure, harmless, everlasting; while this one is turbid, smoky, corruptible, and a corrupter. Yet it does not corrupt the mountains in which it perpetually rages, nor the caverns of the earth. But granted: let it be unlike that one, so that it suits earthly habitations:
why, then, are they unwilling for us to believe that the nature of earthly bodies will one day be made incorruptible and fitting for heaven, just as now corruptible fire is fitting for these earthly regions? They therefore bring forward nothing from the weights and order of the elements by which they might prescribe to Almighty God a limit, to keep Him from making our bodies such that they can even dwell in heaven. CHAPTER XII. Against the calumnies of the unbelievers, by which they mock the Christians concerning their belief in the resurrection of the flesh. But they are accustomed, with the most scrupulous questioning, both to mock the faith by which we believe that the flesh will rise again, and to inquire in this way: whether aborted fetuses will rise again; and since the Lord says:
'Amen, I say to you, a hair of your head shall not perish,' whether the stature and strength will be equal for all, or whether the sizes of the bodies will be diverse. For if there will be an equality of bodies, whence will those aborted ones obtain what they did not here possess in the mass of their body, if they too rise again? Or if they will not rise again, because they were not born but cast forth, they raise the same question about little children: whence will that measure of body which we now see to have been lacking accrue to them, since they die at this age? For we are not going to say that those will not rise again who are capable not only of generation but even of regeneration. Then they ask what manner of equality this itself will have.
For if all will be as large and as tall as were any here who were the largest and tallest, then they ask, not only about little children but about very many, whence shall accrue to them what was here lacking, if each receives what he here possessed; but if, as the Apostle says, we shall all meet 'unto the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ,' and that other saying, 'Whom He predestined to be conformed to the image of His Son,' is to be understood in such a way that the stature and bodily measure of Christ will be the future measure of all human bodies of those who will be in His kingdom, then, they say, 'Much must be taken away from the greatness and length of body of many; and where then will be:
a hair of your head shall not perish, if from the very size of the body so much shall perish?' Although about the hairs themselves it can also be inquired whether all that falls to those who cut them returns. And if it is to return, who would not shudder at that deformity? For this also seems necessarily to follow concerning the nails, that there should return all that the grooming of the body has cut off. And where will be the beauty, which certainly ought to be in that immortality greater than it could be in this corruption? But if it will not return, then it will perish. How then, they say, shall a hair of the head not perish? Concerning leanness too, or fatness, they argue in like manner. For if all will be equal, surely some will not be lean and others fat.
Therefore to some something will be added, from others something will be diminished; and through this it is not what each was that is to be received back, but in one case something is to be added that was not there, and in another something is to be lost that was there. Concerning the very corruptions and dissolutions of dead bodies as well — when one part is turned into dust, another exhaled into the air, when there are those whom beasts consume, those whom fire consumes, when some perish by shipwreck or by waters of whatever kind, so that putrefaction dissolves their flesh into moisture — they are not a little disturbed, and do not believe that all these things can be gathered back together into flesh and restored whole.
They also pursue every kind of foulness and defect, whether occurring after birth or arising at birth, where they mention with horror and ridicule monstrous births, and inquire what the resurrection of each deformity will be. For if we say that nothing of the sort returns into the body of man, they presume that they will refute our answer concerning the marks of the wounds with which we proclaim the Lord Christ to have risen. But amid all these things that most difficult question is proposed: into whose flesh shall that flesh return, by which the body of another person feeding on human entrails, compelled by hunger, is nourished? For it has been converted into the flesh of him who lived on such foods, and has filled up those losses which leanness had displayed.
Therefore whether it should return to the man whose flesh it was first, or rather to him whose it afterward became — they question with this aim: to make sport of the faith of the resurrection, and thus either, alternating like Plato, to promise to human souls true miseries and false beatitudes, or, like Porphyry, to confess that the soul, after many revolutions likewise through diverse bodies, nevertheless at some time ends its miseries and never returns to them — yet not by having an immortal body, but by fleeing every body. CHAPTER XIII. Whether the aborted do not pertain to the resurrection, if they pertain to the number of the dead. To these objections, then, which by the part opposed to me, as I set them forth, seem to me to be raised against me, let me reply, the mercy of God bringing aid to my efforts.
As for aborted fetuses, which, when they had already lived in the womb, there died, I dare neither to affirm nor to deny that they will rise again; although I do not see how the resurrection of the dead should not pertain to them, if they are not excluded from the number of the dead. For either not all the dead will rise again, and there will be some human souls without bodies forever, which bore human bodies, although within the maternal entrails; or if all human souls will receive back their own rising bodies which they had, wherever they left them living and dying, I do not find how I should say that the resurrection of the dead does not pertain to any of the dead, even those dead in their mothers' wombs.
But whichever of these views anyone may hold, what we shall have said about infants already born is to be understood also concerning those, if they shall rise again. CHAPTER XIV. Whether infants are to rise again in that habitude of body which they would have had with the advance of age. What then shall we say about infants, except that they are to rise again not in that smallness of body in which they died, but what would have accrued to them more slowly with time, this they are to receive by that wonderful and most swift work of God? For in the sentence of the Lord, where He says, 'A hair of your head shall not perish,' it is said that what was will not be lacking, but it is not denied that what was lacking will be present. But to the dead infant there was lacking the perfect size of his body;
for to a perfect infant there is certainly lacking the perfection of bodily magnitude, which, when it has accrued, the stature can then no longer be taller. This measure of perfection all men possess in such a way that they are conceived and born with it; but they possess it in potential, not in mass; just as all the members themselves are already latently in the seed, when even in those already born some are still lacking, such as the teeth and anything of that kind. In this reckoning, implanted in the bodily matter of each one, there already seems in a certain manner, so to speak, to be threaded that which is not yet, or rather which lies hidden, but which with the advance of time will be, or rather will appear. In this reckoning, therefore, the infant is already short or tall who is destined to be short or tall.
According to this reasoning, assuredly in the resurrection of the body we do not fear losses of the body, because, even if there were to be an equality of all, so that all should attain even to gigantic magnitudes, lest those who were the largest should have something less in stature, which would perish for them contrary to the sentence of Christ, who said that not even a hair of the head would perish — to the Creator, surely, who created all things out of nothing, how could there be lacking the means whence to add what the wondrous Artificer knew was to be added? CHAPTER XV. Whether the bodies of all the dead are to rise again to the measure of the Lord's body.
But Christ certainly rose again in that measure of body in which He died, nor is it lawful to say that, when the time of the resurrection of all shall come, there will accrue to His body that magnitude which He did not have, when in that body in which He was known to the disciples He appeared to them, so that He might be made equal to the tallest. But if we should say that even the larger bodies of any persons are to be reduced to the measure of the Lord's body, then very much will perish from the bodies of many, though He Himself promised that not even a hair would perish.
It remains, therefore, that each should receive back his own measure, which he either had in youth, even if he died old, or would have had, if he died before; and as for that which the Apostle mentioned, concerning 'the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ,' let us understand it either to have been said for another reason, that is:
that, when the perfection of all the members accrues to that Head among the Christian peoples, the measure of His age may be completed; or, if this was said about the resurrection of the bodies, let us so receive it as said, that the bodies of the dead rise again neither below nor beyond the youthful form, but in that age and strength up to which we know Christ to have here attained (for around thirty years even the most learned men of this world have defined youth to be; and when this has been terminated by its own span, from that point a man begins thereafter to decline into the losses of a heavier and more aged time); and therefore it was said, not 'unto the measure of the body' or 'unto the measure of stature,' but 'unto the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ.' CHAPTER XVI.
In what sense the conformation of the saints to the image of the Son of God is to be understood. That also, which He says, that the predestined are 'conformed to the image of the Son of God,' can be understood according to the inner man (whence in another place He says to us: 'Be not conformed to this world, but be reformed in the newness of your mind'; therefore where we are reformed, that we be not conformed to this world, there we are conformed to the Son of God); it can also be taken in this way, that, just as He became conformed to us in mortality, so we become conformed to Him in immortality; which indeed pertains also to the very resurrection of the bodies.
But if even in these words we are admonished concerning the form in which the bodies will rise, then, just as that measure, so also this conformation is to be understood not of size but of age. And so all will rise again as great in body as they either were or were destined to be at the youthful age; although it will be no detriment, even if there should be the form of an infantile or aged body, where there will remain no infirmity either of the mind or of the body itself. Whence even if anyone contends that each will rise again in that measure of body in which he died, there is no need to fight with him in laborious contradiction. CHAPTER XVII. Whether the bodies of women are to be raised and to remain in their own sex. Some, on account of what was said:
'Until we all meet unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ,' and 'Conformed to the image of the Son of God,' believe that women will not rise again in the female sex, but say that all will rise in the male, since God made only the man from the mud, the woman from the man. But to me those seem to be wiser who do not doubt that both sexes will rise again. For there will be no lust there, which is the cause of confusion. For before they sinned, the man and the woman were naked and were not ashamed. From those bodies, therefore, the defects will be taken away, but the nature will be preserved. And the female sex is not a defect, but a nature, which then indeed will be free both from intercourse and from childbearing;
yet the female members will remain, not accommodated to the old use, but to a new beauty, by which the concupiscence of the beholder is not allured (which will be none), but the wisdom and clemency of God is praised, who both made what was not and freed from corruption what He made. For just as at the beginning of the human race the woman was made from the rib taken from the side of the sleeping man, it was fitting that even then Christ and the Church should be prophesied by such a deed. For that sleep of the man was the death of Christ, whose side, as He hung lifeless on the cross, was pierced with a lance, and thence flowed blood and water; which we know to be the sacraments by which the Church is built up. For Scripture also used this very word, where it is read not 'formed' or 'fashioned,' but:
He 'built' her into a woman; whence the Apostle also speaks of the 'building up' of the body of Christ, which is the Church. The woman, therefore, is a creature of God just as the man; but that she should be made from the man, unity was commended; that she should be made in that manner, Christ, as has been said, and the Church were figured. He, therefore, who instituted both sexes will restore both. Finally, Jesus Himself, when questioned by the Sadducees, who denied the resurrection, whose wife of the seven brothers she would be whom each of them had had, while each of them wished to raise up seed to the deceased, as the law had commanded: 'You err,' He said, 'not knowing the Scriptures, nor the power of God'; and when there was occasion for Him to say:
'For she about whom you question me will herself also be a man, not a woman,' He did not say this, but said: 'For in the resurrection they neither marry nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven'; equal indeed to the angels in immortality and felicity, not in flesh; just as not in the resurrection, which the angels did not need, since they could not even die. The Lord, therefore, denied that there will be marriages in the resurrection, not women, and He denied it there where such a question was being turned over, so that He might dissolve it with swifter ease by denying the female sex, if He foreknew it would not be there; nay rather, He confirmed that it would be there by saying: 'They will not marry' — which pertains to women — 'nor take wives' — which pertains to men.
There will therefore be those who here are accustomed either to be given in marriage or to take wives; but there they will not do this. CHAPTER XVIII. Concerning the perfect man, that is, Christ, and His body, that is, the Church, which is His fullness. Accordingly, as to what the Apostle says, that we shall all meet unto a perfect man, we ought to consider the whole context of that passage, which runs thus: 'He who descended,' he says, 'is the same also who ascended above all the heavens, that He might fill all things.
And He Himself gave some indeed to be apostles, some however prophets, some indeed evangelists, some however pastors and teachers, for the perfecting of the saints unto the work of the ministry, unto the building up of the body of Christ, until we all meet unto the unity of the faith and the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ; that we may be no longer little children, tossed and carried about with every wind of doctrine, in the trickery of men, in craftiness unto the contriving of error, but doing the truth in charity may grow up in Him in all things, who is the Head, Christ;
from whom the whole body, joined together and compacted by every joint of supply, according to the working in the measure of each single part, makes the increase of the body unto the building up of itself in charity.' Behold who is the perfect man: the Head and the body, which consists of all the members that in their own time will be completed, yet daily are added to that same body, while the Church is being built up, to which it is said: 'But you are the body of Christ and members'; and elsewhere: 'For His body,' he says, 'which is the Church'; and again elsewhere: 'One bread, one body, we many are.' Concerning the building up of which body it has also been said here: 'For the perfecting of the saints unto the work of the ministry, unto the building up of the body of Christ'; and then is subjoined that with which we are now dealing:
'Until we all meet unto the unity of the faith and the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ,' and the rest; until he should show in what body that same measure was to be understood, saying: 'May we grow up in Him in all things, who is the Head, Christ; from whom the whole body, joined together and compacted by every joint of supply, according to the working in the measure of each single part.' As, therefore, there is a measure of each single part, so of the whole body, which consists of all its parts, there is surely a measure of fullness, concerning which it was said: 'Unto the measure of the age of the fullness of Christ.' Which fullness he also mentioned in that place where he says concerning Christ:
'And Him He gave to be Head over all things to the Church, which is His body, the fullness of Him who is filled all in all.' But if this were to be referred to the form of the resurrection in which each will be, what would hinder us, when 'man' is named, from understanding 'woman' too, so that we should take 'man' as put for the human being? Just as in that which is said, 'Blessed is the man that fears the Lord,' surely there too are also the women who fear the Lord. CHAPTER XIX. That all the defects of the body which in this life are contrary to human comeliness will not be in the resurrection, where, the natural substance remaining, both quality and quantity will concur into one beauty. What now shall I answer concerning hairs and nails?
For once it is understood that nothing of the body will perish in such a way that there should be anything deformed in the body, it is at once understood that those things which would have made a deforming excess will accrue to the mass itself, not to the places in which the form of the members would be made unsightly. As if a vessel were made of clay, which, again reduced into the same clay, were wholly remade out of the whole, it would not be necessary that that part of the clay which had been in the handle should return to the handle, or that which had made the bottom should itself again make the bottom — provided, however, that the whole returned into the whole, that is, that all that clay should pass again into the whole vessel with no part of itself lost. Wherefore, if the hairs so often shorn and the nails so often cut return unsightly to their own places, they will not return;
yet they will not perish for anyone rising again, because they will be turned into the same flesh, so as to hold whatever place of the body they may there occupy, the congruence of the parts being preserved by the mutability of the matter. Although what the Lord says, 'A hair of your head shall not perish,' can be understood much more fittingly as said not of the length but of the number of the hairs; whence elsewhere also He says: 'The hairs of your head are numbered.' Nor would I say this on the ground that I think anything will perish from any body which was naturally in it; but that what was born deformed (assuredly for no other reason than that hereby too it might be shown how penal is this condition of mortals), will so return that, the integrity of the substance being preserved, the deformity may perish.
For if a human artificer can recast a statue which for some reason he had made deformed, and render it most beautiful, in such a way that nothing of the substance, but only the deformity, perishes; and if there was anything in that earlier figure which protruded unbecomingly and did not agree with the symmetry of the parts, he does not cut it away and separate it from the whole out of which he had made it, but so disperses it throughout the whole and mingles it, that he neither produces foulness nor diminishes the quantity: what is to be thought of the Almighty Artificer?
Will He then not be able so to take away and destroy any deformities whatsoever of human bodies — not only the usual ones, but even the rare and monstrous, which suit this wretched life but are abhorrent from that future felicity of the saints — that whatever excesses of the bodily substance produce them, though natural, yet unseemly, may be removed with no diminution of it? And through this, the lean and the fat need not fear that they will be there such as, if they could, they would not have wished to be even here. For all beauty of the body is the congruence of the parts together with a certain pleasantness of color. But where there is not congruence of the parts, either it offends because it is distorted, or because it is too little, or because it is too much.
Accordingly there will be no deformity which the incongruence of the parts produces, where both those things that are distorted will be corrected, and what is less than is fitting will be supplied from the source which the Creator knows, and what is more than is fitting will be taken away, the integrity of the matter being preserved. But how great will be the pleasantness of color, where the just will shine as the sun in the kingdom of their Father! Which brightness in the body of Christ, when He had risen, is to be believed to have been rather hidden from the eyes of the disciples than to have been lacking. For the human and weak gaze would not have borne it, at the time when He had to be regarded by His own in such a way that He could be recognized.
To this it also pertained that He showed to those who touched Him the scars of His wounds, and that He took food and drink as well, not from need of nourishment, but by that power by which He was able to do this also. But when something is not seen, although it is present, by those by whom other things, which are equally present, are seen — as we say that brightness was present unseen by those by whom other things were seen — it is called in Greek aorasia, which our translators, unable to express it in Latin, rendered in the book of Genesis as 'blindness.' For this the Sodomites suffered, when they sought the door of the righteous man and could not find it.
For if it had been such a blindness as makes it that nothing can be seen, they would have sought not the door by which they might enter, but guides for their way by whom they might be led away from there. But somehow we are so affected by love of the blessed martyrs that we desire to see in that kingdom, in their bodies, the scars of the wounds which they endured for the name of Christ; and perhaps we shall see them. For there will be no deformity in them, but dignity, and a certain beauty — though in the body, yet not of the body but of virtue — will shine forth. Nor, however, if any members were cut off and taken away from the martyrs, will they on that account be without those members in the resurrection of the dead, to whom it was said:
'A hair of your head shall not perish.' But if it shall be becoming in that new age that the marks of the glorious wounds be seen in that immortal flesh, there where the members were struck or cut so as to be severed, there the scars will appear — yet with those same members restored, not lost. And so, although all the defects that befell the body will then not exist, yet the indications of virtue are not to be reckoned or called defects. CHAPTER XX. That in the resurrection of the dead the nature of bodies dissipated in whatsoever ways is to be recalled to wholeness from wherever it may be.
But far be it that the omnipotence of the Creator should be unable, for the raising up and restoring to life of bodies, to recall all that either beasts or fire have consumed, or that has collapsed into dust or ash, or been dissolved into moisture, or exhaled into the air. Far be it that any bosom or secret place of nature should so receive anything withdrawn from our senses, that it should either escape the knowledge or elude the power of the Creator of all things. Cicero, that great author of theirs, wishing to define God as best he could, says: 'It is a certain Mind, loosed and free, separated from all mortal admixture, perceiving and moving all things, and itself endowed with eternal motion.' This indeed he found in the teachings of the great philosophers.
In order, therefore, to speak according to them: how can anything either lie hidden from One who perceives all things, or irrevocably flee from One who moves all things? Whence now also that question is to be solved, which seems more difficult than the rest, where it is asked: when the flesh of a dead man becomes also the flesh of another living man, to which of them rather should it be restored in the resurrection? For if anyone, worn out by hunger and compelled, should feed on the corpses of men — an evil which it bears witness that it has sometimes happened, both ancient history and the unhappy experiences of our own times have taught:
will anyone contend, by any truthful reasoning, that the whole was digested through the lower passages, and that nothing thereof was changed and converted into his flesh — when the very leanness, which was and is no more, sufficiently indicates what losses were supplied by those foods? Already, then, I have set forth a little before some things which ought to avail also for solving this knot. For whatever of the flesh hunger has exhausted has surely been exhaled into the air, whence we have said that Almighty God can recall what has fled. That flesh, therefore, shall be restored to the man in whom the human flesh first began to be. For by that other man it is to be reckoned as taken, as it were, on loan; which, like a debt, is to be repaid to him from whom it was taken. But his own flesh shall be restored to him whom hunger had emptied, by him.
He who is able even to recall what has been breathed out shall restore it. And even if it had perished in every manner and no portion of its matter remained in any hidden recesses of nature, the Almighty would repair it from whatever source He willed. But because of the verdict of Truth, by which it was said, 'A hair of your head shall not perish,' it is absurd to suppose that, when a single hair of a man cannot perish, so great a bodily substance, devoured and consumed by decay and hunger, could perish.
When all these things have been considered and discussed according to our small measure, this sum is reached: that in the resurrection of the flesh the magnitude of bodies shall everlastingly have those dimensions which the formative principle of youth, implanted in each body, possessed—whether the body was yet to be brought to perfection or had already been perfected—the fitting comeliness being preserved also in the proportions of all the members. And in order that this comeliness be preserved, if anything shall have been taken away from some unseemly excess situated in any one part, so that it be scattered throughout the whole, in such a way that neither is it lost nor is the harmony of the parts anywhere broken: it is not absurd that we should believe that something can thereby even be added to the stature of the body, when that is distributed to all the parts, so that they may keep their seemliness, which, if it were heaped monstrously in one part, would surely not be becoming.
But if it be maintained that each one shall rise in that stature of body in which he died, one need not contend stubbornly against it; only let all deformity, all weakness, all sluggishness, and all corruption be absent, together with anything else that does not befit that kingdom in which the sons of the resurrection and of the promise shall be equal to the angels of God—if not in body, not in age, yet certainly in felicity. CHAPTER 21. On the newness of the spiritual body, into which the flesh of the saints shall be changed. There shall therefore be restored whatever perished from living bodies or, after death, from corpses; and together with that which remained in the tombs, it shall rise, changed from the old condition of the animal body into the newness of the spiritual body, clothed in incorruption and immortality.
But even if by some grievous accident or by the savagery of enemies the whole be utterly ground into dust and dispersed, as far as it is possible, into the air or into the waters, and be suffered nowhere at all to remain: in no way can it be withdrawn from the omnipotence of the Creator, but not a hair of its head shall perish. The flesh shall therefore be made subject to the spirit—a spiritual flesh, yet nonetheless flesh, not spirit; just as the spirit itself was once made subject to the flesh—a carnal spirit, yet nonetheless spirit, not flesh. Of this we have proof in the deformity of our punishment. For those were carnal not according to the flesh but assuredly according to the spirit, to whom the Apostle says: 'I could not speak to you as to spiritual men, but as to carnal';
and a man is in this life called spiritual in such a way that he is yet carnal in body and sees another law in his members warring against the law of his mind; but he shall be spiritual even in body, when this same flesh shall have so risen that what is written may come to pass: 'It is sown an animal body, it shall rise a spiritual body.' But what the grace of the spiritual body may be, and how great, since it has not yet come into our experience, I fear lest every utterance that is brought forth concerning it be rash. Yet nevertheless, because the joy of our hope must not be kept silent, for the sake of God's praise, and because it was said out of the inmost marrow of burning holy love: 'Lord, I have loved the beauty of thy house':
let us, with His own help, conjecture as best we can from His gifts, which He lavishes upon good and evil alike in this most calamitous life, how great that gift is which, not yet having experienced it, we are indeed unable worthily to express. For I pass over the time when He made man upright; I pass over that life of the two spouses, happy in the fruitfulness of paradise, since it was so brief that not even their offspring came to perceive it: in this life which we know, in which we still are, whose temptations—nay, which is wholly a temptation, so long as we are in it, however much we may advance—we cease not to endure, who shall be able to unfold what the tokens are, around the human race, of the goodness of God? CHAPTER 22.
On the miseries and evils to which the human race is justly subject through the first transgression, and from which none is delivered except by the grace of Christ. For as concerns the first origin, that the whole offspring of mortals was condemned is attested by this very life—if it ought to be called a life—so full of so many and so great evils. For what else does that horrible depth of ignorance indicate, out of which every error arises, and which receives all the sons of Adam into a kind of dark bosom, so that man cannot be freed from it without toil, grief, and fear?
What of love itself for so many vain and harmful things, and from this the biting cares, perturbations, sorrows, fears, mad joys, discords, quarrels, wars, plots, fits of anger, enmities, deceit, flattery, fraud, theft, robbery, treachery, pride, ambition, envy, murders, parricides, cruelty, savagery, wickedness, lust, wantonness, impudence, shamelessness, unchastity;
fornications, adulteries, incests, and against the nature of either sex so many defilements and uncleannesses which it is shameful even to name, sacrileges, heresies, blasphemies, perjuries, oppressions of the innocent, calumnies, circumventions, prevarications, false witnessings, unjust judgments, violences, robberies, and whatever evils of such a kind do not come to mind and yet do not depart from this human life? These indeed are the evils of men, yet coming from that root of error and perverse love with which every son of Adam is born.
For who is ignorant with how great an ignorance of the truth—which is already manifest in infants—and with how great an abundance of vain desire—which begins to appear in children—a man comes into this life? So that, if he be allowed to live as he wills and to do whatever he wills, he would arrive at all or many of those crimes and outrages which I have mentioned and which I could not mention. But since the divine governance does not in every way abandon the condemned, and since God does not, in His anger, withhold His mercies, prohibition and instruction keep watch against those darknesses with which we are born, in the very senses of the human race, and are set against these onslaughts—though they themselves too are full of toils and sorrows.
For what is the meaning of the manifold fears that are employed to restrain the vanities of little ones? What of the tutors, what of the masters, what of the rods, what of the straps, what of the canes, what of that discipline by which Holy Scripture says that the sides of a beloved son are to be beaten, lest he grow up untamed and, when already hardened, be tamed either with difficulty or perhaps not at all? What is accomplished by all these punishments, except that ignorance be vanquished and depraved desire bridled, the evils with which we come into this world? For why is it that what we remember with toil we forget without toil; what we learn with toil we are ignorant of without toil; what we are vigorous in with toil we are sluggish in without toil?
Does it not appear from this whither, as by its own weight, our vicious nature is so prone and inclined, and how great a help it needs in order to be freed from this? Sloth, laziness, idleness, negligence are surely vices by which toil is shunned, since toil itself, even that which is useful, is a punishment. But besides the childish punishments, without which what their elders—who scarcely will anything usefully—desire cannot be learned, by how many and how great punishments is the human race driven, which pertain not to the malice and wickedness of the unjust, but to the common condition and misery? Who can recount it in any speech? Who can comprehend it in any thought?
How great is the fear, how great the calamity, from bereavements and mourning, from losses and condemnations, from the deceptions and lies of men, from false suspicions, from all violent crimes and the misdeeds of others! Since from these come plundering and captivity, chains and prisons, exiles and tortures, the amputation of limbs and the deprivation of the senses, the abuse of the body to satisfy the obscene lust of one who abuses it, and many other horrible things that often occur. And what of the innumerable accidents which are feared for the body from without—heat and cold, storms, rains, floods, lightning, thunder, hail, thunderbolts, the quakings and gapings of the earth?
the crushings of ruins, the buttings and terror or even the malice of beasts of burden, the so many poisons of shrubs, waters, airs, and beasts, the bites of wild animals merely troublesome or even deadly, the madness which comes from a rabid dog—so that even a beast gentle and friendly to its own master is sometimes feared more violently and bitterly than lions and serpents, and renders the man whom it has perchance contaminated so rabid by the pestilential infection that he is dreaded worse than any beast by his parents, spouse, and children! What evils do seafarers suffer! What those who travel by land! Who walks anywhere not subject to unforeseen accidents? A certain man returning home from the forum fell, though his feet were sound.
He broke his foot, and from that wound he ended this life. What seems safer than one sitting? Eli the priest fell from the chair on which he was sitting, and died. Farmers—nay rather all men—how many and how great accidents do they fear, from heaven and earth and from destructive animals, for the fruits of the fields! Yet they are wont at last to be secure concerning the grain once gathered and stored. But for certain men, as we know, an unforeseen river cast out and carried off from the granaries the best harvest of grain, while the men fled. Against the thousand-shaped assaults of demons, who trusts in his own innocence?
Since indeed, lest anyone should presume to trust, they sometimes so torment even baptized infants—than whom assuredly nothing is more innocent—that in them especially, God permitting this, there may be shown forth both the lamentable calamity of this life and the felicity of another to be longed for. But now, concerning the body itself, so many evils of diseases arise that not even in the books of physicians are they all comprehended; and in very many, indeed in almost all of them, the very aids and medicines are themselves torments, so that men are rescued from the destruction of their pains by a painful help. Has not raging thirst driven thirsting men to this, that they drank even human urine, or even their own?
Has not hunger driven them to this, that they could not abstain from human flesh, and devoured men found dead—nay, men slain for this very purpose—and not just any strangers, but even mothers their own children, with incredible cruelty which raging famine wrought? Lastly, sleep itself, which has properly received the name of rest—who can in words unfold how unquiet it often is through the visions of dreams, and with how great terrors, though of false things, which it so presents and in a manner expresses that we cannot distinguish them from true ones, that it disturbs the wretched soul and the senses? By which falseness of visions even waking men, in certain diseases and poisonings, are more miserably agitated;
although, by a manifold variety of deceit, malignant demons sometimes deceive even sound men with such visions, so that, even if they cannot lead them over to their own side through these, they nevertheless delude their senses by the mere appetite of in some way persuading them of falsehood. From this so wretched life, as from a kind of hell, none is delivered save the grace of our Savior Christ, our God and Lord (for this is the very name Jesus; for it is interpreted Savior), chiefly lest after this it receive a more wretched and everlasting one—not a life, but a death.
For although in this life there are, through holy things and holy persons, great consolations of cures, yet these very benefits are not always granted even to those who ask, lest for the sake of this religion be sought, which is rather to be sought for the sake of another life, where there will be no evils at all; and to this end grace assists all the better in these evils, that the more faithful, the more brave-hearted they may be borne. To which thing the learned of this world say that philosophy also is profitable—which, says Tully, the gods have granted in its true form to certain few; nor, he says, has there been given to men, or could there be given, any greater gift from them:
to such a degree that even they themselves, against whom we contend, have been in some way compelled to confess that divine grace is to be found in possessing philosophy—not any sort of philosophy, but the true one. Furthermore, if to a few it has been divinely granted to possess the one and only help of true philosophy against the miseries of this life, this too sufficiently shows that the human race has been condemned to pay the penalties of its miseries. But just as this, as they confess, is no greater divine gift, so it is to be believed to be given by no god save by Him whom even those who worship many gods say to be greater than none. CHAPTER 23. On those things which, besides the evils common to the good and the evil, pertain especially to the labor of the righteous.
Besides these evils of this life common to the good and the evil, the righteous have in it also certain labors of their own, by which they wage war against vices and are engaged in the temptations and perils of such battles. For sometimes more vehemently, sometimes more remissly, the flesh ceases not to lust against the spirit and the spirit against the flesh, so that we do not do the things that we will—by consuming all evil concupiscence—but rather, so far as we can with divine help, we subdue it to ourselves by not consenting to it, keeping watch in continual vigils.
lest a probable-seeming opinion deceive us, lest a cunning discourse mislead us, lest the darkness of some error spread itself over us, lest what is good be believed evil or what is evil be believed good, lest fear call us back from the things that are to be done, lest desire cast us headlong into the things that are not to be done, lest the sun go down upon our wrath, lest enmities provoke us to the repayment of evil for evil, lest dishonorable or immoderate sadness absorb us, lest an ungrateful mind bring on torpor in the bestowing of benefits, lest a good conscience be wearied by slanderous rumors, lest rash suspicion about another deceive us with our own judgment, lest another's false opinion about us break us, lest sin reign in our mortal body to obey its desires, lest our members
be presented to sin as weapons of iniquity, lest the eye follow concupiscence, lest the desire of avenging conquer us, lest the gaze or the thought linger upon that which delights wickedly, lest a base or unseemly word be willingly heard, lest that be done which is not lawful even if it pleases, lest in this war most full of labors and perils victory be hoped to be won by our own strength, or, once won, be attributed to our own strength, but rather to the grace of Him of whom the Apostle says:
'But thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ'; who also in another place says: 'In all these things we more than conquer through Him who loved us.' Let us nevertheless know that, with however great valor of fighting we resist the vices, or even overcome and subdue the vices, so long as we are in this body there cannot but be wanting to us some ground on which we may say to God: 'Forgive us our debts.' But in that kingdom, where we shall be forever with immortal bodies, there will be for us neither any battles nor any debts; which would nowhere and never have existed, if our nature had remained as it was rightly created.
And by this our very conflict, in which we are imperiled and from which we desire to be freed by the final victory, pertains to the evils of this life, which by the testimony of so many and so great evils we prove to be condemned. CHAPTER 24. On the good things with which the Creator has filled even this life that is subject to condemnation. Now it must be considered with what good things, and how many, the goodness of Him who administers all that He has created has filled this very misery of the human race, in which the justice of Him who punishes is praised. First, that blessing which He had pronounced before sin, saying, 'Increase and multiply and fill the earth,' He willed not to withhold even after sin, and the fruitfulness once granted remained in the condemned stock;
nor could the fault of sin take away that marvelous power of seeds—nay, even more marvelous, that by which seeds themselves are produced—implanted in human bodies and in a manner interwoven into them, the fault by which the necessity of death was also fastened upon us; but both run together, as it were in that river and torrent of the human race: the evil which is drawn from the parent, and the good which is bestowed by the Creator. In the original evil there are two things, sin and punishment; in the original good there are two others, propagation and conformation. But as far as our present intention is concerned, of the evils—of which one comes from our boldness, that is, sin, the other from the judgment of God, that is, punishment—we have now said enough.
Now I have set out to speak of the good things of God, which He has bestowed, or even up to now bestows, upon a nature even thus vitiated and condemned. For neither in condemning did He take away the whole of what He had given—otherwise it would not exist at all—nor did He remove it from His own power, even when He penally subjected it to the devil; since He does not estrange even the devil himself from His own dominion; seeing that, in order that the nature even of the devil himself may subsist, He brings it about who supremely is and brings it about that whatever in any way exists should exist. Of those two things, therefore, which we said to be good things flowing, as it were, from a certain fountain of His goodness even into a nature vitiated by sin and condemned by punishment, He bestowed propagation by the blessing among the first works of the world, from which works He rested on the seventh day;
but conformation lies in that work of His by which He works even until now. For if He should withdraw His efficacious power from things, they will neither be able to advance and to accomplish their times by their allotted motions, nor will they persist at all to any degree in that which they have been created to be. Thus, then, God created man in such a way that He might add to him a certain fertility, by which he might propagate other men, begetting in them also the very possibility of propagating—not the necessity: from which men, however, whom He willed, God took it away, and they were barren; yet He did not take it away from the human race, the blessing once given to the first two spouses by a general grant. This propagation, therefore, although it has not been taken away by sin, is nevertheless not itself such as it would have been, had no one sinned.
For since man, having been placed in honor, after he transgressed, was compared to the beasts, he generates in like manner; yet in him a certain spark, as it were, of reason has not been utterly extinguished, in which he was made to the image of God. But if to this propagation conformation were not applied, neither would it proceed into the forms and modes of its own kind. For if men had not had intercourse and God nonetheless willed to fill the lands with men, just as He created one without the commingling of male and female, so He could create all; but those who have intercourse cannot be begetters unless He creates. As, therefore, the Apostle says concerning spiritual instruction, by which a man is formed to piety and righteousness:
'Neither he who plants is anything, nor he who waters, but God who gives the increase': so also here it may be said: 'Neither he who has intercourse nor he who sows is anything, but God who forms; nor is the mother, who carries the conceived and nourishes the offspring, anything, but God who gives the increase.' For by that very operation by which He works even until now, He brings it about that the seeds unfold their numbers and evolve from certain hidden and invisible wrappings into the visible forms of this beauty which we behold; He, joining and connecting in marvelous ways the incorporeal and the corporeal nature—the one set above, the other made subject—makes a living being.
This work of His is so great and marvelous that not only in man—who is a rational animal and on this account more excellent and more outstanding than all earthly living things—but even in any most minute little fly, it brings astonishment to the mind of one who considers it well, and engenders praise of the Creator. He, therefore, gave to the human soul a mind, in which reason and intelligence are, as it were, asleep in the infant, as though they were nothing, to be awakened and brought forth, namely, with the advance of age, by which it may be capable of knowledge and learning, and apt for the perception of truth and the love of the good;
by which capacity it may drink in wisdom and be endowed with the virtues, by which prudently, bravely, temperately, and justly it may contend against errors and the other inborn vices, and overcome them by the desire of nothing save that supreme and immutable good. And even if it does not do this, who can fittingly express or conceive how great a good, how marvelous a work of the Almighty, is that very capacity for such goods, divinely established in the rational nature?
For besides the arts of living well and of arriving at immortal felicity—which are called virtues and are granted by the sole grace of God which is in Christ to the children of promise and of the kingdom—have not so many and such great arts been discovered and exercised by human ingenuity, partly necessary, partly for pleasure, that this so excellent power of mind and reason, even in those things which it seeks as superfluous, nay even as dangerous and pernicious, bears witness how great a good it has in its nature, whence it could either discover or learn or exercise such things? To what marvelous, what stupendous works of clothing and of buildings has human industry attained; what progress it has made in agriculture, what in navigation;
what it has devised and accomplished in the making of vessels of every kind, or even in the variety of statues and paintings; what marvels for spectators in the theaters, things incredible to hear, it has contrived to be done and exhibited; what and how great things it has discovered in capturing, killing, and taming irrational animals; against men themselves how many kinds of poisons, how many of weapons, how many of engines of war, and for the protection and restoration of mortal health how many medicines and aids it has comprehended; for the pleasure of the palate how many seasonings and incitements of gluttony it has discovered; for indicating and persuading thoughts what a multitude and variety of signs, in which words and letters hold the chief place;
for delighting minds what ornaments of eloquence, what abundance of diverse poems; for soothing the ears how many musical instruments, what modes of melody it has devised; how great a skill of measurements and of numbers, and with how great sagacity it has comprehended the courses and orders of the stars; with how great a knowledge of worldly things it has filled itself—who could utter it, especially if we should wish not to heap all things together in a mass, but to dwell upon them singly? Finally, in the very defending of errors and falsehoods, how great the talents of philosophers and heretics have shone forth, who could sufficiently estimate?
For we are now speaking of the nature of the human mind, by which this mortal life is adorned, not of the faith and the way of truth, by which that immortal life is acquired. Since the Founder of so great a nature is assuredly the true and supreme God, who administers and possesses supreme power and supreme justice over all that He has made, never in truth would it have fallen into these miseries, and would not, out of these, have gone into eternal ones—save only for those who shall be freed—had not an exceedingly great sin gone before in the first man, from whom the rest sprang. But now even in the body itself, although it is common to us with the beasts in mortality and is found weaker than many of them, how great the goodness of God, how great the providence of so great a Creator appears!
Are not the places of the senses and the other members so disposed in it, and the very appearance and figure and stature of the whole body so fashioned, that it shows itself to have been made for the ministry of the rational soul? For man was not created prone toward the earth, as we see the animals devoid of reason to be; but the form of his body, erect toward heaven, admonishes him to relish the things that are above. Furthermore, the marvelous mobility which has been bestowed upon the tongue and the hands, apt and fitting for speaking and writing and for accomplishing the works of very many arts and offices, does it not sufficiently show to what kind of soul such a body has been joined that it might serve it? Although, even apart from the necessities of working, there is so great
a harmonious proportion of the parts, so numerous, and it answers to itself with so beautiful a parity, that you would not know whether in its forming greater regard was had for usefulness than for comeliness. For assuredly we see nothing created in the body for the sake of usefulness which does not also have a place of comeliness. And this would appear to us more, if we knew the numerical proportions of the measurements by which all things are connected and fitted to one another; which perhaps, with respect to those things which stand out on the surface, human ingenuity could investigate with set labor; but those which are hidden and removed from our sight—such as the great intricacy of veins and nerves and viscera, the secrets of the vital parts—no one can discover.
For although the diligence of certain physicians whom they call anatomists has cruelly cut up the bodies of the dead, or even, among the hands of one cutting and probing, the bodies of the dying, and has searched out all the hidden things in human flesh inhumanly enough, in order to learn what and in what manner and in what places it should be treated: nevertheless those numerical proportions of which I speak—by which the fitting-together which is called harmonia in Greek, as of some instrument, both outwardly and inwardly stands constituted of the whole body—what shall I say? No one has been able to discover them, which no one has dared to seek?
And if they could have been known, then even in the inner viscera, which display no comeliness, the beauty of the rational principle would so delight that it would be preferred, by the judgment of the very mind which uses the eyes, to every apparent form which pleases the eyes. There are, however, certain things so placed in the body that they have only comeliness, not also use; as the male breast has nipples, as the face has a beard, which the smooth faces of women—who, being assuredly the weaker, it would be safer to protect—show to be not for protection but for manly adornment. If, therefore, there is no member—among those at least which are conspicuous (whereof no one doubts)—which is so accommodated to some function that it is not also comely;
There are, moreover, some things which have only beauty and no usefulness; and from this, I think, it is easily understood that in the constitution of the body dignity was preferred to necessity. For necessity will indeed pass away, and a time will come when we shall enjoy one another's beauty alone, without any lust; and this is above all to be ascribed to the praise of the Creator, to whom it is said in the psalm: 'You have clothed yourself with confession and comeliness.' Now as for the remaining beauty and usefulness of creation, which has been granted by divine bounty to be beheld and made use of by man—even though he is cast forth and condemned to these labors and miseries—by what discourse can it be encompassed?
Consider the manifold and varied beauty of heaven and earth and sea; the so great abundance and so wondrous loveliness of light itself; in the sun and moon and stars; in the shadowy depths of the woods; in the colors and fragrances of flowers; in the diversity and multitude of birds, chattering and brightly plumed; in the manifold form of so many and so great living creatures—of which those win the more admiration that are least in bulk (for we marvel more at the works of little ants and bees than at the immense bodies of whales)—and in the so vast spectacle of the sea itself, when it clothes itself, as if with robes, in diverse colors: now green, and that in many shades; now purple; now blue.
How delightful, moreover, is it to behold the sea even when it is stirred up, and how the sweetness of it grows greater therefrom, since it so soothes the onlooker that it does not toss and shake the voyager! What of the everywhere abundant store of foods against hunger? What of the diversity of flavors against loathing, poured forth by the riches of nature, not sought out by the art and toil of cooks? What aids, amid so many things, for guarding or recovering health! How welcome the alternation of day and night succeeding each other! How gentle the mildness of the breezes! In shrubs and flocks what great material for making garments! Who could recount them all?
But these things alone, which I have crowded together as it were into a single heap, if I wished to unfold and shake out, as if loosening tied-up bundles, how great a delay there would be for me in each single thing, in which very many things are contained! And all these are the consolations of the wretched and the condemned, not the rewards of the blessed. What then are those rewards, if these present things are so many and such and so great? What will He give to those whom He has predestined to life, who has given even these things to those whom He has predestined to death? What good things will He cause those to receive in that blessed life, for whose sake He willed His only-begotten Son in this wretched life to endure such great evils, even unto death? Whence the apostle, speaking of those very ones predestined to that kingdom, says:
'He who did not spare His own Son,' he says, 'but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not also with Him freely give us all things?' When this promise shall be fulfilled, what shall we be! of what sort shall we be! What good things shall we receive in that kingdom, seeing that, when Christ died for us, we have already received such a pledge! Of what sort shall the spirit of man be, having no fault whatsoever—none under which it may lie, none to which it may yield, none against which it must contend even though laudably—perfected in most peaceful virtue! How great, how splendid, how certain shall be the knowledge of all things there, without any error or labor, where the wisdom of God shall be drunk from His own fountain itself, with the highest felicity, without any difficulty!
Of what sort shall the body be, which, being in every way subject to the spirit and sufficiently quickened by it, shall need no nourishment! For it shall not be a natural (animal) body, but a spiritual one, having indeed the substance of flesh, but without any carnal corruption. CHAPTER XXV. On the obstinacy of certain men who attack the resurrection of the flesh, which, as was foretold, the whole world believes. But concerning the goods of the soul, which the most blessed man shall enjoy after this life, the noble philosophers do not dissent from us: it is about the resurrection of the flesh that they contend, denying it as much as they can.
But many who believe have left only a very few who deny, and have been converted with faithful heart to Christ, who showed in His own resurrection that which seems absurd to these men—the learned and the unlearned, the wise of this world and the unwise. For the world believed this, which God foretold, who also foretold this very thing, that the world was going to believe it; nor was He compelled by the magic arts of Peter to foretell it so long beforehand, together with the praise of those who would believe. For He is that God whom—as I have already said several times, nor does it irk me to remind—when Porphyry confesses it and wishes to prove it by the oracles of their own gods, the very deities shudder with dread; whom he so praised that he called Him both God the Father and King.
For far be it that the things which He foretold should be understood in the way these men wish, who did not believe along with the world that which He foretold the world would believe. For why should it not rather be as the world was foretold so long beforehand that it would believe, and not as those very few prate, who refused to believe along with the world that which it was foretold would believe? For if they say that on this account these things are to be believed in another way, lest, if they should say that what was written is vain, they do injury to that God to whom they bear so great a testimony: they do Him an injury altogether as great, or even graver, if they say these things are to be understood otherwise, not as the world believed them—the world which He Himself praised as being about to believe, He Himself promised, He Himself brought to fulfillment.
For is He unable to bring it about that the flesh should rise again and live forever, or is it on this account not to be believed that He will do it, because it is evil and unworthy of God? But concerning His omnipotence, by which He does so many and such great incredible things, we have already said much. If they wish to find something which the Omnipotent cannot do, they have it without fail: I will tell it—He cannot lie. Let us therefore believe what He can do by not believing what He cannot do. Not believing, then, that He can lie, let them believe that He will do what He has promised He will do, and let them believe it just as the world believed it—the world which He foretold would believe, which He praised as being about to believe, which He promised would believe, which He has now shown has believed. But whence do they demonstrate that this is evil?
There will be no corruption there, which is the body's evil. Concerning the order of the elements we have already disputed; concerning the other conjectures of men we have said enough; how great a facility of motion there will be in the incorruptible body we have, as I think, sufficiently shown in the thirteenth book, drawing from the temperament of present good health, which is in no way to be compared with that immortality. Let those read the earlier parts of this work who either have not read them or wish to recall what they have read. CHAPTER XXVI. How Porphyry's definition, by which he thinks every body must be fled from by the blessed souls, is destroyed by the very opinion of Plato, who says that the supreme God promised to the gods that they would never be stripped of their bodies.
But Porphyry says, they object, that in order for the soul to be blessed, every body must be fled from. It profits nothing, therefore, that we have said the body will be incorruptible, if the soul will not be blessed unless it has fled every body. But I have already, even on this point, disputed in the aforementioned book as much as was needful; yet here I will recall only one thing from it. Let Plato, the master of all these men, amend his books and say that their gods, in order to be blessed, will flee their bodies, that is, will die—those gods whom he said were enclosed in heavenly bodies; to whom, nevertheless, God, by whom they were made, promised immortality, that is, eternal continuance in those same bodies—this being not from their nature possessing it, but from His own counsel prevailing—so that they might be secure.
Here he also overturns that which they say—that because it is impossible, therefore the resurrection of the flesh is not to be believed. For most plainly, according to that same philosopher, where God who was not made promised immortality to the gods made by Himself, He said He would do what is impossible. For thus Plato narrates Him to have spoken: 'Since you have come to be,' He says, 'you cannot be immortal and indissoluble;
yet you shall not be dissolved, nor shall any fates of death destroy you, nor shall they be more potent than my counsel, which is a greater bond unto your perpetuity than those by which you were bound together.' If those who hear these things are not only absurd but deaf, they surely do not doubt that to the gods made by that God who made them, there was promised, according to Plato, that which is impossible. For he who says: 'You indeed cannot be immortal, but by my will you shall be immortal,' what else does he say than 'that which cannot be done you shall nevertheless be, by my doing'? He therefore shall raise up flesh incorruptible, immortal, spiritual, who, according to Plato, promised He would do what is impossible.
Why still do they cry out that what God promised, what the world believed when God promised it—the world which itself also was promised would believe—is impossible, seeing that we cry out that God, who according to Plato also does impossible things, will do this? Therefore, in order that souls may be blessed, every body is not to be fled from, but an incorruptible body is to be received. And in what more fittingly will they rejoice in an incorruptible body, than in that in which, when corruptible, they groaned? For thus there will not be in them that dire desire which Virgil set down out of Plato, where he says: 'And again they begin to wish to return into bodies';
so, I say, they will not have the desire of returning to bodies, since they will have with them the bodies into which they desire to return, and will so have them that they may never not have them, never lay them aside at all by any death even for ever so small a time. CHAPTER XXVII. On the contrary definitions of Plato and Porphyry, in which, if each yielded to the other, neither would deviate from the truth. Plato and Porphyry each said certain particular things which, if they could have shared between themselves, they would perhaps have become Christians. Plato said that souls cannot be without bodies for eternity. For this reason he said that even the souls of the wise, after however long a time, would nevertheless return to bodies.
Porphyry, on the other hand, said that the most purified soul, when it has returned to the Father, will never return to these evils of the world. And accordingly, that which Plato saw truly, if he had granted to Porphyry—that the most purified souls even of the just and the wise would return to human bodies; and again, that which Porphyry saw truly, if he had granted to Plato—that holy souls would never return to the miseries of a corruptible body; so that not each one said each of these single things, but both, and each, said both: I think they would have seen it then to follow that souls would both return to bodies and receive such bodies in which they would live blessedly and immortally. For according to Plato even holy souls will return to human bodies;
according to Porphyry, holy souls will not return to the evils of this world: let Porphyry therefore say with Plato: 'They will return to bodies'; let Plato say with Porphyry: 'They will not return to evils': and they will agree that souls return to those bodies in which they suffer no evils. And these will be none other than those which God promises, He who is about to make blessed souls eternal together with their own eternal flesh. For this, as far as I judge, both would now easily grant us: that they who confess that the souls of the saints are to return to immortal bodies should allow them to return to their own bodies, in which they endured the evils of this age, in which they piously and faithfully worshiped God that they might be freed from these evils. CHAPTER XXVIII.
What Plato, or Labeo, or even Varro could have contributed to themselves toward the true faith of the resurrection, if their opinions had come together into one judgment. Some of our own people, on account of a certain most distinguished manner of speaking and on account of some things which he truly perceived, being lovers of Plato, say that he held something similar to us even concerning the resurrection of the dead. Tully indeed touches on this in his books On the Republic in such a way that he affirms Plato wished to say it rather in jest than because it was true. For he brings in a man who had come back to life and had recounted certain things which agreed with the Platonic disputations.
Labeo also says that two men died on one day and met each other at a certain crossroads, then were bidden to return to their own bodies, and resolved among themselves that they would live as friends, and that so it came to pass, until afterward they died. But these authors narrated that such a resurrection of the body had taken place as was that of those whom we know to have risen again and to have been restored indeed to this life, but not in such a way that they would not die thereafter. But Marcus Varro sets down something more marvelous in the books which he wrote On the Race of the Roman People, whose very words I have thought ought to be set down. 'Certain astrologers,' he says, 'have written that there is in the rebirth of men what the Greeks call palingenesis;
by this they wrote that it is accomplished in the number of four hundred and forty years, that the same body and the same soul, which had at some time been joined together in a man, should come together again into the same conjunction.' This Varro indeed, or those astrologers whoever they were (for he did not disclose their names, whose opinion he mentioned), said something which, although it be false (for when souls have once returned to the same bodies which they bore, they will never afterward leave them), nevertheless plucks away and destroys many of the arguments of that impossibility by which these men prate against us.
For those who hold or held this view did not think it impossible that corpses which had dissolved into airs, into dust, into ashes, into fluids, into the bodies of feeding beasts or even of men themselves, should return again to that which they had been.
Wherefore Plato and Porphyry, or rather whoever love them and are still living, if they agree with us that holy souls also are to return to bodies, as Plato says, yet not to return to any evils, as Porphyry says—so that from these there may follow what the Christian faith proclaims, namely that they will receive such bodies in which they may live happily forever without any evil—let them also take this from Varro, that they return to the same bodies in which they formerly were, and among them the whole question of the resurrection of the flesh unto eternity will be resolved. CHAPTER XXIX. On the quality of the vision by which the saints will see God in the age to come.
Now then let us see, as far as the Lord deigns to help, what the saints will be doing in their immortal and spiritual bodies, their flesh now living not carnally but spiritually. And indeed of what sort that action—or rather that rest and repose—will be, if I wish to speak the truth, I do not know. For I have never seen it through the senses of the body. But if I should say that I have seen it with the mind, that is, with the understanding, how great is, or what is, our understanding in comparison with that excellence? For there is the peace of God, which, as the apostle says, surpasses all understanding; whose, if not ours, or perhaps also that of the holy angels? for surely not God's own.
If therefore the saints are to live in the peace of God, surely they are to live in that peace which surpasses all understanding. That it surpasses ours, indeed, is not in doubt; but if it surpasses also that of the angels, so that he who says 'all understanding' seems not to have excepted even them: according to this we must understand it to be said because the peace of God, by which God Himself is at peace, as God knows it, we cannot so know it, nor can any angels. Therefore it surpasses all understanding, with no doubt save His own. But because we too, after our own measure, are made partakers of His peace, we shall obtain in ourselves and among ourselves and with Him the highest peace of which we are capable, as far as our highest is concerned: in this manner, after their own measure, the holy angels know it;
but men now far below, however much they may excel in advancement of mind. For it must be considered how great a man it was who said: 'We know in part and we prophesy in part, until that which is perfect shall come'; and: 'We see now through a glass in a riddle, but then face to face.' Thus already do the holy angels see, who are also called our angels, because, having struggled out from the power of darkness and, having received the pledge of the Spirit, having been translated to the kingdom of Christ, we have already begun to belong to those angels with whom we shall share that holy and most sweet city of God, common to us, concerning which we have already written so many books. So therefore they are our angels, who are the angels of God, just as Christ, the Christ of God, is ours. They are God's, because they did not forsake God;
they are ours, because they have begun to have us as their fellow citizens. But the Lord Jesus said: 'See that you despise not one of these little ones. For I say to you, that their angels in heaven always behold the face of my Father, who is in heaven.' As therefore they see, so also shall we be going to see; but not yet do we so see. On account of which the apostle says that which I said a little before: 'We see now through a glass in a riddle, but then face to face.' Therefore that vision is reserved for us as the reward of faith, of which John the apostle also, speaking, says: 'When He shall appear, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He is.'
But the face of God is to be understood as His manifestation, not some such member as we have in the body and call by this name. Wherefore, when it is asked of me what the saints will be doing in that spiritual body, I do not say what I now see, but I say what I believe, according to that which I read in the psalm: 'I believed, therefore have I spoken.' I say therefore: They will see God in the body itself; but whether through it—as now through the body we see the sun, the moon, the stars, the sea and the earth and the things that are in it—is no small question. For it is hard to say that the saints will then have such bodies that they cannot close and open their eyes when they will;
but harder still to say that there whoever closes his eyes will not see God. For if the prophet Elisha, absent in body, saw his servant Gehazi receiving the gifts which Naaman the Syrian gave him—Naaman, whom the said prophet had cleansed from the deformity of leprosy—which gifts the worthless servant thought he had secretly taken with his master not seeing: how much more in that spiritual body will the saints see all things, not only if they close their eyes, but even from where they are absent in body! For then will be perfected that of which the apostle, speaking, says: 'We know in part and we prophesy in part; but when that which is perfect shall come, that which is in part shall be done away.'
Then, that he might show by some kind of similitude how far this life is distant from that which is to come—the life not of any sort of men, but even of those who here are endowed with pre-eminent holiness—he says: 'When I was a child, I understood as a child, I spoke as a child, I thought as a child; but when I became a man, I did away with the things that were of a child. We see now through a glass in a riddle, but then face to face. Now I know in part, but then I shall know even as I also am known.' If therefore in this life, where the prophecy of wondrous men is to be compared to that life as children to a young man, Elisha nevertheless saw his servant receiving the gifts, where he himself was not:
will it then be, when that which is perfect shall have come, and the corruptible body no longer weighs down the soul, but the incorruptible one hinders nothing, that those saints will need bodily eyes for those things which are to be seen—the eyes which Elisha, absent, did not need for seeing his servant? For according to the Septuagint translators these are the prophet's words to Gehazi: 'Did not my heart go with you, when the man turned from his chariot to meet you, and you took the money?' and the rest; but as the presbyter Jerome translated from the Hebrew: 'Was not my heart present,' he says, 'when the man returned from his chariot to meet you?' With his own heart, therefore, the prophet said he had seen this, being aided indeed marvelously and, as none doubts, divinely.
But how much more will all then abound in this gift, when God will be all in all! Yet those bodily eyes also will have their function and will be in their place, and the spirit will use them through the spiritual body. For neither did that prophet, because he did not need them to see the absent man, fail to use them for seeing things present; which things he could nevertheless see with his spirit even if he closed those eyes, just as he saw things absent, where he himself was not with them. Far be it therefore that we should say those saints in that life will not see God with closed eyes, whom they will always see with the spirit. But whether they will see Him also through the eyes of the body when they have them open, that is the question.
For if in the spiritual body the very eyes also, though spiritual, will be able to do only as much as these can which we now have: then without doubt God will not be able to be seen through them. They will therefore be of a far other power, if through them that incorporeal nature will be seen, which is not contained in a place, but is everywhere whole. For not because we say that God is both in heaven and on earth (since He Himself says through the prophet: 'I fill heaven and earth') are we going to say that He has one part in heaven and another on earth; but He is whole in heaven, whole on earth, not at alternating times, but both at once, which no corporeal nature can do.
The power of those eyes, then, will be more excellent—not that they may see more keenly than certain serpents or eagles are reported to see (for however great the sharpness of their sight, those same animals can see nothing else than bodies), but that they may see even incorporeal things. And perhaps this great power of discerning was granted for an hour even in this mortal body to the eyes of the holy man Job, when he said to God: 'By the hearing of the ear I heard You before, but now my eye sees You; therefore I have despised myself and wasted away, and I have esteemed myself dust and ashes'—although nothing here prevents the eye of the heart from being understood, concerning which eyes the apostle says: 'Having the eyes of your heart enlightened.'
But that they themselves will see God, when He shall be seen, no Christian doubts who faithfully accepts what that divine Master says: 'Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God.' But whether He will be seen there also with corporeal eyes, this is what we are debating in this question. For that which is written: 'And all flesh shall see the salvation of God,' can be understood without the knot of any difficulty as if it had been said: 'And every man shall see the Christ of God,' who was indeed seen in the body and will be seen in the body, when He shall judge the living and the dead. And that He Himself is the salvation of God, there are also many other testimonies of the Scriptures;
but more evidently do the words of that venerable old man Simeon declare it, who, when he had received the infant Christ into his hands, said: 'Now You dismiss Your servant, Lord, according to Your word in peace, for my eyes have seen Your salvation.' That also which the aforementioned Job said, as it is found in the copies which are from the Hebrew: 'And in my flesh I shall see God,' did indeed without doubt prophesy the resurrection of the flesh, yet he did not say: 'Through my flesh.' And if indeed he had said this, God Christ could be understood, who through the flesh will be seen in the flesh; but as it is, it can also be taken thus: 'In my flesh I shall see God,' as if he had said: 'In my flesh I shall be, when I shall see God.' And that also which the apostle says:
'Face to face,' does not compel us to believe that we are going to see God through this corporeal face, where the corporeal eyes are, whom we shall see with the spirit without intermission. For unless there were also a face of the inner man, the same apostle would not say: 'But we, with unveiled face beholding the glory of the Lord, are transformed into the same image, from glory to glory, as by the Spirit of the Lord'; nor do we otherwise understand that which is sung in the psalm: 'Come to Him and be enlightened, and your faces shall not be ashamed.' For it is by faith that one comes to God, which faith is established to be of the heart, not of the body.
But because we do not know how great accessions the spiritual body will have (for we speak of a matter not yet experienced), where the authority of the divine Scriptures does not present itself and come to our aid in something which cannot be understood otherwise, it is necessary that there befall us that which is read in the book of Wisdom: 'The thoughts of mortals are timid, and our foresight uncertain.' For that reasoning of the philosophers, by which they argue that intelligible things are so seen by the gaze of the mind, and sensible, that is, corporeal, things by the sense of the body, that neither can the mind behold intelligible things through the body nor corporeal things through itself—if it could be most certain to us, then it would certainly be sure that God can in no way be seen through the eyes even of a spiritual body.
But both true reason and prophetic authority deride this reasoning. For who would be so averse from the truth as to dare to say that God does not know these corporeal things? Does He then have a body, through whose eyes He can learn them? Then that which we said a little before concerning the prophet Elisha—does it not sufficiently indicate that corporeal things can be discerned even by the spirit, not through the body? For when that servant received the gifts, it was assuredly done corporeally; which thing, nevertheless, the prophet saw not through the body, but through the spirit. As therefore it is established that bodies are seen by the spirit, what if the power of the spiritual body will be so great that the spirit also will be seen by the body? For God is a Spirit.
Furthermore, his own life, by which one now lives in the body and animates these earthly members and makes them living, each man knows by an inner sense, not through the corporeal eyes; but the lives of others, although they are invisible, he sees through the body. For whence do we distinguish living bodies from non-living ones, except that we see at once both the bodies and the lives, which we cannot see except through the body? But lives without bodies we do not see with corporeal eyes.
Wherefore it can come about, and is exceedingly credible, that we shall thus see the worldly bodies of the new heaven and the new earth, so that we shall see God everywhere present and governing even all corporeal things, with the clearest distinctness, through the bodies which we shall bear and which we shall behold, wherever we shall turn our eyes—not as now the invisible things of God are seen, understood through those things which are made, through a glass in a riddle and in part, where faith, by which we believe, avails more in us than the appearance of corporeal things which we discern through corporeal eyes.
But just as with the human beings among whom we live—living and putting forth the motions of life—the moment we look upon them we do not merely believe them to be alive but actually see it (although we cannot see their life apart from their bodies, yet we behold it in them through their bodies with every ambiguity removed): so, wherever we shall direct those spiritual eyes of our bodies, we shall through bodies also contemplate the incorporeal God who governs all things. Either, then, God will be seen through those eyes in such a way that they will possess in their great excellence something like the mind, by which even an incorporeal nature may be discerned—which is either difficult or impossible to show by any examples or by the testimonies of the divine Scriptures;
or—what is easier to understand—God will be so known and visible to us that He will be seen in the spirit by each of us in each of us, will be seen by one in another, will be seen in Himself, will be seen in the new heaven and the new earth and in every creature that shall then exist, will be seen also through bodies in every body, wherever the eyes of the spiritual body shall be directed with their keen gaze reaching forth. Our very thoughts also will lie open to one another. For then will be fulfilled what the Apostle, after saying, «Judge nothing before the time,» at once added: «Until the Lord come, who will both bring to light the hidden things of darkness and make manifest the thoughts of the heart; and then shall every man have praise from God.» CHAPTER XXX.
Concerning the eternal felicity of the City of God and the perpetual Sabbath. How great will be that felicity, where there shall be no evil, where no good shall be hidden, where there shall be leisure for the praises of God, who shall be all in all! For what else is done there, where there shall be no idleness through sloth nor any toil through want, I do not know. I am admonished too by the sacred song, where I read or hear: «Blessed are they who dwell in Thy house; they shall praise Thee for ever and ever.» All the members and inward parts of the incorruptible body, which we now see distributed among the various uses of necessity—since then there shall be no such necessity, but full, sure, secure, everlasting felicity—shall be employed in the praises of God.
For indeed all those proportions of bodily harmony of which I have already spoken, which now lie hidden, shall then not lie hidden, disposed within and without throughout all the parts of the body; and together with all the other things which there shall appear great and marvelous, they shall kindle the rational minds with the delight of rational beauty unto the praise of so great an Artificer. What movements such bodies shall then have, I do not presume rashly to define, since I am unable to imagine it; yet both their movement and their repose, like their very appearance, shall be seemly, for there whatever shall not be seemly shall not be. Assuredly, wherever the spirit shall will, there the body shall instantly be; nor shall the spirit will anything that could befit neither spirit nor body.
There shall be true glory, where no one shall be praised by the error or the flattery of him who praises; true honor, which shall be denied to none who is worthy, conferred on none who is unworthy; nor shall any unworthy one even aspire to it, where none shall be permitted to be save the worthy; true peace, where no one shall suffer anything adverse either from himself or from another. The reward of virtue shall be He Himself who gave the virtue, and who has promised Himself to it—than whom nothing better or greater can be. For what else is it that He said through the prophet, «I will be their God, and they shall be My people,» but: «I will be that from which they are satisfied, I will be whatever is honorably desired by men—both life and health and nourishment and abundance and glory and honor and peace and all good things»?
For thus too is rightly understood that which the Apostle said: «That God may be all in all.» He shall be the end of our desires, who shall be seen without end, loved without weariness, praised without fatigue. This gift, this affection, this activity, shall assuredly be common to all, even as eternal life itself. As for what shall be the degrees of honors and glories proportioned to merits in the rewards, who is competent to think it, much less to utter it? Yet that there shall be such degrees is not to be doubted. And that blessed City shall also see in itself this great good, that no inferior shall envy any superior, just as now the other angels do not envy the archangels;
and each one shall as little wish to be what he has not received, although bound by the most peaceful bond of concord to him who has received it, as in the body the finger does not wish to be the eye, since the peaceful structure of the whole flesh holds both members together. So, therefore, one shall have a gift less than another in such a way that he shall have this gift also—that he shall not wish for more. Nor on that account shall they not have free will, because sins shall not be able to delight them. For it shall be the more free in that it is freed from delight in sinning unto a delight in not sinning that cannot be turned aside. For the first free will, which was given to man when he was first created upright, was able not to sin, but was also able to sin;
but this last free will shall be the more powerful in that it shall not be able to sin—yet this too by the gift of God, not by the power of its own nature. For it is one thing to be God, another to be a partaker of God. God by nature cannot sin; but the partaker of God receives from Him the inability to sin. Now the degrees of the divine gift had to be preserved, so that first free will should be given by which man could not sin, and last that by which he cannot sin; and the former should pertain to acquiring merit, the latter to receiving the reward. But because this nature sinned when it was able to sin, it is set free by a more abundant grace, so that it may be brought to that liberty in which it cannot sin.
For just as the first immortality, which Adam lost by sinning, was the ability not to die, and the last shall be the inability to die: so the first free will was the ability not to sin, the last the inability to sin. For the will to godliness and equity shall be as inalienable as the will to felicity. For surely by sinning we held fast neither godliness nor felicity, yet we did not lose the will to felicity even when felicity was lost. Surely God Himself—because He cannot sin—is He on that account to be denied the possession of free will?
Therefore the will of that City shall be both one in all and inseparable in each—a free will, freed from all evil and filled with all good, enjoying unfailingly the delight of eternal joys, forgetful of faults, forgetful of punishments; yet not on that account so forgetful of its own deliverance as to be ungrateful to its Deliverer. As far, then, as pertains to rational knowledge, it shall be mindful even of its own past evils; but as far as pertains to the experience of sense, it shall be wholly unmindful of them. For even the most skilled physician knows nearly all the diseases of the body as they are known by his art; but as they are felt in the body, he is ignorant of very many which he himself has not suffered.
As, therefore, the knowledge of evils is twofold—one by which they do not escape the power of the mind, the other by which they cleave to the senses of one who experiences them (for all vices are known in one way through the teaching of wisdom, in another way through the most wicked life of the foolish)—so also there are two kinds of forgetfulness of evils. For the learned and instructed man forgets them in one way, the man who has experienced and suffered them in another; the former, if he neglects his knowledge, the latter, if he lacks the misery. According to this forgetfulness, which I have set in the latter place, the saints shall not be mindful of their past evils; for they shall be free of all of them, so that they shall be utterly blotted out from their senses. Yet by that power of knowledge, which shall be great in them, not only their own past, but also the everlasting misery of the damned shall not lie hidden from them.
Otherwise, if they are not to know that they were once miserable, how, as the psalm says, shall they «sing the mercies of the Lord for ever»? Than which song nothing assuredly shall be more delightful to that City, unto the glory of the grace of Christ, by whose blood we have been set free. There shall be fulfilled: «Be still, and see that I am God»; which shall be in truth the greatest Sabbath having no evening, which the Lord commended in the first works of the world, where it is read: «And God rested on the seventh day from all His works which He had made; and God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, because in it He rested from all His works which God had begun to make.»
For the seventh day shall be we ourselves, when we shall be full and refreshed by His blessing and sanctification. There, being at rest, we shall see that He Himself is God; which we wished to be to ourselves when we fell away from Him, listening to the seducer, «Ye shall be as gods,» and so departing from the true God, by whose doing we should have been gods by participation in Him, not by desertion of Him. For what did we do without Him, except that in His wrath we failed? But restored by Him, and perfected by greater grace, we shall be at rest for ever, seeing that He Himself is God, with whom we shall be filled when He Himself shall be all in all. For even our own good works, when they are understood to be His rather than ours, are then reckoned to us for the attaining of this Sabbath;
because if we ascribe them to ourselves, they shall be servile, since concerning the Sabbath it is said, «Ye shall do no servile work»; on which account it is also said through the prophet Ezekiel, «And I gave them My Sabbaths to be a sign between Me and between them, that they might know that I am the Lord who sanctifies them.» This we shall then perfectly know, when we shall perfectly rest, and shall perfectly see that He Himself is God. The very number of the ages, as it were of days, if it be reckoned according to those articulations of time which seem to be expressed in the Scriptures, this Sabbath-rest shall appear more evidently, since it is found to be the seventh: so that the first age, as the first day, is from Adam to the flood, the second thence to Abraham, not by equality of times, but by the number of generations;
for they are found to have ten each. Hence now, as the evangelist Matthew determines, three ages follow until the coming of Christ, each of which is unfolded in fourteen generations: from Abraham to David one, another thence to the migration into Babylon, the third thence to the carnal nativity of Christ. So they all become five. The sixth is now being passed, to be measured by no number of generations, because of that which is said: «It is not for you to know the times which the Father has put in His own power.» After this, as on the seventh day, God shall rest, when He shall make that same seventh day, which we shall be, to rest in God Himself.
Now to discuss each of these ages in detail would be tedious; this seventh age, however, shall be our Sabbath, whose end shall not be an evening, but the Lord's Day, as it were an eternal eighth day, which has been hallowed by the resurrection of Christ, prefiguring the eternal rest not only of the spirit but also of the body. There we shall be at rest and shall see, we shall see and shall love, we shall love and shall praise. Behold what shall be in the end without end. For what other is our end but to attain to the kingdom of which there is no end? I think that, with the Lord's help, I have discharged the debt of this huge work. Let those for whom it is too little, or those for whom it is too much, forgive me; but let those for whom it is enough render thanks, not to me, but with me to God, joining in congratulation. Amen.